Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2007

Registration No. 333-142546

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Amendment No. 1

to

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


THE NIELSEN COMPANY B.V.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

The Netherlands   7374   98-0366864

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

(646) 654-5000

 

Ceylonpoort 5

2037 AA Haarlem

The Netherlands

+31 23 546 3463

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

Delaware   7374   20-5172894

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

(646) 654-5000

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

Delaware   7374   20-5172975

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

(646) 654-5000

GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

 


James W. Cuminale, Esq.

The Nielsen Company B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

(646) 654-5000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service of process)

 


With a copy to:

Monica K. Thurmond, Esq.

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

(212) 326-2000

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

The registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registration shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration statement shall be come effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

SCHEDULE A

 

Guarantor  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

 

Address of Registrants’

Principal Executive Offices

 

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

A. C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  36-2722599

A. C. Nielsen Company

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  36-1549320

AC Nielsen (US), Inc.

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  04-3721439

AC Nielsen HCI, LLC

  Delaware  

50 Millstone Rd.,

Bldg. 100, Suite 300

East Windsor, NJ 08520

(609) 630-6450

  34-2026362

ACN Holdings Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  52-2294969

ACNielsen Corporation

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  06-1454128

ACNielsen EDI II, Inc.

  California  

6255 Sunset Boulevard

Hollywood, CA

(323) 860-4600

  95-4424600

ART Holding, L.L.C.

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  None

Athenian Leasing Corporation

  Delaware  

801 West Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 254-1004

  94-3156553

BDS (Canada), LLC

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-4027131

Billboard Cafes, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-3992415

Broadcast Data Systems, LLC

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-4023256

Claritas Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  52-0909249

Consumer Research Services, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  22-2982129

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  None

Decisions Made Easy, Inc.

  Arkansas  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  06-1685084

EMIS (Canada), LLC

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-4027129

Foremost Exhibits, Inc.

  Nevada  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  95-4502915


Table of Contents
Guarantor  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

 

Address of Registrants’

Principal Executive Offices

 

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

Global Media USA, LLC

  Delaware  

201 California Street

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 249-1620

  22-3636917

Interactive Market Systems, Inc.

  New York  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  06-1097500

MFI Holdings, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  94-3360052

Neslein Holding, L.L.C.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  None

Nielsen Business Media, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-3754838

The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.

  New York  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  22-2145575

Nielsen EDI, Inc.

  California  

6255 Sunset Boulevard

Hollywood, CA

(323) 860-4600

  95-3740138

Nielsen Entertainment, LLC

  Delaware  

6255 Sunset Boulevard

Hollywood, CA

(323) 860-4600

  32-0079182

Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V.

  The Netherlands  

Ceylonpoort 5

2037 AA Haarlem

The Netherlands

+31 23 546 3463

  None

Nielsen Holdings, Inc.

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  13-3601302

Nielsen Leasing Corporation

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  36-3191217

Nielsen Media Research, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  06-1450569

Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.

  California  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  95-3194285

NMR Investing I, Inc.

  Delaware  

801 West Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 254-1004

  06-1450569

NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.

  Delaware  

801 West Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 254-1004

  51-0380964

Panel International S.A.

  Delaware  

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  06-1463079

PERQ/HCI, LLC

  Delaware  

50 Millstone Rd.,

Bldg. 100, Suite 300

East Windsor, NJ 08520

(609) 630-6440

  22-3552868

Radio and Records, Inc.

  California  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-3758415


Table of Contents
Guarantor  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

 

Address of Registrants’

Principal Executive Offices

 

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

Spectra Marketing Systems, Inc.

  Delaware  

200 W. Jackson Boulevard,

Suite 2800

Chicago, IL 60606

(312) 583-5100

  36-3580291

SRDS, Inc.

  Delaware  

1700 Higgins Road

Des Plaines, IL 60018

(847) 605-5000

  22-2774148

Trade Dimensions International, Inc.

  Delaware  

45 Danbury Road

Wilton, CT 06897

(203) 563-3000

  13-4197441

VNU Marketing Information, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-3836156

VNU Media Measurement & Information, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  20-0329898

VNU/SRDS Management Co., Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-3931653

VNU USA Property Management, Inc.

  Delaware  

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

(646) 654-5000

  13-3987956

VNU Holdings B.V.

  The Netherlands  

Ceylonpoort 5

2037 AA Haarlem

The Netherlands

+31 23 546 3463

  None

VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.

  The Netherlands  

Ceylonpoort 5

2037 AA Haarlem

The Netherlands

+31 23 546 3463

  None

VNU International B.V.

  The Netherlands  

Ceylonpoort 5

2037 AA Haarlem

The Netherlands

+31 23 546 3463

  None

VNU Services B.V.

  The Netherlands  

Ceylonpoort 5

2037 AA Haarlem

The Netherlands

+31 23 546 3463

  None


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Inclusion of Two Prospectuses

This Registration Statement contains two prospectuses. The first prospectus is to be used in connection with the exchange offer relating to The Nielsen Company B.V.’s 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes Due 2016. The second prospectus is to be used in connection with the exchange offer relating to Nielsen Finance LLC’s and Nielsen Finance Co.’s 10% Senior Notes due 2014, 9% Senior Notes due 2014 and 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016, each of which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by The Nielsen Company B.V. and certain of its subsidiaries.

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 21, 2007

PROSPECTUS

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Offer to Exchange

€343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of The Nielsen Company B.V.’s Senior Discount Notes Due 2016 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for €343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of The Nielsen Company B.V.’s outstanding Senior Discount Notes Due 2016.

We hereby offer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus (which constitute the “exchange offer”), to exchange up to €343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our registered Senior Discount Notes Due 2016, which we refer to as the “exchange notes,” for a like principal amount of our outstanding Senior Discount Notes Due 2016, which we refer to as the “old notes.” We refer to the old notes and the exchange notes collectively as the “notes” or the “Senior Discount Notes.” The terms of the exchange notes are identical to the terms of the old notes in all material respects, except for the elimination of some transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes.

We will exchange any and all old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, on                     , 2007, unless extended.

We intend to apply to list the exchange notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange’s Euro MTF market.

Broker-dealers who acquired old notes directly from us in the initial offering must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2007


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

   1

R ISK F ACTORS

   16

M ARKET AND I NDUSTRY D ATA AND F ORECASTS

   31

T HE E XCHANGE O FFER

   32

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

   41

C APITALIZATION

   42

U NAUDITED P RO F ORMA C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

   43

S ELECTED H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

   47

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

   49

B USINESS

   94

M ANAGEMENT

   110

S ECURITY O WNERSHIP OF C ERTAIN B ENEFICIAL O WNERS AND M ANAGEMENT

   130
     Page

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

   135

D ESCRIPTION OF O THER I NDEBTEDNESS

   138

D ESCRIPTION OF THE N OTES

   142

M ATERIAL U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES

   158

D UTCH T AXATION

   159

P LAN OF D ISTRIBUTION

   163

L EGAL M ATTERS

   164

E XPERTS

   164

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE INFORMATION

   164

S ERVICE OF P ROCESS AND E NFORCEABILITY OF C IVIL L IABILITIES

   165

I NDEX TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

   F-1

 


We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law. The delivery of this prospectus does not, under any circumstances, mean that there has not been a change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. Subject to our obligation to amend or supplement this prospectus as required by law and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), neither Nielsen nor anyone acting on its behalf has made or will make an offer of notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that the Initial Purchasers may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of the notes to the public in the Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by Nielsen of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

i


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this restriction, the expression an “offer of the notes to the public” in relation to any of the notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

The notes may not be offered or sold in or into the United Kingdom by means of any document except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995. All applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 must be complied with in respect of anything done in relation to the notes in, from or otherwise involving or having an effect in the United Kingdom.

In France, the notes may not be directly or indirectly offered or sold to the public, and offers and sales of the notes will only be made in France to providers of investment services relating to portfolio management for the account of third parties and/or to qualified investors acting for their own account, in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2 and D.411-1 of the Code Monétaire et Financier . Accordingly, this prospectus has not been submitted to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers . Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material may be distributed to the public or used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the notes to the public in France or offered to any investors other than those (if any) to whom offers and sales of the notes in France may be made as described above and no prospectus shall be prepared and submitted for approval ( visa ) to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers .

Les titres ne peuvent être offerts ni vendus directement ou indirectement au public en France et ni l’offre ni la vente des titres ne pourra être proposée qu’ à des personnes fournissant le service d’investissement de gestion de portefeuille pour compte de tiers et/ou à des investisseurs qualifiés agissant pour compte propre conformément aux Articles L.411-1, L.411-2 et D411 1 du Code Monétaire et Financier. Par conséquent, ce prospectus n’a pas été soumis au visa de l’Autorité des Marchés Financiers et aucun prospectus ne sera preparé ou soumis au visa de l’Autorité des Marchés Financiers. Ni ce prospectus ni aucun autre document promotionnel ne pourra être communiqué en France au public ou utilisé en relation avec l’offre de souscription ou la vente ou l’offre de titres au public ou à toute personne autre que les investisseurs (le cas échéant) décrits ci-dessus auxquels les titres peuvent être offerts et vendus en France.

The notes may be offered and sold in Germany only in compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ) as amended, the Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004 of April 29, 2004 as amended, or any other laws applicable in Germany governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. This prospectus has not been approved under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ) or the Directive 2003/71/EC.

The notes have not been and will not be qualified under the securities laws of any province or territory of Canada. The notes are not being offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Canada or to or for the account of any resident of Canada in contravention of the securities laws of any province or territory thereof.

Until                     , 2007 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information about The Nielsen Company B.V. (“Nielsen”), formerly known as VNU Group B.V. and prior to that as VNU N.V., and the notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should carefully read the entire prospectus before making an investment decision, especially the information presented under the heading “Risk Factors.” In this prospectus, except as otherwise indicated herein, or as the context may otherwise require, references to the “Issuer” refers to Nielsen, and references to “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company” refer to Nielsen and each of its consolidated subsidiaries. Financial information identified in this prospectus as “pro forma” gives effect to the closing of the Transactions, which are described in this prospectus summary under “—The Transactions.”

Overview

We are a leading global information and media company providing essential marketing and media measurement information, analytics and industry expertise to customers across the world. Our Nielsen brands, including ACNielsen , Nielsen Media Research , Nielsen Entertainment and Nielsen//NetRatings , are recognized worldwide as leaders in marketing information and analysis, television ratings, entertainment measurement and Internet advertising measurement, respectively. In addition, our trade shows, online media assets and publications occupy leading positions in a number of their targeted end markets. Through our broad portfolio of products and services, we track sales of consumer products each year, report on television viewing habits in countries representing more than 60% of the world’s population, measure Internet audiences in 18 countries, produce more than 100 trade shows worldwide, operate approximately 100 websites and publish more than 100 print publications and online newsletters. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, we generated revenue of $4,243 million and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and other adjustments permitted under our senior credit facility (“Covenant EBITDA”) of $1,121 million.

We have traditionally operated in three segments: Consumer Services, Media and Business Media. Our Consumer Services segment provides critical consumer behavior information and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. ACNielsen , our leading brand within Consumer Services, is a global leader in retail measurement services and consumer household panel data. Consumer Services’ extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with advanced analytical capabilities, yields valuable strategic insights and information that influence our customers’ critical business decisions such as enhancing brand management strategies, developing and launching new products, identifying new marketing opportunities and improving marketing return on investment. Our Media segment provides measurement information of multiple media platforms, including broadcast and cable television, motion pictures, music, print, the Internet and outdoor advertising. Our leading brand within Media, Nielsen Media Research , is the industry leader in U.S. television audience measurement, and our measurement data is widely accepted as the “currency” in determining the value of television advertising. Our Business Media segment is a leading market-focused provider of integrated sales and marketing solutions. Through a multi-channel approach consisting of trade shows, online media assets and publications, Business Media offers attendees, exhibitors, readers and advertisers the insights and connections that assist them in gaining a competitive edge in their respective markets.

Our business generates a stable and predictable revenue stream and is characterized by long-term customer relationships, multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates related to marketing and media measurement services. Advertising across our segments represented only 4% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006. We serve a global customer base across multiple end markets including consumer packaged goods, retail, broadcast and cable television, music and online media. The average length of relationship with our top ten customers including The Procter & Gamble Company, the Unilever Group, Nestlé S.A. and The Coca-Cola Company is 30 years.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our revenue is diversified by business segment, geography and customer. In 2006, 57% of our pro forma revenues were generated from our Consumer Services segment, 32% from our Media segment and the remaining 11% from our Business Media segment. We conduct our business activities in more than 100 countries, with 58% of our pro forma revenues generated in the U.S., 9% in North and South America excluding the U.S., 24% in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and the remaining 9% in Asia Pacific. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006.

The Transactions

The Tender Offer and Acquisition

On March 8, 2006, Valcon Acquisition B.V. (“Valcon”), formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”), entered into a merger protocol to acquire Nielsen. The price per share paid to Nielsen shareholders was €29.50 per ordinary share and €21.00 per 7% preferred share. The tender offer was settled on various dates commencing May 24, 2006, and all of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding preferred B shares were separately purchased by Valcon for €102 million, together representing approximately 99.4% of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding share capital at December 31, 2006. To finance the tender and the purchase of Nielsen’s shares, Valcon used a combination of investments in Valcon’s equity through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and a senior secured bridge facility providing for borrowings by Valcon. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen share capital through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, which is expected to be completed by the end of 2007. We used additional equity contributed to Valcon by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and additional investors chosen by the Sponsors (the “Co-Investors”), as well as available cash on hand, the proceeds from the offering of the old notes, proceeds from the offering by Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. of the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes (each as defined below) and borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities described below to repay Valcon’s senior secured bridge facility and to purchase from Valcon and/or cancel Nielsen’s preferred B shares. As of March 31, 2007, investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors had invested approximately $4,156 million in the equity of Valcon through its parent companies. In connection with the Transactions, Nielsen delisted its shares from the Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and converted from a Dutch N.V. (a public company) to a Dutch B.V. (a private company).

The Financing Transactions

Concurrently with the closing of the offering of the old notes on August 9, 2006, we entered into the following financing transactions:

 

   

new senior secured credit facilities, consisting of $4,175 million and €800 million ($1,027 million) senior secured seven-year term loan facility, all of which was borrowed at the closing of the Transactions (as defined below), and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility, none of which was borrowed at the closing of the Transactions;

 

 

 

the issuance by Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. of $650 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due 2014, €150 million aggregate principal amount of 9% senior notes due 2014 (collectively the “Nielsen Finance Senior Notes”) and $1,070 million aggregate principal amount at maturity ($585 million aggregate gross proceeds) of 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 (the “Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes”);

 

   

the cancellation of our €1,000 million ($1,230 million) committed revolving credit facility, due 2010 (no amounts were outstanding);

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

the repayment of all amounts outstanding under Valcon’s senior secured bridge facility and the purchase and/or cancellation of certain of Nielsen’s shares with the proceeds of the offering of the old notes, term loan borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities, and equity contributed to Valcon through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors; and

 

   

the repurchase on the closing of the Transactions of substantially all of Nielsen Media Research’s $150 million 7.60% debenture loan due 2009, and the repurchase and/or redemption of €148 million ($190 million) outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €150 million private placement debenture loan due 2006, €500 million ($642 million) aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 6.625% debenture loan due 2007, NLG 600 million ($350 million) aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 5.50% debenture loan due 2008 and €49 million ($63 million) outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €600 million 6.75% debenture loan due 2008, in each case pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation, with available cash on hand, the proceeds of the offerings of the old notes, term loan borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities and equity contributed to Valcon through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and additional investors chosen by the Sponsors.

Nielsen’s €333 million ($409 million) 1.75% convertible unsubordinated bonds due 2006 and Nielsen’s NLG 500 million subordinated loans ($167 million) were repaid in May 2006, in each case with available cash on hand.

Throughout this prospectus, we collectively refer to the tender offer, the acquisition of the outstanding share capital of Nielsen by Valcon, and the financing transactions described above as the “Transactions.”

Ownership Structure

Nearly all of our issued and outstanding capital stock is held by Valcon, and investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors, together with the Co-Investors, indirectly through their ownership interest in the parent companies of Valcon, own approximately 99.4% of the issued and outstanding share capital in Nielsen on a fully diluted basis. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The following chart summarizes our corporate structure as of March 31, 2007:

LOGO

 

 

4


Table of Contents

(1) Includes cash equity contributed to Valcon through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors. As of March 31, 2007, approximately $4,156 million of cash equity had been contributed by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors.

 

(2) There are no guarantors of the notes. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries and therefore Nielsen will be dependent upon the cash flow of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations on the notes.

 

(3) Each of Nielsen, VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU Holdings B.V., VNU International B.V., VNU Services B.V., ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. and the wholly owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc., in each case that guarantee the new senior secured credit facilities also guarantee the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Notes. Neither Nielsen nor VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. will be subject to any of the covenants contained in the indentures that are not payment covenants.

 

(4) The non-U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. do not guarantee the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Notes due to the adverse tax consequences of non-U.S. subsidiaries providing guarantees of indebtedness of U.S. entities. In addition, subsidiaries that are not directly or indirectly wholly owned by Nielsen or that are not otherwise required to guarantee the new senior secured credit facilities will not guarantee the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Notes. Certain of our less than wholly owned subsidiaries, including Nielsen//Net Ratings and Nielsen BuzzMetrics, are also not subject to the restrictive covenants of our new debt financing, including the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Notes. The subsidiaries that did not guarantee the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Notes accounted for approximately $699 million, or 43%, of our total revenue and approximately $16 million, or 28%, of our operating income for the Predecessor period (January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006) and accounted for approximately $1,142 million, or 45%, of our total revenue and approximately $75 million, or 69%, of our operating income, and approximately $6,710 million, or 42%, of our total assets for the Successor period (May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006).

 

(5) Upon the closing of the offering of the old notes, we entered into new senior secured credit facilities. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

Nielsen is a Netherlands besloten venootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkeid , or private company with limited liability. Nielsen’s registered office is located at Ceylonpoort 5, 2037 AA Haarlem, the Netherlands and it is registered at the Commercial Register for Amsterdam under file number 3403 6267. The phone number of Nielsen in the Netherlands is +31 23 546 3463, and in the United States is +1 (646) 654-5000. We maintain a website at www.nielsen.com where general information about our business is available. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Recent Developments

On December 18, 2006, we announced a corporate strategy and related restructuring to integrate our various service offerings, historically conducted in separate businesses, into a single organization focused on four major areas: sales, product development and product management, global business services combining all of our information technology systems, facilities and operations and corporate functions including finance, human resources, legal and communications. As part of this plan, the traditional business unit structure of many of our services will be eliminated. The restructuring calls for the combination of product innovation, research and development and marketing into a single organization to identify new product opportunities and accelerate their

 

 

5


Table of Contents

development and commercialization. Nielsen also plans to transition to a unified global client service organization to simplify client interactions and more easily access internal expertise to offer integrated solutions. In addition, Nielsen intends to centralize operational and information technology functions into a new global business services organization. We expect to continue to report on our business in the traditional segments which we have used, namely Media, Consumer Services and Business Media.

As part of its transformation to a new operating model, Nielsen announced the formation of a new business unit, NielsenConnect. This new unit will draw on media and marketing data and resources across Nielsen (including purchase information and store data, modeling assets and television, Internet, outdoor, movie, book, video and radio data) and report on and analyze consumer patterns and usage. In addition, Nielsen expects a reduction in force of up to 4,000 positions with most of the cuts coming from non-client-facing activities. A significant percentage of our cost savings will be earmarked to fund initiatives that will drive growth and deliver integrated services to our clients.

In early 2006, we acquired a majority interest in BuzzMetrics, Inc. Nielsen BuzzMetrics, serving the media and entertainment, automotive, electronics, healthcare and consumer packaged goods industries, measures and analyzes consumer-generated media on the Internet. On June 4, 2007, we acquired the remaining outstanding shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc.

On February 5, 2007, Nielsen Media Research, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, and NTRT Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen Media Research, Inc., entered into a merger agreement with NetRatings, Inc. (Nasdaq: NTRT) by which Nielsen Media Research, Inc., through NTRT Acquisition Sub, Inc., will acquire all of the NetRatings, Inc. shares of common stock not currently owned by it at a price of $21.00 per share in cash, for a total purchase price of approximately $327 million.

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen completed the sale of Business Media Europe (“BME”) to 3i, a European private equity and venture capital firm. BME is a business-to-business publisher that operates through wholly-owned subsidiaries in the U.K., Germany, France, Italy, The Netherlands, Belgium and Spain. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of BME was used to pay down our debt under our senior secured credit facility. Our stake in a joint venture with Jaarbeurs that produces trade shows in The Netherlands and China was not included in the sale. Mr. Robert van den Bergh, our former chief executive officer, acted as a senior adviser to 3i during the transaction.

The Sponsors

AlpInvest Partners

AlpInvest Partners N.V. (“AlpInvest Partners”) is one of the largest private equity investors in the world with over €35.6 billion of assets under management. Approximately 80% of these funds will be committed by AlpInvest Partners to private equity funds. The remainder will be invested directly in companies in Europe, the U.S. and Asia. AlpInvest Partners has approximately 65 investment professionals based in Amsterdam, Hong Kong and New York. Its shareholders and main clients are ABP and PGGM, two of the largest pension funds in the world with €209 billion and €80 billion of assets under management, respectively.

The Blackstone Group

The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”) is a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services. Blackstone is one of the largest independent alternative asset managers in the world with offices in New York, Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, London, Hamburg, Hong Kong, Paris and Mumbai.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The firm has raised a total of approximately $78 billion for alternative asset investing since its formation. Blackstone invests in Nielsen through Blackstone Capital Partners V, an $18.1 billion general purpose fund. Including the firm’s other private equity funds, Blackstone has raised approximately $31.1 billion for private equity investments since its founding. Blackstone’s Private Equity Group has invested or committed approximately $19.8 billion in equity in 109 separate transactions, with a total enterprise value of over $191 billion. Notable media transactions sponsored by the firm include Freedom Communications, New Skies Satellites, Cumulus Media Partners, Montecito Broadcast Group, Sirius Satellite Radio, Houghton Mifflin and Columbia House.

The Carlyle Group

The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) is a global private equity firm with $56.0 billion under management. Carlyle invests in buyouts, venture & growth capital, real estate and leveraged finance in Asia, Europe and North America, focusing on aerospace & defense, automotive & transportation, consumer & retail, energy & power, healthcare, industrial, technology & business services and telecommunications & media. Since 1987, the firm has invested $26.4 billion of equity in 601 transactions for a total purchase price of $126.5 billion. The Carlyle Group employs more than 780 people in 18 countries. In the aggregate, Carlyle portfolio companies have more than $68 billion in revenue and employ more than 200,000 people around the world.

Hellman & Friedman

Hellman & Friedman LLC (“H&F”) is a private equity investment firm with offices in San Francisco, New York and London. Since its founding in 1984, H&F has raised and, through its affiliated funds, managed over $16 billion of committed capital and invested in approximately 50 companies. H&F’s strategy is to invest in superior business franchises and to be a value added partner to management in select industries including media, information services, financial services, professional services and energy. Representative investments in media and marketing include Axel Springer AG, ProSiebenSat.1, Formula One, DoubleClick, Eller Media, John Fairfax Holdings Limited, Advanstar, Young & Rubicam and Digitas.

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”), founded in 1976, is one of the world’s oldest and most experienced private equity firms. KKR specializes in management buyouts, and has established itself as one of the largest and most active participants in the industry. Since its founding, KKR has completed more than 140 transactions globally involving in excess of $200 billion of total financing. Some of KKR’s current investments include VendexKBB, SBS Broadcasting and SunGard Data Systems. Other notable transactions include RJR Nabisco, Duracell, Safeway, Autozone, Willis, Stop & Shop, Yellow Pages Group, Legrand, PanAmSat and Storer Communications.

Thomas H. Lee Partners

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL Partners”) is one of the largest and oldest private equity investment firms in the United States and has raised and managed almost $20 billion of capital, making investments in over 100 businesses since its founding in 1974. Today, by remaining focused on growth oriented companies with strong fundamentals and investing in large buyouts primarily in North America, THL Partners continues to build on a strong track record of creating lasting value and delivering exceptional returns to its investors. The investment team at THL Partners has leveraged its strong network of relationships to bring proprietary sourcing as well as management know-how and expertise to bear on its private equity transactions, including Warner Music Group, Dunkin’ Brands, Simmons, Aramark, Houghton Mifflin and ProSiebenSat.1.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer

In connection with the closing of the Transactions, we entered into a registration rights agreement (as more fully described below) with the initial purchasers of the old notes. Under the agreement, we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to consummate the exchange offer by August 19, 2007. If we do not consummate the exchange offer by August 19, 2007, we will incur additional interest expense pursuant to the registration rights agreement. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your old notes for exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that:

 

   

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will be freely tradable by persons who are not affiliated with us;

 

   

the exchange notes are not entitled to registration rights which are applicable to the old notes under the registration rights agreement; and

 

   

our obligation to pay additional interest on the old notes due to the failure to consummate the exchange offer by a prior date does not apply to the exchange notes.

 

The exchange offer

We are offering to exchange up to €343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our registered 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016 for a like principal amount of our 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016 which were issued on August 9, 2006. Old notes may be exchanged only in denominations of €2,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess of €2,000.

 

Resales

Based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are an “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that you:

 

   

are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business; and

 

   

have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes.

 

 

In addition, each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activity must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. For more information, see “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

Any holder of old notes, including any broker-dealer, who

 

   

is our affiliate,

 

   

does not acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, or

 

   

tenders in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes,

 

 

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission expressed in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the exchange notes.

 

Expiration date; Withdrawal of tenders

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007, or such later date and time to which we extend it. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date. A tender of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the exchange offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, some of which we may waive. For more information, see “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for tendering old notes

If you hold old notes through Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system (“Euroclear”), or Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme (“Clearstream”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively.

 

 

By accepting the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

any exchange notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the exchange notes; and

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

you are not our “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Effect on holders of old notes

As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered old notes pursuant to the terms of, the exchange offer, we will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the registration rights agreement and, accordingly, we will not be obligated to pay additional interest as described in the registration rights agreement. If you are a holder of old notes and do not tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to hold such old notes and you will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the old notes in the indenture, except for any rights under the registration rights agreement that by their terms terminate upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

 

Consequences of failure to exchange

All untendered old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the old notes and in the indenture. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the old notes under the Securities Act.

 

Material tax consequences

The exchange of old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For more information, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.” For information on Dutch income tax consequences, see “Dutch Taxation.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer.

 

Registration rights agreement

We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes on August 9, 2006. The registration rights agreement requires us to file this exchange offer registration statement and contains customary provisions with respect to registration procedures, indemnity and contribution rights, In addition, the registration rights agreement provides that if we do not consummate the exchange offer prior to August 19, 2007, we are required to pay additional interest at an initial rate of 0.25% per annum. The additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each 90-day period until the exchange offer is consummated, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Exchange agent

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The address and telephone number of the exchange agent are set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

The following summary highlights all material information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but does not contain all the information that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer. We urge you to read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

Issuer

The Nielsen Company B.V.

 

Exchange Notes Offered

€343,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016.

 

Maturity Date

The exchange notes will mature on August 1, 2016.

 

Interest

No cash interest will accrue on the exchange notes prior to August 1, 2011. Thereafter, cash interest will accrue on the exchange notes and will be payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2012, at the rate of 11  1 / 8 % per annum. As of February 1, 2007, the old notes had an accreted value of €615.74 per €1,000 principal amount at maturity. The accreted value of each exchange note increases from the date of issuance until August 1, 2011, at a rate of 11  1 / 8 % per annum compounded semiannually, reflecting the accrual of non cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on such date. See “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

 

Original Issue Discount

The old notes were issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, although cash interest will not be payable on the exchange notes prior to February 1, 2012, original issue discount will accrue from the issue date of the notes based on the yield to maturity of the exchange notes and will generally be included as interest income (including for periods ending prior to August 1, 2011) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Ranking

The exchange notes, like the old notes, will be our senior unsecured obligations. The exchange notes, like the old notes, will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to our future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes, including Nielsen’s guarantee of the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange notes, including Nielsen’s guarantee of the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes; and

 

 

12


Table of Contents
   

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured debt (including obligations under our new senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations of each of our subsidiaries.

As of March 31, 2007, we had outstanding:

 

   

$1,841 million of senior unsecured indebtedness, all of which ranks equally in right of payment to the old notes (and, when issued, the exchange notes); and

 

   

$4,883 million of secured senior indebtedness, all of which ranks senior in right of payment to the old notes (and, when issued, the exchange notes) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

In addition, the old notes (and the exchange notes, when issued) are effectively subordinated to the liabilities of each of our subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2007, our subsidiaries had total liabilities of $10,463 million.

 

 

See “Description of the Notes—Ranking” and “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Guarantees

None.

 

Optional Redemption

Prior to August 1, 2011, we will have the option to redeem some or all of the exchange notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their accreted value plus an applicable make whole premium (as described in “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption”) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Beginning on August 1, 2011, we may redeem some or all of the exchange notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption” plus accrued interest on the exchange notes to the date of redemption.

 

Change of Control

None.

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the notes contains covenants limiting our ability create liens on certain assets to secure certain debt.

 

No Prior Market

The exchange notes will be new securities for which there is currently no market. Although the initial purchasers of the old notes have informed us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they are not obligated to do so and they may discontinue market making activities at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the exchange notes will develop or be maintained.

 

Listing

We intend to apply to list the exchange notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange’s Euro MTF market.

 

Risk Factors

Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” for a description of some of the risks you should consider before investing in the exchange notes.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

Set forth below is summary historical consolidated financial data and summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of our business, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The predecessor historical information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from Nielsen’s historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor historical information for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the successor historical information as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 have been derived from Nielsen’s historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The successor historical information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three month period ended March 31, 2007 have been derived from Nielsen’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with our annual audited consolidated financial statements. The audited financial statements from which the summary historical and pro forma financial information set forth below has been derived were prepared in accordance with U.S . GAAP . In making your investment decision, you should rely solely on the financial information contained in this prospectus .

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 was prepared to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006 . The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that are factually supportable and that we believe are reasonable . The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our actual consolidated results of operations actually would have been if the Transactions had occurred at any given date, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations.

The summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
    Three months ended
March 31,
   

Pro forma
Year Ended

December 31,
2006

   

May 24,

through

December 31,
2006

   

January 1,
through

May 23,

2006

    Year Ended December 31,
  2007     2006           2005   2004   2003
    (Successor)     (Predecessor)           (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)
                      (Amounts in millions)                
    unaudited     unaudited     unaudited                   unaudited

Statement of Income Data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 1,072        $ 1,003     $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059   $ 3,814   $ 3,429

(Loss)/income from continuing operations (1)

    (74 )     (1 )     (377 )     (279 )     (14 )     172     278     335

(1)    The unaudited pro forma loss for the full year ended December 31, 2006 was mainly due to $654 million in interest expense, a $90 million deferred revenue purchase price adjustment, restructuring charges of $75 million and $74 million from foreign currency exchange loss.

 

                March 31,
2007
   

December 31,

2006

          December 31,
                    2005   2004   2003
                (Successor)     (Successor)           (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)
                                  (Amounts in millions)
                unaudited                         unaudited

Balance Sheet Data: (1)

                     

Total assets

        $15,549     $ 16,099       $ 10,663   $ 13,801   $ 13,577

Long-term debt excluding capital leases

        7,416       7,674         2,482     4,531     4,905

Capital leases

        145       145         155     163     156

(1) A pro forma balance sheet has not been presented due to the fact that the Transactions are reflected in our Successor March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 balance sheets.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

       January 1,
through
March 31,
2007
  May 24,
through
December 31,
2006
   January 1,
through May
23, 2006
   Year ended December 31,
             2005    2004    2003
     (Successor)   (Successor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

   (a)   (a)    1.4    2.1    2.3    3.4

 

(a) Earnings for the Successor periods from January 1 through March 31, 2007 and May 24 through December 31, 2006 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $83 million and $385 million, respectively.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose all or a part of your original investment.

Risks Related to an Investment in the Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under these notes.

We have now and, after the exchange offer will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. On March 31, 2007, we had total indebtedness of $7,751 million, of which $1,485 million consisted of the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes issued by Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., $287 million consisted of the Senior Discount Notes, and the balance consisted of $4,883 million under the new senior secured credit facilities, $704 million of existing indebtedness of Nielsen and $392 million of existing capital lease obligations and other subsidiary indebtedness.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities and Nielsen’s existing floating rate notes will be at variable rates of interest;

 

   

restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions; and

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

In addition, the indentures governing the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes contain, and our new senior secured credit facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants that will limit the ability of our operating subsidiaries to engage in activities that may be in our best interests long-term. The failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture do not prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so and the terms of the indentures governing the

 

16


Table of Contents

Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes do not fully prohibit our subsidiaries from doing so. The revolving credit facility under our new senior secured credit facilities would permit additional borrowing of up to $688 million after completion of this exchange offer, and all of those borrowings would rank senior to the notes and the subsidiary guarantees. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures and product development efforts will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us under our new senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. At December 31, 2006, we had $5,353 million nominal amount of debt under the new senior secured credit facilities (which bears interest at floating rates) and Nielsen’s existing floating rate notes. A one percent increase in this floating rate indebtedness would increase annual interest expense by approximately $54 million. Given our increased exposure to volatility in floating rates after the Transactions, we evaluated hedging opportunities and entered into hedging transactions in November, 2006, January, 2007 and February, 2007. Our cash interest expense on issued debt for fiscal 2007 is expected to be $488 million. After giving effect to these interest rate swap agreements, a one percentage point increase in interest rates would increase annual interest expense by $22 million. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including these notes, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our new senior secured credit facilities and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

You will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on accrual of original issue discount on the notes even if Nielsen does not pay cash interest.

The notes were issued at a substantial discount to their principal amount at maturity. There will be no periodic payments of cash interest on the notes prior to August 1, 2011. However, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, original issue discount will accrue from the issue date of the notes through the date that the notes are repaid. Consequently, you will be required to include amounts in your gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of your receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. See “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Your right to receive payments on the notes is effectively subordinated to those lenders who have a security interest in our assets.

Our obligations under the notes are unsecured, but our obligations under our new senior secured credit facilities and each guarantor’s obligations under their guarantees of the new senior secured credit facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our domestic tangible and intangible assets, including the stock of most of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and the assets and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under our new senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the notes, even if an event of default exists under the indenture governing the notes at such time.

 

17


Table of Contents

Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor as the notes will not be secured by any of our assets, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

As of March 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of our secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries was approximately $5,185 million, and approximately $688 million was available for additional borrowing under the new senior secured revolving credit facility. The indenture governing the notes permits us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including senior secured indebtedness. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

Nielsen is a holding company, with no revenue generating operations of its own, Nielsen depends on the performance of its subsidiaries and their ability to make distributions to it.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries and therefore Nielsen will be dependent upon the cash flow of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations on the notes. The new senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes restrict the ability of Nielsen’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to Nielsen. In addition, certain laws restrict the ability of Nielsen’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and make loans and advances to Nielsen. Nielsen also only has a shareholder’s claim on the assets of its subsidiaries. This shareholder’s claim is junior to the claims that creditors and any holders of preferred stock of the subsidiaries have against those subsidiaries.

Your right to receive payments on these notes could be adversely affected if any of our subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate, or reorganize.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us.

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes and require note holders to return payments received.

If we become a debtor in a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or encounter other financial difficulty, under federal or state fraudulent transfer law a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes or the guarantees. A court might do so if it found that when we issued the notes, or in some states when payments became due under the notes, the right to payment under the notes could be subordinated to all of our other debts if, among other things, we received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

 

   

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

 

   

was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business; or

 

   

believed or reasonably should have believed that it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay.

The court might also void an issuance of notes, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.

A court would likely find that we did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes, if we did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. If a court were to void the issuance of the notes you would no longer have any claim against us. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining obligors, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from us.

 

18


Table of Contents

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, we would be considered insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of our assets; or

 

   

if the present fair saleable value of our assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay our probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

we could not pay our debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that following the issuance of these notes we will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which we are engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond our ability to pay such debts as they mature. We cannot assure you, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of Senior Discount Notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they would have been entitled to receive under the Indenture governing the Senior Discount Notes.

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the Senior Discount Notes, the claim by any holder of the Senior Discount Notes for the principal amount of the Senior Discount Notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:

 

   

the original issue price for the Senior Discount Notes; and

 

   

that portion of the original issue discount that does not constitute “unmatured interest” for purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured interest. Accordingly, holders of the Senior Discount Notes under these circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be entitled to under the terms of the Indenture governing the Senior Discount Notes, even if sufficient funds are available.

Dutch insolvency laws to which we are subject may not be as favorable to you as U.S. or other insolvency laws.

Nielsen is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and has its registered offices in the Netherlands. Therefore and subject to applicable EU insolvency regulations, any insolvency proceedings in relation to Nielsen would likely be based on Dutch insolvency law. Dutch insolvency proceedings differ significantly from insolvency proceedings in the U.S. and may make it more difficult for holders of notes to recover the amount they would normally expect to recover in a liquidation or bankruptcy proceeding in the U.S.

Judgments obtained in the U.S. may not be enforceable in the Netherlands against Nielsen.

The U.S. and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, any final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the U.S. based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically enforceable in the Netherlands and new proceedings on the merits would have to be initiated before a Dutch court. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands such a party may submit to a Dutch court the final judgment that has been rendered in the U.S. and such court will have the discretion to attach such weight to that judgment as it deems appropriate. To the extent that a Dutch court

 

19


Table of Contents

finds that the judgment rendered by a federal or state court in the U.S. (a) has not been rendered in violation of elementary principles of fair trial, and (b) does not contravene public policy of the Netherlands, the Dutch court will, under current practice, in principle, give binding effect to such judgment.

You may face foreign exchange risks by investing in the notes.

The notes will be denominated and payable in Euros. If you are a U.S. investor, an investment in the notes will entail foreign exchange related risks due to, among other factors, possible significant changes in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. Dollar because of economic, political and other factors over which we have no control. Depreciation of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar could cause a decrease in the effective yield of the notes below their stated coupon rates and could result in a loss to you on a U.S. Dollar basis.

If you do not properly tender your old notes, you will continue to hold unregistered old notes and be subject to the same limitations on your ability to transfer old notes.

We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for old notes that are timely received by the exchange agent together with all required documents. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the old notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your old notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent are required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of the old notes. If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer and do not tender your old notes or if we do not accept your old notes because you did not tender your old notes properly, then, after we consummate the exchange offer, you will continue to hold old notes that are subject to the existing transfer restrictions and will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to any additional interest with respect to the old notes. In addition:

 

   

if you tender your old notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or any other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those exchange notes.

We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resales of the exchange notes.

After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.

An active trading market may not develop for the exchange notes, in which case the trading market liquidity and the market price quoted for the exchange notes could be adversely affected.

The exchange notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The liquidity of the trading market in the exchange notes, and the market price quoted for the exchange notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for high yield securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally. As a result, you cannot be sure that an active trading market will develop for the exchange notes. In addition, if a large amount of old notes are not tendered or are tendered improperly, the limited amount of exchange notes that would be issued and outstanding after we consummate the exchange offer would reduce liquidity and could lower the market price of those exchange notes.

 

20


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business

Our restructuring and integration of our business may not benefit the combined business and may lead to higher operating costs. In addition, we may not realize the anticipated cost savings related to this transformation initiative pursuant to the anticipated timetable or at all. We also cannot assure you that we will not exceed one time restructuring costs associated with implementing the anticipated cost savings.

On December 18, 2006, we announced a corporate strategy and related restructuring to phase out over time our Consumer Services and Media group structures and integrate Nielsen with consolidated global business services and functions. The restructuring calls for the combination of product innovation, research and development and marketing into a single organization to identify new product opportunities and accelerate their development and commercialization. We will also transition to a unified global client service organization to simplify client interactions and more easily access internal expertise to offer integrated solutions. In addition, we intend to centralize operational and information technology functions into a new global business services organization. The restructuring and integration of our business may not be successful or benefit the combined business through cost savings or revenue enhancements and may lead to higher operating costs. Successful restructuring and integration of our business will depend upon our management’s ability to manage the integrated operations effectively and to benefit from cost savings and operating efficiencies through, for example, the reduction of overhead and costs. Furthermore, if the reorganization and integration effort is not successful, our ability to operate as we have operated before may be negatively affected.

Other risks that may result from the restructuring and integration include:

 

   

the difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel of our Consumer Services and Media group structures;

 

   

the potential disruption of both groups’ business;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention and other resources;

 

   

the process of integrating may be more complex and require a longer than anticipated time frame to achieve a successful integration; and

 

   

the possible inability of the groups to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies.

In addition, we estimate that this initiative will require us to incur approximately an additional $175 million in restructuring costs and capital investment over the next three years. Our ability to successfully realize cost savings and the timing of any realization may be affected by a variety of factors including, without limitation, our ability to reduce our purchasing expenditures, consolidate our information technology infrastructure, extend our outsourcing programs and reduce other general and administrative expenses. The restructuring costs associated with implementing our transformation initiative may exceed the anticipated implementation costs. We may not achieve the anticipated cost savings and we may not achieve the cost savings and integration within the time we currently expect.

We may be unable to adapt to significant technological change which could adversely affect our business.

We operate in businesses that require sophisticated data collection and processing systems and software and other technology. Some of the technologies supporting the industries we serve are changing rapidly. If we are unable to successfully adapt to changing technologies, either through the development and marketing of new products and services or through enhancements to our existing products and services to meet customer demand, our business, financial position and results of operations would be adversely affected. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to develop new techniques for data collection, processing and delivery or that we will be able to do so as quickly or as cost-effectively as our competition.

 

21


Table of Contents

Moreover, the introduction of new products and services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render existing products and services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage and process ever-increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features and reliability of our existing products and services in response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction or marketing of our products and services. New products and services, or enhancements to existing products and services, may not adequately meet the requirements of current and prospective clients or achieve any degree of significant market acceptance.

The increased use of radio frequency identification (“RFID”) technology may make it more difficult for our household panelists to transmit purchase data to us and may increase our costs of processing retail data, as our data processing systems are not configured to process RFID codes or handle the volume of data RFID codes would generate.

Traditional methods of television viewing are changing as a result of fragmentation of channels and digital and other new television technologies, such as video-on-demand, digital video recorders and Internet viewing. This may have an adverse effect on the rates that our customers are willing to pay for network television commercials and consequently on the amounts they are willing to pay for our services. If we are unable to successfully adapt our media measurement systems to new viewing habits, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

There is a general industry trend toward online adoption of traditional print media in the business-to-business information field. Many of the publications produced by our Business Media segment are print publications. If we are unable to successfully adapt our Business Information products to an online media format, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology industries could put pressure on the pricing of our information products and services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology industries could reduce aggregate demand for our products and services in the future and could limit the amounts we earn for our products and services. When companies merge, the products and services they previously purchased separately are often purchased by the combined entity in the aggregate in a lesser quantity than before, leading to volume compression and loss of revenue. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any consolidation by expanding our range of products and services, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so as industry consolidation continues, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Client procurement strategies could put additional pressure on the pricing of our information products and services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Certain of our clients may continue to seek further price concessions from us. This puts pressure on the pricing of our information products and services, which could limit the amounts we earn. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any pricing pressure through effective negotiations and by providing services to individual businesses within particular groups, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

An economic downturn generally, and in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment or technology industries in particular, could adversely impact our revenue.

We expect that revenues generated from our marketing information and television audience measurement services and related software and consulting services will continue to represent a substantial portion of our

 

22


Table of Contents

overall revenue for the foreseeable future. To the extent the businesses we service, especially our clients in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology industries, are subject to the financial pressures of, for example, increased costs or reduced demand for their products, the demand for our services, or the prices our clients are willing to pay for those services, may decline.

Clients of our Media segment derive a significant amount of their revenue from the sale or purchase of advertising. During challenging economic times, advertisers may reduce advertising expenditures and advertising agencies and other media may be less likely to purchase our media information services.

Our Business Media segment derives a significant amount of its revenues from the sale of business-to-business publications and reductions by our clients in the number of their subscriptions to our publications may adversely affect the revenue of our trade publications.

The success of our business depends on our ability to recruit sample participants to participate in our research samples.

Our business uses scanners and diaries to gather consumer data from sample households as well as Set Meters, People Meters, Active/Passive Meters and diaries to gather television audience measurement data from sample households. It is increasingly difficult and costly to obtain consent from households to participate in the surveys. In addition, it is increasingly difficult and costly to ensure that the selected sample of households mirrors the behaviors and characteristics of the entire population and covers all of the demographic segments our clients request. Additionally, as consumers adopt modes of telecommunication other than traditional telephone service, such as mobile, cable and Internet calling, it may become more difficult for our businesses to reach and recruit participants for consumer purchasing and audience measurement services. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to recruit appropriate participants and maintain adequate participation levels, our clients may lose confidence in our ratings services and we could lose the support of the relevant industry groups. If this were to happen, our consumer purchasing and audience measurement businesses may be materially and adversely affected.

Data protection laws may restrict our activities and increase our costs.

Data protection laws affect our collection, use, storage and transfer of personally identifiable information both abroad and in the U.S. Compliance with these laws may require investment or may dictate that we not offer certain types of products and services. Failure to comply with these laws may result in, among other things, civil and criminal liability, negative publicity, data being blocked from use and liability under contractual warranties. In addition, there is an increasing public concern regarding data protection issues, and the number of jurisdictions with data protection laws has been slowly increasing. There is also the possibility that the scope of existing privacy laws may be expanded. For example, several countries including the U.S. have regulations that restrict telemarketing to individuals who request to be included on a do-not-call list. Typically, these regulations target sales activity and do not apply to market research. If the laws were extended to include market research, our ability to recruit research participants could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that these initiatives or future initiatives would not adversely affect our ability to generate or assemble data or to develop or market current or future products or services.

Our success will depend on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.

The success of our business will depend, in part, on:

 

   

obtaining patent protection for our technology, products and services;

 

   

defending our patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property;

 

   

preserving our trade secrets and maintaining the security of our know-how and data; and

 

   

operating without infringing upon patents and proprietary rights held by third parties.

 

23


Table of Contents

We rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and patent, copyright, trademark, service mark and trade secret laws to protect the proprietary aspects of our brands, technology, data and estimates. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors may gain access to our intellectual property and proprietary information. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Our trade secrets, data and know how could be subject to unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure, despite having required our employees, consultants, customers, and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. Our trademarks could be challenged, forcing us to rebrand our products or services, resulting in loss of brand recognition and requiring us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Furthermore, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets and to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights.

There can be no assurance that the intellectual property laws and other statutory and contractual arrangements we currently depend upon will provide sufficient protection in the future to prevent the infringement, use or misappropriation of our trademarks, patents, data, technology and other products and services. In addition, the growing need for global data, along with increased competition and technological advances, puts increasing pressure on us to share our intellectual property for client applications. Any future litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in substantial expense and diversion of resources with no assurance of success and could adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition.

If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

We face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could:

 

   

be expensive and time consuming to defend;

 

   

cause us to cease providing our products and services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

require us to redesign or rebrand our products or services; if feasible;

 

   

divert management’s attention and resources; or

 

   

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property.

Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or stop the sale of certain products or services, any of which could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects and financial condition.

We will be unable to currently deduct a portion of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

The Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are considered to be applicable high yield discount obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will not be permitted to deduct for U.S. federal income tax purposes OID accrued on the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes until such time as we actually pay such OID in cash or in property other than our stock or our debt (or stock or debt of a person related to us). Moreover, because a portion of the amount of the OID exceeds a certain threshold amount, such amount will not be deductible at any time by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of whether we actually pay such amount in cash or other property). As we are unable to deduct a portion of OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes, this may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

We generate revenues throughout the world which are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and our revenue and net income may suffer due to currency translations.

Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in dollars, while our European operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in Euros. Outside the U.S. and the European Union, we generate revenue and expenses predominantly in local currencies. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to economic exposure. This risk could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our international operations are exposed to risks which could impede growth in the future.

We continue to explore opportunities in major international markets around the world. Our recent progress in rapidly developing markets such as China, Russia, India and Brazil illustrates our success with this strategy. We believe there is demand internationally for quality consumer packaged goods retail information from global retailers and audience information from global advertisers. However, international business is exposed to various additional risks, which could adversely affect our business, including:

 

   

costs of customizing services for clients outside of the U.S.;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

   

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws;

 

   

difficulties in managing international operations;

 

   

longer sales and payment cycles;

 

   

exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation;

 

   

exposure to local economic conditions; and

 

   

exposure to local political conditions, including the risks of an outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, acts of terrorism and seizure of assets by a foreign government.

In countries where there has not been a historical practice of using consumer packaged goods retail information or audience measurement information in the buying and selling of advertising time, it may be difficult for us to maintain subscribers.

Criticism of our audience measurement service by various industry groups and market segments could adversely affect our business.

Due to the high-profile nature of our services in the media, Internet and entertainment information industries, we could become the target of criticism by various industry groups and market segments. We strive to be fair, transparent and impartial in the production of audience measurement services and the quality of our U.S. ratings services are voluntarily reviewed and accredited by the Media Rating Council, a voluntary trade organization, whose members include many of our key client constituencies. However, criticism of our business by special interests, and by clients with competing and often conflicting demands on the measurement service, could result in government regulation. While we believe that government regulation is unnecessary, no assurance can be given that legislation will not be enacted in the future that would subject our business to regulation, which could adversely affect our business.

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of our total revenues.

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of our total revenues. In 2006, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 19% of our total pro forma revenues. We cannot assure you that any of our clients will continue to use our services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. A loss of one or more of our largest clients, if not replaced by a new client or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect our prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services in connection with the provision of our current services.

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services for use in connection with the provision of our current services. These suppliers of data may increase restrictions on our use of such data, fail to adhere to our quality control standards, increase the price they charge us for this data or refuse altogether to license the data to us. In addition, we may need to enter into agreements with third parties to assist with the marketing, technical and financial aspects of expanding our services for other types of media. In the event we are unable to use such third party data and services or if we are unable to enter into agreements with third parties, when necessary, our business and/or our potential growth could be adversely affected. In the event that such data and services are unavailable for our use or the cost of acquiring such data and services increases, our business could be adversely affected.

Long term disruptions in the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and/or air service could adversely affect our business.

Our business is dependent on the use of the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and air service. Long term disruptions in one or more of these services, which could be caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, and/or acts of terrorism could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Hardware and software failures, delays in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede the processing of data, delivery of databases and services, client orders and day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption or loss of data. While many of our businesses have appropriate disaster recovery plans in place, we currently do not have full backup facilities everywhere in the world to provide redundant network capacity in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we may take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our various computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a delay in the delivery of data, we could be required to transfer our data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in significant delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements and improvements, or inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed, could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, and acts of terrorism (particularly involving cities in which we have offices) could adversely affect our businesses. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If our security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained, our services may be perceived as not being secure and panelists and survey respondents may hold us liable for disclosure of personal data, and customers and venture partners may hold us liable or reduce their use of our services.

We store and transmit large volumes of proprietary information and data that contains personally identifiable information about individuals. Security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and possible liability and our reputation could be damaged. For example, hackers or individuals who attempt to breach our network security could, if successful, misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our services. If we experience any breaches of our network security or sabotage, we might be required to expend significant capital and resources to protect against or to alleviate problems. We may not be

 

26


Table of Contents

able to remedy any problems caused by hackers or saboteurs in a timely manner, or at all. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, therefore we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose current and potential customers.

If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate employees, we may not be able to compete effectively and will not be able to expand our business.

Our success and ability to grow are dependent, in part, on our ability to hire, retain and motivate sufficient numbers of talented people, with the increasingly diverse skills needed to serve clients and expand our business, in many locations around the world. Competition for highly qualified, specialized technical and managerial, and particularly consulting personnel, is intense. Recruiting, training and retention costs and benefits place significant demands on our resources. The inability to attract qualified employees in sufficient numbers to meet particular demands or the loss of a significant number of our employees could have an adverse effect on us, including our ability to obtain and successfully complete important client engagements and thus maintain or increase our revenues.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent auditors may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder require that companies who are required to file reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934 evaluate their internal controls over financial reporting in order to allow management to report on, and their independent auditors to attest to, their internal controls over financial reporting. We are not currently required to comply with Section 404. Following the filing and effective date of the registration statement which this prospectus is a part of, we will become subject to Section 404 as of December 31, 2008, and we may identify conditions that may be categorized as significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we are unable to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent auditors may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs to improve our internal control system and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such action could negatively affect our results of operations.

Changes in tax laws or their application or the loss of Dutch tax residence may adversely affect our reported results.

We operate in more than 100 countries worldwide and our earnings are subject to taxation in many differing jurisdictions and at differing rates. We seek to organize our affairs in a tax efficient manner, taking account of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We are treated as a Netherlands tax resident for Dutch tax purposes. Tax laws that apply to our business may be amended by the relevant authorities, for example as a result of changes in fiscal circumstances or priorities. In addition, we may lose our status as a Dutch tax resident. Such amendments or their application to our business or loss of tax residence, may significantly adversely affect our reported results.

We are controlled by the Sponsors, whose interests may not be aligned with ours or yours.

AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners have the power to control our affairs and policies. AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners also control the election of the supervisory board, the appointment of management, the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all of

 

27


Table of Contents

our assets and other extraordinary transactions. Ten of our thirteen supervisory board members are affiliated with AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners. The members elected by AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners have the authority, subject to the terms of our debt, to issue additional shares, implement share repurchase programs, declare dividends, pay advisory fees and make other decisions, and they may have an interest in our doing so. The interests of AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners could conflict with your interests in material respects. Furthermore, AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, as well as businesses that represent major customers of our businesses. AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners continue to own a significant amount of our outstanding ordinary shares, they will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

We are subject to significant competition.

We are faced with a number of competitors in the markets in which we operate. Our competitors in each market may have substantially greater financial marketing and other resources than we do and there can be no assurance that they will not in the future engage in aggressive pricing action to compete with us. Although we believe we are currently able to compete effectively in each of the various markets in which we participate, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so or that we will be capable of maintaining or further increasing our current market share. Our failure to compete successfully in our various markets could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

The presence of our Global Technology and Information Center in Florida heightens our exposure to hurricanes and tropical storms.

Our technological data processing operations are concentrated at our Global Technology and Information Center at a single location in Florida. Our geographic concentration in Florida heightens our exposure to a hurricane or tropical storm. These weather events could cause severe damage to our property and technology and could cause major disruption to our operations. Although our Global Technology and Information Center was built in anticipation of a severe weather event and we have insurance coverage, if we were to experience a catastrophic loss, we may exceed our policy limits and/or we may have difficulty obtaining similar insurance coverage in the future. We cannot assure you that a hurricane or tropical storm could not have an adverse impact on our business.

We may be subject to antitrust litigation or government investigation in the future.

In the past, certain of our business practices have been investigated by government antitrust or competition agencies, and we have on several occasions been sued by private parties for alleged violations of the antitrust and competition laws of various jurisdictions. Following some of these actions, we have changed certain of our business practices to reduce the likelihood of future litigation. Each of these material prior legal activities has been resolved, except for the pending erinMedia and Wrapsidy litigations. There is a risk based upon the leading position of certain of our business operations that we could, in the future, be the target of investigations by government entities or actions by private parties challenging the legality of our business practices. There is currently an inquiry of this kind in Australia involving the pricing of one of our media services. Also, in markets where the retail trade is concentrated, regulatory authorities may perceive certain of our retail services as potential vehicles for collusive behavior by retailers or manufacturers. An inquiry of this type is currently pending in Finland. There can be no assurance that any such investigation or challenge will not result in an award of money damages, penalties or some form of order that might require a change in the way that we do business, which change could adversely affect our revenue stream and/or profitability.

 

28


Table of Contents

The use of joint ventures, over which we do not have full control, could prevent us from achieving our objectives.

We have conducted and will continue to conduct a number of business initiatives through joint ventures, some of which are or may be controlled by others and which may prevent us from achieving our objectives. Our joint venture partners might have economic or business objectives that are inconsistent with our objectives. Our joint venture partners could go bankrupt, leaving us liable for their share of joint venture liabilities. Although we generally will seek to maintain sufficient control of any joint venture to permit our objectives to be achieved, we might not be able to take action without the approval of our joint venture partners. Also, our joint venture partners could take actions binding on the joint venture without our consent. Accordingly, the use of joint ventures could prevent us from achieving their intended objectives. The terms of our joint venture agreements may limit our business opportunities.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward looking statements because they contain words such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results are forward looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. These forward looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of our forward looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations (“cautionary statements”) are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward looking statements included in this prospectus. All subsequent written and oral forward looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

   

general economic conditions, including the effects of any economic downturn on advertising spending levels, and costs of, and demand for, consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology products;

 

   

our ability to realize anticipated cost savings related to transformation initiative;

 

   

the effect of disruptions to our information processing systems;

 

   

the timing and scope of technological advances;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness;

 

   

certain covenants in our debt documents;

 

   

customer procurement strategies that could put additional pricing pressure on us;

 

   

consolidation in our customers’ industries may reduce the aggregate demand for our services;

 

   

regulatory review by governmental agencies that oversee information gathering and changes in data protection laws;

 

   

the ability to attract and retain customers and key personnel;

 

   

risks to which our international operations are exposed, including local political and economic conditions, the effects of foreign currency fluctuations and the ability to comply with local laws;

 

   

criticism of our audience measurement services;

 

   

the possibility that our owners’ interests will conflict with ours or yours;

 

   

the effect of disruptions in the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and/or air services;

 

   

the ability to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information gathering processes;

 

   

the ability to successfully integrate our company in accordance with our strategy; and

 

   

the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

30


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

Information regarding market share, market position and industry data pertaining to our business contained in this prospectus consists of our management’s knowledge of our business and markets, the 2006 Veronis Suhler Stevenson Communications Industry Forecast (the “2006 VSS Industry Forecast”), the PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Outlook in Entertainment and Media 2000–2010 (the “PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Entertainment & Media Outlook”) and other various sources.

Although we believe that the third party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified market industry data provided by third parties or by industry or general publications. Similarly, while we believe our internal estimates with respect to our industry are reliable, our estimates have not been verified by any independent sources, and we cannot assure you that they are accurate. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates, in particular as they relate to market share and our general expectations concerning the global marketing and media research and the business information industries, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

31


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes, in which we agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for exchange notes. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part was filed in compliance with this obligation. We also agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act. In addition, we agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be consummated on or before August 19, 2007. However, if the exchange offer is not consummated on or before August 19, 2007, we will incur additional interest expense. The exchange notes will have terms substantially identical to the old notes except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and registration rights and additional interest payable for the failure to consummate the exchange offer by August 19, 2007. Old notes in an aggregate principal amount of €343,000,000 were issued on August 9, 2006.

Under the circumstances set forth below, we will cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the old notes and we will use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective for up to two years after the effective date of the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:

 

   

if we determine, upon the advice of outside counsel, that, the exchange offer is not permitted due to a change in applicable law or SEC policy;

 

   

if for any reason the registered exchange offer is not consummated by August 19, 2007;

 

   

if any initial purchaser so requests after consummation of the registered exchange offer with respect to the old notes not eligible to be exchanged for the exchange notes and held by it following the consummation of the exchange offer;

 

   

if any holder (other than any initial purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer; or

 

   

if any initial purchaser that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable exchange notes in exchange for tendered old notes.

Each holder of old notes that wishes to exchange such old notes for transferable exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to make the following representations:

 

   

any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

 

   

it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of Securities Act) of the exchange notes;

 

   

it is not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

   

if such holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and such holder will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

In addition, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

32


Table of Contents

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that exchange notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any exchange note holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

 

   

such holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business; and

 

   

the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of such exchange notes.

Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the exchange notes:

 

   

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters, any effective registration statement used in connection with a secondary resale transaction must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding these procedures for the transfer of exchange notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange any old notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will issue €2,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each €2,000 principal amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. We will issue €1,000 integral multiple amount of exchange notes in exchange for each €1,000 integral multiple amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer, respectively. Old notes may be tendered only in denominations of €2,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess of €2,000.

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the old notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to file, and cause to become effective, a registration statement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding old notes. Consequently, both series of notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.

 

33


Table of Contents

As of the date of this prospectus, €343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Old notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to the old notes.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered old notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to such holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreements, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under the caption “—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees, or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than those transfer taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section labeled “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration date; Extensions; Amendments

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., London time, on                     , 2007, unless we extend it in our sole discretion.

In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will notify in writing or by public announcement the registered holders of old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., London time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

 

   

to delay accepting for exchange any old notes in connection with the extension of the exchange offer;

 

   

to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept old notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or

 

   

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change.

Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable written notice or public announcement thereof to the registered holders of old notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of old notes of such amendment, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer

 

34


Table of Contents

following notice of the material change. If we terminate this exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange or if we amend the terms of this exchange offer in a manner that constitutes a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will promptly file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will in all events comply with our obligation to make prompt payment for all old notes properly tendered and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by issuing a timely press release to a financial news service.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any exchange notes for, any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange if in our reasonable judgment:

 

   

the exchange notes to be received will not be tradable by the holder without restriction under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of substantially all of the states of the United States;

 

   

the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made:

 

   

the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution;” and

 

   

such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving written notice of such extension to the registered holders of the old notes. During any such extensions, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange unless they have been previously withdrawn. We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will give written notice or public announcement of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the registered holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., London time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may, in our sole discretion, assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times except that all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by us prior to the expiration of the exchange

 

35


Table of Contents

offer. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, that failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Any waiver by us will be made by written notice or public announcement to the registered holders of the notes and any such waiver shall apply to all the registered holders of the notes.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

To tender in the exchange offer for the old notes, you must comply with the procedures described below of Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., (‘‘Euroclear’’) or Clearstream société anonyme (“Clearstream”).

The registered holder of old notes in whose name such old notes are registered on the records of Euroclear or Clearstream must submit an electronic acceptance instruction to Euroclear or Clearstream to authorize the tender of the old notes and the blocking of the account in Euroclear or Clearstream to which such old notes are credited. If you are a beneficial owner of old notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender, you should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on your behalf in accordance with these procedures. Each holder submitting an electronic acceptance instruction must ensure that Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, is authorized to block the account(s) in which the tendered old notes are held so that no transfers may be effected in relation to such notes at any time from and including the date on which the holder submits its electronic acceptance instruction.

By blocking such old notes in the relevant book-entry transfer facility each holder of old notes will be deemed to consent to have the relevant book-entry transfer facility provide details concerning such holder’s identity to the exchange agent.

We will issue the exchange notes promptly upon the expiration of the exchange offer. The exchange of exchange notes for old notes will only be made after receipt of an agent’s message and any other required documents by the exchange agent for the old notes prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, on the applicable expiration date or in accordance with the deadlines specified by Euroclear or Clearstream. In connection with tenders of the old notes, the term ‘‘electronic acceptance instruction’’ means an instruction transmitted by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, received by the exchange agent for the old notes and forming a part of the book-entry confirmation, that states that:

 

   

Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, that such participant is tendering old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

   

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and

 

   

we may enforce that agreement against such participant.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

36


Table of Contents

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., London time, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of old notes in any exchange offer, the applicable exchange agent must receive a letter or facsimile notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” before the time indicated above. Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn,

 

   

identify the old notes to be withdrawn including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of old notes to be withdrawn or, in the case of old notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at Euroclear or Clearstream to be credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the relevant book-entry transfer facility, and

 

   

specify the name in which the old notes being withdrawn are to be registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the old notes.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn in this manner will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. We will not issue exchange notes for such withdrawn old notes unless the old notes are validly retendered. We will return to you any old notes that you have tendered but that we have not accepted for exchange without cost as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above at any time before the expiration date.

Exchange agent

We have appointed Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as exchange agent for the exchange offer of the old notes.

You should direct questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

Exchange Agent for the Old Notes:

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

Winchester House

1 Great Winchester Street

London

EC2N 2DB

Attn: Trust & Securities Services (TSS)

Tel: +44 207 547 5000

Fax: +44 207 547 5001

e-mail: xchange.offer@db.com

 

37


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail, however, we may make additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Our expenses in connection with the exchange offer include:

 

   

SEC registration fees;

 

   

fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;

 

   

accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and

 

   

related fees and expenses.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

   

certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes tendered; or

 

   

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer.

Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, including as a result of failing to timely deliver old notes to the exchange agent, together with all required documentation, will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such old notes:

 

   

as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

 

   

otherwise as set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offering of the old notes.

In addition, you will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to additional interest with respect to the old notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the old notes under the

 

38


Table of Contents

Securities Act. Based on interpretations of the SEC staff, exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by their holders, other than any such holder that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holders acquired the exchange notes in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in the exchange offer. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes:

 

   

could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the SEC; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.

Transfer and Exchange

The exchange notes will initially be issued in the form of several registered notes in global form without interest coupons, as follows:

 

   

Each series of exchange notes will initially be represented by global notes in registered form without interest coupons attached (the “Global Exchange Notes”).

 

   

The Global Exchange Notes representing the exchange notes will, upon issuance, be deposited with and registered in the name of the common depositary for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream.

Ownership of interests in the Global Exchange Notes (“Book-Entry Interests”) will be limited to persons that have accounts with Euroclear and Clearstream, or persons that may hold interests through such participants. In addition, transfers of Book-Entry Interests between participants in Euroclear or participants in Clearstream will be effected by Euroclear or Clearstream as applicable, pursuant to customary procedures and subject to the applicable rules and procedures established by Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC, as applicable, and their respective participants.

If definitive registered notes are issued, they will be issued upon receipt by the applicable Registrar of instructions relating thereto and any certificates, opinions and other documentation required by the applicable indenture. It is expected that such instructions will be based upon directions received by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, from the participant which owns the relevant Book-Entry Interests.

Subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable law, the exchange notes to be issued as definitive registered notes may be transferred or exchanged, in whole or in part. In connection with any such transfer or exchange, the indenture will require the transferring or exchanging holder to, among other things, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, to furnish information regarding the account of the transferee at Euroclear or Clearstream to furnish certain certificates and opinions, and to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges in connection with such transfer or exchange. Any such transfer or exchange will be made without charge to the holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer is not required to register the transfer or exchange of any exchange notes:

 

  (1) for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of such exchange notes;

 

  (2) for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such exchange notes to be redeemed in part;

 

39


Table of Contents
  (3) for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date applicable to such exchange notes; or

 

  (4) which the holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a change of control offer.

The Issuer and the Trustee will be entitled to treat the holder of an exchange note as the owner of it for all purposes.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered old notes.

 

40


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the old notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. As consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding old notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We used the net proceeds from the private offering of the old notes in connection with the Transactions and to pay related fees and expenses.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization as of March 31, 2007 for Nielsen only. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of
March 31, 2007
     (Amounts in
millions)

Debt:

  

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

  

Revolving credit facility (1)

   $ —  

Term loan facilities (2)

     4,883

Nielsen Finance Senior Notes

     850

Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes

     635

Senior Discount Notes

     287

Nielsen existing senior notes (3)

     704

Other existing debt (4)

     392
      

Total Debt

     7,751

Equity

     3,843
      

Total Capitalization

   $ 11,594
      

(1) Upon the closing of the offering of the old notes, we entered into a $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility.

 

(2) Upon the closing of the offering of the old notes, we entered into a seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

 

(3) This indebtedness is solely the obligation of Nielsen and is therefore structurally subordinated to the indebtedness under the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and consists of Nielsen’s ¥4,000 million ($35 million) 2.5% notes due 2011, €30 million ($43 million) face amount of 6.75% fixed rate notes due 2012, €50 million ($67 million) floating rate notes due 2012, €50 million ($67 million) floating rate notes due 2010, £250 million ($492 million) 5.625% put resettable securities due 2010 or 2017.

 

(4) Includes capital lease obligations relating to facilities in Oldsmar, Florida and Markham, Ontario, computer equipment and software, debt of certain of Nielsen’s consolidated subsidiaries and other short-term borrowings.

 

42


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations has been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the audited consolidated statements of operations of Nielsen for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor and May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. A pro forma balance sheet has not been presented due to the fact that the Transactions are reflected in our Successor December 31, 2006 balance sheet. Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that are factually supportable and that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our actual consolidated results of operations would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “The Transactions,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated statement of operations and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

The pro forma information presented, including the allocation of the purchase price, is based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired, available information and assumptions and will be revised as additional information becomes available.

A final determination of these fair values will reflect our consideration of a final valuation prepared by third party appraisers. This final valuation will be based on the actual net tangible and intangible assets that existed as of May 24, 2006, the date of acquisition. Any final adjustment will change the allocations of purchase price, which could affect the fair value assigned to the assets and liabilities and could result in a change to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. Therefore, the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments, and the differences may be material.

 

43


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

     Historical Nielsen     Pro Forma
Adjustments
   

Pro Forma

Nielsen

 
     Predecessor     Successor      
    

Jan. 1 -

May 23,
2006

   

May 24 -

Dec. 31,
2006

     
     (Amounts in Millions)  

Revenue

   $ 1,626     $ 2,548     $ —     (i)   $ 4,174  

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     787       1,202       —         1,989  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of deprecation and amortization

     554       912       (10 ) (a)     1,460  
         4   (b)  

Depreciation and amortization

     126       257       55   (c)     438  

Transaction costs

     95       —         (95 ) (d)     —    

Restructuring costs

     7       68         75  
                                

Operating income

     57       109       46       212  
                                

Interest income

     8       11       (5 ) (e)     14  

Interest expense

     (48 )     (372 )     (234 ) (f)     (654 )

(Loss)/gain on derivative instruments

     (9 )     5       —         (4 )

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —         (65 )     60  (g)     (5 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction loss

     (3 )     (71 )     —         (74 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     6       6       —         12  

Other income/(expense), net

     14       (7 )     —         7  
                                

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before tax

     25       (384 )     (133 )     (492 )

(Benefit)/provision for income tax

     (39 )     105       49   (h)     115  
                                

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (14 )   $ (279 )   $ (84 )   $ (377 )
                                

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

 

44


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

(Amounts in millions)

 

(a) Represents the adjustment to selling, general and administrative expenses relating to our employee benefit plans to eliminate the historical amortization of unrecognized actuarial losses and prior service costs in the predecessor period and the impact of freezing the U.S. defined benefit plan and related change in the U.S. defined contribution plan related to the Transactions. Benefit plan related obligations have been recorded at fair value in the allocation of Valcon’s purchase cost.

 

(b) Reflects the adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense to reflect the full annual monitoring fee of $10 million that we pay to the Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

(c) Represents change in amortization based upon estimates of fair values and useful lives of amortizable assets as part of the preliminary purchase price allocation.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations reflects amortization of certain identifiable intangible assets and other assets based on their preliminary new basis as reflected in the preliminary purchase price allocation. The final purchase price allocation may result in a different allocation for assets than that presented in this unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. An increase or decrease in the amount of purchase price allocated to amortizable assets would impact the amount of annual amortization expense. Amortizable assets have been amortized on a straight-line basis in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. If the purchase price allocation to amortizable assets were to change by $50 million the yearly amortization charge could range from $8.5 million for a weighted average life of six years to $2 million for a weighted average life of twenty-five years.

 

(d) Reflects the elimination of transaction costs recognized in connection with the Transactions which included accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs and $45 million paid to IMS Health pursuant to a termination agreement triggered by the Transactions.

 

(e) Reflects pro forma adjustment to interest income to reflect use of cash in connection with the Transactions.

 

(f) Reflects pro forma interest expense resulting from the Transactions using applicable LIBOR and EURIBOR rates as of December 31, 2006 as follows:

 

    

Twelve Months

Ended

December 31,

2006

 

Term Loan Facility (1)

   $ 408  

Revolving credit facility (2)

     5  

Nielsen Finance Senior Notes (3)

     87  

Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—USD (4)

     79  

Senior Discount Notes—EUR (5)

     30  

Other Financing (6)

     45  
        

Total Pro Forma Interest Expense

     654  

Less Historical Interest Expense

     (420 )
        

Net adjustment to interest expense

   $ 234  
        

 

  (1) Reflects pro forma interest on the $4,175 million U.S. Dollar denominated term loan facility at the December 31, 2006 rate of 3-month LIBOR of 5.38% plus 2.75% and the €800 million ($958 million) Euro denominated term loan facility at the December 31, 2006 rate of 3-month EURIBOR of 3.58% plus 2.50% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees.

 

  (2) Represents commitment fees of 0.5% on the assumed $688 million undrawn balance of the revolving credit facility and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees.

 

45


Table of Contents
  (3) Reflects interest on $650 million of U.S. Dollar denominated Nielsen Finance Senior Notes at 10.00% and the €150 million of Euro denominated Nielsen Finance Senior Notes at 9.00% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees.

 

  (4) Reflects pro forma interest expense on the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at 12.50% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees. No cash interest will be payable on these notes prior to August 1, 2011. Thereafter, interest will accrue and will be payable semiannually.

 

  (5) Reflects pro forma interest expense on the Senior Discount Notes at 11.125% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees. No cash interest will be payable on the Senior Discount Notes prior to August 1, 2011. Thereafter, interest will accrue and will be payable semi-annually.

 

  (6) Reflects interest on the existing note of ¥4,000 million 2.5% notes due 2011, €30 million of 6.75% fixed rate due 2012, €50 million floating rate due 2012, €50 million floating rate due 2010, £250 million 5.625% put re-settable securities due 2010 or 2017 and capital lease obligations.

 

(g) Reflects the elimination of loss on early extinguishment of the Valcon Bridge Loan representing unamortized debt issuance costs of the Valcon Bridge Loan at the time of settlement as if the permanent financing was outstanding as of January 1, 2006. The Valcon Bridge Loan was replaced with the permanent financing as part of the Transactions.

 

(h) Represents the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using the respective statutory tax rates of the jurisdiction where the respective adjustment relates.

 

(i) The unaudited pro forma statement of operations does not add back, in arriving at pro forma results, the impact of the deferred revenue adjustment to record deferred revenue at fair value in purchase accounting which reversed in less than one year. The non-recurring one time impact of this deferred revenue fair value adjustment was to reduce revenue by $90 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

 

46


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of Nielsen as of the dates and periods indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from our successor audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 have been derived from our successor unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with our annual audited consolidated financial statements. The results of operations for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our predecessor audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The audited financial statements from which the historical financial information for the periods set forth below have been derived were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In making your investment decision, you should rely solely on the financial information contained in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have not presented the income statement financial statement data as required by Item 301 of Regulation S-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 because such information cannot be provided without unreasonable effort and expense. Furthermore, we do not believe that the 2002 information would be material or meaningful to a potential investor’s decision making process given the changes in our operations and financial structure. We have undertaken a significant refinancing of our company in 2006 to finance the acquisition by Valcon, and our Directories segment was divested in 2004.

 

47


Table of Contents
      Three months ended
March 31,
   

May 24,

through

December 31,
2006 (1)

   

January 1,
through
May 23,

2006

    Year Ended December 31,
      2007     2006         2005 (2)   2004 (3)   2003
      (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)
                  (Amounts in millions)
      unaudited     unaudited                         unaudited

Statement of Income Data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 1,072        $ 1,003     $ 2,548            $ 1,626     $ 4,059   $ 3,814   $ 3,429

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

    (74 )     (1 )     (279 )     (14 )     172     278     335

(Loss)/income from continuing operations per common share (basic)

    *       (0.01 )     *       (0.06 )     0.64     1.07     1.32

(Loss)/income from continuing operations per common share (diluted)

    *       (0.01 )     *       (0.06       0.64     1.07     1.31

Cash dividends declared per common share

    —         —         —         —         0.15     0.66     0.61

* Not included for the Successor periods as no publicly traded shares were outstanding.

 

     

March 31,
2007

 

December 31,    

2006

    December 31,
          2005   2004   2003   2002
      (Successor)   (Successor)     (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)
          (Amounts in millions)
      unaudited                 unaudited   unaudited

Balance Sheet Data:

               

Total assets

  $ 15,549   $ 16,099        $ 10,663   $ 13,801   $ 13,577   $ 12,441

Long-term debt excluding capital leases

    7,416     7,674       2,482     4,531     4,905     4,381

Capital leases

    145     145       155     163     156     97

(1) The loss in the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was primarily due to $372 million of interest expense, the $90 million deferred revenue purchase price adjustment, $71 million in foreign currency exchange transaction losses and $68 million in restructuring costs.

 

(2) The 2005 income from continuing operations included $55 million in costs from the settlement of the antitrust agreement with IRI, a $36 million payment of failed deal costs to IMS Health and a $102 million loss from the early extinguishment of debt.

 

(3) The 2004 income from continuing operations included a $135 million goodwill impairment charge.

 

48


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis of The Nielsen Company B.V. (formerly known as VNU Group B.V. and prior to that as VNU N.V. ) should be read together with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and related footnotes. The following discussion and analysis covers periods both prior to and subsequent to the Valcon Acquisition (as defined below). Accordingly, historical periods may not be comparable with the periods presented after the Valcon Acquisition. Further, this report may contain material that includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that reflect, when made, Nielsen’s current views with respect to current events and financial performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. Statements, other than those based on historical facts, which address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are and will be, as the case may be, subject to many risks, uncertainties and factors relating to Nielsen’s operations and business environment that may cause actual results to be materially different from any future results, express or implied, by such forward-looking statements. Unless required by context, references to “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to Nielsen and each of its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview and Outlook

We are a leading global information and media company providing essential marketing and media measurement information, analytics and industry expertise to customers across the world. We operate in over 100 countries and are headquartered in Haarlem in the Netherlands and New York in the United States (U.S.). Through Nielsen’s broad portfolio services, we track sales of consumer products each year, report on television viewing habits in countries representing more than 60% of the world’s population, measure Internet audiences in 18 countries, produce more than 100 trade shows, operate more than 100 websites and publish more than 100 print publications and online newsletters. We currently operate in three segments: Consumer Services (formerly Marketing Information), Media (formerly Media Measurement and Information) and Business Media (formerly Nielsen Business Media).

Our Consumer Services segment provides essential market research and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our Consumer Services segment provides an array of services including retail measurement services (ACNielsen Scantrack), household consumer panels (ACNielsen Homescan), new product testing (BASES), consumer segmentation and targeting (Spectra) and marketing optimization (ACNielsen Analytical Consulting, or AAC). We believe these services give our customers a competitive advantage in making informed decisions in complex market places.

Our Media segment is a leading provider of media and entertainment measurement information. The segment measures audiences for U.S. television, international television, motion pictures, the Internet and other media as well as tracks sales of music and competitive advertising information. Using Nielsen’s critical measurement information, media owners, advertising agencies, advertisers and retailers plan and optimize their marketing strategies.

Our Business Media segment is one of the largest providers of integrated business-to-business information in the world. The segment has more than 100 trade shows, over 100 websites and over 100 print publications and online newsletters, each targeted to specific industry groups.

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale of a significant portion of its BME unit for $414 million. Nielsen does not expect to recognize a material gain or loss on the sale because the price paid approximates the book value of the business, as this business was recently revalued upon Valcon’s acquisition of Nielsen. The sale excludes a joint venture that produces trade shows in the Netherlands and China. Our former

 

49


Table of Contents

Directories business segment was sold effective November 29, 2004. (See “—Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results—Divestitures” and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”).

On May 24, 2006, Nielsen was acquired through a tender offer to shareholders by Valcon Acquisition B.V. (“Valcon”), an entity formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Valcon was formed for the purpose of facilitating the acquisition. Valcon’s cumulative purchases of the outstanding common shares and preferred B shares resulted in a combined 99.44% ownership of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding shares as of December 31, 2006. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen shares through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, pursuant to Dutch legal and regulatory requirements, which is expected to be completed in 2007. The common and preferred shares were delisted from the Euronext Amsterdam on July 11, 2006.

Nielsen became a subsidiary of Valcon upon the consummation of the acquisition by Valcon (the “Valcon Acquisition”). See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section for discussion of the financing transactions related to the Valcon Acquisition.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition in May 2006, Valcon entered into a Senior secured bridge facility (“Valcon Bridge Loan”) under which Valcon had borrowed $6,164 million as of August 2006 when the Valcon Bridge Loan was settled and replaced with permanent financing consisting of (i) senior secured credit facilities consisting of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility and (ii) debt securities, consisting of $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% Senior Notes due 2014 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., $1,070 million 12.5% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. and €343 million 11.125% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 of The Nielsen Company B.V.

Valcon’s cost of acquiring Nielsen and related debt has been pushed down to establish the new accounting basis in Nielsen. The Valcon Acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations”. The preliminary allocation of purchase price is based on estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of May 24, 2006. These preliminary fair values were determined using management’s estimates from information currently available and are subject to change.

Nielsen’s consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders’ equity are presented for two periods: Successor, for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 following the consummation of the Valcon Acquisition; and Predecessor, for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 preceding the Valcon Acquisition and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. As a result of the Valcon Acquisition and the resulting change in ownership, we are required to separately present our operating results for the Successor and the Predecessor periods for the year ended December 31, 2006. In the following discussion, the 2006 results are adjusted to reflect the pro forma effect of the Valcon Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2006. The pro forma basis amounts for the year ended December 31, 2006 are compared to the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2005 on a historical basis. In addition, the amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are compared to the pro forma basis for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Management believes this to be the most meaningful and practical way to comment on our results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of Nielsen’s financial condition and results of operations is based on Nielsen’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The most significant of these estimates relate to revenue

recognition, business combinations, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, pension costs and other

 

50


Table of Contents

post-retirement benefits, accounting for income taxes, valuation of long lived assets, including computer software and share-based compensation. We base Nielsen’s estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the valuation of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results could vary from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The accounting policies followed by Nielsen for the Successor period are consistent with those of the Predecessor period except for the adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and other Post Retirement Plans” which we early adopted as of the Valcon Acquisition date. For a summary of the significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies discussed below, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements “Description of Business and Basis of Presentation”.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize our revenues for the sale of services and products under the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104, “Revenue Recognition”, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and the collectibility related to the services and products is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of our revenue is generated from our media and marketing services. We review all contracts to evaluate them pursuant to SAB 104 and recognize revenue from the sale of our services and products based upon fair value as the services are performed, which is generally ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned.

Our revenue arrangements may include multiple elements as defined in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. In these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon their fair values relative to the total contract value, to the extent that the fair values are readily determinable and the deliverables have stand alone value to the customer (the “relative fair value method”).

A discussion of Nielsen’s revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Consumer Services

Revenue, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

Nielsen performs customized research projects which are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the final report has been delivered to the customer.

Media

Revenue is primarily generated from television audience and internet measurement services and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

Business Media

Single copy revenue for publications, sold via newsstands and/or dealers, is recognized in the month in which the magazine goes on sale. Revenue from printed circulation and advertisements included therein is

 

51


Table of Contents

recognized on the date it is available to the consumer. Revenue from electronic circulation and advertising is recognized over the period during which both are electronically available. The unearned portion of paid magazine subscriptions is deferred and realized on a straight-line basis with monthly amounts recognized on the magazines’ cover date.

For products, such as magazines and books, sold to customers with the right to return unsold items, revenues are recognized when the products are shipped, based on gross sales less an allowance for future estimated returns. Revenue from trade shows and certain costs are recognized upon completion of the event.

Business Combinations

Nielsen accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. The total cost of acquisitions is allocated to the underlying net assets, based on their respective estimated fair values. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires significant judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives, and market multiples, among other items.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. Nielsen reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. We established reporting units based on our internal reporting structure. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, goodwill has been allocated to reporting units on a pro-rata basis to the fair values of the respective reporting units. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit, which is generally one level below Nielsen’s operating segments, are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily a discounted cash flow analysis and a market-based approach for the Nielsen Internet reporting unit. A discounted cash flow analysis requires various judgmental assumptions, including assumptions about future cash flows, growth rates and discount rates. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on Nielsen’s budget and business plans. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective reporting units. In estimating the fair values of its reporting units, Nielsen also uses market comparisons and recent comparable transactions. The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

Pension Costs

We provide a number of retirement benefits to Nielsen employees, including defined benefit pension plans and post retirement medical plans. Pension costs, in respect of defined benefit pension plans, primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the statement of operations, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed a certain threshold. The excess is amortized and charged to the statement of operations over, at the maximum, the average remaining term of employee service. We recognize obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans as expenses in the statement of operations as they are incurred.

 

52


Table of Contents

We account for Nielsen retirement plans in accordance with SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions and other Post Retirement Benefits” and, accordingly, the determination of benefit obligations and expenses is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, critical assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets and the assumed rate of compensation increases. Nielsen provides retiree medical benefits to a limited number of participants in the U.S. and has ceased to provide retiree health care benefits to certain of its Dutch retirees. Therefore, retiree medical care cost trend rates are not a significant driver of post retirement costs for Nielsen. Management reviews these critical assumptions at least annually. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as the turnover, retirement and mortality rates. Management reviews these assumptions periodically and updates them as necessary.

The discount rate is the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. For Nielsen’s U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on a bond portfolio that includes only long-term bonds with an Aa rating, or equivalent, from a major rating agency. We believe the timing and amount of cash flows related to the bonds in this portfolio is expected to match the estimated payment benefit streams of Nielsen’s U.S. plans. For the Dutch and other non-U.S. plans, the discount rate is set by reference to market yields on high quality corporate bonds.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we consider, for each country, the structure of the asset portfolio and the expected rates of return for each of the components. For Nielsen’s U.S. plans, a 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on Nielsen’s principal plans by approximately $0.9 million per year. For Nielsen’s primary Dutch plan, a similar 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on Nielsen’s principal Dutch plans by approximately $2.9 million per year. We assumed that the weighted averages of long-term returns on Nielsen’s pension plans was 6.3% for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and 6.1% for 2005. The actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year versus this assumption. Although the actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year, we believe it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting our expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that our actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts.

Income Taxes

We operate in over 100 countries worldwide. Over the past five years, we completed many material acquisitions and divestitures, which have generated complex tax issues requiring management to use its judgment to make various tax determinations. We try to organize the affairs of our subsidiaries in a tax efficient manner, taking into consideration the jurisdictions in which we operate. Due to outstanding indemnification agreements, the tax payable on select disposals made in recent years has not been finally determined. Although we are confident that tax returns have been appropriately prepared and filed, there is risk that additional tax may be assessed on certain transactions or that the deductibility of certain expenditures may be disallowed for tax purposes. Our policy is to estimate tax risk to the best of our ability and provide accordingly for those risks and take positions in which a high degree of confidence exists that the tax treatment will be accepted by the tax authorities. The policy with respect to deferred taxation is to provide in full for timing differences using the liability method.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are computed by assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. The carrying value of deferred tax assets is adjusted by a valuation allowance to the extent that these deferred tax assets are not considered to be realized on a more likely than not basis. Realization of deferred tax assets is judgmental and is dependent upon our ability to generate future taxable income in jurisdictions where such assets have arisen. Valuation allowances are recorded in order to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized in the future. In assessing the adequacy of our valuation allowances, we consider various factors including reversal of deferred tax liabilities, future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies.

 

53


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets

We are required to assess whether the value of Nielsen’s long-lived assets, including Nielsen buildings, improvements, technical and other equipment, and amortizable intangible assets have been impaired. An assessment is required whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. We do not perform a periodic assessment of assets for impairment in the absence of such information or indicators. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by comparing the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows derived from an asset (or a group of assets) to their carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset (or the group of assets) exceeds the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows, impairment is considered to exist. If impairment is considered to exist based on undiscounted cash flows, the impairment charge is measured using an estimation of the assets’ fair value, typically using a discounted cash flow method. The identification of impairment indicators, the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of fair values for assets (or groups of assets) requires us to make significant judgments concerning the identification and validation of impairment indicators, expected cash flows and applicable discount rates. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and Nielsen’s assessments change.

Nielsen capitalizes software development costs with respect to major internal use software initiatives or enhancements in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”. The costs are capitalized from the time that the preliminary project stage is completed, and we consider it probable that the software will be used to perform the function intended until the time the software is placed in service for its intended use. Once the software is placed in service, the capitalized costs are generally amortized over periods of three to seven years. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of software may not be recovered, a recoverability analysis is performed based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the software in the future. If the analysis indicates that the carrying value is not recoverable from future cash flows, the software cost is written down to estimated fair value and an impairment is recognized. Nielsen estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and Nielsen’s assessments change.

Share-based compensation

We account for share-based awards in accordance with SFAS No.123(R), “Shared-Based Payment,” which, in the Predecessor period, we early adopted as of January 1, 2003 under the modified prospective approach. Share-based compensation expense is primarily based on the estimated grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for awards granted after January 1, 2003. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating the expected term of stock options, expected volatility of our stock, and the number of stock-based awards expected to be forfeited due to future terminations. In addition, for stock-based awards where vesting is dependent upon achieving certain operating performance goals, we estimate the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Differences between actual results and these estimates could have a material effect on our financial results. We consider several factors in estimating the expected life of our options granted, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies and the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, which we believe are representative of future behavior. We estimate the stock price volatility on a combination of our formerly publicly traded stock adjusted for its new leverage and estimates of implied volatility of our peer group. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment.

Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results

Foreign Currency

Our financial results are reported in U.S. Dollars and are therefore subject to the impact of movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of individual businesses whose functional

 

54


Table of Contents

currencies are other than U.S. Dollars. Approximately 60% (57% in 2005) of our revenues were denominated in U.S. Dollars during 2006. Nielsen’s principal foreign exchange exposure is spread across several currencies, primarily the Euro, British pound, and other currencies representing 12.0%, 4.5%, and 24.3%, respectively, for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006; 12.2%, 4.2%, and 23.1%, respectively, for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006; 17.8%, 6.3%, 20.7%, respectively, in 2005; and 18.5%, 6.6%, 19.8%, respectively, in 2004.

As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar have a significant effect on Nielsen’s operating results. Based on the combined Successor and Predecessor periods, a one cent change in the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate will impact revenues by approximately $5 million, with an immaterial impact on operating income. Impacts associated with fluctuations in foreign currency are discussed in more detail under “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks”. In countries with currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into Dollars using end-of-period exchange rates; revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated using average rates of exchange. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.2431 to €1.00 and $1.2565 to €1.00 and $1.23748 to €1.00 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.32 to €1.00 and $1.20 to €1.00 for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, respectively.

Constant currency growth rates used in the following discussion of results of operations eliminate the impact of year-over-year foreign currency fluctuations.

Acquisitions and Investments in Affiliates

For the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006, Nielsen completed several acquisitions for aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of $98 million ($29 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $69 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006). These acquisitions contributed $33 million of revenue and $1 million of operating income for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006.

On February 5, 2007, Nielsen and Nielsen//NetRatings announced they had entered into a merger agreement by which Nielsen, which already owns approximately 60% of Nielsen//NetRatings, would acquire the Nielsen//NetRatings shares Nielsen does not currently own at a price of $21.00 per share in cash, for a total purchase price of approximately $327 million. The merger is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2007, subject to customary conditions and approvals. The transaction is subject to shareholder approval; however, Nielsen has agreed to vote all of its shares in favor of the merger, thereby assuring approval of the merger.

In early 2006, we acquired a majority interest in BuzzMetrics, Inc. On June 4, 2007, we acquired the remaining outstanding shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, Nielsen completed several acquisitions for aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of approximately $170 million. These acquisitions contributed $22 million of revenue and $5 million of operating income in 2005.

In 2005, we entered into a joint venture with the AGB Group. This arrangement is intended to increase Media’s coverage internationally, enabling Media to better serve the needs of media owners with multi national interests. The newly formed entity is AGB Nielsen Media Research, of which we own 50% of the outstanding shares. Accordingly, as of March 1, 2005, Nielsen deconsolidated its international television audience measurement companies, and began accounting for the joint venture under the equity method. Nielsen’s share of the joint venture’s loss for the year was $4 million, and is recorded net of tax in equity in net income of affiliates in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

55


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2004, Nielsen completed several acquisitions for aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of approximately $96 million. These acquisitions contributed $40 million of revenue and $7 million of operating income in 2004.

Divestitures

Business Media Europe

In December 2006, Nielsen reached an agreement in principle to sell substantially all of its Business Media Europe (BME) unit to 3i Group plc, a private equity and venture capital firm. On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale for $414 million in cash. The gain on sale of discontinued operations of $14 million relates to BME’s previously recognized currency translation adjustments from the date of the Valcon Acquisition to the date of sale. Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements reflect BME’s business as discontinued operations. (See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures” and Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements “Subsequent Events”).

Directories

In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment to World Directories Acquisition Corp., a legal entity owned by funds advised by Apax Partners Worldwide LLP and Cinven Limited, for $2,622 million in cash. The sale resulted in a gain of $756 million, net of income taxes; $1,594 million of the proceeds was used to repay debt in 2005 and $38 million of fees related to the disposition were paid in 2005. The sales price is subject to adjustments based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. In 2005, Nielsen recorded an additional gain of $8 million to reflect the continued negotiation of final settlement amounts. In connection with the sale of Directories, Nielsen indemnified the acquirer from any tax obligations relating to years prior to the divestiture (see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements “Commitments and Contingencies”).

 

56


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—Successor (from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007), Pro forma, and Predecessor (from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006) periods

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and unaudited pro forma results for the three months ended March 31, 2006:

 

     Successor     Pro Forma
Three months
ended March 31,
2006 (1)
    Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   Three months
ended March 31,
2007
      Three months
ended March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003     $ 1,003  

Costs of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     500       480       480  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     386       354       357  

Depreciation and amortization

     111       105       79  

Transaction costs

     —         —         52  

Restructuring costs

     19       2       2  
                        

Operating income

     56       62       33  
                        

Interest income

     8       3       5  

Interest expense

     (156 )     (162 )     (30 )

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

     9       (7 )     (7 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (4 )     (1 )     (1 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     2       2       2  

Other (expense)/income, net

     (2 )     10       10  
                        

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (87 )     (93 )     12  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     13       25       (13 )

Minority interests

     —         —         —    
                        

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (74 )   $ (68 )   $ (1 )
                        
(1) The unaudited pro forma presentation for three months ended March 31, 2006 reflects the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 preceding the Valcon Acquisition adjusted to reflect the pro forma effect of the Valcon Acquisition and its related financing as if it had occurred on January 1, 2006. The pro forma adjustments include: increased interest expense/lower interest income on net debt ($134 million), reversal of transaction costs directly related to the Valcon Acquisition ($52 million), increased amortization related to purchase price allocation ($26 million), decreased selling, general and administrative expenses ($3 million) consisting of decreased pension costs related to the Valcon Acquisition ($5 million) and increased sponsor fees ($2 million), and the related income tax effects.

 

     The pro forma basis amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are compared to the three months ended March 31, 2007 on a reported basis.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain supplemental revenue data:

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Three months

ended March 31,

2007

    Three months
ended March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues by segment

    

Consumer Services

   $ 609     $ 559  

Media

     341       316  

Business Media

     122       129  

Corporate

     —         (1 )
                

Total

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003  
                

Consumer Services revenues by service

    

Retail Measurement Services

   $ 404     $ 375  

Consumer Panel Services

     48       44  

Customized Research Services

     59       54  

Other Services

     98       86  
                

Total

   $ 609     $ 559  
                

Media revenues by division

    

Media

   $ 281     $ 262  

Entertainment

     38       36  

Internet Measurement

     22       18  
                

Total

   $ 341     $ 316  
                

Revenues by geography

    

United States

   $ 621     $ 595  

Other Americas

     95       86  

The Netherlands

     8       8  

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     253       225  

Asia Pacific

     95       89  
                

Total

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003  
                
     Successor     Predecessor  

(% of Revenue)

  

Three months

ended March 31,

2007

    Three months
ended March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues by segment

    

Consumer Services

     57 %     56 %

Media

     32 %     31 %

Business Media

     11 %     13 %
                

Total Nielsen

     100 %     100 %
                

Consumer Services revenues by service

    

Retail Measurement Services

     38 %     37 %

Consumer Panel Services

     4 %     4 %

Customized Research Services

     6 %     6 %

Other Services

     9 %     9 %
                

Total Consumer Services

     57 %     56 %
                

Media revenues by division

    

Media

     26 %     26 %

Entertainment

     4 %     3 %

Internet Measurement

     2 %     2 %
                

Total Media

     32 %     31 %
                

Business Media

     11 %     13 %
                

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain supplemental revenue growth data, both on an as reported and constant currency basis. In order to determine the percentage change in items on a constant currency basis, we adjust these items to remove the positive and negative impacts of foreign exchange.

 

Revenue growth

  

Reported

Q1 2007 vs. Q1 2006

    Constant Currency
Q1 2007 vs. Q1 2006
 

Consumer Services

   8.8 %   5.2 %

Media

   8.1 %   7.2 %

Business Media

   (5.0 )%   (5.2 )%

Total Nielsen

   6.9 %   4.6 %
            

Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 compared to the Pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006

When comparing Nielsen’s results for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 with pro forma results for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, the following should be noted:

Items Affecting Operating Income for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007

 

   

Nielsen’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations.

 

   

Nielsen incurred $19 million of restructuring expenses.

 

   

Nielsen incurred approximately $8 million in recruiting and other acquisition related compensation for certain corporate executives.

Items affecting Operating Income for the Pro forma period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006

 

   

Nielsen incurred $2 million in restructuring charges.

Revenues

Nielsen Consolidated . Revenues were $1,072 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $1,003 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, an overall increase of 6.9%. Excluding a 2.3% positive impact of foreign exchange, Nielsen’s revenues on a constant currency basis increased 4.6%. Constant currency revenue increased 5.2% at Consumer Services, 7.2% at Media, partly offset by a 5.2% decrease at Business Media.

Consumer Services . Revenues for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 were $609 million and $559 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. Excluding a 3.6% positive impact of foreign exchange, constant currency revenues increased by 5.2%. The increase in constant currency is primarily attributable to 3.5% growth in Retail Measurement Services due primarily to growth in Latin America (Brazil, Mexico, Central America and Colombia, as well as the Datos acquisition in Venezuela), Emerging Markets (new clients and categories in Russia, South Africa and Ukraine), Canada (growth of Tobacco Index and new clients) and Asia Pacific (sales in India, Indonesia, Australia and Vietnam), partially offset by pricing compression in the U.S. In addition, Other Service constant currency revenues increased by 13.1% predominantly due to an increase in Analytical sales in U.S., France and UK, growth in BASES and Claritas as well as the acquisition of The Modeling Group (TMG).

Media . Revenues for Media increased 8.1% to $341 million for the Successor period ended March 31, 2007 from $316 million for the Predecessor period ended March 31, 2006. Excluding a 0.9% favorable impact of foreign exchange on revenues, constant currency revenues increased 7.2%. The constant currency increase is primarily attributable to a 5.9% increase in the Media division (Nielsen Media Research U.S. and International), an 18.5% increase in Internet Measurement, and the $5 million impact from the acquisition of Nielsen

 

59


Table of Contents

BuzzMetrics and Radio & Records (R&R). The Media division’s constant currency increase of 7.8% was primarily attributable to continued demand for Nielsen Media Research’s television audience measurement services in the U.S., new business and price increases, the National People Meter (NPM) expansion and cable network upgrades.

Business Media. Revenues for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 were $122 million and $129 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, a decrease of 5.0%. Excluding the 0.2% unfavorable impact of foreign exchange, revenues for Business Media decreased 5.2%. Business Media revenues decreased due to continued softness in advertising revenues, sale of certain publications, and timing of a trade show which shifted into the second quarter of 2007.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues was $500 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $480 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, an increase of $20 million or 4.2%. Excluding the unfavorable 2.7% impact of foreign exchange, cost of revenues would have increased by 1.5%. Constant currency cost of revenues increased primarily from a 1.2% increase at Consumer Services and a 5.9% increase at Media, which was partly offset by a reduction in costs at Business Media of 11.0%.

The increase in constant currency cost of revenues at Consumer Services was due to overall Consumer Services revenue growth. Media’s constant currency cost of revenues increase resulted primarily from an increase in the Media division due to the expansion of Local People Meter (LPM) and NPM in the United States. Business Media constant currency cost of revenues decrease resulted from efficiency initiatives in manufacturing and distribution, lower page volumes and headcount reductions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $386 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $357 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The pro forma amounts assume the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006. Pro forma selling, general and administrative expense increased 6.7% for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 in constant currency. The increase in constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to $6 million in increased share option expense (inclusive of $3 million related to Nielsen BuzzMetrics), $8 million for recruiting and other acquisition related compensation for certain corporate executives, and higher selling, general and administrative costs associated with the 2006 acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization

Assuming the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006, depreciation and amortization for the pro forma period ended March 31, 2006 would have been $105 million. Depreciation and amortization was $111 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007, an increase of 5.5% over the pro forma period ended March 31, 2006. Excluding the 1.5% unfavorable impact of foreign exchange, depreciation and amortization expense would have increased $4 million, or 4.0% when compared with pro forma 2006.

Transaction Costs

On March 8, 2006, Nielsen and Valcon announced the tender offer. We also agreed to reimburse Valcon’s transaction expenses up to $36 million if the transaction were terminated. In November 2005, in connection with the agreement on the termination of our planned merger with IMS Health, we agreed to pay $45 million to IMS Health should we be acquired within twelve months following the termination. Based on the facts and circumstances that existed as of March 31, 2006, we were unable to determine whether the tender offer for us by Valcon would be successful. Therefore, we accrued $36 million, representing our estimate of the minimum amount that would be required to be paid to either IMS, in the event the Valcon acquisition was successful, or to

 

60


Table of Contents

the investors in Valcon, if the acquisition was not successful. On May 24, 2006, due to the consummation of the transaction by Valcon, we made the $45 million payment to IMS. During the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, we also recorded $16 million of transaction expenses, primarily for investment advisory services. These transaction costs are excluded from the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Restructuring Costs

As discussed in Note 6 to our condensed consolidated financial statements, “Restructuring Activities”, during 2007 and 2006, we initiated restructuring plans that primarily resulted in the involuntary termination of certain employees and incurred related consulting expense for performance improvement initiatives. Nielsen incurred $9 million in severance costs for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and no severance costs for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. Nielsen also incurred $10 million and $2 million in consulting fees for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, respectively. All severance and consulting fees have been or will be settled in cash.

Operating Income

Operating income for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 was $56 million and $33 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. As a result of the factors discussed above, pro forma operating income for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 was $62 million resulting in a decrease of 10.6%. Excluding a 1.4% negative impact of foreign exchange, pro forma operating income decreased 9.2%. On a pro forma basis and excluding the impact of restructuring expense from the respective 2007 and 2006 operating results and the $8 million in recruiting and other acquisition related compensation expense in 2007, Nielsen’s 2007 constant currency pro forma operating income increased 31.1% versus prior year.

Interest Income and Expense

Interest income was $8 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $5 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 and on a pro forma basis, $3 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. Interest expense was $156 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $30 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. On a pro forma basis, interest expense increased to $162 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Gain/(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

The gain on derivative instruments was $9 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus a loss of $7 million for the pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The change resulted from an unfavorable currency movement in the prior period.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction (Loss)/Gain

Foreign currency exchange resulted in a $4 million loss recorded in the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and a $1 million loss for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006.

Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Equity in net income of affiliates was $2 million in the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $2 million in the pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006.

 

61


Table of Contents

Other (Expense)/Income, net

Other expense for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 was $2 million and income of $10 million for the pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The variance is due to the recognition in 2006 of the fair value adjustment of the unsubordinated convertible bond that was redeemed in August 2006.

(Loss)/Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Minority Interests

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest was $87 million for the Successor period January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and income of $12 million for the Predecessor period January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. On a pro forma basis, the loss was $93 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The pro forma variance primarily reflects improved operating performance, partially offset by the restructuring expenses related to the Transformation Initiative (as defined below), increased share option expense, and the incremental compensation charges related to new compensation arrangements for certain executives.

Benefit/(Provision) for Income Taxes

Nielsen operates in more than 100 countries around the world and its earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of these countries.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (Successor period) and 2006 (Predecessor period) was 14.4% (benefit) and 162.5% (expense) respectively.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 is lower than the Dutch statutory rate as a result of the valuation allowance on foreign tax credits. The effective tax rate for the three month period ended March 31, 2006 was higher than the Dutch statutory rate primarily due to the low tax benefit on the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition.

We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (FIN 48), on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized a decrease of $5 million in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a decrease to the January 1, 2007 balance of goodwill. Due to the Valcon Acquisition, the decrease in tax benefits will be accounted for as a change to goodwill since the tax benefits relate to periods prior to the acquisition.

As of the date of adoption, our unrecognized tax benefits totaled $119 million. Included in these unrecognized tax benefits are approximately $26 million of uncertain tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. However, due to the Valcon Acquisition, most of the tax benefits will not affect the annual effective income tax rate since a majority of the tax benefits relate to tax matters originating prior to the Valcon Acquisition.

Estimated interest related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of tax expense in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. At January 1, 2007, we accrued $8 million for the potential payment of interest. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, we accrued an additional $2 million in potential interest associated with uncertain tax positions. To the extent interest is not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision or goodwill depending on whether the interest was accrued prior to, or subsequent to, the Valcon Acquisition.

We file numerous consolidated and separate U.S. federal income tax returns and combined and separate returns in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for 2002 and prior periods. In addition, we have subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 1997 through 2005.

 

62


Table of Contents

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service commenced examinations of certain of our U.S. federal income tax returns for 2004 in the third quarter of 2006. We are also under corporate examination in the Netherlands for the years 2002-2004. Unrecognized tax benefits associated with the years currently under examination are $30 million as of January 1, 2007. Based on the outcome of these examinations, or as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations in specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized benefits for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns will materially change from those recorded as liabilities for uncertain tax positions at January 1, 2007. In addition, the outcome of these examinations may impact the valuation of certain deferred tax assets (such as net operating losses) in future periods. We anticipate that several of these audits may be finalized in the foreseeable future; however, we do not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on our statement of operations. There have been no significant changes to the status of these examinations during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

Results of Operations—Pro Forma 2006, Successor (from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006) and Predecessor (from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006) periods, and Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

    

Unaudited

Pro Forma (1)

    Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Year ended

December 31,

2006

   

Period from

May 24,

2006 through
December 31,
2006

   

Period from

January 1,
2006 through
May 23, 2006

   

Year ended

December 31,
2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

Revenues

   $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     1,989       1,202       787       1,904       1,772  

Selling, general and administrative expenses exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     1,460       912       554       1,464       1,321  

Depreciation and amortization

     438       257       126       312       297  

Goodwill impairment charges

     —         —         —         —         135  

Transaction costs

     —         —         95       —         —    

Restructuring costs

     75       68       7       6       36  
                                        

Operating income

     212       109       57       373       253  
                                        

Interest income

     14       11       8       21       16  

Interest expense

     (654 )     (372 )     (48 )     (130 )     (140 )

(Loss)/gain on derivative instruments

     (4 )     5       (9 )     13       178  

(Loss)/gain on early extinguishment of debt

     (5 )     (65 )     —         (102 )     1  

Foreign currency exchange transaction (loss)/gain, net

     (74 )     (71 )     (3 )     11       (2 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     12       6       6       9       7  

Other income/(expense), net

     7       (7 )     14       8       5  
                                        

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (492 )     (384 )     25       203       318  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     115       105       (39 )     (31 )     (45 )

Minority interests

     —         —         —         —         5  
                                        

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

   $ (377 )   $ (279 )   $ (14 )   $ 172     $ 278  
                                        

 

63


Table of Contents
(1) The unaudited pro forma presentation for 2006 reflects the sum of the results for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 following the Valcon Acquisition and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 preceding the Valcon Acquisition. The 2006 pro forma results are adjusted to reflect the pro forma effect of the Valcon Acquisition and its related financing as if it had occurred on January 1, 2006. Pro forma adjustments include: increased interest expense/(income) ($239 million), reversal of transaction costs directly related to the Valcon Acquisition ($95 million), fees associated with extinguishment of bridge financing ($60 million), increased amortization related to purchase price allocation ($55 million), decreased selling, general and administrative expenses ($6 million) consisting of decreased pension costs related to the Valcon Acquisition ($10 million) and increased sponsor fees ($4 million), and the related income tax effects.

The pro forma basis amounts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 are compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 on a historical basis.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain supplemental revenue data:

 

    

Unaudited

Pro Forma

    Successor    

Predecessor

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Year ended

December 31,
2006

   

Period from

May 24, 2006

through
December 31,
2006

   

Period from

January 1,
2006 through
May 23, 2006

   

Year ended

December 31,
2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

Revenues by segment

          

Consumer Services

   $ 2,370     $ 1,465     $ 905     $ 2,359     $ 2,224  

Media

     1,326       819       507       1,213       1,112  

Business Media

     482       266       216       490       479  

Corporate

     (4 )     (2 )     (2 )     (3 )     (1 )
                                        

Total

   $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                        

Consumer Services revenues by service

          

Retail Measurement Services

   $ 1,609     $ 1,005     $ 604     $ 1,544     $ 1,474  

Consumer Panel Services

     197       124       73       190       168  

Customized Research Services

     242       153       89       235       213  

Other Services

     412       273       139       390       369  

Deferred Revenue Adjustment

     (90 )     (90 )     —         —         —    
                                        

Total

   $ 2,370     $ 1,465     $ 905     $ 2,359     $ 2,224  
                                        

Media revenues by division

          

Media

   $ 1,093     $ 673     $ 420     $ 986     $ 898  

Entertainment

     153       95       58       160       154  

Internet Measurement

     80       51       29       67       60  
                                        

Total

   $ 1,326     $ 819     $ 507     $ 1,213     $ 1,112  
                                        

Revenues by geography

          

United States

   $ 2,430     $ 1,468     $ 962     $ 2,343     $ 2,190  

Other Americas

     382       237       145       329       278  

The Netherlands

     34       22       12       33       63  

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     944       580       364       978       921  

Asia Pacific

     384       241       143       376       362  
                                        

Total

   $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                        

 

64


Table of Contents

 

    

Unaudited

Pro Forma

    Successor     Predecessor  
      

Year ended

December 31,
2006

   

Period from

May 24,

2006 through
December 31,
2006

   

Period from

January 1,
2006 through
May 23,

2006

   

Year ended

December 31,

2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

(% of Revenue)

                              

Revenues by segment

          

Consumer Services

   57 %   57 %   56 %   58 %   58 %

Media

   32 %   32 %   31 %   30 %   29 %

Business Media

   11 %   11 %   13 %   12 %   13 %
                              

Total Nielsen

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                              

Consumer Services revenues by service

          

Retail Measurement Services

   38 %   39 %   37 %   38 %   39 %

Consumer Panel Services

   5 %   5 %   5 %   5 %   4 %

Customized Research Services

   6 %   6 %   5 %   6 %   5 %

Other Services

   10 %   11 %   9 %   9 %   10 %

Deferred Revenue Adjustment

   (2 )%   (4 )%   —       —       —    
                              

Total Consumer Services

   57 %   57 %   56 %   58 %   58 %
                              

Media revenues by division

          

Media

   26 %   26 %   26 %   24 %   23 %

Entertainment

   4 %   4 %   4 %   4 %   4 %

Internet Measurement

   2 %   2 %   1 %   2 %   2 %
                              

Total Media

   32 %   32 %   31 %   30 %   29 %
                              

Business Media

   11 %   11 %   13 %   12 %   13 %
                              

 

65


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain 2006 supplemental revenue growth data, on a pro forma basis, with and without the deferred revenue adjustment. The deferred revenue adjustment of $90 million referred to below resulted from the preliminary purchase price allocation. In order to determine the percentage change in items on a constant currency basis, we adjust these items to remove the positive and negative impacts of foreign exchange.

 

    

Unaudited Pro Forma revenue for

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Pro Forma Revenue
Excluding Deferred
Revenue Adjustment
    Deferred Revenue
Adjustment
   

Unaudited

Pro forma

Total Revenue

 
      

Revenue

      

Consumer Services

   $ 2,460     $ (90 )   $ 2,370  

Media

     1,326       —         1,326  

Business Media

     482       —         482  

Corporate

     (4 )       (4 )
                        

Total Nielsen

   $ 4,264     $ (90 )   $ 4,174  
                        

Revenue growth

      

Consumer Services

     4.3 %     (3.8 )%     0.5 %

Media

     9.4 %     —         9.4 %

Business Media

     (1.6 )%     —         (1.6 )%

Total Nielsen

     5.1 %     (2.2 )%     2.9 %

Revenue growth, constant currency

      

Consumer Services

     4.5 %     (3.8 )%     0.7 %

Media

     9.4 %     —         9.4 %

Business Media

     (1.8 )%     —         (1.8 )%

Total Nielsen

     5.2 %     (2.2 )%     3.0 %

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005

When comparing Nielsen’s results for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 with those of the year ended December 31, 2005, the following should be noted:

Items Affecting Operating Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

   

Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations and several acquisitions.

 

   

Nielsen recorded a $90 million purchase price adjustment to deferred revenue resulting from the purchase accounting for the Valcon Acquisition that reduced revenue at Consumer Services in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

 

   

Nielsen incurred $75 million of restructuring expenses.

 

   

Nielsen recorded $108 million of increased amortization of intangible assets and other assets in 2006 related to certain purchase price adjustments from the Valcon Acquisition.

 

   

Nielsen incurred approximately $53 million in one-time payments in connection with compensation agreements for certain corporate executives.

Items Affecting Operating Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

   

In 2005, Nielsen settled antitrust litigation with Information Resources, Inc. (“IRI”). The antitrust litigation brought more than ten years ago by IRI against ACNielsen, Dun & Bradstreet and IMS Health, was settled and paid by us on February 16, 2006 for $55 million.

 

66


Table of Contents
   

In 2005, Nielsen terminated its agreement to merge with IMS Health. A charge of $36 million was recorded related to the failed deal costs of the merger.

 

   

Nielsen realized $17 million in gains from divesting an equity investment, the sale of certain publications and real estate.

 

   

Consumer Services recognized $6 million in Project Atlas (as described under “—Restructuring Costs”) restructuring charges.

Revenues

Nielsen Consolidated . Revenues were $2,548 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $1,626 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an overall increase of 2.9% versus $4,059 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. When assessing Nielsen’s financial results, we focus on growth in revenue excluding the effect of the purchase price deferred revenue adjustment from the Valcon Acquisition. Excluding the $90 million deferred revenue adjustment for Consumer Services and the foreign exchange impact of less than 0.1%, Nielsen’s revenues on a constant currency basis increased 5.2%. Constant currency revenue increased 4.5% at Consumer Services, 9.4% at Media, partly offset by a 1.8% decrease at Business Media.

Consumer Services . Revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 were $1,465 million and $905 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Excluding the $90 million deferred revenue adjustments, revenue for Consumer Services increased to $2,460 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $2,359 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Excluding a 0.2% negative impact of foreign exchange and the deferred revenue adjustment, constant currency revenues increased 4.5%. The increase in constant currency is primarily attributable to 4.1% growth in Retail Measurement Services primarily due to growth in Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, as well as the Datos acquisition in Venezuela), Emerging Markets (geographic expansion in Russia and growth in Turkey), Asia Pacific (geographical expansion in China and growth in India), Canada (launch of Tobacco Index and higher key account service sales) and the Beverage Data Networks (BDN) and Decisions Made Easy (DME) acquisitions, partially offset by pricing compression in the U.S. and Europe.

Media . Revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 were $819 million and $507 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Revenues for Media increased to $1,326 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,213 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Foreign exchange had no impact on revenues. Constant currency revenues increased 9.4% with this increase primarily attributable to an 8.6% increase in the Media division, and the positive impact of acquisitions which contributed $14 million, and a revenue increase at Internet Measurement, due in part from patent licensing revenue, partly offset by a 4.3% revenue decline in the Entertainment division.

Media’s revenue increase was primarily attributable to continued demand for television audience measurement services in the U.S., resulting in a 10.8% revenue increase. Growth in the U.S. was due to price increases, the National People Meter (“NPM”) expansion, the impact of the Local People Meter (“LPM”) rollout in Washington, D.C. and Philadelphia in 2005, the launch of Dallas, Detroit and Atlanta in 2006 and new clients. Nielsen Media Research International’s growth is primarily attributable to the acquisition of an advertising information service business in the Netherlands.

Business Media . Revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 were $266 million and $216 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Revenues for Business Media decreased to $482 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $490 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, or 1.6%. The trade show business experienced 3.5% growth due to growth of several major shows combined with the impact of two biennial shows, offset by a 5.3% decrease at Business Publications reflecting continued weakness in advertising revenue and the sale of certain publications.

 

67


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues was $1,202 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $787 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an increase of $85 million or 4.5% versus $1,904 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Excluding the favorable 0.4% impact of foreign exchange, cost of revenues would have increased by 4.9%. Constant currency cost of revenues increased primarily from a 5.8% increase at Consumer Services and a 6.3% increase at Media, which was partly offset by a reduction in costs at Business Media of 4.6%.

The 5.8% increase in constant currency cost of revenue at Consumer Services was due to overall Consumer Services revenue growth combined with higher data collection, retailer cooperation and processing costs associated with our new Tobacco category in Canada, geographic expansion in Russia and China, service enhancement in Japan as well as the impact of acquisitions.

Media constant currency cost of revenues increased 6.3%, primarily from an increase in costs in Media in the U.S and the impact from the acquisition of Nielsen BuzzMetrics in March 2006. The increased costs were due to the expansion of LPM and NPM in the U.S., primarily from higher personnel costs, increased software maintenance and increased support costs, slightly offset by the 8.8% constant currency expense reduction in NMR International due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture in 2005 and headcount reductions.

Business Media constant currency cost of revenues decreased 4.6% due to a reduction in costs as a result of Business Publications decreased number of advertising and editorial pages, efficiency initiatives and a decrease in trade show promotional and rental expense due to cost containment measures.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $912 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $554 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $1,464 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Pro forma assumes the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006. Excluding the less than 0.1% foreign exchange impact, pro forma selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 would have been $1,460 million, a slight decrease of 0.2% versus the year ending December 31, 2005. An increase in constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses at Media (7.1%) was offset by lower costs at Business Media (2.8%) and lower corporate expense in 2006 due to the impact of the IMS Health deal costs and IRI settlement costs incurred in 2005. Consumer Services’ 2006 constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses were flat with 2005.

The constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative increases at Consumer Services resulting from higher client sales and service, continued expansions in Emerging Markets, Asia Pacific and AAC as well as the impact of new acquisitions were largely offset by productivity increases in Europe, in the U.S., Transformation Initiative (as defined below) savings and Project Atlas restructuring charges in 2005.

Media constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative costs increased 7.1% due to $11 million in gains in 2005 from the sale of an equity investment and the sale of a building, higher personnel costs in the U.S. in 2006, and acquisitions in 2006, partly offset by lower costs due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture in late 2005 and headcount reductions.

Business Media constant currency costs were down 2.8% primarily due to the impact of lower publication revenues and reduced overhead expense.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization was $257 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $126 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus

 

68


Table of Contents

$312 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Assuming the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006, pro forma depreciation and amortization for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 would have been $438 million, a 40.3% increase over the prior year. Excluding the 0.3% favorable impact of foreign exchange, pro forma depreciation and amortization would have increased 40.6%. The increase was primarily due to $108 million of increased amortization of intangible assets and other assets in 2006 related to certain purchase price adjustments from the Valcon Acquisition and a 16.3% expense growth at NMR U.S. in Media due primarily from the continued rollout of the LPM and new Active/Passive Meters.

Transaction Costs

On March 8, 2006, Nielsen and Valcon announced the tender offer by Valcon to acquire all outstanding Nielsen shares. In November 2005, in connection with the agreement on the termination of the planned merger of Nielsen and IMS Health, Nielsen agreed to pay $45 million to IMS Health should Nielsen be acquired within 12 months following the termination of the merger. Due to the consummation of the Valcon Acquisition on May 24, 2006, Nielsen incurred $95 million of acquisition related expense during the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, including the $45 million payment to IMS Health and $41 million for advisory services. These transaction costs are excluded from the pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

Restructuring Costs

Nielsen’s restructuring costs reflect estimates and we reassess the requirements for completing each individual plan under Nielsen restructuring programs at least bi-annually. As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements “Restructuring Activities,” we had four major active restructuring plans during the years 2003 through 2006: Transformation Initiative, Corporate Headquarters Restructuring, Consumer Services Europe Restructuring, and Project Atlas Restructuring.

Transformation Initiative . In November 2005 and December 2006, Nielsen announced its intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of Nielsen’s operations worldwide. Nielsen further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation initiative (“The Transformation Initiative”). This Transformation Initiative is designed to make Nielsen a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, Nielsen is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions, leveraging global procurement, consolidating real estate, and expanding the outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes.

Nielsen incurred $67 million in severance and consulting fees during the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, and $6 million during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Charges for severance benefits of $48 million during the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 relate to outsourcing of operational and back office activities, primarily in Europe and the United States, and rationalizing corporate functions, and will result in headcount reduction of approximately 700 employees. Charges for consulting relate to performance improvement initiatives and are expensed as incurred. The charges for actions taken during 2006 are expected to be settled in cash, primarily during 2007. Additional Transformation Initiative costs are expected to approximate $175 million over 2007 and 2008 related to future projects under this initiative, and will also consist of cash charges. Most of the job eliminations will come from non-client facing activities. We believe we can implement the above cost initiatives by the end of 2008, which we estimate will result in a targeted $125 million of annual run rate cost savings.

Corporate Headquarters . In 2004, Nielsen initiated a restructuring plan in conjunction with the relocation of a portion of the Corporate Headquarters from Haarlem in the Netherlands to New York in the U.S. The relocation is due to changes in Nielsen’s business portfolio (including the sale of Directories) and the fact the majority of Nielsen’s operations are now managed from New York. This plan resulted in a headcount reduction of approximately 40 employees in Haarlem. The 2004 charge of $12 million consisted primarily of severance benefits. Cash payments related to this plan were $2 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to

 

69


Table of Contents

December 31, 2006 and $1 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, $6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, and are expected to be $2 million thereafter.

Consumer Services Europe . In December 2004, we initiated a restructuring plan within Consumer Services to improve the competitiveness of the European retail measurement business. The 2004 charge of $14 million was entirely for severance benefits associated with headcount reductions of 81 employees in Europe. Cash outlays related to this plan totaled $2 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, $2 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and $9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. The Consumer Services Europe restructuring plan has generated savings of $6 million in 2006 and is expected to generate similar savings going forward.

Project Atlas . In December 2003, we launched Project Atlas, a multi-year business improvement program in Consumer Services. This program was designed to enable Consumer Services to better meet client needs, improve operational efficiency, accelerate revenue growth through the introduction of new products and services and increase operating margins. Primarily concentrated in Consumer Services’ North American operations, Project Atlas activities are expected to streamline key operational processes to enhance quality and lower production costs, create a more streamlined and state-of-the-art technology platform and use global purchasing power to achieve cost efficiencies.

Project Atlas charges of $6 million in 2005, and $10 million in 2004, were entirely for severance benefits. Through December 31, 2006 headcount has been reduced by approximately 600 in connection with Project Atlas. Cash outlays related to this plan totaled $4 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, $2 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and $11 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The above estimate of cost savings is based on Nielsen’s good faith estimate, but the actual amount of cost savings we achieve in the aggregate may be greater or less than the estimate set forth above. We may not realize the anticipated cost savings related to Transformation Initiative pursuant to the anticipated timetable or at all. In connection with all of the restructuring actions discussed above, severance benefits were computed pursuant to the terms of local statutory minimum requirements in labor contracts or similar employment agreements.

Operating Income

Operating income for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $109 million and $57 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. As a result of the factors discussed above, pro forma operating income for the period ended December 31, 2006 was $212 million versus $373 million for the period ended December 31, 2005. Excluding a 0.6% positive impact of foreign exchange, pro forma operating income decreased 43.8%. On a pro forma basis and excluding the above items from the respective 2006 and 2005 operating results, Nielsen’s 2006 constant currency pro forma operating income increased 17.5% versus prior year. Excluding the items listed above, constant currency pro forma operating income increased 19.6% at Consumer Services, 24.6% at Media and 10.1% at Business Media.

Interest Income and Expense

Interest income was $11 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $8 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. On a pro forma basis, interest income decreased by $7 million to $14 million in 2006 versus $21 million in 2005 due to lower cash balances for 2006 versus 2005. Interest expense was $372 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $48 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. On a pro forma basis, interest expense increased to $654 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $130 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in interest expense was related to the financing of the Valcon Acquisition. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

70


Table of Contents

Gain/(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

The gain on derivative instruments of $5 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was offset by a loss of $9 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, resulting in an overall pro forma net loss of $4 million versus $13 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from an unfavorable currency movement versus the prior period.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

A $65 million loss on early extinguishment of debt was recorded in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, a decrease from the $102 million loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. There were no gains or losses in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. The 2005 loss represents the loss on the debt buy back in the first quarter of 2005 from the proceeds from the sale of the Directories divestiture in 2004. The 2006 loss resulted from the write-off of deferred financing costs related to the repayment of the senior secured bridge facility at Valcon (entered into to complete the Valcon Acquisition and subsequently repaid in August) and the debt refinancing in August that replaced the senior secured bridge facility. The 2006 loss reflects $60 million relating to the settlement of the senior secured bridge facility which is excluded from the pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction (Loss)/Gain

Foreign currency exchange resulted in a $71 million loss recorded in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and a $3 million loss for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus a foreign currency exchange gain of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 2006 loss was due to short-term intercompany loans and currency exchange on Euro denominated debt in the U.S.

Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Equity in net income of affiliates was $6 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $6 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Other (Expense)/Income, net

Other expense for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $7 million and income of $14 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $8 million income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005.

(Loss)/Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Minority Interests

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest was $384 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and income of $25 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. On a pro forma basis, the loss was $492 million for 2006 versus income of $203 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

The pro forma variance primarily reflects the higher interest expense on higher borrowings, the deferred revenue adjustment in Consumer Services, the restructuring expenses related to the Transformation Initiative, the incremental compensation charges related to new compensation arrangements to certain executives, and increased amortization of intangible assets and other assets related to certain purchase price adjustments from the Valcon Acquisition, partly offset by improved operating performance.

 

71


Table of Contents

Benefit/(Provision) for Income Taxes

We operate in more than 100 countries around the world and our earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of these countries.

Pro forma income taxes reflect the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments on a consolidated company basis. The tax benefits were based on the statutory tax rates in the jurisdictions related to the adjustments, taking into consideration the non-deductible nature of certain expenses.

Income taxes, expressed as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests (effective tax rate) were a benefit of 26.9% for the Successor period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, 205.3% for the Predecessor period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and 16.0% in 2005.

The total effective tax rate for the Successor period was lower than the Dutch statutory rate primarily due to the lack of income tax benefit on the one-time interest expense related to the Valcon senior secured bridge facility. The rate in the 2006 Successor period was also influenced by changes in estimates related to global tax contingencies.

The total effective tax rate for the 2006 Predecessor period was higher than the Dutch statutory tax rate primarily due to the low tax benefit under the favorable tax regime in the Netherlands on certain of the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition and payments to IMS Health (see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements). The Predecessor effective tax rate in all periods is also influenced by losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit was recognized due to increases in valuation allowances.

The 2005 total effective tax rate was impacted by the release of provisions for certain income tax exposures as a result of the completion of a tax audit in the Netherlands resulting in a settlement of certain items affecting the years 2000 through 2006. These issues were primarily related to the Dutch taxation of Nielsen’s financing activities. Furthermore, Nielsen reduced the provision for other income tax exposures related to transfer-pricing issues based on the expiration of various jurisdictional statutes of limitation and the successful defense of the inter-company charges in tax audits in several jurisdictions. The effective tax rate was also influenced by releases of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, as several jurisdictions were able to demonstrate the ability to realize these assets, and by other favorable adjustments related to the finalization of the Dutch income tax returns. Finally, the 2005 rate was adversely impacted by the lower tax benefit related to the favorable Dutch tax regime on the loss on the repurchase of debt in 2005.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where Nielsen has lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where Nielsen has higher statutory rates, by changes in the valuation of Nielsen’s deferred tax assets, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

Discontinued Operations

Loss from discontinued operations after tax was $17 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and no gain or loss for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $7 million of income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. The 2006 result relates to the loss in Nielsen’s BME business.

 

72


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—Years Ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004

The following table sets forth 2005 supplemental revenue growth data, on both a reported and constant currency basis. In order to determine the percentage change in items on a constant currency basis, we adjust these items to remove the positive and negative effects of foreign exchange. All percentages are calculated using actual amounts.

 

     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2005 Revenue     2004 Revenue  

Revenue, as reported

    

Consumer Services

   $ 2,359     $ 2,224  

Media

     1,213       1,112  

Business Media

     490       479  

Corporate

     (3 )     (1 )
                

Total Nielsen

   $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                
     Predecessor  
    

Constant Currency

2005 vs. 2004

   

Reported

2005 vs. 2004

 

Revenue growth

    

Consumer Services

     3.4 %     6.1 %

Media

     8.7 %     9.0 %

Business Media

     1.9 %     2.2 %

Total Nielsen

     4.7 %     6.4 %

Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004

When comparing Nielsen’s results for the year ended December 31, 2005 with those of the year ended December 31, 2004, the following should be noted:

Items Affecting Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2005

 

   

Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations and several acquisitions.

 

   

In 2005, Nielsen settled antitrust litigation with IRI. The antitrust litigation was settled and paid by Nielsen on February 16, 2006 for $55 million.

 

   

In 2005, Nielsen terminated its agreement to merge with IMS Health. A charge of $36 million was recorded related to the failed deal costs of the merger.

 

   

Nielsen realized $17 million in gains from divesting an equity investment, the sale of certain publications and real estate.

 

   

Consumer Services incurred $6 million in Project Atlas restructuring charges.

Items Affecting Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

   

Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations and several acquisitions.

 

   

During 2004, Nielsen recorded an impairment charge of $135 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in the Entertainment reporting unit within Media.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

Nielsen incurred $36 million in restructuring costs.

 

   

Nielsen reversed a $17 million accrual for a New York sublease.

 

   

Nielsen realized $8 million from the gain on sale of subsidiaries and real estate.

Revenues

Nielsen Consolidated . Revenues increased 6.4% to $4,059 million in 2005 from $3,814 million in 2004. Excluding a 1.7% positive impact of foreign exchange, primarily related to the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro, revenues on a constant currency basis increased 4.7%. Constant currency revenue grew at all three businesses, Consumer Services by 3.4%, Media by 8.7% and Business Media by 1.9%.

Consumer Services . Revenues for Consumer Services increased 6.1% to $2,359 million in 2005 from $2,224 million in 2004. Excluding a positive impact of foreign exchange of 2.7%, revenue would have increased 3.4%. The increase was attributable to growth in all of the product lines, primarily Retail Measurement Services, and to a lesser extent Consumer Panel Services and Customized Research Services. Retail Measurement Services increased 1.9% in constant currency due to increased sales of key account data, increased category and channel penetration and increased coverage, primarily in Latin America and Emerging Markets. Consumer Panel Services revenue increased 10.4% in constant currency, primarily from growth in MegaPanel, the consumer direct service and ad hoc custom projects. Customized Research Services increased 7.4% in constant currency due primarily to the growth in most markets in Asia Pacific and increased penetration of proprietary products in emerging markets. Advisory services increased 4.0% in constant currency mostly driven by BASES’ international markets, especially Asia Pacific and Canada.

Media . Revenues for Media increased 9.0% to $1,213 million in 2005 from $1,112 million in 2004. Excluding a positive foreign currency impact, constant currency revenue would have increased by 8.7%. The increase in constant currency revenue was primarily due to 9.3% growth in Media, and to a lesser extent, a 13.3% increase in Internet Measurement and a 4.2% increase at Entertainment.

Media’s constant currency increase was due to steady demand for Nielsen Media Research’s television audience measurement services in the U.S., with a 12.9% increase, partly offset by a 14.3% decrease outside of the U.S. Growth in the U.S. was due to price increases, 90% completion of the expansion of the NPM sample, the full year impact of the four markets launched in 2004 and two new markets launched in 2005, from the continued implementation of the LPM technology and the addition of new clients and business. The decrease in Nielsen Media Research’s revenue outside of the U.S. was due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture by AGB and Nielsen Media Research International. The joint venture’s results were recorded in equity in net income of affiliates from March 2005.

Constant currency revenue grew 13.3% for Nielsen//NetRatings (approximately 60% ownership pending merger to complete 100% ownership). The increase in revenue was primarily due to new business sales of products and services based on Nielsen//NetRatings’ MegaPanel, the launch of new product offerings, and price increases for existing products and services.

Nielsen Entertainment’s revenue increased 4.2% on a constant currency basis, primarily due to syndicated and custom analysis product offerings in entertainment consulting services and measurement businesses for film, home entertainment, music, book and video game industries. The increase was also due to the full year impact of the acquisition of the remaining approximately 50% interest in Music Control Europe (Aircheck) in 2004, new product development, process reengineering and strategic alliances.

Business Media . Revenues for Business Media increased 2.2%, to $490 million in 2005 from $479 million in 2004. Excluding the slightly positive impact of foreign exchange, constant currency revenue increased 1.9%. The constant currency increase was due primarily to a 9.8% growth in trade show business partly offset by a 3.0% decrease in Business Publications.

 

74


Table of Contents

The trade show business increased in constant currency due to improved product offerings, realignment and growth at existing shows, and the launch of new events in 2005. Net square feet of floor space used and attendance at events in 2005 increased from the prior year. Ten new trade shows were launched in 2005 versus seven in 2004. Three shows were cancelled in 2005 and one was cancelled in 2004.

Nielsen’s Business Publications revenue in the U.S. decreased 3.0% from the prior year in constant currency, due to lost revenue from seven divested titles, and lower advertising related revenues from Nielsen’s other titles.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased to $1,904 million in 2005, from $1,772 million in 2004, an increase of 7.4%. Excluding the 2.0% increase from foreign exchange, cost of revenues would have increased 5.4%. Constant currency cost of revenues increased at Consumer Services by 5.3%, Media by 6.6%, and at Business Media of 2.5%.

Cost of revenues in constant currency increased at Consumer Services 5.3% due to higher data collection and processing costs, the roll-out of the new factory in Europe, increased retailer cooperation expenses due to channel and geographic expansion, and higher pension costs in Europe. This increase in constant currency was partly offset by lower outsourced data processing costs, decreased data collection costs resulting from the higher penetration of e-panel at BASES.

Media constant currency cost of revenues increased 6.6% primarily due to the costs associated with the corresponding growth in revenue, partly offset by savings in Entertainment and Internet. In Media, costs increased due to expansion of the LPM and NPM in the U.S., primarily from staffing, commission, pre-development software costs and maintenance expenses, partly offset by lower costs in International due to the 2005 formation of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture. The 5.0% decrease in Entertainment in constant currency costs was due primarily to personnel and monitoring cost savings at Music, and to lower intercept costs and savings due to a change in the product revenue mix at Film and Home Entertainment. The decrease in costs at Internet was primarily due to lower overall panel recruitment costs, the elimination of the Hispanic panel in the third quarter of 2004, partly offset by expansion of the scope of information for MegaPanel and additional expenses related to certain custom research projects.

Business Media constant currency cost of revenues increased 2.5% as a result of ten new shows and the continued growth at many of the existing shows at trade shows in 2005, partly offset by a reduction of manufacturing costs at Business Publications due to lower revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative costs increased to $1,464 million in 2005, from $1,321 million in 2004, an increase of 10.7%. Excluding the 1.5% decrease from foreign exchange, selling, general and administrative costs would have increased 9.2%. The increase in constant currency was primarily due to higher costs at corporate and 1.2% at Consumer Services, and 2.4% at Media, offset by a decrease in Business Media of 4.5%.

Corporate and other costs increased from 2004 primarily due to the settlement of the antitrust litigation with IRI and payment of the IMS Health deal costs for the failed acquisition in 2005. The antitrust litigation brought on more than 10 years ago by IRI, against ACNielsen, Dun & Bradstreet and IMS Health, was settled and paid by Nielsen on February 16, 2006. A charge of $55 million was taken to expense in 2005. During 2005, Nielsen was in merger negotiations with IMS Health. In 2005, Nielsen terminated its agreement to merge with IMS Health. Nielsen incurred approximately $36 million in deal costs relating to the IMS Health merger. Corporate costs also increased in 2005, compared with 2004, as 2004 included the reversal of a portion of an accrual for a New York City real estate sub-lease due to the improvement in the real estate market in 2004.

 

75


Table of Contents

The increase in constant currency of 1.2% at Consumer Services was due to higher client service and sales costs in BASES, Latin America, Emerging Markets and Canada, higher personnel costs in Canada and higher facility costs at BASES. The increase was partly offset primarily from human resources and marketing savings in Europe and to a lesser extent, a reduction of consulting and personnel related costs in the U.S.

Media constant currency costs increased 2.4% primarily due to higher expenses at Internet, Entertainment and Media in the U.S., partly offset by a 20.3% expense reduction at Nielsen Media Research International due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture. Internet costs increased 21.3% due to higher personnel costs for product marketing and analytics in 2005 due to business growth, a severance charge in 2005 and the 2004 impact from the one-time insurance settlement related to patent litigation that reduced Nielsen//NetRatings’ expenses that year. Entertainment costs increased 9.0% resulting from higher costs for the sales group at EDI, and higher personnel costs. Expense grew at Media in the U.S. due to additional consulting costs, higher community/public relations costs and costs to support digital technology, partly offset by reduced legal fees and the sale of MRP in the prior year.

Business Media constant currency costs decreased 4.5%, due to a reduction in headcount of 7.3% at Business Publications.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization costs increased to $312 million in 2005 from $297 million in 2004, representing an increase of 5.3%. Excluding the 2.6% increase from foreign exchange, expenses would have increased 2.7%. The increase in constant currency was primarily due to higher costs at Media of 4.0% and Consumer Services of 5.2%. The expense variances at Business Media and Corporate were not significant.

Media increases were due to the implementation of the National Expansion and LPM service into two new markets in 2005 and the full year impact of the LPM service in four markets entered into in 2004 and the introduction of Active/Passive meter technology in 2005. The increase in costs at Consumer Services was primarily the result of higher software amortization costs.

Goodwill Impairment Charges

During 2004, Nielsen performed its annual impairment test for goodwill and recorded a non-cash charge of $135 million. This impairment charge reduced the carrying value of goodwill in the Entertainment reporting unit within Media. The charge reflects the impact of increased competition and client consolidation in the film sector and deterioration of the music market resulting from increased piracy, including the illegal duplication of compact discs. This test was also performed in 2005 and no further charges were required.

Operating Income

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $373 million, or a 47.8% increase from the $253 million operating income for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to the factors discussed above. Excluding the 2.7% positive impact of foreign exchange, operating income would have increased by 45.1% from 2004 to 2005. Excluding these items and adjusting 2005 and 2004 on a comparable basis, Nielsen’s 2005 constant currency operating income increased 13.1% versus prior year. Excluding the items above, constant currency operating income increased 4.1% at Consumer Services, 24.9% at Media, and 11.1% at Business Media.

Interest Income and Expense

Interest income increased by $5 million, an increase of 31.4%, from 2004 to 2005 due to more favorable cash positions globally that generated higher interest income in 2005, partly offset by a negative impact of foreign exchange. Interest expense decreased 6.9% from 2004 to 2005, as a result of debt reductions at the end of 2004 and throughout 2005.

 

76


Table of Contents

Gain/(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

Our gain on derivative instruments decreased to $13 million in 2005 from $178 million in 2004. The decline was largely a result of recording changes in the fair value of hedges in equity, as described below.

Nielsen uses derivative instruments principally to manage the risk associated with movements in foreign currency exchange rates and the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the fair value or cash flows of Nielsen’s debt obligations. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several strict conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. As such documentation was not in place as of December 31, 2004, no derivative instruments outstanding qualified for hedge accounting prior to that date.

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements “Description of Business and Basis Presentation”, Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements “Derivative Financial Instruments”, and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for additional information regarding accounting for derivative instruments.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

The loss of $102 million in 2005 was due to a debt buy back versus a $1 million gain in 2004. The debt buy back was funded in part by the proceeds of the Directories divestiture in 2004.

Income/(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Minority Interests

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests declined to $203 million in 2005 from $318 million in 2004. The decline is mainly due to the reduced derivative gain in 2005 versus 2004 ($165 million), loss on early extinguishment of debt of $102 million and $91 million of increased costs from the settlement of the antitrust agreement with IRI and payment of the IMS Health failed deal costs. This is partially offset by the goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2004 ($135 million), lower 2005 restructuring costs ($30 million) and the year over year improvement in group performance as detailed above.

Benefit/(Provision) for Income Taxes

Income taxes, expressed as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests (effective tax rate) were 16.0% in 2005 and 14.5% in 2004.

The 2005 total effective tax rate was impacted by the release of provisions for certain income tax exposures as a result of the completion of a tax audit in the Netherlands resulting in a settlement of certain items affecting the years 2000 through 2006. These issues were primarily related to the Dutch taxation of Nielsen’s financing activities. Furthermore, Nielsen reduced the provision for other income tax exposures related to transfer-pricing issues based on the expiration of various jurisdictional statutes of limitation and the successful defense of the inter-company charges in tax audits in several jurisdictions. The effective tax rate was also influenced by releases of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, as several jurisdictions were able to demonstrate the ability to realize these assets, and by other favorable adjustments related to the finalization of the Dutch income tax returns. Finally, the 2005 rate was adversely impacted by the lower tax benefit related to the favorable Dutch tax regime on the loss on the repurchase of debt in 2005.

The lower total effective tax rate in 2004 is primarily due to a change in the mix of Dutch vs. non-Dutch earnings and to reversals of certain valuation allowances that were no longer required.

Minority Interests

Minority interests decreased from income of $5 million in 2004 to $0 million in 2005 as a result of improved performance and reduction of the loss at Nielsen//NetRatings.

 

77


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

The total of income from discontinued operations, net of tax and gain (loss) on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax, decreased from $845 million in 2004 to $7 million in 2005. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Since the Valcon Acquisition and related financing, our contractual obligations, commitments and debt service requirements over the next several years are significant and are substantially higher than historical amounts. Our primary source of liquidity will continue to be cash generated from operations as well as existing cash.

We believe we will have available resources to meet both our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements, including debt service. We expect the cash flow from Nielsen’s operations, combined with the available revolving credit facility, to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, restructuring obligations, and capital spending over the next twelve months.

The Transactions

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition in May 2006, Valcon entered into the Valcon Bridge Loan under which Valcon had borrowed $6,164 million as of August 2006 when the Valcon Bridge Loan was settled and replaced with permanent financing consisting of (i) senior secured credit facilities consisting of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility and (ii) debt securities, consisting of $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% Senior Notes due 2014 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., $1,070 million 12.5% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. and €343 million 11.125% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 of The Nielsen Company B.V.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

The senior secured credit facilities consist of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities, with the entire amounts borrowed and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility under which no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2006. The senior secured revolving credit facility of Nielsen Finance LLC and, The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. and Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. can be used for revolving loans, letters of credit and for swingline loans, and is available in U.S. Dollars, Euros and certain other currencies.

We are required to repay installments on the borrowings under the senior secured term loan facility in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of their original principal amount commencing December 2006, with the remaining amount payable on the maturity date of the term loan facilities. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, various base rates. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios. We pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.5% on unused commitments under the senior secured revolving facility. The applicable commitment fee rate may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios. In January 2007, the terms of the senior secured term loan facilities were modified resulting in a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on the $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities, respectively.

Our senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Nielsen, all of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and certain of our non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the existing and future

 

78


Table of Contents

property and assets (other than cash) of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and by a pledge of the capital stock of the guarantors, the capital stock of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and of the guarantors, and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of Nielsen’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under a separate security agreement substantially all of the assets of Nielsen are pledged as collateral for amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities.

Our senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries’, all of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries (which together constitute most of Nielsen’s subsidiaries) ability to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business that Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (formerly known as VNU Holding and Finance B.V.) and its restricted subsidiaries conduct. In addition, after an initial grace period, Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries are required, beginning with the twelve month period ending September 30, 2007, to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Debt Securities

Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (together “Nielsen Finance”), our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Nielsen Finance Senior Notes”). Interest is payable on the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes semi-annually commencing in February 2007.

Nielsen Finance also issued $1,070 million 12.5% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 (“Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes”) for $585 million. Interest accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012.

The indentures governing the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes limit Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries (which together constitute most of Nielsen’s subsidiaries) ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, Nielsen Finance is required to make an offer to redeem all of the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by Nielsen, all of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and certain of our non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries.

We received proceeds of €200 million ($257 million) on the issuance of the €343 million 11.125% senior discount notes due 2016 (“Senior Discount Notes”). Interest on these notes accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012. The Senior Discount Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of Nielsen’s existing and future senior indebtedness. The Senior Discount Notes are effectively subordinated to Nielsen’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of Nielsen’s subsidiaries.

If Nielsen and Nielsen Finance have not exchanged the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes, Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and Senior Discount Notes for registered notes with substantially the same terms or a shelf registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC for the exchange by August 18, 2007 the interest rate on each series of the respective notes will increase by 0.25% annually and an additional 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period the notes are not registered up to a maximum of 1.0% per year.

 

79


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds of Transactions and other Financing Transactions

In connection with the Transactions discussed above, as well as with the use of available cash on hand and equity contributed to Valcon by the Sponsors, we entered into the following transactions in 2006:

 

   

the cancellation of our €1,000 ($1,230) million committed revolving credit facility, due 2010 (nothing was outstanding);

 

   

the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Valcon Bridge Facility and the purchase and/or cancellation of certain of Nielsen’s shares;

 

   

the repurchase of substantially all of Nielsen Media Research’s $150 million 7.60% debenture loan due 2009, and the repurchase and/or redemption of €148 ($190) million remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €150 million private placement debenture loan due 2006, €500 ($642) million aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 6.625% debenture loan due 2007, NLG 600 ($350) million aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 5.50% debenture loan due 2008 and €49 ($63) million remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €600 million 6.75% debenture loan due 2008, in each case pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation;

 

   

the repayment of the remaining $167 million of the NLG 500 million subordinated private placement loans; and

 

   

the redemption of our series B preferred stock and related dividends for $132 million.

We entered into the following transactions in the quarter ending March 31, 2007:

 

   

Effective January 22, 2007, we agreed to a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on our USD and EUR senior secured term loan facilities. For 2007, this reduction will result in estimated interest savings of between $20-$25 million.

 

   

On February 9, 2007, we applied $328 million of the BME sale proceeds towards making a mandatory pre-payment on the €800 million senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, we will no longer be required to pay the scheduled 0.25% quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

 

   

Effective January 19, 2007, we entered into a cross-currency swap maturing in May, 2010 to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate movements on part of our GBP-denominated external debt. With this transaction a notional amount of GBP 225 million with a fixed interest rate of 5.625% has been swapped to a notional amount of €344 million with a fixed interest rate of 4.033%. The swap has been designated as a foreign currency cash flow hedge.

 

   

Effective February 9, 2007, we entered into a cross-currency swap maturing February, 2010 to convert part of our Euro-denominated external debt to U.S. Dollar-denominated debt. With this transaction a notional amount of €200 million with a 3-month Euribor based interest rate is swapped to a notional amount of $259 million with an interest rate based on 3-month USD-Libor minus a spread. No hedge designation was made for this swap.

EMTN Program and Other Financing Arrangements

We have a Euro Medium Term Note program (“EMTN”) program in place. All debt securities and most private placements are quoted on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, amounts with carrying values of $706 million and $854 million, respectively, of the program amount were issued under the EMTN program. There are no additional amounts available for borrowing under this program as of December 31, 2006.

Unrelated to the August 2006 permanent financing, a nominal amount of €333 million, €550 million and €267 million of the €1,150 million 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 was repurchased and

 

80


Table of Contents

subsequently cancelled during 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Additionally, in January 2005, we settled a nominal amount of €551 million ($721 million) of the €600 million 6.75% EMTN debenture loan due 2008 and paid cash of €625 million ($818 million).

During February 2007 we completed the sale of our Business Media Europe (BME) unit for $414 million. We applied $328 million of the BME sale proceeds toward making a mandatory pre-payment on the €800 million senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, we are no longer required to pay the scheduled 0.25% quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

As a result of the Transactions and our existing financing arrangements, Nielsen is highly leveraged and the debt service requirements are significant. As of December 31, 2006, Nielsen had outstanding $7,973 million in aggregate indebtedness. Nielsen’s cash interest paid for the period May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $167 million.

Cash Flows First Quarter 2007 versus First Quarter 2006

At March 31, 2007, cash and cash equivalents were $617 million, a decrease of $14 million from December 31, 2006. Our total indebtedness was $7,751 million and we have $688 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility at March 31, 2007.

Operating activities . Net cash used was $104 million for the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus net cash provided of $55 million for the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The primary changes in 2007 versus 2006 were higher interest payments of $137 million and collection timing on trade and other receivables, partially offset by higher revenues.

Investing activities . Net cash provided was $339 million for the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus net cash used of $42 million for the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. This is primarily due to $392 million of proceeds from sale of the BME business in 2007.

Financing activities . Net cash used was $257 million for the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $9 million for the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The increase is primarily due to the $328 million mandatory prepayment of the €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

Cash Flows 2006 versus 2005

We based the following cash flow discussion on the sum of amounts reported for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006. This combination does not comply with U.S. GAAP or with the rules for pro forma presentation, but is presented in this manner because we believe it enables a meaningful comparison.

At December 31, 2006, cash and cash equivalents were $631 million, a decrease of $388 million from December 31, 2005. Our total indebtedness was $8.0 billion and we had $688 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2006.

Operating activities . Net cash provided for the combined Successor period of May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $511 million, compared to cash flows from operations of $510 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. These year-over-year amounts are comparable as the additional 2006 cash flow generated by the business segments was offset by payments made for transaction costs and other deal related expenditures.

Investing activities . Net cash used was $240 million for the combined Successor period of May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, compared with $426 million in

 

81


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease is primarily due to $111 million of higher proceeds from sale of subsidiary assets and a $78 million decrease in cash paid for acquisitions during 2006.

Financing activities . Net cash used was $728 million for the combined Successor period of May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, as compared to $2,514 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease is mainly due to the 2005 debt redemption with proceeds from the sale of Directories in late 2004. The current year activity is comprised of various large offsetting items. Major cash outflows were $2,015 million to redeem outstanding debt and payments to Valcon of $5,862 and $132 million to redeem preference shares and pay related dividend redemption amounts. The total payments to Valcon of $5,994 million were used by Valcon in combination with additional sponsor contributions to settle the Valcon Bridge Loan. The primary cash inflows were $6,787 million of proceeds from issuance of debt related to the permanent financing put in place in August 2006, net of $137 million of capitalized debt issuance costs, and cash received of $520 million on settlement of various derivative financial instruments at the time the underlying obligations were settled.

Non-cash investing and financing activities . As a result of the Valcon Acquisition there were transaction-related financing activities at Valcon of $10,062 million, including $5,773 million of net borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition which includes $60 million of capitalized debt issuance costs paid by Valcon which were subsequently expensed upon settlement of the bridge financing and $4,289 million of equity contributions that have been reflected in our financial statements on a push down basis of accounting.

Cash Flows 2005 versus 2004

Operating Activities . At December 31, 2005, Nielsen had $1,019 million of cash and cash equivalents. The net cash inflow from operating activities in 2005 amounted to $510 million, a decrease of 14.9% from $599 million in 2004. The decrease is primarily due to the negative impact on cash flow of the 2004 divestiture of Directories (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”) in 2004, compared to the lower 2005 interest payments and higher interest receipts from the Directories’ proceeds. Directories’ operations significantly contributed to our cash receipts.

Investing Activities . Cash flow from investing activities was significantly higher in 2004 than 2005 due to the $2,622 million received on the sale of Directories (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”) and increased expenditures for acquisitions of $75 million in 2005. We also had an unfavorable variance of $142 million resulting from the 2004 proceeds on sale of foreign currency swaps, which in 2005 were recorded as financing activities upon documentation of the derivatives as effective hedges at January 1, 2005.

Financing Activities . Cash used in financing activities increased to $2,514 million in 2005 from $709 million in 2004. The increase was due to higher net repayments of long and short-term debt and decreased other short term borrowings in 2005. The repayments of debt increased to $1,805 million in 2005 from $833 million in 2004, mainly reflecting higher debt redemptions using the cash received from the sale of Directories in late 2004.

Capital Expenditures

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $49 million in the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus $33 million in the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The primary reason for the increase in capital expenditures is the expansion of the LPM program and investments in computer software.

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $236 million, $238 million and $269 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Consumer Services and Media’s capital expenditures accounted for over 90% of Nielsen’s capital expenditures in all three years.

Capital expenditures at Consumer Services were $111 million in 2006, $109 million in 2005 and $101 million in 2004. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, the largest investments were made in the data factory in Europe, the expansion of panels and the U.S. Factory.

 

82


Table of Contents

Capital expenditures at Media were $110 million in 2006, $118 million in 2005, and $145 million in 2004. The most significant expenditures in 2006, 2005, and 2004 were the rollout of the LPM, AP Meter, and, the expansion of the NPM in the U.S.  Other significant expenditures were made in the Florida Global Technology and Information Center, amounting to $11 million in 2006, $5 million in 2005, and $31 million in 2004.

Covenant EBITDA

Nielsen’s senior secured credit facility contains a covenant that requires our wholly-owned subsidiary Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a maximum ratio of consolidated total net debt, excluding $285 million of Nielsen net debt, to Covenant EBITDA of 10.0 to 1.0, calculated for the trailing four quarters (as determined under our senior secured credit facility), commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007. For test periods commencing: (1) between October 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the maximum ratio is 10.0 to 1.0, (2) between January 1, 2008 and September 30, 2008, the maximum ratio is 9.5 to 1.0, (3) between October 1, 2008 and September 30, 2009, the maximum ratio is 8.75 to 1.0, (4) between October 1, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the maximum ratio is 7.5 to 1.0, and (5) between October 1, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the maximum ratio is 7.0 to 1.0. This covenant “steps down” to a maximum ratio of consolidated total net debt to Covenant EBITDA of 6.25 to 1.0 as of the first day of the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2012. In addition, Nielsen’s senior secured credit facility contains a covenant that requires Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a minimum ratio of Covenant EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of 1.25 to 1.0, calculated for the trailing four quarters (as determined under our senior secured credit facility), commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007. This covenant “steps up” over time to a minimum ratio of Covenant EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of 1.75 to 1.0 as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2011. For test periods commencing between October 1, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the minimum ratio is 1.60 to 1.0 and after October 1, 2012 the minimum ratio is 1.50 to 1.0. Failure to comply with either of these covenants would result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facility unless waived by our senior credit lenders. An event of default under our senior credit facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, which in turn would result in an event of default and possible acceleration of indebtedness under the agreements governing our debt securities as well. As our failure to comply with the covenants described above can cause us to go into default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, management believes that our senior secured credit facility and these covenants are material to us. As of March 31, 2007, had the covenants described above applied to us at that time, we would have been in compliance with them.

We also measure the ratio of Secured Net Debt to Covenant EBITDA because Nielsen’s senior secured credit facility contains a provision which will result in a decrease of the applicable interest rate by 0.25% when this ratio is less than 4.25 times.

Covenant earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Covenant EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP measure used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in our senior secured credit facilities. Covenant EBITDA is defined in our senior secured credit facility as net income (loss) from continuing operations, as adjusted for the items summarized in the table below. Covenant EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the term Covenant EBITDA varies from others in our industry due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation and differences due to items subject to interpretation. Covenant EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net earnings (loss), operating income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or cash flows as measures of liquidity. Covenant EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, Covenant EBITDA:

 

   

excludes income tax payments;

 

   

does not reflect any cash capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

   

includes estimated cost savings and operating synergies;

 

   

does not include one-time transition expenditures that we anticipate we will need to incur to realize cost savings;

 

   

does not reflect management fees that are payable to the Sponsors;

 

   

does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we and the lenders under our new senior secured credit facility may consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations.

In particular, our definition of Covenant EBITDA allows us to add back certain non-cash and non-recurring charges that are deducted in determining net income. However, these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict. They can represent the effect of long-term strategies as opposed to short-term results. In addition, certain of these expenses can represent the reduction of cash that could be used for other corporate purposes.

Because of these limitations we rely primarily on our GAAP results. However, we believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Covenant EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our financing covenants effective September 30, 2007.

 

84


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of our loss from continuing operations, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, (combined operations from April 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 in the Predecessor period and May 24, 2006 to March 31, 2007, Successor period), to Covenant EBITDA as defined above per our senior secured credit facility:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Unaudited Covenant
EBITDA for the
Twelve Months

Ended

March 31, 2007

 

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (366 )

Interest expense, net

     524  

Benefit for taxes

     (92 )

Depreciation and amortization

     415  
        

EBITDA

     481  

Non-cash charges (1)

     41  

Unusual or non-recurring items (2)

     321  

Restructuring charges and business optimization costs (3)

     110  

Transaction costs (4)

     43  

Cost savings (5)

     125  

Sponsor monitoring fees (6)

     8  

Other (7)

     (11 )

EBITDA of non-covenant parties (8)

     3  
        

Covenant EBITDA

   $ 1,121  
        

Credit Statistics:

  

Current portion of long term debt, capital lease obligation and other short-term borrowings

   $ 236  

Long term debt and capital lease obligations

     7,515  
        

Total Debt

     7,751  

Less: Debt of unrestricted subsidiaries

     (8 )
        

Total Debt excluding debt of unrestricted subsidiaries

     7,743  
        

Cash and cash equivalents

     617  

Less: Cash of unrestricted subsidiaries

     (63 )

Less: Additional deduction per credit agreement

     (10 )
        

Cash and Cash equivalents excluding cash of unrestricted subsidiaries/deduction

     544  
        

Net Debt, including Nielsen net debt (9)

     7,199  

Less: Unsecured debenture loans

     (2,476 )

Less: Other unsecured debt

     (83 )

Plus: Cash in non-covenant parties and other

     2  
        

Net Secured debt (11)

   $ 4,642  
        

Total debt, excluding unrestricted subsidiaries and Senior Discount note ($287 million at March 31, 2007)

     7,456  

Net debt, excluding $285 million (at March 31, 2007) of Nielsen net debt (10)

     6,914  

Ratio of secured net debt to Covenant EBITDA

     4.1  

Ratio of net debt (excluding Nielsen net debt) to Covenant EBITDA (12)

     6.2  

Consolidated Interest Expense, including Nielsen interest expense (13)

     468  

Ratio of Covenant EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense, including Nielsen interest expense

     2.4  

 

85


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of non-cash items that are permitted adjustments in calculating covenant compliance under the senior secured credit facility, primarily stock-based compensation expense.

 

(2) Unusual or non-recurring items include (amounts in millions):

 

Deferred Revenue Purchase Price Adjustment (a)

   $ 90  

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other gains (losses) (b)

     77  

Loss of Early Extinguishment of Debt

     65  

Compensation arrangements (c)

     61  

Duplicative running costs of European data factory (d)

     17  

U.S. GAAP/Consulting Fees Costs

     10  

Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments

     (12 )

Other Financial Gain (Loss)

     7  

Other (e)

     6  
        

Total

   $ 321  
        

 

  (a) Purchase Price Adjustment to Deferred Revenue resulting from the purchase accounting for the Valcon Acquisition which reduces Successor revenue in 2006.

 

  (b) Represents foreign exchange gains or losses on revaluation of intercompany loans and external debt.

 

  (c) Represents one-time payments incurred in connection with compensation arrangements for certain corporate executives.

 

  (d) Represents the costs incurred in Europe as a result of the parallel running of duplicative data factory systems, which are expected to be eliminated during 2008.

 

  (e) Includes other unusual or non recurring items that are required or permitted adjustments in calculating covenant compliance under the senior secured credit facility.

 

(3) Restructuring charges and business optimization costs include costs associated with Transformation Initiative, Corporate Headquarters, Consumer Services Europe, and Project Atlas, executive severance payments and certain costs incurred in our European operations.

 

(4) Represents expenses recorded in the quarter period ending June 30, 2006 in connection with the Valcon Acquisition.

 

(5) Represents the amount of run rate cost savings related to the Transformation Initiative projected by Nielsen in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions, which is a permitted adjustment in calculating covenant compliance under the senior secured credit facility. See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for discussion of the Transformation Initiative.

In addition, Covenant EBITDA does not take into account the approximately $175 million in additional implementation costs to be incurred in connection with achieving an annual run rate cost savings of $125 million.

We may not realize the anticipated cost savings related to Transformation Initiative pursuant to the anticipated timetable or at all. We also cannot assure you that we will not exceed one time restructuring costs associated with implementing the anticipated cost savings.

 

(6) Represents the Sponsor monitoring fee as of the acquisition date. The annual amount is $10 million, increasing by 5% on an annual basis after 2006.

 

(7) These adjustments include the EBITDA impact of significant businesses that were acquired in 2006, gain on sale of fixed assets, subsidiaries and affiliates, dividends received from affiliates; equity in net income of affiliates, and the exclusion of Covenant EBITDA attributable to unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

86


Table of Contents
(8) Non-Covenant parties include The Nielsen Company B.V. and VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.

 

(9) Net debt, including Nielsen net debt, is not a defined term under GAAP. Net debt is calculated as total debt, less cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2007, excluding $8 million of debt and $63 million of cash and cash equivalents held by the unrestricted subsidiaries Nielsen//NetRatings and Nielsen BuzzMetrics, and excluding a contractual $10 million threshold.

 

(10) Net debt, as defined above, excluding $285 million of Nielsen net debt, is not a defined term under GAAP. The $285 million of Nielsen debt consists of the €215 million ($287 million) of Nielsen Senior Discount Notes minus $2 million of cash and cash equivalents. Nielsen and our unrestricted subsidiaries are not subject to the restrictive covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility, and Nielsen’s Senior Discount Notes are not considered obligations of any of Nielsen’s subsidiaries. Therefore, these notes will not be taken into account when calculating the ratios under the senior secured credit facility.

 

(11) The net secured debt is the consolidated total net debt that is secured by a lien on any assets or property of a loan party or a restricted subsidiary. This amount represents the amounts borrowed under our senior secured credit facilities.

 

(12) For the reasons discussed in footnote (10) above, the ratio of net debt (excluding The Nielsen Company B.V.’s Senior Discount Notes) to Covenant EBITDA presented above does not include in net debt $285 million ($287 million debt, net of $2 million cash) of Nielsen indebtedness and $7 million of indebtedness at Nielsen BuzzMetrics.

 

(13) Consolidated interest expense is not a defined term under GAAP. Consolidated interest expense for any period is defined in our senior secured credit facility as the sum of (i) the cash interest expense of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V and its subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding indebtedness, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance and net costs under swap contracts, net of cash interest income, and (ii) any cash payments in respect of the accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities during such period related to borrowed money (with a maturity of more than one year) that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, excluding, in each case, however, among other things, the amortization of deferred financing costs and any other amounts of non-cash interest, the accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities during such period, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges incurred in connection with certain permitted receivables financing and all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations and financing fees. Consolidated interest expense, including Nielsen interest expense, is not a defined term under GAAP. Consolidated interest expense, including Nielsen interest expense, is calculated as total consolidated interest expense on a pro forma basis for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ending on March 31, 2007, including $36 million of interest expense of Nielsen as follows:

 

Pro Forma Interest Income

   $ 14  

Pro Forma Interest Expense

     (654 )
        

Net Pro Forma Interest Expense

     (640 )

Minus: non cash interest Discount Notes

     109  

Minus: amortization of deferrred financing costs

     14  

Minus: other non cash interest

     4  
        

Pro Forma Cash Interest Expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006

     (513 )

Minus: Pro Forma impact for the divestiture of Business Media Europe

     20  

Other

     25  
        

Pro Forma Cash Interest Expense for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007

   $ (468 )
        

See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further information on our indebtedness and covenants.

 

87


Table of Contents

Transactions with Sponsors

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition and related debt financing, Nielsen’s parent paid the Sponsors $131 million in fees and expenses for financial and structural advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations. These costs were allocated as debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price of the Valcon Acquisition based on the specific nature of the services performed.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, two of Nielsen’s subsidiaries and the Sponsors entered into advisory agreements, which provide for an annual management fee, in connection with planning, strategy, oversight and support to management, payable quarterly and in advance to each Sponsor, on a pro rata basis, for the eight year duration of the agreement, as well as reimbursements for each Sponsor’s respective out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the management services provided under the agreement. Annual management fees are $10 million in the first year starting on May 22, 2006, the effective date of the Valcon Acquisition then increasing by 5% annually thereafter.

Upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or an initial public offering in excess of $200 million, each of the Sponsors will receive, in lieu of quarterly payments of the annual management fee, a fee equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual management fee that would have been payable to the Sponsors during the remainder of the term of the advisory agreements (assuming an eight year term from the date of the original fee agreement), calculated using the treasury rate having a final maturity date that is closest to the eighth anniversary of the date of the original fee agreement date.

The advisory agreements also provide that Nielsen will indemnify the Sponsors against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising in connection with the management services provided by the Sponsors under the fee agreement.

For the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded $6 million in selling general and administrative expenses related to these management fees and an additional $1 million was accrued for Sponsor travel and consulting.

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded $3 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to Sponsor management fees, travel and consulting.

At March 31, 2007, amounts payable to Valcon Acquisition Holding bv, the direct parent of Valcon are included in the balance sheet as follows: a $50 million loan in long-term debt, $33 million included in short-term debt and accrued interest of $1 million. For the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 the Company recorded $1 million in interest expense related to these loans.

Short-term debt includes a $20 million loan payable to Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., the direct parent of Valcon.

 

88


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

Contractual Obligations . Our contractual obligations include capital lease obligations, facility leases, leases of certain computer and other equipment, agreements to purchase data and telecommunication services, the payment of principal on debt and pension fund obligations. At December 31, 2006, the minimum annual payment under these agreements and other contracts that had initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as listed in the following table:

 

    

Payments due by period

(amounts in millions)

     TOTAL    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011   

AFTER

2011

Capital lease obligations and other debt (a)

   $ 379    $ 148    $ 16    $ 16    $ 15    $ 14    $ 170

Operating leases (b)

     647      122      100      88      76      67      194

Other contractual obligations (c)

     353      151      88      55      43      13      3

Short term and long term debt

     7,694      73      53      60      611      87      6,810

Interest (d)

     4,200      488      467      464      459      463      1,859

Pension fund obligations (e)

     29      29      —        —        —        —        —  
                                                

Total

   $ 13,302    $ 1,011    $ 724    $ 683    $ 1,204    $ 644    $ 9,036
                                                

(a) Our capital lease obligations are described in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements.”

 

(b) Our operating lease obligations are described in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements “Commitments and Contingencies.”

 

(c) Other contractual obligations represent obligations under agreement, which are not unilaterally cancelable by us, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices. We generally require purchase orders for vendor and third party spending. The amounts presented above represent the minimum future annual services covered by purchase obligations including data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing.

 

(d) Interest payments consist of interest on both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt. Variable-rate debt consists primarily of the unhedged portion of the $4,175 million term loan facility (8.13% at December 31, 2006) and the Euro denominated portion of the term loan facility (€800 million ($958 million) at 6.08% at December 31, 2006). See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements.”

 

(e) Our contribution to pension and other post-retirement defined benefits plans for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $19 million; for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $9 million; for 2005, $57 million; and $47 million in 2004. Future pension and other post-retirement benefits contributions are not determinable for time periods after 2007.

Guarantees and other contingent commitments . In addition to contractual obligations and commercial commitments given, we have entered into various guarantees or other specific agreements.

At December 31, 2006, we were committed under the following guarantee arrangements:

Sub-lease guarantees

Nielsen provides sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which Nielsen guarantees all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, we have not been required to perform under such arrangements, we do not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and no amounts have been recorded.

 

89


Table of Contents

Letters of credit

Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $3 million.

Indemnification agreements

In connection with the sale of Directories in 2004, Nielsen has an exposure under a tax indemnity guarantee with the acquirer, pursuant to which Nielsen has agreed to pay any tax obligations relating to periods prior to the sale. Nielsen has accrued $32 million at December 31, 2006.

Contingent consideration

Nielsen is obligated to provide additional consideration in a business combination to the seller if contractually specified conditions related to the acquired entity are achieved. At December 31, 2006, Nielsen had total maximum exposure for future estimated payments of $24 million, of which $4 million is based on continued employment and being expensed over the respective period. An amount of $1 million was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

Nielsen has no material liabilities for other guarantees arising in the normal course of business at December 31, 2006.

Legal Matters

D&B Legacy Tax Matters . In November 1996, D&B, then known as the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation (“Donnelley”) and spun-off the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”) (the “D&B Spin”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s”) and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Current D&B”) (the “Moody’s spin”). In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability rising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters after IMS Health paid the first $0.1 million of such liability.

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999, a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently, the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes it has adequately provided for any remaining liability related to these matters.

Effective February 16, 2006, Nielsen entered into a settlement agreement of the 1996 antitrust litigation brought by IRI. The settlement resulted in a complete dismissal of all claims against Nielsen. Under the settlement agreement, Nielsen agreed to a payment of $55 million which, after tax, resulted in a $35 million charge to 2005 earnings, since this settlement provided evidence of conditions that existed at the 2005 balance sheet date.

 

90


Table of Contents

World Directories. In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment. The sales price is subject to adjustment based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. On August 31, 2006, a notice of disagreement was filed by World Directories Acquisition Corp. (“WDA”) against Nielsen and certain of our subsidiaries pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement ( “SPA”) between the parties dated September 26, 2004 under which or World Directories business was sold. The claim arises in connection with certain post-closing matters under the SPA related to the submission of the completion accounts related to the business. WDA asserts a claim for approximately €44 million and we, in opposition to WDA’s claim, have claimed approximately €8 million. The matter has been submitted to arbitration pursuant to the SPA.

erinMedia. erinMedia, llc (“erinMedia”) filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida on June 16, 2005. The suit alleges that Nielsen Media Research Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate NMR’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted NMR’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia.

On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against NMR alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed this action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. Although it is too early to predict the outcome of the original case, Nielsen believes the action is without merit.

Except as described above, there are no other pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting Nielsen which, if determined adversely to Nielsen, would in its view, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on Nielsen’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations and prospects.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS

No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments”. This statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, and clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. Nielsen is evaluating the potential impact of SFAS No. 155 on its financial results.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”. FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN No. 48 will be adopted by Nielsen on January 1, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 and its impact on its financial position and results of operations.

 

91


Table of Contents

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, which permits companies to choose to measure certain items at fair value and to report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected in earnings. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159 on its financial statements.

In December 2006, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 00-19-2, “Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements” (“FSP 00-19-2”). Registration payment arrangements, as defined in the FSP, will include most registration rights agreements in security issuances and certain “contingent interest” features in debt instruments. The FSP specifies that the contingent obligation to make future payments or otherwise transfer consideration under a registration payment arrangement, whether issued as a separate agreement or included as a provision of a financial instrument or other agreement, should be separately recognized and measured in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” The FSP further clarifies that a financial instrument subject to a registration payment arrangement should be accounted for in accordance with other applicable GAAP without regard to the contingent obligation to transfer consideration pursuant to the registration payment arrangement. The adoption of this FSP will not have a material impact on Nielsen’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as it is generally consistent with Nielsen’s current policy.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and market prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the market value of equity instruments. We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign exchange and interest rates. We actively monitor these exposures. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, historically, we entered into a variety of derivative financial instruments, mainly interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and forward rate agreements. Our objective is to reduce, where it is deemed appropriate to do so, fluctuations in earnings, cash flows and the value of their net investments in subsidiaries resulting from changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates. In principle, we only employ basic contracts, that is, without options, embedded or otherwise. It is our policy not to trade in financial instruments.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We operate globally, deriving approximately 59% of revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and 61% for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 in U.S. dollars. We generate revenue and expenses in local currencies. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into our reporting currency, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to transaction exposure.

Foreign currency translation risk is the risk that exchange rate gains or losses arise from translating foreign entities’ statements of earnings and balance sheets from functional currency to our reporting currency (the U.S. Dollar) for consolidation purposes. Translation risk exposure is managed by creating “natural hedges” in our financing or by using derivative financial instruments aimed at offsetting certain exposures in the statement of earnings or the balance sheet. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

92


Table of Contents

The table below details the percentage of revenues and expenses by currency for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006:

Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006

 

     U.S. Dollars     Euro     Other currencies  

Revenues

   59 %   12 %   29 %

Operating costs

   58 %   14 %   28 %

Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006

 

     U.S. Dollars     Euro     Other currencies  

Revenues

   61 %   12 %   27 %

Operating costs

   53 %   20 %   27 %

Based on the combined Successor and Predecessor periods, a one cent change in the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate will impact revenues by approximately $5 million, with an immaterial impact on operating income.

Interest Rate Risk

At March 31, 2007, we had $5,014 million nominal amount of debt under our new senior secured credit facilities which are based on a floating rate index and our EMTN floating rate notes. One percent point increase in these floating rates would increase annual interest expense by approximately $50 million. Given our increased exposure to volatility in floating rates after the Valcon Acquisition and the subsequent refinancing, we evaluated hedging opportunities and entered into hedging transactions in November, 2006. After giving effect to these interest rate swap agreements, a one percentage point increase in interest rates would increase annual interest expense by $19 million.

Equity Price Risk

We are not exposed to material equity risk which is limited to outstanding share-based liability awards exercisable into shares of our consolidated subsidiary.

 

93


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading global information and media company providing essential marketing and media measurement information, analytics and industry expertise to customers across the world. Our Nielsen brands, including ACNielsen , Nielsen Media Research , Nielsen Entertainment , and Nielsen//NetRatings , are recognized worldwide as leaders in marketing information and analysis, television ratings, entertainment measurement and Internet advertising measurement, respectively. In addition, our trade shows, online media assets and publications occupy leading positions in a number of their targeted end markets. Through our broad portfolio of products and services, we track sales of consumer products each year, report on television viewing habits in countries representing more than 60% of the world’s population, measure Internet audiences in 18 countries, produce more than 100 trade shows worldwide, operate approximately 100 websites and publish more than 100 print publications and online newsletters. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, we generated revenue of $4,243 million and Covenant EBITDA of $1,121 million.

We have traditionally operated in three segments: Consumer Services, Media and Business Media. On December 18, 2006, we announced a corporate strategy and related restructuring to integrate our various service offerings historically conducted in separate businesses into a single organization focused on four major areas: sales, product development and product management, global business services combining all of our information technology systems, facilities and operations and corporate functions including finance, human resources, legal and communications. As part of this plan, the traditional business unit structure of many of our services will be eliminated. The restructuring calls for the combination of product innovation, research and development and marketing into a single organization to identify new product opportunities and accelerate their development and commercialization. We will also transition to a unified global client service organization to simplify client interactions and more easily access internal expertise to offer integrated solutions. In addition, we intend to centralize operational and IT functions into a new global business services organization. We expect to continue to report on our business in the traditional segments which we have used, namely Media, Consumer Services and Business Media. As part of our transformation to this new operating model, we announced the formation of a new business unit, NielsenConnect. This new unit will draw on media and marketing data and resources across Nielsen (including purchase information, store data, modeling assets, geo-demographic data, television data, outdoor advertising ratings and movie, book, video and radio data) and report on and analyze consumer patterns and usage.

Our Consumer Services segment provides critical consumer behavior information and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. ACNielsen , our leading brand within Consumer Services, is a global leader in retail measurement services and consumer household panel data. Consumer Services’ extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with advanced analytical capabilities, yields valuable strategic insights and information that influence our customers’ critical business decisions such as enhancing brand management strategies, developing and launching new products, identifying new marketing opportunities and improving marketing return on investment. Our Media segment provides measurement information of multiple media platforms, including broadcast and cable television, motion pictures, music, print, the Internet and outdoor advertising. Our leading brand within Media, Nielsen Media Research , is the industry leader in U.S. television audience measurement, and our measurement data is widely accepted as the “currency” in determining the value of television advertising. Our Business Media segment is a leading market-focused provider of integrated information and sales and marketing solutions. Through a multi-channel approach consisting of trade shows, online media assets and publications, Business Media offers attendees, exhibitors, readers and advertisers the insights and connections that assist them in gaining a competitive edge in their respective markets.

Our business generates a stable and predictable revenue stream and is characterized by long-term customer relationships, multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates related to marketing and media measurement services. Advertising across our segments represented only 4% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006. We serve

 

94


Table of Contents

a global customer base across multiple end markets including consumer packaged goods, retail, broadcast and cable television, music and online media. The average length of relationship with our top ten customers including The Procter & Gamble Company, the Unilever Group, Nestlé S.A. and The Coca-Cola Company is 30 years.

Our revenue is highly diversified by business segment, geography and customer. In 2006, 57% of our pro forma revenues were generated from our Consumer Services segment, 32% from our Media segment and the remaining 11% from our Business Media segment. We conduct our business activities in more than 100 countries, with 58% of our pro forma revenues generated in the U.S., 9% in North and South America excluding the U.S., 24% in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and the remaining 9% in Asia Pacific. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006.

Our Strengths

Global Leadership Positions. We hold industry-leading positions in marketing information services, media measurement services, trade shows and business publications. We have achieved leading positions and strong brands within each of our business segments, primarily as a result of our ability to offer customers comprehensive and integrated marketing communications products and services that are essential for our customers to successfully operate their businesses. As demand for market analysis from a single global source continues to grow, ACNielsen is well positioned to benefit. In Media, our Nielsen brands related to audience measurement have leading market positions across multiple media platforms and geographies. For example, Nielsen Media Research’s measurement information is trusted as the “currency” in determining the value of U.S. television advertising. Our Business Media segment is one of the largest global providers of business-to-business information and, through its trade shows, online media assets and publications, provides customers with leading coverage of its industry verticals. We believe our size, scale and leading market positions will continue to contribute to our consistent growth and strong operating margins.

Extensive Portfolio of Successful Well-Recognized Brands. We believe the Nielsen family of brands is one of the most widely recognized marketing information and media measurement research providers in the world. For over 80 years, ACNielsen has provided trusted service to the world’s top consumer packaged goods and merchandising customers. ACNielsen ScanTrack, ACNielsen Homescan and BASES are leading brands in point-of-sale retail measurement, consumer household purchase panels and new product concept testing, respectively. For over 50 years, Nielsen Media Research has been recognized as a trusted source of television audience measurement by virtually all of the leading broadcast and cable networks, syndicators and national advertisers in the U.S. Nielsen EDI, Nielsen SoundScan and Nielsen//NetRatings are leading brands providing box office results, music sales and Internet audience measurement, respectively. In Business Media, we publish some of the most recognizable business-to-business magazine titles across various segments including Billboard and The Hollywood Reporter . We believe that our successful, well-recognized brands along with the quality of service we provide will continue to enable us to attract new business and retain existing business resulting in both revenue and cash flow growth.

Strong Customer Relationships and High Revenue Visibility. Our long-standing customer relationships and multi-year contracts contribute to a stable and predictable revenue stream. We have cultivated strong long-standing customer relationships with many of the world’s leading consumer packaged goods, media and entertainment companies. In Consumer Services, our customers include the largest consumer packaged goods and merchandising companies in the world. The average length of our relationships with Consumer Services’ top ten customers in 2006 was 30 years. In many cases, our sales and service staff are located on-site at our customers’ offices and customize the analysis related to specific client issues and needs. Given our essential products and strong customer service, our business in Consumer Services is characterized by multi-year agreements, with more than 50% of each year’s revenues under agreement by the beginning of the fiscal year. Within Media, our customer base includes leading media companies to whom we have been providing audience measurement information for over 50 years. Our Media customers typically enter into multi-year contracts and have high renewal rates (over 95% in Nielsen Media Research ). The average length of our relationships with

 

95


Table of Contents

Media’s top ten customers in 2006 was 32 years. We expect our strong customer relationships to contribute to our ongoing success and growth.

Diversified Global Business Mix. Our Consumer Services, Media and Business Media segments contributed 57%, 32% and 11% of our pro forma revenue in 2006, respectively. Our broad portfolio of product offerings, large customer base, multiple end markets and wide geographic presence provide us with a diverse revenue stream, with advertising across our segments representing only 4% of our pro forma total revenue in 2006. We believe our global presence will continue to expand as we grow our business in rapidly developing markets and our business mix will continue to broaden as we invest in new products and services.

Highly Resilient Business Model with Consistent Cash Flow Generation. Our customers’ continuous need for information related to key marketing and business development decisions as well as for media measurement has historically provided us with strong constant currency revenue growth, high revenue visibility and consistent cash flow generation. In 2005 and, on a pro forma basis, 2006, we achieved constant currency revenue growth of 4.7% and 5.2%, respectively (excluding the $90 million deferred revenue adjustment in 2006). For purposes of calculating revenue growth on a constant currency basis, we have removed the exchange rate impact of 1.7% and (0.1)% respectively, for revenue growth in 2005 and 2006. Both Consumer Services and Media have multi-year customer agreements and high contract renewal rates. In addition, Business Media benefits from advance payments related to bookings for trade shows. We have a disciplined approach to capital expenditures based on new product growth and return on invested capital analysis. We believe that the largely resilient nature of our revenue base along with our disciplined approach to spending will enable us to convert a significant portion of our revenue to cash available for debt service.

Attractive Industry Outlook. We operate in two distinct industries: (i) the global marketing and media research industry (representing our Consumer Services and Media segments), and (ii) the business information industry (representing our Business Media segment). Consumer packaged goods companies use our Consumer Services segment’s marketing information to monitor brand performance and stay competitive. Growth in our Consumer Services segment is expected to be driven by continued globalization and geographic expansion of consumer packaged goods companies, increased demand for higher value-added information and related services, as well as the need to improve brand performance, develop and launch new products and increase marketing return on investment. Growth of our Media business is related in part to television and other media advertising spending. The 2006 VSS Industry Forecast projects U.S. television advertising growth of 6.8% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2006 to 2010. In addition, according to the 2006 VSS Industry Forecast, film entertainment and Internet advertising are expected to grow at CAGRs of 3.8% and 20.2%, respectively, from 2006 through 2010. We also participate in the global business information sector through our Business Media segment by offering trade shows, online media assets and print publications. According to the 2006 VSS Industry Forecast, the size of the U.S. market for business-to-business magazines, e-media and trade shows is estimated to grow at a CAGR of approximately 6.2% from 2006 through 2010. We believe that continued strength in these industries will enhance our growth potential.

Experienced Management Team. We have a strong and committed management team that has substantial relevant industry knowledge and a proven track record of operations success. We believe that our management team positions us well to successfully implement our growth strategy and cost reduction initiatives.

Our Strategy

Our goals are to continue to increase the value we deliver to our customers, streamline our operations and grow our business. Our strategy involves a company restructuring to phase out over time our Consumer Services and Media group structures and integrate Nielsen with consolidated global business services and functions. We intend to execute our goals through the following business strategies:

NielsenConnect. The formation of NielsenConnect in November 2006 recognizes the need for various parts of Nielsen to work more closely together and connect and optimize its data and analytical resources across the

 

96


Table of Contents

markets it serves. This newly-formed unit will provide integrated solutions to the issues faced by our media, marketing and other clients by combining valuable assets throughout Nielsen and creating new products and services.

Capitalize on Core Brands. On January 18, 2007, we announced a change of our name to The Nielsen Company to emphasize our best-known brand name and our commitment to create an integrated, streamlined global organization. We will continue to maintain our focus on our leading brands to drive growth in each of our businesses. Our Nielsen family of brands has positioned us well in the market for retail measurement and audience measurement services. We expect to build on these brands by continuing to improve the quality of our products and enhance our services. We will continue to improve the measurement of media audiences through increased granularity of our demographic market data, and of retail information through increased store coverage and worldwide expansion of ACNielsen Homescan , our consumer household panel. In addition, we expect to leverage our brand recognition to grow our revenues in areas such as value-added services, analytics and new measurement opportunities through Nielsen Advisory Services, Nielsen//NetRatings, Nielsen BuzzMetrics and Nielsen Outdoor , among others. We believe that building on our leading brands will drive continued demand for our existing and new products, leading to strong revenue generation.

Continue to Lead Innovation of Measurement Services. We continue to develop new solutions and technologies to improve the measurement of consumer trends and measure audiences across the latest media platforms. In the global market for consumer packaged goods, we have a partnership with Yahoo! to determine the impact of online advertising on offline purchasing behavior, and we have launched our immediate consumables panels where panelists scan purchases of single serve items using a key chain scanner. In media and entertainment, Nielsen Media Research continues to deploy advanced metering technology (such as People Meters and Active/Passive Meters) and expand its measurement of television viewing habits through initiatives capturing digital video recording and video on demand. In addition, we continue to invest in high growth products and services such as integrated television and Internet measurement, and the measurement of media consumption on personal electronic devices, such as downloads for iPods. For example, we recently announced our Anytime Anywhere Media Measurement, (“A2/M2”) initiative to deliver integrated ratings for all forms of video viewing, regardless of the consumption medium. These initiatives along with our expanded consumer analysis capabilities have created significant revenue opportunities and broadened our product offerings. We will continue to focus on developing innovative solutions to provide our clients with increasingly relevant and precise measurement information.

Continue to Expand Globally. We intend to extend our already strong global reach and increase our global leadership. Global reach is increasingly important given our customers’ growth into new markets, and we are well positioned to increase our global presence in each of our operating segments. Our substantial presence in rapidly developing markets such as Brazil, Russia, India and China illustrates our success with this strategy. In 2006, our AGB Nielsen Media Research television audience measurement (“TAM”) joint venture, covering 28 countries, continued its expansion in China, where People Meters are being introduced in 14 provinces, including all major metropolitan areas. Media also has other TAM joint ventures and investments covering an additional 15 countries including in Latin America with IBOPE , and separate ventures in Finland and India.

Optimize our Portfolio of Product Offerings. We will continue to evaluate our products and services to determine the optimal offering given current and forecasted customer demand. We will look to develop businesses that best serve our customers while maintaining a focus on profitability, thereby maximizing our return on invested capital. We will also consider select acquisitions of complementary businesses that would enhance our product portfolio. In addition, we will consider opportunistically divesting operations that we believe to be non-core to our operations. As marketing activities continue to shift from mass to targeted audiences, we believe the optimization of our product portfolio will offer more focused solutions to our clients.

Pursue Transformation Savings and Continue to Reduce Costs. While we have successfully implemented certain initiatives such as the consolidation of certain data processing facilities and off-shoring, we had never

 

97


Table of Contents

undergone a comprehensive company-wide cost savings and integration plan. In November 2005 and in December 2006, we announced our intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of our operations worldwide. The Company further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation initiative (previously referred to as Project Forward). This transformation initiative is designed to make the Company a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, the Company is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions as well as purchasing, real estate consolidation and expanding the outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes. These initiatives are expected to be implemented by the end of 2008 and will lead to a reduction in workforce of approximately 4,000 positions. We estimate that our cost savings initiatives will result in a targeted run-rate savings of approximately $125 million. We estimate that we will incur approximately $175 million in restructuring costs and capital expenditures over the corresponding time period in connection with these savings. In addition, we intend to continue to pursue opportunities to improve our cost structure beyond the scope of our transformation savings initiatives.

Our Business Segments

Consumer Services

Our Consumer Services segment provides essential market research and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our Consumer Services segment provides an array of services including retail measurement services ( ACNielsen ScanTrack ), household consumer panels ( ACNielsen Homescan ), new product testing ( BASES ), consumer segmentation and targeting ( Spectra ) and marketing optimization ( ACNielsen Analytical Consulting ). We believe these products and services give our customers a competitive advantage in making informed decisions in today’s fast-moving and complex marketplace. Our Consumer Services segment operates in more than 100 countries. We believe one of our primary strengths is our global presence, which is increasingly important in today’s environment as our largest customers operate globally and continue to expand and invest in developing markets.

Consumer Services’ customer base is comprised of the world’s leading consumer packaged goods companies including the Colgate-Palmolive Company, Nestlé S.A., The Procter & Gamble Company and the Unilever Group as well as leading retail chains such as Carrefour, Kroger, Safeway, Tesco and Walgreens. With a broad global customer base and long-standing customer relationships, Consumer Services’ revenues are stable, predictable and highly diversified. In 2006, the average length of our relationships with Consumer Services’ top ten customers was 30 years. These long-term relationships are strengthened by our ability to integrate products and services into customers’ workflow and provide a wide range of comparable and consistent data and analyses. This comparability of information over time enhances our customers ability to use our information in their decision-making and management processes. In addition, our customer service professionals are often located on-site at our customers’ offices, where they assist in analyzing information by providing industry context for better decision-making and in developing strategic and tactical recommendations. Consumer Services’ strength of customer relationships is exemplified by average customer renewal rates in excess of 90% in the U.S. and Europe from 2003 to 2006, which results in high revenue visibility. At the beginning of each fiscal year, more than 50% of the segment’s revenue base for the upcoming year is typically committed under existing agreements. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Consumer Services generated approximately 57% of our pro forma revenue.

Our Consumer Services segment is comprised of two divisions, ACNielsen and Nielsen Advisory Services . These divisions provide the following services on a global basis: Retail Measurement Services, Consumer Panel Services, Customized Research Services and various other advisory services including new product launch services and consumer targeting and segmentation. While each of these products and services provides significant value on a stand alone basis, they can be combined to provide clients with more enhanced and in-depth analyses.

Retail Measurement Services (“RMS”)

RMS provides customers with information and analytics across 98 countries on competitive sales volumes, market shares, distribution, pricing, merchandising and promotional activities. By combining this detailed

 

98


Table of Contents

information with our in-house expertise and professional assistance we enable our customers to improve their key marketing decisions. We offer these services under our ACNielsen ScanTrack and ACNielsen Market Audit brands.

RMS collects retail sales information from stores using electronic point-of-sale technology and teams of local field auditors. These stores include grocery, drug and discount retailers who, through various cooperation arrangements, share their sales data with us. The method of collection depends upon the sophistication of the retailers’ systems. RMS downloads electronic retail sales information collected by stores through checkout scanners to our servers on a regular basis. Where electronic retail sales information is unavailable, such as in certain developing markets, we collect retail sales information through in-store inventory and price checks conducted by field auditors. Across all of our markets, field auditors collect data regarding product placement in stores, including the facing and positioning on store shelves as well as other information.

RMS quality control systems validate, confirm and correct the collected data. It is then processed into databases and reports by product, brand and category. Customers access RMS databases using proprietary software such as NITRO and WorkstationPlus which allow them to query the databases, conduct customized analysis and generate customized reports and alerts. For example, clients can view and analyze information by specific product categories, geography or retail channel. Information can be accessed through ACNielsen i-Sights which can provide a suite of reports linked to the key business issues of the user. Information can also be accessed online through an extranet web portal, ACNielsen Answers .

Consumer Panel Services (“CPS”)

CPS provides clients with consumer purchasing information, including demographics, based upon individual household consumption. Clients use this information to more precisely target and better segment their consumers. In addition, we are able to use CPS information to augment our retail measurement information in circumstances where we do not collect retail data from certain retailers. CPS primarily offers its services through our ACNielsen Homescan and ACNielsen Homepanel brands.

CPS collects data from household panelists who use in-home scanners to record purchases from each shopping trip. In the U.S., over 100,000 selected households, constituting a demographically balanced sample of U.S. households, participate in the household panel. Data received from CPS household panels undergoes a quality control process, including UPC verification and validation before it is processed into databases and reports. CPS clients may access these databases and perform analysis using our Panelfact proprietary software. In addition, CPS provides clients with templated alerts, dashboards and reports which can be accessed over the Internet or through a desktop application.

Customized Research Services (“CRS”)

CRS provides clients with a suite of customized research services as well as consumer and industry studies. CRS clients are able to use these services and studies to derive information and insights into consumer attitudes and purchasing behavior, to evaluate and understand why marketing campaigns succeed or fail, and to address issues such as promotions, pricing, consumer targeting and marketing mix. CRS is offered through brands such as Winning Brands and ShopperTrends .

CRS collects information through surveys, personal interviews, focus groups, online evaluations, from panels maintained by CRS and third party panel providers. Once information is collected, it is subject to CRS quality control standards and is then processed into databases and reports. CRS provides customized research services and consumer and industry studies to clients through presentations and reports.

New Product Launch Services (BASES)

BASES provides sales forecasts for new products and product restages across a number of industries, particularly in the consumer packaged goods field. Clients use this information to evaluate the sales potential of new products, identify potential customers, forecast sales volume and refine concept design and communication.

 

99


Table of Contents

BASES maintains panels in several countries and uses third party panel providers to survey consumers. Panelists are exposed to new product ideas and prototypes in order to gauge their interest. BASES quality control systems organize and validate the information it collects. Using this information BASES delivers marketing recommendations and additional diagnostics to help customers refine the product, price and/or their marketing plan.

Consumer Targeting and Segmentation (Spectra)

Spectra provides customers in the consumer packaged goods industry with consumer targeting and segmentation analytics, integrating information about households, geographies and retail shopping locations. Customers use Spectra services, including its proprietary consumer segmentation grid (the Spectra Grid ), for category management and media and marketing planning. Spectra uses multiple database sources, including those from ACNielsen , Scarborough and third parties, to develop the Spectra Grid . The Spectra Grid is typically accessed through an extranet web portal, InfiNet .

Analytical Consulting Services (ACNielsen Analytic Consulting or “AAC”)

AAC provides software tools and analysis to help clients make decisions with respect to marketing, marketing investment and pricing and promotion. AAC’s proprietary Decisionsmart software tool enables clients to develop trade planning and promotion schedules and forecasts, interpret outputs of applications and provide recommendations to better drive trade planning and promotions. In addition, AAC consultants with industry expertise assist clients with their marketing decisions.

Site Selection and Consumer Targeting (Claritas)

Claritas provides recommendations on site selection for new retail stores and information for consumer targeting for direct mail campaigns, in each case primarily outside of the consumer packaged goods industry. Clients use Claritas to determine certain characteristics of their potential and existing customers such as where they live and shop, what they buy and how to best reach them. This information contributes to customers’ strategies regarding direct mailing activities at household and individual levels, as well as mass-marketing activities.

Media

Our Media segment is a leading provider of media and entertainment measurement information. The segment measures audiences for U.S. television ( Nielsen Media Research ), international television (50% ownership of AGB Nielsen Media Research ), motion pictures ( Nielsen EDI ), the Internet ( Nielsen BuzzMetrics and approximately 60% ownership of Nielsen//NetRatings (NASDAQ: NTRT)), outdoor ( Nielsen Outdoor ) and other media, and tracks sales of music ( Nielsen SoundScan ) and provides competitive advertising information ( Nielsen Monitor-Plus ). Using our critical measurement information, media owners, advertising agencies, advertisers and retailers plan and optimize their marketing strategies. Media is particularly strong in the U.S. television audience measurement market where our Nielsen ratings are widely accepted as the “currency” for both buyers and sellers of U.S. television advertising, an industry that had over $64 billion of annual expenditures in 2006 according to the PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Entertainment & Media Outlook. Nielsen Media Research measures television usage both nationally and across all the 210 local television markets in the U.S. Our leading market position in measuring the U.S. television audience has been achieved as a result of continued investment and over 50 years of experience providing customers with accurate measurement.

Media has a diversified customer base, consisting of over 25,000 individual customers including leading broadcast and cable companies such as CBS, Comcast, Disney/ABC, NBC/Universal, News Corp., Time Warner and Univision; leading advertising agencies such as IPG, Omnicom and WPP; leading film studios such as 20th Century Fox, Disney, Paramount and Warner Bros.; and other leading media companies. Media’s business model

 

100


Table of Contents

allows for both high revenue visibility and consistent, predictable growth as a result of multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates (over 95% in Nielsen Media Research ). The average length of Media’s relationships with its top ten customers in 2006 was 32 years. Our customers value the high quality service offerings and technology, which we maintain and improve through continuous innovation and protect via over 100 existing and pending patents in the U.S. alone. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Media generated approximately 32% of our pro forma revenue.

Our Media segment is comprised of three divisions, Media, Internet Measurement and Entertainment. These divisions provide many different services including television audience measurement, Internet usage measurement and movie box office measurement.

Media

Nielsen Media Research and AGB Nielsen Media Research collectively measure the size and demographic composition of television audiences in 42 countries worldwide. Advertisers use this information to plan television advertising campaigns, evaluate the effectiveness of their commercial messages and negotiate advertising rates. Television broadcasters and cable networks use this information as a tool to establish the value of their airtime and more effectively schedule and promote their programming.

Nielsen Media Research in the U.S. and AGB Nielsen Media Research in countries outside the U.S. collect audience data from demographically balanced samples of randomly selected households. In the U.S., Nielsen Media Research provides three principal ratings services: Measurement of national television audiences (“National Ratings Services”), measurement of local television audiences in each of the 210 designated television markets (“Local Ratings Services”), and measurement of national and local television audiences among Hispanic households (“Hispanic Ratings Services”).

Both Nielsen Media Research and AGB Nielsen Media Research use various methods to collect the data from households including electronic meters and written diaries. Our electronic meters include our standard Set Meter, and Active/Passive Meters. A Set Meter is connected to a television and captures household-level viewing data by monitoring the channel to which the television is tuned. A People Meter is an attachment to a Set Meter which adds functionality to the Set Meter by not only collecting television set tuning data (which channel the set is tuned to) but also the demographics of the audience (who in the household is watching). In 2005, we introduced into our U.S. samples electronic meters based on our next-generation Active/Passive metering technology, which is designed to measure television tuning in a digital environment and has enabled us to reflect time-shifted viewing on digital video recorders in our ratings.

Our National Ratings Services is based on a sample of approximately 12,800 households using People Meters. Approximately 50% of such households are measured using Active/Passive Meters. Our Local Ratings Services use People Meters in the top ten local television markets, a combination of Set Meters and written diaries in the next 46 local television markets, and only written diaries in the remaining 154 local television markets. Three markets will be converting from a combination of Set Meters and written diaries to People Meters in the fourth quarter of 2007. The local television markets in the U.S. where Nielsen uses electronic meters represent approximately 70% of the television households in the U.S.

Information is downloaded from the electronic meters to our servers where it is subject to quality control including digital coding. We then process the information into databases and reports which is then distributed overnight to customers. In addition, our customers can license Nielsen Media Research software which enables them to access, manipulate and customize varying levels of information directly from the Nielsen Media Research database.

In response to the transformation of the television industry into a multi-platform business, in June of 2006, Nielsen Media Research announced the launching of its Anytime Anywhere Media Measurement research and

 

101


Table of Contents

testing program, known as “A2/M2.” This program will develop and deploy technology to measure new ways consumers are watching television, such as on the Internet, outside the home and via cell phones, iPods and other personal mobile devices. Nielsen will continue its focus on providing the most accurate measurement of in-home television viewing through its Active/Passive Meters, but through the A2/M2 initiative will also pursue the measurement of online streaming video and Internet measurement in Nielsen’s People Meter samples, the addition of out-of-home measurement in Nielsen’s People Meter samples, the introduction of electronic measurement in local markets, the development of new meters to measure video viewed on portable media devices and the creation of new methods for measuring viewer “engagement” in television programming.

Advertising Information Services (“AIS”). AIS provides commercial occurrence data and tracks the proportion of all advertising within a product category attributable to a particular brand or advertiser. We measure advertising expenditures, placements and creative content in 22 countries by company, by brand, and by product category across monitored media. Such media include print, outdoor advertising, radio and freestanding inserts as well as television. Customers use this service to manage their media spend by benchmarking their own performance against that of their competitors. We provide Advertising Information Services in the U.S. under our Monitor-Plus brand.

Other Media Services. Our media division also provides a number of other products and services. Standard Rate & Data Service (“SRDS”) collects information on media advertising rates, publishing dates and contact data on media outlets in the U.S. Interactive Market Systems (“IMS”) provides media planning and analysis software to analyze both industry and proprietary research data. The software is used by advertising agencies, advertisers, publishers, broadcasters, other media owners and researchers. IMS software can be used for television, press, radio, outdoor and Internet planning. Nielsen Outdoor measures both consumer exposure to outdoor advertising and outdoor advertising audience demographics. It uses a randomly selected demographically balanced panel of individuals. Using GPS technology, Nielsen Outdoor measures the frequency with which panelists have the opportunity to view certain billboards and other forms of outdoor advertising. Scarborough Research, a joint venture between Nielsen and Arbitron, Inc. (“Arbitron”), measures the lifestyle and shopping patterns, media behaviors, and demographics of consumers in the U.S. A total of 80 local markets are measured at regular intervals through telephone surveys, product booklets and diaries.

Ventures. Nielsen Ventures provides measurement and analysis of sports sponsorship data, product placement and consumer generated word-of-mouth. Nielsen Ventures introduced “ Fanlinks ” in 2005, a service developed with ACNielsen to link consumers’ sports media consumption to product purchasing. ACNielsen Homescan panelists are surveyed to identify sports fans and their degree of sports entertainment consumption. Survey results are cross-tabulated against purchasing behavior to provide a view of today’s sports fan and how consumption of sports entertainment translates to purchasing behavior. Nielsen Ventures also continues to develop and expand sales of services such as “ Placeviews ,” which is a software product that enables clients to measure the impact of product placement on television and in movies by identifying which brands are featured, what type of placement is used, when and where the placement occurred and the audience exposure at the time of the placement.

Internet Measurement

Nielsen//NetRatings. On February 5, 2007, Nielsen Media Research, Inc. entered into a merger agreement with NetRatings, Inc. by which Nielsen Media Research will acquire all the NetRatings, Inc.’s shares of common stock not currently owned by it. NetRatings, Inc. (NASDAQ:NTRT) gathers data and tracks global online activity. Nielsen//NetRatings’ customers use this data to make informed business decisions regarding their Internet marketing strategies. Nielsen//NetRatings’ services include: Internet audience measurement services ( NetView , SiteCensus and Market Intelligence) ; advertisement measurement services ( AdRelevance , Adintelligence and WebRF ); and Internet market research services (Homescan Online , which provides integrated views of consumers’ online behavior and offline purchasing patterns, Webintercept and MegaPanel) .

Nielsen//NetRatings collects information through panels in locations around the world to measure both at-home and at-work activity. Panelists are recruited through a variety of methods, including random digit dialing

 

102


Table of Contents

and online surveys, as well as through partnerships with local market research providers. Our Megapanel service, for example, tracks Internet usage and buying behavior among more than a million people in countries including the U.S., the United Kingdom, France and Germany. The information Nielsen//NetRatings gathers is used to produce syndicated and custom reports and is made available to clients on a weekly or monthly basis.

Nielsen BuzzMetrics . Recognizing the growing importance of online dialogue and word-of-mouth behavior in consumer decision-making, we acquired 58% of the shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc. in early 2006. On June 4, 2007, we acquired the remaining outstanding shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc. This company tracks, measures and analyzes consumer-generated media on the Internet, including opinions, advice, consumer-to-consumer discussions, reviews, shared personal experiences, photos, images, videos and podcasts, to provide market intelligence to its customers. Internet sources include online forums, boards, blogs and Usenet newsgroups. Consumer-generated media plays an influential role in driving consumer perceptions, awareness and purchase behavior. Consumers often encounter consumer-generated media while researching products during the buying cycle which can help build brand loyalty or, if negative, can lead to brand deterioration.

Entertainment

Nielsen EDI. Nielsen EDI captures box-office results from more than 50,000 movie screens across 14 countries, including, among others, the U.S., Canada and Mexico. Clients use this information in deciding where and for how long a movie will play, as well as the allocation of advertising and promotional dollars. Nielsen EDI tracks movie theater box-office receipts provided by major cinema chains in the U.S. such as AMC, Regal Entertainment Group and National Amusements.

Nielsen SoundScan, Nielsen BookScan and Nielsen VideoScan. Through these brands, we track and report in-store and online retail sales of audio products, books and video entertainment products. Clients use these services to monitor their market share. Each of these businesses compiles point-of-sale data from retailers on a weekly basis and prepares reports which are delivered to clients regularly through an Internet portal.

Nielsen National Research Group (“NRG”). NRG tests movie promotional materials, predicts the gross box office receipts of upcoming and recently released movies and compiles film awareness studies in the U.S. Clients use NRG’s research to develop, or make changes to, their marketing plans. NRG’s clients include major film studios in the U.S. We also offer similar services in Europe, Australia and Japan.

Nielsen Broadcast Data Systems (“BDS”). BDS monitors radio airplay on a continuous basis from 1,600 radio stations in the U.S. This data is used by music labels, radio stations and performing rights organizations to adjust station playlists and to determine marketing spend for various titles. Using patented computer technology, BDS provides daily reporting, and in certain cases real-time reporting, to its client base through the Internet. In certain countries in Europe, Nielsen Music Control provides similar radio airplay monitoring services.

Business Media

Our Business Media segment is one of the largest providers of integrated business-to-business information in the world. The segment has more than 100 trade shows, approximately 100 websites and over 100 print publications and online newsletters, each targeted to specific industry groups. Through 2006, our Business Media segment was comprised of two divisions: Nielsen Business Media U.S. and Nielsen Business Media Europe (“BME”), each with its own trade shows, online media assets and publications. On February 8, 2007, we completed the sale of BME to 3i, a European private equity and venture capital firm. The Company’s financial statements reflect BME’s business as a discontinued operation.

Our Business Media segment is anchored by the U.S. trade show business, which is characterized by high margins, diversified end markets and strong free cash flow. The trade show business operates leading trade shows across a wide range of industries, such as jewelry, general merchandise and kitchen & bath design. In

 

103


Table of Contents

addition, our publications, such as Billboard and The Hollywood Reporter, benefit from leading brand name recognition and established audiences. Customers include professionals and advertisers from a variety of industries including marketing, media, advertising, entertainment, informational technology, career management and finance. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Business Media generated approximately 11% of our pro forma revenue.

Trade Shows. Each year, we produce approximately 60 trade shows in the U.S., with a total audience of approximately 475,000 and a total booth space of over six million square feet for attendees principally comprised of retailers, distributors and business professionals. Industry leaders use these events to sell existing products and to promote the launch of new products in order to reach decision-makers in their respective industries. Our U.S. trade shows were ranked first in terms of show square footage and first in number of top 200 shows, respectively, in the annual Tradeshow Week rankings of the top 200 U.S. trade shows for 2006. Our portfolio is diversified across a large number of end markets. Leading events include the Hospitality Design Conference and Expo, the Kitchen/Bath Industry Show and Conference, Associated Surplus Dealers/Associated Merchandise Dealers shows, the Interbike International Bike Show and Expo and the JA International Jewelry Summer and Winter Shows.

Online Media & Publications. In the U.S., we publish trade publications and maintain related online sites across various segments including marketing and media, retail trade, construction, real estate, travel, entertainment, health, jewelry and gifts, among others. These publications are distributed to approximately 1.2 million readers. Titles include Billboard, The Hollywood Reporter, Adweek, Brandweek, Film Journal International, Commercial Property News and National Jeweler . Billboard covers leading music artists and the marketing plans for their upcoming releases, including music videos. The Hollywood Reporter is a leading film and entertainment magazine which keeps industry professionals abreast of films that are in production and development. Brandweek and Adweek are leading sources for the latest brand management strategies and tools. The websites related to these titles provide further information on their respective industry groups and developments. Our online media offerings and publications attract brand managers who we then help to build an integrated, business-to-business marketing campaign that reaches retailers through many of the same online and print media.

Trade Show Joint Ventures Outside U.S. We organize over 50 trade shows in the Netherlands and elsewhere in Europe as well as in China and elsewhere in Asia through our joint venture with Jaarbeurs.

Sales and Marketing

Our Consumer Services and Media services typically comprise information, the software tools to access the information and a Client Service team to help interpret the information and ensure that the client derives

maximum value. The Client Service team is often located at the client site, and can also be available on an “as needed” basis, either in person or by phone. Client Service is responsible for both managing the client relationship and developing new sales opportunities with the client. The majority of services are usually provided on an ongoing or continuous basis, and therefore typically agreed for multiple years.

Large customers typically subscribe to a market measurement service from Nielsen or one of its competitors, so an important role of Client Service is to focus on client retention and to win business held by competitors. Another key Client Service responsibility within our Consumer Services business, is to sell additional products and services beyond the core measurement services. These additional services include targeting and segmentation ( ACNielsen Homescan , Spectra ), new product testing ( BASES ) and other advisory services.

Our large customers often need to monitor their business on a regional or global basis. To meet this need, Nielsen will sometimes assign a senior Client Service professional to be the regional or global account manager. This person may be based at the client’s headquarters building, where he or she can develop relationships with

 

104


Table of Contents

the customer’s senior executives, further enhancing our client relationship. At the same time, many smaller target companies do not subscribe to a continuous measurement service so we also employ a specialist Client Service team to target this market opportunity with offerings tailored to fit the needs of smaller companies.

Marketing activities are focused on strategic marketing, product management, new product development and ensuring that Client Service is well-equipped with information and support materials on Nielsen’s product and service offerings. Marketing strategy is set globally, while marketing activities are managed on a regional basis. Nielsen’s investment in Client Service means that we have personal contact with our clients on a daily basis. Therefore, marketing communications efforts are focused on supporting Client Service with brochures, fact sheets, client advisory boards, websites and, in larger markets, annual conferences and newsletters. Spending on advertising and public relations is not considered key to our business success and is therefore limited.

Competition

Consumer Services

ACNielsen has numerous competitors in its various lines of business throughout the world. Competition includes companies specializing in marketing research, the in-house research departments of manufacturers and advertising agencies, retailers that sell information directly or through brokers, information management and software companies, and consulting and accounting firms. In retail measurement services, ACNielsen’s principal competitor in the U.S. is Information Resources, Inc. Information Resources, Inc. is also active in Europe and, through partial ownership of MEMRB, in Eastern Europe and other geographies. Our consumer panel services, custom research services, and other data and advisory services business have direct and/or indirect competitors, including Taylor Nelson Sofres plc and GFK AG, in many markets in which they operate. Principal competitive factors include innovation, quality, timeliness, reliability and comprehensiveness of data and analytical services, flexibility in tailoring services to client needs, price, and geographic and market coverage.

Media

Nielsen Media Research has maintained a strong leadership position in the television ratings measurement industry in the U.S. There are a number of firms that do qualitative research. Taylor Nelson Sofres plc has taken initial steps toward doing quantitative viewership estimates. Nielsen Media Research ’s ratings have been criticized on occasion by various participants in the television industry. This criticism, in part, may increase the likelihood of additional competition in the media research business. Outside of the U.S. AGB Nielsen Media Research faces competition from various competitors in several of the jurisdictions in which it operates. Our other Media businesses also face direct and indirect competition in most markets in which they operate. Principal competitive factors include innovation, quality, timeliness, reliability and comprehensiveness of data and analytical services, flexibility in tailoring services to client needs, price, and geographic and market coverage.

Business Media

The Business Media group faces competition in each of its principal product markets. Typically, there are several competitors that target the same industry sector. Furthermore, trade publications are subject to competition for advertising revenues from other media including the Internet and trade shows. In the U.S., our trade publications face competition principally from Reed Elsevier. The competition for trade shows is highly fragmented, both by product offering and geography. Because of the availability of alternative venues and dates and the ability to define events for particular industry segments, the range of competition for exhibitor spending, sponsorships and attendees is extensive. The trade show business in the Netherlands faces competition from RAI International Communications Group. Trade associations, with strong industry ties, also provide significant competition. The principal competitive factors in Business Media include the quality of information, quality and breadth of services, as well as level of customer support, level of technical expertise and price.

 

105


Table of Contents

Regulation

Data Protection

Our operations are subject to and affected by data protection laws in many countries. The number of countries in key business jurisdictions with data protection laws has been slowly increasing. Compliance with these laws can impose administrative and operational burdens and other costs, and these are more significant where the data is considered to be sensitive. The consequences of a compliance failure can include civil and criminal sanctions, negative publicity, data being blocked from use, and liability under contractual warranties of compliance.

Data protection laws constrain whether and how personal data may be collected, how it may be used, how it must be stored, and whether and to whom and where it may be transferred. While the laws on personal data vary from country to country, certain basic principles are common to most data protection laws, regardless of region or subject matter. For example, the data subject should receive notice of certain details of what information is being collected, and of its planned use, storage and transfer. Data protection laws usually contemplate some degree of choice on the part of the data subject over the collection and use of personal data. Future uses of personal data generally must conform to the disclosures in the notice that was the basis for consent. Personal data should be maintained in accurate form, and the data subject should have some level of access to the information to ensure accuracy. Finally, these laws generally require sufficient security around the personal data.

In many countries, “personal data” means information relating to an identifiable individual. Data protection laws do not apply to anonymous data, and usually do not apply to information about corporations. Personal data may be characterized as “sensitive” when it reveals information about a person’s health, religion and/or philosophy, politics, race and/or ethnicity, sexual preferences and/or practices, union membership, criminal records, finances, or location. All personal data may be subject to the data protection laws, but “sensitive” personal data typically is more highly regulated than non-sensitive data. Generally this means that for sensitive data the data subject’s consent should be more explicit and more fully informed, and that security measures should be more rigorous.

Our products and services incorporate both non-sensitive and sensitive personal data. Sensitive personal data may be revealed by certain demographic data that is collected and by several of the consumption preferences that are tracked. These preferences include those concerning such items as books, magazines, music, videos, healthcare products and services, religious products and services such as kosher or vegetarian items, Internet activity, and cable/satellite television.

The greater constraints that apply to the collection and use of highly regulated data can have several consequences for us. For example, for panel management the more rigorous consent measures may significantly depress cooperation from panel recruits and increase the administrative and operational burden and costs of panel recruitment and management. That and the more rigorous security measures required can significantly increase costs as compared to those for non-sensitive data. Also affected are products that incorporate data from or enhance the databases of third parties, especially such highly regulated entities as financial, telecommunications, and healthcare institutions. Regulation of data from these sources can either eliminate their availability or increase the cost of using them due to the larger administrative and operational burden and expense associated with the required compliance measures. There also is a greater enforcement focus on highly regulated personal data as compared to non-sensitive data. In the event of a compliance failure there is a relatively higher risk of sanctions, civil and criminal liability, and negative publicity.

In certain cases, regulation of third-party sources of data may offer us a competitive advantage where we are not covered by the regulation. For example, the value of our data on subjects such as video and cable or satellite viewing in the U.S. may be higher due to the fact that U.S. law prohibits the suppliers of those services from disclosing such personal data.

Certain means of data collection are more highly regulated than others. There is a greater regulatory focus on data collection methods that may not always be obvious to the data subject or that otherwise present a higher

 

106


Table of Contents

risk of abuse. Examples include: collecting data online, especially by means of cookies or similar technologies, or directly from children; collecting information by means of radio frequency identification tags; and tracking location, for example by using global positioning satellites or RFID tags. The increased compliance costs associated with these means of data collection may reduce their cost-effectiveness or other advantages. Our product development plans contemplate certain of these data collection methods.

Transfer of data outside the country where it is collected is constrained by many data protection laws, and most significantly by the European Union. This has an impact on how data can be most efficiently managed. For example, these constraints have a bearing on centralized database management, because multinational access to a central database may constitute a transfer of data to the point of access. Cross-border transfers are not flatly prohibited, but the compliance measures that must be implemented before such transfers are permitted impose significant operational burdens and costs. Most of the available compliance measures also increase our exposure to liability in the event of a compliance failure.

Employees

On December 31, 2006, we had approximately 41,000 full and part-time employees worldwide with approximately 13,000 of those being located in the U.S. Of our worldwide employees, approximately 31,000 full and part-time employees were in Consumer Services, approximately 9,000 in Media and over 1,000 in Business Media. Outside of the U.S. a number of our employees are members of Workers Councils or other similar organizations. We believe that our success depends partly on our continuing ability to retain and attract highly qualified technical, sales and management personnel. Although qualified personnel are in high demand and competition exists for their services, we believe that we have been able to retain and attract highly qualified personnel. We believe our relationships with our employees are good. See “Risk Factors—If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate employees, we will not be able to compete effectively and will not be able to expand our business.”

Intellectual Property

We own registered marks for “ Nielsen ,” “ ACNielsen ” and several other Nielsen brands and own or have applied for trademark registrations in the U.S. and in numerous jurisdictions outside the U.S. for many of our services and software products. We also have numerous trade secrets relating to data processing that are of material importance to our business. We have a number of registrations of our copyrights and a number of patents and patent applications pending including patents relating to audience measurement systems, broadcast encoding Internet content monitor systems, and automated data collection.

To protect our proprietary services and software, we rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and patent, copyright, trademark, service mark and trade secret laws. We also have established policies requiring our personnel and representatives to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary property. We will continue to apply for software and business method patents on a case-by-case basis and will continue to monitor ongoing developments in the evolving software and business method patent field. See “Risk Factors—Our success will depend upon our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.”

Technology and Operations

Our businesses are supported by an infrastructure that features advanced data processing technologies and services. We use leading technologies to support our proprietary data collection and warehousing systems. Examples include, in-home point-of-sale scanning solutions, Internet-enabled retailer point-of-sale uploads, mobile handheld devices for our retail store auditing teams, proprietary in-home television monitoring capabilities (Set Meter, People Meter, Active/Passive Meter) and Internet-based survey delivery and data capture. Scalable, networked, midrange and mainframe processors manage, manipulate and store this information in highly structured databases. Our delivery and data analysis software platforms enable access to our information

 

107


Table of Contents

products, as well as the ability to download information to the customer’s desktop for use in common spreadsheet and presentation software. We provide these capabilities to our customers and other businesses via consistent, secure and convenient access through Internet-based or dedicated telecommunication links. These technologies and services are supported by data center networks including the Nielsen Media Research Global Technology and Information Center (“GTIC”) in Oldsmar, Florida. The GTIC campus includes our data center and network operations facility. This facility is designed for high-availability, high-performance delivery of information products to our customers and other businesses on a 365 day per year, 24 hour per day, continuous schedule. The GTIC is also designed for high-capacity database operations and is equipped with full Internet backbone networking capability for connectivity to our customers and our other business locations.

Properties and Facilities

We lease property in more than 570 locations worldwide. We also own six properties worldwide, including ACNielsen’s offices in Oxford, United Kingdom, Mexico City, Mexico and Sao Paulo, Brazil. Our leased property includes offices in New York, New York, Oldsmar, Florida, and Markham, Canada. Nielsen Media Research leases property in Oldsmar, Florida which we use as our GTIC. The obligations of Nielsen Media Research under this lease are guaranteed by The Nielsen Company B.V. In addition, Nielsen is subject to certain covenants including the requirement that it meet certain conditions in the event it merges into or conveys, leases, transfers or sells its properties or assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any person or persons, in one or a series of transactions.

Legal Proceedings

In addition to the legal proceedings described below, we are presently a party to certain lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that none of our current legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

On June 16, 2005, erinMedia, LLC filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida. The lawsuit alleges that Nielsen Media Research violated federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate Nielsen Media Research’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted Nielsen Media Research’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia. On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against Nielsen alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed the action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. We believe the original action is without merit.

On April 12, 2006, Wrapsidy, LLC filed a lawsuit in California Superior Court in Santa Clara County. The lawsuit asserts claims against Nielsen Media Research for violation of the California Franchise Investment Act, misappropriation of trade secrets, unfair competition and business practices, anticipatory breach of contract and other claims arising out of certain contracts between the parties. Wrapsidy also alleges harm arising out of certain contractual and pricing practices of Nielsen Media Research. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought and seeks declaratory and equitable relief. The case is now in discovery. We believe this action is without merit.

On August 31, 2006 a notice of disagreement was filed by World Directories Acquisition Corp. (“WDA”) against us and certain of our subsidiaries pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) between the parties dated September 26, 2004 under which our World Directories business was sold. The claim arises in connection with certain post-closing matters under the SPA related to the submission of the completion accounts related to the business. WDA asserts a claim for approximately €44 million and we, in opposition to WDA’s claim, have claimed approximately €8.0 million. The matter has been submitted to arbitration pursuant to the SPA.

 

108


Table of Contents

D&B Legacy Tax Matters

In November 1996, D&B, then known as the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation and spun-off the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation. In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability arising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters.

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999 a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes its provision of $13 million is adequate to cover any remaining liability related to these matters.

 

109


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The Executive Officers set forth below are responsible for achieving Nielsen’s goals, strategy, policies and results. The supervision of Nielsen’s management and the general course of its affairs and business operations is entrusted to the Supervisory Board, which currently consists of thirteen members. The officers and directors of Nielsen are as follows:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

David L. Calhoun

   50    Chairman, Executive Board and Chief Executive Officer

Susan Whiting

   50    Executive Vice President

Mitchell Habib

   46    Executive Vice President, Global Business Services

Brian J. West

   37    Chief Financial Officer

James W. Cuminale

   54    Chief Legal Officer

Roberto Llamas

   60    Chief Human Resources Officer

David E. Berger

   50    Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

Robert A. Ruijter

   56    Executive Advisor to Supervisory Board; Member, Executive Board

Supervisory Board Members

     

Iain Leigh

   50    Director

James A. Quella

   57    Director

Michael S. Chae

   38    Director

Allan M. Holt

   55    Director

James M. Kilts

   59    Director

James A. Attwood, Jr.

   48    Director

Patrick Healy

   40    Director

Lord Clive Hollick

   61    Director

Alexander Navab

   41    Director

Scott A. Schoen

   48    Director

Richard J. Bressler

   49    Director

Dudley G. Eustace

   71    Director

Gerald S. Hobbs

   66    Director

David L. Calhoun. Mr. Calhoun serves as Chairman of the Executive Board and Chief Executive Officer of Nielsen, a position he has held since September 2006. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Calhoun was a Vice Chairman of the General Electric Company and President and CEO of GE Infrastructure, the largest of GE’s six business segments and comprised of Aviation, Energy, Oil & Gas, Transportation, and Water & Process Technologies, as well as GE’s Commercial Aviation Services and Energy Financial Services businesses. From 2003 until becoming a Vice Chairman of GE and President and CEO of GE Infrastructure in 2005, Mr. Calhoun served as President and CEO of GE Transportation, which is made up of GE’s Aircraft Engines and Rail businesses. Prior to joining Aircraft Engines in July 2000, Mr. Calhoun served as president and CEO of Employers Reinsurance Corporation from 1999 to 2000; president and CEO of GE Lighting from 1997 to 1999; and president and CEO of GE Transportation Systems from 1995 to 1997. From 1994 to 1995, he served as President of GE Plastics for the Pacific region. Mr. Calhoun joined GE upon graduation from Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1979.

Susan Whiting . Ms. Whiting serves as Executive Vice President of Nielsen and Chairman of Nielsen Media Research, a position she has held since January 2007. Ms. Whiting has overall responsibility for global marketing and product leadership across the Company as well as overall strategic responsibility for all Nielsen Media businesses worldwide. Ms. Whiting joined Nielsen Media Research in 1978 as part of its management training program. Since then she has worked in every aspect of the business. In 1997 she was appointed General Manager of National Services and Emerging Markets. In 2001, she was named President and Chief Operating Officer, and nine months later was named CEO. Ms. Whiting serves on the Board of Directors of NetRatings, Inc. (approximately 60% owned by Nielsen) and Wilmington Trust Corporation. She graduated from Denison University with a Bachelor of Arts degree (cum laude) in Economics.

 

110


Table of Contents

Mitchell Habib. Mr. Habib serves as Executive Vice President, Global Business Services of Nielsen, a position he has held since March 2007. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Habib was employed by Citigroup as the Chief Information Officer of its North America Consumer Business from September 2005 and prior to that it’s North America Credit Cards Division from June 2004. Before joining Citigroup, Mr. Habib served as Chief Information Officer for several major divisions of the General Electric Company over a period of seven years.

Brian J. West. Mr. West serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Nielsen, a position he has held since February 2007. Prior to joining Nielsen, he was employed by the General Electric Company as the Chief Financial Officer of its GE Aviation division from June 2005. Prior to that, Mr. West held several senior financial management positions within the GE organization, including Chief Financial Officer of its GE Engine Services division, from March 2004, Chief Financial Officer of GE Plastics Lexan, from November 2002, and Chief Financial Officer of its NBC TV Stations division. Mr. West is a veteran of GE’s financial management program and spent more than 16 years with GE.

James W. Cuminale. Mr. Cuminale serves as the Chief Legal Officer of Nielsen, a position he has held since November 2006. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Cuminale served for over ten years as the Executive Vice President—Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary of PanAmSat Corporation and PanAmSat Holding Corporation. In this role, Mr. Cuminale managed PanAmSat’s legal and regulatory affairs and its ongoing acquisitions and divestitures.

Roberto Llamas . Mr. Llamas serves as Chief Human Resources Officer of Nielsen, a position he has held since June, 2007. In this role he is responsible for all aspects of human resources worldwide. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Llamas was the Chief Administrative Officer for The Cleveland Clinic and prior to that position he maintained a consulting business and was a Managing Partner and the Chief Human Resources Officer at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Llamas holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Marketing Management from California Polytechnic State University and a Masters of Science in Organizational Development from Pepperdine University.

David E. Berger. Mr. Berger serves as Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller of Nielsen, a position he has held since August 2005. In this role he is responsible for accounting, financial reporting, planning and analysis, budgeting and financial systems. Prior to this role, from January 2001, he served as Chief Financial Officer of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. with responsibility for overseeing the U.S. arm of corporate controlling in addition to being responsible for global purchasing, real estate and financial systems. Prior to joining Nielsen in 2001 he had been employed for almost ten years at Simon and Schuster in varying senior management capacities leaving as Senior Vice President, Finance and Development. Prior to his tenure at Simon & Schuster, Mr. Berger worked at American National Can Company where he was Chief Financial Officer of one of its largest divisions. Mr. Berger started his professional career with the public accounting firm of Touche Ross and Company. Mr. Berger holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

Robert A. Ruijter . Mr. Ruijter serves as an Executive Advisor to the Supervisory Board and a member of the Executive Board of Nielsen. In this role he is responsible for advising the Supervisory Board on matters impacting Nielsen. Mr. Ruijter served as our Chief Financial Officer until February 23, 2007. Mr. Ruijter joined Nielsen in 2004 as Chief Financial Officer and as a member of the Executive Board. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Ruijter held a number of positions at various multinationals. In 2001 Mr. Ruijter became CFO and Managing Director of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. In 2000, he was named Executive Vice President & CFO of Baan Company N.V. after spending seven years with Philips as Director of Finance and Executive Vice President & CFO of Philips Lighting. Before Philips, Mr. Ruijter worked at British Petroleum, PLC in a variety of roles including Managing Director & CEO of BP Sweden. He began his career as a public accountant with Ernst & Young Accountants, and is a Dutch (RA) Chartered Accountant, a U.S. CPA and is a member of the Association of Corporate Treasurers in the United Kingdom.

 

111


Table of Contents

Iain Leigh . Mr. Leigh has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006. Mr. Leigh is a Managing Partner and Head of the U.S. office of AlpInvest Partners. Prior to joining AlpInvest Partners in 2000, Mr. Leigh was Managing Investment Partner of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson Private Equity and a member of the Executive Committee of the firm’s global private equity business. Prior to that, he led the Restructuring Department within Kleinwort Benson’s Investment Banking division focusing on U.S. leveraged buy-outs and venture capital investments. Before moving to the U.S., Mr. Leigh held a number of senior operating positions in Kleinwort Benson in Western Europe and Asia. Mr. Leigh is a Fellow of the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants, U.K., and holds a Master’s degree in Business Administration from Brunel University, England.

James A. Quella . Mr. Quella has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006. Mr. Quella is a Senior Managing Director and Senior Operating Partner of the Private Equity Group of The Blackstone Group. Prior to joining The Blackstone Group, Mr. Quella was a Managing Director and Senior Operating Partner with DLJ Merchant Banking Partners—CSFB Private Equity. Prior to that, Mr. Quella was Vice Chairman of Mercer Management Consulting and Strategic Planning Associates, its predecessor firm. Mr. Quella is currently a director of Allied Waste, Celanese, Graham Packaging, Michael’s Stores and Houghton Mifflin. Mr. Quella received a B.A. from the University of Chicago/University of Wisconsin Madison and an M.B.A. with Dean’s Honors from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

Michael S. Chae . Mr. Chae has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006. Mr. Chae is a Senior Managing Director of the Private Equity Group of The Blackstone Group. Prior to joining The Blackstone Group in 1997, Mr. Chae worked as an Associate at The Carlyle Group and prior to that he was with Dillon, Read & Co. Mr. Chae is currently a director of Extended Stay America, Michael’s Stores and Universal Orlando and a member of the Board of Trustees of the Lawrenceville School. Mr. Chae graduated magna cum laude from Harvard College, received an M.Phil from Cambridge University and received a J.D. from Yale Law School.

Allan M. Holt. Mr. Holt has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006. Mr. Holt is a Managing Director and Co-head of the U.S. Buyout group of The Carlyle Group. Mr. Holt has extensive private equity investment experience, having most recently led Carlyle’s Global Aerospace, Defense, Technology and Business/Government Services team. Mr. Holt joined Carlyle in 1991. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Holt spent three and a half years with Avenir Group, Inc., an investment and advisory group. Mr. Holt was also previously with MCI Communications Corporation, where, as Director of Planning and Budgets, he managed a group responsible for the development, review and analysis of MCI’s multibillion-dollar financial operating and capital plans. Before joining MCI, he was with Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Holt is a graduate of Rutgers University and received his M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Holt is a member of the Boards of Directors of Fairchild Imaging, Inc., Landmark Aviation, MedPointe, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., Standard Aero, Ltd. and Vought Aircraft Industries, Inc.

James M. Kilts. Mr. Kilts has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006. Mr. Kilts is a founding partner of Centerview Partners. Prior to joining Centerview Partners, Mr. Kilts was Vice Chairman of the Board, The Procter & Gamble Company. Mr. Kilts was formerly Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of The Gillette Company before the company’s merger with Procter & Gamble in October 2005. Prior to Gillette, Mr. Kilts had served at different times as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nabisco, Executive Vice President of the Worldwide Food group of Philip Morris, President of Kraft USA and Oscar Mayer, President of Kraft Limited in Canada, and Senior Vice President of Kraft International. A graduate of Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, Mr. Kilts earned a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago. Mr. Kilts is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Met Life, The New York Times, and MeadWestvaco as well as a member of Citigroup’s International Advisory Board. Mr. Kilts also serves on the Board of Trustees of Knox College and the University of Chicago and as Chairman of the Advisory Council of the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

James A. Attwood, Jr. Mr. Attwood has been a member of Nielsen's Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006. Mr. Attwood is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group and Head of the Global Telecommunications and

 

112


Table of Contents

Media group. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Attwood was with Verizon Communications, Inc. and GTE Corporation. Prior to GTE, he was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Attwood serves as a member of the Boards of Directors of Hawaiian Telcom, Insight Communications and WILLCOM, Inc. Mr. Attwood graduated summa cum laude from Yale University with a B.A. in applied mathematics and an M.A. in statistics and received both J.D. and M.B.A. degrees from Harvard University.

Patrick Healy . Mr. Healy has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006. Mr. Healy is a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman and leads the firm’s London office. Mr. Healy’s primary areas of focus are the media, financial and professional services industries and the firm’s European activities. Prior to joining Hellman & Friedman in 1994, Mr. Healy was with James D. Wolfensohn Incorporated and Consolidated Press Holdings in Australia. Mr. Healy is currently a director of DoubleClick, Inc., Mondrian Investment Partners, The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., entities affiliated with Gartmore Investment Management plc, the Nielsen Companies and oversees the firm’s investment in Axel Springer AG.

Lord Clive Hollick . Lord Hollick has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006. Lord Hollick is a Member at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., where he heads the Media industry team in Europe. Prior to joining Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. in 2005, Lord Hollick was CEO of United Business Media. Lord Hollick is currently the Chairman of SBS Broadcasting, a senior director of Diageo plc and a director of Honeywell Inc. Lord Hollick received a B.A. from Nottingham University.

Alexander Navab . Mr. Navab has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006. Mr. Navab is a Member at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., where he heads the Media and Communications industry team. Prior to joining Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. in 1993, Mr. Navab was with James D. Wolfensohn Incorporated and prior to that he was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Navab is currently a director of Visant. Mr. Navab received a B.A. with Honors, Phi Beta Kappa, from Columbia College and an M.B.A. with High Distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

Scott A. Schoen . Mr. Schoen has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006. Mr. Schoen is a Co-President of Thomas H. Lee Partners. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners in 1986, Mr. Schoen was with the Private Finance Department of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Schoen is currently a director of Simmons Company and Spectrum Brands, Inc. He is a member of the Board of Trustees of Spaulding Rehabilitation Hospital Network. He is also a member of the Board of Advisors of the Yale School of Management and a member of the Yale Development Board. Mr. Schoen received a B.A. in History from Yale University, a J.D. from the Harvard Law School and an M.B.A. from Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. Mr. Schoen is a member of the New York Bar.

Richard J. Bressler . Mr. Bressler has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006. Mr. Bressler joined Thomas H. Lee Partners as a Managing Director in 2006. From May 2001 through 2005, Mr. Bressler was the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Viacom Inc. Before joining Viacom, Mr. Bressler was Executive Vice President of AOL Time Warner Inc. and Chief Executive Officer of AOL Time Warner Investments. Prior to that, Mr. Bressler served in various capacities with Time Warner Inc., including as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner Digital Media, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Time Warner Inc. Before joining Time Inc., Mr. Bressler was a partner with Ernst & Young. Mr. Bressler serves on the Boards of Warner Music Group, Gartner, Inc. and American Media, Inc. In addition, he serves as Chairman for the Center for Communication Board, the Duke University Fuqua School of Business’s Board of Visitors, New School University’s Board of Trustees, the J.P. Morgan Chase National Advisory Board and the Columbia University School of the Arts Deans’ Council. Mr. Bressler holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from Adelphia University.

Dudley G. Eustace . Mr. Eustace has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006. Mr. Eustace currently serves as the chairman of the supervisory board of Smith & Nephew Plc., the vice chairman of the supervisory board and chairman of the audit committee of Royal KPN N.V., the chairman of the

 

113


Table of Contents

supervisory board and chairman of the nominating committee of Aegon N.V., the vice chairman of the supervisory board and chairman of the audit committee of Hagemeyer N.V., a member of the European Advisory Council of NM Rothschild & Sons, a member of the supervisory board of Stork N.V., a member of the board of Charterhouse Vermorgensbehler B.V. and a member of the board of Providence Capital N.V.

Gerald S. Hobbs . Mr. Hobbs has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since January 2004. Mr. Hobbs was formerly a Vice Chairman of Nielsen’s Executive Board from 1999 until 2003. Mr. Hobbs is a Managing Director at Boston Ventures, Inc., which he joined in January 2005 as a partner. In addition, Mr. Hobbs is currently a director of The Bureau of National Affairs, Inc., Medley Global Advisors, LLC, New Track Media and the Advertising Council.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Supervisory Board established and maintains three committees through which it has authorized designated members of the Board to act: the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. The Executive Committee, consisting of Messrs. Navab (as Chairman), Attwood, Chae, Healy and Schoen, is authorized to act for the Supervisory Board between its regular meetings, subject to Board notification requirements.

In general, the Audit Committee, consisting of Messrs. Bressler (as Chairman), Healy, Hobbs and Quella, recommends the appointment of an external auditor and oversees the work of the external and internal audit functions, provides compliance oversight, establishes auditing policies, reviews and assesses the financial results relating to Nielsen’s transformation initiative, discusses the results of the annual audit, critical accounting policies, significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements and related matters with the external auditor and reviews earnings press releases and financial information provided to analysts and ratings agencies.

The Compensation Committee, consisting of Messrs. Schoen (as Chairman), Attwood, Chae, Navab and Healy, is responsible for setting, reviewing and evaluating our compensation, and related performance and objectives, of our senior management team.

Code of Ethics

We have a code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions. These standards are designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This section contains a discussion of the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our chief executive officer, our former chief executive officer (who resigned from office on June 13, 2006), our principal financial officer, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers in 2006. These individuals are referred to as the “Named Officers.”

Our executive compensation programs are determined and approved by our Compensation Committee. None of the Named Officers are members of the Compensation Committee or otherwise had any role in determining the compensation of other Named Officers, with the exception of our Chief Executive Officer David Calhoun, who has a role in determining the compensation of Susan Whiting, an executive vice president.

Executive Compensation Program Objectives and Overview

The Compensation Committee reviews Nielsen’s executive compensation program to ensure that:

 

   

The program adequately rewards performance which is tied to creating stockholder value; and

 

114


Table of Contents
   

The program is designed to achieve Nielsen’s goals of promoting financial and operational success by attracting, motivating and facilitating the retention of key employees with outstanding talent and ability.

Nielsen’s executive compensation is based on three components, which are designed to be consistent with the Company’s compensation philosophy: (1) base salary; (2) annual incentive bonuses; and (3) long-term stock awards, including stock options and occasional awards of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), that are subject to performance-based and time-based vesting requirements. Senior management is asked to invest in the Company to ensure alignment with other owners, and stock options and RSUs are granted when an investment is made. Nielsen also provides certain perquisites to Named Officers. Severance benefits are provided to Named Officers whose employment terminates under certain circumstances. These benefits are described in further detail below in the section entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination.”

In structuring executive compensation packages, the Committee considers how each component promotes retention and/or motivates performance by the executive. Base salaries, perquisites, severance and other termination benefits are all primarily intended to attract and retain qualified executives. These are the elements of our executive compensation program where the value of the benefit in any given year is not dependent on performance (although base salary amounts and benefits determined with reference to base salary may increase from year to year depending on performance, among other things). We believe that to attract and retain senior executives, we must provide them with predictable benefit amounts that reward their continued service. Some of the elements, such as base salaries and perquisites, are generally paid out on a short-term or current basis. Other elements, such as benefits provided upon retirement or other terminations of employment, are generally paid out on a longer-term basis. We believe that this mix of short-term and long-term elements allows us to achieve our goals of attracting and retaining senior executives.

Our annual bonus opportunity is primarily intended to motivate Named Officers’ performance to achieve specific strategies and operating objectives, although we also believe it helps us attract and retain senior executives. Our long-term equity incentives are primarily intended to align Named Officers’ long-term interests with stockholders’ long-term interests, and we believe they help motivate performance and help us attract and retain senior executives. These are the elements of our executive compensation program that are designed to reward performance and the creation of stockholder value. Annual bonuses are paid out on an annual basis and are designed to reward performance for that year. Equity incentives are designed to reward performance on a long-term basis.

The Committee believes that performance-based compensation such as annual bonuses and long-term equity incentives play a significant role in aligning management’s interests with those of Nielsen’s stockholders. For this reason, these components of compensation constitute a substantial portion of compensation for our senior executives. Our compensation packages are designed to promote teamwork, initiative and resourcefulness by key employees whose performance and responsibilities directly affect the Company’s results of operations.

We generally do not adhere to rigid formulas or necessarily react to short-term changes in business performance in determining the amount and mix of compensation elements. We consider competitive market compensation paid by other companies, such as client companies and those in our specific industries, but we do not attempt to maintain a certain target percentile. Historically, the Company has considered the following companies as peers for purposes of benchmarking certain executive compensation practices: GfK, IMS Healh, McGraw-Hill, Pearson, Primedia, Reed Elsevier, WPP, Taylor Nelson Sofres and Wolters Kluwer. However, reference to these companies’ compensation practices is not systematic and we do not focus on any one particular component of compensation when reviewing their practices. These companies were selected because they are either direct competitors of ours or are engaged in related businesses. We incorporate flexibility into our compensation programs to respond to and adjust for changing business conditions. We believe that our short-term and long-term incentives provide the appropriate alignment between the interests of our owners and management.

 

115


Table of Contents

Current Executive Compensation Program Elements

Base Salaries

We view base salary as a factor in our compensation package specifically related to retaining and attracting talented employees. In determining the amount of base salary that each Named Officer receives, we look to the rate of pay that the executive has received in the past, whether the executive’s position or responsibilities associated with his or her position have changed, if the complexity or scope of his or her responsibilities has increased, and how his or her position relates to other executives and their rate of base salary. Base salaries are reviewed annually or at some other appropriate time by the Compensation Committee and may be increased from time to time pursuant to such review. In determining base salary levels, the Committee considers Mr. Calhoun’s recommendations with respect to salary levels for Named Officers other than himself.

The Committee believes that the base salary levels of the Company’s senior executives are reasonable in view of competitive practices, Nielsen’s performance and the contribution and expected contribution of those executives to the Company’s performance. As described below under “Employment Agreement with Mr. David Calhoun,” Nielsen has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Calhoun that sets his level of base salary. Ms. Whiting’s salary was increased in November 2006 to reflect her new responsibilities as an Executive Vice President of the Company.

Annual Bonuses

Historically, annual incentive bonuses have been awarded to senior executives based upon multiple performance criteria, including evaluations of personal job performance and performance measured against objective business criteria. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the following factors were considered in determining annual bonuses for our senior executives: profit as represented by EBITDA, revenue performance, cost savings, and an assessment of the executive’s job performance for 2006. The factors were weighted in the following amounts in determination of the Named Officers’ annual bonus for 2006: 60% on the achievement of EBITDA targets, 30% on the achievement of cost savings goals, and 10% on the achievement of revenue performance metrics, with the Compensation Committee’s discretion to either increase or decrease the bonus based on its assessment of the executive’s job performance. We believe that focusing on bottom-line operating performance will result in a high-performing company over the long-term. Focusing on revenue performance will help ensure that Nielsen continues to grow and continues to be a leader in the markets we serve. We believe that focusing on cost efficiencies will allow us to free up resources to be invested in future, profitable growth. For 2007, we anticipate that the factors that will be considered in determining annual bonuses for our senior executives will include profit as represented by EBITDA, revenue performance and an assessment of the executive’s job performance for 2007 and additional factors that may be considered as determined by the Compensation Committee based on currently available information, it is anticipated that the target annual performance levels for fiscal year 2007 are reasonably obtainable by the named officers.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Calhoun’s annual bonus ranges from 0% to 200% of his base salary with a target bonus of 100%. For 2006, he was guaranteed a prorated bonus payment no less than his target bonus multiplied by the percentage of the year he was employed. His actual bonus for a given year is determined by the Committee based on his performance and the performance of the Company for that year as described above.

Signing Bonuses

In certain circumstances, the Compensation Committee may grant signing bonuses to new executives in order to attract talented employees for key positions. The amount of the signing bonuses are determined on the facts and circumstances applicable to the new hire. During 2006, Mr. Calhoun joined us as Chief Executive Officer. In connection with attracting Mr. Calhoun to join our Company, the Compensation Committee granted him a signing bonus in the amount of $10,613,699, payable in approximately equal installments annually through 2011, which payments are generally contingent on his being employed on each such payment date. In determining the amount of the signing bonus, the Compensation Committee evaluated his experience and the leadership and responsibilities that are associated with his position at the Company.

 

116


Table of Contents

Special One-Time Bonus Awards

In recognition of the efforts of certain Named Officers in connection with the additional workload and responsibilities surrounding the Merger, we granted each of Mr. Ruijter, Mr. Schmidt and Ms. Whiting a special one-time award. The amounts of these special one-time awards were determined by the Compensation Committee and were based on the Committee’s determination of the individual’s contributions to and impact on the Company in connection with consummation the Merger. The various amounts are set forth in footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table below.

Long-Term Incentive Equity Awards

Nielsen’s policy is that the long-term compensation of its senior executives should be directly linked to the value provided to stockholders. Therefore, Nielsen historically made annual grants of stock options and, in some cases, RSUs to provide incentives to our executives to increase the value of our common stock. Since the Company was in serious negotiations to be purchased by the Sponsors, the Company decided not to make stock option grants in March 2006, as was its normal practice. According to the terms of the merger protocol, all ‘in-the-money’ stock options were cancelled and a cash payment was made to the option-holders in an amount equal to the excess of the purchase price per share over the exercise price of each option grant multiplied by the number of options granted.

Mr. Ruijter was a participant in the 2005-2007 Executive Board Long-Term Incentive Plan. This plan provided for an initial grant of RSUs which was increased to reflect the Company’s outperformance of the applicable EBITDA, total shareholder return and individual targets. The final value of the RSUs was based on the tender offer price of €29.50 which was determined to be the fair value of our common stock per the terms of the acquisition.

As described more fully below under “2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan”, equity awards are currently provided through common stock, stock options and, in limited circumstances, RSUs. Executives selected to participate in the plan are asked to invest in the Company by purchasing common stock. The amount initially requested is based upon the executive’s position in the organization, their impact on the organization and projected future impact. Once the executive purchases common stock at the fair market value as determined by the Compensation Committee, a designated number of stock options are granted to the executive. The large majority of these options are granted at an exercise price equal to the ‘fair market value’ as determined by the Committee, while a smaller amount are granted at an exercise price equal to 2 times the ‘fair market value’. These stock options are 50% time-vested while the remaining 50% are performance-vested. For the time-vested options, 5% are vested on the grant date and 19% are vested on December 31 of each of the five anniversaries of December 31, 2006. For the performance-vested options, 5% are vested on the grant date, and 19% are vested on December 31 of each of the five anniversaries of December 31, 2006 should the Company meet or exceed its targeted EBITDA performance in that year. If the EBITDA target is not met, that portion of the performance-vested options can vest in a future year if the multi-year cumulative EBITDA targets are met in the future year.

Executive Equity Participation Plan

Prior to the Transactions, the Company maintained an equity participation plan under which designated executives were permitted to defer a portion of their annual bonus and, instead, receive RSUs. Each RSU represented the right to one common share of the Company, to be transferred to the employee three years from the grant date. The Company matched each deferred bonus RSU with an additional RSU. The bonus RSUs were fully vested when received and the matching RSUs were to vest three years after the award of the initial bonus. As a result of the link with the annual bonuses, the granting of RSUs under the plan was conditional on the attainment of certain performance criteria in the year prior to the grant. Upon the acquisition of the Company, all outstanding RSUs were vested, the plan was terminated and cash was distributed to the holders of outstanding RSUs based on the tender offer price of €29.50.

2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan

On December 7, 2006, Valcon adopted the 2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and its subsidiaries (the “2006 Equity Plan”). The 2006 Equity Plan permits the

 

117


Table of Contents

grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, purchase stock, restricted stock, dividend equivalent rights, and other stock-based awards to designated employees of Valcon and its affiliates. A maximum of 26,100,000 shares of common stock of Valcon may be subject to awards under the 2006 Equity Plan. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the 2006 Equity Plan (or pursuant to outstanding awards) is subject to adjustment on account of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, stock dividends and other dilutive changes in the common stock. Shares of common stock covered by awards that terminate or lapse and shares delivered by a participant or withheld to pay the minimum statutory withholding rate, in each case, will again be available for grant under the 2006 Equity Plan. Shares of common stock that are acquired pursuant to the 2006 Equity Plan will be subject to the Management Stockholder’s Agreement. With the exception of Mr. Calhoun who purchased shares and was granted stock options pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, none of the Named Officers purchased stock or were granted options under the plan in 2006.

Perquisites

We provide our Named Officers with perquisites, reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table and described in the footnotes thereto. We believe that these are reasonable, competitive and consistent with our overall compensation program. The cost of these benefits is a small percentage of the overall compensation package but allow the executives to work more efficiently. We provide financial and tax preparation services, executive physicals and car allowances. Where necessary for business purposes, we also provide reimbursement for private club membership.

Severance and Other Benefits Upon Termination of Employment

Nielsen believes that severance protections play a valuable role in attracting and retaining key executive officers. Accordingly, Nielsen provides these protections to its senior executives. Beginning in 2007, these protections are offered in conjunction with participation in the company’s 2006 Equity Plan. In the case of Mr. Calhoun, however, these benefits are provided under his employment agreement which is described in further detail below under the section ‘Employment Agreement with Mr. David L. Calhoun’. The Compensation Committee considers these severance protections an important part of an executive’s compensation.

Termination Protection Agreements

Prior to the Transactions, we entered into termination protection agreements with each of our Named Officers (except Mr. Calhoun) and with certain of our current and former executive officers. Under each of the termination protection agreements, upon a change of control (including the Transactions), any time periods, conditions or contingencies relating to the exercise or realization of, or lapse of restrictions under, any outstanding equity incentive award was automatically accelerated or waived. In addition, if the officer’s employment was terminated by us without “cause” or by the officer for “good reason,” as those terms are defined in the agreement, within two years following a change of control, the officer will be entitled to receive severance benefits including a lump sum amount equal to (a) the sum of two times, or, in certain cases, three times, (1) the officer’s annual base salary at the rate in effect for the year of termination (or, if higher, the rate in effect immediately prior to the change of control) and (2) his or her average annual bonus earned for the two calendar years prior to the year in which the termination date occurs (or, if higher, the year in which the change of control occurred) and (b) the officer’s target annual bonus and any outstanding long term incentive awards (at target), in each case prorated for the portion of the performance period elapsed through the date of termination.

Each agreement also contains a tax gross-up provision; if the officer incurs any excise tax by reason of his or her receipt of any payment that constitutes an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the officer will receive a gross-up payment in an amount that would place the officer in the same after-tax position that he or she would have been in if no excise tax had applied. However, under certain conditions, rather than receive a gross-up payment, the payments payable to the officer will be reduced so that no excise tax is imposed. As a condition to receiving any payments or benefits under the agreements, the officers must execute a general release of claims in respect of their employment with us.

 

118


Table of Contents

As noted below, due to the departure of certain of the officers named in our compensation table, the compensation and benefits under the termination protection agreements were triggered and became or will become payable.

On October 25, 2006, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Earl Doppelt, Nielsen’s former Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer, who resigned effective November 10, 2006. Under the terms of the separation agreement, Mr. Doppelt received: (i) an amount of $3,502,500 in a lump sum cash payment equal to three times his base salary and two-year average bonus, a pro-rata portion of his 2006 targeted annual bonus ($430,137), and a pro-rata portion of the payments from Nielsen’s 2005—2006 and 2006—2007 long-term incentive plans ($680,136); and (ii) continued medical benefits coverage for up to 3 years.

On March 5, 2007, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Steve Schmidt, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Nielsen’s Consumer Services segment, who resigned effective March 31, 2007. On April 20, 2007, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Robert Ruijter, the former Chief Financial Officer of Nielsen and current Executive Board member and advisor to the Supervisory Board, who will resign effective September 30, 2007.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our Compensation Committee has served as one of our officers or employees at any time. No member of the Compensation Committee has had any relationship with us requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. None of our executive officers has served as a director or member of the compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other organization, one of whose executive officers served as a member of our Board or Compensation Committee.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding compensation of our principal executive officer, our former chief executive officer who resigned in 2006, our principal financial officer, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers during 2006. These individuals are referred to as “Named Officers”. Previously, Nielsen was not a reporting company subject to Regulation S-K, therefore Nielsen has applied the rule prospectively, beginning in 2006.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and
Principal Position
(a)

  Year
(b)
  Salary ($)
(c)
  Bonus ($)
(d)
  Stock
Awards ($)
(e)
 

Option

Awards

($)(1)
(f)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(2)
(g)

  Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonquali-
fied
Deferred
Compensa-
tion
Earnings ($)
(h)
 

All Other
Compen-
sation

($)(3)(4)

(5)(7)(8)(9)
(i)

  Total ($)
(j)

David Calhoun

Chief Executive Officer

  2006   $ 415,385   $ 600,000   $     —     $ 5,507,468   $ —     $ —     $ 19,574,188   $ 26,097,041

Rob Ruijter

Chief Financial Officer

  2006   $ 582,592   $ 732,745   $     —     $ —     $ —     $ 314,098   $ 2,652,445   $ 4,281,880

Earl Doppelt (5)

Former Chief Legal Officer

  2006   $ 461,712   $ 430,137   $     —     $ —     $ 680,136   $ 22,792   $ 6,745,848   $ 8,340,625

Steven Schmidt (6)

President and CEO, Consumer Services Group

  2006   $ 542,769   $ 549,500   $     —     $ —     $ 1,200,000   $ 181,575   $ 2,506,897   $ 4,980,741

Susan Whiting

Executive Vice President

  2006   $ 575,577   $ 702,063   $     —     $ —     $ 432,000   $ 31,846   $ 2,612,655   $ 4,354,141

Rob van den Bergh (7)

Former Chief Executive Officer

  2006   $ 411,807   $ 349,792   $     —     $ —     $ 879,108   $ 162,204   $ 7,673,935   $ 9,476,846

 

119


Table of Contents

(1) Mr. Calhoun’s amount represents the fair market value of options awarded in November 2006, calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to value the awards reported in column (f), please see the discussion of option awards contained in Note 13 “Shared-Based Compensation” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, included as part of this Registration Statement.

 

(2) Represents cash-based long-term incentive plans for each executive; Mr. Doppelt includes amounts from a 2005-2006 plan and a prorated amount for 2006-2007 plan; Mr. Schmidt includes amount for 2004-2006; Ms. Whiting includes amount for 2005-2006; Mr. van den Bergh includes prorated amount for 2005-2007 plan.

 

(3) Includes special incentives paid in relation to the sale of Nielsen plus executive benefits including automobile allowances, financial/tax planning, executive medical and club dues, except for Mr. Calhoun. Mr. Calhoun’s amount includes the one-time award granted to make up for forgone equity benefits at his former employer and executive benefits, including attorney’s fees in negotiating his employment agreement. All executives, excluding Mr. Calhoun, include amounts relating to the cash-outs of restricted stock units (RSUs) under the former Nielsen Equity Participation Plan and the cash-outs of ‘in the money’ stock options under the former Nielsen Share Option Plan. Mr. van den Bergh’s amount includes payments described in footnote (7).

 

(4) Mr. Calhoun received the following perquisites: legal/financial planning ($75,000) and tax gross-up ($57,287). Mr. Calhoun also received a one-time special award of $18,840,627. Mr. Calhoun also received the 2006 portion of his signing bonus in the amount of $593,004. As described below in “Employment Agreement with David L. Calhoun”, Mr. Calhoun received a signing bonus of $10,613,699, payable in annual installments through 2011. Mr. Ruijter received the following perquisites: automobile ($13,074), apartment/parking ($331,971), US charges for Dutch pension ($220,447) and income tax gross-up ($381,524). Mr. Ruijter also received a one-time special award ($750,000). Mr. Doppelt received the following perquisites: club dues ($27,369), financial planning ($15,000), car expense ($64,122) and income tax gross-up ($73,704). Mr. Doppelt also received a one-time special award ($625,000). Mr. Schmidt received the following perquisites: club dues ($17,268), legal/financial planning ($40,363), car expense ($16,966), apartment/relocation ($115,377) and income tax gross-up ($48,249). Mr. Schmidt also received a one-time special award ($150,000). Ms. Whiting received the following perquisites: apartment ($60,412) and income tax gross-up ($54,596). Ms. Whiting also received a one-time special award ($150,000) and a distribution from the non-qualified deferred compensation plan ($445,353). Mr. van den Bergh received the following perquisites: driver ($27,593), education allowance ($68,472), family travel ($29,649), US charges for Dutch pension ($127,038) and income tax gross-up ($171,767). The value of the perquisites is based on the total cost the Company incurred in providing the perquisites.

 

(5) As part of his separation agreement, Mr. Doppelt received a lump sum payment of 3 times his salary plus 2-year average bonus ($3,502,500). This is reflected in column (i).

 

(6) The change in the pension value amount for Mr. Schmidt includes an increase attributable to his frozen ACNielsen SERP of $164,689.

 

(7) As part of his separation agreement, Mr. van den Bergh received 6 months pay ($389,250), a lump sum separation payment ($3,989,833), a pre-pension award ($871,297), a new reimbursement relating to home purchase costs ($176,400), all of which are reflected in column (i). Mr. van den Bergh’s separation was effective June 13, 2006.
(8) Included within other compensation for Mr. Ruijter, Mr. Doppelt, Mr. Schmidt, Ms. Whiting and Mr. van den Bergh is the value realized on exercise of option awards of $389,642, $979,760, $1,240,828, $1,077,171 and $769,608 respectively (as reflected in the “Option Exercises and Stock Vested” table).

 

(9) Included within other compensation for Mr. Ruijter, Mr. Doppelt, Mr. Schmidt, Ms. Whiting and Mr. van den Bergh is the value realized on vesting of stock awards of $554,554, $1,446,482, $868,392, $805,451 and $1,033,363 respectively (as reflected in the “Option Exercises and Stock Vested” table).

 

120


Table of Contents

Notes:

Salary and bonus amounts for Messrs. Van den Bergh and Ruijter are partially paid in Euros.

Principal positions of the Named Officers are those as of December 31, 2006.

Compensation of Named Officers

The Summary Compensation Table above quantifies the value of the different forms of compensation earned by or awarded to our Named Officers in 2006. The primary elements of each Named Officer’s total compensation reported in the table are base salary, an annual bonus, and a long-term cash incentive earned as well as the value of restricted stock units and stock options which were ‘cashed-out’ in conjunction with the Transactions. In the case of Mr. Calhoun, the stock and options award columns reflect his awards in the equity of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V, the direct parent of Valcon.

The Summary Compensation Table should be read in conjunction with the tables and narrative descriptions that follow.

Employment Agreement with Mr. David L. Calhoun

On August 22, 2006 we entered into an employment agreement, which was amended effective as of September 8, 2006, with Mr. David L. Calhoun, our Chief Executive Officer.

The employment agreement has an employment term which commenced as of September 14, 2006 and, unless earlier terminated, will continue until December 31, 2011. On each December 31 thereafter, the employment agreement will be automatically extended for successive additional one-year periods unless either party provides the other 90 days’ prior written notice that the employment term will not be so extended. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Calhoun will be entitled to a base salary of $1,500,000, subject to such increases, if any, as may be determined by the Board. He is eligible to earn a target annual bonus equal to 100% of base salary upon the achievement of performance goals at target levels established by the Board and is entitled to a greater or lesser annual bonus based on actual attainment of applicable performance goals. To the extent that he is subject to the golden parachute tax as a result of a change in control of Nielsen, the employment agreement entitles him to an additional amount to place him in the same after tax position he would have occupied had he not been subject to such excise tax. Mr. Calhoun is restricted, for a period of two years following termination of employment with us, from soliciting or hiring our employees, competing with us, or soliciting our clients. He is also subject to a nondisparagement provision.

In connection with entering into the employment agreement Mr. Calhoun became entitled to a signing bonus of $10,613,699, which is to be paid in installments annually through 2011. To make him whole for previous awards of stock and options forfeited upon leaving his prior employer, the employment agreement entitles Mr. Calhoun to a cash lump sum payment of $20,000,000, less the amount of any payments made by the prior employer in connection with his termination of employment. The lump sum amount paid to Mr. Calhoun pursuant to this make-whole arrangement was $18,840,627. Additionally, in 2012 he is entitled to receive a lump sum supplemental retirement benefit from us in the amount of $14,500,000 plus annual interest through such payment date, less any similar retirement benefits he receives from previous employment. Mr. Calhoun is also a participant in the 2006 Equity Plan.

Pursuant to Mr. Calhoun’s employment agreement, he received an option grant to purchase 7,000,000 shares of Company common stock. The amount of his option grant was determined by the Compensation Committee in connection with Mr. Calhoun’s $20,000,000 investment in the Company. One-half of the option will be time vested options and the other one-half will be performance vested options. The portion of the option grant subject to time-based vesting became vested and exercisable as to 5% of the shares of common stock subject thereto on December 31, 2006 and 19% will vest and become exercisable on the last day of each of the next five calendar

 

121


Table of Contents

years. The portion of the option grant subject to performance based vesting became vested and exercisable as to 5% of the shares of common stock subject thereto on December 31, 2006 and 19% will vest and become exercisable on the last day of each of the next five calendar years based on the achievement of EBITDA targets.

Under the employment agreement, Mr. Calhoun is entitled to the following payments and benefits in the event of a termination by us without “cause,” a non-extension of his employment term by us, or by Mr. Calhoun for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the agreement) during the employment term: (i) subject to his compliance with certain restrictive covenants, an amount equal to two times the sum of his annual base salary and $2,000,000, provided that such payment is in lieu of any other severance benefits to which Mr. Calhoun might otherwise be entitled; (ii) a pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination based on attainment of performance goals; and (iii) continued health and welfare benefits at our cost, provided that if such coverage is not available for any portion of such period under our medical plans, we must provide him with an economically equivalent benefit or payment determined on an after-tax basis.

Written Employment Arrangement with Ms. Susan Whiting

On December 4, 2006 we entered into a written employment arrangement with Ms. Susan D. Whiting (Executive Vice President of The Nielsen Company B.V., Chairman of Nielsen Media Research, and advisor to the Supervisory Board).

Under the written employment arrangement, Ms. Whiting will be entitled to a base salary of $850,000 effective November 13, 2006, subject to increase, if any, as may be determined by the Supervisory Board. Ms. Whiting is eligible to earn a target annual bonus equal to 100% of base salary upon the achievement of performance goals based upon EBITDA to be determined in good faith in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer. In connection with entering into the written employment arrangement, Ms. Whiting became entitled to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. for fair market value at date of purchase as provided under the 2006 Equity Plan. This purchase was subsequently made in February 2007. In addition, Ms. Whiting was to receive a stock option grant of 1,050,000 shares subject to her subsequent purchase of the common stock and a grant of 100,000 restricted stock units scheduled to vest over 5 years, commencing on January 15, 2007.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2006

The following table presents information regarding the grant of equity awards to our Named Officers in 2006.

 

        Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
 

All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)

(i)

 

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)

(j)

 

Exercise or
Base

price of
Option
Awards

($/sh)

(k)

 

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards

(l)

Name

 

Grant
Date

(b)

 

Threshold

($)

(c)

 

Target

($)

(d)

 

Maximum

($)

(e)

 

Threshold

($)

(f)

 

Target

($)

(g)

 

Maximum

($)

(h)

       

David Calhoun (1)

  9/14/2006
9/14/2006
  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

 
  6,000,000
1,000,000
  $
$
10
20
  $
$
30,900,000
3,280,000

(1) Mr. Calhoun was granted options in conjunction with his employment contract (see Description of Employment Agreements). The grant date for accounting purposes was September 14, 2006 and the fair value of the options is calculated in accordance with (SFAS) No. 123(R). The stock options were received on November 22, 2006, the date the stock purchase was made pursuant to the terms of the employment contract.

 

122


Table of Contents

Description of Plan-Based Awards

Pursuant to his employment agreement, upon his purchase of 2,000,000 ($20,000,000) shares of common stock, Mr. Calhoun received 6,000,000 stock options at an exercise price of $10/share and 1,000,000 stock options at an exercise price of $20/share. One-half of the options are time vested which became 5% vested on December 31, 2006 with the remaining time options vesting 19% a year on the last day of each of the calendar years 2007 through 2011. One-half of the options are performance vested which became 5% vested on December 31, 2006 with the remaining performance options vesting 19% on the last day of each of the calendar years 2007 through 2001, if and only if the Company’s performance equals or exceeds the applicable annual EBITDA targets. The achievement of the annual EBITDA targets on a cumulative basis for any current year and all prior years will cause ‘catch-up’ vesting of any prior year’s installments which were not vested because of a failure to achieve the applicable annual EBITDA target for any such prior year.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

(a)

  

Number of Shares

Acquired on Exercise

(#)

(b)

  

Value Realized
on Exercise
($)

(c)

  

Number of Shares

Acquired on Vesting

(#)

(d)

  

Value Realized
on Vesting
($)

(e)

David Calhoun

   —        —      —        —  

Rob Ruijter

   40,000    $ 389,642    14,628    $ 554,554

Earl Doppelt

   120,000    $ 979,760    38,155    $ 1,446,482

Steven Schmidt

   145,000    $ 1,240,828    22,906    $ 868,392

Susan Whiting

   130,000    $ 1,077,171    21,246    $ 805,451

Rob van den Bergh

   100,000    $ 769,608    27,802    $ 1,033,363

Upon the acquisition of the Company, all outstanding ‘in the money’ stock options and all RSUs were cashed out instead of receiving shares. The above table reflects those amounts. No other stock option exercises or RSU vesting occurred.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table presents information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each of our Named Officers as of December 31, 2006.

 

    Option Awards (1)   Stock Awards

Name
(a)

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)

Exercisable
(b)

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)

Unexercisable
(c)

  Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#) (d)
 

Option
Exercise
Price

($) (e)

  Option
Expiration
Date (f)
 

Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not
Vested

(#) (g)

 

Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested

($) (h)

 

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested

(#) (i)

 

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested

($) (j)

David Calhoun

  150,000
25,000
  5,850,000
975,000
  5,700,000
950,000
  $
$
10
20
  11/22/2016
11/22/2016
  $   $   $   $

(1) The terms of each option award reported in the table above are described above under “Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Options.” Mr. Calhoun is the only Named Officer who received stock options in 2006. His option award is subject to a vesting schedule, with 5% of the options vesting December 31, 2006, and 19% on each of the five anniversaries of the initial vesting. The exercisable options shown in Column (b) above are currently vested. The unexercisable options shown in Column (c) above are unvested. As described above, options are subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a change in control of Nielsen and, in the case of Mr. Calhoun, certain terminations of his employment with Nielsen. The options at $20/share exercise price represent options granted at 2 times fair market value.

 

123


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

 

Name

(a)

  

Plan Name

(b)

  

Number of
Years Credited
Service
(#)

(c)

  

Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
($)

(d)

  

Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
($)

(e)

David Calhoun

     —      —        —        —  

Rob van den Bergh (1)

   Dutch Pension Plan    30.67    $ 6,043,768    $       —  

Rob Ruijter (2)

   Dutch Pension Plan    25.75    $ 4,000,093    $ —  

Earl Doppelt

   Qualified Plan    11.17    $ 62,891    $ —  
   Excess Plan    11.17    $ 243,086    $ —  

Steven Schmidt (3)

   Qualified Plan    9.67    $ 54,291    $ —  
   Excess Plan    9.67    $ 135,395    $ —  
   SERP    7.83    $ 3,246,226    $ —  

Susan Whiting

   Qualified Plan    26.67    $ 200,286    $ —  
   Excess Plan    26.67    $ 218,829    $ —  

(1) The present value of Mr. van den Bergh’s Netherlands pension is €4,581,041 as of December 31, 2006. He is also eligible to receive a pre-pension benefit at any time between ages 60 and 65. This benefit has a present value at December 31, 2006 of €1,083,785 or $1,429,838.

 

(2) The present value of Mr. Ruijter’s Netherlands pension is €3,031,981. He is also eligible to receive a pre-pension benefit at any time between ages 61 and 65. This benefit has a present value at December 31, 2006 of €257,819, or $340,141.

 

(3) The value of Mr. Schmidt’s SERP benefit is attributable to a supplemental executive retirement plan under which benefits ceased to accrue effective July 1, 2003. As part of his separation agreement, he will be paid $3,441,000 in January 2008. He participated in a new SERP commencing July 1, 2003 but because Mr. Schmidt will terminate prior to becoming vested in this benefit he will receive a payment in lieu of this benefit as part of his separation agreement. This payment is reflected in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table. Nielsen provided an accrual of $351,000 for Mr. Schmidt in 2006 to cover obligations under the SERP.

Assumptions for present value of accumulated benefit

Present values at December 31, 2006 were calculated using an interest rate of 6.00%, an interest credit rate of 4.75% and the RP 2000 mortality table (projected to 2006). These assumptions are consistent with those used for the financial statements of the Nielsen Company’s retirement plans.

U.S. Retirement Plans

Effective August 31, 2006, the Company froze its U.S. qualified and non-qualified retirement plans. No participants may be added and no further benefits may accrue after this date. The retirement plans, as in existence immediately prior to the freeze, are described below.

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, a cash-balance pension plan that covers eligible U.S. employees who have completed at least one year of service. Prior to the freeze, we added monthly basic and investment credits to each participant’s account. The basic credit equals 3% of a participant’s eligible monthly compensation. Participants became fully vested in their accrued benefits after the earlier of five years of service or when the participant reached normal retirement age (which is the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the date the participant first became eligible to participate in the plan). Unmarried participants receive retirement

 

124


Table of Contents

benefits as a single-life annuity, and married participants receive retirement benefits as a qualified joint-and-survivor annuity. Participants can elect an alternate form of payment such as a straight-life annuity, a joint-and-survivor annuity, years certain-and-life income annuity or a level income annuity option. Lump sum payment of accrued benefits is only available if the benefits do not exceed $5,000. Payment of benefits begins at the later of the participant’s termination of employment with us or reaching age 40.

We also maintain a non-qualified retirement plan (the “Excess Plan”) for certain of our management and highly compensated employees. Prior to the freeze, the Excess Plan provided supplemental benefits to individuals whose benefits under the Cash Balance Plan are limited by the provisions of Section 415 and/or Section 401(a) (17) of the Code. The benefit payable to a participant under the Excess Plan is equal to the difference between the benefit actually paid under the Cash Balance Plan and the amount that would have been payable had the applicable Code limitations not applied. Although the Excess Plan is considered an unfunded plan and there is no current trust agreement for the plan, assets have been set aside in a “rabbi trust” fund. It is intended that benefits due under the Excess Plan will be paid from this rabbi trust or from the general assets of the Nielsen entity that employs the participants.

Pension Plans in the Netherlands

We maintain a defined benefit pension scheme in the Netherlands. Benefits under the pension scheme are based on a participant’s years of service and pensionable salary. The pensionable salary is the annual base salary including fixed allowances and holiday allowance less a threshold of approximately €16,500 over which no pension is accrued. The final pension amounts are determined based upon an annual pension accrual of: 1.75% of the pensionable salary up to €54,500 (amounts as per 1 July 2003); 1.5% of the pensionable salary between €54,500 and €109,000; and 1.25% of the pensionable salary exceeding €109,000. Matching employee contributions of 6%, 5.1% and 4.3% respectively are also required. The minimum age for participation in the pension scheme is 25 and the retirement age is 65.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Discussion

The Company offers a voluntary nonqualified deferred compensation plan in the United States which allows selected executives the opportunity to defer a significant portion of their base salary and incentive payments to a future date. Earnings on deferred amounts are determined with reference to designated mutual funds. There is no above market rate of return given to executives as defined by the SEC.

 

Name

(a)

  

Executive
Contributions
in Last FY

($)

(b)

  

Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY

($)

(c)

  

Aggregate
Earnings in Last
FY

($)

(d)

  

Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)

(e)

   

Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE
($)

(f)

Steven Schmidt

   $ —      $       —      $ 8,635    $ —       $ 212,784

Susan Whiting

   $ 116,453    $ —      $      39,193    $ (445,353 )   $ 340,725

Potential Payments Upon Termination

Severance Benefits—Termination of Employment

In the event Mr. Calhoun’s employment is terminated during the employment term due to death, disability, by Nielsen without cause, by Mr. Calhoun for good reason or due to the Company’s non-extension of the Term (as those terms are defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Calhoun will be entitled to severance pay that includes (1) payment equal to two times the sum of (a) Mr. Calhoun’s base salary, plus (b) $2,000,000, paid in equal installments for the severance period; (2) a pro-rata portion of Mr. Calhoun’s bonus for the year of the termination; and (3) continued health and welfare benefits for Mr. Calhoun and his family members for the term of the severance. If Mr. Calhoun’s employment had been terminated without cause by the Company or for good reason by the executive on December 31, 2006, he would have received a total of $5,447,945 plus continued health and welfare benefits coverage for Mr. Calhoun and his family members for up to 2 years, in an amount estimated to be $12,600 for the two year period.

 

125


Table of Contents

In the event Ms. Whiting’s employment is terminated by Nielsen without cause or by Ms. Whiting for good reason, Ms. Whiting will be entitled to severance pay that includes (1) payment equal to 2 times the sum of Ms. Whiting’s base salary plus (2) a pro-rata portion of Ms. Whiting’s bonus for the year of termination and (3) continued health and welfare benefits for Ms. Whiting and her family members for the term of the severance. If Ms. Whiting’s employment had been terminated without cause by the Company or for good reason by the executive on December 31, 2006, she would have received a total of $2,550,000 plus continued health and welfare benefits coverage for Ms. Whiting and her family members for up to 2 years, in an amount estimated to be $12,600 for the two year period.

On April 20, 2007, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Robert Ruijter, the former Chief Financial Officer of Nielsen and current Executive Board member and advisor to the Supervisory Board, who will resign effective September 30, 2007. The separation agreement includes the following payments, which are all denominated in Euros: a lump sum separation payment of €1,895,300 (of which €445,772 has already been paid) prorated annual incentive plan award of €312,904, prorated 2005-2007 long-term incentive of €2,237,405, pension payment distribution of €1,258,589 in the United States which will be grossed up at the appropriate marginal tax rate and €419,530 in the Netherlands, which will not be grossed up.

In connection with his separation from the Company, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Steve Schmidt, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Nielsen’s Consumer Services segment, who resigned effective March 31, 2007. Pursuant to his separation agreement, Mr. Schmidt received the following payments: severance in the amount of $3,180,750 (equal to three times his base salary in effect on the date of his separation plus two times his average bonus payment for the preceding two years), a prorated 2007 annual incentive payment in the amount of $125,500, a prorated 2006-2007 long term incentive payment in the amount of $312,500, a deferred cash award in the amount of $100,500, a payment in lieu of his unvested SERP benefits in the amount of $428,000, benefit continuation for three years in an amount estimated to be $18,900 for the three year period and tax and financial planning services in the amount of $10,000.

Restrictive Covenants

Pursuant to Mr. Calhoun’s employment agreement, he has agreed not to disclose any Company confidential information at any time during or after his employment with Nielsen. In addition, Mr. Calhoun has agreed that, for a period of two years following a termination of his employment with Nielsen, he will not solicit Nielsen’s employees or customers or materially interfere with any of Nielsen’s business relationships.

Pursuant to Ms. Whiting’s severance agreement, she has agreed not to disclose any Company confidential information at any time during or after her employment with Nielsen. In addition, Ms. Whiting has agreed that, for a period of two years following a termination of her employment with Nielsen, she will not solicit Nielsen’s employees or customers or materially interfere with any of Nielsen’s business relationships.

Termination Payments in 2006.

In 2006, Messrs. van den Bergh and Doppelt separated from the Company. Mr. van den Bergh was covered under agreements provided on March 17, 2000 and December 14, 2001. Under Mr. van den Bergh’s agreement, he received payments for notice representing 6 months of salary ($389,250), lump sum separation payment ($3,898,833), a prorated annual incentive plan award ($349,792), a prorated long-term incentive plan award ($879,108) and reimbursement for home purchase costs ($176,400). Mr. Doppelt received payments as provided for under his Termination Protection Agreement dated November 1, 2005 including a lump sum separation payment ($3,502,500), prorated annual incentive plan award ($430,137), prorated 2005-2006 long-term incentive ($465,068) and prorated 2006-2007 long-term incentive ($215,068). Both gentlemen received cash-out payments from their stock option and restricted stock unit awards under the same terms as other executives and employees discussed above in the narrative accompanying the table “Option Exercises and Stock Vested.”

 

126


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Prior to the acquisition, the Company’s supervisory board was composed of seven members. It maintained an audit committee and a remuneration and nomination committee. In 2006, prior to the acquisition, annual compensation of the supervisory board was as follows:

 

Chairman of Supervisory Board

   €  50,000

Vice-Chairman of Supervisory Board

   €  45,000

Member of Supervisory Board

   €  40,000

Chairman of Audit Committee

   €  10,000

Member of Audit Committee

   €    8,000

Member of Remuneration and Nomination Committee

   €    5,000

In 2006, no stock options or shares were granted to supervisory board members and none of the members of the supervisory board accrued pension benefits.

Following the acquisition, a new supervisory board, currently consisting of 13 members, was elected. Ten of the 13 members are representatives of the Sponsors and receive no compensation for their services as board members. The other three members receive annual compensation as follows:

 

Chairman of Supervisory Board

     60,000

Member of the Supervisory Board

     40,000

Member of the Audit Committee

       8,000

 

127


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the compensation paid or accrued during 2006 to members of our supervisory board.

 

Name

  Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash as a
Member of
Supervisory
Board
(€)
 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash as a
Member
of the
Audit
Committee

(€)

 

Fees Earned

or Paid in

Cash as a
Member
of the
Remuneration
and
Nomination
Committee

(€)

  Stock
Awards
(€)
  Option
Awards
(€)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(€)
  Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
  All Other
Compensation
(€)
 

Total

(€)

Aad G. Jacobs 1

  25,000   4,000   —     —     —     —     —     —     29,000

Frank L.V. Meysman 2

    22,500     —     5,000   —     —     —     —     —       27,500

Joep L. Brentjens 3

    20,000     4,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       24,000

Rene Dahan 4

    20,000     —     5,000   —     —     —     —     —       25,000

Peter A.F.W. Elverding 5

    20,000     5,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       25,000

Anton van Rossum 6

    20,000     —     —     —     —     —     —         20,000

Gerald S. Hobbs 7

    40,000     4,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       44,000

Simon Brown 8

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Robert Reid 9

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Michael J. Connelly 10

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Eliot P.S. Merrill 11

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

George R. Taylor 12

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Dudley G. Eustace 13

    30,000     —     —     —     —     —     —     —       30,000

Michael S. Chae 14

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Patrick Healy 15

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Iain Leigh 16

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Alexander Navab 17

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Scott Schoen 18

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

James A. Attwood 19

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Richard J. Bressler 20

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Clive Hollick 21

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

James A. Quella 22

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Daniel F. Akerson 23

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

James Kilts 24

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Allan Holt 25

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

(1) Former Chairman of the Supervisory Board and member of the Audit and Remuneration and Nomination Committees; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(2) Former Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board and Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

128


Table of Contents
(3) Former member of the Supervisory Board and member of the Audit Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(4)   Former member of the Supervisory Board and member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(5)   Former member of the Supervisory Board and Chairman of the Audit Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(6)   Former member of the Supervisory Board; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(7)   Current member of the Supervisory Board and member of the Audit Committee.

 

(8)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(9)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(10)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(11)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(12)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(13)   Chairman of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(14)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(15)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(16)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(17)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(18)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(19)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(20)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(21)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(22)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(23)   Member of the Supervisory Board from July 28, 2006 to November 23, 2006.

 

(24)   Member of the Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006.

 

(25)   Member of the Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006.

 

129


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of Nielsen’s capital stock as of March 31, 2007 with respect to:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by Nielsen to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of its capital stock, together with their addresses;

 

   

each of Nielsen’s directors;

 

   

each of Nielsen’s Named Officers; and

 

   

all directors and nominees and executive officers as a group.

As of March 31, 2007, Valcon owned approximately 99.4% of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding share capital. Following the consummation of the statutory squeeze-out which is expected to be completed by the end of 2007, all of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding share capital will be held by Valcon. Investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors own shares of Nielsen indirectly through their holdings in Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“Luxco”). Luxco indirectly owns shares of Nielsen through its holdings in Valcon Acquisition Holdings B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (“Dutch Holdco”). Valcon, Nielsen’s parent, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dutch Holdco. The information set forth in the table below with respect to the number and the percentage of shares beneficially owned by the investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors reflects the number of shares held by each such entity, respectively, in Luxco. The Named Officers own shares of Nielsen indirectly through their holdings in Dutch Holdco. The information set forth in the table below with respect to the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned by the Named Officers reflects the number of shares held by each such person, respectively, in Dutch Holdco.

 

    

Number and

Percent of Shares
Beneficially Owned

 
     Number     Percent  

AlpInvest Partners (1)

   (1 )   6.93 %

The Blackstone Group (2)

   (2 )   20.35 %

The Carlyle Group (3)

   (3 )   20.35 %

Hellman & Friedman (4)

   (4 )   9.80 %

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (5)

   (5 )   20.66 %

Thomas H. Lee Partners (6)

   (6 )   20.66 %

Iain Leigh

   —       —    

James A. Quella

   —       —    

Michael S. Chae

   —       —    

Allan M. Holt

   —       —    

James M. Kilts

   —       —    

James A. Attwood, Jr.

   —       —    

Patrick Healy

   —       —    

Lord Clive Hollick

   —       —    

Alexander Navab

   —       —    

Scott A. Schoen

   —       —    

Richard J. Bressler

   —       —    

Dudley G. Eustace

   —       —    

Gerald S. Hobbs

   —       —    

David L. Calhoun (7)

   2,350,000     *    

Susan Whiting (8)

   172,520     *    

Robert A. Ruijter

   —       —    

Rob van den Bergh

   —       —    

Earl Doppelt

   —       —    

Steven Schmidt

   —       —    

All Directors and Named Officers as a Group (18 persons)

   2,502,520     *    

* less than 1%

 

130


Table of Contents
(1) Alpinvest Partners CS Investments 2006 C.V. (“Investments 2006”) beneficially owns 27,805 ordinary shares of Luxco (“Ordinary Shares”), 1,404,451 Convertible Preferred Equity Certificates of Luxco (”CPECs”), and 7,159,876 Yield Free Convertible Preferred Equity Certificates of Luxco (“ YCPECs”). The CPECs and the YCPECs are convertible into ordinary shares of Luxco at any time at the option of Luxco or at the option of the holders thereof. The general partner of Investments 2006 is AlpInvest Partners 2006 B.V., whose managing director is AlpInvest Partners N.V. (“AlpInvest NV”). AlpInvest NV, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to have voting or investment control with respect to the shares held by Investments 2006. AlpInvest NV disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments IIA C.V. (“LS IIA CV”) beneficially owns 280 Ordinary Shares and 50,666 YFCPECs. AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments Custodian IIA B.V. (“LS IIA BV”) holds the shares as a custodian for LS IIA CV. The general partner of LS IIA CV is AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments Management IIA B.V., whose managing director is AlpInvest NV. AlpInvest NV, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to have voting or investment control with respect to the shares held by LS IIA BV. AlpInvest NV disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote is Jachthavenweg 118, 1081 KJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Volkert Doeksen, Paul de Klerk, Wim Borgdorff and Erik Thyssen, in their capacities as managing directors of AlpInvest NV, effectively have the power to exercise voting and investment control over the shares held by Investments 2006 and LS IIA BV when two of them act jointly. Each of Messrs. Doeksen, De Klerk, Borgdorff and Thyssen disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

 

(2)

Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V L.P. (“BCP V”) beneficially owns 78,195 Ordinary Shares, 3,909,484 CPECs, and 20,071,555 YFCPECs. Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V L.P. (“BFIP V”) beneficially owns 3,645 Ordinary Shares, 182,058 CPECs and 934,700 YFCPECs. Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V-A L.P. (“BFIP V-A”) beneficially owns 345 Ordinary Shares, 17,599 CPECs and 90,359 YFCPECs. Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V L.P. (“BPPV” and, collectively with BCP V, BFIP V and BFIP V-A, the “Blackstone Funds”) beneficially owns 245 Ordinary Shares, 12,613 CPECs and 64,751 YFCPECs. Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V, L.P. (“BMA”) is the general partner of each of the Blackstone Funds. Blackstone LR Associates (Cayman) V Ltd. (“BLRA”) is the general partner of BMA and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco. Messrs. Peter G. Peterson and Stephen A. Schwarzman are directors and controlling persons of BLRA and as such may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco controlled by BLRA. Each of BLRA and Messrs. Peterson and Schwarzman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the the Blackstone Funds, BMA and BLRA is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, P.O. Box 908 GT, George Town, Grand Cayman. The address of each of Messrs. Peterson and Schwarzman is c/o The Blackstone Group, 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154.

 

(3)

Carlyle Partners IV Cayman, L.P. (“CP IV”) beneficially owns 64,970 Ordinary Shares, 3,248,636 CPECs and 16,678,721 YFCPECs. CP IV’s general partner is TC Group IV Cayman, L.P., whose general partner is CP IV GP, Ltd., which is wholly owned by TC Group Cayman, L.P. CPIV Coinvestment Cayman, L.P (“CPIV”) beneficially owns 2,620 Ordinary Shares; 131,202 CPECs and 673,599 YFCPECs. CPIV’s general partner is TC Group IV Cayman, L.P., whose general partner is CP IV GP, Ltd., which is wholly owned by TC Group Cayman, L.P. CEP II Participations Sarl SICAR (“CEP II P”) beneficially owns 14,840 Ordinary Shares; 741,916 CPECs and 3,809,044 YFCPECs. CEP II P is directly or indirectly owned by Carlyle Europe Partners II, L.P., whose general partner is CEP II GP, L.P., whose general partner is CEP II Limited, which is wholly owned by TC Group Cayman, L.P. The general partner of TC Group Cayman, L.P. is TCG Holdings Cayman, L.P. The general partner of TCG Holdings Cayman, L.P. is Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company. Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited has ultimate investment and voting power over the shares held by the Carlyle entities. Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited has 13 members with no member controlling more than 7.7% of the vote. The members of Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited are William E. Conway, Jr., Daniel A. D’Aniello, David

 

131


Table of Contents
 

M. Rubenstein, Richard G. Darman, Peter J. Clare, Robert E. Grady, Allan M. Holt, Jean Pierre Millet, Bruce E. Rosenblum, Glenn A. Youngkin, John F. Harris, Adam Palmer and Daniel Akerson, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs. The address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote is c/o The Carlyle Group, L.P., 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

 

(4) The Luxco shares shown as owned by Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. are owned of record by (i) Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman), L.P., which owns 34,801 Ordinary Shares, 1,744,020 CPECs and 8,953,928 YFCPECs, (ii) Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman Parallel), L.P., which owns 4,874 Ordinary Shares, 239,535 CPECs and 1,229,794 YFCPECs, and (iii) Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V (Cayman), L.P., which owns 10 Ordinary Shares, 992 CPECs and 5,086 YFCPECs. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. is the sole general partner of Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V (Cayman), L.P. and Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), L.P. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), L.P., in turn, is the sole general partner of each of Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman), L.P. and Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman Parallel), L.P. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. is owned and controlled by 11 shareholders, many of whom are individual Managing Directors of Hellman & Friedman LLC and none of whom own more than 9.9% of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. has formed a five-member investment committee (the “Investment Committee”) that serves at the discretion of the company’s Board of Directors and makes recommendations with respect to matters presented to it. Voting and investment control over the shares shown as owned by Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. is effectively exercised at the direction of the Investment Committee. Members of the Investment Committee are F. Warren Hellman, Brian M. Powers, Philip U. Hammarskjold, Patrick J. Healy and Thomas F. Steyer. Each of the members of the Investment Committee and the shareholders of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. disclaim beneficial ownership of any Luxco shares beneficially owned by Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Healy serves as a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman LLC, an affiliate of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd., is a 9.9% shareholder of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. and is a member of the Investment Committee. The address of Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman), Ltd. is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, Walker House, P.O. Box 908GT, Mary Street, Georgetown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

 

(5) KKR VNU Equity Investors, L.P. beneficially owns 13,655 Ordinary Shares, 681,777 CPECs and 3,580,147 YFCPECs and is controlled by its general partner, KKR VNU GP Limited. KKR VNU GP Limited is wholly-owned by KKR VNU (Millennium) Limited (“KKR VNU Limited”).

 

     KKR VNU Limited beneficially owns 69,946 Ordinary Shares, 3,501,771 CPECs and 17,906,688 YFCPECs. Voting and investment control over the securities beneficially owned by KKR VNU Limited is exercised by its board of directors consisting of Messrs. Alexander Navab, Simon E. Brown and William J. Janetschek, who may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by KKR VNU Limited but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

    

KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership (the “Millennium Fund”) beneficially owns 84 Ordinary Shares and is controlled by its general partner, KKR Associates Millennium (Overseas), Limited Partnership, which, in turn, is controlled by its general partner, KKR Millennium Limited. Voting and investment control over the securities beneficially owned by the Millennium Fund is exercised by the board of directors of KKR Millennium Limited consisting of Messrs. Henry R. Kravis, George R. Roberts, James H. Greene, Jr., Paul E. Raether, Michael W. Michelson, Perry Golkin, Johannes P. Huth, Todd A. Fisher, Alexander Navab, Marc Lipschultz, Jacques Garaialde, Reinhard Gorenflos, Michael M. Calbert and Scott C. Nuttall, who may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by the Millennium Fund but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57 th Street, New York, New York, 10019.

 

132


Table of Contents
(6) The Luxco shares shown as owned by Thomas H. Lee Partners are owned of record by (i) THL Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., THL Parallel Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., and THL DT Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., (ii) THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU), L.P., THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) II, L.P., THL Equity Fund VI (VNU) III, L.P. and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC., (iii) THL Fund V (Alternative) Corp., THL Parallel Fund V (Alternative) Corp., THL Cayman Fund (Alternative). and [THL (Alternative) Fund V, LP], and (iv) THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Investors, Limited Partnership, Putnam Investments Holdings, LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC, and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC.

THL Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 25,526 Ordinary Shares, 1,281,111 CPECS and 6,503,301 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund VI, L.P. (“Alternative Fund VI”). THL Parallel Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 15,655 Ordinary Shares, 782,789 CPECs and 4,019,456 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Parallel Fund VI, L.P. (“Alternative Parallel VI”). THL DT Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 4,060 Ordinary Shares, 203,106 CPECs and 1,042,906 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. (“Alternative DT VI”). THL Advisors (Alternative) VI, L.P. (“Advisors VI”) is the general partner of each of Alternative Fund VI, Alternative Parallel VI and Alternative DT VI. THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU), L.P. beneficially owns 12,415 Ordinary Shares, 619,983 CPECs and 3,254,705 YFCPECs, THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) II, L.P. beneficially owns 180 Ordinary Shares, 8,854 CPECs and 46,483 YFCPECs, THL Equity Fund VI (VNU) III, L.P. beneficially owns 265 Ordinary Shares, 13,018 CPECs and 68,342 YFCPECs and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC beneficially owns 915 Ordinary Shares, 15, 658 CPECs and 239,811 YFCPECs. Advisors VI is the general partner of each of THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU), L.P., THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) II, L.P. and THL Equity Fund VI (VNU) III, L.P. and is the managing member of THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC. Thomas H. Lee Advisors (Alternative) VI, Ltd. (Advisors VI Ltd”) is the general partner of Advisors VI and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco held by each of these entities. The address of each of these entities is c/o Walkers, Walker House, Mary Street, GeorgeTown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, other than THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC whose address is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

THL Fund V (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 17,695 Ordinary Shares, 898,125 CPECs and 4,611,685 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund V, L.P. (“Alternative Fund V”). THL Parallel Fund V (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 4,660 Ordinary Shares, 233,025 CPECs and 1,196,535 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Parallel Fund V, L.P. (“Aternative Parallel V”). THL Cayman Fund (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 250 Ordinary Shares, 12,376 CPECs and 63,546 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Cayman Fund V, L.P. (“Aternative Cayman VI”). THL Advisors (Alternative) V, L.P. (“Advisors V”) is the general partner of each of Alternative Fund V, Alternative Parallel V and Alternative Cayman V. Thomas H. Lee Advisors (Alternative) V Limited LDC (“LDC”) is the general partner of Advisors V and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco. The address of each of these entities is c/o Walkers, Walker House, Mary Street, GeorgeTown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

Advisors VI Limited and the LDC each have in excess of 15 stockholders or members, respectively, with no such stockholder or member controlling more than 8% of the vote. The controlling stockholders or members (the “Managing Directors”) are Anthony J. DiNovi, Scott A. Schoen, Scott M. Sperling, Seth W. Lawry, Thomas M. Hagerty, Kent R. Weldon, Todd M. Abbrecht, Charles A. Brizius, Scott L. Jaeckel and Soren L. Oberg, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs. The address of each of the Managing Directors is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

133


Table of Contents

THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. beneficially owns 240 Ordinary Shares, 12,003 CPECs and 61,635 YFCPECs. Thomas H. Lee Investors, Limited Partnership beneficially owns 350 Ordinary Shares, 17,407 CPECs and 89,378 YFCPECs. Each of THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Investors, Limited Partnership are indirectly controlled by the Managing Directors, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs. The address of each of THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Investors, Limited Partnership is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Putnam Investments Holdings, LLC beneficially owns 655 Ordinary Shares, 32,968 CPECs and 169,285 YFCPECs, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC beneficially owns 120 Ordinary Shares, 6,105 CPECs and 31, 345 YFCPECs, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC beneficially owns 110 Ordinary Shares, 5,450 CPECs and 27,981 YFCPECs and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC beneficially owns 235 Ordinary Shares, 11,771 CPECs and 60,442 YFCPECs. Each of these entities is contractually obligated to coinvest alongside either Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund VI, L.P. or Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund V, L.P. Therefore, Advisors VI and LDC may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs held by these entities. The address for each of these entities is One Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

(7) The address for Mr. Calhoun is c/o The Nielsen Company B.V., 770 Broadway, New York, NY 10003.

 

(8) The address for Ms. Whiting is c/o The Nielsen Company B.V., 770 Broadway, New York, NY 10003.

 

134


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Shareholders’ Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors acquired, indirectly, shares of Nielsen. On December 21, 2006, investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) Sarl and Valcon entered into a shareholders’ agreement. The shareholders’ agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other matters, the election of the members of Nielsen’s supervisory board, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of securities (including tag-along rights, drag-along rights and public offering rights) and other special corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions and control committee composition). The shareholders agreement also provides for customary registration rights.

Investment Agreement

On November 6, 2006, Centerview Partners Holdings L.L.C. (“Centerview”), the investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) Sarl and Valcon entered into an investment agreement. The investment agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other matters, the purchase by Centerview of approximately $50 million of new or existing securities issued by Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) Sarl, the exercise of voting rights associated with the securities, the election of the members of the supervisory boards of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC, restrictions on the transfer of securities and rights in connection with the sale or issuance of securities (including tag-along rights, drag-along rights and public offering rights).

Advisory Agreements

The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. is party to an advisory agreement with Valcon pursuant to which affiliates of the Sponsors provide management services on behalf of Valcon, including to support and assist management with respect to analyzing and negotiating acquisitions and divestitures, preparing financial projections, analyzing and negotiating financing alternatives, monitoring of compliance with financing agreements and searching and hiring executives. Pursuant to such agreement Valcon receives a quarterly management fee equal to (i) $1.625 million per fiscal quarter for our fiscal year 2006 and (ii) for each fiscal year after 2006, an amount per fiscal quarter equal to 105% of the quarterly fee for the immediately preceding fiscal year, and reimbursement for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the provision of services under the advisory agreement. The advisory agreement also provides that Valcon may be entitled to receive fees in connection with certain financing, acquisition, disposition and change in control transactions based on terms and conditions customary for transactions of similar size and scope. The advisory agreement includes exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors. The advisory services referred to in the advisory agreement are provided by affiliates of the Sponsors and accordingly the fees received by Valcon that are described above are paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors under the terms of a similar advisory agreement among the affiliates of the Sponsors and Valcon.

ACN Holdings, Inc. is party to an advisory agreement with Valcon pursuant to which the affiliates of the Sponsors provide management services on behalf of Valcon. Pursuant to such agreement Valcon receives a quarterly management fee equal to (i) $0.875 million per fiscal quarter for our fiscal year 2006 and (ii) for each fiscal year after 2006, an amount per fiscal quarter equal to 105% of the quarterly fee for the immediately preceding fiscal year, and reimbursement for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the provision of services under the advisory agreement. The advisory agreement also provides that Valcon may be entitled to receive fees in connection with

 

135


Table of Contents

certain financing, acquisition, disposition and change in control transactions based on terms and conditions customary for transactions of similar size and scope. The advisory agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors. The advisory services referred to in the advisory agreement are provided by the Sponsors and accordingly the fees received by Valcon that are described above are paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors under the terms of a similar advisory agreement among the affiliates of the Sponsors and Valcon.

For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded $6 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to these management fees and $1 million related to Sponsor travel and consulting.

Transaction fees

In connection with the Transactions, Valcon paid the Sponsors $131 million in fees and expenses for financial and structuring advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations. These costs were allocated as debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price of Nielsen based on the specific nature of the services performed.

Scarborough Research

We and Scarborough Research, a joint venture with Arbitron, entered into various related party transactions in the ordinary course of business. We and our subsidiaries provide various services to Scarborough Research, including data collection, accounting, insurance administration, and the rental of real estate. We pay royalties to Scarborough Research for the right to include Scarborough Research data in our products sold directly to our customers. Additionally, we sell various Scarborough Research products directly to our clients, for which we receive a commission from Scarborough Research. The net cash payments from Scarborough Research to us as a result of these transactions were $12 million, $9 million, $11 million and $14 million for the periods ended May 24 to December 31, 2006 and January 1 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Obligations between us and Scarborough Research are net settled in cash on a monthly basis in the ordinary course of business; at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the related amounts outstanding were not significant.

AGB Nielsen Media Research

Nielsen and its subsidiaries have entered into various related party transactions with AGB Nielsen Media Research, covering services to and from AGB Nielsen Media Research, including the licensing of the Nielsen trademark, software and databases, and certain administrative services. These related party transactions resulted in a net receivable of $12 million and $5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Loan to Former Chairman of the Executive Board

In March 2002, with the relocation to the United States of the former Chairman of the Executive Board and his family, the former Chairman of the Executive Board received a home mortgage loan from Nielsen in the amount of $4 million. The loan, which is denominated in U.S. Dollars, accrues interest at the rate of 6.0% per year and is collateralized by the home. Interest is due at the time that the loan is repaid, which can be no later than July 1, 2007. If at that time the value of the home is not sufficient to cover the amount of this loan plus accrued interest, Nielsen will absorb the difference plus any required income taxes that would be payable by the former Chairman. The carrying value of the loan receivable and accrued interest is $5 million, included in other current assets, and $5 million, included in non-current assets, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

136


Table of Contents

Review, Approval or Ratification of Certain Transactions with Related Persons

We have a written code of conduct, applicable to directors, officers and employees, that prohibits any action, investment or other interest that might interfere, or be thought to interfere, with the exercise of their judgment in our best interests. The types of transactions that are covered by the code include financial and other transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we or any of our subsidiaries are a participant and in which any related person, including directors, officers and employees, have an interest.

Where a related party transaction could result in a conflict of interest, it will be reviewed and approved by our legal and human resources department and, where appropriate and material in nature, our Audit Committee.

Only those related party transactions that are not inconsistent with our best interests will be approved. In making this determination, all available and relevant facts and circumstance will be considered, including the benefits to us, the impact of the transaction on the related party’s independence, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, the terms of the transaction and the terms available from unrelated third parties.

In addition, we have established and maintain a Disclosure Committee through which we identify, among other things, potential and existing transactions between us and related persons that are required to be disclosed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

137


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities

General

Our new senior secured credit facilities provide for senior secured financing of up to $5,908 million, consisting of:

 

   

a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $5,220 million and (the “Term Facility”) with a maturity of seven years, most of which is denominated in U.S. Dollars, with the balance denominated in Euros; and

 

   

a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $688 million (the “Revolving Facility”) with a maturity of six years, including both a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.

In addition, we may request one or more incremental term loan facilities and/or increase commitments under our Revolving Facility in an aggregate amount of up to $688 million, subject to certain conditions and receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions or institutional lenders.

All borrowings under our Revolving Facility following the date the Term Facility is initially drawn are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and the accuracy of representations and warranties. Loans under our Revolving Facility are available in multiple currencies and to multiple borrowers.

Proceeds of the term loans and, if applicable, the revolving loans, together with other sources of funds described under “Use of Proceeds,” were used to repay existing debt and finance the Transactions. Proceeds of the revolving loans borrowed after the closing date of the Transactions, swingline loans and letters of credit are or will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Interest and Fees

The interest rates per annum applicable to loans denominated in U.S. Dollars or Euros, other than swingline loans, under our new senior secured credit facilities are, at our option, equal to either an alternate base rate (in the case of U.S. Dollar loans) or an adjusted EURIBOR rate for a one-, two-, three or six-month interest period, or a nine- or twelve month period, if agreed to by our lenders, in each case, plus an applicable margin. The alternate base rate is determined by reference to the greater of (1) Citigroup’s Prime Rate and (2) the overnight Federal Funds as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 0.5%. The Adjusted EURIBOR rate is determined by reference to settlement rates established for deposits in the applicable currencies in the London interbank market for a period equal to the interest period of the loan and the maximum reserve percentages established by banking regulations to which our lenders are subject. Interest rates on loans denominated in other currencies is based on rates common for such currencies plus an applicable margin.

Swingline loans denominated in U.S. Dollars bear interest at the interest rate applicable to alternate base rate revolving loans. Swingline loans denominated in Euros bear interest at a EURIBOR rate plus an applicable margin.

In addition, on the last day of each calendar quarter we are required to pay each lender (i) a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the Revolving Facility and (ii) a letter of credit fee in respect of the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Facility.

 

138


Table of Contents

Prepayments

Subject to exceptions, our new senior secured credit facilities require mandatory prepayments of term loans in amounts equal to:

 

   

50% (as may be reduced based on our ratio of consolidated total net debt to consolidated EBITDA) of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement governing our new senior secured credit facilities);

 

   

except as set forth below, 100% (as may be reduced based on our ratio of consolidated total net debt to consolidated EBITDA) of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions;

 

   

(x) 100% of the net cash proceeds of the sale, in whole or in part from time to time, of BME that, when applied to repay term loans, would not change our ratio of consolidated total net debt to consolidated EBITDA and (y) 50% of any remaining amount of such net cash proceeds from such sale of BME; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds from certain incurrences of debt.

Amortization of Principal

Our new senior secured credit facilities require scheduled quarterly payments on the term loans each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans for the first six years and three quarters, with the balance paid at maturity.

Collateral and Guarantors

Our new senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Nielsen, VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU International B.V., VNU Holdings B.V., ACN Holdings, Inc., VNU Services B.V. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc., and certain of their material existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly owned subsidiaries (other than non U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. or other U.S. subsidiaries), and is secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets (other than cash) of our U.S. subsidiaries and by a pledge of the capital stock of the guarantors specified above, the capital stock of our U.S. subsidiaries and the guarantors and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of our non U.S. subsidiaries.

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters

Our new senior secured credit facilities require that we, after an initial grace period, comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated leverage ratio test and minimum interest coverage ratio test. In addition, our new senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants, subject to significant exceptions, restricting or limiting our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

   

incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

make certain loans and investments;

 

   

declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;

 

   

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, including the notes;

 

   

amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, including the notes;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

139


Table of Contents
   

transact with affiliates;

 

   

enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions; and

 

   

alter the business that we conduct.

Nielsen is not bound by any financial or negative covenants contained in the credit agreement.

The new senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Nielsen Finance Senior Notes

General

In connection with the Transactions, Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., special purpose entities wholly owned by us, issued $650 million of U.S. Dollar denominated unsecured senior notes and €150 million of Euro denominated unsecured senior notes. The Nielsen Finance Senior Notes mature on August 1, 2014. The U.S. Dollar denominated Nielsen Finance Senior Notes accrue interest at 10% per annum, and the Euro denominated Nielsen Finance Senior Notes accrue interest at 9% per annum. Interest is payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2007.

Covenants

Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., Nielsen Holding & Finance B.V., VNU International B.V. and certain subsidiaries of Nielsen are subject to numerous restrictive covenants under the indenture governing the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes, including restrictive covenants with respect to liens, indebtedness, mergers, disposition of assets, acquisition of assets, dividends, transactions with affiliates, investments, agreements, and other customary covenants.

Events of Default

The Nielsen Finance Senior Notes are subject to customary events of default, including non-payment of principal or interest, violation of covenants, cross accelerations under other indebtedness and insolvency or certain bankruptcy events. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of principal of the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes.

Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes

General

In connection with the Transactions, Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., special purpose entities wholly owned by us, issued $1,070 million principal amount at maturity of 12  1 / 2 % unsecured senior subordinated discount notes. The Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes mature on August 1, 2016. The Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes were issued at a significant discount from their principal amount at maturity. The accreted value of the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes increases in value from the date of issuance until August 1, 2011 at a rate of 12  1 / 2 % per annum, compounded semiannually. No cash interest will accrue on the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes until August 1, 2011. Cash interest will accrue at a rate of 12  1 / 2 % per annum from August 1, 2011 and will be payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year commencing on February 1, 2012.

Covenants

Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., Nielsen Holding & Finance B.V., VNU International B.V. and certain subsidiaries of Nielsen are subject to numerous restrictive covenants under the indenture governing the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, including restrictive covenants with respect to liens,

 

140


Table of Contents

indebtedness, mergers, disposition of assets, acquisition of assets, dividends, transactions with affiliates, investments, agreements, and other customary covenants.

Events of Default

The Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are subject to customary events of default, including non-payment of principal or interest, violation of covenants, cross accelerations under other indebtedness and insolvency or certain bankruptcy events. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of principal of the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

Euro Medium Term Note Program

We have a Euro Medium Term Note (“EMTN”) program in place. All debenture loans and most private placements are quoted on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, amounts with carrying values of $704 million and $706 million, respectively, of the program amount were issued under the EMTN program. There are no additional amounts available for borrowing under this program as of December 31, 2006. Upon consummation of the Transactions, €518 million ($685 million) remained outstanding under this program. The securities issued under the program contain covenants which generally restrict the creation of security over indebtedness with a principal amount greater than €15 million, a maturity greater than twelve months and which are in the form of securities that are or are intended to be listed on a stock market. As of March 31, 2007 the following are the amounts of the medium term notes that remain outstanding under the EMTN program:

 

Outstanding Nielsen Euro Medium Term Note Program Securities

Amount

   Interest
Rate
    Maturity
¥4,000,000,000    2.50 %   2011
€30,000,000    6.75 %   2012
€25,000,000    Floating     2012
€25,000,000    Floating     2012
€50,000,000    Floating     2010
£250,000,000    5.625 %   2010/2017

In 2003, a £250 million debenture loan was issued under the EMTN program. After seven years, the interest rate on the debenture loan will be reset for the remaining seven years to 5.50% plus the then applicable market credit spread for us. As a feature of the loan, after the seven years, we had a right to acquire the debentures from the holders at par. At the issuance date of the loan, we have assigned this right to two investment banks. If the acquisition right is exercised, the interest rate will be reset as aforementioned. If the acquisition right is not exercised, we will redeem the debenture loan at par.

 

141


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, the terms “ Issuer ” and “ Nielsen ” refer to The Nielsen Company B.V.

The Issuer issued the old notes, and will issue the exchange notes, under an indenture dated August 9, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”) between Nielsen and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Except as set forth herein, the terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical and include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those agreements, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement because those agreements, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the exchange notes. You may request copies of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement at our address set forth under the heading “Prospectus Summary” in this prospectus.

Brief Description of Notes

The old notes are, and the exchange notes will be:

 

   

unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;

 

   

pari passu in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuer (including its guarantee of the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes);

 

   

effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the Issuer (including its guarantee of the new senior secured credit facility);

 

   

structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of the Issuer’s subsidiaries; and

 

   

senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer (including its guarantee of the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes).

Holding Company Structure and Ranking

The Issuer is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the Capital Stock of VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. All of the Issuer’s operations are conducted through its Subsidiaries and therefore the Issuer will be dependent upon the cash flow of its Subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations on the exchange notes. The new senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes will restrict the ability of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to the Issuer. In addition, certain laws restrict the ability of the Issuer’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and make loans and advances to the Issuer. The Issuer also only has a shareholder’s claim on the assets of its Subsidiaries. This shareholder’s claim is junior to the claims that creditors and holders of preferred stock of the Subsidiaries have against those Subsidiaries.

The old notes are, and the exchange notes will be, general unsecured obligations of the Issuer that rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer. The old notes rank, and the exchange notes will rank, equally in right of payment with all existing and future liabilities of the Issuer that are not so subordinated and are effectively subordinated to all of the Issuer’s secured indebtedness, including the guarantee of indebtedness under the new senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets that secure such indebtedness, and structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries (including trade debt and indebtedness under the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes, the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the new senior secured credit facility). Any

 

142


Table of Contents

right of the Issuer and its creditors, including the holders of the old notes and the future holders of the exchange notes, to participate in the assets of any of its Subsidiaries upon such Subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that Subsidiary’s creditors. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of the Issuer, or upon a default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration of, any indebtedness under the new senior secured credit facility or other secured indebtedness, the assets of the Issuer that secure secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the old notes, and in the future the exchange notes, only after all indebtedness under the new senior secured credit facility and other secured indebtedness has been repaid in full from such assets.

As of March 31, 2007, the Issuer had $7,751 million of indebtedness, consisting of the old notes, the existing indebtedness of the Issuer that was not settled as part of the Transactions, and the Issuer’s guarantee of the new senior secured credit facility, the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes, the Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, capital lease liabilities and other debt. As of March 31, 2007, the Issuer’s Subsidiaries had $10,463 million of indebtedness and other liabilities, to which the old notes are and the exchange notes will be structurally subordinated. The Indenture, the new senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing the Nielsen Finance Senior Notes and Nielsen Finance Senior Subordinated Discount Notes permit the Issuer and its Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Notes and This Offering—Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.” in this prospectus.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents for the notes in London, England and Luxembourg. The principal paying agent is Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and the paying agent and transfer agent in Luxembourg is Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, S.A.

The Issuer will also maintain a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial registrar will be the Trustee. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer, a Material Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Material Subsidiary may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange the notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of the notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of the notes to be redeemed. The notes will be issued in minimum denominations of €2,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess of €2,000, in each case in principal amount at maturity of the notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer will issue up to €343,000,000 in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of exchange notes in this exchange offer. The notes will mature on August 1, 2016. The old notes were issued at a significant discount from their principal amount at maturity. The old notes had an initial Accreted Value of €583.37 per $1,000 principal amount at maturity to generate aggregate gross proceeds of €200,095,910 of the notes. The Accreted Value of each note will increase from the date of issuance until August 1, 2011, at a rate of 11  1 / 8 % per annum, compounded semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on such date. The Issuer may issue additional notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“ Additional Senior Discount Notes ”). Each the notes offered by

 

143


Table of Contents

the Issuer and any Additional Senior Discount Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “exchange notes,” “old notes” and “notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of Notes” include any Additional Senior Discount Notes that are actually issued.

No cash interest will accrue on the notes prior to August 1, 2011 although for U.S. federal income tax purposes a significant amount of original issue discount, taxable as ordinary income, will be recognized by a Holder as such discount accretes. Consequently, you will be required to include amounts in your gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of your receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. See “Material United States Federal Tax Considerations” below for a discussion regarding the taxation of such original issue discount. Cash interest will accrue on the notes at the rate per annum shown on the front cover of this prospectus from August 1, 2011, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2012.

Additional Interest

Additional Interest may accrue on the notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or ether amount payable on or with respect to the notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal (including any accretion) of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within Luxembourg or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal (including any accretion), premium, if any, and interest with respect to the notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by Euroclear or Clearstream or their nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in Luxembourg will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes. We may at any time and from time to time purchase notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below and under “—Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons,” the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem the notes at its option prior to August 1, 2011.

At any time prior to August 1, 2011 the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to the registered address of each Holder, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after August 1, 2011 the Issuer may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount at maturity of the notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to

 

144


Table of Contents

the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   105.563 %

2012

   103.708 %

2013

   101.854 %

2014 and thereafter

   100.000 %

The Trustee shall select the notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”

Payment of Additional Amounts

All payments of principal and interest by or on behalf of the Issuer in respect of the notes shall be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for, any taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within the Netherlands or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the Issuer shall pay such additional amounts as shall result in receipt by the Holders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such withholding or deduction been required, except that no such additional amounts shall be payable with respect to any note:

(i) to, or to a third party on behalf of, a Holder who is liable to such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges in respect of such note by reason of his having some connection with the Netherlands other than the mere holding of the note; or

(ii) to, or to a third party on behalf of, a Holder who could lawfully avoid (but has not so avoided) such deduction or withholding by complying or procuring that any third party complies with any statutory requirements or by making or procuring that any third party makes a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to any tax authority in the place where the relevant note is presented for payment; or

(iii) presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that the Holder of it would have been entitled to such additional amounts on presenting it for payment on the thirtieth day; or

(iv) where such withholding or deduction is imposed on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to any European Union Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26-27, 2000 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

(v) presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union.

As used in herein, “Relevant Date” in respect of any note means the date on which payment in respect of it first becomes due or (if any amount of the money payable is improperly withheld or refused) the date on which payment in full of the amount outstanding is made or (if earlier) the date seven days after that on which notice is duly given to the Holder that, upon further presentation of the note, such payment will be made, provided that payment is in fact made upon such presentation.

Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part, at any time, on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable) at a redemption

 

145


Table of Contents

price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, and including all additional amounts, if any, that will become due as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if (i) the Issuer satisfies the Trustee immediately before the giving of such notice that it has or will become obliged to pay additional amounts as described under “Payment of Additional Amounts,” as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws or regulations of the Netherlands or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having the power to tax, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws or regulations, which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (but before August 1, 2016), and (ii) such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it, provided that no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such additional amounts were a payment in respect of the notes then due. Before the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the obligation referred to in (i) above cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the condition precedent set out in (ii) above in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on Holders. A copy of such notice of redemption will be sent to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange prior to the date for such redemption.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the notes at any time, the Trustee will select the notes of such series to be redeemed (a) if such notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such series of notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of notes at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new note in a principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, the Accreted Value ceases to increase and cash interest ceases to accrue, as the case may be, on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Negative Pledge

So long as any of the notes remain outstanding, neither the Issuer nor any of its Material Subsidiaries will secure any Indebtedness by any lien, pledge, charge, or other security device upon any of its assets or revenues unless it shall, simultaneously with or prior to the creation of such security, take any and all action necessary to secure the obligations of the Issuer under the notes and the Indenture equally and rateably with such Indebtedness to the satisfaction of the Trustee or provide such other security for the notes and the Indenture as the Trustee in its absolute discretion shall deem to be not materially less beneficial to the relevant Holders or as shall be approved by the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes of the relevant Holders, except for any Permitted Encumbrance.

 

146


Table of Contents

Events of Default and Remedies

The Trustee at its discretion may, and if so requested in writing by holders of at least one-fifth in Accreted Value of the notes then outstanding shall, give notice to the Issuer that the outstanding notes are and they shall immediately become, due and payable at their Accreted Value, together with accrued interest and costs:

(i) in the event of default in any payment on the notes, if such default shall remain unremedied for a period of 15 Business Days after notice in writing thereof is given by the Trustee to the Issuer; or

(ii) in the event of default in the due performance of any other provision of the notes or the Indenture, if such default shall remain unremedied for a period of 30 Business Days after written notice thereof is given by the Trustee to the Issuer; or

(iii) in the event of bankruptcy (faillissement) of the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary or in the event that the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary files a petition for a moratorium (suréance van betaling); or

(iv) in the event of dissolution (ontbinding) of the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary prior to the payment of the notes in full (except for (a) in any such case, a dissolution for the purpose of and followed by a reconstruction, reorganization or amalgamation the terms of which have previously been approved in writing by the Trustee or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes, (b) in the case of the Issuer, the substitution in the place of the Issuer of a Substituted Obligor the terms of which have previously been approved as aforesaid, or (c) in the case of a Material Subsidiary, whereby the undertaking and assets of the Material Subsidiary are transferred to or otherwise vested in the Issuer or another of its subsidiaries); or

(v) in the event of default of the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary as to due and punctual payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest on any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary, as and when the same shall become due and payable, if such default shall continue for more than the longer of (i) fifteen days or (ii) the period of grace (if any) specified in the terms thereof, and the time for payment of such principal, premium (if any) and interest has not been validly extended,

provided that in the case of the happening of any of the events mentioned in paragraph (ii) above, only if the Trustee shall have certified in writing that such event is, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Holders.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (iii) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount at maturity of the then total outstanding notes may declare the principal (or Accreted Value), premium, if any, (without duplication) interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes to be due and payable immediately; provided , however , that so long as any indebtedness under the new senior secured credit facilities (or successor facilities) shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the new senior secured credit facilities (or successor facilities); or

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuer and the administrative agent under the new senior secured credit facilities (or successor facilities).

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal (or Accreted Value) and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal (or Accreted Value), premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the notes.

 

147


Table of Contents

The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal (or Accreted Value) of any note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (v) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such, Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal (or Accreted Value), premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture will provide that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any of its parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

148


Table of Contents

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the notes (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of notes to receive payments in respect of the principal (or Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of such notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, Euro or non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and, without duplication, interest due on the notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such Accreted Value, premium, if any, or interest on such notes and the Issuer must specify whether such notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and (ii) an opinion of counsel in the Netherlands reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that (a) the Holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Dutch income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject Dutch income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have

 

149


Table of Contents

been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and (b) payments from the defeasance trust will be free and exempt from any and all withholding and other income taxes of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Netherlands or any political subdivision thereof or therein having the power to tax;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and (ii) an opinion of counsel in the Netherlands reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that (a) the Holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Dutch income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Dutch income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and (b) payments from the defeasance trust will be free and exempt from any and all withholding and other income taxes of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Netherlands or any political subdivision thereof or therein having the power to tax;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound;

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes, when either:

(1) all notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2)(a) all notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, Euro or non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal (or Accreted Value), premium, if any, and, without duplication, accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

150


Table of Contents

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Indenture or the notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound;

(c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, and the notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes, other than notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the notes).

The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each affected Holder of notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the Accreted Value of such notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the Accreted Value of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Senior Discount Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such notes;

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior Discount Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal (or Accreted Value) of or premium, if any, or (without duplication) interest on the notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Senior Discount Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal (or Accreted Value) of or premium, if any, or, without duplication, interest on the notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal (or Accreted Value) of, or interest on such Holder’s notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s notes;

(9) make any change to the ranking of the notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) change the method of calculating Accreted Value.

 

151


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or notes without the consent of any Holder;

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

(4) to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(10) to add a guarantor under the Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture, or the notes to any provision of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or notes; or

(12) making any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the

 

152


Table of Contents

degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture and the notes will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-denominated Restrictions

The Euro is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer under or in connection with the notes and the Indenture including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than Euro, whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise, by any Holder of a Senior Discount Note or by the Trustee in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer will only constitute a discharge of the Issuer to the extent of the Euro amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered that other ordinary currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

If that Euro amount is less than the Euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Senior Discount Note or the Trustee, the Issuer will indemnify them against any loss sustained by such recipient as a result. In any event, the Issuer will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this currency indemnity provision, it will be sufficient for the Holder or the Trustee to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating the sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of Euro been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of Euro on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuer’s other obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect to any sum due under any Senior Discount Note or to the Trustee.

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any Euro-denominated restriction herein, the Euro-equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-Euro currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-Euro amount is incurred or made, as the case may be.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service

In relation to any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with the Indenture and the notes, the Issuer in the Indenture irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America.

 

153


Table of Contents

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture.

“Accreted Value” means, as of any date (the “Specified Date”): the amount provided below for each €1,000 principal amount at maturity of notes:

(a) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date:

 

Semi Annual Accrual Date

   Accreted Value

February 1, 2007

   615.74

August 1, 2007

   649.90

February 1, 2008

   685.96

August 1, 2008

   724.02

February 1, 2009

   764.19

August 1, 2009

   806.59

February 1, 2010

   851.35

August 1, 2010

   898.58

February 1, 2011

   948.44

August 1, 2011

   1,000.00

The foregoing Accreted Values shall be increased, if necessary, to reflect any accretion of Additional Interest;

(b) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the original issue (for each €1,000 principal amount at maturity) price of a Senior Discount Note and (B) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue price multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(c) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or

(d) if the Specified Date occurs on or after August 1, 2011, the Accreted Value will equal €1,000.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

154


Table of Contents

Applicable Premium ” means, the greater of:

(a) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such Senior Discount Note on such Redemption Date; and

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of the redemption price of such Senior Discount Note at August 1, 2011 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the Accreted Value of such Senior Discount Note.

Bund Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany ( Bunds or Bundesanleihen ) with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such financial statistics are no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2011; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of German adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the notes or the date the notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8; and

(2) issuances to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

155


Table of Contents

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

Group ” means the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Senior Discount Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Indebtedness ” means any present or future indebtedness with a remaining maturity of more than twelve months and with a principal amount of more than €15,000,000 (including any liability, whether conditional or unconditional, actual or contingent, under any guarantee or indemnity or any other legally binding assurance against financial loss) in respect of any notes, bonds, or other debt securities that are, or are intended to be, from time to time quoted, listed or ordinarily dealt in on any stock exchange, automated trading system, over the counter or other securities market.

Issue Date ” means August 9, 2006, the date on which the old notes were originally issued.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in Luxembourg.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Material Subsidiary ” means, at any particular time, a Subsidiary whose total revenues (consolidated if such Subsidiary has Subsidiaries and excluding intercompany revenues from other Subsidiaries in the Group) attributable to the Issuer (having regard to its direct and/or indirect beneficial interest in the shares, or the like, of such Subsidiary) represents at least 15% of the consolidated total revenues of the Group. A report of the auditors for the Issuer or an Officer’s Certificate whether or not addressed to the Trustee that in their opinion a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary may be relied upon by the Trustee without further enquiry or evidence and, if relied upon by the Trustee, shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding. Any certificate or report of the auditors for the Issuer or an Officer’s Certificate called for by or provided to the Trustee in accordance with or for the purposes of these presents, may be relied upon by the Trustee as sufficient evidence of the facts stated therein notwithstanding that such certificate or report and /or any engagement letter or other document entered into by the Trustee in connection therewith contains a monetary or other limit on the liability of the auditors for the Issuer thereof.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

 

156


Table of Contents

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Permitted Encumbrance ” means:

(i) an encumbrance on any asset securing Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such asset (provided the amount secured thereby is not subsequently increased) or

(ii) an encumbrance existing on any asset prior to its acquisition (through shares or through assets) and not created in contemplation of such event (provided the amount secured thereby is not subsequently increased) or

(iii) an encumbrance not otherwise permitted by the above securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding €25,000,000.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes.

Subsidiary ” means at any particular time, any company which is then directly or indirectly controlled or more than one half of whose issued equity share capital (or equivalent) is then beneficially owned by the Issuer and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

 

157


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

To ensure compliance with treasury department circular 230, Holders are hereby notified that: (a) any discussion of federal tax issues in this prospectus supplement is not intended or written to be relied upon, and cannot be relied upon, by Holders for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on holders under the Internal Revenue Code; (b) such discussion is included herein by the issuer in connection with the promotion or marketing (within the meaning of circular 230) by the issuer of the transactions or matters addressed herein; and (c) holders should seek advice based on their particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange of old notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, but does not address any other aspects of U.S. federal income tax consequences. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Except as expressly stated otherwise, this summary is limited to the tax consequences of U.S. Holders that exchange old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer and who hold the old notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, which we refer to as “Holders.” This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to particular Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax consequences that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, expatriates, tax-exempt organizations and persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar or persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold notes as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment). This summary is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or the courts. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in this summary, and we cannot assure you that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is for general information only. Persons considering the exchange of old notes for exchange notes are urged to consult their independent tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income taxation consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

For purposes of the following summary, “U.S. Holder” is a Holder that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) a citizen or individual resident of the U.S.; (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof; (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source; or (iv) a trust, if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all its substantial decisions or if a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person is in effect with respect to such trust. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a Holder that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Exchange of an Old Note for an Exchange Note Pursuant to the Exchange Offer

The exchange by any Holder of an old note for an exchange note should not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss should be recognized by Holders that exchange old notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. For purposes of determining gain or loss upon the subsequent sale or exchange of exchange notes, a Holder’s tax basis in an exchange should be the same as such Holder’s tax basis in the old note exchanged therefore. Holders should be considered to have held the exchange notes from the time of their acquisition of the old notes.

 

158


Table of Contents

DUTCH TAXATION

This is a general summary and the tax consequences as described here may not apply to a holder of Senior Discount Notes. Any potential investor should consult his own tax adviser for more information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of Senior Discount Notes in his particular circumstances.

This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, the ownership and disposition of Senior Discount Notes. It does not consider every aspect of taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of Senior Discount Notes under special circumstances or who is subject to special treatment under applicable law. Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts under Dutch tax law.

This summary is based on the tax laws of The Netherlands as they are in force and in effect on the date of this prospectus. The laws upon which this summary is based are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. A change to such laws may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such change. This summary assumes that each transaction with respect to Senior Discount Notes is at arm’s length.

Withholding tax

All payments under the Senior Discount Notes may be made free from withholding or deduction of or for any taxes of whatever nature imposed, levied, withheld or assessed by The Netherlands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, except where the Senior Discount Notes are issued under such terms and conditions that such Senior Discount Notes are capable of being classified as shares of the Issuer within the meaning of article 1, paragraph 1 of the Dutch Withholding Tax Act ( Wet op de Dividendbelasting 1965 ), or as profit participating certificates ( winstbewijzen ) within the meaning of article 1, paragraph 1 of the Dutch Withholding Tax Act or as loans within the meaning of article 10, paragraph 1, letter d, of the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 ( Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969 ) and where the Senior Discount Notes are issued that are redeemable in exchange for, convertible into or linked to shares or other equity instruments issued or to be issued by the Issuer or by any entity related to the Issuer.

Taxes on income and capital gains

Resident holders of Senior Discount Notes

The summary set out in this section “Dutch Taxation—Taxes on income and capital gains—Resident holders of Senior Discount Notes” only applies to a holder of Senior Discount Notes who is a “Dutch Individual” or a “Dutch Corporate Entity.”

A holder of Senior Discount Notes is a “Dutch Individual” if:

 

   

he is an individual; and

 

   

he is resident, or deemed to be resident, in The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes, or has elected to be treated as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes.

A holder of Senior Discount Notes is a “Dutch Corporate Entity” if:

 

   

it is a corporate entity (including an association that is taxable as a corporate entity) that is subject to Dutch corporation tax;

 

   

it is resident, or deemed to be resident, in The Netherlands for Dutch corporation tax purposes;

 

   

it is not an entity that, although in principle subject to Dutch corporation tax, is, in whole or in part, specifically exempt from that tax; and

 

159


Table of Contents
   

it is not an investment institution ( beleggingsinstelling ) as defined in the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 ( Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969 ).

If a holder of Senior Discount Notes is not an individual and if it does not satisfy any one or more of these tests, with the exception of the second test, its Dutch tax position is not discussed in this prospectus.

Dutch Individuals deriving profits or deemed to be deriving profits from an enterprise

Any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from Senior Discount Notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, by a Dutch Individual that are attributable to an enterprise from which such Dutch Individual derives profits, whether as an entrepreneur ( ondernemer ) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of an enterprise (other than as an entrepreneur or a shareholder), are generally subject to Dutch income tax at progressive rates.

Dutch Individuals deriving benefits from miscellaneous activities

Any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from Senior Discount Notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, by a Dutch Individual that constitute benefits from miscellaneous activities ( resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden ) are generally subject to Dutch income tax at progressive rates.

Benefits derived from Senior Discount Notes by a Dutch Individual are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities if he, or an individual who is a connected person in relation to him as meant in article 3.91, paragraph 2, letter b, or letter c, of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 ( Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001 ), has a substantial interest ( aanmerkelijk belang ) in the Issuer.

A person has a substantial interest in the Issuer if such person—either alone or, in the case of an individual, together with his partner ( partner ), if any—has, directly or indirectly, either the ownership of shares representing five per cent. or more of the total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares) of the Issuer, or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, shares, whether or not already issued, that represent five per cent. or more of the total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares) of the Issuer, or the ownership of profit participating certificates that relate to five per cent. or more of the annual profits of the Issuer or to five per cent. or more of the liquidation proceeds of the Issuer.

A person who is entitled to the benefits from shares or profit participating certificates (for instance a holder of a right of usufruct) is deemed to be a holder of shares or profit participating certificates, as the case may be, and such person’s entitlement to such benefits is considered a share or a profit participating certificate, as the case may be.

Furthermore, a Dutch Individual may, inter alia, derive benefits from Senior Discount Notes that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in the following circumstances:

a. if his investment activities go beyond the activities of an active portfolio investor, for instance in the case of the use of insider knowledge ( voorkennis ) or comparable forms of special knowledge; or

b. if he makes Senior Discount Notes available or is deemed to make Senior Discount Notes available, legally or in fact, directly or indirectly, to certain parties as meant in the articles 3.91 and 3.92 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 under circumstances described there.

Other Dutch Individuals

If a holder of Senior Discount Notes is a Dutch Individual whose situation has not been discussed before in this section “Dutch taxation—Taxes on income and capital gains—Resident holders of Senior Discount Notes”,

 

160


Table of Contents

benefits from his Senior Discount Notes are taxed as a benefit from savings and investments ( voordeel uit sparen en beleggen ). Such benefit is deemed to be four per cent. per annum of the average of his “yield basis” ( rendementsgrondslag ) at the beginning and at the end of the year, insofar as that average exceeds the “exempt net asset amount” ( heffingvrij vermogen ). The benefit is taxed at the rate of thirty per cent. The value of his Senior Discount Notes forms part of his yield basis. Actual benefits derived from his Senior Discount Notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, are not as such subject to Dutch income tax.

Dutch Corporate Entities

Any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from Senior Discount Notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, that are held by a Dutch Corporate Entity are generally subject to Dutch corporation tax.

Non-resident holders of Senior Discount Notes

The summary set out in this section “Dutch Taxation—Taxes on income and capital gains—Non-resident holders of Senior Discount Notes” only applies to a holder of Senior Discount Notes who is a Non-Resident holder of Senior Discount Notes.

A holder of Senior Discount Notes will be considered a “Non-Resident holder of Senior Discount Notes” if he is neither resident, nor deemed to be resident, in The Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax or corporation tax, as the case may be, and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes.

Individuals

A Non-Resident holder of Senior Discount Notes who is an individual will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from Senior Discount Notes, including any payment under Senior Discount Notes and any gain realised on the disposal of Senior Discount Notes, provided that both of the following conditions are satisfied.

1. If he derives profits from an enterprise, whether as an entrepreneur ( ondernemer ) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise, other than as an entrepreneur or a shareholder, which enterprise is either managed in The Netherlands or carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands, as the case may be, his Senior Discount Notes are not attributable to such enterprise.

2. He does not derive benefits from Senior Discount Notes that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in The Netherlands ( resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden in Nederland ).

See the section “Dutch Taxation—Taxes on income and capital gains—Resident holders of Senior Discount Notes—Dutch Individuals deriving benefits from miscellaneous activities” for a description of the circumstances under which the benefits derived from Senior Discount Notes may be taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities, on the understanding that such benefits will be taxable in The Netherlands only if such activities are performed or deemed to be performed in The Netherlands.

Entities

A Non-Resident holder of Senior Discount Notes other than an individual will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of benefit derived or deemed to be derived from Senior Discount Notes, including any payment under Senior Discount Notes or any gain realised on the disposal of Senior Discount Notes, provided that (a) if such Non-Resident holder of Senior Discount Notes derives profits from an enterprise that is either managed in The Netherlands or carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent

 

161


Table of Contents

establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands, whether as an entrepreneur ( ondernemer ) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise (other than as an entrepreneur or as a holder of securities), its Senior Discount Notes are not attributable to such enterprise, and (b) such Non-Resident holder of Senior Discount Notes does not have a substantial interest in the Issuer.

A person other than an individual has a substantial interest in the Issuer, (x) if it has a substantial interest in the Issuer as described in the section “Dutch taxation—Taxes on income and capital gains—Resident holders of Senior Discount Notes—Dutch Individuals deriving benefits from miscellaneous activities” or (y) if it has a deemed substantial interest in the Issuer. A deemed substantial interest may be present if its shares, profit participating certificates or rights to acquire shares or profit participating certificates in the Issuer have been acquired by such person or are deemed to have been acquired by such person on a non-recognition basis.

General

Subject to the above, a Non-Resident holder of Senior Discount Notes will not be subject to income taxation in The Netherlands by reason only of the execution ( ondertekening ), delivery ( overhandiging ) and/or enforcement of the documents relating to the issue of the Senior Discount Notes or the performance by the Issuer of its obligations thereunder or under the Senior Discount Notes.

Gift and inheritance taxes

A person who acquires Senior Discount Notes as a gift, in form or in substance, or who acquires or is deemed to acquire Senior Discount Notes on the death of an individual, will not be subject to Dutch gift tax or to Dutch inheritance tax, as the case may be, unless:

(i) the donor is, or the deceased was resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands for purposes of gift or inheritance tax, as the case may be; or

(ii) the Senior Discount Notes are or were attributable to an enterprise or part of an enterprise that the donor or the deceased carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands at the time of the gift or of the death of the deceased; or

(iii) the donor made a gift of Senior Discount Notes, then became a resident or deemed resident of The Netherlands, and died as a resident or deemed resident of The Netherlands within 180 days after the date of the gift.

Other taxes and duties

No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty, other than court fees, will be payable by a holder of Senior Discount Notes in The Netherlands in respect of or in connection with the execution, delivery and/or enforcement by legal proceedings (including the enforcement of any foreign judgment in the courts of The Netherlands) of the documents relating to the issue of Senior Discount Notes or the performance by the Issuer of its obligations thereunder or under the Senior Discount Notes.

 

162


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes only where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2007, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

163


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes and the enforceability of the obligations under the exchange notes to be issued will be passed upon for us by O’Melveny & Myers LLP, New York, New York, and Clifford Chance LLP, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Nielsen Company B.V. at December 31, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor, and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Nielsen Company B.V. at December 31, 2005 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 for the Predecessor, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young Accountants, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We will be required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information with the SEC after the registration statement described below is declared effective by the SEC. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our filings will also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our reports and other information that we have filed, or may in the future file, with the SEC are not incorporated by reference into and do not constitute part of this prospectus.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register with the SEC the exchange notes to be issued in exchange for the old notes. This prospectus is part of that registration statement. As allowed by the SEC’s rules, this prospectus does not contain all of the information you can find in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. You should note that where we summarize in this prospectus the material terms of any contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, the summary information provided in the prospectus is less complete than the actual contract, agreement or document. You should refer to the exhibits filed to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or document.

We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law.

 

164


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

The Nielsen Company B.V. is a Netherlands besloten venootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkeid , or private company with limited liability. Certain of its officers and directors may be residents of various jurisdictions outside the United States. In addition, certain of The Nielsen Company B.V.’s assets, are located outside the United States. The Nielsen Company B.V. has agreed, in accordance with the terms of the indenture under which the exchange notes will be issued, to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indenture, the notes or the security documents brought in any federal or state court located in New York City by an agent designated for such purpose, and to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in connection with such suits, actions or proceedings. However, it may be difficult for holders of the notes to effect service within the United States upon directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States or to realize or enforce in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liability under U.S. federal securities laws. We have been advised by our Dutch counsel that there is doubt as to the enforceability in the Netherlands against The Nielsen Company B.V. or against its directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States, of liabilities predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws.

 

165


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGE

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006 for the Successor

   F-2

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2007 for the Successor and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 for the Predecessor

   F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2007 for the Successor and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 for the Predecessor

   F-4

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

   F-5

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   F-24

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 for the Successor and December 31, 2005 for the Predecessor

   F-25

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 for the Predecessor

   F-26

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 for the Predecessor

   F-27

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 for the Predecessor

   F-28

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-30

 

F-1


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     Successor  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

   March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)        

Assets:

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 617     $ 631  

Marketable securities

     116       151  

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $28 and $29 in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

     744       740  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     272       247  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         545  
                

Total current assets

     1,749       2,314  

Non-current assets

    

Property, plant and equipment, net

     514       524  

Goodwill

     6,695       6,664  

Other intangible assets, net

     5,752       5,772  

Deferred tax assets

     122       106  

Other non-current assets

     717       719  
                

Total assets

   $ 15,549     $ 16,099  
                

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 910     $ 988  

Deferred revenues

     472       451  

Income tax liabilities

     101       252  

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     236       212  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         143  
                

Total current liabilities

     1,719       2,046  

Non-current liabilities

    

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     7,515       7,761  

Deferred tax liabilities

     1,891       1,901  

Other non-current liabilities

     476       372  
                

Total liabilities

     11,601       12,080  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

    

Minority interests

     105       105  

Shareholders’ equity:

    

7% preferred stock, €8.00 par value, 150,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1       1  

Common stock, €0.20 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized and 258,463,857 shares issued at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

     58       58  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,130       4,122  

Accumulated deficit

     (387 )     (313 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

     41       46  
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,843       3,914  
                

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 15,549     $ 16,099  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

   Three months
ended
March 31,
2007
    Three months
ended
March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003  
              

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     500     480  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     386     357  

Depreciation and amortization

     111     79  

Transaction costs

     —       52  

Restructuring costs

     19     2  
              

Operating income

     56     33  
              

Interest income

     8     5  

Interest expense

     (156 )   (30 )

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

     9     (7 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (4 )   (1)  

Equity in net income of affiliates

     2     2  

Other (expense)/income, net

     (2 )   10  
              

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (87 )   12  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     13     (13 )

Minority interests

     —       —    
              

Loss from continuing operations

     (74 )   (1 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —       (1 )
              

Net loss

   $ (74 )   (2 )
              

Preferred stock dividends

     NM     (2 )
              

Net loss available to common shareholders

     NM     $       (4 )
              

Net (loss)/Income per common share, basic and diluted

      

Loss from continuing operations

     NM     $  (0.01 )

Loss from discontinued operations

     NM     —    
              

Net loss per common share

     NM     $  (0.01 )
              

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     NM     257,193,232  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   Three months
ended
March 31,
2007
    Three months
ended
March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

   $ (104 )   $ 55  
                

Investing Activities

      

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     (10 )     (36 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     392       -  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     (19 )     (20 )

Additions to intangible assets

     (30 )     (13 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     (31 )     (24 )

Sale and maturities of marketable securities

     37       42  

Other investing activities

     —         9  
                

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     339       (42 )
                

Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from issuances of debt

     63       —    

Repayments of debt

     (341 )     —    

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         (9 )

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

     21       (5 )

Activity under stock plans

     —         7  

Other financing activities

     —         (2 )
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (257 )     (9 )
                

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     8       16  
                

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (14 )     20  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     631       1,019  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 617     $ 1,039  
                
 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ (14 )   $ (11 )

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

     (144 )     (7 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

The Nielsen Company bv (the “Company” or “Nielsen”) (formerly known as VNU Group bv and VNU nv) is a global information and media company with leading market positions and recognized brands. Nielsen is organized into three segments: Consumer Services (e.g., ACNielsen), Media (e.g., Nielsen Media Research) and Business Media (e.g., Billboard, The Hollywood Reporter ). Nielsen is active in more than 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Haarlem, the Netherlands and New York, USA.

On May 24, 2006, Nielsen was acquired through a tender offer to shareholders by Valcon Acquisition bv (“Valcon”), an entity formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Valcon’s cumulative purchases totaled 99.44% of Nielsen’s outstanding common shares as of March 31, 2007. Valcon acquired 100% of the preferred B shares in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 which were subsequently canceled. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen common shares through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, pursuant to Dutch legal and regulatory requirements, which is expected to be completed in 2007. The common and preferred shares were delisted from the Euronext Amsterdam on July 11, 2006.

Nielsen became a subsidiary of Valcon upon the consummation of the acquisition by Valcon (the “Valcon Acquisition”). Valcon’s cost of acquiring Nielsen has been pushed-down to establish the new accounting basis in Nielsen. Although Nielsen continues as the same legal entity after the Valcon Acquisition, the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to periods preceding and succeeding the Valcon Acquisition. These separate periods are presented to reflect the new accounting basis established for Nielsen as of the acquisition date and have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. The Successor portion of the financial statements also reflects the push-down of Valcon’s borrowings under its senior secured bridge facility, which was used to fund a portion of the Valcon Acquisition, and was repaid with funds borrowed by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries and equity contributions from the Sponsors.

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, contain all the adjustments (consisting of those of a normal recurring nature) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) applicable to interim periods. All amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g. Euros (“€”). The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. The accounting policies followed by Nielsen in the Successor period are consistent with those of the Predecessor period, except for those adjustments related to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”) as of January 1, 2007. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period amounts to conform to the March 31, 2007 presentation. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor, included in this prospectus and registration statement on Form S-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, which permits companies to choose to measure certain items at fair value and to report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected in earnings. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159 on its financial statements.

3. Business Acquisitions

Valcon Acquisition

The following summarizes the preliminary allocation of Valcon Acquisition purchase price based on estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of May 24, 2006. These preliminary fair values were determined using management’s estimates from information currently available and are subject to change.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24,
2006
 

Purchase price, net of discount of $6 million

   $ 9,911  

Estimated direct acquisition costs of Valcon

     151  
        

Aggregate purchase price

   $ 10,062  
        

Customer related intangibles

   $ 3,286  

Trade names and trademarks

     2,308  

Computer software

     372  

Other intangible assets

     52  

Property, plant and equipment

     506  

Current assets

     1,938  

Other non-current assets

     1,065  

Debt

     (2,489 )

Deferred income taxes

     (1,963 )

Other current liabilities

     (1,102 )

Other long term liabilities

     (398 )

Deferred revenue

     (380 )

Minority interest

     (102 )

Goodwill

     6,969  
        

Total purchase price assigned

   $ 10,062  
        

 

F-6


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the consolidated results of operations as if the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006, after including certain pro forma adjustments for interest expense, depreciation and amortization, sponsor fees, pension expense and related income taxes.

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   2007     2006  
     (actual)     (pro forma)  

Revenues

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003  

Loss from continuing operations

     (74 )     (68 )

The pro forma financial information has been prepared assuming the Valcon Acquisition and the related financing as of January 1, 2006 and is not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations had the Valcon Acquisition occurred at that date or the results of operations that may be obtained in the future.

Successor

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, Nielsen completed several acquisitions with an aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of $10 million and deferred consideration up to a maximum of $1 million, contingent on future performance. Had these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2007, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial.

Predecessor

Nielsen completed several acquisitions for the three months March 31, 2006, with an aggregate consideration of $47 million, net of cash acquired, of which $36 million was paid in cash and $11 million was deferred. Had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the periods, the impact on Nielsen’s (Predecessor) consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial.

4. Business Divestitures

Business Media Europe

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale of a significant portion of its Business Media Europe (BME) unit for $414 million in cash. A gain on sale of discontinued operations of $14 million relates to BME’s previously recognized currency translation adjustments from the date of the Valcon Acquisition to the date of sale. No other material gain was recognized on the sale because the sales price approximated the carrying value.

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     March 31, 2007     March 31, 2006  

(IN MILLIONS)

   BME         BME             Other            Total      

Revenues

   $ 18     $ 64     $ —      $ 64  

Operating loss

     (16 )     (1 )     —        (1 )

Loss before income taxes

     (18 )     (1 )     —        (1 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

     4       (1 )     —        (1 )
                               

Net loss

     (14 )     (2 )     —        (2 )

Gain on sale, net of tax

     14       —         1      1  
                               

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations

   $ —       $ (2 )   $ 1    $ (1 )
                               

 

F-7


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2007.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Consumer
Services
   Media    Business
Media
   Total

Successor

           

Balance, December 31, 2006

   $ 2,943    $ 2,731    $ 990    $ 6,664

Adjustments to preliminary Purchase Price Allocation

     1      1      —        2

Effect of foreign currency translation

     24      —        —        24

Additions

     2      3      —        5
                           

Balance, March 31, 2007

   $ 2,970    $ 2,735    $ 990    $ 6,695
                           

At March 31, 2007, an amount of $669 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Other Intangible Assets

 

    

Gross Amounts

Successor

  

Accumulated Amortization

Successor

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
   December 31,
2006
   March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 2,135    $ 2,123    $ —       $ —    
                              

Amortized intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 161    $ 161    $ (3 )   $ (2 )

Customer-related intangibles

     3,185      3,175      (146 )     (106 )

Covenants-not-to-compete

     28      28      (13 )     (10 )

Computer software

     455      427      (71 )     (46 )

Patents and other

     24      24      (3 )     (2 )
                              

Total

   $ 3,853    $ 3,815    $ (236 )   $ (166 )
                              

The amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 was $68 million and $52 million, respectively.

The trade names associated with Nielsen Media Research and ACNielsen are deemed indefinite-lived intangible assets, as their associated brand awareness and recognition has existed for over 50 years and Nielsen intends to continue to utilize these trade names. There are also no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that may limit their estimated useful lives. Nielsen reconsiders the remaining estimated useful life of indefinite-lived intangible assets each reporting period.

Since the allocation of the Valcon Acquisition purchase price is preliminary and subject to finalization of independent appraisals, the estimated annual amortization expense is also subject to change as the appraisals are finalized.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

6. Restructuring Activities

During 2007 and 2006, Nielsen initiated restructuring plans that primarily resulted in the involuntary termination of certain employees. A summary of the changes in the accrual balance for restructuring activities and a discussion of each of Nielsen’s restructuring plans is provided below:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Transformation

Initiative

        Other             Total      

Successor

                  

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 57     $ 6     $ 63  

Accruals

     19       —         19  

Payments

     (22 )     (1 )     (23 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     1       —         1  
                        

Balance at March 31, 2007

   $ 55     $ 5     $ 60  
                        

Transformation Initiative

In December 2006, Nielsen announced its intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of Nielsen’s operations worldwide. The Company further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation (“Transformation Initiative”). The Transformation Initiative is designed to make the Company a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, the Company is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions, leveraging global procurement, consolidating real estate, and expanding outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes.

These initiatives are expected to be implemented by the end of 2008. Nielsen incurred $9 million in severance costs for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and no severance costs for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Nielsen also incurred $10 million and $2 million in consulting fees, related to review of corporate functions and outsourcing opportunities, for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and have been recorded at the time the obligation existed. All severance and consulting fees have been or will be settled in cash.

Other

Other restructuring accruals at March 31, 2007 relate to Corporate Headquarters restructuring ($2 million), Consumer Services Europe Restructuring ($1 million) and Project Atlas ($2 million). These initiatives are expected to be completed by the end of 2007.

7. Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

The following table provides the Company’s expense associated with pension benefits that are accounted for under SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” For a complete description of the Company’s pension and post-retirement benefits, refer to Note 10 of our 2006 Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The net periodic benefit cost for other postretirement benefits were insignificant for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The components of net periodic pension cost were as follows:

 

     Net Periodic Pension Cost  

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
   

United

States

        Other             Total      

Successor

        

Three months ended March 31, 2007

        

Service cost

   $ 1     $ —       $ 4     $ 5  

Interest cost

     6       3       6       15  

Expected return on plan assets

     (8 )     (3 )     (6 )     (17 )
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (1 )   $ —       $ 4     $ 3  
                                

Predecessor

        

Three months ended March 31, 2006

        

Service cost

   $ 1     $ 3     $ 4     $ 8  

Interest cost

     6       3       5       14  

Expected return on plan assets

     (7 )     (3 )     (5 )     (15 )

Amortization of net loss

     —         2       2       4  
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ —       $ 5     $ 6     $ 11  
                                

8. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

 

               

Successor

     March 31, 2007    December 31, 2006

(IN MILLIONS)

   Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
    Maturities    Carrying
Amount
  

Carrying

Amount

Senior secured credit facilities

   7.57 %   2007 - 2013    $ 4,883    $ 5,220

Debenture loans

   10.20 %   2010 - 2016      2,476      2,447

Other loans

   4.32 %   2009 - 2017      57      7
                  

Long-term debt

          7,416      7,674

Capital lease obligations

          145      145

Short-term debt

          33      20

Bank overdrafts

          157      134
                  

Total debt and other financing arrangements

          7,751      7,973

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

          236      212
                  

Non-current portion of long-term-debt and capital lease obligations

        $ 7,515    $ 7,761
                  

Effective January 22, 2007, Nielsen agreed to a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on its U.S. Dollar and Euro senior secured term loan facilities, respectively.

On February 9, 2007, Nielsen applied $328 million of the proceeds from the sale of BME towards a mandatory pre-payment on the Euro senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, Nielsen will no longer be required to pay the scheduled quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the Euro senior secured term loan facility.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

April 1 – December 31, 2007

   $ 32

For the year ended December 31,

  

2008

     42

2009

     42

2010

     608

2011

     77

2012

     152

Thereafter

     6,463
      
   $ 7,416
      

9. Comprehensive (Loss)/Income

The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive (loss)/income, net of income tax expense:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     Successor     Predecessor  
     2007     2006  

Net loss

   $ (74 )   $ (2 )

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes

          

Unrealized gains/(losses) on:

          

Currency translation adjustments

     4       35  

Net unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale securities

     2       3  

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

     (12 )     2  

Pension liability

     1       —    
                

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (5 )     40  
                

Total comprehensive (loss)/income

   $ (79 )   $ 38  
                

10. Share-Based Compensation

Successor

Under the Company’s Equity Participation Plan, Valcon Acquisition Holding bv (“Dutch Holdco”), the direct parent of Valcon, granted 5.7 million performance and 5.7 million time-based awards to certain key employees of the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

The time-based awards become exercisable over a five-year vesting period tied to the employees’ continuing employment as follows: 5% as of grant date and 19% on the last day of each of the next five calendar years. The performance options are tied to the employees’ continued employment and become vested and exercisable based on the achievement of certain annual performance targets over a five-year vesting period. If the annual performance targets are achieved on a cumulative basis for any current year and prior years, the options become vested as to a pro-rata portion for any prior years’ installments which were not vested because of failure to achieve the applicable annual performance target. The performance and time-based options expire ten years from date of grant.

The options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2007 have exercise prices of $10.00 and $20.00 per share and average grant date fair values of $4.90 and $2.99, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, Nielsen recognized $8 million of compensation expense related to Nielsen’s share-based compensation plan.

Certain subsidiaries of the Company maintain share-based award plans. For its subsidiary Nielsen//NetRatings, Nielsen recognized $1 million in share-based compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2007. Nielsen also recognized a charge of $3 million for its subsidiary Nielsen BuzzMetrics, which included an adjustment of its liability awards to fair value as of March 31, 2007.

Predecessor

For the three months ended March 31, 2006, Nielsen recognized $6 million of share-based compensation expense, of which $1 million related to Nielsen//Netratings’ share-based compensation plans.

11. Income Taxes

Nielsen operates in more than 100 countries around the world and its earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of these countries.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (Successor) and 2006 (Predecessor) was 14.4% (benefit) and 162.5% (expense), respectively.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 is lower than the Dutch statutory rate as a result of the valuation allowance on foreign tax credits. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the low tax benefit on the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition.

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized a decrease of $5 million in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a decrease to the January 1, 2007 balance of goodwill. Due to the Valcon Acquisition on May 24, 2006, the decrease in tax benefits will be accounted for as a change to goodwill since the tax benefits relate to periods prior to the Valcon Acquisition. As of the date of adoption, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits totaled $119 million. Included in these unrecognized tax benefits are approximately $26 million of uncertain tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. However, due to the Valcon Acquisition, most of the tax benefits will not affect the annual effective income tax rate since a majority of the tax benefits relate to tax matters originating prior to the Valcon Acquisition.

Estimated interest related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. At January 1, 2007, the Company accrued $8 million for the potential payment of interest. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company accrued an additional $2 million in potential interest associated with uncertain tax positions. To the extent interest is not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision or goodwill depending on whether the interest was accrued prior to, or subsequent to, the Valcon Acquisition.

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate U.S. federal income tax returns and combined and separate returns in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for 2002 and prior periods. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 1997 through 2005.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service commenced examinations of certain of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for 2004 in the third quarter of 2006. The Company is also under corporate examination in the Netherlands for the years 2002-2004. Unrecognized tax benefits associated with the years currently under examination are $30 million as of January 1, 2007. Based on the outcome of these examinations, or as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations in specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized benefits for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns will materially change from those recorded as liabilities for uncertain tax positions at January 1, 2007. In addition, the outcome of these examinations may impact the valuation of certain deferred tax assets (such as net operating losses) in future periods. The Company anticipates that several of these audits may be finalized in the foreseeable future; however, Nielsen does not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on its statement of operations. There have been no significant changes to the status of these examinations during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

12. Related Party Transactions

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded $3 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to Sponsor management fees, travel and consulting.

At March 31, 2007, amounts payable to Dutch Holdco are included in the balance sheet as follows: a $50 million loan in long-term debt, $33 million included in short-term debt and accrued interest of $1 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded $1 million in interest expense related to these loans.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business.

D&B Legacy Tax Matters

In November 1996, D&B, then known as The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation (“Donnelley”) and spun-off The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”) (the “D&B Spin”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s”) and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Current D&B”) (the “Moody’s spin”). In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability arising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters after IMS Health paid the first $0.1 million of such liability.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999, a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes it has adequately provided for any remaining liability related to these matters.

World Directories

In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment. The sales price is subject to adjustment based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. On August 31, 2006, a notice of disagreement was filed by World Directories Acquisition Corp. (“WDA”) against Nielsen and certain of our subsidiaries pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) between the parties dated September 26, 2004 under which our World Directories business was sold. The claim arises in connection with certain post-closing matters under the SPA related to the submission of the completion accounts related to the business. WDA asserts a claim for approximately €44 million ($59 million) and we, in opposition to WDA’s claim, have claimed approximately €8 million ($11 million). The matter has been submitted to arbitration pursuant to the SPA.

 

erinMedia

erinMedia, llc (“erinMedia”) filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida on June 16, 2005. The suit alleges that Nielsen Media Research Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate NMR’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted NMR’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia.

On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against NMR alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed this action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. Although it is too early to predict the outcome of the original case, Nielsen believes the action is without merit.

Except as described above, there are no other pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting Nielsen which, if determined adversely to Nielsen, would in its view, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on Nielsen’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations and prospects.

14. Segments

Nielsen classifies its business interests into three reportable segments: Consumer Services, consisting principally of market research and analysis and marketing and sales advisory services; Media, consisting principally of television ratings, television, radio and internet audience and advertising measurement and research and analysis in various facets of the entertainment and media sectors, and Business Media, consisting principally of business publications, both in print and online, trade shows, events and conferences and information databases and websites. Corporate consists principally of unallocated, corporate items.

Information with respect to the operations of each Nielsen business segment is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered and geographic areas of operations. In the following tables “Corporate” includes the elimination of intersegment revenues.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Business Segment Information

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006
 

Revenues

      
 

Consumer Services (1)

   $ 609     $ 559  

Media

     341       316  

Business Media

     122       129  

Corporate

     —         (1 )
                

Total

   $ 1,072        $ 1,003  
                

(1) Includes retail measurement revenues of $404 million and $375 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

     Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006

Depreciation and amortization

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 41     $ 39

Media

     56       29

Business Media

     12       8

Corporate

     2       3
              

Total

   $ 111        $ 79
              
      
     Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006

Restructuring costs

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 6     $ 1

Media

     —         —  

Business Media

     2       —  

Corporate

     11       1
              

Total

   $ 19     $ 2
              

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006
 

Operating income

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 24     $ 7  

Media

     43       55  

Business Media

     23       29  

Corporate

     (34 )     (58 )
                

Total

   $ 56     $ 33  
                

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Successor     Successor

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006

Total assets

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 7,047     $ 7,014

Media

     6,314       6,327

Business Media

     1,651       2,244

Corporate (1)

     537       514
              

Total

   $ 15,549        $ 16,099
              

(1) Includes cash of $181 million and $198 million for March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.

15. Subsequent Events

As of March 31, 2007, the Company held approximately 58% of Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ shares outstanding. On April 30, 2007, the Company announced an agreement in principle to acquire the remaining Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ shares subject to the execution of a definitive agreement. On June 4, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of the remaining outstanding shares of Nielsen BuzzMetrics.

16. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information sets forth for the Company, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, all as defined in the credit agreements, the consolidating balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006. The Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unconditional basis by Nielsen and, each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, including VNU Intermediate Holding bv, Nielsen Holding and Finance bv, VNU Holdings bv, VNU International bv, VNU Services bv, ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US) Inc. and the wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and Nielsen, Inc., in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are Nielsen Company bv and the subsidiary issuers (Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary guarantors of the debt issued by Nielsen.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor) (Unaudited)

March 31, 2007

 

     Parent    Issuers     Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

               

Current assets

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2    $ —       $ 148    $ 467    $ —       $ 617

Marketable securities

     —        —         —        116      —         116

Trade and other receivables, net

     —        —         316      428      —         744

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1      15       183      73      —         272

Intercompany receivables

     323      78       344      275      (1,020 )     —  
                                           

Total current assets

     326      93       991      1,359      (1,020 )     1,749
                                           

Non-current assets

               

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —        —         351      163      —         514

Goodwill

     —        —         4,968      1,727      —         6,695

Other intangible assets, net

     —        —         4,398      1,354      —         5,752

Deferred tax assets

     4      24       41      53      —         122

Other non-current assets

     16      113       392      196      —         717

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     3,937      —         4,685      —        (8,622 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     698      6,314       545      1,741      (9,298 )     —  
                                           

Total assets

   $ 4,981    $ 6,544     $ 16,371    $ 6,593    $ (18,940 )   $ 15,549
                                           

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

               

Current liabilities

               

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 90    $ 67     $ 270    $ 483      —       $ 910

Deferred revenues

     —        —         297      175      —         472

Income tax liabilities

     11      —         89      1      —         101

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     —        42       84      110      —         236

Intercompany payables

     37      141       686      156      (1,020 )     —  
                                           

Total current liabilities

     138      250       1,426      925      (1,020 )     1,719
                                           

Non-current liabilities

               

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     991      6,326       169      29      —         7,515

Deferred tax liabilities

     —        —         1,872      19      —         1,891

Intercompany loans

     —        —         8,711      587      (9,298 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     9      10       256      201      —         476
                                           

Total liabilities

     1,138      6,586       12,434      1,761      (10,318 )     11,601
                                           

Minority interests

     —        —         —        105      —         105
                                           

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,843      (42 )     3,937      4,727      (8,622 )     3,843
                                           

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,981    $ 6,544     $ 16,371    $ 6,593    $ (18,940 )   $ 15,549
                                           

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor)

December 31, 2006

 

     Parent     Issuers     Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4     $ —       $ 211    $ 416    $ —       $ 631

Marketable securities

     —         —         14      137      —         151

Trade and other receivables, net

     (3 )     —         346      397      —         740

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —         23       167      57      —         247

Intercompany receivables

     318       123       347      334      (1,122 )     —  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        545      —         545
                                            

Total current assets

     319       146       1,085      1,886      (1,122 )     2,314
                                            

Non-current assets

              

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —         —         361      163      —         524

Goodwill

     —         —         4,976      1,688      —         6,664

Other intangible assets, net

     —         —         4,419      1,353      —         5,772

Deferred tax assets

     4       24       25      53      —         106

Other non-current assets

     17       105       438      159      —         719

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     3,995       —         4,561      —        (8,556 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     699       6,630       588      1,408      (9,325 )     —  
                                            

Total assets

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

              

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 77     $ 88     $ 348    $ 475    $ —       $ 988

Deferred revenues

     —         —         249      202      —         451

Income tax liabilities

     12       —         176      64      —         252

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     —         52       74      86      —         212

Intercompany payables

     42       155       707      218      (1,122 )     —  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        143      —         143
                                            

Total current liabilities

     131       295       1,554      1,188      (1,122 )     2,046
                                            

Non-current liabilities

              

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     982       6,629       119      31      —         7,761

Deferred tax liabilities

     —         —         1,882      19      —         1,901

Intercompany loans

     —         —         8,696      629      (9,325 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     7       —         207      158      —         372
                                            

Total liabilities

     1,120       6,924       12,458      2,025      (10,447 )     12,080
                                            

Minority interests

     —         —         —        105      —         105
                                            

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,914       (19 )     3,995      4,580      (8,556 )     3,914
                                            

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations (Successor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2007

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ 597     $ 478     $ (3 )   $ 1,072  
                                                

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         260       243       (3 )     500  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         206       180       —         386  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —         84       27       —         111  

Restructuring costs

     —         —         17       2       —         19  
                                                

Operating income

     —         —         30       26       —         56  
                                                

Interest income

     12       133       9       19       (165 )     8  

Interest expense

     (18 )     (137 )     (157 )     (9 )     165       (156 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     —         7       2       —         —         9  

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses

     (3 )     (3 )     2       —         —         (4 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —         (2 )     4       —         2  

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

     (64 )     —         19       —         45       —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (4 )     —         8       (6 )     —         (2 )
                                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (77 )     —         (89 )     34       45       (87 )

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     3       —         25       (15 )     —         13  

Minority interests

     —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                

Net (loss)/income

   $ (74 )   $ —       $ (64 )   $ 19     $ 45     $ (74 )
                                                

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 577     $ 429     $ (3 )   $ 1,003  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        254       229       (3 )     480  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     2       —        186       169       —         357  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —        51       28       —         79  

Transaction costs

     45       —        7       —         —         52  

Restructuring costs

     —         —        2       —         —         2  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (47 )     —        77       3       —         33  
                                               

Interest income

     30       —        8       10       (43 )     5  

Interest expense

     (29 )     —        (37 )     (7 )     43       (30 )

Loss on derivative instruments

     —         —        (7 )     —         —         (7 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains/(losses), net

     6       —        (7 )     —         —         (1 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        (2 )     4       —         2  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     31       —        8       —         (39 )     —    

Other income, net

     4       —        4       2       —         10  
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (5 )     —        44       12       (39 )     12  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     3       —        (13 )     (3 )     —         (13 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (2 )     —        31       9       (39 )     (1 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        —         (1 )     —         (1 )
                                               

Net (loss)/income

   $ (2 )   $ —      $ 31     $ 8     $ (39 )   $ (2 )
                                               

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Successor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2007

 

     Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

   $ 3     $ 39     $ (104 )   $ (42 )   $ (104 )
                                        

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (6 )     (4 )     (10 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —         —         392       392  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (9 )     (10 )     (19 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (26 )     (4 )     (30 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —         —         (31 )     (31 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —         —         37       37  

Other investing activities

     1       —         (4 )     3       —    
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     1       —         (45 )     383       339  
                                        

Financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuances of debt

     —         —         63       —         63  

Repayments of debt

     —         (339 )     (2 )     —         (341 )

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —           21       21  

Intercompany and other financing activities

     (6 )     300       22       (316 )     —    
                                        

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (6 )     (39 )     83       (295 )     (257 )
                                        

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         3       5       8  
                                        

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2 )     —         (63 )     51       (14 )
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     4       —         211       416       631  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 2     $ —       $ 148     $ 467     $ 617  
                                        

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006

 

     Parent     Issuers    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

   $ (10 )   $ —      $ 39     $ 26     $ 55  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (12 )     (24 )     (36 )

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (12 )     (8 )     (20 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (10 )     (3 )     (13 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (24 )     (24 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         42       42  

Other investing activities

     —         —        (1 )     10       9  
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —        (35 )     (7 )     (42 )
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        —         (9 )     (9 )

(Decrease)/increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —        (16 )     11       (5 )

Activity under stock plans

     7       —        —         —         7  

Intercompany and other financing activities

     —         —        49       (51 )     (2 )
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     7       —        33       (49 )     (9 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —        10       6       16  
                                       

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (3 )     —        47       (24 )     20  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     6       —        634       379       1,019  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 3     $ —      $ 681     $ 355     $ 1,039  
                                       

 

F-22


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Supervisory Board and Shareholders

The Nielsen Company bv

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Nielsen Company bv as of December 31, 2006 for the Successor and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 21(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Nielsen Company bv at December 31, 2006 for the Successor and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York

April 4, 2007

 

F-23


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Supervisory Board and Shareholders

The Nielsen Company bv

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Nielsen Company bv (Predecessor) as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 21(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Nielsen Company bv (Predecessor) at December 31, 2005, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG ACCOUNTANTS

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

April 4, 2007

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

 

Assets:

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 631     $ 1,019  

Marketable securities

     151       123  

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $29 and $36 in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

     740       763  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     247       436  

Assets of discontinued operations

     545       —    
                

Total current assets

     2,314       2,341  
 

Non-current assets

      

Property, plant and equipment, net

     524       504  

Goodwill

     6,664       5,023  

Other intangible assets, net

     5,772       1,964  

Derivative financial instruments

     1       260  

Deferred tax assets

     106       77  

Other non-current assets

     718       494  
                

Total assets

   $ 16,099     $ 10,663  
                

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 988     $ 827  

Deferred revenues

     451       437  

Income tax liabilities

     252       246  

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     212       731  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     143       —    
                

Total current liabilities

     2,046       2,241  
 

Non-current liabilities

      

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     7,761       2,000  

Deferred tax liabilities

     1,901       610  

Other non-current liabilities

     372       373  
                

Total liabilities

     12,080       5,224  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

      
 

Minority interests

     105       104  
 

Shareholders’ equity:

      
 

Priority stock, €8.00 par value, canceled as of December 31, 2006, 500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005

     —         —    

7% preferred stock, €8.00 par value, 150,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1       1  

Series A preferred stock, €8.00 par value, canceled as of December 31, 2006, 13,750,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding at December 31, 2005

     —         —    

Series B cumulative preferred stock, €0.20 par value, canceled as of December 31, 2006, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 7,200,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005

     —         2  

Common stock, €0.20 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized; 258,463,857 shares and 257,073,932 shares issued at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively

     58       58  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,122       2,819  

(Accumulated deficit)/retained earnings

     (313 )               3,140  

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of income taxes

     46       (685 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,914       5,335  
                

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 16,099     $ 10,663  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    January 1 –
May 23, 2006
    Year ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE
DATA)

           2005             2004      

Revenues

   $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     1,202       787       1,904       1,772  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     912       554       1,464       1,321  

Depreciation and amortization

     257       126       312       297  

Goodwill impairment charges

     —         —         —         135  

Transaction costs

     —         95       —         —    

Restructuring costs

     68       7       6       36  
                                

Operating income

     109       57       373       253  
                                

Interest income

     11       8       21       16  

Interest expense

     (372 )     (48 )     (130 )     (140 )

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

     5       (9 )     13       178  

(Loss)/gain on early extinguishment of debt

     (65 )     —         (102 )     1  

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (71 )     (3 )     11       (2 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     6       6       9       7  

Other (expense)/income, net

     (7 )           14       8       5  
                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (384 )     25       203       318  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     105       (39 )     (31 )     (45 )

Minority interests

     —         —         —         5  
                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (279 )     (14 )     172       278  
 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (17 )     —         7       845  
                                

Net (loss)/income

   $ (296 )     (14 )     179       1,123  
                                
 

Preferred stock dividends

     NM       (3 )     (7 )     (7 )
                                

Net (loss)/income available to common shareholders

     NM     $ (17 )   $ 172     $ 1,116  
                                
 

Net (loss)/income per common share, basic and diluted

          

(Loss)/Income from continuing operations

     NM     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.64     $ 1.07  

Income from discontinued operations

     NM       —         0.03       3.35  
                                

Net (loss)/income per common share

     NM     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.67     $ 4.42  
                                
 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

     NM       257,462,508       255,795,495       252,272,732  

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

     NM       257,462,508       255,902,777       252,273,679  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
   

May 24 –

December 31,
2006

   

January 1 –

May 23,
2006

   

Year ended

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

          2005             2004      

Operating Activities

         

Net (loss)/income

  $ (296 )   $ (14 )   $ 179     $ 1,123  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Share-based payments expense

    14       20       23       34  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

    —         (3 )     (7 )     (756 )

(Benefit)/provision for deferred income taxes

    (193 )     33       48       (76 )

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other losses/(gains)

    78       (11 )     (19 )     (4 )

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    65       —         102       1  

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

    (5 )     9       (13 )     (178 )

Equity in net income from affiliates, net of dividends received

    (2 )     2       2       5  

Minority interest in net income/(loss) of consolidated subsidiaries

    —         1       1       (5 )

Gain on sale of fixed assets, subsidiaries and affiliates

    —         —         (18 )     (12 )

Depreciation and amortization

    265       128       318       323  

Goodwill impairment charges

    —         —         —         135  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired and divested:

         

Trade and other receivables, net

    (38 )     31       (58 )     (70 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (3 )     2       22       (8 )

Accounts payable and other current liabilities and deferred revenues

    285       (95 )     13       34  

Other non-current liabilities

    —         (3 )     (18 )     41  

Interest receivable

    2       5       15       3  

Interest payable

    219       (4 )     (12 )     (20 )

Income taxes

    41       (22 )     (68 )     29  
                               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    432       79       510       599  
                               

Investing Activities

         

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

    (43 )     (57 )     (178 )     (103 )

Proceeds/(payments) from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

    91       (3 )     (23 )     2,598  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

    (110 )     (45 )     (163 )     (184 )

Additions to intangible assets

    (57 )     (24 )     (75 )     (85 )

Purchases of marketable securities

    (63 )     (56 )     (122 )     (164 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

    59       71       141       159  

Other investing activities

    (20 )     17       (6 )     130  
                               

Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities

    (143 )     (97 )     (426 )     2,351  
                               

Financing Activities

         

Payments to Valcon to settle certain borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition

    (5,862 )     —         —         —    

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs of $137 in the Successor period

    6,787       —         —         103  

Repayments of debt

    (1,549 )     (466 )     (1,805 )     (833 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

    6       (9 )     (14 )     20  

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

    34       (6 )     (673 )     97  

Repurchase of preference shares

    (116 )     —         —         —    

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

    (16 )     —         (99 )     (79 )

Activity under stock plans

    (91 )     40       7       —    

Settlement of derivatives and other financing activities

    308       212       70       (17 )
                               

Net cash used in financing activities

    (499 )     (229 )     (2,514 )     (709 )
                               

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    8       61       (189 )     265  
                               

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (202 )           (186 )     (2,619 )     2,506  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    833       1,019       3,638       1,132  
                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 631     $ 833     $ 1,019     $ 3,638  
                               

Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

         

Valcon transactions pushed-down to Nielsen:

         

Acquisition of Nielsen by Valcon

  $ (10,062 )   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Net borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition, net of issuance costs of $60

    5,773       —         —         —    

Investment by parent companies

    4,289       —         —         —    

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ (57 )   $ (30 )   $ (60 )   $ (133 )

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

    (167 )     (53 )     (144 )     (205 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

                        Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), Net        

(IN MILLIONS)

  Total
Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
(Deficit)/
Retained
Earnings
    Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses) on
Securities
    Net
Unrealized
Gain on
Cash Flow
Hedges
  Minimum
Pension
Liability
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Predecessor

                 

Balance, January 1, 2004

  $ 3   $ 56   $ 2,581     $ 2,196     $ (41 )   $ (1 )   $ —     $ (118 )   $ 4,676  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net income

          1,123               1,123  

Other comprehensive loss:

                 

Currency translation adjustments

            (483 )           (483 )

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              5           5  

Minimum pension liability

                  (7 )     (7 )
                       

Total other comprehensive loss

                    (485 )
                       

Total comprehensive income

                    638  

Dividend to preferred shareholders

          (7 )             (7 )

Dividend to common shareholders

      1     91       (164 )             (72 )

Share-based payments expense

        34                 34  

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        (1 )               (1 )
                                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2004

    3     57     2,705       3,148       (524 )     4       —       (125 )     5,268  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net income

          179               179  

Other comprehensive loss:

                 

Currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $89

            (63 )           (63 )

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              6           6  

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges

                3       3  

Minimum pension liability, net of tax of $5

                  14       14  
                       

Total other comprehensive loss

                    (40 )
                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    139  

Dividend to preferred shareholders

          (7 )             (7 )

Dividend to common shareholders

      1     87       (180 )             (92 )

Activity under stock plans

        7                 7  

Share-based payments expense

        23                 23  

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        (3 )               (3 )
                                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2005

  $     3   $ 58   $ 2,819     $ 3,140     $ (587 )   $ 10     $ 3   $ (111 )   $ 5,335  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income—(Continued)

 

                          Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), Net        

(IN MILLIONS)

  Total
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
(Deficit)/
Retained
Earnings
    Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses) on
Securities
    Net
Unrealized
Gain on
Cash Flow
Hedges
  Minimum
Pension
Liability
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance, December 31, 2005

  $ 3     $ 58   $ 2,819     $ 3,140     $ (587 )   $ 10     $ 3   $ (111 )   $ 5,335  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net income

          (14 )             (14 )

Other comprehensive income:

                 

Currency translation adjustments, net of
tax of $7

            106             106  

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              (4 )         (4 )

Cash flow hedges

                1       1  
                       

Total other comprehensive income

                    103  
                       

Total comprehensive income

                    89  

Activity under stock plans

        39                 39  

Share-based payments expense

        (63 )               (63 )

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        (6 )               (6 )
                                                                   

Balance, May 23, 2006

  $ 3     $ 58   $ 2,789     $ 3,126     $ (481 )   $ 6     $ 4   $ (111 )   $ 5,394  
                                                                   

Successor

                 

Valcon Equity

  $ 3     $ 58   $ 4,228     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —     $ —         4,289  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net loss

          (296 )             (296 )

Other comprehensive income:

                 

Currency translation adjustments

            37             37  

Unrealized loss on pension liability

                  (1 )     (1 )

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              1           1  

Cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(1)

                9       9  
                       

Total other comprehensive loss

                    46  
                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    (250 )

Repurchase of preference shares

    (2 )       (114 )               (116 )

Dividend to preferred shareholders, net of tax of $1

          (17 )             (17 )

Share-based payments expense

        7                 7  

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        1                 1  
                                                                   

Balance, December 31, 2006

  $ 1     $ 58   $ 4,122     $ (313 )   $ 37     $ 1     $ 9   $ (1 )   $ 3,914  
                                                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

The Nielsen Company bv (the “Company” or “Nielsen”) (formerly known as VNU Group bv and VNU nv) is a global information and media company with leading market positions and recognized brands. Nielsen is organized into three segments: Nielsen is organized into three segments: Consumer Services (formerly Marketing Information) (e.g., ACNielsen), Media (formerly Media Measurement & Information) (e.g., Nielsen Media Research) and Business Media (e.g., Billboard, The Hollywood Reporter ). There were no changes made to the composition of Nielsen’s reporting segments. Nielsen is active in more than 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Haarlem, the Netherlands and New York, USA. Nielsen has approximately 41,000 full-time employees.

On May 24, 2006, Nielsen was acquired through a tender offer to shareholders by Valcon Acquisition bv (“Valcon”), an entity formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Valcon’s cumulative purchases of the outstanding common shares and preferred B shares resulted in a combined 99.44% of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding shares as of December 31, 2006. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen shares through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, pursuant to Dutch legal and regulatory requirements, which is expected to be completed in 2007. The common and preferred shares were delisted from the Euronext Amsterdam on July 11, 2006.

Nielsen became a subsidiary of Valcon upon the consummation of the acquisition by Valcon (the “Valcon Acquisition”). Valcon’s cost of acquiring Nielsen has been pushed-down to establish the new accounting basis in Nielsen. Although Nielsen continues as the same legal entity after the Valcon Acquisition, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, cash flows and statements of changes in shareholders’ equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding and succeeding the Valcon Acquisition. These separate periods are presented to reflect the new accounting basis established for Nielsen as of the acquisition date and have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. The Successor portion of the financial statements also reflects the push-down of Valcon’s borrowings under its senior secured bridge facility, which was used to fund a portion of the Valcon Acquisition, and was repaid with funds borrowed by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 11) and equity contributions from the Sponsors.

The consolidated financial statements of Nielsen have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), and all amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g. Euros (“€”).

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. The equity method of accounting is used for investments in affiliates and joint ventures where Nielsen has significant influence but not control, usually supported by a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in which Nielsen owns less than 20% are accounted for either as available-for-sale securities if the shares are publicly traded or at cost. Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation. The financial statements of certain subsidiaries outside the United States and Canada are consolidated using their statutory fiscal years ending November 30 to facilitate timely reporting of Nielsen’s financial results. There have been no significant intervening events which materially affect the consolidated financial position and results of operations of Nielsen after November 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 related to these subsidiaries. The accounting policies followed by Nielsen in the Successor period are consistent with those of the Predecessor period. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period amounts to conform to the December 31, 2006 presentation.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Subsidiary Stock Transactions

At December 31, 2006, Nielsen owned approximately 60% of NetRatings, Inc. (“Nielsen//NetRatings”), a public company that provides internet audience measurement services and 49% of Nielsen BuzzMetrics, a private company that measures consumer-generated media, in which the Company has a controlling 51% voting interest. Nielsen’s ownership percentage in Nielsen//NetRatings’ stock is impacted by Nielsen’s purchase of additional subsidiary stock, as well as subsidiary stock transactions, including the subsidiary’s stock repurchase and stock issuance. On February 5, 2007, Nielsen and Nielsen//NetRatings announced that they had entered into a merger agreement, see Note 20. Nielsen records all gains and losses related to subsidiary stock transactions in shareholders’ equity in additional paid-in capital. For details related to Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ and Nielsen//NetRatings’ stock option exercises, see Note 13. In the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen//NetRatings did not repurchase any shares, for the periods January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, respectively, Nielsen//NetRatings repurchased 0.8 million and 1.1 million shares for an average price of $12.70 and $13.40 per share in cash, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation

Nielsen has significant investments outside the United States, primarily in the Euro-zone and the United Kingdom. Therefore, changes in the value of foreign currencies affect the consolidated financial statements when translated into U.S. Dollars. The functional currency for substantially all subsidiaries outside the U.S. is the local currency. Financial statements for these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars at period-end exchange rates as to the assets and liabilities and monthly average exchange rates as to revenues, expenses and cash flows. For these countries, currency translation adjustments are recognized in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), whereas transaction gains and losses are recognized in foreign exchange transactions (losses)/gains, net.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Investments

Investments include available-for-sale securities carried at fair value, or cost if not publicly traded, investments in affiliates, and a trading asset portfolio maintained to generate returns to offset changes in certain liabilities related to deferred compensation arrangements. For the available-for-sale securities, any unrealized holding gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, are excluded from operating results and are recognized in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized. Nielsen assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other than temporary and thus the investment is impaired by considering available evidence.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

of assets may not be recoverable. Nielsen reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. The Company established reporting units based on its internal reporting structure. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, goodwill has been allocated to reporting units on a pro-rata basis to the fair values of the respective reporting units. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit, which is generally one level below Nielsen’s operating segments, are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily a discounted cash flow analysis and a market-based approach for the Nielsen Internet reporting unit. A discounted cash flow analysis requires various judgmental assumptions, including assumptions about future cash flows, growth rates and discount rates. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on Nielsen’s budget and business plans. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective reporting units. In estimating the fair values of its reporting units, Nielsen also uses market comparisons and recent comparable transactions. The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

Nielsen recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $135 million in 2004, based on the methodology described above, reducing the carrying value of goodwill in the Entertainment reporting unit within Media. The charge reflects the impact of increased competition and client consolidation in the film sector and deterioration of the music market resulting from increased piracy, including the illegal duplication of compact disks. The tests for 2005 and 2006 confirmed that the fair value of Nielsen’s reporting units and indefinite lived intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying amounts and that no impairment was required. There was no impairment of indefinite-lived intangibles for any of the years presented.

Software and Other Amortized Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with finite lives are stated at historical cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually:

 

          Weighted
Average

Trade names and trademarks (with finite lives)

   20 - 40 years    26

Customer-related intangibles

   6 - 25 years    21

Covenants-not-to-compete

   2 - 7 years    5

Computer software

   3 - 7 years    5

Patents and other

   3 - 7 years    6

Nielsen has purchased and internally developed software to facilitate its global information processing, financial reporting and access needs. These costs and related software implementation costs are capitalized in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”, and amortized over the estimated useful life.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Research and development costs

Research and development costs, which were not material for any periods presented, are expensed as incurred.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 25 to 50 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for equipment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by Nielsen, including property, plant and equipment and amortized intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. Nielsen evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

Revenue Recognition

General

Nielsen recognizes revenue for the sale of services and products under the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104, “Revenue Recognition”, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and the collectibility related to the services and products is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of Nielsen’s revenue is generated from its media and marketing services. The Company reviews all contracts to evaluate them pursuant to SAB 104 and recognizes revenue from the sale of its services and products based upon fair value as the services are performed, which is generally ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned.

Nielsen’s revenue arrangements may include multiple elements as defined in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” In these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon their fair values relative to the total contract value, to the extent that the fair values are readily determinable and the deliverables have stand-alone value to the customer (the “relative fair value method”).

A discussion of Nielsen’s revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Consumer Services

Revenue, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

The Company performs customized research projects which are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the final report has been delivered to the customer.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Media

Revenue is primarily generated from television audience and internet measurement services and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

Business Media

Single copy revenue for publications, sold via newsstands and/or dealers, is recognized in the month in which the magazine goes on sale. Revenue from printed circulation and advertisements included therein is recognized on the date it is available to the consumer. Revenue from electronic circulation and advertising is recognized over the period during which both are electronically available. The unearned portion of paid magazine subscriptions is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis with monthly amounts recognized on the magazines’ cover date.

For products, such as magazines and books, sold to customers with the right to return unsold items, revenues are recognized when the products are shipped, based on gross sales less an allowance for future estimated returns. Revenue from trade shows and certain costs are recognized upon completion of the event.

Deferred Costs

Incremental direct costs incurred related to establish an electronic metered sample/panel in a market, are deferred. Deferred metered market assets are amortized over the original contract period, generally five years, beginning when the electronic metered sample/panel is ready for its intended use.

Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred and are reflected as selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These costs include all brand advertising, telemarketing, direct mail and other sales promotion associated with Nielsen’s publications, exhibitions, and marketing/media research services and products. Advertising and marketing costs totaled $32 million, $22 million, $80 million and $72 million for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Financial Instruments

Nielsen’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments. The carrying value of Nielsen’s financial instruments approximate fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed-rate debt and certain differences relating to investments accounted for at cost and other financial instruments. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.

These financial instruments potentially subject Nielsen to concentrations of credit risk. Cash equivalents, marketable securities and derivative financial instruments (see Note 8) consist primarily of highly liquid securities held with acknowledged financial institutions and have original maturities of three months or less. Accounts receivable are not collateralized. The Consumer Services and Media segments service high quality clients dispersed across many geographic areas, and Business Media’s customer base consists of a large number of diverse customers. Nielsen maintains reserves for estimated credit losses and these losses have generally been within management’s expectations.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Derivative Financial Instruments / Hedge Accounting

Nielsen uses derivative instruments principally to manage the risk associated with movements in foreign currency exchange rates and the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the fair value or cash flows of its debt obligations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. As such documentation was not in place during 2004, no derivative instruments outstanding qualified for hedge accounting, and all changes in fair value were recognized immediately in earnings.

At the inception of transactions entered into on or after January 1, 2005, Nielsen documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions as well as the hedge effectiveness assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis.

Nielsen recognizes all derivatives at fair value either as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge or net investment hedge accounting criteria are met, Nielsen recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in other comprehensive income.

Share-Based Compensation

Nielsen adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, effective January 1, 2003, using the modified prospective method described in the statement. This standard requires the cost of all share-based payments, including stock options, to be measured at fair value on the grant date and recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations; however, no expense is recognized for options that do not ultimately vest. Nielsen recognizes the expense of its options that cliff vest using the straight-line method. For those that vest over time, an accelerated graded vesting is used. All stock options outstanding under the Predecessor stock option plans were settled or canceled by the Company in connection with the Valcon Acquisition. See Note 13 for a discussion of share-based compensation.

Income Taxes

Nielsen provides for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as an adjustment to income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Comprehensive income/(loss) is reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting shareholders’ equity that are excluded from net income.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments”. This statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, and clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. Nielsen is evaluating the potential impact of SFAS No. 155 on its financial results.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”. FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN No. 48 will be adopted by the Company on January 1, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 and its impact on its financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, which permits companies to choose to measure certain items at fair value and to report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected in earnings. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159 on its financial statements.

In December 2006, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 00-19-2, “Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements”. Registration payment arrangements, as defined in the FSP, include most registration rights agreements in security issuances and certain “contingent interest” features in debt instruments. The FSP specifies that the contingent obligation to make future payments or otherwise transfer consideration under a registration payment arrangement, whether issued as a separate agreement or included as a provision of a financial instrument or other agreement, should be separately recognized and measured in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”. The FSP further clarifies that a financial instrument subject to a registration payment arrangement should be accounted for in accordance with other applicable U.S. generally accepted accounting principles without regard to the contingent obligation to transfer consideration pursuant to the registration payment arrangement. The adoption of this FSP will not have a material impact on Nielsen’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as it is generally consistent with the Company’s current policy.

3. Business Acquisitions

Valcon Acquisition

As discussed in Note 1, the Valcon Acquisition was completed on May 24, 2006. The price paid to Nielsen common shareholders was €29.50 ($37.90) per ordinary share and €21.00 ($27.00) per 7% preferred share.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Valcon Acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations”. The following summarizes the preliminary allocation of purchase price based on estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of May 24, 2006. These preliminary fair values were determined using management’s estimates from information currently available and are subject to change.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24,
2006
 

Purchase price, net of discount of $6 million

   $ 9,911  

Estimated direct acquisition costs of Valcon

     151  
        

Aggregate purchase price

   $ 10,062  
        

Customer related intangibles

   $ 3,286  

Trade names and trademarks

     2,308  

Computer software

     372  

Other intangible assets

     52  

Property, plant and equipment

     506  

Current assets

     1,938  

Other non-current assets

     1,065  

Debt

     (2,489 )

Deferred income taxes

     (1,963 )

Other current liabilities

     (1,100 )

Other long term liabilities

     (398 )

Deferred revenue

     (380 )

Minority interest

     (102 )

Goodwill

     6,967  
        

Total purchase price assigned

   $ 10,062  
        

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the consolidated results of operations as if the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2005, after including certain pro forma adjustments for interest expense, depreciation and amortization, sponsor fees, pension expense and related income taxes.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

 

Revenues

   $ 4,174     $ 4,059  

Loss from continuing operations

     (377 )     (231 )

The pro forma financial information has been prepared assuming the Valcon Acquisition and the related financing discussed in Note 11 occurred as of January 1, 2005 and is not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations had the Valcon Acquisition occurred at that date or the results of operations that may be obtained in the future. The pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2006 has been adjusted from reported amounts for certain non-recurring charges of i) transaction costs of $95 million in connection with the Valcon Acquisition which primarily include accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs and include $45 million paid to IMS Health, and ii) the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $60 million related to the Valcon Bridge Loan that was replaced with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Successor

During the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen completed several acquisitions with an aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of $29 million and deferred consideration up to a maximum of $5 million, contingent on future performance. Had these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2006 and 2005, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial.

Predecessor

Nielsen completed several acquisitions during the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 with an aggregate consideration of $69 million, $170 million, and $96 million, respectively, net of cash acquired. Had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the periods, the impact on Nielsen’s (Predecessor) consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial. Acquisitions during the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 resulted in additional goodwill of $54 million, $40 million, and $88 million, respectively, and additional identifiable intangible assets of $23 million, $8 million, and $13 million, respectively.

4. Business Divestitures

Business Media Europe

In December 2006, the Company reached an agreement in principle to sell substantially all of its Business Media Europe (BME) operations, which is part of Business Media, to 3i Group plc, a private-equity and venture-capital firm. On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale. See Note 20 ‘Subsequent Events’. The cash proceeds of the sale approximated the carrying value as of December 31, 2006. The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect BME’s business as a discontinued operation.

The major asset and liability categories attributable to discontinued operations of BME are as follows:

 

       Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

Accounts receivable

   $ 68            $ 53

Inventories

     2       2

Net property, plant and equipment

     8       8

Other assets

     467       107
                

Total assets

   $ 545     $ 170
                

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

   $ 70     $ 52

Other liabilities

     73       56
                

Total liabilities

   $ 143     $ 108
                

Directories

In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment (WD) to World Directories Acquisition Corp., a legal entity owned by funds advised by Apax Partners Worldwide LLP and Cinven Limited, for $2,622 million in cash. The sale resulted in a gain of $756 million, net of income taxes, of which $534 million related to currency translation adjustments reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income; $1,594 million of the proceeds were used to repay debt in 2005 and $38 million of fees related to the disposition

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

were paid in 2005. The sales price is subject to adjustment based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. In 2005, Nielsen recorded an additional gain of $8 million to reflect the continued negotiation of final settlement amounts.

In connection with the sale of WD, Nielsen indemnified the acquirer from any tax obligations relating to years prior to the divestiture (see Note 14).

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
   

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1 – May 23,

2006

    December 31,  
        2005     2004  

(IN MILLIONS)

  BME     BME     Other   Total     BME     WD   Other     Total     BME     WD     Total  

Revenues

  $ 189        $ 106     $ —     $ 106     $ 287     $ —     $ —       $ 287     $ 279     $ 505     $ 784  

Operating income

    6       1       —       1       12       —       —         12       7       162       169  

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    (7 )     (1 )     —       (1 )     9       —       —         9       4       101       105  

Income tax (provision)/benefit

    (10 )     (2 )     —       (2 )     (9 )     —       —         (9 )     (6 )     (35 )     (41 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

    —         —         —       —         —         —       —         —         —         25       25  
                                                                                   

Income/(loss)

    (17 )     (3 )     —       (3 )     —         —       —         —         (2 )     91       89  

Gain/(loss) on sale, net of tax

    —         —         3     3       —         8     (1 )     7       —         756       756  
                                                                                   

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations

  $ (17 )   $ (3 )   $ 3   $ —       $ —       $ 8   $ (1 )   $ 7     $ (2 )   $ 847     $ 845  
                                                                                   

Nielsen allocated interest to discontinued operations in accordance with EITF Issue No. 87-24, “Allocation of Interest to Discontinued Operations”. The interest charges allocated to discontinued operations were comprised of interest expense on debt that was assumed by the acquirers of Nielsen’s discontinued operations and a portion of the consolidated interest expense of Nielsen, based on the ratio of net assets sold as a proportion of consolidated net assets. For the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, interest expense of $13 million, $1 million, $3 million and $3 million, respectively, was allocated to BME.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, Nielsen allocated interest expense of $45 million to WD.

Following are the major categories of cash flows from discontinued operations, as included in Nielsen’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    January 1 –
May 23,
2006
    Year ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

           2005             2004      

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 20     $ 7     $ 11     $ 216  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5 )     (12 )     (5 )     (62 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

     (1 )     —         (1 )     1  
                                
   $ 14     $ (5 )   $ 5     $ 155  
                                

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

In addition to the divestiture of WD, during the year ended December 31, 2004, Nielsen divested several smaller businesses for an aggregate price of $19 million, resulting in a gain of $10 million, which is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

5. Marketable Securities

The following is a summary of estimated fair values of investments based on quoted market prices:

 

     Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

Current marketable securities:

      

Auction rate securities

   $ 49     $ 53

Corporate notes

     28          10

Commercial paper

     10       2

Euro dollar bonds

     13       17

Floating rate bonds

     11       2

Government securities

     9       32

Mutual funds

     31       —  

Other

     —         7
              

Total current marketable securities

   $ 151     $ 123
              

Long-term investments:

      

Auction rate securities

   $ —       $ 1

Corporate notes

     9       17

Euro dollar bonds

     5       6

Government securities

     1       5

Mutual funds

     17       89

Equity securities

     24       25
              

Total long-term investments

   $ 56     $ 143
              

All auction rate securities, corporate notes, commercial paper, Euro dollar bonds, floating rate bonds, government securities and other marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2006, both the fair market value and cost of these marketable securities totaled $135 million. At December 31, 2005, the fair market value, cost and net unrealized losses of marketable securities totaled $151 million, $152 million and $1 million, respectively.

These investments are stated at fair value with any unrealized holding gains or losses, net of tax, included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized. Nielsen uses the specific identification method to determine realized gains and losses on its available-for-sale securities. For the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, realized gains and losses were immaterial.

Nielsen’s long-term equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2006, the cost and net unrealized gains of Nielsen’s long-term equity securities totaled $23 million and $1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the cost and net unrealized gains of Nielsen’s long-term equity securities totaled $14 million and $11 million, respectively.

Nielsen’s investments in mutual funds are intended to fund liabilities arising from its deferred compensation plan. These investments are classified as trading securities, and any gains or losses from changes in fair value are

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

included in other income/(expense). Net gains were $3 million, $2 million, $6 million and $6 million for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the periods January 1, 2005 to May 23, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Consumer
Services

    Media     Business
Media
    Total  

Predecessor

        

Balance, January 1, 2005

   $ 2,135     $ 2,174     $ 871     $ 5,180  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (106 )     (10 )     (23 )     (139 )

Additions (a)

     25       15       —         40  

Divestitures (b)

     —         (26 )     —         (26 )

Other (c)

     (4 )     (28 )     —         (32 )
                                

Balance, December 31, 2005

     2,050       2,125       848       5,023  
                                

Effect of foreign currency translation

     33       7       14       54  

Additions (a)

     22       23       9       54  

Other

     —         1       —         1  
                                

Balance, May 23, 2006

   $ 2,105     $ 2,156     $ 871     $ 5,132  
                                

Successor

        

Valcon Acquisition

   $ 2,945     $ 2,712     $ 1,310     $ 6,967  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (11 )     —         —         (11 )

Additions (a)

     9       19       —         28  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         —         (320 )     (320 )
                                

Balance, December 31, 2006

   $ 2,943     $ 2,731     $ 990     $ 6,664  
                                

(a) Refer to Note 3, ‘Business Acquisitions’.

 

(b) Refer to Note 15, ‘Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions’.

 

(c) For Media, the reversal of liabilities associated with the resolution of certain pre-acquisition contingency matters.

At December 31, 2006, an amount of $694 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

     Gross Amounts     Accumulated Amortization  
     Successor    Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31, 2006    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
               

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

               

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 2,123    $ 673     $ —       $ —    
                               

Amortized intangibles:

               

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 161    $ 11     $ (2 )   $ (4 )

Customer-related intangibles

     3,175      1,265       (106 )     (517 )

Trade shows and related publications

     —        360       —         (96 )

Covenants-not-to-compete

     28      67       (10 )     (51 )

Computer software

     427      638       (46 )     (398 )

Patents and other

     24      75          (2 )     (59 )
                               

Total

   $ 3,815    $ 2,416     $ (166 )   $ (1,125 )
                               

The amortization expense for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $166 million, $75 million, $190 million and $182 million, respectively.

The trade names associated with Nielsen Media Research and ACNielsen are deemed indefinite-lived intangible assets, as their associated brand awareness and recognition has existed for over 50 years and Nielsen intends to continue to utilize these trade names. There are also no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that may limit their estimated useful lives. Nielsen reconsiders the remaining estimated useful life of indefinite-lived intangible assets each reporting period.

Since the allocation of the Valcon Acquisition purchase price is preliminary and subject to finalization of independent appraisals, the estimated annual amortization expense is also subject to change as the appraisals are finalized.

All other intangible assets are subject to amortization. Future amortization expense is estimated to be as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

For the year ending December 31:

  

2007

   $ 263

2008

     248

2009

     237

2010

     224

2011

     209

Thereafter

     2,468
      

Total

   $ 3,649
      

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

7. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Land and buildings

   $ 268     $ 395  

Information and communication equipment

     245       621  

Furniture, equipment and other

     92       209  
                

Total

     605       1,225  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (81 )     (721 )
                

Net book value

   $ 524        $ 504  
                

Depreciation expense from continuing operations was $71 million, $44 million, $109 million and $107 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively

Amortization expense on assets under capital leases was $3 million, $2 million, $8 million and $7 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The net book value of capital leases was $120 million and $140 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Capital leases are comprised primarily of buildings.

Since the allocation of the Valcon Acquisition purchase price is preliminary and subject to finalization of independent appraisals, the carrying amount and future depreciation expense is also subject to change as the appraisals are finalized.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

8. Derivative Financial Instruments

The following table shows the contract or underlying principal amounts and fair values of derivative financial instruments by type of contract at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Contract or underlying principal amounts indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet dates and do not represent amounts at risk. The fair values are determined using market prices and pricing models at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

    Contract or Underlying
Principal Amount
  Fair Value 2006     Fair Value 2005
      Successor     Predecessor   Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  December 31, 
2006
    December 31,
2005
  Positive
Value
(Assets)
  Negative
Value
(Liabilities) 
    Positive
Value
(Assets)
    Negative
Value
(Liabilities)

Interest-related instruments

                     

Fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps

  $ —       $ 690   $ —     $ —       $ 21     $ —  

Floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps

    3,131       —       2     1       —         —  
                                         

Total interest related instruments

    3,131          690     2     1          21          —  
                                         

Currency-related instruments

                     

EUR/USD cross-currency swaps

    —         1,813     —       —         393       —  

GBP/EUR cross-currency swaps

    —         249     —       —         6       —  

Forward currency exchange

    36       189     —       —         —         1
                                         

Total currency related instruments

    36       2,251     —       —         399       1
                                         

Total derivative financial instruments

  $ 3,167     $ 2,941   $ 2   $ 1     $ 420     $ 1
                                         

Current derivative financial instruments

  $ 36     $ 1,352   $ —     $ —       $ 160     $ 1

Non-current derivative financial instruments

    3,131       1,589     2     1       260       —  

Interest-Related Instruments

Successor

Cash Flow Hedges

Nielsen is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the floating-rate U.S. Dollars and Euro Term Loans, and uses floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. As of December 31, 2006, six floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges with notional amounts aggregating $3,131 million were outstanding.

The hedging strategy of Nielsen is to match, by major currency, the projected future business cash flows with the underlying debt service. When the derivative financial instrument is deemed to be highly effective in offsetting variability in the hedged item, changes in its fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized contemporaneously with the earnings effects of the hedged item.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, an amount of $9 million relating to derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges was recorded as an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, an amount of $2 million has been reclassified to earnings as a result of cash flow hedges being terminated or sold.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Other Hedges

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $316 million and no hedge designation was terminated. In the period from May 24, 2006, to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net loss of $2 million.

Nothing is expected to be transferred from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) to earnings in the next 12 months as the derivative financial instruments and their underlying hedged items expire or mature according to their original terms, along with the earnings effects of the related forecast transactions in the next 12 months. For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Predecessor

Fair value hedges

Nielsen was exposed to fair value interest rate risk on fixed-rate borrowings and has used fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. As of December 31, 2005, fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of $690 million were outstanding and designated as a fair value hedge. In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net loss of $12 million related to this interest rate swap.

Fair value hedges are hedges that eliminate the risk of changes in the fair values of assets, liabilities and certain types of firm commitments. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments designated and effective as fair value hedges are recorded in net earnings in the line item gain/(loss) on derivative instruments and are offset by corresponding changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $409 million designated as a fair value hedge matured and Nielsen recorded a net loss of $7 million on this interest rate swap.

For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Currency-Related Instruments

Successor

During 2006, the debt service obligations of Nielsen shifted from primarily Euro obligations to primarily U.S. Dollar obligations due to the 2006 financing transactions discussed in Note 11. Additionally, Nielsen transacts business globally and is subject to risks associated with changes in certain currency exchange rates, primarily of the Euro, the Pound Sterling and the Japanese Yen. Consequently, Nielsen enters into various contracts which change in value as the exchange rates of such currencies change, to preserve the value of certain assets, liabilities, commitments and anticipated transactions.

The hedging strategy of the Nielsen is to match, by major currency, the projected future business cash flows with the underlying debt service so as to minimize the Company’s overall currency exposure on its investments

At December 31, 2006, no cross-currency swaps were outstanding. In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, cross-currency swaps with notional amounts aggregating $825 million and $266 million designated as net investment in non-Euro entity hedges and cash flow hedges, respectively, were terminated.

At December 31, 2006 Nielsen had also entered into several forward currency exchange contracts with notional amounts aggregating $36 million, to hedge exposure to fluctuations in various currencies. These contracts

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

expire ratably over the subsequent year. Based on quoted market prices, for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, Nielsen recorded a net gain of $5 million in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net loss of $18 million related to these derivative financial instruments and non-Euro-currency-denominated debt in the cumulative translation adjustment. For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Predecessor

At December 31, 2005, Nielsen had entered into cross-currency swaps with notional amounts aggregating $2,062 million to hedge its net investments in non-Euro entities. Nielsen entered into forward currency exchange contracts and cross-currency swaps to hedge certain anticipated non-Euro cash flows, revenues and costs and the net investment in certain non-Euro entities.

At December 31, 2005, Nielsen had also entered into several forward currency exchange contracts with notional amounts aggregating $189 million, to hedge exposure to fluctuations in various currencies. These contracts expire ratably over the subsequent year. Based on quoted market prices, for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, Nielsen recorded net gain of $9 million in the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 to adjust forward currency exchange contracts to their fair market value. In 2005, a net gain of $18 million was recorded.

Cash flow hedges

Nielsen used cross-currency swaps to convert certain debt denominated in a non-Euro currency to Euro-denominated debt. As of December 31, 2005, Nielsen had cash flow hedges in place with maturity dates up to 2010.

In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an amount of $1 million related to derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges was recorded as an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss). For the year ended December 31, 2005, amounts related to derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges resulted in an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) of $3 million.

In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an amount of $1 million has been reclassified to earnings as a result of cash flow hedges being terminated or sold. For the year ended December 31, 2005, no amount has been reclassified to earnings as a result of cash flow hedges being terminated or sold.

For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Net investment hedges

Nielsen used cross-currency swaps and non-Euro-currency-denominated debt to hedge its net investments in non-Euro entities against adverse movements in currency exchange rates. Nielsen measures ineffectiveness based upon the change in spot rates in the case of floating-to-floating cross-currency swaps and forward rates in the case of fixed-to-fixed cross-currency swaps. In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net gain of $111 million related to these derivative financial instruments and non-Euro-currency-denominated debt in currency translation adjustments within accumulated other comprehensive income. For the year ended December 31, 2005, $197 million of net losses were included in currency translation adjustments within accumulated other comprehensive income. For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, a cross-currency swap with a notional amount of $613 million designated as a net investment in non-Euro entity hedge matured.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 all net investment hedges were settled in connection with the Valcon Acquisition. There were no net investment hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

Counterparty Risk

Nielsen manages exposure to possible defaults on derivative financial instruments by monitoring the concentration of risk that Nielsen has with any individual bank and through the use of minimum credit quality standards for all counterparties. Nielsen does not require collateral or other security in relation to derivative financial instruments. A derivative contract entered into between Nielsen or certain of its subsidiaries and a counterparty that was also a lender under Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities at the time the derivative contract was entered into is guaranteed under the senior secured credit facilities by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 11 for more information). Since it is Nielsen’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with banks of internationally acknowledged standing, Nielsen considers the counterparty risk to be remote.

It is Nielsen’s policy to have an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement established with every bank with which it has entered into any derivative contract. Under each of these ISDA Master Agreements, Nielsen agrees to settle only the net amount of the combined market values of all derivative contracts outstanding with any one counterparty should that counterparty default. As at December 31, 2006, Nielsen’s maximum economic exposure to loss due to credit risk on derivative financial instruments was $1 million, if all bank counterparties were to default

9. Restructuring Activities

During 2006, 2005 and 2004, Nielsen initiated restructuring plans that primarily resulted in the involuntary termination of certain employees. In connection with all of the restructuring actions discussed, severance benefits were computed pursuant to the terms of local statutory minimum requirements in labor contracts or similar employment agreements. One-time termination benefits that are not subject to contractual arrangements provided to employees who are involuntarily terminated are recorded when management commits to a detailed plan of termination, and actions required to complete the plan indicate that significant changes are not likely. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to earn the termination benefit, the benefits are recognized ratably over the future service period. Costs to consolidate or close facilities and relocate employees are expensed as incurred. Costs to terminate a contract without economic benefit to Nielsen are expensed at the time the contract is terminated.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

A summary of the changes in the accrual balance for restructuring activities and a discussion of each of Nielsen’s restructuring plans is provided below:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Transformation
Initiative
    Corporate
Headquarters
    Consumer
Services
Europe
    Project
Atlas
    Directories     Total  

Predecessor

            

Balance as of December 31, 2003

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 13     $ 11     $ 24  

Accruals

     —         12       14       10       —         36  

Payments

     —         —         —         (12 )     (10 )     (22 )

Sale of Directories

     —         —         —         —         (3 )     (3 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —         —         1       —         2       3  
                                                

Balance at December 31, 2004

     —         12       15     $ 11       —         38  

Accruals

     —         —         —         6       —         6  

Payments

     —         (6 )     (9 )     (11 )     —         (26 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —         (1 )     (1 )     1       —         (1 )
                                                

Balance as of December 31, 2005

     —         5       5       7       —         17  

Accruals

     6       —         —         1       —         7  

Payments

     (5 )     (1 )     (2 )     (2 )     —         (10 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                

Balance at May 23, 2006

   $ 1     $ 4     $ 3     $ 6     $ —       $ 14  
                                                

Successor

            

Preliminary purchase price allocation

   $ 1     $ 4     $ 3     $ 6     $ —       $ 14  

Accruals

     67       —         —         1       —         68  

Payments

     (12 )     (2 )     (2 )     (4 )     —         (20 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     1       —         —         —         —         1  
                                                

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 57     $ 2     $ 1     $ 3     $ —       $ 63  
                                                

Transformation Initiative (Formerly Project Forward)

In November 2005 and in December 2006, Nielsen announced its intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of Nielsen’s operations worldwide. The Company further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation (“Transformation Initiative”). This Transformation Initiative is designed to make the Company a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, the Company is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions, leveraging global procurement, consolidating real estate, and expanding outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes.

These initiatives are expected to be implemented by the end of 2008. Nielsen incurred $67 million in severance and consulting fees during the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, and $6 million during the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 which have been or will be settled in cash. Charges for severance benefits of $48 million during the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 relate to outsourcing of operational and back office activities primarily in Europe and the United States and rationalizing corporate functions, and will result in a headcount reduction of approximately 700 employees. Charges for consulting relate to performance improvement initiatives and are expensed as incurred.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Corporate Headquarters Restructuring

In November 2004, Nielsen initiated a restructuring plan in conjunction with the transfer of a portion of Corporate Headquarters’ responsibilities from Haarlem, the Netherlands to New York. This plan resulted in a headcount reduction of approximately 40 employees in Haarlem. The 2004 charge of $12 million consisted of $11 million for severance benefits and $1 million for lease termination costs. Cash payments are expected to be $2 million in 2007.

Consumer Services Europe Restructuring

In December 2004, Nielsen initiated a restructuring plan within Consumer Services to improve the competitiveness of the European retail measurement business. The 2004 charge of $14 million was entirely for severance benefits associated with headcount reductions of 81 employees in Europe. Cash payments related to this plan are expected to be approximately $1 million in 2007.

Project Atlas

In 2003 Nielsen launched Project Atlas, a multi-year business improvement program in Consumer Services. The initial charge in 2003 of $20 million consisted of $15 million for severance benefits and $5 million for related consulting expenses incurred in 2003. Additional charges of $1 million, $1 million, $6 million and $10 million in the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were related to severance benefits. Cash payments related to this program are expected to be $3 million in 2007.

Directories Restructuring

During 2003, Directories launched an operational improvement program. The restructuring was still in progress at the time of the divestiture. The original charge in 2003 was $11 million.

10. Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Nielsen sponsors both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans for some of its employees in the Netherlands, the United States and other international locations. In the United States, the post-retirement benefit plan relates to healthcare benefits for a limited group of participants who meet the eligibility requirements. In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen applied purchase accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, and accordingly, its Successor pension liabilities were recorded at fair value.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, the benefit accruals of the U.S. defined benefit pension plans were frozen and the net impact of freezing such benefits has been included in the preliminary purchase price allocation.

In September 2006, SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” was issued, which requires recognition of an asset or liability reflecting the over or under funded status of defined benefit pension plans. Nielsen uses a measurement date of December 31 for its primary Netherlands, Canada and United States pension and post-retirement benefit plans and the fiscal year-end for other international plans. Changes in the funded status from May 24, 2006, the date of Nielsen’s adoption of SFAS No. 158, through year-end are recognized in shareholders’ equity as a part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

A summary of the activity for Nielsen’s defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans follows:

 

     Successor  
    

Pension Benefits

May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

    Other     Total  

Change in projected benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 567     $ 222     $ 491     $ 1,280  

Service cost

     4       3       9       16  

Interest cost

     15       7       14       36  

Plan participants’ contributions

     1       —         1       2  

Actuarial (gain)/loss

     (5 )     7       16       18  

Benefits paid

     (17 )     (4 )     (11 )     (32 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     17       —         15       32  
                                

Benefit obligation at end of period

     582       235       535       1,352  
                                

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

     656       168       354       1,178  

Actual return on plan assets

     18       16       30       64  

Employer contributions

     1       4       13       18  

Plan participants’ contributions

     1       —         1       2  

Benefits paid

     (18 )     (4 )     (11 )     (33 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     21       —         10       31  
                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

     679       184       397       1,260  
                                

Funded status

   $ 97     $ (51 )   $ (138 )   $ (92 )
                                

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

        

Pension assets under other non-current assets

   $ 97     $ —       $ 1     $ 98  

Current liabilities

     —         —         (3 )     (3 )

Accrued benefit liability (1)

     —         (51 )     (136 )     (187 )
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ 97     $ (51 )   $ (138 )   $ (92 )
                                

( 1)

Included in other non-current liabilities.

Unrecognized actuarial loss of $1 million is recognized within accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Predecessor  
     Pension Benefits
Year Ended December 31, 2005
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Change in projected benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 607     $ 202     $ 441     $ 1,250  

Service cost

     6       13       12       31  

Interest cost

     25       12       20       57  

Plan participants’ contributions

     2       —         2       4  

Plan amendments

     —         —         1       1  

Actuarial loss

     37       11       27       75  

Acquisitions

     2       —         —         2  

Benefits paid

     (27 )     (4 )     (19 )     (50 )

Curtailment

     (4 )     —         —         (4 )

Settlements

     2       —         (1 )     1  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (80 )     —         (44 )     (124 )
                                

Benefit obligation at end of year

     570       234       439       1,243  
                                

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     658       140       305       1,103  

Actual return on plan assets

     65       9       46       120  

Employer contributions

     7       25       25       57  

Plan participants’ contributions

     2       —         2       4  

Acquisitions

     2       —         —         2  

Benefits paid

     (27 )     (5 )     (19 )     (51 )

Settlements

     2       —         (1 )     1  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (88 )     —         (32 )     (120 )
                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     621       169       326       1,116  
                                

Funded status

        

Funded status at end of year

     51       (65 )     (113 )     (127 )

Unrecognized prior service (credit)/cost

     (1 )     (2 )     6       3  

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     1       92       144       237  
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ 51     $ 25     $ 37     $ 113  
                                

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

        

Pension assets under other non-current assets

   $ 43     $ —       $ 20     $ 63  

Prepaid pension assets under other current assets

     8       —         5       13  

Accrued benefit liability (1)

     —         (53 )     (69 )     (122 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         78       81       159  
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ 51     $ 25     $ 37     $ 113  
                                

 


(1) Included in other non-current liabilities.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The total accumulated benefit obligation and minimum liability changes for all defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

   Year Ended
December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

            2005             2004    
               

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 1,274     $ 1,170    $ 1,160     $ 1,169

(Decrease)/increase to other comprehensive income for minimum pension liability:

               

—before income taxes

     —         —        (7 )     3

—after income taxes

     —         —        (2 )     3
     Successor
     Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2006

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ —       $ 235    $ 444     $ 679

Accumulated benefit obligation

     —         235      400       635

Fair value of plan assets

     —         184      315       499
     Successor
     Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2006

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 48     $ 235    $ 526     $ 809

Accumulated benefit obligation

     44       235      464       743

Fair value of plan assets

     46       184      388       618
     Predecessor
     Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2005

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ —       $ 234    $ 356     $ 590

Accumulated benefit obligation

     —         220      323       543

Fair value of plan assets

     —         169      254       423
     Predecessor
     Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2005

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 47     $ 234    $ 432     $ 713

Accumulated benefit obligation

     39       220      382       641

Fair value of plan assets

     40       169      318       527

 

F-52


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Net Periodic Pension Cost  

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

    Other     Total  

Successor

        

May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006

        

Service cost

   $ 4     $ 3     $ 9     $ 16  

Interest cost

     15       7       15       37  

Expected return on plan assets

     (20 )     (7 )     (15 )     (42 )
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (1 )   $ 3     $ 9     $ 11  
                                

Predecessor

        

January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006

        

Service cost

   $ 2     $ 5     $ 6     $ 13  

Interest cost

     10       5       8       23  

Expected return on plan assets

     (12 )     (5 )     (8 )     (25 )

Amortization of net loss

     —         2       4       6  
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ —       $ 7     $ 10     $ 17  
                                

Year ended December 31, 2005

        

Service cost

   $ 6     $ 12     $ 13     $ 31  

Interest cost

     25       13       20       58  

Expected return on plan assets

     (29 )     (13 )     (22 )     (64 )

Amortization of net loss

     1       6       9       16  

Curtailment gain

     (4 )     —         —         (4 )
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (1 )   $ 18     $ 20     $ 37  
                                

Year ended December 31, 2004

        

Service cost

   $ 9     $ 12     $ 15     $ 36  

Interest cost

     31       11       22       64  

Expected return on plan assets

     (33 )     (12 )     (23 )     (68 )

Amortization of net loss

     —         5       5       10  
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 7     $ 16     $ 19     $ 42  
                                

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over 2007 are not material.

The weighted average assumptions underlying the pension computations were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
    

May 24, 2006 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1,
2006 –

May 23, 2006

    Year ended
December 31,
 
             2005             2004      

Pension benefit obligation:

          

—discount rate

   4.9 %   5.1 %   4.6 %   4.9 %

—rate of compensation increase

   3.2     3.2     3.2     3.2  
 

Net periodic pension costs:

          

—discount rate

   5.1     4.6     4.9     5.4  

—rate of compensation increase

   3.2     3.2     3.2     3.0  

—expected long-term return on plan assets

   6.3     5.9     6.1     6.0  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Nielsen’s pension plans’ weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

     The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Successor

        

At December 31, 2006

        

Equity securities

   26 %   67 %   63 %   44 %

Fixed income securities

   73     33     35     55  

Other

   1     —       2     1  
                        

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                        

Predecessor

        

At December 31, 2005

        

Equity securities

   25 %   70 %   62 %   43 %

Fixed income securities

   74     30     36     56  

Other

   1     —       2     1  
                        

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                        

No Nielsen shares are held by the pension plans.

The overall target asset allocation among all plans for 2006 was 43% equity securities and 57% long-term interest-earning investments (debt or fixed income securities).

The assumptions for the expected return on plan assets for pension plans were based on a review of the historical returns of the asset classes in which the assets of the pension plans are invested. The historical returns on these asset classes were weighted based on the expected long-term allocation of the assets of the pension plans.

Nielsen’s primary objective with regard to the investment of pension plan assets is to ensure that in each individual plan, sufficient funds are available to satisfy future benefit obligations. For this purpose, asset and liability management studies are made periodically at each pension fund. For each of the pension plans, an appropriate mix is determined on the basis of the outcome of these studies, taking into account the national rules and regulations.

Contributions to the pension plans in 2007 are expected to be approximately $8 million for the Dutch plan and $20 million for other plans. No contributions are expected in 2007 for the U.S. plans.

Estimated future benefits payments are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
   United
States
   Other    Total

For the years ending December 31,

           

2007

   $ 29    $ 5    $ 21    $ 55

2008

     29      7      21      57

2009

     30      7      21      58

2010

     30      7      22      59

2011

     32      8      24      64

2012-2016

     169      49      140      358

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Prior to December 31, 2005, in the United States and in the Netherlands, Nielsen provided other post-retirement benefits, primarily retiree healthcare benefits. As a result of changes in health care laws in the Netherlands in 2005, Nielsen ceased to provide retiree health care benefits to certain of its Dutch retirees. This plan change was recognized as a negative plan amendment that reduced the December 31, 2005 benefit obligation by $9 million.

The components of other post-retirement benefit cost for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, were as follows:

 

     Successor  
    

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

    May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006    

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

    Total  

Change in benefit obligation

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 1     $ 14     $ 15  

Interest cost

     —         —         —    

Actuarial (gain)/loss

     —         1       1  

Benefits paid

     —         —         —    
                        

Benefit obligation at end of period

     1       15       16  
                        

Change in plan assets

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

     —         —         —    

Employer contributions

     —         1       1  

Benefits paid

     —         (1 )     (1 )
                        

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

     —         —         —    
                        

Funded status

      

Funded status and amount recognized at end of period

   $ (1 )   $ (15 )   $ (16 )
                        

 

F-55


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Predecessor  
    

Other Post-retirement Benefits

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Total  

Change in benefit obligation

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 12     $ 16     $ 28  

Interest cost

     —         2       2  

Negative plan amendment

     (9 )     —         (9 )

Benefits paid

     (1 )     (1 )     (2 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (1 )     —         (1 )
                        

Benefit obligation at end of year

     1       17       18  
                        

Change in plan assets

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     —         —         —    

Employer contributions

     1       1       2  

Benefits paid

     (1 )     (1 )     (2 )
                        

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     —         —         —    
                        

Funded status

      

Funded status at end of year

     (1 )     (17 )     (18 )

Unrecognized prior service cost

     (9 )     (2 )     (11 )

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     2       —         2  
                        

Net amount recognized

   $ (8 )   $ (19 )   $ (27 )
                        

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over 2007 are not material.

The net periodic benefit cost for other post-retirement benefits were insignificant for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

The weighted average assumptions for post-retirement benefits were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
  

May 24  –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1  –
May 23,

2006

    Year ended December 31,  
           2005             2004      

Discount rate for net periodic other post-retirement benefit costs

   6.3   5.6 %   5.3 %   5.8 %

Discount rate for other post-retirement benefit obligations at December 31

   5.9 %   6.3 %   5.6 %   5.3 %
 

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates at December 31:

          

—healthcare cost trend assumed for next year

   9.0 %   9.0 %   11.0 %   7.6 %

—rate to which the cost trend is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

   5.0 %   5.0 %   5.0 %   3.8 %

—year in which rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2011     2011     2011     2011  

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

A one percentage point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   1%
Increase
   1%
Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest costs

   $  —      $  —    

Effect on other post-retirement benefit obligation

     1      (1 )

Contributions to post-retirement benefit plans are expected to be $1 million annually for the Company’s U.S. plans.

Defined Contribution Plans

Nielsen also offers defined contribution plans to certain participants, primarily in the United States. Nielsen’s expense related to these plans was $15 million, $10 million, $24 million and $22 million for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In the United States, Nielsen contributes cash to each employee’s account in an amount up to 3% of compensation (subject to IRS limitations); this contribution was increased to 4% upon the freeze of the U.S. defined benefit pension plan. No contributions are made in shares of Nielsen.

11. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

 

       Successor
    Predecessor
       December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005

(IN MILLIONS)

   Weighted
Average
Interest Rate  (1)
    Maturities   

Carrying

Amount

   

Fair

Value

   

Carrying

Amount

   

Fair

Value

Senior secured credit facilities

   7.90 %   2007 – 2013    $ 5,220     $ 5,263     $ —       $ —  

Debenture loans

   10.16 %   2007 – 2016      2,447       2,653       1,919       1,989

Convertible debenture loan

   —            —         —         402       391

Private loan

   —            —         —         161       166

Other loans

   6.44 %   2009      7       6       —         —  
                                     

Long-term debt

          7,674       7,922        2,482       2,546

Capital lease obligations

          145         155    

Short-term debt

          20         —      

Bank overdrafts

          134         94    
                           

Total debt and other financing arrangements

          7,973         2,731    

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

          212         731    
                           

Non-current portion of long-term-debt and capital lease obligations

        $ 7,761       $ 2,000    
                           

Weighted average contractual interest rate on long-term debt (2)

          8.52 %       5.95 %  

Weighted average contractual interest rate on current portion of long-term debt

          7.76 %       2.53 %  

(1) Average of effective interest rates at December 31, 2006, weighted by carrying amounts.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

(2) The average of the contractual interest rates at December 31, 2006 on Nielsen’s long-term debt, weighted by principal amounts was 8.52%. Nielsen has entered into a number of interest rate swap transactions to hedge the interest rate risk on a part of its floating-rated debt. Taking into account the effect of these interest rate swaps, the weighted average of the contractual interest rates at December 31, 2006 on Nielsen’s long-term debt was 8.40%.

The carrying amounts of Nielsen’s long-term debt are denominated in the following currencies:

 

       Successor    Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
   December 31,
2005

U.S. Dollars

   $ 5,438    $ 150

Euro

     1,709      1,864

British Pound (“GBP”)

     492      434

Japanese Yen

     35      34
             
   $ 7,674    $ 2,482
             

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

For the year ended December 31,

  

2007

   $ 53

2008

     53

2009

     60

2010

     611

2011

     87

Thereafter

     6,810
      
   $ 7,674
      

See Note 8 for a discussion of Nielsen’s policies with respect to foreign currency exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

Senior secured credit facilities

In August 2006, Nielsen entered into senior secured credit facilities, consisting of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities and the full amounts under these facilities were borrowed with an aggregate carrying amount of $5,220 million at December 31, 2006. In August 2006, Nielsen also entered into a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility under which no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2006. The senior secured revolving credit facility can be used for revolving loans, letters of credit and for swingline loans, and is available in U.S. Dollars, Euros and certain other currencies.

Nielsen is required to repay installments on the borrowings under the senior secured term loan facilities in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of their original principal amount commencing December 2006, with the remaining amount payable on the maturity date of the term loan facilities. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at Nielsen’s option, various base rates. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility may be reduced subject to Nielsen attaining certain leverage ratios. Nielsen pays a quarterly commitment fee of 0.5% on unused commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility. The applicable commitment fee rate may be reduced subject to Nielsen attaining certain leverage ratios.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Nielsen, and certain of its existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned subsidiaries and are secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets (other than cash) of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and by a pledge of the capital stock of the guarantors discussed in Note 21, the capital stock of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and the guarantors and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of Nielsen’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under a separate security agreement, substantially all of the assets of Nielsen are pledged as collateral for amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities.

The senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Nielsen and most of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business that Nielsen conducts. In addition, after an initial grace period, Nielsen is required, beginning with the twelve month period ending September 30, 2007, to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Debenture loans

In August 2006, Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (together “Nielsen Finance”), wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, issued $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% senior notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”) with carrying values of $650 million and $198 million at December 31, 2006, respectively. Interest is payable semi-annually commencing in February 2007. The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of Nielsen Finance’s existing and future senior indebtedness.

In August 2006, Nielsen Finance also issued $1,070 million 12.5% senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 (“Senior Subordinated Discount Notes”) with a carrying amount of $616 million at December 31, 2006. Interest accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012. The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all Nielsen Finance’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Senior Notes and the senior secured credit facilities.

The indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes limit the majority of Nielsen’s subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, Nielsen Finance is required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by Nielsen (See Note 21 for further description of the related guarantees).

In August 2006, Nielsen issued €343 million 11.125% senior discount notes due 2016 (“Senior Discount Notes”), with a carrying value $277 million at December 31, 2006. Interest accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012. The Senior Discount Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of Nielsen’s existing and future senior indebtedness. The notes are effectively subordinated to Nielsen’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of Nielsen’s subsidiaries.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

If Nielsen has not exchanged the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and Senior Discount Notes for registered notes with substantially the same terms or a shelf registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC for the exchange by August 18, 2007 the interest rate on each series of the respective notes will increase by 0.25% annually and an additional 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period the notes are not registered up to a maximum of 1.0% per year.

Nielsen has a Euro Medium Term Note program (“EMTN”) program in place under which debenture loans and private placements can be issued up to the program amount of €2,500 million ($3,308 million) at December 31, 2006, both on a long-term and short-term basis. All debenture loans and most private placements are quoted on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, amounts with a carrying value of $706 million and $854 million, respectively, were outstanding under the EMTN program.

Outstanding under the EMTN program above is a GBP 250 million 5.625% EMTN debenture loan issued in 2003 and due in 2010 or 2017 with a carrying amount of $492 million at December 31, 2006. In 2010, the interest rate on the GBP 250 million debenture loan will be adjusted to 5.50% plus the then applicable Nielsen market credit spread or the debentures will be paid at par under a re-acquisition right exercisable in 2010 and held by two investment banks.

In January 2005, Nielsen settled a nominal amount of €551 million ($721 million) of the €600 million 6.75% EMTN debenture loan due 2008 and paid cash of €625 million ($818 million), excluding accrued interest, resulting in a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $103 million.

In August 2006, Nielsen redeemed at par and canceled other debenture loans due 2006 through 2009 with a combined carrying value of $1,297 million at December 31, 2005, of which $232 million was issued under the EMTN program.

Convertible debenture loan

A nominal amount of €550 million and €267 million of the €1,150 million 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 was repurchased in various open market transactions and subsequently canceled, resulting in a gain of $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. The remaining principal amount of €333 million was settled at maturity in 2006 at par.

Private loan

During the period January 1 to May 23, 2006 Nielsen prepaid a nominal amount of $55 million of the NLG 500 million 5.55% subordinated private placement loan originally due in 2007 and 2008. Following the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen prepaid the remaining $112 million nominal amount during the period May 24 to December 31, 2006.

Senior secured bridge facility

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Valcon entered into a senior secured bridge facility, under which Valcon had borrowed $6,164 million as of August 2006. The debt and related interest expense have been recorded in the accounts of Nielsen in connection with the push-down of the consideration paid by Valcon further discussed in Note 1. The bridge loan was settled in August 2006 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, Senior Notes and borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities resulting in a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $60 million related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs of the bridge loan.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs are $135 million and $4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Related party lenders

A portion of the borrowings amounting to $409 million under the senior secured credit facility were sold to certain of the Sponsors as of December 31, 2006 at terms consistent with third party borrowers. Interest expense on amounts held by the Sponsors was $15 million during the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

Termination of credit facility

Nielsen’s committed revolving credit facility from a syndicate of banks of €1,000 million was canceled in May 2006 following the Valcon Acquisition.

Capital Lease Obligations

Nielsen leases certain computer equipment, buildings and automobiles under capital leases. These arrangements do not include terms of renewal, purchase options, or escalation clauses.

Assets under capital lease are recorded within property, plant and equipment (Note 7).

Future minimum capital lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases at December 31, 2006 are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

2007

   $ 17

2008

     16

2009

     16

2010

     15

2011

     14

Thereafter

     167
      

Total

     245

Amount representing interest

     100
      

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 145
      

Current portion

   $ 4

Total non-current portion

     141
      

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 145
      

Capital leases have effective interest rates ranging from 4% to 7%. Interest expense recorded related to capital leases during the periods ended May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $5 million, $4 million, $9 million and $9 million, respectively.

12. Shareholders’ Equity

Each share of common stock has the right to one vote and a dividend determined at the general meeting of shareholders. Nielsen declared dividends of €0.12 and €0.55 per share of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No dividends were declared or paid on the common stock in 2006.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Common stock activity is as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

  

Year ended

December 31,

        2005    2004

(Actual number of shares)

            

Beginning of year or period

   258,443,857     257,073,932    253,757,620    250,323,801

Common share dividend

   —       —      3,088,567    3,433,819

Conversion priority shares into common shares

   20,000     —      —      —  

Exercise of management and personnel options

   —       1,369,925    227,745    —  
                    

End of year or period

   258,463,857     258,443,857    257,073,932    253,757,620
                    

In the event of an issuance of common stock, each holder of common stock has the first opportunity to purchase newly issued Nielsen common stock proportionate to the percentage of shares already held by the respective holder (“pre-emptive right”). However, such holder does not have any pre-emptive right to (i) stock issued against contribution other than in cash, and (ii) common stock issued to employees of Nielsen or of a group company of Nielsen.

Each share of 7% preferred stock had the right to 40 votes, non-cumulative dividend of €0.64 per share and a liquidation preference equal to the original issuance price of the 7% preferred stock, any capital contributions of the shareholder and any unpaid dividends, increased annually by 7% through the date of dissolution. Nielsen declared and paid dividends of €0.64 per share on 7% preferred stock for the financial years December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No dividend was declared or paid on the 7% preferred stock for the financial year 2006.

The issued and outstanding common shares and 7% preferred shares of Nielsen were listed on the stock exchange of Euronext Amsterdam until delisting as of July 11, 2006 (See Note 1).

Each share of priority stock had the right to 40 votes, dividends of €0.45 per share and a liquidation preference. Nielsen declared and paid dividends of €0.45 and per share on priority stock for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. On March 31, 2006 Nielsen acquired the priority shares which were subsequently converted into 20,000 common shares on June 13, 2006.

Each share of series B cumulative preferred stock had the right to one vote, a cumulative dividend of 6.22% calculated at issuance based on various factors, and a liquidation preference. Nielsen declared dividends of €1.76, €0.78 and €0.78 per share on series B preferred stock in the period May 24 to December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No dividends were declared on series B preferred stock during the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. As of December 31, 2006 all declared dividends were paid.

On August 9, 2006, Nielsen completed a cash redemption of all outstanding series B preferred stock, priority stock and series A preferred stock, which were owned by Valcon. All shares of series B preferred stock, priority stock and series A preferred stock have subsequently been canceled.

13. Share-Based Compensation

Successor

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Valcon Acquisition Holding bv (“Dutch Holdco”), a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and the direct parent of Valcon,

 

F-62


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

implemented an equity-based, management compensation plan (“Equity Participation Plan” or “EPP”) to align compensation for certain key executives with the performance of the Company. Under this plan, certain executives of Dutch Holdco and its subsidiaries may be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and dividend equivalent rights in the shares of Dutch Holdco or purchase shares of Dutch Holdco.

Dutch Holdco granted 3,500,000 time-based and 3,500,000 performance based stock options to purchase shares in the capital of Dutch Holdco during the period. The time-based awards become exercisable over a five-year vesting period tied to the executives’ continuing employment as follows: 5% as of December 31, 2006 and 19% on the last day of each of the next five calendar years. The performance options are tied to the executives’ continuing employment and become vested and exercisable based on the achievement of certain annual EBITDA targets over a five-year vesting period. If the annual EBITDA targets are achieved on a cumulative basis for any current year and prior years, the options become vested as to a pro-rata portion for any prior year’s installments which were not vested because of failure to achieve the applicable annual EBITDA target. Both option tranches expire ten years from date of grant. Upon a change in control, any then-unvested time options will fully vest and any then-unvested performance options can vest, subject to certain conditions.

Time-based and performance-based options have exercise prices of $10.00 and $20.00 per share, respectively. The fair values of the time-based and performance-based awards were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected term to exercise of five years, expected volatility of 56.10%, risk-free interest rate of 4.63% and no dividend yield. Expected volatility is based primarily on a combination of the Company’s historical volatility adjusted for its new leverage and estimates of implied volatility of the Company’s peer group.

For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, the Company recorded the Dutch Holdco stock compensation expense on a push down basis of $6 million. The tax benefit related to these charges was $2 million.

At December 31, 2006, there is approximately $29 million of unearned stock-based compensation which the Company expects to record as expense over the next five years. The compensation expense related to the time-based awards is amortized over the term of the award using the graded vesting method. The compensation expense related to the performance-based awards was recorded on a graded vesting method as of December 31, 2006, since the Company believes that the achievement of the financial performance goals is probable.

The weighted-average exercise price of the 7,000,000 options outstanding and 175,000 options exercisable was $11.43 as of December 31, 2006. The weighted-average remaining contractual term for the options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2006 was 9.71 years.

As of December 31, 2006, the weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted was $4.88, and the aggregate fair value of options vested was $1 million.

There were no option exercises for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was zero.

Predecessor

Concurrent with the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen canceled all vested and unvested stock options and restricted stock units ("RSUs") and paid to each holder of options cash equal to the excess of the offer price of

 

F-63


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

€29.50 over the exercise price, and paid €29.50 for each RSU outstanding, paying a total of $91 million for the settlement of all outstanding share-based awards and accelerating the recognition of the expense related to the unvested portion of all awards.

During the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, Nielsen recognized $20 million of compensation expense related to all outstanding vested and unvested Nielsen share-based compensation plans, of which $2 million related to Nielsen’s subsidiary plans. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, Nielsen recorded $23 million and $34 million compensation expense. Tax benefits related to the charges were $1 million, $4 million and $7 million for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, $1 million, $1 million and $5 million of the share-based compensation expense is included in discontinued operations.

Nielsen had other equity incentive plans, whereby restricted shares or options to purchase common stock were granted to executives. For the restricted shares, Nielsen matched the executives’ deferred bonus with an additional RSU. The cost of matching RSUs totaled $1 million, $1 million and $0.4 million for the period ended January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. During the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 the Company granted 135,716 RSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value of €27.07 and paid €29.50 for 252,846 RSUs at the Valcon Acquisition.

For Nielsen’s predecessor share option plans, the activity is summarized below:

 

    

Number

of Options

   

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price

Predecessor

    

Outstanding at January 1, 2004

   12,141,542     35.11

Granted

   4,284,976       22.47

Exercised

   —         —  

Expired

   (736,197 )     36.61

Forfeited

   (570,600 )     31.29
            

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   15,119,721       31.62

Granted

   3,903,842       22.12

Exercised

   (227,745 )     24.99

Expired

   (934,506 )     62.04

Forfeited

   (1,698,275 )     32.48
            

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   16,163,037       27.57

Granted

   —         —  

Exercised

   (1,369,925 )     23.78

Expired

   (1,673,350 )     39.08

Forfeited

   (14,722 )     27.36

Canceled

   (3,061,600 )     37.18

Paid at Valcon Acquisition

   (10,043,440 )     23.18
            

Outstanding at May 23, 2006

   —         —  
            

 

F-64


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Subsidiary Share-Based Compensation

Nielsen//NetRatings

Nielsen//NetRatings, a consolidated subsidiary of Nielsen with publicly traded shares, has share based awards that provide for the grant of stock options exercisable into Nielsen//NetRatings’ common stock or provide for the grant of restricted shares to eligible employees and non-employee directors of Nielsen//NetRatings. Under the Nielsen//NetRatings’ plans, options generally vest over a four-year period and have a maximum term of ten years, whereas the restricted shares vest ratably in equal annual installments over two years for members of the Board of Directors and over three years for non-executive employees.

Nielsen recorded share-based payment expense for Nielsen//NetRatings’ compensation arrangements of $3 million for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $2 million for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, $3 million in 2005, and $2 million in 2004. There is no book tax benefit related to the compensation expense as Nielsen//NetRatings has a full tax valuation allowance due to accumulated losses.

As of December 31, 2006, there was $6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to equity compensation awards granted under the Nielsen//NetRatings’ stock plan and employee stock purchase plan. The total expense is expected to be recognized over a period of two years. Nielsen estimated the fair value of Nielsen//NetRatings’ option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following valuation assumptions:

 

     Predecessor  
    

Year ended

December 31,
2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

Expected life (years)

   2.38     2.32  

Expected volatility

   60.00 %   60.00 %

Expected dividend yield

   0.00 %   0.00 %

Risk-free interest rate

   3.38 %   2.77 %

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Information with respect to Nielsen//NetRatings’ plan activity is summarized as follows:

 

           Restricted Stock Outstanding    Stock Options Outstanding
     Available
for Grant
    Number of
Restricted
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   Number of
Stock Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Predecessor

           

Outstanding at January 1, 2004

   1,398,000     —         —      5,033,000     $ 10.00

Granted

   (1,208,000 )   —         —      1,208,000       11.29

Exercised/released

   —       —         —      (1,649,000 )     9.63

Restricted stock withheld for taxes (1)

   —       —         —      —         —  

Canceled

   481,000     —         —      (481,000 )     10.81
                               

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   671,000     —         —      4,111,000       10.43

Granted

   (647,000 )   545,000     $ 14.96    102,000       18.25

Exercised/released

   —       —         —      (581,000 )     8.73

Released from restriction

   —       (7,000 )     15.01    —         —  

Canceled

   575,000     (53,000 )     15.02    (522,000 )     12.66
                               

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   599,000     485,000       14.96    3,110,000       10.64

Granted

   (478,000 )   478,000       12.63    —         —  

Exercised/released

   —       (143,000 )     14.96    (298,000 )     9.05

Restricted stock withheld for taxes (1)

   30,000     —         —      —         —  

Canceled

   250,000     (57,000 )     14.84    (193,000 )     12.59
                               

Outstanding at May 23, 2006

   401,000     763,000       13.51    2,619,000       10.67

Successor

           

Granted

   (70,000 )   70,000       15.95    —         —  

Exercised/released

   —       (23,000 )     14.39    (346,000 )     9.68

Restricted stock withheld for taxes (1)

   4,000     —         —      —         —  

Canceled

   84,000     (36,000 )     12.02    (48,000 )     13.93
                               

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   419,000     774,000       13.77    2,225,000       10.76

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

          1,971,000       10.83

(1) Upon the release of certain shares of restricted stock, the Company withheld shares to satisfy certain tax obligations of the holder based on the market value of the shares on the date the shares of restricted stock were released.

During the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate intrinsic value for options exercised was $2 million, $1 million, $3 million and $11 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $3 million, $3 million, $6 million, and $17 million, respectively.

The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $2 million and $3 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, from January 1 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding was 5.66 years and 5.40 years for options exercisable.

The aggregate fair value of options vested for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $6 million.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Nielsen BuzzMetrics

The 2004 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Incentive Plan of Nielsen BuzzMetrics provides for share-based awards exercisable into shares of Nielsen BuzzMetrics common stock, which are not publicly traded. Nielsen BuzzMetrics options generally vest over a two to four year-period and have a stated exercise period of ten years. Each restricted stock award represents the right to a certain amount of Nielsen BuzzMetrics common stock which is determined by the Board of Directors. However, as of December 31, 2006, no restricted stock awards have been issued. Nielsen BuzzMetrics has reserved 2,032,478 shares of its common stock for issuance at December 31, 2006.

All Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ equity awards were modified to liability awards in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) due to the existence of a put feature on the underlying shares which permits the option holders to avoid the risk and rewards normally associated with equity ownership. On November 30, 2006, it became probable that the put right would become operable when Nielsen committed to acquiring an additional interest in Nielsen BuzzMetrics in 2007. The modification of awards resulted in an additional expense of $4 million based on the fair value of the vested portion of the respective awards on November 30, 2006. The unvested portion of the options will be adjusted to fair value at each balance sheet date thereafter until the awards are settled with the adjustment recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For purposes of Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements, Nielsen recorded share-based payment expense from Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ options of $5 million (including the modification charge of $4 million) for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $0.2 million for the period from February 14, 2006 to May 23, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, there was $1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost which will vest over a period of four years.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used to determine the fair value. The weighted average assumptions used were a peer group volatility of 50.04%, expected term of 5.63 years, and a market risk-free interest rate of 4.44%.

A summary of Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ option activity is as follows:

 

     Number of Options    

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price

  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Term

(in years)

Predecessor

       

Outstanding at February 14, 2006 (1)

   1,459,581     $ 1.69   

Granted

   848,600       3.36   

Exercised

   (132,546 )     0.11   

Forfeited

   (36,440 )     2.57   
               

Outstanding at May 23, 2006

   2,139,195       2.44   

Successor

       

Granted

   79,000       4.91   

Exercised

   (149,415 )     0.32   

Forfeited

   (117,916 )     2.99   
               

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   1,950,864       2.67    8.30

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   747,403       1.73    7.28

(1) Nielsen consolidated Nielsen BuzzMetrics starting on February 14, 2006 upon obtaining control.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and from February 14, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $2.68 and $1.81, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as December 31, 2006 was $5 million.

The aggregate fair value of options vested for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $1 million and from February 14, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $2 million.

14. Income Taxes

The components of income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests, were:

 

     Successor      Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

    Year ended
December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

            2005             2004    

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

   $ (384 )    $ 25     $ 203     $ 318

Less: Equity in net income of affiliates

     6         6       9       7
                               

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests

   $ (390 )    $ 19     $ 194     $ 311
                               

Dutch

   $ (72 )    $ (84 )   $ (101 )   $ 162

Non-Dutch

     (318 )      103       295       149
                               

Total

   $ (390 )    $ 19     $ 194     $ 311
                               

The above amounts for Dutch and non-Dutch activities were determined based on the location of the taxing authorities.

The provision/(benefit) for income taxes attributable to income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests consisted of:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
    

May 24 –
December 31

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23

2006

   

Year ended

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

            2005             2004      

Current:

           

Dutch

   $ 20      $ (8 )   $ (77 )   $ 41  

Non-Dutch

     68        14       60       80  
                                 
     88         6       (17 )     121  
                                 

Deferred:

           

Dutch

     (3 )      1       0       (65 )

Non-Dutch

     (190 )      32       48       (11 )
                                 
     (193 )      33       48       (76 )
                                 

Total

   $ (105 )    $ 39     $ 31     $ 45  
                                 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes for the periods May 24 to December 31, 2006 and January 1 to May 23, 2006 and years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was different from the amount computed by applying the statutory Dutch federal income tax rates to income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests as a result of the following:

 

     % of Earnings Before Income Taxes  
     Successor     Predecessor  
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    January 1 –
May 23,
2006
    Year ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

           2005             2004      

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests

   $ (390 )   $ 19     $ 194     $ 311  
                                

Dutch statutory tax rate

     29.6 %     29.6 %     31.5 %     34.5 %
                                

Provision/(benefit) for income taxes at the Dutch statutory rate

   $ (115 )   $ 6     $ 61     $ 107  

Effect of subpart F income

     17        —         5       14  

Effect of operations in non-Dutch jurisdictions

     (34 )     5       9       (6 )

U.S. state and local taxation

     (9 )     7       17       19  

Effect of Dutch inter-company finance activities

     (22 )     16       15       (52 )

Change of estimates for contingent tax matters

     26       (3 )     (81 )     (4 )

Change of estimates for other tax positions

     —         (6 )     (27 )     —    

Change for valuation allowances

     —         13       22       (32 )

Non-deductible interest expense

     28       —         —         —    

Other, net

     4       1       10       (1 )
                                

Total provision/(benefit) for income taxes

   $ (105 )   $ 39     $ 31     $ 45  
                                

Effective tax rate

     (26.9 )%     205.3 %     16.0 %     14.5 %
                                

In the Netherlands, the Company is taxed under a favorable tax regime which results in certain current earnings being taxed at an effective rate of approximately 10%. Future changes to the Company’s operations and financing activities, including those related to the Valcon Acquisition, may result in changes to the favorable Dutch tax regime arrangements.

The total effective tax rate for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was lower than the Dutch statutory rate primarily due to the lack of income tax benefit on the one-time interest expense related to the Valcon senior secured bridge facility. The rate in the 2006 Successor period was also influenced by changes in estimates related to global tax contingencies.

The total effective tax rate for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was higher than the Dutch statutory tax rate primarily due to the low tax benefit under the favorable tax regime in the Netherlands on certain of the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition and payments to IMS Health (see Note 16). The effective tax rate in the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is also influenced by losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit was recognized due to increases in valuation allowances.

The 2005 total effective tax rate was impacted by the release of provisions for certain income tax exposures as a result of the completion of a tax audit in the Netherlands resulting in a settlement of certain items affecting the years 2000 through 2006. These issues were primarily related to the Dutch taxation of the Company’s

 

F-69


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

financing activities. Furthermore, the Company reduced the provision for other income tax exposures related to transfer-pricing issues based on the expiration of various jurisdictional statutes of limitation and the successful defense of the inter-company charges in tax audits in several jurisdictions. The effective tax rate was also influenced by releases of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, as several jurisdictions were able to demonstrate the ability to realize these assets, and by other favorable adjustments related to the finalization of the Dutch income tax returns. Finally, the 2005 rate was adversely impacted by the lower tax benefit related to the favorable Dutch tax regime on the loss on the repurchase of debt in 2005.

The lower total effective tax rate in 2004 is primarily due to a change in the mix of Dutch vs. non-Dutch earnings and to reversals of certain valuation allowances that were no longer required.

The components of current and non-current deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) were:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005
 

Deferred tax assets (on balance):

       

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 331       $ 192  

Interest expense limitation

     17        73  

Deferred compensation

     33        30  

Deferred revenues / costs

     36        41  

Fixed asset depreciation

     —          12  

Employee benefits

     71        60  

Tax credit carryforwards

     38        24  

Other assets

     60        28  
                 
     586        460  

Valuation allowances

     (179 )      (215 )
                 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances

     407        245  
                 

Deferred tax liabilities (on balance):

       

Intangible assets

     (2,108 )      (635 )

Computer software

     (75 )      (71 )
                 
     (2,183 )      (706 )
                 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (1,776 )    $ (461 )
                 

Recognized as:

       

Deferred income taxes, current

   $ 19      $ 72  

Deferred income taxes, non-current

     (1,795 )      (533 )
                 

Total

   $ (1,776 )    $ (461 )
                 

Deferred tax assets—current and non-current

   $ 125      $ 151  

Deferred tax liabilities—current and non-current

     (1,901 )      (612 )
                 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (1,776 )    $ (461 )
                 

In connection with the purchase accounting for the Valcon Acquisition, the acquired assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities were recorded at fair market value. Differences between the fair market values and income tax basis for certain of the acquired assets, primarily identifiable intangible assets, resulted in an increase in the Company’s deferred income tax liability balance.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $928 million and $868 million, respectively, that will begin to expire in 2009, of which approximately $660 million relates to the U.S. In addition, the Company had tax credit carryforwards of approximately $39 million and $24 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2014. Due to the uncertainty of achieving sufficient profits to utilize certain of these operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, the Company currently believes it is more likely than not that a portion of these losses will not be realized. Therefore, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $172 million and $134 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. In addition, the Company has established valuation allowances of $7 million and $82 million, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, on deferred tax assets related to other temporary differences, which the Company currently believes will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2006, the portion of the valuation allowance relating to deferred tax assets and net operating losses, for which subsequently recognized tax benefits will generally be allocated to reduce goodwill is $82 million.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had approximately, $716 million of undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries of certain of the Company’s U.S. operations. Income taxes were not provided for the effect of distributing these earnings, as the Company had invested or expected to invest these undistributed earnings indefinitely. As a result of the Valcon Acquisition, as of December 31, 2006, Nielsen management’s intent is to repatriate all undistributed earnings in excess of the reasonable working capital needs of these non-U.S. subsidiaries, if practicable and within the limitations that may be imposed under the local laws that govern the subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2006, the Company determined, based on the above principles, that approximately $466 million of the accumulated earnings of these subsidiaries is not deemed to be permanently reinvested abroad. Accordingly, the Company has provided approximately $20 million in withholding taxes that would be imposed on the repatriation of these earnings. No additional U.S. income taxes would be due based on currently available net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. As discussed in Note 3, the allocation of the purchase price in connection with the Valcon Acquisition is preliminary, and, accordingly, any changes thereto may result in changes to current and deferred income taxes.

Under its existing accounting policies, the Company establishes liabilities for possible assessments by taxing authorities resulting from known income tax exposures including, but not limited to, inter-company transfer pricing, and various other income tax matters. Such amounts represent a reasonable provision for income taxes ultimately expected to be paid. The amounts recognized for these income tax uncertainties may be adjusted as more information becomes available in future periods.

15. Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions

On October 13, 2006, Nielsen completed the sale of its 34.3% interest in Solucient LLC to the Thomson Corporation. Proceeds from the sale were comprised of $77 million in cash and $11 million payable over the eighteen month period from closing, at the rate of one-third every six months, plus interest. No gain or loss was recognized on the sale because the sale price approximated the carrying value of the investment.

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, Nielsen had investments in affiliates of $177 million and $181 million, respectively.

Nielsen’s significant investments in affiliates and its percentage of ownership as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were comprised of the 51% non-controlling ownership interest in Scarborough Research (“Scarborough”), a 50% ownership interest in VNU Exhibitions Europe bv and a 50% ownership interest in AGB Nielsen Media Research bv.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

AGB Nielsen Media Research bv was formed in March 2005 by merging Nielsen’s wholly owned international television audience measurement business with the Kantar Media Research owned AGB Group operations. Nielsen’s investment comprised of $67 million of cash and an in kind contribution of Nielsen’s international television audience measurement companies, with a carrying value of approximately $34 million. As of March 1, 2005, Nielsen deconsolidated its international television audience measurement companies, and began accounting for its investment in this joint venture under the equity method.

During 2004, Nielsen divested its interest in World Directories. Income from these investments are recorded as a component of discontinued operations in 2005 and 2004. Investments in affiliates held by World Directories as of January 1, 2004 in Portugal, South Africa and Puerto Rico were divested in 2004.

Related Party Transactions with Affiliates

Nielsen and Scarborough enter into various related party transactions in the ordinary course of business, including Nielsen’s providing certain general and administrative services to Scarborough. Nielsen pays royalties to Scarborough for the right to include Scarborough data in Nielsen products sold directly to Nielsen customers. Additionally, Nielsen sells various Scarborough products directly to its clients, for which it receives a commission from Scarborough. As a result of these transactions Scarborough made payments to Nielsen of $12 million, $9 million, $11 million and $14 million for the periods ended May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Obligations between Nielsen and Scarborough are settled in cash, on a monthly basis in the ordinary course of business and amounts outstanding were not material at December 31, 2006 or 2005.

Nielsen and its subsidiaries have entered into various related party transactions with AGB Nielsen Media Research, covering services to and from AGB Nielsen Media Research, including the licensing of the Nielsen trademark, software and databases, and certain administrative services. These related party transactions resulted in a net receivable of $12 million and $5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Other Related Party Transactions

In March 2002, with the relocation to the United States of the former Chairman of the Executive Board and his family, the former Chairman of the Executive Board received a home mortgage loan from Nielsen in the amount of $4 million. The loan, which is denominated in U.S. Dollars, accrues interest at the rate of 6.0% per year and is collateralized by the home. Interest is due at the time that the loan is repaid, which can be no later than July 1, 2007. If at that time the value of the home is not sufficient to cover the amount of this loan plus accrued interest, Nielsen will absorb the difference plus any required income taxes that would be payable by the former Chairman. The carrying value of the loan receivable and accrued interest is $5 million, included in other current assets, and $5 million, included in non-current assets, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Transactions with Sponsors

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition and related debt financing, Valcon paid the Sponsors $131 million in fees and expenses for financial and structuring advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations. These costs were allocated as debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price of the Valcon Acquisition based on the specific nature of the services performed.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, two of Nielsen’s subsidiaries and the Sponsors entered into Advisory Agreements, which provide for an annual management fee, in connection with planning, strategy, oversight and support to management, and are payable quarterly and in advance to each Sponsor, on a pro rata

 

F-72


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

basis, for the eight year duration of the agreements, as well as reimbursements for each Sponsor’s respective out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the management services provided under the agreement. Annual management fees are $10 million in the first year starting on the effective date of the Valcon Acquisition, and increases by 5% annually thereafter.

The Advisory Agreements provide that upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or an initial public offering in excess of $200 million, each of the Sponsors will receive, in lieu of quarterly payments of the annual management fee, a fee equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual management fee that would have been payable to the Sponsors during the remainder of the term of the agreements (assuming an eight year term of the agreements), calculated using the treasury rate having a final maturity date that is closest to the eighth anniversary of the date of the agreements.

The Advisory Agreements also provide that Nielsen will indemnify the Sponsors against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising in connection with the management services provided by the Sponsors under the fee agreement.

For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, the Company recorded $6 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to these management fees and $1 million related to Sponsor travel and consulting.

Short-term debt includes a $20 million loan payable to Valcon Acquisition Holding bv, the direct parent of Valcon.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases and Other Contractual Arrangements

Nielsen has entered into operating leases and other contractual obligations to secure real estate facilities, agreements to purchase data processing services and leases of computers and other equipment used in the ordinary course of business and various outsourcing contracts. These agreements are not unilaterally cancelable by Nielsen, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices.

At December 31, 2006, the minimum annual payments under these agreements that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are listed in the following table:

 

     For the Years Ending December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

   2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total

Operating leases

   $ 122    $ 100    $ 88    $ 76    $ 67    $ 194    $ 647

Other contractual obligations

     151      88      55      43      13      3      353
                                                

Total

   $ 273    $ 188    $ 143    $ 119    $ 80    $ 197    $ 1,000
                                                

The amounts presented above represent the minimum future annual services covered by purchase obligations including data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing.

Total expenses incurred under operating leases were $81 million, $51 million, $140 million and $141 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Nielsen recognized rental income received under

 

F-73


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

subleases of $8 million, $5 million, $14 million and $14 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At December 31, 2006, Nielsen had aggregate future minimum rental income to be received under non-cancelable subleases of $95 million.

Nielsen also had minimum commitments under non-cancelable capital leases (see Note 11).

Guarantees and Other Contingent Commitments

At December 31, 2006, Nielsen was committed under the following guarantee arrangements:

Sub-lease guarantees

Nielsen provides sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which Nielsen guarantees all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, the Company has not been required to perform under such arrangements, does not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and, accordingly, no amounts have been recorded.

Letters of credit

Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $3 million.

Indemnification agreements

In connection with the sale of Directories in 2004, Nielsen has an exposure under a tax indemnity guarantee with the acquirer, pursuant to which Nielsen has agreed to pay any tax obligations relating to periods prior to the sale. Nielsen has accrued $32 million relating to this indemnity at December 31, 2006.

Contingent consideration

Nielsen is obligated to provide additional consideration in a business combination to the seller if contractually specified conditions related to the acquired entity are achieved. At December 31, 2006, Nielsen had total maximum exposure for future estimated payments of $24 million, of which $4 million is based on continued employment and being expensed over the respective periods. An amount of $1 million was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

Nielsen has no material liabilities for other guarantees arising in the normal course of business at December 31, 2006.

Termination Agreement Nielsen—IMS Health

On November 17, 2005, Nielsen and IMS Health Inc. (“IMS Health”) announced their agreement to terminate the planned merger of the two companies. Under the terms of the termination agreement, among other things, Nielsen agreed to pay an amount of $45 million to IMS Health should Nielsen be acquired pursuant to any agreement entered into within the 12 months following the termination. For its part, IMS Health agreed to pay Nielsen $15 million should IMS Health be acquired pursuant to any agreement entered into within the 12 months following the termination. On May 24, 2006, due to the consummation of the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen made the $45 million payment to IMS Health.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business.

D&B Legacy Tax Matters

In November 1996, D&B, then known as The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation (“Donnelley”) and spun-off The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”) (the “D&B Spin”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s”) and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Current D&B”) (the “Moody’s spin”). In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability arising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters after IMS Health paid the first $0.1 million of such liability.

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999, a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes it has adequately provided for any remaining liability related to these matters.

Effective February 16, 2006, Nielsen entered into a settlement agreement of the 1996 antitrust litigation brought by Information Resources, Inc. The settlement resulted in a complete dismissal of all claims against the Company. Under the settlement agreement, Nielsen agreed to a payment of $55 million which, after tax, resulted in a $35 million charge to 2005 earnings, since this settlement provided evidence of conditions that existed at the 2005 balance sheet date.

erinMedia

erinMedia, llc (“erinMedia”) filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida on June 16, 2005. The suit alleges that Nielsen Media Research Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate NMR’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted NMR’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia.

On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against NMR alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed this action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. Although it is too early to predict the outcome of the original case, Nielsen believes the action is without merit.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Except as described above, there are no other pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting Nielsen which, if determined adversely to Nielsen, would in its view, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on Nielsen’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations and prospects.

17. Segments

Nielsen classifies its business interests into three reportable segments: Consumer Services, consisting principally of market research and analysis and marketing and sales advisory services; Media, consisting principally of television ratings, television, radio and internet audience and advertising measurement and research and analysis in various facets of the entertainment and media sectors, and Business Media, consisting principally of business publications, both in print and online, trade shows, events and conferences and information databases and websites. Corporate consists principally of unallocated, corporate items. Prior to its sale, Nielsen considered Directories a reportable segment.

Information with respect to the operations of each Nielsen business segment is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered and geographic areas of operations. The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described in Note 1. In the following tables “Corporate” includes the elimination of intersegment revenues.

Business Segment Information

 

     Successor      Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
   

Year ended

December 31,

 
            2005             2004      

Revenues

           
 

Consumer Services (1)

   $ 1,465      $ 905     $ 2,359     $ 2,224  

Media

     819         507       1,213       1,112  

Business Media

     266        216       490       479  

Corporate

     (2 )      (2 )     (3 )     (1 )
                                 

Total

   $ 2,548      $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                 

(1) Includes retail measurement revenues of $1,004 million, $604 million, $1,544 million and $1,474 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
  

Year ended

December 31,

             2005            2004    

Depreciation and amortization

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 121       $ 61    $ 160    $ 150

Media

     102        47      106      99

Business Media

     25        12      30      31

Corporate

     9        6      16      17
                             

Total

   $ 257      $ 126    $ 312    $ 297
                             

 

F-76


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Successor      Predecessor
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
  

Year ended

December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

             2005            2004    

Restructuring costs

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 43       $ 1    $ 6    $ 25

Media

     —          —        —        —  

Business Media

     6        —        —        —  

Corporate

     19        6      —        11
                             

Total

   $ 68      $ 7    $ 6    $ 36
                             

 

     Successor      Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
   

Year ended

December 31,

 
        2005     2004  

Operating income

           
 

Consumer Services

   $ 46      $ 28     $ 182     $ 155  

Media (1)

     145        95       228       45  

Business Media

     26        51       89       76  

Corporate

     (108 )      (117 )     (126 )     (23 )
                                 

Total

   $ 109      $ 57     $ 373     $ 253  
                                 

(1) Includes goodwill impairment of $135 million in the Entertainment reporting unit in 2004. See Note 1.

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  

May 24 –

December 31,
2006

     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
  

Year Ended

December 31,

             2005            2004    

Interest income

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 5       $ 4    $ 8    $ 8

Media

     5        2      5      4

Business Media

     —          —        1      —  

Corporate

     1        2      7      4
                             

Total

   $ 11      $ 8    $ 21    $ 16
                             
 
     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    

January 1 –

May 23,
2006

   Year Ended
December 31,
             2005            2004    

Interest expense

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 6       $ 1    $ 4    $ 4

Media

     8        8      18      16

Business Media

     —          —        —        —  

Corporate

     358        39      108      120
                             

Total

   $ 372      $ 48    $ 130    $ 140
                             

 

F-77


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

   Year ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

         2005     2004  

Equity in net income of affiliates

            
 

Consumer Services

   $ —        $ —      $ (3 )   $ (5 )

Media

     6        2      8       10  

Business Media

     —          4      4       2  

Corporate

     —          —        —         —    
                                

Total

   $ 6      $ 6    $ 9     $ 7  
                                

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Total assets

       
 

Consumer Services

   $ 7,014       $ 4,121

Media

     6,327        3,827

Business Media

     2,244        1,383

Corporate (1)

     514        1,332
               

Total

   $ 16,099      $ 10,663
               

(1) Includes cash of $198 million and $642 million and derivative instruments of $1 million and $421 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Total liabilities

       
 

Consumer Services

   $ 1,881       $ 1,387

Media

     990        792

Business Media

     358        305

Corporate (1)

     8,851        2,740
               

Total

   $ 12,080      $ 5,224
               

(1) Includes debt of $7,684 million and $2,331 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

     Successor      Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

   Year ended
December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

         2005    2004

Capital expenditures

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 79      $ 32    $ 109    $ 101

Media

     78        32      118      145

Business Media

     4        2      4      4

Corporate and other

     6        3      7      19
                             

Total

   $ 167      $ 69    $ 238    $ 269
                             

 

F-78


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Geographic Segment Information

Successor

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006

       

United States

   $ 1,468    $ 11     $ 9,679

Other Americas

     237      43       957

The Netherlands

     22      33       10

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     580      (13 )     2,056

Asia Pacific

     241      35       258
                     

Total

   $ 2,548    $ 109     $ 12,960
                     

Predecessor

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006

       

United States

   $ 962    $ 105     $ 5,508

Other Americas

     145      31       427

The Netherlands

     12      (97 )     107

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     364      11       1,179

Asia Pacific

     143      7       368
                     

Total

   $ 1,626    $ 57     $ 7,589
                     

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

2005

       

United States

   $ 2,343    $ 278     $ 5,514

Other Americas

     329      71       419

The Netherlands

     33      (46 )     93

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     978      38       1,093

Asia Pacific

     376      32       372
                     

Total

   $ 4,059    $ 373     $ 7,491
                     

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

2004

       

United States

   $ 2,190    $ 178     $ 5,667

Other Americas

     278      48       373

The Netherlands

     63      (46 )     117

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     921      51       1,225

Asia Pacific

     362      22       403
                     

Total

   $ 3,814    $ 253     $ 7,785
                     

(1) Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers.
(2) Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

18. Additional Financial Information

Other non-current assets

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Deferred financing fees

   $ 116      $ 4

Other deferred costs

     228        66

Equity securities

     24        25

Mutual funds

     17        89

Equity method investments

     177        181

Other

     156        129
               

Total other non-current assets

   $ 718      $ 494
               

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Trade payables

   $ 107       $ 119

Personnel costs

     342        285

Outside services

     102        96

Cooperation payments

     58        47

Payroll taxes and social benefits

     78        76

Interest payable

     113        43

Other current liabilities

     188        161
               

Total accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 988      $ 827
               

Other non-current liabilities

 

     Successor      Predecessor
    

December 31,

2006

    

December 31,

2005

     

(IN MILLIONS)

           

Pension and other benefit obligations

   $ 204       $ 148

Deferred compensation

     49        103

Other

     119        122
               

Total other non-current liabilities

   $ 372      $ 373
               

 

F-80


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

19. Net (Loss)/Income Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net (loss)/income per common share were calculated using the following common share data:

 

       Predecessor  
       January 1-
May 23, 2006
    Year ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

     2005     2004  

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

   $ (14 )   $ 172     $ 278  

Less: Preferred stock dividend, net of tax

     (3 )     (7 )     (7 )
                        

(Loss)/income available to common shareholders from continuing operations, basic and diluted

     (17 )     165       271  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (3 )     —         89  

Gain on sale discontinued operations, net of tax

     3       7       756  
                        

Net (loss)/income available to common shareholders, basic and diluted

   $ (17 )   $ 172     $ 1,116  
                        

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic

     257,462,508       255,795,495       252,272,732  

Dilutive effect of stock options outstanding

     —         107,282       947  
                        

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted

     257,462,508       255,902,777       252,273,679  
                        

Net (loss)/income per common share, basic and diluted:

      

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.64     $ 1.07  

Income from discontinued operations

     —         0.03       3.35  
                        

Net (loss)/income per common share

   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.67     $ 4.42  
                        

For the Successor period Mary 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, no publicly traded common shares were outstanding.

In the computation of diluted net loss per common share from both continuing operations and on a net income basis for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, the assumed conversion of the EUR 1,150 million, 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 (Note 11) and all stock options (Note 13) were excluded since they were anti-dilutive.

In the computation of diluted net income per common share from both continuing operations and on a net income basis for the year ended December 31, 2005, the assumed conversion of the EUR 1,150 million, 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 (Note 11) and 15,815,653 stock options (Note 13) were excluded since they were anti-dilutive.

In the computation of diluted net income per common share from both continuing operations and on a net income basis for the year ended December 31, 2004, the assumed conversion of the EUR 265 million, 1.75% subordinated convertible debenture loan due 2004, EUR 1,150 million, 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 (Note 11) and 15,093,295 stock options (Note 13) were excluded since they were anti-dilutive.

20. Subsequent Events

Nielsen//NetRatings Merger Agreement

On February 5, 2007, Nielsen and Nielsen//NetRatings announced they had entered into a merger agreement by which Nielsen, which already owns approximately 60% of Nielsen//NetRatings, would acquire the Nielsen//

 

F-81


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

NetRatings shares it does not currently own at a price of $21.00 per share in cash, for a total purchase price of approximately $327 million. The merger is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2007, and is subject to customary conditions and approvals. The transaction is subject to the approval of the Nielsen//NetRatings shareholders, but Nielsen has agreed to vote all its shares in favor of the merger, thereby assuring shareholder approval of the merger.

Sale of Business Media Europe and Mandatory Debt Repayment

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale of its Business Media Europe (BME) unit for $414 million. The Company’s stake in VNU Exhibitions Europe bv, a joint venture that produces trade shows mainly in the Netherlands and China, was not included in the sale.

On February 9, 2007, Nielsen applied $328 million of the proceeds from the sale of BME towards a mandatory pre-payment on the Euro senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, Nielsen will no longer be required to pay the scheduled quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the Euro senior secured term loan facility.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities

Effective January 22, 2007, Nielsen has agreed a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on its U.S. Dollar and Euro senior secured term loan facilities, respectively.

Event (Unaudited) Subsequent to the Date of the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

On April 30, 2007, the Company announced an agreement in principle to acquire the remaining BuzzMetrics’ shares subject to the execution of a definitive agreement.

21. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information sets forth on for the Company, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, all as defined in the credit agreements, the consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. This supplemental guarantor financial information included herein complies with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X concerning the form and content of the consolidating financial statements. The Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unconditional basis by Nielsen and, each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, including VNU Intermediate Holding bv, VNU Holding and Finance bv, VNU Holdings bv, VNU International bv, VNU Services bv, ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US) Inc. and the wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and Nielsen, Inc., in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are Nielsen Company bv and the subsidiary issuers (Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary guarantors of the debt issued by Nielsen.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor)

December 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4     $ —       $ 211    $ 416    $ —       $ 631

Marketable securities

     —         —         14      137      —         151

Trade and other receivables, net

     (3 )     —         346      397      —         740

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —         23       167      57      —         247

Intercompany receivables

     318       123       347      334      (1,122 )     —  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        545      —         545
                                            

Total current assets

     319       146       1,085      1,886      (1,122 )     2,314
                                            

Non-current assets

              

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —         —         361      163      —         524

Goodwill

     —         —         4,976      1,688      —         6,664

Other intangible assets, net

     —         —         4,419      1,353      —         5,772

Derivative financial instruments

     —         1       —        —        —         1

Deferred tax assets

     4       24       25      53      —         106

Other non-current assets

     17       104       438      159      —         718

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     3,995       —         4,561      —        (8,556 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     699       6,630       588      1,408      (9,325 )     —  
                                            

Total assets

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

              

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 77     $ 88     $ 348    $ 475    $ —       $ 988

Deferred revenues

     —         —         249      202      —         451

Income tax liabilities

     12       —         176      64      —         252

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     —         52       74      86      —         212

Intercompany payables

     42       155       707      218      (1,122 )     —  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        143      —         143
                                            

Total current liabilities

     131       295       1,554      1,188      (1,122 )     2,046
                                            

Non-current liabilities

              

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     982       6,629       119      31      —         7,761

Deferred tax liabilities

     —         —         1,882      19      —         1,901

Intercompany loans

     —         —         8,696      629      (9,325 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     7       —         207      158      —         372
                                            

Total liabilities

     1,120       6,924       12,458      2,025      (10,447 )     12,080
                                            

Minority interests

     —         —         —        105      —         105
                                            

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,914       (19 )     3,995      4,580      (8,556 )     3,914
                                            

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

 

F-83


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Predecessor)

December 31, 2005

 

         Parent            Issuers        Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6    $ —      $ 634    $ 379    $ —       $ 1,019

Marketable securities

     —        —        —        123      —         123

Trade and other receivables, net

     —        —        333      430      —         763

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1      —        365      70      —         436

Intercompany receivables

     41      —        146      248      (435 )     —  
                                          

Total current assets

     48      —        1,478      1,250      (435 )     2,341
                                          

Non-current assets

                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1      —        339      164      —         504

Goodwill

     —        —        3,590      1,433      —         5,023

Other intangible assets, net

     —        —        1,452      512      —         1,964

Derivative financial instruments

     —        —        260      —        —         260

Deferred tax assets

     7      —        23      47      —         77

Other non-current assets

     107      —        230      157      —         494

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     5,269      —        2,946      —        (8,215 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     2,342      —        546      1,176      (4,064 )     —  
                                          

Total assets

   $ 7,774    $ —      $ 10,864    $ 4,739    $ (12,714 )   $ 10,663
                                          

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 51    $ —      $ 323    $ 453    $ —       $ 827

Deferred revenues

     —        —        266      171      —         437

Income tax liabilities

     55      —        113      78      —         246

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     631      —        37      63      —         731

Intercompany payables

     1      —        239      195      (435 )     —  
                                          

Total current liabilities

     738      —        978      960      (435 )     2,241
                                          

Non-current liabilities

                

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     1,701      —        273      26      —         2,000

Deferred tax liabilities

     —        —        586      24      —         610

Intercompany loans

     —        —        3,485      579      (4,064 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     —        —        273      100      —         373
                                          

Total liabilities

     2,439      —        5,595      1,689      (4,499 )     5,224
                                          

Minority interests

     —        —        —        104      —         104
                                          

Total shareholders’ equity

     5,335      —        5,269      2,946      (8,215 )     5,335
                                          

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 7,774    $ —      $ 10,864    $ 4,739    $ (12,714 )   $ 10,663
                                          

 

F-84


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Successor)

For the period from May 24 to December 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ 1,417     $ 1,142     $ (11 )   $ 2,548  
                                                

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         634       579       (11 )     1,202  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     23       —         511       378       —         912  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —         184       73       —         257  

Restructuring costs

     —         —         31       37       —         68  
                                                

Operating (loss)/income

     (23 )     —         57       75       —         109  
                                                

Interest income

     47       226       21       36       (319 )     11  

Interest expense

     (131 )     (230 )     (306 )     (24 )     319       (372 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     —         —         5       —         —         5  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (63 )     —         (2 )     —         —         (65 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses

     (1 )     (36 )     (32 )     (2 )     —         (71 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —         6       —         —         6  

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

     (152 )     —         (24 )     —         176       —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (4 )     —         30       (33 )     —         (7 )
                                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (327 )     (40 )     (245 )     52       176       (384 )

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     31       16       93       (35 )     —         105  

Minority interests

     —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (296 )     (24 )     (152 )     17       176       (279 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —         —         (17 )     —         (17 )
                                                

Net (loss)/income

   $ (296 )   $ (24 )   $ (152 )   $ —       $ 176     $ (296 )
                                                

 

F-85


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor)

For the period from January 1 to May 23, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 932     $ 699     $ (5 )   $ 1,626  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        410       382       (5 )     787  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     2       —        295       257       —         554  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —        82       44       —         126  

Transaction costs

     82       —        13       —         —         95  

Restructuring costs

     —         —        7       —         —         7  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (84 )     —        125       16       —         57  
                                               

Interest income

     47       —        12       19       (70 )     8  

Interest expense

     (49 )     —        (55 )     (14 )     70       (48 )

Loss on derivative instruments

     —         —        (9 )     —         —         (9 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains/(losses), net

     5       —        (8 )     —         —         (3 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        1       5       —         6  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     64       —        —         —         (64 )     —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (5 )     —        24       (5 )     —         14  
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (22 )     —        90       21       (64 )     25  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     8       —        (26 )     (21 )     —         (39 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (14 )     —        64       —         (64 )     (14 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

Net (loss)/income

   $ (14 )   $ —      $ 64     $ —       $ (64 )   $ (14 )
                                               

 

F-86


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2005

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 2,284     $ 1,788     $ (13 )   $ 4,059  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        1,003       914       (13 )     1,904  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     30       —        758       676       —         1,464  

Depreciation and amortization

     1       —        192       119       —         312  

Restructuring costs

     —         —        6       —         —         6  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (31 )     —        325       79       —         373  
                                               

Interest income

     221       —        11       63       (274 )     21  

Interest expense

     (141 )     —        (223 )     (40 )     274       (130 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     13       —        —         —         —         13  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (102 )     —        —         —         —         (102 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (7 )     —        18       —         —         11  

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        5       4       —         9  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     251       —        35       —         (286 )     —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (33 )     —        32       9       —         8  
                                               

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     171       —        203       115       (286 )     203  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     8       —        40       (79 )     —         (31 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

Income from continuing operations

     179       —        243       36       (286 )     172  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        8       (1 )     —         7  
                                               

Net income

   $ 179     $ —      $ 251     $ 35     $ (286 )   $ 179  
                                               

 

F-87


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2004

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 2,110     $ 1,716     $ (12 )   $ 3,814  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        935       849       (12 )     1,772  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     (1 )     —        676       646       —         1,321  

Depreciation and amortization

     1       —        176       120       —         297  

Goodwill impairment charges

     —         —        135       —         —         135  

Restructuring costs

     11       —        13       12       —         36  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (11 )     —        175       89       —         253  
                                               

Interest income

     189       —        124       339       (636 )     16  

Interest expense

     (126 )     —        (353 )     (297 )     636       (140 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     178       —        —         —         —         178  

Gain on early extinguishment of debt

     1       —        —         —         —         1  

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (3 )     —        1       —         —         (2 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        2       5       —         7  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     869       —        111       —         (980 )     —    

Other income/(expense), net

     3       —        58       (56 )     —         5  
                                               

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     1,100       —        118       80       (980 )     318  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     23       —        (5 )     (63 )     —         (45 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         5       —         5  
                                               

Income from continuing operations

     1,123       —        113       22       (980 )     278  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        756       89       —         845  
                                               

Net income

   $ 1,123     $ —      $ 869     $ 111     $ (980 )   $ 1,123  
                                               

 

F-88


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Successor)

For the period from May 24 to December 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 23     $ 12     $ 159     $ 238     $ 432  
                                        

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (37 )     (6 )     (43 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —         91       —         91  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (75 )     (35 )     (110 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (38 )     (19 )     (57 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —         —         (63 )     (63 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —         —         59       59  

Other investing activities

     (10 )     —         (10 )     —         (20 )
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10 )     —         (69 )     (64 )     (143 )
                                        

Financing activities:

          

Payments to Valcon to settle certain borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition

     (5,862 )     —         —         —         (5,862 )

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance cost

     274       6,493       20       —         6,787  

Repayments of debt

     (1,381 )     (13 )     (155 )     —         (1,549 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —         (2 )     8       6  

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —         17       17       34  

Repurchase of preference shares

     (116 )     —         —         —         (116 )

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

     (16 )     —         —         —         (16 )

Activity under stock plans

     (86 )     —         (5 )     —         (91 )

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     7,151       (6,492 )     (295 )     (56 )     308  
                                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (36 )     (12 )     (420 )     (31 )     (499 )
                                        

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         6       2       8  
                                        

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (23 )     —         (324 )     145       (202 )
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     27       —         535       271       833  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 4     $ —       $ 211     $ 416     $ 631  
                                        

 

F-89


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the period from January 1 to May 23, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

   $ (81 )   $ —      $ 127     $ 33     $ 79  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (12 )     (45 )     (57 )

Payments from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —        —         (3 )     (3 )

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (29 )     (16 )     (45 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (19 )     (5 )     (24 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (56 )     (56 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         71       71  

Other investing activities

     —         —        —         17       17  
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —        (60 )     (37 )     (97 )
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Repayments of debt

     (466 )     —        —         —         (466 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        —         (9 )     (9 )

(Decrease)/increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —        (13 )     7       (6 )

Activity under stock plans

     40       —        —         —         40  

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     527       —        (202 )     (113 )     212  
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     101       —        (215 )     (115 )     (229 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     1       —        49       11       61  
                                       

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     21       —        (99 )     (108 )     (186 )
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     6       —        634       379       1,019  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 27     $ —      $ 535     $ 271     $ 833  
                                       

 

F-90


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2005

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 26     $ —      $ 286     $ 198     $ 510  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (148 )     (30 )     (178 )

Proceeds/(payments) from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —        15       (38 )     (23 )

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (96 )     (67 )     (163 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (57 )     (18 )     (75 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (122 )     (122 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         141       141  

Other investing activities

     5       —        (2 )     (9 )     (6 )
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     5       —        (288 )     (143 )     (426 )
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Repayments of debt

     (1,805 )     —        —         —         (1,805 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        —         (14 )     (14 )

(Decrease)/increase in other short-term borrowings

     (718 )     —        63       (18 )     (673 )

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

     (99 )     —        —         —         (99 )

Activity under stock plans

     7       —        —         —         7  

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     193       —        472       (595 )     70  
                                       

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (2,422 )     —        535       (627 )     (2,514 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (65 )     —        (54 )     (70 )     (189 )
                                       

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,456 )     —        479       (642 )     (2,619 )
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     2,462       —        155       1,021       3,638  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 6     $ —      $ 634     $ 379     $ 1,019  
                                       

 

F-91


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2004

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 41     $ —      $ 257     $ 301     $ 599  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (82 )     (21 )     (103 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     5       —        2,579       14       2,598  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (100 )     (84 )     (184 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (55 )     (30 )     (85 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (164 )     (164 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         159       159  

Other investing activities

     148       —        (24 )     6       130  
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     153       —        2,318       (120 )     2,351  
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

     103       —        —         —         103  

Repayments of debt

     (833 )     —        —         —         (833 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        2       18       20  

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

     101       —        (1 )     (3 )     97  

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

     (79 )     —        —         —         (79 )

Intercompany and other financing activities

     2,755       —        (2,592 )     (180 )     (17 )
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     2,047       —        (2,591 )     (165 )     (709 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     185       —        11       69       265  
                                       

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,426       —        (5 )     85       2,506  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     36       —        160       936       1,132  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 2,462     $ —      $ 155     $ 1,021     $ 3,638  
                                       

 

F-92


Table of Contents

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 21, 2007

PROSPECTUS

Nielsen Finance LLC

Nielsen Finance Co.

Offer to Exchange

$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 10% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 9% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, and $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for our 10% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, our €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount our 9% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, and $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof, respectively.

We hereby offer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus (which constitute the “exchange offer”), to exchange up to (i) $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 10% senior notes due 2014 (the “Senior Dollar Notes”) and the guarantees thereof, (ii) €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 9% senior notes due 2014 (the “Senior Euro Notes” and, collectively with the Senior Dollar Notes the “Senior Notes”) and the guarantees thereof, and (iii) $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 (the “Senior Subordinated Discount Notes” and, collectively with the Senior Dollar Notes, the “Dollar Notes”) and the guarantees thereof, each of which we refer to as the “exchange notes,” for a like principal amount of (i) our 10% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, (ii) our 9% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, and (iii) our 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof, respectively, each of which we refer to as the “old notes.” We refer to the old notes and the exchange notes collectively as the “notes.” The terms of the exchange notes are identical to the terms of the old notes in all material respects, except for the elimination of some transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes. Each of the notes is irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by The Nielsen Company B.V. and certain of its subsidiaries which guarantee its obligations under the new senior secured credit facility.

We will exchange any and all dollar-denominated old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2007, unless extended.

We will exchange any and all euro-denominated old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, on                     , 2007, unless extended.

We intend to apply to list the Senior Euro Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange’s Euro MTF market.

Broker-dealers who acquired old notes directly from us in the initial offering must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 of this prospectus for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is             , 2007


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 


 


We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law. The delivery of this prospectus does not, under any circumstances, mean that there has not been a change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. Subject to our obligation to amend or supplement this prospectus as required by law and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), neither Nielsen nor anyone acting on its behalf has made or will make an offer of notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that the Initial Purchasers may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of the notes to the public in the Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by Nielsen of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this restriction, the expression an “offer of the notes to the public” in relation to any of the notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to

 

i


Table of Contents

purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

The notes may not be offered or sold in or into the United Kingdom by means of any document except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995. All applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 must be complied with in respect of anything done in relation to the notes in, from or otherwise involving or having an effect in the United Kingdom.

In France, the notes may not be directly or indirectly offered or sold to the public, and offers and sales of the notes will only be made in France to providers of investment services relating to portfolio management for the account of third parties and/or to qualified investors acting for their own account, in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2 and D.411-1 of the Code Monétaire et Financier . Accordingly, this prospectus has not been submitted to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers . Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material may be distributed to the public or used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the notes to the public in France or offered to any investors other than those (if any) to whom offers and sales of the notes in France may be made as described above and no prospectus shall be prepared and submitted for approval ( visa ) to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers .

Les titres ne peuvent être offerts ni vendus directement ou indirectement au public en France et ni l’offre ni la vente des titres ne pourra être proposée qu’ à des personnes fournissant le service d’investissement de gestion de portefeuille pour compte de tiers et/ou à des investisseurs qualifiés agissant pour compte propre conformément aux Articles L.411-1, L.411-2 et D411 1 du Code Monétaire et Financier. Par conséquent, ce prospectus n’a pas été soumis au visa de l’Autorité des Marchés Financiers et aucun prospectus ne sera preparé ou soumis au visa de l’Autorité des Marchés Financiers. Ni ce prospectus ni aucun autre document promotionnel ne pourra être communiqué en France au public ou utilisé en relation avec l’offre de souscription ou la vente ou l’offre de titres au public ou à toute personne autre que les investisseurs (le cas échéant) décrits ci-dessus auxquels les titres peuvent être offerts et vendus en France.

The notes may be offered and sold in Germany only in compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ) as amended, the Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004 of April 29, 2004 as amended, or any other laws applicable in Germany governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. This prospectus has not been approved under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ) or the Directive 2003/71/EC.

The notes have not been and will not be qualified under the securities laws of any province or territory of Canada. The notes are not being offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Canada or to or for the account of any resident of Canada in contravention of the securities laws of any province or territory thereof.

Until             , 2007 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information about Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Nielsen Finance LLC”) and wholly owned subsidiary of The Nielsen Company B.V., formerly known as VNU Group B.V. and prior to that as VNU N.V., or “Nielsen,” and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (“Nielsen Finance Co.”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen Finance LLC, and the notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should carefully read the entire prospectus before making an investment decision, especially the information presented under the heading “Risk Factors.” In this prospectus, except as otherwise indicated herein, or as the context may otherwise require, references to the “Issuers” refer to Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and references to “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company” refer to Nielsen and each of its consolidated subsidiaries, including the Issuers. Financial information identified in this prospectus as “pro forma” gives effect to the closing of the Transactions, which are described in this prospectus summary under “—The Transactions.”

Overview

We are a leading global information and media company providing essential marketing and media measurement information, analytics and industry expertise to customers across the world. Our Nielsen brands, including ACNielsen , Nielsen Media Research , Nielsen Entertainment and Nielsen//NetRatings , are recognized worldwide as leaders in marketing information and analysis, television ratings, entertainment measurement and Internet advertising measurement, respectively. In addition, our trade shows, online media assets and publications occupy leading positions in a number of their targeted end markets. Through our broad portfolio of products and services, we track sales of consumer products each year, report on television viewing habits in countries representing more than 60% of the world’s population, measure Internet audiences in 18 countries, produce more than 100 trade shows worldwide, operate approximately 100 websites and publish more than 100 print publications and online newsletters. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, we generated revenue of $4,243 million and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and other adjustments permitted under our senior credit facility (“Covenant EBITDA”) of $1,121 million.

We have traditionally operated in three segments: Consumer Services, Media and Business Media. Our Consumer Services segment provides critical consumer behavior information and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. ACNielsen , our leading brand within Consumer Services, is a global leader in retail measurement services and consumer household panel data. Consumer Services’ extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with advanced analytical capabilities, yields valuable strategic insights and information that influence our customers’ critical business decisions such as enhancing brand management strategies, developing and launching new products, identifying new marketing opportunities and improving marketing return on investment. Our Media segment provides measurement information of multiple media platforms, including broadcast and cable television, motion pictures, music, print, the Internet and outdoor advertising. Our leading brand within Media, Nielsen Media Research , is the industry leader in U.S. television audience measurement, and our measurement data is widely accepted as the “currency” in determining the value of television advertising. Our Business Media segment is a leading market-focused provider of integrated sales and marketing solutions. Through a multi-channel approach consisting of trade shows, online media assets and publications, Business Media offers attendees, exhibitors, readers and advertisers the insights and connections that assist them in gaining a competitive edge in their respective markets.

Our business generates a stable and predictable revenue stream and is characterized by long-term customer relationships, multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates related to marketing and media measurement services. Advertising across our segments represented only 4% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006. We serve a global customer base across multiple end markets including consumer packaged goods, retail, broadcast and

 

 

1


Table of Contents

cable television, music and online media. The average length of relationship with our top ten customers including The Procter & Gamble Company, the Unilever Group, Nestlé S.A. and The Coca-Cola Company is 30 years.

Our revenue is diversified by business segment, geography and customer. In 2006, 57% of our pro forma revenues were generated from our Consumer Services segment, 32% from our Media segment and the remaining 11% from our Business Media segment. We conduct our business activities in more than 100 countries, with 58% of our pro forma revenues generated in the U.S., 9% in North and South America excluding the U.S., 24% in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and the remaining 9% in Asia Pacific. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006.

The Transactions

The Tender Offer and Acquisition

On March 8, 2006, Valcon Acquisition B.V. (“Valcon”), formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”), entered into a merger protocol to acquire Nielsen. The price per share paid to Nielsen shareholders was €29.50 per ordinary share and €21.00 per 7% preferred share. The tender offer was settled on various dates commencing May 24, 2006, and all of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding preferred B shares were separately purchased by Valcon for €102 million, together representing approximately 99.4% of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding share capital at December 31, 2006. To finance the tender and the purchase of Nielsen’s shares, Valcon used a combination of investments in Valcon’s equity through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and a senior secured bridge facility providing for borrowings by Valcon. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen share capital through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, which is expected to be completed by the end of 2007. We used additional equity contributed to Valcon by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and additional investors chosen by the Sponsors (the “Co-Investors”), as well as available cash on hand, the proceeds from the offering of the old notes, proceeds from the offering by Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes (each as defined below) and borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities described below to repay Valcon’s senior secured bridge facility and to purchase from Valcon and/or cancel Nielsen’s preferred B shares. As of March 31, 2007, investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors had invested approximately $4,156 million in the equity of Valcon through its parent companies. In connection with the Transactions, Nielsen delisted its shares from the Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and converted from a Dutch N.V. (a public company) to a Dutch B.V. (a private company).

The Financing Transactions

Concurrently with the closing of the offering of the old notes on August 9, 2006, we entered into the following financing transactions:

 

   

new senior secured credit facilities, consisting of $4,175 million and €800 million ($1,027 million) senior secured seven-year term loan facility, all of which was borrowed at the closing of the Transactions (as defined below), and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility, none of which was borrowed at the closing of the Transactions;

 

 

 

the issuance by Nielsen of €343 million aggregate principal amount at maturity (€200 million aggregate gross proceeds) of 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016 (the “Nielsen Senior Discount Notes”);

 

   

the cancellation of our €1,000 million ($1,230 million) committed revolving credit facility, due 2010 (no amounts were outstanding);

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

the repayment of all amounts outstanding under Valcon’s senior secured bridge facility and the purchase and/or cancellation of certain of Nielsen’s shares with the proceeds of the offering of the old notes, term loan borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities, and equity contributed to Valcon through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors; and

 

   

the repurchase on the closing of the Transactions of substantially all of Nielsen Media Research’s $150 million 7.60% debenture loan due 2009, and the repurchase and/or redemption of €148 million ($190 million) outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €150 million private placement debenture loan due 2006, €500 million ($642 million) aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 6.625% debenture loan due 2007, NLG 600 million ($350 million) aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 5.50% debenture loan due 2008 and €49 million ($63 million) outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €600 million 6.75% debenture loan due 2008, in each case pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation, with available cash on hand, the proceeds of the offerings of the old notes, term loan borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities and equity contributed to Valcon through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and additional investors chosen by the Sponsors.

Nielsen’s €333 million ($409 million) 1.75% convertible unsubordinated bonds due 2006 and Nielsen’s NLG 500 million subordinated loans ($167 million) were repaid in May 2006, in each case with available cash on hand.

Throughout this prospectus, we collectively refer to the tender offer, the acquisition of the outstanding share capital of Nielsen by Valcon, and the financing transactions described above as the “Transactions.”

Ownership Structure

Nearly all of our issued and outstanding capital stock is held by Valcon, and investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors, together with the Co-Investors, indirectly through their ownership interest in the parent companies of Valcon, own approximately 99.4% of the issued and outstanding share capital in Nielsen on a fully diluted basis. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The following chart summarizes our corporate structure as of March 31, 2007:

LOGO

 

 

4


Table of Contents

(1) Includes cash equity contributed to Valcon through its parent companies by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors. As of March 31, 2007, approximately $4,156 million of cash equity had been contributed by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors.

 

(2) There are no guarantors of the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries and therefore Nielsen will be dependent upon the cash flow of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations on the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes.

 

(3) Each of Nielsen, VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU Holdings B.V., VNU International B.V., VNU Services B.V., ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. and the wholly owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc., in each case that guarantee the new senior secured credit facilities also guarantee the notes. Neither Nielsen nor VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. will be subject to any of the covenants contained in the indentures that are not payment covenants.

 

(4) The non-U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. do not guarantee the notes due to the adverse tax consequences of non-U.S. subsidiaries providing guarantees of indebtedness of U.S. entities. In addition, subsidiaries that are not directly or indirectly wholly owned by Nielsen or that are not otherwise required to guarantee the new senior secured credit facilities will not guarantee the notes. Certain of our less than wholly owned subsidiaries, including Nielsen//Net Ratings and Nielsen BuzzMetrics, are also not subject to the restrictive covenants of our new debt financing, including the notes. The subsidiaries that did not guarantee the notes accounted for approximately $699 million, or 43%, of our total revenue and approximately $16 million, or 28%, of our operating income for the Predecessor period (January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006) and accounted for approximately $1,142 million, or 45%, of our total revenue and approximately $75 million, or 69%, of our operating income, and approximately $6,710 million, or 42%, of our total assets for the Successor period (May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006).

 

(5) Upon the closing of the offering of the old notes, we entered into new senior secured credit facilities. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

Nielsen is a Netherlands besloten venootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkeid , or private company with limited liability. Nielsen’s registered office is located at Ceylonpoort 5, 2037 AA Haarlem, the Netherlands and it is registered at the Commercial Register for Amsterdam under file number 3403 6267. The phone number of Nielsen in the Netherlands is +31 23 546 3463, and in the United States is +1 (646) 654-5000. We maintain a website at www.nielsen.com where general information about our business is available. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Recent Developments

On December 18, 2006, we announced a corporate strategy and related restructuring to integrate our various service offerings, historically conducted in separate businesses, into a single organization focused on four major areas: sales, product development and product management, global business services combining all of our information technology systems, facilities and operations and corporate functions including finance, human resources, legal and communications. As part of this plan, the traditional business unit structure of many of our services will be eliminated. The restructuring calls for the combination of product innovation, research and development and marketing into a single organization to identify new product opportunities and accelerate their development and commercialization. Nielsen also plans to transition to a unified global client service organization to simplify client interactions and more easily access internal expertise to offer integrated solutions. In addition, Nielsen intends to centralize operational and information technology functions into a new global business services organization. We expect to continue to report on our business in the traditional segments which we have used, namely Media, Consumer Services and Business Media.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

As part of its transformation to a new operating model, Nielsen announced the formation of a new business unit, NielsenConnect. This new unit will draw on media and marketing data and resources across Nielsen (including purchase information and store data, modeling assets and television, Internet, outdoor, movie, book, video and radio data) and report on and analyze consumer patterns and usage. In addition, Nielsen expects a reduction in force of up to 4,000 positions with most of the cuts coming from non-client-facing activities. A significant percentage of our cost savings will be earmarked to fund initiatives that will drive growth and deliver integrated services to our clients.

In early 2006, we acquired a majority interest in BuzzMetrics, Inc. Nielsen BuzzMetrics, serving the media and entertainment, automotive, electronics, healthcare and consumer packaged goods industries, measures and analyzes consumer-generated media on the Internet. On June 4, 2007, we acquired the remaining outstanding shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc.

On February 5, 2007, Nielsen Media Research, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, and NTRT Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen Media Research, Inc., entered into a merger agreement with NetRatings, Inc. (Nasdaq: NTRT) by which Nielsen Media Research, Inc., through NTRT Acquisition Sub, Inc., will acquire all of the NetRatings, Inc. shares of common stock not currently owned by it at a price of $21.00 per share in cash, for a total purchase price of approximately $327 million.

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen completed the sale of Business Media Europe (“BME”) to 3i, a European private equity and venture capital firm. BME is a business-to-business publisher that operates through wholly-owned subsidiaries in the U.K., Germany, France, Italy, The Netherlands, Belgium and Spain. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of BME was used to pay down our debt under our senior secured credit facility. Our stake in a joint venture with Jaarbeurs that produces trade shows in The Netherlands and China was not included in the sale. Mr. Robert van den Bergh, our former chief executive officer, acted as a senior adviser to 3i during the transaction.

The Sponsors

AlpInvest Partners

AlpInvest Partners N.V. (“AlpInvest Partners”) is one of the largest private equity investors in the world with over €35.6 billion of assets under management. Approximately 80% of these funds will be committed by AlpInvest Partners to private equity funds. The remainder will be invested directly in companies in Europe, the U.S. and Asia. AlpInvest Partners has approximately 65 investment professionals based in Amsterdam, Hong Kong and New York. Its shareholders and main clients are ABP and PGGM, two of the largest pension funds in the world with €209 billion and €80 billion of assets under management, respectively.

The Blackstone Group

The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”) is a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services. Blackstone is one of the largest independent alternative asset managers in the world with offices in New York, Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, London, Hamburg, Hong Kong, Paris and Mumbai. The firm has raised a total of approximately $78 billion for alternative asset investing since its formation. Blackstone invests in Nielsen through Blackstone Capital Partners V, an $18.1 billion general purpose fund. Including the firm’s other private equity funds, Blackstone has raised approximately $31.1 billion for private equity investments since its founding. Blackstone’s Private Equity Group has invested or committed approximately $19.8 billion in equity in 109 separate transactions, with a total enterprise value of over $191

billion. Notable media transactions sponsored by the firm include Freedom Communications, New Skies

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Satellites, Cumulus Media Partners, Montecito Broadcast Group, Sirius Satellite Radio, Houghton Mifflin and Columbia House.

The Carlyle Group

The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) is a global private equity firm with $56.0 billion under management. Carlyle invests in buyouts, venture & growth capital, real estate and leveraged finance in Asia, Europe and North America, focusing on aerospace & defense, automotive & transportation, consumer & retail, energy & power, healthcare, industrial, technology & business services and telecommunications & media. Since 1987, the firm has invested $26.4 billion of equity in 601 transactions for a total purchase price of $126.5 billion. The Carlyle Group employs more than 780 people in 18 countries. In the aggregate, Carlyle portfolio companies have more than $68 billion in revenue and employ more than 200,000 people around the world.

Hellman & Friedman

Hellman & Friedman LLC (“H&F”) is a private equity investment firm with offices in San Francisco, New York and London. Since its founding in 1984, H&F has raised and, through its affiliated funds, managed over $16 billion of committed capital and invested in approximately 50 companies. H&F’s strategy is to invest in superior business franchises and to be a value added partner to management in select industries including media, information services, financial services, professional services and energy. Representative investments in media and marketing include Axel Springer AG, ProSiebenSat.1, Formula One, DoubleClick, Eller Media, John Fairfax Holdings Limited, Advanstar, Young & Rubicam and Digitas.

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”), founded in 1976, is one of the world’s oldest and most experienced private equity firms. KKR specializes in management buyouts, and has established itself as one of the largest and most active participants in the industry. Since its founding, KKR has completed more than 140 transactions globally involving in excess of $200 billion of total financing. Some of KKR’s current investments include VendexKBB, SBS Broadcasting and SunGard Data Systems. Other notable transactions include RJR Nabisco, Duracell, Safeway, Autozone, Willis, Stop & Shop, Yellow Pages Group, Legrand, PanAmSat and Storer Communications.

Thomas H. Lee Partners

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL Partners”) is one of the largest and oldest private equity investment firms in the United States and has raised and managed almost $20 billion of capital, making investments in over 100 businesses since its founding in 1974. Today, by remaining focused on growth oriented companies with strong fundamentals and investing in large buyouts primarily in North America, THL Partners continues to build on a strong track record of creating lasting value and delivering exceptional returns to its investors. The investment team at THL Partners has leveraged its strong network of relationships to bring proprietary sourcing as well as management know-how and expertise to bear on its private equity transactions, including Warner Music Group, Dunkin’ Brands, Simmons, Aramark, Houghton Mifflin and ProSiebenSat.1.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer

In connection with the closing of the Transactions, we entered into registration rights agreements (as more fully described below) with the initial purchasers of the old notes. Under these agreements, we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to consummate the exchange offer by August 19, 2007. If we do not consummate the exchange offer by August 19, 2007, we will incur additional interest expense pursuant to the registration rights agreements. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your old notes for exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that:

 

   

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will be freely tradable by persons who are not affiliated with us;

 

   

the exchange notes are not entitled to registration rights which are applicable to the old notes under the registration rights agreements; and

 

   

our obligation to pay additional interest on the old notes due to the failure to consummate the exchange offer by a prior date does not apply to the exchange notes.

 

The exchange offer

We are offering to exchange up to (i) $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our registered Senior Dollar Notes and the guarantees thereof, (ii) €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our registered Senior Euro Notes and the guarantees thereof, and (iii) $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of our registered Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the guarantees thereof for a like principal amount of (i) our 10% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, (ii) our 9% senior notes due 2014 and the guarantees thereof, and (iii) our 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof, respectively, each of which were issued on August 9, 2006. Old notes may be exchanged only in denominations of $2,000 or €2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000 based on the denomination of the old notes in dollars or Euros, respectively.

 

Resales

Based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are an “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that you:

 

   

are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business; and

 

   

have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes.

 

 

In addition, each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

trading activity must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. For more information, see “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

Any holder of old notes, including any broker-dealer, who

 

   

is our affiliate,

 

   

does not acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, or

 

   

tenders in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes,

 

 

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission expressed in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the exchange notes.

 

Expiration date; Withdrawal of tenders

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2007, or such later date and time to which we extend it. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date. A tender of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the exchange offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, some of which we may waive. For more information, see “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for tendering old notes

If you hold old notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC. If you hold old notes through Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme (“Clearstream”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively.

 

 

By accepting the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

any exchange notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the exchange notes; and

 

   

you are not our “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Effect on holders of old notes

As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered old notes pursuant to the terms of, the exchange offer, we will have fulfilled covenants contained in the registration rights agreements and, accordingly, we will not be obligated to pay additional interest as described in the registration rights agreements. If you are a holder of old notes and do not tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to hold such old notes and you will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the old notes in the indenture, except for any rights under the registration rights agreements that by their terms terminate upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

 

Consequences of failure to exchange

All untendered old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the old notes and in the indenture. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the old notes under the Securities Act.

 

Material tax consequences

The exchange of old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For more information, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer.

 

Registration rights agreement

We entered into registration rights agreements with the initial purchasers of the old notes on August 9, 2006. The registration rights agreements require us to file this exchange offer registration statement and contain customary provisions with respect to registration procedures, indemnity and contribution rights. In addition, the registration rights agreements provide that if we do not

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

consummate the exchange offer prior to August 19, 2007, we are required to pay additional interest at an initial rate of 0.25% per annum. The additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each 90-day period until the exchange offer is consummated, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum.

 

Exchange agent

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is the exchange agent with regard to the exchange offer for the Dollar Notes and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch is the exchange agent with regard to the exchange offer for the Senior Euro Notes. The address and telephone number of the exchange agents are set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

The following summary highlights all material information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but does not contain all the information that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer. We urge you to read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

Issuers

Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.

 

Exchange Notes Offered

(i) $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our Senior Dollar Notes, (ii) €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our Senior Euro Notes, and (iii) $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of our Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

 

Maturity Date

The Senior Dollar Notes and the Senior Euro Notes will mature on August 1, 2014.

 

 

The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes will mature on August 1, 2016.

 

Interest

The Senior Dollar Notes will bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum and the Senior Euro Notes will bear interest at a rate of 9% per annum. Interest will accrue on the Senior Notes from the issue date and will be payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2007. See “Description of the Senior Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

 

 

No cash interest will accrue on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes prior to August 1, 2011. Thereafter, cash interest will accrue on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at the rate of 12  1 / 2 % per annum and will be payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2012. As of February 1, 2007, the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes had an accreted value of $580.95 per $1,000 principal amount at maturity. The accreted value of each Senior Subordinated Discount Note increases from the date of issuance until August 1, 2011, at a rate of 12  1 / 2 % per annum compounded semiannually, reflecting the accrual of non cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on such date. See “Description of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

 

Original Issue Discount

The 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes were issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, although cash interest will not be payable on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes prior to August 1, 2011, original issue discount will accrue from the issue date of the 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes based on the yield to maturity of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and will generally be included as interest income (including for periods ending prior to August 1, 2011) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt of the cash payments to

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

which the income is attributable. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Guarantees

The exchange notes will be jointly and severally guaranteed by each of Nielsen, VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and, subject to certain exceptions, each of their direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, in each case to the extent that such entity provides a guarantee under the new senior secured credit facilities. The subsidiaries that did not guarantee the notes accounted for approximately $699 million, or 43%, of our total revenue in 2006, and approximately $16 million, or 28%, of our operating income and accounted for approximately $1,142 million, or 45%, of our total revenue, approximately $75 million, or 69%, of our operating income in 2006, and approximately $6,710 million, or 42%, of our total assets for the Successor period (May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006).

 

Ranking

The Senior Notes will be the Issuers’ senior unsecured obligations and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to our future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, including the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes; and

 

   

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured debt (including obligations under our new senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the Senior Notes.

 

 

Similarly, the senior note guarantees will be the senior unsecured obligations of the guarantors and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, including such guarantor’s guarantee under the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future senior debt (including, solely with respect to Nielsen, the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes) and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes; and

 

   

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including such guarantor’s guarantee under our new senior

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of any subsidiary of a guarantor if that subsidiary is not also a guarantor of the Senior Notes.

 

 

The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes will be the Issuers’ unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will:

 

   

be subordinated in right of payment to our existing and future senior debt, including our new senior secured credit facilities and the Senior Notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of our future senior subordinated debt;

 

   

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured debt (including our new senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes; and

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of our future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

 

 

Similarly, the senior subordinated note guarantees will be the unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the guarantors and will:

 

   

be subordinated in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future senior debt, including such guarantor’s guarantee under our new senior secured credit facilities and the Senior Notes and solely with respect to Nielsen, the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s future senior subordinated debt;

 

   

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including such guarantor’s guarantee under our new senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of any subsidiary of a guarantor if that subsidiary is not also a guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes; and

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s future subordinated debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

As of March 31, 2007, the Issuers’ had outstanding:

 

   

$850 million of senior unsecured indebtedness, consisting of the Senior Notes, all of which ranks equally in right of payment to

 

 

14


Table of Contents
 

the Senior Notes and senior in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes;

 

   

$4,883 million of secured senior indebtedness, which ranks senior in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and senior in right of payment to the to the Senior Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

As of March 31, 2007, the guarantors had outstanding:

 

   

$1,841 million of senior unsecured indebtedness in the aggregate, including the guarantees of the Senior Notes and including, solely with respect to Nielsen, $991 million of notes as to which Nielsen is the sole obligor, all of which ranks equally in right of payment to a guarantor’s senior note guarantee and senior in right of payment to a guarantor’s senior subordinated note guarantee to the extent such indebtedness is an obligation of such guarantor;

 

   

$5,185 million of secured senior indebtedness, which ranks senior in right of payment to a guarantor’s senior subordinated note guarantee and senior in right of payment to a guarantor’s senior note guarantee to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, in each case to the extent such secured senior indebtedness is an obligation of such guarantor.

In addition, the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are effectively subordinated to the liabilities of each subsidiary of Nielsen that did not guarantee the notes. As of March 31, 2007, the non-guarantor subsidiaries had total liabilities of $1,018 million.

 

 

The $991 million of existing indebtedness at Nielsen, including the €343 million principal amount at maturity of the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes, will be structurally subordinated to the notes and to the guarantees of each Guarantor except Nielsen and will be pari passu to Nielsen’s guarantee of the Senior Notes and senior to Nielsen’s guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

 

Optional Redemption

Prior to August 1, 2010, we will have the option to redeem some or all of the Senior Notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make whole premium (as described in “Description of the Senior Notes—Optional Redemption”) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Beginning on August 1, 2010, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Senior Notes—Optional Redemption” plus accrued interest on the Senior Notes to the date of redemption.

 

 

Prior to August 1, 2011, we will have the option to redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes for cash at a

 

 

15


Table of Contents
 

redemption price equal to 100% of their accreted value plus an applicable make whole premium (as described in “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—Optional Redemption”) plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Beginning on August 1, 2011, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—Optional Redemption” plus accrued interest on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes to the date of redemption.

 

Optional Redemption After Certain Equity Offerings and Certain Asset Sales

At any time (which may be more than once) (i) before August 1, 2009, we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the Senior Dollar Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.000% of the face amount thereof and up to 35% of the Senior Euro Notes at a redemption price of 109.000% of the face amount thereof and (ii) before August 1, 2009 we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to 112.500% of the accreted value thereof, in each case, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings and/or one or more sales of a business unit of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., in each case to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. or a restricted subsidiary of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and so long as at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at maturity issued of the applicable series remains outstanding afterwards. See “Description of Senior Notes—Optional Redemption” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control

If we experience a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the Senior Notes), we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. If we experience a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes), we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at a price equal to 101% of the accreted value thereof, plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See “Description of Senior Notes—Change of Control” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—Change of Control.”

 

Certain Covenants

We issued the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes under separate indentures. The indentures governing the notes contain covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;

 

   

pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

 

16


Table of Contents
   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Nielsen and certain of its less than wholly owned subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the foregoing covenants.

The covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of the Senior Notes” and “Description of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.” Certain covenants will not apply to a series of notes for so long as the applicable series of notes have investment grade ratings from both Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s.

 

No Prior Market

The exchange notes will be new securities for which there is currently no market. Although the initial purchasers of the old notes have informed us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they are not obligated to do so and they may discontinue market making activities at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the exchange notes will develop or be maintained.

 

Listing

We intend to apply to list the Senior Euro Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange’s Euro MTF market.

 

Risk Factors

Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” for a description of some of the risks you should consider before investing in the exchange notes.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

Set forth below is summary historical consolidated financial data and summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of our business, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The predecessor historical information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from Nielsen’s historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor historical information for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the successor historical information as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 have been derived from Nielsen’s historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The successor historical information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three month period ended March 31, 2007 have been derived from Nielsen’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with our annual audited consolidated financial statements. The audited financial statements from which the summary historical and pro forma financial information set forth below has been derived were prepared in accordance with U.S . GAAP . In making your investment decision, you should rely solely on the financial information contained in this prospectus .

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 was prepared to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006 . The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that are factually supportable and that we believe are reasonable . The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our actual consolidated results of operations actually would have been if the Transactions had occurred at any given date, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations.

The summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

 

   

Three months ended
March 31,

   

Pro forma

Year Ended
December 31,

2006

   

May 24,

through

December 31,

2006

   

January 1,
through
May 23,

2006

    Year Ended December 31,
    2007     2006           2005   2004   2003
   

(Successor)

   

(Predecessor)

          (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)
                            (Amounts in millions)          
    unaudited       unaudited       unaudited                   unaudited

Statement of Income Data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 1,072     $ 1,003     $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059   $ 3,814   $ 3,429

(Loss)/income from continuing operations  (1)

    (74 )     (1 )     (377 )     (279 )     (14 )     172     278     335

(1) The unaudited pro forma loss for the full year ended December 31, 2006 was mainly due to $654 million in interest expense, a $90 million deferred revenue purchase price adjustment, restructuring charges of $75 million and $74 million from foreign currency exchange loss.

 

   

March 31,

2007

 

December 31,    

2006

    December 31,
        2005    2004    2003
    (Successor)   (Successor)     (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)
              (Amounts in millions)       
    unaudited                   unaudited

Balance Sheet Data: (1)

                 

Total assets

  $ 15,549   $ 16,099        $ 10,663    $ 13,801    $ 13,577

Long-term debt excluding capital leases

    7,416     7,674       2,482      4,531      4,905

Capital leases

    145     145       155      163      156

(1) A pro forma balance sheet has not been presented due to the fact that the Transactions are reflected in our Successor March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 balance sheets.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

       January 1,
through
March 31,
2007
    May 24,
through
December 31,
2006
   

January 1,
through
May 23,

2006

   Year ended December 31,
              2005    2004    2003
       (Successor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

   (a )     (a)   1.4    2.1    2.3    3.4

 

  (a) Earnings for the Successor periods from January 1 through March 31, 2007 and May 24 through December 31, 2006 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $83 million and $385 million, respectively.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer . The risks described below are not the only risks facing us . Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations . Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations . In such a case, you may lose all or a part of your original investment.

Risks Related to an Investment in the Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under these notes.

We have now and, after the exchange offer will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. On March 31, 2007, we had total indebtedness of $7,751 million, of which $1,485 million consisted of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, $287 million consisted of the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes, and the balance consisted of $4,883 million under the new senior secured credit facilities, $704 million of existing indebtedness of Nielsen and $392 million of existing capital lease obligations and other subsidiary indebtedness.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities and Nielsen’s existing floating rate notes will be at variable rates of interest;

 

   

restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions; and

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

In addition, the indentures contain, and our new senior secured credit facilities will contain financial and other restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our best interests long-term. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indentures do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. The revolving credit facility under our

 

20


Table of Contents

new senior secured credit facilities would permit additional borrowing of up to $688 million after completion of this exchange offer, and all of those borrowings would rank senior to the notes and the subsidiary guarantees. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including these notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures and product development efforts will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us under our new senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. At December 31, 2006, we had $5,353 million nominal amount of debt under the new senior secured credit facilities (which bears interest at floating rates) and Nielsen’s existing floating rate notes. A one percent increase in this floating rate indebtedness would increase annual interest expense by approximately $54 million. Given our increased exposure to volatility in floating rates after the Transactions, we evaluated hedging opportunities and entered into hedging transactions in November, 2006, January, 2007 and February, 2007. Our cash interest expense on issued debt for fiscal 2007 is expected to be $488 million. After giving effect to these interest rate swap agreements, a one percentage point increase in interest rates would increase annual interest expense by $22 million. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including these notes, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our new senior secured credit facilities and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

You will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on accrual of original issue discount on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes even if the Issuers do not pay cash interest.

The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes will be issued at a substantial discount to their principal amount at maturity. There will be no periodic payments of cash interest on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes prior to August 1, 2011. However, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, original issue discount will accrue from the issue date of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes through the date that the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are repaid. Consequently, you will be required to include amounts in your gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of your receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. See “Description of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Your right to receive payments on each series of notes is effectively subordinated to those lenders who have a security interest in our assets.

Our obligations under the notes and our guarantors’ obligations under their guarantees of the notes are unsecured, but our obligations under our new senior secured credit facilities and each guarantor’s obligations under their guarantees of the new senior secured credit facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our domestic tangible and intangible assets, including the stock of most of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and the assets and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under our new senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the notes, even if an event of default exists under the indentures governing the notes at such time.

 

21


Table of Contents

Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor under the notes, then that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the notes will not be secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in subsidiary guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

As of March 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of our secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries was approximately $5,185 million, and approximately $688 million was available for additional borrowing under the new senior secured revolving credit facility. The indentures governing the notes permit us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including senior secured indebtedness. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

Your right to receive payments on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes is junior to our existing indebtedness and possibly all of our future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are junior to all of our guarantors’ existing indebtedness and possibly to all their future borrowings.

The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the guarantees thereof rank behind all of the Issuers’ and the guarantors’ existing indebtedness including the new senior secured credit facilities and the Senior Notes and all of their future borrowings (in each case, other than trade payables), except any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks equal with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the guarantees. The existing $704 million of indebtedness of Nielsen and $287 million of the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes, however, is only senior to Nielsen’s guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and is otherwise structurally subordinated to all other guarantees of such notes and to the notes themselves. As a result, upon any distribution to the Issuers’ creditors or the creditors of the guarantors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the guarantors or our or their property, the holders of our senior debt and the guarantors will be entitled to be paid in full before any payment may be made with respect to the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes or the guarantees.

In addition, all payments on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 of 360 consecutive days in the event of certain non-payment defaults on senior debt.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to the Issuers or the guarantors, holders of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes will participate with trade creditors and all other holders of our and the guarantor subordinated indebtedness in the assets remaining after the Issuers and the guarantors have paid all of their senior debt. However, because the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior debt instead, holders of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables in any such proceeding. In any of these cases, the Issuers and the guarantors may not have sufficient funds to pay all of the creditors and holders of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of their senior debt.

The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the subsidiary guarantees have been subordinated to $6,020 million of senior debt. We will be permitted to borrow substantial additional indebtedness, including senior debt, in the future under the terms of the indentures governing the notes.

The Issuers of the notes are entities with no independent operations. The Issuers’ ability to repay their debt, including the notes, depends upon the performance of Nielsen and its other subsidiaries.

The Issuers of the notes are entities with no independent operations. All of our operations will be conducted by Nielsen and its other subsidiaries, and the Issuers will have no significant assets other than Nielsen Finance LLC, which will own all the shares of Nielsen Finance Co. As a result, the Issuers’ cash flow and their ability to

 

22


Table of Contents

service their indebtedness, including their ability to pay the interest and principal amount of the notes when due, will depend on the performance of Nielsen and its other subsidiaries and the ability of those entities to distribute funds to the Issuers.

Your right to receive payments on these notes could be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or less than wholly owned subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate, or reorganize.

Some but not all of our wholly owned subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In addition, our less than wholly owned subsidiaries including NetRatings, Inc. and BuzzMetrics Inc. will not guarantee the notes nor will they be subject to the restrictive covenants in the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or less than wholly owned subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us.

These notes are structurally junior to $1,018 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries and our less than wholly owned subsidiaries. The subsidiaries that did not guarantee the notes accounted for approximately $699 million, or 43%, of our total revenue and approximately $16 million, or 28%, of our operating income for the Predecessor period (January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006) and accounted for approximately $1,142 million, or 45%, of our total revenue and approximately $75 million, or 69%, of our operating income, and approximately $6,710 million, or 42%, of our total assets for the Successor period (May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006).

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indentures.

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of notes or that restrictions in our new credit facility will not allow such repurchases. In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a “Change of Control” under the indentures. See “Description of Senior Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders.”

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes and guarantees and require note holders to return payments received.

If we or any guarantor becomes a debtor in a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or encounter other financial difficulty, under federal or state fraudulent transfer law a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes or the guarantees. A court might do so if it found that when we issued the notes or the guarantor entered into its guarantee, or in some states when payments became due under the notes or the guarantees, we could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor or we received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

 

   

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

 

   

was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business; or

 

   

believed or reasonably should have believed that it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay.

The court might also void an issuance of notes or a guarantee, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.

A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or its guarantee, if an Issuer or a guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or

 

23


Table of Contents

indirectly from the issuance of the notes. If a court were to void the issuance of the notes or any guarantee you would no longer have any claim against an Issuer or the applicable guarantor. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining obligors, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from an Issuer or a guarantor.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or

 

   

if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that each guarantor, after giving effect to its guarantee of these notes, will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. We cannot assure you, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they would have been entitled to receive under the Indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, the claim by any holder of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes for the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:

 

   

the original issue price for the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes; and

 

   

that portion of the original issue discount that does not constitute “unmatured interest” for purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured interest. Accordingly, holders of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes under these circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be entitled to under the terms of the Indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, even if sufficient funds are available.

Dutch insolvency laws to which we are subject may not be as favorable to you as U.S. or other insolvency laws.

The Dutch guarantors are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and have their registered offices in the Netherlands. Therefore and subject to applicable EU insolvency regulations, any insolvency proceedings in relation to Dutch guarantors would likely be based on Dutch insolvency law. Dutch insolvency proceedings differ significantly from insolvency proceedings in the U.S. and may make it more difficult for holders of Notes to recover the amount they would normally expect to recover in a liquidation or bankruptcy proceeding in the U.S.

In addition, a guarantee granted by a Dutch legal entity may, under certain circumstances, be nullified by any of its creditors, if (i) the creditor concerned was prejudiced as a consequence of the guarantee and (ii) at the time the guarantee was granted both the legal entity and, unless the guarantee was granted for no consideration, the beneficiary of the guarantee knew or should have known that one or more of the entities’ creditors (existing

 

24


Table of Contents

or future) would be prejudiced. Also to the extent that Dutch insolvency law applies, a guarantee or security may be nullified by the receiver on behalf of and for the benefit of all creditors of the insolvent entity. The foregoing requirements apply mutatis mutandis for such actions.

Enforcement of guarantees by Dutch guarantors under the Notes may be subject to certain limitations and will require satisfaction of certain conditions.

Under Dutch law, enforcement of guarantees may, in whole or in part, be limited to the extent that the undertakings of each Dutch guarantor under its guarantee are deemed to be in conflict with its objects ( ultra vires ). The issuing of such guarantee may conflict with such Dutch guarantor’s objects if (i) the text of the objects clause in it articles of association ( statuten ) does not include a reference to the issuance of guarantees to secure the obligations of affiliated companies, and (ii) such Dutch guarantor does not, irrespective of the wording of the objects clause, derive certain direct or indirect commercial benefit from the offering in respect of which such guarantee is issued.

Judgments obtained in the U.S. may not be enforceable in the Netherlands against Dutch guarantors under the Notes.

The U.S. and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, any final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the U.S. based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically enforceable in the Netherlands and new proceedings on the merits would have to be initiated before a Dutch court. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands such a party may submit to a Dutch court the final judgment that has been rendered in the U.S. and such court will have the discretion to attach such weight to that judgment as it deems appropriate. To the extent that a Dutch court finds that the judgment rendered by a federal or state court in the U.S. (a) has not been rendered in violation of elementary principles of fair trial, and (b) does not contravene public policy of the Netherlands, the Dutch court will, under current practice, in principle, give binding effect to such judgment.

You may face foreign exchange risks by investing in the Senior Euro Notes.

The Senior Euro Notes will be denominated and payable in Euros. If you are a U.S. investor, an investment in the Senior Euro Notes will entail foreign exchange related risks due to, among other factors, possible significant changes in the value of the Euro relative to the U.S. Dollar because of economic, political and other factors over which we have no control. Depreciation of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar could cause a decrease in the effective yield of the Senior Euro Notes below their stated coupon rates and could result in a loss to you on a U.S. Dollar basis.

If you do not properly tender your old notes, you will continue to hold unregistered old notes and be subject to the same limitations on your ability to transfer old notes.

We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for old notes that are timely received by the exchange agent together with all required documents. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the old notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your old notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent are required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of the old notes. If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer and do not tender your old notes or if we do not accept your old notes because you did not tender your old notes properly, then, after we consummate the exchange offer, you will continue to hold old notes that are subject to the existing transfer restrictions and will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to any additional interest with respect to the old notes. In addition:

 

   

if you tender your old notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes; and

 

25


Table of Contents
   

if you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or any other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those exchange notes.

We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resales of the exchange notes.

After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.

An active trading market may not develop for the exchange notes, in which case the trading market liquidity and the market price quoted for the exchange notes could be adversely affected.

The exchange notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The liquidity of the trading market in the exchange notes, and the market price quoted for the exchange notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for high yield securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally. As a result, you cannot be sure that an active trading market will develop for the exchange notes. In addition, if a large amount of old notes are not tendered or are tendered improperly, the limited amount of exchange notes that would be issued and outstanding after we consummate the exchange offer would reduce liquidity and could lower the market price of those exchange notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our restructuring and integration of our business may not benefit the combined business and may lead to higher operating costs. In addition, we may not realize the anticipated cost savings related to this transformation initiative pursuant to the anticipated timetable or at all. We also cannot assure you that we will not exceed one time restructuring costs associated with implementing the anticipated cost savings.

On December 18, 2006, we announced a corporate strategy and related restructuring to phase out over time our Consumer Services and Media group structures and integrate Nielsen with consolidated global business services and functions. The restructuring calls for the combination of product innovation, research and development and marketing into a single organization to identify new product opportunities and accelerate their development and commercialization. We will also transition to a unified global client service organization to simplify client interactions and more easily access internal expertise to offer integrated solutions. In addition, we intend to centralize operational and information technology functions into a new global business services organization. The restructuring and integration of our business may not be successful or benefit the combined business through cost savings or revenue enhancements and may lead to higher operating costs. Successful restructuring and integration of our business will depend upon our management’s ability to manage the integrated operations effectively and to benefit from cost savings and operating efficiencies through, for example, the reduction of overhead and costs. Furthermore, if the reorganization and integration effort is not successful, our ability to operate as we have operated before may be negatively affected.

Other risks that may result from the restructuring and integration include:

 

   

the difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel of our Consumer Services and Media group structures;

 

   

the potential disruption of both groups’ business;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention and other resources;

 

   

the process of integrating may be more complex and require a longer than anticipated time frame to achieve a successful integration; and

 

26


Table of Contents
   

the possible inability of the groups to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies.

In addition, we estimate that this initiative will require us to incur approximately an additional $175 million in restructuring costs and capital investment over the next three years. Our ability to successfully realize cost savings and the timing of any realization may be affected by a variety of factors including, without limitation, our ability to reduce our purchasing expenditures, consolidate our information technology infrastructure, extend our outsourcing programs and reduce other general and administrative expenses. The restructuring costs associated with implementing our transformation initiative may exceed the anticipated implementation costs. We may not achieve the anticipated cost savings and we may not achieve the cost savings and integration within the time we currently expect.

We may be unable to adapt to significant technological change which could adversely affect our business.

We operate in businesses that require sophisticated data collection and processing systems and software and other technology. Some of the technologies supporting the industries we serve are changing rapidly. If we are unable to successfully adapt to changing technologies, either through the development and marketing of new products and services or through enhancements to our existing products and services to meet customer demand, our business, financial position and results of operations would be adversely affected. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to develop new techniques for data collection, processing and delivery or that we will be able to do so as quickly or as cost-effectively as our competition.

Moreover, the introduction of new products and services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render existing products and services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage and process ever-increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features and reliability of our existing products and services in response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction or marketing of our products and services. New products and services, or enhancements to existing products and services, may not adequately meet the requirements of current and prospective clients or achieve any degree of significant market acceptance.

The increased use of radio frequency identification (“RFID”) technology may make it more difficult for our household panelists to transmit purchase data to us and may increase our costs of processing retail data, as our data processing systems are not configured to process RFID codes or handle the volume of data RFID codes would generate.

Traditional methods of television viewing are changing as a result of fragmentation of channels and digital and other new television technologies, such as video-on-demand, digital video recorders and Internet viewing. This may have an adverse effect on the rates that our customers are willing to pay for network television commercials and consequently on the amounts they are willing to pay for our services. If we are unable to successfully adapt our media measurement systems to new viewing habits, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

There is a general industry trend toward online adoption of traditional print media in the business-to-business information field. Many of the publications produced by our Business Media segment are print publications. If we are unable to successfully adapt our Business Information products to an online media format, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology industries could put pressure on the pricing of our information products and services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology industries could reduce aggregate demand for our products and services in the future and could limit the amounts we earn for our

 

27


Table of Contents

products and services. When companies merge, the products and services they previously purchased separately are often purchased by the combined entity in the aggregate in a lesser quantity than before, leading to volume compression and loss of revenue. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any consolidation by expanding our range of products and services, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so as industry consolidation continues, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Client procurement strategies could put additional pressure on the pricing of our information products and services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Certain of our clients may continue to seek further price concessions from us. This puts pressure on the pricing of our information products and services, which could limit the amounts we earn. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any pricing pressure through effective negotiations and by providing services to individual businesses within particular groups, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

An economic downturn generally, and in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment or technology industries in particular, could adversely impact our revenue.

We expect that revenues generated from our marketing information and television audience measurement services and related software and consulting services will continue to represent a substantial portion of our overall revenue for the foreseeable future. To the extent the businesses we service, especially our clients in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology industries, are subject to the financial pressures of, for example, increased costs or reduced demand for their products, the demand for our services, or the prices our clients are willing to pay for those services, may decline.

Clients of our Media segment derive a significant amount of their revenue from the sale or purchase of advertising. During challenging economic times, advertisers may reduce advertising expenditures and advertising agencies and other media may be less likely to purchase our media information services.

Our Business Media segment derives a significant amount of its revenues from the sale of business-to-business publications and reductions by our clients in the number of their subscriptions to our publications may adversely affect the revenue of our trade publications.

The success of our business depends on our ability to recruit sample participants to participate in our research samples.

Our business uses scanners and diaries to gather consumer data from sample households as well as Set Meters, People Meters, Active/Passive Meters and diaries to gather television audience measurement data from sample households. It is increasingly difficult and costly to obtain consent from households to participate in the surveys. In addition, it is increasingly difficult and costly to ensure that the selected sample of households mirrors the behaviors and characteristics of the entire population and covers all of the demographic segments our clients request. Additionally, as consumers adopt modes of telecommunication other than traditional telephone service, such as mobile, cable and Internet calling, it may become more difficult for our businesses to reach and recruit participants for consumer purchasing and audience measurement services. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to recruit appropriate participants and maintain adequate participation levels, our clients may lose confidence in our ratings services and we could lose the support of the relevant industry groups. If this were to happen, our consumer purchasing and audience measurement businesses may be materially and adversely affected.

Data protection laws may restrict our activities and increase our costs.

Data protection laws affect our collection, use, storage and transfer of personally identifiable information both abroad and in the U.S. Compliance with these laws may require investment or may dictate that we not offer

 

28


Table of Contents

certain types of products and services. Failure to comply with these laws may result in, among other things, civil and criminal liability, negative publicity, data being blocked from use and liability under contractual warranties. In addition, there is an increasing public concern regarding data protection issues, and the number of jurisdictions with data protection laws has been slowly increasing. There is also the possibility that the scope of existing privacy laws may be expanded. For example, several countries including the U.S. have regulations that restrict telemarketing to individuals who request to be included on a do-not-call list. Typically, these regulations target sales activity and do not apply to market research. If the laws were extended to include market research, our ability to recruit research participants could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that these initiatives or future initiatives would not adversely affect our ability to generate or assemble data or to develop or market current or future products or services.

Our success will depend on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.

The success of our business will depend, in part, on:

 

   

obtaining patent protection for our technology, products and services;

 

   

defending our patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property;

 

   

preserving our trade secrets and maintaining the security of our know-how and data; and

 

   

operating without infringing upon patents and proprietary rights held by third parties.

We rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and patent, copyright, trademark, service mark and trade secret laws to protect the proprietary aspects of our brands, technology, data and estimates. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors may gain access to our intellectual property and proprietary information. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Our trade secrets, data and know how could be subject to unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure, despite having required our employees, consultants, customers, and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. Our trademarks could be challenged, forcing us to rebrand our products or services, resulting in loss of brand recognition and requiring us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Furthermore, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets and to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights.

There can be no assurance that the intellectual property laws and other statutory and contractual arrangements we currently depend upon will provide sufficient protection in the future to prevent the infringement, use or misappropriation of our trademarks, patents, data, technology and other products and services. In addition, the growing need for global data, along with increased competition and technological advances, puts increasing pressure on us to share our intellectual property for client applications. Any future litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in substantial expense and diversion of resources with no assurance of success and could adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition.

If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

We face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could:

 

   

be expensive and time consuming to defend;

 

   

cause us to cease providing our products and services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

require us to redesign or rebrand our products or services; if feasible;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

divert management’s attention and resources; or

 

   

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property.

Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or stop the sale of certain products or services, any of which could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects and financial condition.

We will be unable to currently deduct a portion of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.

The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are considered to be applicable high yield discount obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will not be permitted to deduct for U.S. federal income tax purposes OID accrued on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes until such time as we actually pay such OID in cash or in property other than our stock or our debt (or stock or debt of a person related to us). Moreover, because a portion of the amount of the OID exceeds a certain threshold amount, such amount will not be deductible at any time by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of whether we actually pay such amount in cash or other property). As we are unable to deduct a portion of OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes, this may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We generate revenues throughout the world which are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and our revenue and net income may suffer due to currency translations.

Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in dollars, while our European operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in Euros. Outside the U.S. and the European Union, we generate revenue and expenses predominantly in local currencies. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to economic exposure. This risk could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our international operations are exposed to risks which could impede growth in the future.

We continue to explore opportunities in major international markets around the world. Our recent progress in rapidly developing markets such as China, Russia, India and Brazil illustrates our success with this strategy. We believe there is demand internationally for quality consumer packaged goods retail information from global retailers and audience information from global advertisers. However, international business is exposed to various additional risks, which could adversely affect our business, including:

 

   

costs of customizing services for clients outside of the U.S.;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

   

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws;

 

   

difficulties in managing international operations;

 

   

longer sales and payment cycles;

 

   

exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation;

 

   

exposure to local economic conditions; and

 

   

exposure to local political conditions, including the risks of an outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, acts of terrorism and seizure of assets by a foreign government.

 

30


Table of Contents

In countries where there has not been a historical practice of using consumer packaged goods retail information or audience measurement information in the buying and selling of advertising time, it may be difficult for us to maintain subscribers.

Criticism of our audience measurement service by various industry groups and market segments could adversely affect our business.

Due to the high-profile nature of our services in the media, Internet and entertainment information industries, we could become the target of criticism by various industry groups and market segments. We strive to be fair, transparent and impartial in the production of audience measurement services and the quality of our U.S. ratings services are voluntarily reviewed and accredited by the Media Rating Council, a voluntary trade organization, whose members include many of our key client constituencies. However, criticism of our business by special interests, and by clients with competing and often conflicting demands on the measurement service, could result in government regulation. While we believe that government regulation is unnecessary, no assurance can be given that legislation will not be enacted in the future that would subject our business to regulation, which could adversely affect our business.

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of our total revenues.

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of our total revenues. In 2006, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 19% of our total pro forma revenues. We cannot assure you that any of our clients will continue to use our services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. A loss of one or more of our largest clients, if not replaced by a new client or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect our prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services in connection with the provision of our current services.

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services for use in connection with the provision of our current services. These suppliers of data may increase restrictions on our use of such data, fail to adhere to our quality control standards, increase the price they charge us for this data or refuse altogether to license the data to us. In addition, we may need to enter into agreements with third parties to assist with the marketing, technical and financial aspects of expanding our services for other types of media. In the event we are unable to use such third party data and services or if we are unable to enter into agreements with third parties, when necessary, our business and/or our potential growth could be adversely affected. In the event that such data and services are unavailable for our use or the cost of acquiring such data and services increases, our business could be adversely affected.

Long term disruptions in the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and/or air service could adversely affect our business.

Our business is dependent on the use of the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and air service. Long term disruptions in one or more of these services, which could be caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, and/or acts of terrorism could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Hardware and software failures, delays in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede the processing of data, delivery of databases and services, client orders and day-to-day management of our business and could result in the

 

31


Table of Contents

corruption or loss of data. While many of our businesses have appropriate disaster recovery plans in place, we currently do not have full backup facilities everywhere in the world to provide redundant network capacity in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we may take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our various computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a delay in the delivery of data, we could be required to transfer our data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in significant delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements and improvements, or inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed, could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, and acts of terrorism (particularly involving cities in which we have offices) could adversely affect our businesses. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If our security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained, our services may be perceived as not being secure and panelists and survey respondents may hold us liable for disclosure of personal data, and customers and venture partners may hold us liable or reduce their use of our services.

We store and transmit large volumes of proprietary information and data that contains personally identifiable information about individuals. Security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and possible liability and our reputation could be damaged. For example, hackers or individuals who attempt to breach our network security could, if successful, misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our services. If we experience any breaches of our network security or sabotage, we might be required to expend significant capital and resources to protect against or to alleviate problems. We may not be able to remedy any problems caused by hackers or saboteurs in a timely manner, or at all. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, therefore we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose current and potential customers.

If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate employees, we may not be able to compete effectively and will not be able to expand our business.

Our success and ability to grow are dependent, in part, on our ability to hire, retain and motivate sufficient numbers of talented people, with the increasingly diverse skills needed to serve clients and expand our business, in many locations around the world. Competition for highly qualified, specialized technical and managerial, and particularly consulting personnel, is intense. Recruiting, training and retention costs and benefits place significant demands on our resources. The inability to attract qualified employees in sufficient numbers to meet particular demands or the loss of a significant number of our employees could have an adverse effect on us, including our ability to obtain and successfully complete important client engagements and thus maintain or increase our revenues.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent auditors may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder require that companies who are required to file reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934 evaluate their internal controls over financial reporting in order to allow management to report on, and their

 

32


Table of Contents

independent auditors to attest to, their internal controls over financial reporting. We are not currently required to comply with Section 404. Following the filing and effective date of the registration statement which this prospectus is a part of, we will become subject to Section 404 as of December 31, 2008 and we may identify conditions that may be categorized as significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we are unable to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent auditors may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs to improve our internal control system and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such action could negatively affect our results of operations.

Changes in tax laws or their application or the loss of Dutch tax residence may adversely affect our reported results.

We operate in more than 100 countries worldwide and our earnings are subject to taxation in many differing jurisdictions and at differing rates. We seek to organize our affairs in a tax efficient manner, taking account of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We are treated as a Netherlands tax resident for Dutch tax purposes. Tax laws that apply to our business may be amended by the relevant authorities, for example as a result of changes in fiscal circumstances or priorities. In addition, we may lose our status as a Dutch tax resident. Such amendments or their application to our business or loss of tax residence, may significantly adversely affect our reported results.

We are controlled by the Sponsors, whose interests may not be aligned with ours or yours.

AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners have the power to control our affairs and policies. AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners also control the election of the supervisory board, the appointment of management, the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary transactions. Ten of our thirteen supervisory board members are affiliated with AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners. The members elected by AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners have the authority, subject to the terms of our debt, to issue additional shares, implement share repurchase programs, declare dividends, pay advisory fees and make other decisions, and they may have an interest in our doing so. The interests of AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners could conflict with your interests in material respects. Furthermore, AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, as well as businesses that represent major customers of our businesses. AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as AlpInvest Partners, Blackstone, Carlyle, H&F, KKR and THL Partners continue to own a significant amount of our outstanding ordinary shares, they will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

We are subject to significant competition.

We are faced with a number of competitors in the markets in which we operate. Our competitors in each market may have substantially greater financial marketing and other resources than we do and there can be no assurance that they will not in the future engage in aggressive pricing action to compete with us. Although we believe we are currently able to compete effectively in each of the various markets in which we participate, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so or that we will be capable of maintaining or further increasing our current market share. Our failure to compete successfully in our various markets could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

33


Table of Contents

The presence of our Global Technology and Information Center in Florida heightens our exposure to hurricanes and tropical storms.

Our technological data processing operations are concentrated at our Global Technology and Information Center at a single location in Florida. Our geographic concentration in Florida heightens our exposure to a hurricane or tropical storm. These weather events could cause severe damage to our property and technology and could cause major disruption to our operations. Although our Global Technology and Information Center was built in anticipation of a severe weather event and we have insurance coverage, if we were to experience a catastrophic loss, we may exceed our policy limits and/or we may have difficulty obtaining similar insurance coverage in the future. We cannot assure you that a hurricane or tropical storm could not have an adverse impact on our business.

We may be subject to antitrust litigation or government investigation in the future.

In the past, certain of our business practices have been investigated by government antitrust or competition agencies, and we have on several occasions been sued by private parties for alleged violations of the antitrust and competition laws of various jurisdictions. Following some of these actions, we have changed certain of our business practices to reduce the likelihood of future litigation. Each of these material prior legal activities has been resolved, except for the pending erinMedia and Wrapsidy litigations. There is a risk based upon the leading position of certain of our business operations that we could, in the future, be the target of investigations by government entities or actions by private parties challenging the legality of our business practices. There is currently an inquiry of this kind in Australia involving the pricing of one of our media services. Also, in markets where the retail trade is concentrated, regulatory authorities may perceive certain of our retail services as potential vehicles for collusive behavior by retailers or manufacturers. An inquiry of this type is currently pending in Finland. There can be no assurance that any such investigation or challenge will not result in an award of money damages, penalties or some form of order that might require a change in the way that we do business, which change could adversely affect our revenue stream and/or profitability.

The use of joint ventures, over which we do not have full control, could prevent us from achieving our objectives.

We have conducted and will continue to conduct a number of business initiatives through joint ventures, some of which are or may be controlled by others and which may prevent us from achieving our objectives. Our joint venture partners might have economic or business objectives that are inconsistent with our objectives. Our joint venture partners could go bankrupt, leaving us liable for their share of joint venture liabilities. Although we generally will seek to maintain sufficient control of any joint venture to permit our objectives to be achieved, we might not be able to take action without the approval of our joint venture partners. Also, our joint venture partners could take actions binding on the joint venture without our consent. Accordingly, the use of joint ventures could prevent us from achieving their intended objectives. The terms of our joint venture agreements may limit our business opportunities.

 

34


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward looking statements because they contain words such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results are forward looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. These forward looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of our forward looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations (“cautionary statements”) are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward looking statements included in this prospectus. All subsequent written and oral forward looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

   

general economic conditions, including the effects of any economic downturn on advertising spending levels, and costs of, and demand for, consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology products;

 

   

our ability to realize anticipated cost savings related to the Nielsen transformation initiative;

 

   

the effect of disruptions to our information processing systems;

 

   

the timing and scope of technological advances;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness;

 

   

certain covenants in our debt documents;

 

   

customer procurement strategies that could put additional pricing pressure on us;

 

   

consolidation in our customers’ industries may reduce the aggregate demand for our services;

 

   

regulatory review by governmental agencies that oversee information gathering and changes in data protection laws;

 

   

the ability to attract and retain customers and key personnel;

 

   

risks to which our international operations are exposed, including local political and economic conditions, the effects of foreign currency fluctuations and the ability to comply with local laws;

 

   

criticism of our audience measurement services;

 

   

the possibility that our owners’ interests will conflict with ours or yours;

 

   

the effect of disruptions in the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and/or air services;

 

   

the ability to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information gathering processes;

 

   

the ability to successfully integrate our company in accordance with our strategy; and

 

   

the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

35


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

Information regarding market share, market position and industry data pertaining to our business contained in this prospectus consists of our management’s knowledge of our business and markets, the 2006 Veronis Suhler Stevenson Communications Industry Forecast (the “2006 VSS Industry Forecast”), the PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Outlook in Entertainment and Media 2000–2010 (the “PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Entertainment & Media Outlook”) and other various sources.

Although we believe that the third party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified market industry data provided by third parties or by industry or general publications. Similarly, while we believe our internal estimates with respect to our industry are reliable, our estimates have not been verified by any independent sources, and we cannot assure you that they are accurate. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates, in particular as they relate to market share and our general expectations concerning the global marketing and media research and the business information industries, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

36


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

We have entered into registration rights agreements with the initial purchasers of the old notes, in which we agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for exchange notes. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part was filed in compliance with this obligation. We also agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act. In addition, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the exchange offer to be consummated on or before August 19, 2007. However, if the exchange offer is not consummated on or before August 19, 2007, we will incur additional interest expense. The exchange notes will have terms substantially identical to the old notes except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and registration rights and additional interest payable for the failure to consummate the exchange offer by August 19, 2007. Old notes in an aggregate principal amount of (i) $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 10 % senior notes, (ii) €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 9% senior notes, and (iii) $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes were issued on August 9, 2006.

Under the circumstances set forth below, we will cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration Under the circumstances set forth below, we will cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the old notes and we will use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective for up to two years after the effective date of the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:

 

   

if we determine, upon the advice of outside counsel, that, the exchange offer is not permitted due to a change in applicable law or SEC policy;

 

   

if for any reason the registered exchange offer is not consummated by August 19, 2007;

 

   

if any initial purchaser so requests after consummation of the registered exchange offer with respect to the old notes not eligible to be exchanged for the exchange notes and held by it following the consummation of the exchange offer;

 

   

if any holder (other than any initial purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer; or

 

   

if any initial purchaser that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable exchange notes in exchange for tendered old notes.

Each holder of old notes that wishes to exchange such old notes for transferable exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to make the following representations:

 

   

any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

 

   

it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of Securities Act) of the exchange notes;

 

   

it is not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

   

if such holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and such holder will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

In addition, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading

 

37


Table of Contents

activities, must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that exchange notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any exchange note holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

 

   

such holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business; and

 

   

the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of such exchange notes.

Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the exchange notes:

 

   

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters, any effective registration statement used in connection with a secondary resale transaction must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding these procedures for the transfer of exchange notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange any old notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will issue $2,000 or €2,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $2,000 or €2,000 principal amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer, respectively. We will issue $1,000 or €1,000 integral multiple amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 or €1,000 integral multiple amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer, respectively. Old notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 or €2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000 based on the denomination of the old notes in dollars or Euros, respectively.

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the old notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the

 

38


Table of Contents

registration rights agreement to file, and cause to become effective, a registration statement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding old notes. Consequently, both series of notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, (i) $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 10% senior notes, (ii) €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 9% senior notes, and (iii) $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 12  1 / 2 % senior subordinated discount notes are outstanding. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Old notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to the old notes.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered old notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to such holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreements, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under the caption “—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees, or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than those transfer taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section labeled “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration date; Extensions; Amendments

The exchange offer for the dollar-denominated old notes will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007, unless we extend it in our sole discretion.

The exchange offer for the euro-denominated old notes will expire at 5:00 p.m., London time, on                     , 2007, unless we extend it in our sole discretion.

In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will notify in writing or by public announcement the registered holders of dollar-denominated old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. We will notify in writing or by public announcement the registered holders of the euro-denominated old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., London time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

 

   

to delay accepting for exchange any old notes in connection with the extension of the exchange offer;

 

   

to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept old notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or

 

   

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver

 

39


Table of Contents
 

of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change.

Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable written notice or public announcement thereof to the registered holders of old notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of old notes of such amendment, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change. If we terminate this exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange or if we amend the terms of this exchange offer in a manner that constitutes a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will promptly file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will in all events comply with our obligation to make prompt payment for all old notes properly tendered and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by issuing a timely press release to a financial news service.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any exchange notes for, any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange if in our reasonable judgment:

 

   

the exchange notes to be received will not be tradable by the holder without restriction under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of substantially all of the states of the United States;

 

   

the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made:

 

   

the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution;” and

 

   

such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving written notice of such extension to the registered holders of the old notes. During any such extensions, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange unless they have been previously withdrawn. We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

40


Table of Contents

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will give written notice or public announcement of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the registered holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued with regard to the dollar-denominated notes, no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date and, with regard to the euro-denominated notes no later than 9:00 a.m., London time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may, in our sole discretion, assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times except that all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by us prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, that failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Any waiver by us will be made by written notice or public announcement to the registered holders of the notes and any such waiver shall apply to all the registered holders of the notes.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Procedures for Tendering

Only a holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must:

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

How to Tender Notes Held Through DTC

If you are a DTC participant that has dollar-denominated old notes which are credited to your DTC account by book-entry and which are held of record by DTC’s nominee, as applicable, you may tender your dollar-denominated old notes by book-entry transfer as if you were the record holder. Because of this, references herein to registered or record holders include DTC.

Euroclear and Clearstream participants with dollar-denominated old notes credited to their accounts. If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your dollar-denominated old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.

To tender dollar-denominated old notes in the exchange offer:

 

   

You must comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) procedures described below;

 

   

The dollar exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the dollar-denominated old notes into its account at DTC through ATOP pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, along with a properly transmitted agent’s message, before the expiration date.

Participants in DTC’s ATOP program must electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the dollar-denominated old notes to the dollar exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the dollar exchange agent. With respect to the exchange of the dollar-denominated old notes, the term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the dollar exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

 

   

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its ATOP that is tendering dollar-denominated old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and

 

   

the Company may enforce the agreement against such participant. Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations described below in this prospectus are true and correct.

How to Tender Notes Held Through Euroclear or Clearstream

To tender in the exchange offer for the euro-denominated old notes, you must comply with the procedures described below of Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., (‘‘Euroclear’’) or Clearstream société anonyme (“Clearstream”).

The registered holder of euro-denominated old notes in whose name such euro-denominated old notes are registered on the records of Euroclear or Clearstream must submit an electronic acceptance instruction to Euroclear or Clearstream to authorize the tender of the euro-denominated old notes and the blocking of the account in Euroclear or Clearstream to which such euro-denominated old notes are credited. If you are a beneficial owner of euro-denominated old notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender, you should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on your behalf in accordance with these procedures. Each holder submitting an electronic acceptance instruction must ensure that Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, is authorized to block the account(s) in which the tendered euro-denominated old notes are held so that no transfers may be effected in relation to such notes at any time from and including the date on which the holder submits its electronic acceptance instruction.

By blocking such euro-denominated old notes in the relevant book-entry transfer facility each holder of euro-denominated old notes will be deemed to consent to have the relevant book-entry transfer facility provide details concerning such holder’s identity to the euro exchange agent.

We will issue the exchange notes promptly upon the expiration of the exchange offer.

The exchange of euro-denominated old notes will only be made after receipt of an agent’s message and any other required documents by the exchange agent for the euro-denominated old notes prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, on the applicable expiration date or in accordance with the deadlines specified by Euroclear or Clearstream. In connection with tenders of the euro-denominated old notes, the term “electronic acceptance instruction” means an instruction transmitted by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, received by the exchange agent for the euro-denominated old notes and forming a part of the book-entry confirmation, that states that:

 

   

Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, that such participant is tendering euro-denominated old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

   

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and

 

   

we may enforce that agreement against such participant.

In addition, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus; and any financial institution

 

42


Table of Contents

participating in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, for dollar-denominated old notes, or 5:00 p.m., London time, for euro-denominated old notes, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of old notes in any exchange offer, the applicable exchange agent must receive a letter or facsimile notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” before the time indicated above. Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn,

 

   

identify the old notes to be withdrawn including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of old notes to be withdrawn or, in the case of old notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream to be credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the relevant book-entry transfer facility, and

 

   

specify the name in which the old notes being withdrawn are to be registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the notes.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn in this manner will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. We will not issue exchange notes for such withdrawn old notes unless the old notes are validly retendered. We will return to you any old notes that you have tendered but that we have not accepted for exchange without cost as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above at any time before the expiration date.

Exchange agent

We have appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as dollar exchange agent for the exchange offer of dollar-denominated old notes and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as euro exchange agent for the exchange offer of euro-denominated old notes.

 

43


Table of Contents

You should direct questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus to the euro exchange agent addressed as follows:

Euro Exchange Agent for the Euro-Denominated Old Notes:

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

Winchester House

1 Great Winchester Street

London

EC2N 2DB

Attn: Trust & Securities Services (TSS)

Tel: +44 207 547 5000

Fax: +44 207 547 5001

e-mail: xchange.offer@db.com

Dollar Exchange Agent for the Dollar-Denominated Old Notes

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street, 27th Floor

NYC 60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Tel: (800) 735-7777 (option 1)

e-mail: xchange.offer@db.com

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail, however, we may make additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Our expenses in connection with the exchange offer include:

 

   

SEC registration fees;

 

   

fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;

 

   

accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and

 

   

related fees and expenses.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

   

certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes tendered; or

 

   

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

 

44


Table of Contents

Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, including as a result of failing to timely deliver old notes to the exchange agent, together with all required documentation, will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such old notes:

 

   

as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

 

   

otherwise as set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offering of the old notes.

In addition, you will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to additional interest with respect to the old notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the old notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations of the SEC staff, exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by their holders, other than any such holder that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holders acquired the exchange notes in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in the exchange offer. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes:

 

   

could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the SEC; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.

Transfer and Exchange

The exchange notes will initially be issued in the form of several registered notes in global form without interest coupons, as follows:

 

   

Each series of exchange notes will initially be represented by global notes in registered form without interest coupons attached (the “Global Exchange Notes”).

 

   

The Global Exchange Notes representing the Dollar Notes (the “Dollar Global Exchange Notes”) will be deposited upon issuance with a custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

 

   

The Global Exchange Notes representing the Senior Euro Notes (the “Euro Global Exchange Notes”) will, upon issuance, be deposited with and registered in the name of the common depositary for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

45


Table of Contents

Ownership of interests in the Global Exchange Notes (“Book-Entry Interests”) will be limited to persons that have accounts with Euroclear and Clearstream or DTC, as applicable, or persons that may hold interests through such participants. In addition, transfers of Book-Entry Interests between participants in Euroclear, participants in Clearstream or participants in DTC will be effected by Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC, as applicable, pursuant to customary procedures and subject to the applicable rules and procedures established by Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC, as applicable, and their respective participants.

If definitive registered notes are issued, they will be issued upon receipt by the applicable Registrar of instructions relating thereto and any certificates, opinions and other documentation required by the applicable indenture. It is expected that such instructions will be based upon directions received by Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC, as applicable, from the participant which owns the relevant Book-Entry Interests.

Subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable law, the Senior Euro Notes issued as definitive registered notes may be transferred or exchanged, in whole or in part, and the Dollar Notes may be transferred or exchanged in whole or in part. In connection with any such transfer or exchange, each indenture will require the transferring or exchanging holder to, among other things, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, to furnish information regarding the account of the transferee at Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC, where appropriate, to furnish certain certificates and opinions, and to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges in connection with such transfer or exchange. Any such transfer or exchange will be made without charge to the holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers are not required to register the transfer or exchange of any exchange notes:

 

  (1) for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of such exchange notes;

 

  (2) for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such exchange notes to be redeemed in part;

 

  (3) for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date applicable to such exchange notes; or

 

  (4) which the holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a change of control offer.

The Issuers and the Trustee will be entitled to treat the holder of an exchange note as the owner of it for all purposes.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered old notes.

 

46


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the old notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. As consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding old notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We used the net proceeds from the private offering of the old notes in connection with the Transactions and to pay related fees and expenses.

 

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization as of March 31, 2007 for Nielsen only. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

As of

March 31, 2007

     (Amounts in millions)

Debt:

  

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

  

Revolving credit facility (1)

   $ —  

Term loan facilities (2)

     4,883

Senior Notes

     850

Senior Subordinated Discount Notes

     635

Nielsen Senior Discount Notes

     287

Nielsen existing senior notes (3)

     704

Other existing debt (4)

     392
      

Total Debt

     7,751

Equity

     3,843
      

Total Capitalization

   $ 11,594
      

(1) Upon the closing of the offering of the old notes, we entered into a $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility.

 

(2) Upon the closing of the offering of the old notes, we entered into a seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

 

(3) This indebtedness is solely the obligation of Nielsen and is therefore structurally subordinated to the indebtedness under the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and consists of Nielsen’s ¥4,000 million ($35 million) 2.5% notes due 2011, €30 million ($43 million) face amount of 6.75% fixed rate notes due 2012, €50 million ($67 million) floating rate notes due 2012, €50 million ($67 million) floating rate notes due 2010, £250 million ($492 million) 5.625% put resettable securities due 2010 or 2017.

 

(4) Includes capital lease obligations relating to facilities in Oldsmar, Florida and Markham, Ontario, computer equipment and software, debt of certain of Nielsen’s consolidated subsidiaries and other short term borrowings.

 

48


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations has been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the audited consolidated statements of operations of Nielsen for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor and May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. A pro forma balance sheet has not been presented due to the fact that the Transactions are reflected in our Successor December 31, 2006 balance sheet. Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that are factually supportable and that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our actual consolidated results of operations would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “The Transactions,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated statement of operations and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

The pro forma information presented, including the allocation of the purchase price, is based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired, available information and assumptions and will be revised as additional information becomes available.

A final determination of these fair values will reflect our consideration of a final valuation prepared by third party appraisers. This final valuation will be based on the actual net tangible and intangible assets that existed as of May 24, 2006, the date of acquisition. Any final adjustment will change the allocations of purchase price, which could affect the fair value assigned to the assets and liabilities and could result in a change to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. Therefore, the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments, and the differences may be material.

 

49


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

     Historical Nielsen              
     Predecessor     Successor              
     Jan. 1 -
May 23,
2006
    May 24 -
Dec. 31,
2006
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Nielsen
 
     (Amounts in Millions)  

Revenue

   $ 1,626     $ 2,548     $ —     (i)   $ 4,174  

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     787       1,202       —         1,989  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of deprecation and amortization

     554       912       (10 ) (a)     1,460  
         4   (b)  

Depreciation and amortization

     126       257       55   (c)     438  

Transaction costs

     95       —         (95 ) (d)     —    

Restructuring costs

     7       68         75  
                                

Operating income

     57       109       46       212  
                                

Interest income

     8       11       (5 ) (e)     14  

Interest expense

     (48 )     (372 )     (234 ) (f)     (654 )

(Loss)/gain on derivative instruments

     (9 )     5       —         (4 )

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —         (65 )     60   (g)     (5 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction loss

     (3 )     (71 )     —         (74 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     6       6       —         12  

Other income/(expense), net

     14       (7 )     —         7  
                                

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before tax

     25       (384 )     (133 )     (492 )

(Benefit)/provision for income tax

     (39 )     105       49   (h)     115  
                                

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (14 )   $ (279 )   $ (84 )   $ (377 )
                                

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

 

50


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

(Amounts in millions)

 

(a) Represents the adjustment to selling, general and administrative expenses relating to our employee benefit plans to eliminate the historical amortization of unrecognized actuarial losses and prior service costs in the predecessor period and the impact of freezing the U.S. defined benefit plan and related change in the U.S. defined contribution plan related to the Transactions. Benefit plan related obligations have been recorded at fair value in the allocation of Valcon’s purchase cost.

 

(b) Reflects the adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense to reflect the full annual monitoring fee of $10 million that we pay to the Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

(c) Represents change in amortization based upon estimates of fair values and useful lives of amortizable assets as part of the preliminary purchase price allocation.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations reflects amortization of certain identifiable intangible assets and other assets based on their preliminary new basis as reflected in the preliminary purchase price allocation. The final purchase price allocation may result in a different allocation for assets than that presented in this unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. An increase or decrease in the amount of purchase price allocated to amortizable assets would impact the amount of annual amortization expense. Amortizable assets have been amortized on a straight-line basis in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. If the purchase price allocation to amortizable assets were to change by $50 million the yearly amortization charge could range from $8.5 million for a weighted average life of six years to $2 million for a weighted average life of twenty-five years.

 

(d) Reflects the elimination of transaction costs recognized in connection with the Transactions which included accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs and $45 million paid to IMS Health pursuant to a termination agreement triggered by the Transactions.

 

(e) Reflects pro forma adjustment to interest income to reflect use of cash in connection with the Transactions.

 

(f) Reflects pro forma interest expense resulting from the Transactions using applicable LIBOR and EURIBOR rates as of December 31, 2006 as follows:

 

    

Twelve Months Ended

December 31, 2006

 

Term Loan Facility (1)

   $ 408  

Revolving credit facility (2)

     5  

Senior Notes (3)

     87  

Senior Subordinated Discount Notes—USD (4)

     79  

Nielsen Senior Discount Notes—EUR (5)

     30  

Other Financing (6)

     45  
        

Total Pro Forma Interest Expense

     654  

Less Historical Interest Expense

     (420 )
        

Net adjustment to interest expense

   $ 234  
        

 

  (1) Reflects pro forma interest on the $4,175 million U.S. Dollar denominated term loan facility at the December 31, 2006 rate of 3-month LIBOR of 5.38% plus 2.75% and the €800 million ($958 million) Euro denominated term loan facility at the December 31, 2006 rate of 3-month EURIBOR of 3.58% plus 2.50% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees.

 

  (2) Represents commitment fees of 0.5% on the assumed $688 million undrawn balance of the revolving credit facility and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees.

 

  (3) Reflects interest on $650 million of U.S. Dollar denominated Senior Notes at 10.00% and the €150 million ($180 million) of Euro denominated Senior Notes at 9.00% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees.

 

51


Table of Contents
  (4) Reflects pro forma interest expense on the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at 12.50% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees. No cash interest will be payable on these notes prior to August 1, 2011. Thereafter, cash interest will accrue and will be payable semiannually.

 

  (5) Reflects pro forma interest expense on the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes at 11.125% and the amortization of the related deferred financing fees. No cash interest will accrue on the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes prior to August 1, 2011. Thereafter cash interest will accrue and will be payable semi-annually.

 

  (6) Reflects interest on the existing note of ¥4,000 million 2.5% notes due 2011, €30 million of 6.75% fixed rate due 2012, €50 million floating rate due 2012, €50 million floating rate due 2010, £250 million 5.625% put re-settable securities due 2010 or 2017 and capital lease obligations.

 

(g) Reflects the elimination of loss on early extinguishment of the Valcon Bridge Loan representing unamortized debt issuance costs of the Valcon Bridge Loan at the time of settlement as if the permanent financing was outstanding as of January 1, 2006. The Valcon Bridge Loan was replaced with the permanent financing as portion of the Transactions.

 

(h) Represents the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using the respective statutory tax rates of the jurisdiction where the respective adjustment relates of 35% and 40%.

 

(i) The unaudited pro forma statement of operations does not add back, in arriving at pro forma results, the impact of the deferred revenue adjustment to record deferred revenue at fair value in purchase accounting which reversed in less than one year. The non-recurring one time impact of this deferred revenue fair value adjustment was to reduce revenue by $90 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of Nielsen as of the dates and periods indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from our successor audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 have been derived from our successor unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with our annual audited consolidated financial statements. The results of operations for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our predecessor audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The audited financial statements from which the historical financial information for the periods set forth below have been derived were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In making your investment decision, you should rely solely on the financial information contained in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have not presented the income statement financial statement data as required by Item 301 of Regulation S-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 because such information cannot be provided without unreasonable effort and expense. Furthermore, we do not believe that the 2002 information would be material or meaningful to a potential investor’s decision making process given the changes in our operations and financial structure. We have undertaken a significant refinancing of our company in 2006 to finance the acquisition by Valcon, and our Directories segment was divested in 2004.

 

53


Table of Contents
 
   

Three months ended

March 31,

   

May 24,

through
December 31,
2006  (1)

          

January 1,
through
May 23,

2006

    Year Ended December 31,
    2007           2006            2005  (2)    2004  (3)    2003
    (Successor)           (Predecessor)     (Successor)            (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)
   

(Amounts in millions)

    unaudited         unaudited                    unaudited

Statement of Income Data:

                              

Revenues

  $ 1,072           $ 1,003     $ 2,548            $ 1,626     $ 4,059    $ 3,814    $ 3,429

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

    (74 )           (1 )     (279 )            (14 )     172      278      335

(Loss)/income from continuing operations per common share (basic)

    *             (0.01 )     *              (0.06 )     0.64      1.07      1.32

(Loss)/income from continuing operations per common share (diluted)

    *             (0.01 )     *              (0.06 )     0.64      1.07      1.31

Cash dividends declared per common share

    —               —         —                —         0.15      0.66      0.61

*       Not included for the successor periods as no publicly traded shares were outstanding.

                                  
              March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
           December 31,
                   2005     2004    2003    2002
             

(Successor)

    (Successor)            (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)    (Predecessor)
             

(Amounts in millions)

        unaudited                 unaudited      unaudited

Balance Sheet Data:

                          

Total assets

 

      $15,549     $ 16,099            $ 10,663     $ 13,801    $ 13,577    $ 12,441

Long-term debt excluding capital leases

  

      7,416       7,674              2,482       4,531      4,905      4,381

Capital leases

 

      145       145              155       163      156      97

(1) The loss in the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was primarily due to $372 million of interest expense, the $90 million deferred revenue purchase price adjustment, $71 million in foreign currency exchange transaction losses and $68 million in restructuring costs.

 

(2) The 2005 income from continuing operations included $55 million in costs from the settlement of the antitrust agreement with IRI, a $36 million payment of failed deal costs to IMS Health and a $102 million loss from the early extinguishment of debt.

 

(3) The 2004 income from continuing operations included a $135 million goodwill impairment charge.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis of The Nielsen Company B.V. (formerly known as VNU Group B.V. and prior to that as VNU N.V. ) should be read together with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and related footnotes. The following discussion and analysis covers periods both prior to and subsequent to the Valcon Acquisition (as defined below). Accordingly, historical periods may not be comparable with the periods presented after the Valcon Acquisition. Further, this report may contain material that includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that reflect, when made, Nielsen’s current views with respect to current events and financial performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. Statements, other than those based on historical facts, which address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are and will be, as the case may be, subject to many risks, uncertainties and factors relating to Nielsen’s operations and business environment that may cause actual results to be materially different from any future results, express or implied, by such forward-looking statements. Unless required by context, references to “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to Nielsen and each of its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview and Outlook

We are a leading global information and media company providing essential marketing and media measurement information, analytics and industry expertise to customers across the world. We operate in over 100 countries and are headquartered in Haarlem in the Netherlands and New York in the United States (U.S.). Through Nielsen’s broad portfolio services, we track sales of consumer products each year, report on television viewing habits in countries representing more than 60% of the world’s population, measure Internet audiences in 18 countries, produce more than 100 trade shows, operate more than 100 websites and publish more than 100 print publications and online newsletters. We currently operate in three segments: Consumer Services (formerly Marketing Information), Media (formerly Media Measurement and Information) and Business Media (formerly Nielsen Business Media).

Our Consumer Services segment provides essential market research and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our Consumer Services segment provides an array of services including retail measurement services (ACNielsen Scantrack), household consumer panels (ACNielsen Homescan), new product testing (BASES), consumer segmentation and targeting (Spectra) and marketing optimization (ACNielsen Analytical Consulting, or AAC). We believe these services give our customers a competitive advantage in making informed decisions in complex market places.

Our Media segment is a leading provider of media and entertainment measurement information. The segment measures audiences for U.S. television, international television, motion pictures, the Internet and other media as well as tracks sales of music and competitive advertising information. Using Nielsen’s critical measurement information, media owners, advertising agencies, advertisers and retailers plan and optimize their marketing strategies.

Our Business Media segment is one of the largest providers of integrated business-to-business information in the world. The segment has more than 100 trade shows, over 100 websites and over 100 print publications and online newsletters, each targeted to specific industry groups.

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale of a significant portion of its BME for $414 million. Nielsen does not expect to recognize a material gain or loss on the sale because the price paid approximates the book value of the business, as this business was recently revalued upon Valcon’s acquisition of

 

55


Table of Contents

Nielsen. The sale excludes a joint venture that produces trade shows in the Netherlands and China. Our former Directories business segment was sold effective November 29, 2004. (See “—Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results—Divestitures” and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”).

On May 24, 2006, Nielsen was acquired through a tender offer to shareholders by Valcon Acquisition B.V. (“Valcon”), an entity formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Valcon was formed for the purpose of facilitating the acquisition. Valcon’s cumulative purchases of the outstanding common shares and preferred B shares resulted in a combined 99.44% ownership of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding shares as of December 31, 2006. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen shares through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, pursuant to Dutch legal and regulatory requirements, which is expected to be completed in 2007. The common and preferred shares were delisted from the Euronext Amsterdam on July 11, 2006.

Nielsen became a subsidiary of Valcon upon the consummation of the acquisition by Valcon (the “Valcon Acquisition”). See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section for discussion of the financing transactions related to the Valcon Acquisition.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition in May 2006, Valcon entered into a Senior secured bridge facility (“Valcon Bridge Loan”) under which Valcon had borrowed $6,164 million as of August 2006 when the Valcon Bridge Loan was settled and replaced with permanent financing consisting of (i) senior secured credit facilities consisting of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility and (ii) debt securities, consisting of $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% Senior Notes due 2014 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., $1,070 million 12.5% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. and €343 million 11.125% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 of The Nielsen Company B.V.

Valcon’s cost of acquiring Nielsen and related debt has been pushed down to establish the new accounting basis in Nielsen. The Valcon Acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations”. The preliminary allocation of purchase price is based on estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of May 24, 2006. These preliminary fair values were determined using management’s estimates from information currently available and are subject to change.

Nielsen’s consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders’ equity are presented for two periods: Successor, for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 following the consummation of the Valcon Acquisition; and Predecessor, for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 preceding the Valcon Acquisition and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. As a result of the Valcon Acquisition and the resulting change in ownership, we are required to separately present our operating results for the Successor and the Predecessor periods for the year ended December 31, 2006. In the following discussion, the 2006 results are adjusted to reflect the pro forma effect of the Valcon Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2006. The pro forma basis amounts for the year ended December 31, 2006 are compared to the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2005 on a historical basis. In addition, the amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are compared to the pro forma basis for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Management believes this to be the most meaningful and practical way to comment on our results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of Nielsen’s financial condition and results of operations is based on Nielsen’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and

 

56


Table of Contents

the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The most significant of these estimates relate to revenue recognition, business combinations, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, pension costs and other post-retirement benefits, accounting for income taxes, valuation of long lived assets, including computer software and share-based compensation. We base Nielsen’s estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the valuation of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results could vary from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The accounting policies followed by Nielsen for the Successor period are consistent with those of the Predecessor period except for the adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and other Post Retirement Plans” which we early adopted as of the Valcon Acquisition date. For a summary of the significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies discussed below, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements “Description of Business and Basis of Presentation”.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize our revenues for the sale of services and products under the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104, “Revenue Recognition”, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and the collectibility related to the services and products is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of our revenue is generated from our media and marketing services. We review all contracts to evaluate them pursuant to SAB 104 and recognize revenue from the sale of our services and products based upon fair value as the services are performed, which is generally ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned.

Our revenue arrangements may include multiple elements as defined in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. In these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon their fair values relative to the total contract value, to the extent that the fair values are readily determinable and the deliverables have stand alone value to the customer (the “relative fair value method”).

A discussion of Nielsen’s revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Consumer Services

Revenue, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

Nielsen performs customized research projects which are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the final report has been delivered to the customer.

Media

Revenue is primarily generated from television audience and internet measurement services and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

 

57


Table of Contents

Business Media

Single copy revenue for publications, sold via newsstands and/or dealers, is recognized in the month in which the magazine goes on sale. Revenue from printed circulation and advertisements included therein is recognized on the date it is available to the consumer. Revenue from electronic circulation and advertising is recognized over the period during which both are electronically available. The unearned portion of paid magazine subscriptions is deferred and realized on a straight-line basis with monthly amounts recognized on the magazines’ cover date.

For products, such as magazines and books, sold to customers with the right to return unsold items, revenues are recognized when the products are shipped, based on gross sales less an allowance for future estimated returns. Revenue from trade shows and certain costs are recognized upon completion of the event.

Business Combinations

Nielsen accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. The total cost of acquisitions is allocated to the underlying net assets, based on their respective estimated fair values. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires significant judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives, and market multiples, among other items.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. Nielsen reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. We established reporting units based on our internal reporting structure. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, goodwill has been allocated to reporting units on a pro-rata basis to the fair values of the respective reporting units. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit, which is generally one level below Nielsen’s operating segments, are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily a discounted cash flow analysis and a market-based approach for the Nielsen Internet reporting unit. A discounted cash flow analysis requires various judgmental assumptions, including assumptions about future cash flows, growth rates and discount rates. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on Nielsen’s budget and business plans. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective reporting units. In estimating the fair values of its reporting units, Nielsen also uses market comparisons and recent comparable transactions. The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

Pension Costs

We provide a number of retirement benefits to Nielsen employees, including defined benefit pension plans and post retirement medical plans. Pension costs, in respect of defined benefit pension plans, primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected

 

58


Table of Contents

return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the statement of operations, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed a certain threshold. The excess is amortized and charged to the statement of operations over, at the maximum, the average remaining term of employee service. We recognize obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans as expenses in the statement of operations as they are incurred.

We account for Nielsen retirement plans in accordance with SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions and other Post Retirement Benefits” and, accordingly, the determination of benefit obligations and expenses is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, critical assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets and the assumed rate of compensation increases. Nielsen provides retiree medical benefits to a limited number of participants in the U.S. and has ceased to provide retiree health care benefits to certain of its Dutch retirees. Therefore, retiree medical care cost trend rates are not a significant driver of post retirement costs for Nielsen. Management reviews these critical assumptions at least annually. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as the turnover, retirement and mortality rates. Management reviews these assumptions periodically and updates them as necessary.

The discount rate is the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. For Nielsen’s U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on a bond portfolio that includes only long-term bonds with an Aa rating, or equivalent, from a major rating agency. We believe the timing and amount of cash flows related to the bonds in this portfolio is expected to match the estimated payment benefit streams of Nielsen’s U.S. plans. For the Dutch and other non-U.S. plans, the discount rate is set by reference to market yields on high quality corporate bonds.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we consider, for each country, the structure of the asset portfolio and the expected rates of return for each of the components. For Nielsen’s U.S. plans, a 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on Nielsen’s principal plans by approximately $0.9 million per year. For Nielsen’s primary Dutch plan, a similar 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on Nielsen’s principal Dutch plans by approximately $2.9 million per year. We assumed that the weighted averages of long-term returns on Nielsen’s pension plans was 6.3% for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and 6.1% for 2005. The actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year versus this assumption. Although the actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year, we believe it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting our expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that our actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts.

Income Taxes

We operate in over 100 countries worldwide. Over the past five years, we completed many material acquisitions and divestitures, which have generated complex tax issues requiring management to use its judgment to make various tax determinations. We try to organize the affairs of our subsidiaries in a tax efficient manner, taking into consideration the jurisdictions in which we operate. Due to outstanding indemnification agreements, the tax payable on select disposals made in recent years has not been finally determined. Although we are confident that tax returns have been appropriately prepared and filed, there is risk that additional tax may be assessed on certain transactions or that the deductibility of certain expenditures may be disallowed for tax purposes. Our policy is to estimate tax risk to the best of our ability and provide accordingly for those risks and take positions in which a high degree of confidence exists that the tax treatment will be accepted by the tax authorities. The policy with respect to deferred taxation is to provide in full for timing differences using the liability method.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are computed by assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. The carrying value of deferred tax assets is adjusted by a valuation allowance to the extent that these deferred tax assets are not considered to be realized on

 

59


Table of Contents

a more likely than not basis. Realization of deferred tax assets is judgmental and is dependent upon our ability to generate future taxable income in jurisdictions where such assets have arisen. Valuation allowances are recorded in order to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized in the future. In assessing the adequacy of our valuation allowances, we consider various factors including reversal of deferred tax liabilities, future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies.

Long-Lived Assets

We are required to assess whether the value of Nielsen’s long-lived assets, including Nielsen buildings, improvements, technical and other equipment, and amortizable intangible assets have been impaired. An assessment is required whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. We do not perform a periodic assessment of assets for impairment in the absence of such information or indicators. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by comparing the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows derived from an asset (or a group of assets) to their carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset (or the group of assets) exceeds the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows, impairment is considered to exist. If impairment is considered to exist based on undiscounted cash flows, the impairment charge is measured using an estimation of the assets’ fair value, typically using a discounted cash flow method. The identification of impairment indicators, the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of fair values for assets (or groups of assets) requires us to make significant judgments concerning the identification and validation of impairment indicators, expected cash flows and applicable discount rates. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and Nielsen’s assessments change.

Nielsen capitalizes software development costs with respect to major internal use software initiatives or enhancements in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”. The costs are capitalized from the time that the preliminary project stage is completed, and we consider it probable that the software will be used to perform the function intended until the time the software is placed in service for its intended use. Once the software is placed in service, the capitalized costs are generally amortized over periods of three to seven years. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of software may not be recovered, a recoverability analysis is performed based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the software in the future. If the analysis indicates that the carrying value is not recoverable from future cash flows, the software cost is written down to estimated fair value and an impairment is recognized. Nielsen estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and Nielsen’s assessments change.

Share-based compensation

We account for share-based awards in accordance with SFAS No.123(R), “Shared-Based Payment,” which, in the Predecessor period, we early adopted as of January 1, 2003 under the modified prospective approach. Share-based compensation expense is primarily based on the estimated grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for awards granted after January 1, 2003. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating the expected term of stock options, expected volatility of our stock, and the number of stock-based awards expected to be forfeited due to future terminations. In addition, for stock-based awards where vesting is dependent upon achieving certain operating performance goals, we estimate the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Differences between actual results and these estimates could have a material effect on our financial results. We consider several factors in estimating the expected life of our options granted, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies and the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, which we believe are representative of future behavior. We estimate the stock price volatility on a combination of our formerly publicly traded stock adjusted for its new leverage and estimates of implied volatility of our peer group. The assumptions used in

 

60


Table of Contents

calculating the fair value of share-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment.

Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results

Foreign Currency

Our financial results are reported in U.S. Dollars and are therefore subject to the impact of movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of individual businesses whose functional currencies are other than U.S. Dollars. Approximately 60% (57% in 2005) of our revenues were denominated in U.S. Dollars during 2006. Nielsen’s principal foreign exchange exposure is spread across several currencies, primarily the Euro, British pound, and other currencies representing 12.0%, 4.5%, and 24.3%, respectively, for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006; 12.2%, 4.2%, and 23.1%, respectively, for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006; 17.8%, 6.3%, 20.7%, respectively, in 2005; and 18.5%, 6.6%, 19.8%, respectively, in 2004.

As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar have a significant effect on Nielsen’s operating results. Based on the combined Successor and Predecessor periods, a one cent change in the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate will impact revenues by approximately $5 million, with an immaterial impact on operating income. Impacts associated with fluctuations in foreign currency are discussed in more detail under “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks”. In countries with currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into Dollars using end-of-period exchange rates; revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated using average rates of exchange. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.2431 to €1.00 and $1.2565 to €1.00 and $1.23748 to €1.00 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.32 to €1.00 and $1.20 to €1.00 for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, respectively.

Constant currency growth rates used in the following discussion of results of operations eliminate the impact of year-over-year foreign currency fluctuations.

Acquisitions and Investments in Affiliates

For the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006, Nielsen completed several acquisitions for aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of $98 million ($29 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $69 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006). These acquisitions contributed $33 million of revenue and $1 million of operating income for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006.

On February 5, 2007, Nielsen and Nielsen//NetRatings announced they had entered into a merger agreement by which Nielsen, which already owns approximately 60% of Nielsen//NetRatings, would acquire the Nielsen//NetRatings shares Nielsen does not currently own at a price of $21.00 per share in cash, for a total purchase price of approximately $327 million. The merger is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2007, subject to customary conditions and approvals. The transaction is subject to shareholder approval; however, Nielsen has agreed to vote all of its shares in favor of the merger, thereby assuring approval of the merger.

In early 2006, we acquired a majority interest in BuzzMetrics, Inc. On June 4, 2007, we acquired the remaining outstanding shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, Nielsen completed several acquisitions for aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of approximately $170 million. These acquisitions contributed $22 million of revenue and $5 million of operating income in 2005.

 

61


Table of Contents

In 2005, we entered into a joint venture with the AGB Group. This arrangement is intended to increase Media’s coverage internationally, enabling Media to better serve the needs of media owners with multi national interests. The newly formed entity is AGB Nielsen Media Research, of which we own 50% of the outstanding shares. Accordingly, as of March 1, 2005, Nielsen deconsolidated its international television audience measurement companies, and began accounting for the joint venture under the equity method. Nielsen’s share of the joint venture’s loss for the year was $4 million, and is recorded net of tax in equity in net income of affiliates in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, Nielsen completed several acquisitions for aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of approximately $96 million. These acquisitions contributed $40 million of revenue and $7 million of operating income in 2004.

Divestitures

Business Media Europe

In December 2006, Nielsen reached an agreement in principle to sell substantially all of its Business Media Europe (BME) unit to 3i Group plc, a private equity and venture capital firm. On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale for $414 million in cash. The gain on sale of discontinued operations of $14 million relates of BME’s previously recognized currency translation adjustments from the date of the Valcon Acquisition to the date of sale. Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements reflect BME’s business as discontinued operations. (See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures” and Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements “Subsequent Events”).

Directories

In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment to World Directories Acquisition Corp., a legal entity owned by funds advised by Apax Partners Worldwide LLP and Cinven Limited, for $2,622 million in cash. The sale resulted in a gain of $756 million, net of income taxes; $1,594 million of the proceeds was used to repay debt in 2005 and $38 million of fees related to the disposition were paid in 2005. The sales price is subject to adjustments based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. In 2005, Nielsen recorded an additional gain of $8 million to reflect the continued negotiation of final settlement amounts. In connection with the sale of Directories, Nielsen indemnified the acquirer from any tax obligations relating to years prior to the divestiture (see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements “Commitments and Contingencies”).

 

62


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—Successor (from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007), Pro forma, and Predecessor (from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006) periods

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and unaudited pro forma results for the three months ended March 31, 2006:

 

     Successor    

Pro Forma

Three months
ended March 31,
2006 (1)

    Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Three months

ended March 31,

2007

      Three months
ended March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003     $ 1,003  

Costs of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     500       480       480  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     386       354       357  

Depreciation and amortization

     111       105       79  

Transaction costs

     —         —         52  

Restructuring costs

     19       2       2  
                        

Operating income

     56       62       33  
                        

Interest income

     8       3       5  

Interest expense

     (156 )     (162 )     (30 )

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

     9       (7 )     (7 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (4 )     (1 )     (1 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     2       2       2  

Other (expense)/income, net

     (2 )     10       10  
                        

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (87 )     (93 )     12  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     13       25       (13 )

Minority interests

     —         —         —    
                        

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (74 )   $ (68 )   $ (1 )
                        

(1) The unaudited pro forma presentation for three months ended March 31, 2006 reflects the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 preceding the Valcon Acquisition adjusted to reflect the pro forma effect of the Valcon Acquisition and its related financing as if it had occurred on January 1, 2006. The pro forma adjustments include: increased interest expense/lower interest income on net debt ($134 million), reversal of transaction costs directly related to the Valcon Acquisition ($52 million), increased amortization related to purchase price allocation ($26 million), decreased selling, general and administrative expenses ($3 million) consisting of decreased pension costs related to the Valcon Acquisition ($5 million) and increased sponsor fees ($2 million), and the related income tax effects.

The pro forma basis amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are compared to the three months ended March 31, 2007 on a reported basis.

 

63


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain supplemental revenue data:

 

     Successor    Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Three months

ended March 31,

2007

  

Three months

ended March 31,

2006

 
     (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)  

Revenues by segment

     

Consumer Services

   $ 609    $ 559  

Media

     341      316  

Business Media

     122      129  

Corporate

     —        (1 )
               

Total

   $ 1,072    $ 1,003  
               

Consumer Services revenues by service

     

Retail Measurement Services

   $ 404    $ 375  

Consumer Panel Services

     48      44  

Customized Research Services

     59      54  

Other Services

     98      86  
               

Total

   $ 609    $ 559  
               

Media revenues by division

     

Media

   $ 281    $ 262  

Entertainment

     38      36  

Internet Measurement

     22      18  
               

Total

   $ 341    $ 316  
               

Revenues by geography

     

United States

   $ 621    $ 595  

Other Americas

     95      86  

The Netherlands

     8      8  

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     253      225  

Asia Pacific

     95      89  
               

Total

   $ 1,072    $ 1,003  
               

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(% of Revenue)

   Three months
ended March 31,
2007
   

Three months

ended March 31,
2006

 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues by segment

    

Consumer Services

   57 %   56 %

Media

   32 %   31 %

Business Media

   11 %   13 %
            

Total Nielsen

   100 %   100 %
            

Consumer Services revenues by service

    

Retail Measurement Services

   38 %   37 %

Consumer Panel Services

   4 %   4 %

Customized Research Services

   6 %   6 %

Other Services

   9 %   9 %
            

Total Consumer Services

   57 %   56 %
            

Media revenues by division

    

Media

   26 %   26 %

Entertainment

   4 %   3 %

Internet Measurement

   2 %   2 %
            

Total Media

   32 %   31 %
            

Business Media

   11 %   13 %
            

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain supplemental revenue growth data, both on an as reported and constant currency basis. In order to determine the percentage change in items on a constant currency basis, we adjust these items to remove the positive and negative impacts of foreign exchange.

 

Revenue growth

  

Reported

Q1 2007 vs. Q1 2006

    Constant Currency
Q1 2007 vs. Q1 2006
 

Consumer Services

   8.8 %   5.2 %

Media

   8.1 %   7.2 %

Business Media

   (5.0 )%   (5.2 )%
            

Total Nielsen

   6.9 %   4.6 %
            

Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 compared to the Pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006

When comparing Nielsen’s results for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 with pro forma results for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, the following should be noted:

Items Affecting Operating Income for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007

 

   

Nielsen’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations.

 

   

Nielsen incurred $19 million of restructuring expenses.

 

   

Nielsen incurred approximately $8 million in recruiting and other acquisition related compensation for certain corporate executives.

Items affecting Operating Income for the Pro forma period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006

 

   

Nielsen incurred $2 million in restructuring charges.

Revenues

Nielsen Consolidated . Revenues were $1,072 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $1,003 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, an overall increase of 6.9%. Excluding a 2.3% positive impact of foreign exchange, Nielsen’s revenues on a constant currency basis increased 4.6%. Constant currency revenue increased 5.2% at Consumer Services, 7.2% at Media, partly offset by a 5.2% decrease at Business Media.

Consumer Services . Revenues for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 were $609 million and $559 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. Excluding a 3.6% positive impact of foreign exchange, constant currency revenues increased by 5.2%. The increase in constant currency is primarily attributable to 3.5% growth in Retail Measurement Services due primarily to growth in Latin America (Brazil, Mexico, Central America and Colombia, as well as the Datos acquisition in Venezuela), Emerging Markets (new clients and categories in Russia, South Africa and Ukraine), Canada (growth of Tobacco Index and new clients) and Asia Pacific (sales in India, Indonesia, Australia and Vietnam), partially offset by pricing compression in the U.S. In addition, Other Service constant currency revenues increased by 13.1% predominantly due to an increase in Analytical sales in U.S., France and UK, growth in BASES and Claritas as well as the acquisition of The Modeling Group (TMG).

Media . Revenues for Media increased 8.1% to $341 million for the Successor period ended March 31, 2007 from $316 million for the Predecessor period ended March 31, 2006. Excluding a 0.9% favorable impact of foreign exchange on revenues, constant currency revenues increased 7.2%. The constant currency increase is

 

65


Table of Contents

primarily attributable to a 5.9% increase in the Media division (Nielsen Media Research U.S. and International), an 18.5% increase in Internet Measurement, and the $5 million impact from the acquisition of Nielsen BuzzMetrics and Radio & Records (R&R). The Media division’s constant currency increase of 7.8% was primarily attributable to continued demand for Nielsen Media Research’s television audience measurement services in the U.S., new business and price increases, the National People Meter (NPM) expansion and cable network upgrades.

Business Media . Revenues for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 were $122 million and $129 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, a decrease of 5.0%. Excluding the 0.2% unfavorable impact of foreign exchange, revenues for Business Media decreased 5.2%. Business Media revenues decreased due to continued softness in advertising revenues, sale of certain publications, and timing of a trade show which shifted into the second quarter of 2007.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues was $500 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $480 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, an increase of $20 million or 4.2%. Excluding the unfavorable 2.7% impact of foreign exchange, cost of revenues would have increased by 1.5%. Constant currency cost of revenues increased primarily from a 1.2% increase at Consumer Services and a 5.9% increase at Media, which was partly offset by a reduction in costs at Business Media of 11.0%.

The increase in constant currency cost of revenues at Consumer Services was due to overall Consumer Services revenue growth. Media’s constant currency cost of revenues increase resulted primarily from an increase in the Media division due to the expansion of Local People Meter (LPM) and NPM in the United States. Business Media constant currency cost of revenues decrease resulted from efficiency initiatives in manufacturing and distribution, lower page volumes and headcount reductions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $386 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $357 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The pro forma amounts assume the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006. Pro forma selling, general and administrative expense increased 6.7% for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 in constant currency. The increase in constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to $6 million in increased share option expense (inclusive of $3 million related to Nielsen BuzzMetrics), $8 million for recruiting and other acquisition related compensation for certain corporate executives, and higher selling, general and administrative costs associated with the 2006 acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization

Assuming the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006, depreciation and amortization for the pro forma period ended March 31, 2006 would have been $105 million. Depreciation and amortization was $111 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007, an increase of 5.5% over the pro forma period ended March 31, 2006. Excluding the 1.5% unfavorable impact of foreign exchange, depreciation and amortization expense would have increased $4 million, or 4.0% when compared with pro forma 2006.

Transaction Costs

On March 8, 2006, Nielsen and Valcon announced the tender offer. We also agreed to reimburse Valcon’s transaction expenses up to $36 million if the transaction were terminated. In November 2005, in connection with the agreement on the termination of our planned merger with IMS Health, we agreed to pay $45 million to IMS Health should we be acquired within twelve months following the termination. Based on the facts and

 

66


Table of Contents

circumstances that existed as of March 31, 2006, we were unable to determine whether the tender offer for us by Valcon would be successful. Therefore, we accrued $36 million, representing our estimate of the minimum amount that would be required to be paid to either IMS, in the event the Valcon acquisition was successful, or to the investors in Valcon, if the acquisition was not successful. On May 24, 2006, due to the consummation of the transaction by Valcon, we made the $45 million payment to IMS. During the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, we also recorded $16 million of transaction expenses, primarily for investment advisory services. These transaction costs are excluded from the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Restructuring Costs

As discussed in Note 6 to our condensed consolidated financial statements, “Restructuring Activities”, during 2007 and 2006, we initiated restructuring plans that primarily resulted in the involuntary termination of certain employees and incurred related consulting expense for performance improvement initiatives. Nielsen incurred $9 million in severance costs for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and no severance costs for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. Nielsen also incurred $10 million and $2 million in consulting fees for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006, respectively. All severance and consulting fees have been or will be settled in cash.

Operating Income

Operating income for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 was $56 million and $33 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. As a result of the factors discussed above, pro forma operating income for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 was $62 million resulting in a decrease of 10.6%. Excluding a 1.4% negative impact of foreign exchange, pro forma operating income decreased 9.2%. On a pro forma basis and excluding the impact of restructuring expense from the respective 2007 and 2006 operating results and the $8 million in recruiting and other acquisition related compensation expense in 2007, Nielsen’s 2007 constant currency pro forma operating income increased 31.1% versus prior year.

Interest Income and Expense

Interest income was $8 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $5 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 and on a pro forma basis, $3 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. Interest expense was $156 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $30 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. On a pro forma basis, interest expense increased to $162 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Gain/(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

The gain on derivative instruments was $9 million for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus a loss of $7 million for the pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The change resulted from an unfavorable currency movement in the prior period.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction (Loss)/Gain

Foreign currency exchange resulted in a $4 million loss recorded in the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and a $1 million loss for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006.

 

67


Table of Contents

Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Equity in net income of affiliates was $2 million in the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $2 million in the pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006.

Other (Expense)/Income, net

Other expense for the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 was $2 million and income of $10 million for the pro forma Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The variance is due to the recognition in 2006 of the fair value adjustment of the unsubordinated convertible bond that was redeemed in August 2006.

(Loss)/Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Minority Interests

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest was $87 million for the Successor period January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and income of $12 million for the Predecessor period January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. On a pro forma basis, the loss was $93 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The pro forma variance primarily reflects improved operating performance, partially offset by the restructuring expenses related to the Transformation Initiative (as defined below), increased share option expense, and the incremental compensation charges related to new compensation arrangements for certain executives.

Benefit/(Provision) for Income Taxes

Nielsen operates in more than 100 countries around the world and its earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of these countries.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (Successor period) and 2006 (Predecessor period) was 14.4% (benefit) and 162.5% (expense) respectively.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 is lower than the Dutch statutory rate as a result of the valuation allowance on foreign tax credits. The effective tax rate for the three month period ended March 31, 2006 was higher than the Dutch statutory rate primarily due to the low tax benefit on the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition.

We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (FIN 48), on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized a decrease of $5 million in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a decrease to the January 1, 2007 balance of goodwill. Due to the Valcon Acquisition, the decrease in tax benefits will be accounted for as a change to goodwill since the tax benefits relate to periods prior to the acquisition.

As of the date of adoption, our unrecognized tax benefits totaled $119 million. Included in these unrecognized tax benefits are approximately $26 million of uncertain tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. However, due to the Valcon Acquisition, most of the tax benefits will not affect the annual effective income tax rate since a majority of the tax benefits relate to tax matters originating prior to the Valcon Acquisition.

Estimated interest related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of tax expense in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. At January 1, 2007, we accrued $8 million for the potential payment of interest. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, we accrued an additional $2 million in potential interest associated with uncertain tax positions. To the extent interest is not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision or goodwill depending on whether the interest was accrued prior to, or subsequent to, the Valcon Acquisition.

 

68


Table of Contents

We file numerous consolidated and separate U.S. federal income tax returns and combined and separate returns in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for 2002 and prior periods. In addition, we have subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 1997 through 2005.

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service commenced examinations of certain of our U.S. federal income tax returns for 2004 in the third quarter of 2006. We are also under corporate examination in the Netherlands for the years 2002-2004. Unrecognized tax benefits associated with the years currently under examination are $30 million as of January 1, 2007. Based on the outcome of these examinations, or as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations in specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized benefits for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns will materially change from those recorded as liabilities for uncertain tax positions at January 1, 2007. In addition, the outcome of these examinations may impact the valuation of certain deferred tax assets (such as net operating losses) in future periods. We anticipate that several of these audits may be finalized in the foreseeable future; however, we do not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on our statement of operations. There have been no significant changes to the status of these examinations during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

Results of Operations—Pro Forma 2006, Successor (from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006) and Predecessor (from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006) periods, and Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

   

Unaudited

Pro Forma  (1)

    Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Year ended

December 31,

2006

   

Period from

May 24,

2006 through
December 31,
2006

   

Period from

January 1,
2006 through
May 23,

2006

   

Year ended

December 31,
2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

Revenues

  $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    1,989       1,202       787       1,904       1,772  

Selling, general and administrative expenses exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    1,460       912       554       1,464       1,321  

Depreciation and amortization

    438       257       126       312       297  

Goodwill impairment charges

    —         —         —         —         135  

Transaction costs

    —         —         95       —         —    

Restructuring costs

    75       68       7       6       36  
                                       

Operating income

    212       109       57       373       253  
                                       

Interest income

    14       11       8       21       16  

Interest expense

    (654 )     (372 )     (48 )     (130 )     (140 )

(Loss)/gain on derivative instruments

    (4 )     5       (9 )     13       178  

(Loss)/gain on early extinguishment of debt

    (5 )     (65 )     —         (102 )     1  

Foreign currency exchange transaction (loss)/gain, net

    (74 )     (71 )     (3 )     11       (2 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

    12       6       6       9       7  

Other income/(expense), net

    7       (7 )     14       8       5  
                                       

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

    (492 )     (384 )     25       203       318  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

    115       105       (39 )     (31 )     (45 )

Minority interests

    —         —         —         —         5  
                                       

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

  $ (377 )   $ (279 )   $ (14 )   $ 172     $ 278  
                                       

 

69


Table of Contents

(1) The unaudited pro forma presentation for 2006 reflects the sum of the results for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 following the Valcon Acquisition and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 preceding the Valcon Acquisition. The 2006 pro forma results are adjusted to reflect the pro forma effect of the Valcon Acquisition and its related financing as if it had occurred on January 1, 2006. Pro forma adjustments include: increased interest expense/(income) ($239 million), reversal of transaction costs directly related to the Valcon Acquisition ($95 million), fees associated with extinguishment of bridge financing ($60 million), increased amortization related to purchase price allocation ($55 million), decreased selling, general and administrative expenses ($6 million) consisting of decreased pension costs related to the Valcon Acquisition ($10 million) and increased sponsor fees ($4 million), and the related income tax effects.

The pro forma basis amounts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 are compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 on a historical basis.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain supplemental revenue data:

 

    

Unaudited

Pro Forma

    Successor     Predecessor  
    

Year ended

December 31,
2006

   

Period from

May 24,
2006 through
December 31,
2006

   

Period from

January 1,
2006 through
May 23,

2006

   

Year ended

December 31,
2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

(IN MILLIONS)

      

Revenues by segment

          

Consumer Services

   $ 2,370     $ 1,465     $ 905     $ 2,359     $ 2,224  

Media

     1,326       819       507       1,213       1,112  

Business Media

     482       266       216       490       479  

Corporate

     (4 )     (2 )     (2 )     (3 )     (1 )
                                        

Total

   $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                        

Consumer Services revenues by service

          

Retail Measurement Services

   $ 1,609     $ 1,005     $ 604     $ 1,544     $ 1,474  

Consumer Panel Services

     197       124       73       190       168  

Customized Research Services

     242       153       89       235       213  

Other Services

     412       273       139       390       369  

Deferred Revenue Adjustment

     (90 )     (90 )     —         —         —    
                                        

Total

   $ 2,370     $ 1,465     $ 905     $ 2,359     $ 2,224  
                                        

Media revenues by division

          

Media

   $ 1,093     $ 673     $ 420     $ 986     $ 898  

Entertainment

     153       95       58       160       154  

Internet Measurement

     80       51       29       67       60  
                                        

Total

   $ 1,326     $ 819     $ 507     $ 1,213     $ 1,112  
                                        

Revenues by geography

          

United States

   $ 2,430     $ 1,468     $ 962     $ 2,343     $ 2,190  

Other Americas

     382       237       145       329       278  

The Netherlands

     34       22       12       33       63  

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     944       580       364       978       921  

Asia Pacific

     384       241       143       376       362  
                                        

Total

   $ 4,174     $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                        

 

70


Table of Contents
    

Unaudited

Pro Forma

    Successor    

Predecessor

 
    

Year ended

December 31,
2006

   

Period from

May 24,
2006 through
December 31,
2006

   

Period from

January 1,
2006 through
May 23,

2006

   

Year ended

December 31,
2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

(% of Revenue)

      

Revenues by segment

          

Consumer Services

   57 %   57 %   56 %   58 %   58 %

Media

   32 %   32 %   31 %   30 %   29 %

Business Media

   11 %   11 %   13 %   12 %   13 %
                              

Total Nielsen

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                              

Consumer Services revenues by service

          

Retail Measurement Services

   38 %   39 %   37 %   38 %   39 %

Consumer Panel Services

   5 %   5 %   5 %   5 %   4 %

Customized Research Services

   6 %   6 %   5 %   6 %   5 %

Other Services

   10 %   11 %   9 %   9 %   10 %

Deferred Revenue Adjustment

   (2 %)   (4 %)   —       —       —    
                              

Total Consumer Services

   57 %   57 %   56 %   58 %   58 %
                              

Media revenues by division

          

Media

   26 %   26 %   26 %   24 %   23 %

Entertainment

   4 %   4 %   4 %   4 %   4 %

Internet Measurement

   2 %   2 %   1 %   2 %   2 %
                              

Total Media

   32 %   32 %   31 %   30 %   29 %
                              

Business Media

   11 %   11 %   13 %   12 %   13 %
                              

 

71


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain 2006 supplemental revenue growth data, on a pro forma basis, with and without the deferred revenue adjustment. The deferred revenue adjustment of $90 million referred to below resulted from the preliminary purchase price allocation. In order to determine the percentage change in items on a constant currency basis, we adjust these items to remove the positive and negative impacts of foreign exchange.

 

     Unaudited Pro Forma revenue for Year Ended
December 31, 2006
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Pro Forma Revenue
Excluding Deferred
Revenue Adjustment
    Deferred
Revenue
Adjustment
   

Unaudited
Pro forma

Total Revenue

 

Revenue

      

Consumer Services

   $ 2,460     $ (90 )   $ 2,370  

Media

     1,326       —         1,326  

Business Media

     482       —         482  

Corporate

     (4 )       (4 )
                        

Total Nielsen

   $ 4,264     $ (90 )   $ 4,174  
                        

Revenue growth

      

Consumer Services

     4.3 %     (3.8 %)     0.5 %

Media

     9.4 %     —         9.4 %

Business Media

     (1.6 %)     —         (1.6 %)

Total Nielsen

     5.1 %     (2.2 %)     2.9 %

Revenue growth, constant currency

      

Consumer Services

     4.5 %     (3.8 %)     0.7 %

Media

     9.4 %     —         9.4 %

Business Media

     (1.8 %)     —         (1.8 %)

Total Nielsen

     5.2 %     (2.2 %)     3.0 %

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005

When comparing Nielsen’s results for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 with those of the year ended December 31, 2005, the following should be noted:

Items Affecting Operating Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

   

Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations and several acquisitions.

 

   

Nielsen recorded a $90 million purchase price adjustment to deferred revenue resulting from the purchase accounting for the Valcon Acquisition that reduced revenue at Consumer Services in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

 

   

Nielsen incurred $75 million of restructuring expenses.

 

   

Nielsen recorded $108 million of increased amortization of intangible assets and other assets in 2006 related to certain purchase price adjustments from the Valcon Acquisition.

 

   

Nielsen incurred approximately $53 million in one-time payments in connection with compensation agreements for certain corporate executives.

Items Affecting Operating Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

   

In 2005, Nielsen settled antitrust litigation with Information Resources, Inc. (“IRI”). The antitrust litigation brought more than ten years ago by IRI against ACNielsen, Dun & Bradstreet and IMS Health, was settled and paid by us on February 16, 2006 for $55 million.

 

72


Table of Contents
   

In 2005, Nielsen terminated its agreement to merge with IMS Health. A charge of $36 million was recorded related to the failed deal costs of the merger.

 

   

Nielsen realized $17 million in gains from divesting an equity investment, the sale of certain publications and real estate.

 

   

Consumer Services recognized $6 million in Project Atlas (as described under “—Restructuring Costs”) restructuring charges.

Revenues

Nielsen Consolidated . Revenues were $2,548 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $1,626 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an overall increase of 2.9% versus $4,059 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. When assessing Nielsen’s financial results, we focus on growth in revenue excluding the effect of the purchase price deferred revenue adjustment from the Valcon Acquisition. Excluding the $90 million deferred revenue adjustment for Consumer Services and the foreign exchange impact of less than 0.1%, Nielsen’s revenues on a constant currency basis increased 5.2%. Constant currency revenue increased 4.5% at Consumer Services, 9.4% at Media, partly offset by a 1.8% decrease at Business Media.

Consumer Services . Revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 were $1,465 million and $905 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Excluding the $90 million deferred revenue adjustments, revenue for Consumer Services increased to $2,460 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $2,359 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Excluding a 0.2% negative impact of foreign exchange and the deferred revenue adjustment, constant currency revenues increased 4.5%. The increase in constant currency is primarily attributable to 4.1% growth in Retail Measurement Services primarily due to growth in Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, as well as the Datos acquisition in Venezuela), Emerging Markets (geographic expansion in Russia and growth in Turkey), Asia Pacific (geographical expansion in China and growth in India), Canada (launch of Tobacco Index and higher key account service sales) and the Beverage Data Networks (BDN) and Decisions Made Easy (DME) acquisitions, partially offset by pricing compression in the U.S. and Europe.

Media . Revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 were $819 million and $507 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Revenues for Media increased to $1,326 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,213 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Foreign exchange had no impact on revenues. Constant currency revenues increased 9.4% with this increase primarily attributable to an 8.6% increase in the Media division, and the positive impact of acquisitions which contributed $14 million, and a revenue increase at Internet Measurement, due in part from patent licensing revenue, partly offset by a 4.3% revenue decline in the Entertainment division.

Media’s revenue increase was primarily attributable to continued demand for television audience measurement services in the U.S., resulting in a 10.8% revenue increase. Growth in the U.S. was due to price increases, the National People Meter (“NPM”) expansion, the impact of the Local People Meter (“LPM”) rollout in Washington, D.C. and Philadelphia in 2005, the launch of Dallas, Detroit and Atlanta in 2006 and new clients. Nielsen Media Research International’s growth is primarily attributable to the acquisition of an advertising information service business in the Netherlands.

Business Media . Revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 were $266 million and $216 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Revenues for Business Media decreased to $482 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $490 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, or 1.6%. The trade show business experienced 3.5% growth due to growth of several major shows combined with the impact of two biennial shows, offset by a 5.3% decrease at Business Publications reflecting continued weakness in advertising revenue and the sale of certain publications.

 

73


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues was $1,202 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $787 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an increase of $85 million or 4.5% versus $1,904 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Excluding the favorable 0.4% impact of foreign exchange, cost of revenues would have increased by 4.9%. Constant currency cost of revenues increased primarily from a 5.8% increase at Consumer Services and a 6.3% increase at Media, which was partly offset by a reduction in costs at Business Media of 4.6%.

The 5.8% increase in constant currency cost of revenue at Consumer Services was due to overall Consumer Services revenue growth combined with higher data collection, retailer cooperation and processing costs associated with our new Tobacco category in Canada, geographic expansion in Russia and China, service enhancement in Japan as well as the impact of acquisitions.

Media constant currency cost of revenues increased 6.3%, primarily from an increase in costs in Media in the U.S and the impact from the acquisition of Nielsen BuzzMetrics in March 2006. The increased costs were due to the expansion of LPM and NPM in the U.S., primarily from higher personnel costs, increased software maintenance and increased support costs, slightly offset by the 8.8% constant currency expense reduction in NMR International due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture in 2005 and headcount reductions.

Business Media constant currency cost of revenues decreased 4.6% due to a reduction in costs as a result of Business Publications decreased number of advertising and editorial pages, efficiency initiatives and a decrease in trade show promotional and rental expense due to cost containment measures.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $912 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $554 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $1,464 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Pro forma assumes the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006. Excluding the less than 0.1% foreign exchange impact, pro forma selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 would have been $1,460 million, a slight decrease of 0.2% versus the year ending December 31, 2005. An increase in constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses at Media (7.1%) was offset by lower costs at Business Media (2.8%) and lower corporate expense in 2006 due to the impact of the IMS Health deal costs and IRI settlement costs incurred in 2005. Consumer Services’ 2006 constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses were flat with 2005.

The constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative increases at Consumer Services resulting from higher client sales and service, continued expansions in Emerging Markets, Asia Pacific and AAC as well as the impact of new acquisitions were largely offset by productivity increases in Europe, in the U.S., Transformation Initiative (as defined below) savings and Project Atlas restructuring charges in 2005.

Media constant currency pro forma selling, general and administrative costs increased 7.1% due to $11 million in gains in 2005 from the sale of an equity investment and the sale of a building, higher personnel costs in the U.S. in 2006, and acquisitions in 2006, partly offset by lower costs due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture in late 2005 and headcount reductions.

Business Media constant currency costs were down 2.8% primarily due to the impact of lower publication revenues and reduced overhead expense.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization was $257 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $126 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus

 

74


Table of Contents

$312 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Assuming the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006, pro forma depreciation and amortization for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 would have been $438 million, a 40.3% increase over the prior year. Excluding the 0.3% favorable impact of foreign exchange, pro forma depreciation and amortization would have increased 40.6%. The increase was primarily due to $108 million of increased amortization of intangible assets and other assets in 2006 related to certain purchase price adjustments from the Valcon Acquisition and a 16.3% expense growth at NMR U.S. in Media due primarily from the continued rollout of the LPM and new Active/Passive Meters.

Transaction Costs

On March 8, 2006, Nielsen and Valcon announced the tender offer by Valcon to acquire all outstanding Nielsen shares. In November 2005, in connection with the agreement on the termination of the planned merger of Nielsen and IMS Health, Nielsen agreed to pay $45 million to IMS Health should Nielsen be acquired within 12 months following the termination of the merger. Due to the consummation of the Valcon Acquisition on May 24, 2006, Nielsen incurred $95 million of acquisition related expense during the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, including the $45 million payment to IMS Health and $41 million for advisory services. These transaction costs are excluded from the pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

Restructuring Costs

Nielsen’s restructuring costs reflect estimates and we reassess the requirements for completing each individual plan under Nielsen restructuring programs at least bi-annually. As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements “Restructuring Activities,” we had four major active restructuring plans during the years 2003 through 2006: Transformation Initiative, Corporate Headquarters Restructuring, Consumer Services Europe Restructuring, and Project Atlas Restructuring.

Transformation Initiative . In November 2005 and December 2006, Nielsen announced its intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of Nielsen’s operations worldwide. Nielsen further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation initiative (“The Transformation Initiative”). This Transformation Initiative is designed to make Nielsen a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, Nielsen is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions, leveraging global procurement, consolidating real estate, and expanding the outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes.

Nielsen incurred $67 million in severance and consulting fees during the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, and $6 million during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. Charges for severance benefits of $48 million during the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 relate to outsourcing of operational and back office activities, primarily in Europe and the United States, and rationalizing corporate functions, and will result in headcount reduction of approximately 700 employees. Charges for consulting relate to performance improvement initiatives and are expensed as incurred. The charges for actions taken during 2006 are expected to be settled in cash, primarily during 2007. Additional Transformation Initiative costs are expected to approximate $175 million over 2007 and 2008 related to future projects under this initiative, and will also consist of cash charges. Most of the job eliminations will come from non-client facing activities. We believe we can implement the above cost initiatives by the end of 2008, which we estimate will result in a targeted $125 million of annual run rate cost savings.

Corporate Headquarters . In 2004, Nielsen initiated a restructuring plan in conjunction with the relocation of a portion of the Corporate Headquarters from Haarlem in the Netherlands to New York in the U.S. The relocation is due to changes in Nielsen’s business portfolio (including the sale of Directories) and the fact the majority of Nielsen’s operations are now managed from New York. This plan resulted in a headcount reduction of approximately 40 employees in Haarlem. The 2004 charge of $12 million consisted primarily of severance benefits. Cash payments related to this plan were $2 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to

 

75


Table of Contents

December 31, 2006 and $1 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, $6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, and are expected to be $2 million thereafter.

Consumer Services Europe . In December 2004, we initiated a restructuring plan within Consumer Services to improve the competitiveness of the European retail measurement business. The 2004 charge of $14 million was entirely for severance benefits associated with headcount reductions of 81 employees in Europe. Cash outlays related to this plan totaled $2 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, $2 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and $9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. The Consumer Services Europe restructuring plan has generated savings of $6 million in 2006 and is expected to generate similar savings going forward.

Project Atlas . In December 2003, we launched Project Atlas, a multi-year business improvement program in Consumer Services. This program was designed to enable Consumer Services to better meet client needs, improve operational efficiency, accelerate revenue growth through the introduction of new products and services and increase operating margins. Primarily concentrated in Consumer Services’ North American operations, Project Atlas activities are expected to streamline key operational processes to enhance quality and lower production costs, create a more streamlined and state-of-the-art technology platform and use global purchasing power to achieve cost efficiencies.

Project Atlas charges of $6 million in 2005, and $10 million in 2004, were entirely for severance benefits. Through December 31, 2006 headcount has been reduced by approximately 600 in connection with Project Atlas. Cash outlays related to this plan totaled $4 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, $2 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and $11 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The above estimate of cost savings is based on Nielsen’s good faith estimate, but the actual amount of cost savings we achieve in the aggregate may be greater or less than the estimate set forth above. We may not realize the anticipated cost savings related to Transformation Initiative pursuant to the anticipated timetable or at all. In connection with all of the restructuring actions discussed above, severance benefits were computed pursuant to the terms of local statutory minimum requirements in labor contracts or similar employment agreements.

Operating Income

Operating income for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $109 million and $57 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. As a result of the factors discussed above, pro forma operating income for the period ended December 31, 2006 was $212 million versus $373 million for the period ended December 31, 2005. Excluding a 0.6% positive impact of foreign exchange, pro forma operating income decreased 43.8%. On a pro forma basis and excluding the above items from the respective 2006 and 2005 operating results, Nielsen’s 2006 constant currency pro forma operating income increased 17.5% versus prior year. Excluding the items listed above, constant currency pro forma operating income increased 19.6% at Consumer Services, 24.6% at Media and 10.1% at Business Media.

Interest Income and Expense

Interest income was $11 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $8 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. On a pro forma basis, interest income decreased by $7 million to $14 million in 2006 versus $21 million in 2005 due to lower cash balances for 2006 versus 2005. Interest expense was $372 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $48 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. On a pro forma basis, interest expense increased to $654 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2006 from $130 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in interest expense was related to the financing of the Valcon Acquisition. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

76


Table of Contents

Gain/(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

The gain on derivative instruments of $5 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was offset by a loss of $9 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, resulting in an overall pro forma net loss of $4 million versus $13 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from an unfavorable currency movement versus the prior period.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

A $65 million loss on early extinguishment of debt was recorded in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, a decrease from the $102 million loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. There were no gains or losses in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. The 2005 loss represents the loss on the debt buy back in the first quarter of 2005 from the proceeds from the sale of the Directories divestiture in 2004. The 2006 loss resulted from the write-off of deferred financing costs related to the repayment of the senior secured bridge facility at Valcon (entered into to complete the Valcon Acquisition and subsequently repaid in August) and the debt refinancing in August that replaced the senior secured bridge facility. The 2006 loss reflects $60 million relating to the settlement of the senior secured bridge facility which is excluded from the pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction (Loss)/Gain

Foreign currency exchange resulted in a $71 million loss recorded in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and a $3 million loss for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus a foreign currency exchange gain of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 2006 loss was due to short-term intercompany loans and currency exchange on Euro denominated debt in the U.S.

Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Equity in net income of affiliates was $6 million in the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $6 million in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Other (Expense)/Income, net

Other expense for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $7 million and income of $14 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $8 million income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005.

(Loss)/Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Minority Interests

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest was $384 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and income of $25 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. On a pro forma basis, the loss was $492 million for 2006 versus income of $203 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

The pro forma variance primarily reflects the higher interest expense on higher borrowings, the deferred revenue adjustment in Consumer Services, the restructuring expenses related to the Transformation Initiative, the incremental compensation charges related to new compensation arrangements to certain executives, and increased amortization of intangible assets and other assets related to certain purchase price adjustments from the Valcon Acquisition, partly offset by improved operating performance.

Benefit/(Provision) for Income Taxes

We operate in more than 100 countries around the world and our earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of these countries.

 

77


Table of Contents

Pro forma income taxes reflect the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments on a consolidated company basis. The tax benefits were based on the statutory tax rates in the jurisdictions related to the adjustments, taking into consideration the non-deductible nature of certain expenses.

Income taxes, expressed as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests (effective tax rate) were a benefit of 26.9% for the Successor period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, 205.3% for the Predecessor period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and 16.0% in 2005.

The total effective tax rate for the Successor period was lower than the Dutch statutory rate primarily due to the lack of income tax benefit on the one-time interest expense related to the Valcon senior secured bridge facility. The rate in the 2006 Successor period was also influenced by changes in estimates related to global tax contingencies.

The total effective tax rate for the 2006 Predecessor period was higher than the Dutch statutory tax rate primarily due to the low tax benefit under the favorable tax regime in the Netherlands on certain of the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition and payments to IMS Health (see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements). The Predecessor effective tax rate in all periods is also influenced by losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit was recognized due to increases in valuation allowances.

The 2005 total effective tax rate was impacted by the release of provisions for certain income tax exposures as a result of the completion of a tax audit in the Netherlands resulting in a settlement of certain items affecting the years 2000 through 2006. These issues were primarily related to the Dutch taxation of Nielsen’s financing activities. Furthermore, Nielsen reduced the provision for other income tax exposures related to transfer-pricing issues based on the expiration of various jurisdictional statutes of limitation and the successful defense of the inter-company charges in tax audits in several jurisdictions. The effective tax rate was also influenced by releases of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, as several jurisdictions were able to demonstrate the ability to realize these assets, and by other favorable adjustments related to the finalization of the Dutch income tax returns. Finally, the 2005 rate was adversely impacted by the lower tax benefit related to the favorable Dutch tax regime on the loss on the repurchase of debt in 2005.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where Nielsen has lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where Nielsen has higher statutory rates, by changes in the valuation of Nielsen’s deferred tax assets, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

Discontinued Operations

Loss from discontinued operations after tax was $17 million for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and no gain or loss for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 versus $7 million of income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. The 2006 result relates to the loss in Nielsen’s BME business.

 

78


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—Years Ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004

The following table sets forth 2005 supplemental revenue growth data, on both a reported and constant currency basis. In order to determine the percentage change in items on a constant currency basis, we adjust these items to remove the positive and negative effects of foreign exchange. All percentages are calculated using actual amounts.

 

     Predecessor  
     2005 Revenue     2004 Revenue  
     (in millions)  

Revenue, as reported

    

Consumer Services

   $ 2,359     $ 2,224  

Media

     1,213       1,112  

Business Media

     490       479  

Corporate

     (3 )     (1 )
                

Total Nielsen

   $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                
     Predecessor  
    

Constant Currency

2005 vs. 2004

   

Reported

2005 vs. 2004

 

Revenue growth

    

Consumer Services

     3.4 %     6.1 %

Media

     8.7 %     9.0 %

Business Media

     1.9 %     2.2 %

Total Nielsen

     4.7 %     6.4 %

Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004

When comparing Nielsen’s results for the year ended December 31, 2005 with those of the year ended December 31, 2004, the following should be noted:

Items Affecting Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2005

 

   

Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations and several acquisitions.

 

   

In 2005, Nielsen settled antitrust litigation with IRI. The antitrust litigation was settled and paid by Nielsen on February 16, 2006 for $55 million.

 

   

In 2005, Nielsen terminated its agreement to merge with IMS Health. A charge of $36 million was recorded related to the failed deal costs of the merger.

 

   

Nielsen realized $17 million in gains from divesting an equity investment, the sale of certain publications and real estate.

 

   

Consumer Services incurred $6 million in Project Atlas restructuring charges.

Items Affecting Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

   

Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflect the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on operations and several acquisitions.

 

   

During 2004, Nielsen recorded an impairment charge of $135 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in the Entertainment reporting unit within Media.

 

79


Table of Contents
   

Nielsen incurred $36 million in restructuring costs.

 

   

Nielsen reversed a $17 million accrual for a New York sublease.

 

   

Nielsen realized $8 million from the gain on sale of subsidiaries and real estate.

Revenues

Nielsen Consolidated . Revenues increased 6.4% to $4,059 million in 2005 from $3,814 million in 2004. Excluding a 1.7% positive impact of foreign exchange, primarily related to the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro, revenues on a constant currency basis increased 4.7%. Constant currency revenue grew at all three businesses, Consumer Services by 3.4%, Media by 8.7% and Business Media by 1.9%.

Consumer Services . Revenues for Consumer Services increased 6.1% to $2,359 million in 2005 from $2,224 million in 2004. Excluding a positive impact of foreign exchange of 2.7%, revenue would have increased 3.4%. The increase was attributable to growth in all of the product lines, primarily Retail Measurement Services, and to a lesser extent Consumer Panel Services and Customized Research Services. Retail Measurement Services increased 1.9% in constant currency due to increased sales of key account data, increased category and channel penetration and increased coverage, primarily in Latin America and Emerging Markets. Consumer Panel Services revenue increased 10.4% in constant currency, primarily from growth in MegaPanel, the consumer direct service and ad hoc custom projects. Customized Research Services increased 7.4% in constant currency due primarily to the growth in most markets in Asia Pacific and increased penetration of proprietary products in emerging markets. Advisory services increased 4.0% in constant currency mostly driven by BASES’ international markets, especially Asia Pacific and Canada.

Media . Revenues for Media increased 9.0% to $1,213 million in 2005 from $1,112 million in 2004. Excluding a positive foreign currency impact, constant currency revenue would have increased by 8.7%. The increase in constant currency revenue was primarily due to 9.3% growth in Media, and to a lesser extent, a 13.3% increase in Internet Measurement and a 4.2% increase at Entertainment.

Media’s constant currency increase was due to steady demand for Nielsen Media Research’s television audience measurement services in the U.S., with a 12.9% increase, partly offset by a 14.3% decrease outside of the U.S. Growth in the U.S. was due to price increases, 90% completion of the expansion of the NPM sample, the full year impact of the four markets launched in 2004 and two new markets launched in 2005, from the continued implementation of the LPM technology and the addition of new clients and business. The decrease in Nielsen Media Research’s revenue outside of the U.S. was due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture by AGB and Nielsen Media Research International. The joint venture’s results were recorded in equity in net income of affiliates from March 2005.

Constant currency revenue grew 13.3% for Nielsen//NetRatings (approximately 60% ownership pending merger to complete 100% ownership). The increase in revenue was primarily due to new business sales of products and services based on Nielsen//NetRatings’ MegaPanel, the launch of new product offerings, and price increases for existing products and services.

Nielsen Entertainment’s revenue increased 4.2% on a constant currency basis, primarily due to syndicated and custom analysis product offerings in entertainment consulting services and measurement businesses for film, home entertainment, music, book and video game industries. The increase was also due to the full year impact of the acquisition of the remaining approximately 50% interest in Music Control Europe (Aircheck) in 2004, new product development, process reengineering and strategic alliances.

Business Media . Revenues for Business Media increased 2.2%, to $490 million in 2005 from $479 million in 2004. Excluding the slightly positive impact of foreign exchange, constant currency revenue increased 1.9%. The constant currency increase was due primarily to a 9.8% growth in trade show business partly offset by a 3.0% decrease in Business Publications.

 

80


Table of Contents

The trade show business increased in constant currency due to improved product offerings, realignment and growth at existing shows, and the launch of new events in 2005. Net square feet of floor space used and attendance at events in 2005 increased from the prior year. Ten new trade shows were launched in 2005 versus seven in 2004. Three shows were cancelled in 2005 and one was cancelled in 2004.

Nielsen’s Business Publications revenue in the U.S. decreased 3.0% from the prior year in constant currency, due to lost revenue from seven divested titles, and lower advertising related revenues from Nielsen’s other titles.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased to $1,904 million in 2005, from $1,772 million in 2004, an increase of 7.4%. Excluding the 2.0% increase from foreign exchange, cost of revenues would have increased 5.4%. Constant currency cost of revenues increased at Consumer Services by 5.3%, Media by 6.6%, and at Business Media of 2.5%.

Cost of revenues in constant currency increased at Consumer Services 5.3% due to higher data collection and processing costs, the roll-out of the new factory in Europe, increased retailer cooperation expenses due to channel and geographic expansion, and higher pension costs in Europe. This increase in constant currency was partly offset by lower outsourced data processing costs, decreased data collection costs resulting from the higher penetration of e-panel at BASES.

Media constant currency cost of revenues increased 6.6% primarily due to the costs associated with the corresponding growth in revenue, partly offset by savings in Entertainment and Internet. In Media, costs increased due to expansion of the LPM and NPM in the U.S., primarily from staffing, commission, pre-development software costs and maintenance expenses, partly offset by lower costs in International due to the 2005 formation of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture. The 5.0% decrease in Entertainment in constant currency costs was due primarily to personnel and monitoring cost savings at Music, and to lower intercept costs and savings due to a change in the product revenue mix at Film and Home Entertainment. The decrease in costs at Internet was primarily due to lower overall panel recruitment costs, the elimination of the Hispanic panel in the third quarter of 2004, partly offset by expansion of the scope of information for MegaPanel and additional expenses related to certain custom research projects.

Business Media constant currency cost of revenues increased 2.5% as a result of ten new shows and the continued growth at many of the existing shows at trade shows in 2005, partly offset by a reduction of manufacturing costs at Business Publications due to lower revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative costs increased to $1,464 million in 2005, from $1,321 million in 2004, an increase of 10.7%. Excluding the 1.5% decrease from foreign exchange, selling, general and administrative costs would have increased 9.2%. The increase in constant currency was primarily due to higher costs at corporate and 1.2% at Consumer Services, and 2.4% at Media, offset by a decrease in Business Media of 4.5%.

Corporate and other costs increased from 2004 primarily due to the settlement of the antitrust litigation with IRI and payment of the IMS Health deal costs for the failed acquisition in 2005. The antitrust litigation brought on more than 10 years ago by IRI, against ACNielsen, Dun & Bradstreet and IMS Health, was settled and paid by Nielsen on February 16, 2006. A charge of $55 million was taken to expense in 2005. During 2005, Nielsen was in merger negotiations with IMS Health. In 2005, Nielsen terminated its agreement to merge with IMS Health. Nielsen incurred approximately $36 million in deal costs relating to the IMS Health merger. Corporate costs also increased in 2005, compared with 2004, as 2004 included the reversal of a portion of an accrual for a New York City real estate sub-lease due to the improvement in the real estate market in 2004.

 

81


Table of Contents

The increase in constant currency of 1.2% at Consumer Services was due to higher client service and sales costs in BASES, Latin America, Emerging Markets and Canada, higher personnel costs in Canada and higher facility costs at BASES. The increase was partly offset primarily from human resources and marketing savings in Europe and to a lesser extent, a reduction of consulting and personnel related costs in the U.S.

Media constant currency costs increased 2.4% primarily due to higher expenses at Internet, Entertainment and Media in the U.S., partly offset by a 20.3% expense reduction at Nielsen Media Research International due to the establishment of the AGB Nielsen Media Research joint venture. Internet costs increased 21.3% due to higher personnel costs for product marketing and analytics in 2005 due to business growth, a severance charge in 2005 and the 2004 impact from the one-time insurance settlement related to patent litigation that reduced Nielsen//NetRatings’ expenses that year. Entertainment costs increased 9.0% resulting from higher costs for the sales group at EDI, and higher personnel costs. Expense grew at Media in the U.S. due to additional consulting costs, higher community/public relations costs and costs to support digital technology, partly offset by reduced legal fees and the sale of MRP in the prior year.

Business Media constant currency costs decreased 4.5%, due to a reduction in headcount of 7.3% at Business Publications.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization costs increased to $312 million in 2005 from $297 million in 2004, representing an increase of 5.3%. Excluding the 2.6% increase from foreign exchange, expenses would have increased 2.7%. The increase in constant currency was primarily due to higher costs at Media of 4.0% and Consumer Services of 5.2%. The expense variances at Business Media and Corporate were not significant.

Media increases were due to the implementation of the National Expansion and LPM service into two new markets in 2005 and the full year impact of the LPM service in four markets entered into in 2004 and the introduction of Active/Passive meter technology in 2005. The increase in costs at Consumer Services was primarily the result of higher software amortization costs.

Goodwill Impairment Charges

During 2004, Nielsen performed its annual impairment test for goodwill and recorded a non-cash charge of $135 million. This impairment charge reduced the carrying value of goodwill in the Entertainment reporting unit within Media. The charge reflects the impact of increased competition and client consolidation in the film sector and deterioration of the music market resulting from increased piracy, including the illegal duplication of compact discs. This test was also performed in 2005 and no further charges were required.

Operating Income

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $373 million, or a 47.8% increase from the $253 million operating income for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to the factors discussed above. Excluding the 2.7% positive impact of foreign exchange, operating income would have increased by 45.1% from 2004 to 2005. Excluding these items and adjusting 2005 and 2004 on a comparable basis, Nielsen’s 2005 constant currency operating income increased 13.1% versus prior year. Excluding the items above, constant currency operating income increased 4.1% at Consumer Services, 24.9% at Media, and 11.1% at Business Media.

Interest Income and Expense

Interest income increased by $5 million, an increase of 31.4%, from 2004 to 2005 due to more favorable cash positions globally that generated higher interest income in 2005, partly offset by a negative impact of foreign exchange. Interest expense decreased 6.9% from 2004 to 2005, as a result of debt reductions at the end of 2004 and throughout 2005.

 

82


Table of Contents

Gain/(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

Our gain on derivative instruments decreased to $13 million in 2005 from $178 million in 2004. The decline was largely a result of recording changes in the fair value of hedges in equity, as described below.

Nielsen uses derivative instruments principally to manage the risk associated with movements in foreign currency exchange rates and the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the fair value or cash flows of Nielsen’s debt obligations. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several strict conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. As such documentation was not in place as of December 31, 2004, no derivative instruments outstanding qualified for hedge accounting prior to that date.

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements “Description of Business and Basis Presentation”, Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements “Derivative Financial Instruments”, and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for additional information regarding accounting for derivative instruments.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

The loss of $102 million in 2005 was due to a debt buy back versus a $1 million gain in 2004. The debt buy back was funded in part by the proceeds of the Directories divestiture in 2004.

Income/(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Minority Interests

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests declined to $203 million in 2005 from $318 million in 2004. The decline is mainly due to the reduced derivative gain in 2005 versus 2004 ($165 million), loss on early extinguishment of debt of $102 million and $91 million of increased costs from the settlement of the antitrust agreement with IRI and payment of the IMS Health failed deal costs. This is partially offset by the goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2004 ($135 million), lower 2005 restructuring costs ($30 million) and the year over year improvement in group performance as detailed above.

Benefit/(Provision) for Income Taxes

Income taxes, expressed as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests (effective tax rate) were 16.0% in 2005 and 14.5% in 2004.

The 2005 total effective tax rate was impacted by the release of provisions for certain income tax exposures as a result of the completion of a tax audit in the Netherlands resulting in a settlement of certain items affecting the years 2000 through 2006. These issues were primarily related to the Dutch taxation of Nielsen’s financing activities. Furthermore, Nielsen reduced the provision for other income tax exposures related to transfer-pricing issues based on the expiration of various jurisdictional statutes of limitation and the successful defense of the inter-company charges in tax audits in several jurisdictions. The effective tax rate was also influenced by releases of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, as several jurisdictions were able to demonstrate the ability to realize these assets, and by other favorable adjustments related to the finalization of the Dutch income tax returns. Finally, the 2005 rate was adversely impacted by the lower tax benefit related to the favorable Dutch tax regime on the loss on the repurchase of debt in 2005.

The lower total effective tax rate in 2004 is primarily due to a change in the mix of Dutch vs. non-Dutch earnings and to reversals of certain valuation allowances that were no longer required.

Minority Interests

Minority interests decreased from income of $5 million in 2004 to $0 million in 2005 as a result of improved performance and reduction of the loss at Nielsen//NetRatings.

 

83


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

The total of income from discontinued operations, net of tax and gain (loss) on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax, decreased from $845 million in 2004 to $7 million in 2005. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Since the Valcon Acquisition and related financing, our contractual obligations, commitments and debt service requirements over the next several years are significant and are substantially higher than historical amounts. Our primary source of liquidity will continue to be cash generated from operations as well as existing cash.

We believe we will have available resources to meet both our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements, including debt service. We expect the cash flow from Nielsen’s operations, combined with the available revolving credit facility, to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, restructuring obligations, and capital spending over the next twelve months.

The Transactions

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition in May 2006, Valcon entered into the Valcon Bridge Loan under which Valcon had borrowed $6,164 million as of August 2006 when the Valcon Bridge Loan was settled and replaced with permanent financing consisting of (i) senior secured credit facilities consisting of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility and (ii) debt securities, consisting of $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% Senior Notes due 2014 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., $1,070 million 12.5% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. and €343 million 11.125% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 of The Nielsen Company B.V.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

The senior secured credit facilities consist of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities, with the entire amounts borrowed and a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility under which no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2006. The senior secured revolving credit facility of Nielsen Finance LLC and, The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. and Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. can be used for revolving loans, letters of credit and for swingline loans, and is available in U.S. Dollars, Euros and certain other currencies.

We are required to repay installments on the borrowings under the senior secured term loan facility in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of their original principal amount commencing December 2006, with the remaining amount payable on the maturity date of the term loan facilities. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, various base rates. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios. We pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.5% on unused commitments under the senior secured revolving facility. The applicable commitment fee rate may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios. In January 2007, the terms of the senior secured term loan facilities were modified resulting in a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on the $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities, respectively.

Our senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Nielsen, all of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and certain of our non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the existing and future

 

84


Table of Contents

property and assets (other than cash) of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and by a pledge of the capital stock of the guarantors, the capital stock of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and of the guarantors, and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of Nielsen’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under a separate security agreement substantially all of the assets of Nielsen are pledged as collateral for amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities.

Our senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries’, all of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries (which together constitute most of Nielsen’s subsidiaries) ability to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business that Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (formerly known as VNU Holding and Finance B.V.) and its restricted subsidiaries conduct. In addition, after an initial grace period, Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries are required, beginning with the twelve month period ending September 30, 2007, to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Debt Securities

Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (together “Nielsen Finance”), our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”). Interest is payable on the Senior Notes semi-annually commencing in February 2007.

Nielsen Finance also issued $1,070 million 12.5% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 (“Senior Subordinated Discount Notes”) for $585 million. Interest accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012.

The indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes limit Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries (which together constitute most of Nielsen’s subsidiaries) ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, Nielsen Finance is required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by Nielsen, all of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and certain of our non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries.

We received proceeds of €200 million ($257 million) on the issuance of the €343 million 11.125% senior discount notes due 2016 (“Nielsen Senior Discount Notes”). Interest on these notes accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012. The Nielsen Senior Discount Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of Nielsen’s existing and future senior indebtedness. The Nielsen Senior Discount Notes are effectively subordinated to Nielsen’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of Nielsen’s subsidiaries.

If Nielsen and Nielsen Finance have not exchanged the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and Nielsen Senior Discount Notes for registered notes with substantially the same terms or a shelf registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC for the exchange by August 18, 2007 the interest rate on each series of the respective notes will increase by 0.25% annually and an additional 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period the notes are not registered up to a maximum of 1.0% per year.

 

85


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds of Transactions and other Financing Transactions

In connection with the Transactions discussed above, as well as with the use of available cash on hand and equity contributed to Valcon by the Sponsors, we entered into the following transactions in 2006:

 

   

the cancellation of our €1,000 ($1,230) million committed revolving credit facility, due 2010 (nothing was outstanding);

 

   

the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Valcon Bridge Facility and the purchase and/or cancellation of certain of Nielsen’s shares;

 

   

the repurchase of substantially all of Nielsen Media Research’s $150 million 7.60% debenture loan due 2009, and the repurchase and/or redemption of €148 ($190) million remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €150 million private placement debenture loan due 2006, €500 ($642) million aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 6.625% debenture loan due 2007, NLG 600 ($350) million aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s 5.50% debenture loan due 2008 and €49 ($63) million remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of Nielsen’s €600 million 6.75% debenture loan due 2008, in each case pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation;

 

   

the repayment of the remaining $167 million of the NLG 500 million subordinated private placement loans; and

 

   

the redemption of our series B preferred stock and related dividends for $132 million.

We entered into the following transactions in the quarter ending March 31, 2007:

 

   

Effective January 22, 2007, we agreed to a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on our USD and EUR senior secured term loan facilities. For 2007, this reduction will result in estimated interest savings of between $20-$25 million.

 

   

On February 9, 2007, we applied $328 million of the BME sale proceeds towards making a mandatory pre-payment on the €800 million senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, we will no longer be required to pay the scheduled 0.25% quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

 

   

Effective January 19, 2007, we entered into a cross-currency swap maturing in May, 2010 to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate movements on part of our GBP-denominated external debt. With this transaction a notional amount of GBP 225 million with a fixed interest rate of 5.625% has been swapped to a notional amount of €344 million with a fixed interest rate of 4.033%. The swap has been designated as a foreign currency cash flow hedge.

 

   

Effective February 9, 2007, we entered into a cross-currency swap maturing February, 2010 to convert part of our Euro-denominated external debt to U.S. Dollar-denominated debt. With this transaction a notional amount of €200 million with a 3-month Euribor based interest rate is swapped to a notional amount of $259 million with an interest rate based on 3-month USD-Libor minus a spread. No hedge designation was made for this swap.

EMTN Program and Other Financing Arrangements

We have a Euro Medium Term Note program (“EMTN”) program in place. All debt securities and most private placements are quoted on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, amounts with carrying values of $706 million and $854 million, respectively, of the program amount were issued under the EMTN program. There are no additional amounts available for borrowing under this program as of December 31, 2006.

Unrelated to the August 2006 permanent financing, a nominal amount of €333 million, €550 million and €267 million of the €1,150 million 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 was repurchased and

 

86


Table of Contents

subsequently cancelled during 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Additionally, in January 2005, we settled a nominal amount of €551 million ($721 million) of the €600 million 6.75% EMTN debenture loan due 2008 and paid cash of €625 million ($818 million).

During February 2007 we completed the sale of our Business Media Europe (BME) unit for $414 million. We applied $328 million of the BME sale proceeds toward making a mandatory pre-payment on the €800 million senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, we are no longer required to pay the scheduled 0.25% quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

As a result of the Transactions and our existing financing arrangements, Nielsen is highly leveraged and the debt service requirements are significant. As of December 31, 2006, Nielsen had outstanding $7,973 million in aggregate indebtedness. Nielsen’s cash interest paid for the period May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $167 million.

Cash Flows First Quarter 2007 versus First Quarter 2006

At March 31, 2007, cash and cash equivalents were $617 million, a decrease of $14 million from December 31, 2006. Our total indebtedness was $7,751 million and we have $688 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility at March 31, 2007.

Operating activities . Net cash used was $104 million for the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus net cash provided of $55 million for the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The primary changes in 2007 versus 2006 were higher interest payments of $137 million and collection timing on trade and other receivables, partially offset by higher revenues.

Investing activities . Net cash provided was $339 million for the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus net cash used of $42 million for the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. This is primarily due to $392 million of proceeds from sale of the BME business in 2007.

Financing activities . Net cash used was $257 million for the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 and $9 million for the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The increase is primarily due to the $328 million mandatory prepayment of the €800 million senior secured term loan facility.

Cash Flows 2006 versus 2005

We based the following cash flow discussion on the sum of amounts reported for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006. This combination does not comply with U.S. GAAP or with the rules for pro forma presentation, but is presented in this manner because we believe it enables a meaningful comparison.

At December 31, 2006, cash and cash equivalents were $631 million, a decrease of $388 million from December 31, 2005. Our total indebtedness was $8.0 billion and we had $688 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2006.

Operating activities . Net cash provided for the combined Successor period of May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $511 million, compared to cash flows from operations of $510 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. These year-over-year amounts are comparable as the additional 2006 cash flow generated by the business segments was offset by payments made for transaction costs and other deal related expenditures.

Investing activities . Net cash used was $240 million for the combined Successor period of May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, compared with $426 million in

 

87


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease is primarily due to $111 million of higher proceeds from sale of subsidiary assets and a $78 million decrease in cash paid for acquisitions during 2006.

Financing activities . Net cash used was $728 million for the combined Successor period of May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, as compared to $2,514 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease is mainly due to the 2005 debt redemption with proceeds from the sale of Directories in late 2004. The current year activity is comprised of various large offsetting items. Major cash outflows were $2,015 million to redeem outstanding debt and payments to Valcon of $5,862 and $132 million to redeem preference shares and pay related dividend redemption amounts. The total payments to Valcon of $5,994 million were used by Valcon in combination with additional sponsor contributions to settle the Valcon Bridge Loan. The primary cash inflows were $6,787 million of proceeds from issuance of debt related to the permanent financing put in place in August 2006, net of $137 million of capitalized debt issuance costs, and cash received of $520 million on settlement of various derivative financial instruments at the time the underlying obligations were settled.

Non-cash investing and financing activities . As a result of the Valcon Acquisition there were transaction-related financing activities at Valcon of $10,062 million, including $5,773 million of net borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition which includes $60 million of capitalized debt issuance costs paid by Valcon which were subsequently expensed upon settlement of the bridge financing and $4,289 million of equity contributions that have been reflected in our financial statements on a push down basis of accounting.

Cash Flows 2005 versus 2004

Operating Activities . At December 31, 2005, Nielsen had $1,019 million of cash and cash equivalents. The net cash inflow from operating activities in 2005 amounted to $510 million, a decrease of 14.9% from $599 million in 2004. The decrease is primarily due to the negative impact on cash flow of the 2004 divestiture of Directories (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”) in 2004, compared to the lower 2005 interest payments and higher interest receipts from the Directories’ proceeds. Directories’ operations significantly contributed to our cash receipts.

Investing Activities . Cash flow from investing activities was significantly higher in 2004 than 2005 due to the $2,622 million received on the sale of Directories (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures”) and increased expenditures for acquisitions of $75 million in 2005. We also had an unfavorable variance of $142 million resulting from the 2004 proceeds on sale of foreign currency swaps, which in 2005 were recorded as financing activities upon documentation of the derivatives as effective hedges at January 1, 2005.

Financing Activities . Cash used in financing activities increased to $2,514 million in 2005 from $709 million in 2004. The increase was due to higher net repayments of long and short-term debt and decreased other short-term borrowings in 2005. The repayments of debt increased to $1,805 million in 2005 from $833 million in 2004, mainly reflecting higher debt redemptions using the cash received from the sale of Directories in late 2004.

Capital Expenditures

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $49 million in the Successor period of January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 versus $33 million in the Predecessor period of January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006. The primary reason for the increase in capital expenditures is the expansion of the LPM program and investments in computer software.

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $236 million, $238 million and $269 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Consumer Services and Media’s capital expenditures accounted for over 90% of Nielsen’s capital expenditures in all three years.

 

88


Table of Contents

Capital expenditures at Consumer Services were $111 million in 2006, $109 million in 2005 and $101 million in 2004. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, the largest investments were made in the data factory in Europe, the expansion of panels and the U.S. Factory.

Capital expenditures at Media were $110 million in 2006, $118 million in 2005, and $145 million in 2004. The most significant expenditures in 2006, 2005, and 2004 were the rollout of the LPM, AP Meter, and, the expansion of the NPM in the U.S. Other significant expenditures were made in the Florida Global Technology and Information Center, amounting to $11 million in 2006, $5 million in 2005, and $31 million in 2004.

Covenant EBITDA

Nielsen’s senior secured credit facility contains a covenant that requires our wholly-owned subsidiary Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a maximum ratio of consolidated total net debt, excluding $285 million of Nielsen net debt, to Covenant EBITDA of 10.0 to 1.0, calculated for the trailing four quarters (as determined under our senior secured credit facility), commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007. For test periods commencing: (1) between October 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the maximum ratio is 10.0 to 1.0, (2) between January 1, 2008 and September 30, 2008, the maximum ratio is 9.5 to 1.0, (3) between October 1, 2008 and September 30, 2009, the maximum ratio is 8.75 to 1.0, (4) between October 1, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the maximum ratio is 7.5 to 1.0, and (5) between October 1, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the maximum ratio is 7.0 to 1.0. This covenant “steps down” to a maximum ratio of consolidated total net debt to Covenant EBITDA of 6.25 to 1.0 as of the first day of the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2012. In addition, Nielsen’s senior secured credit facility contains a covenant that requires Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a minimum ratio of Covenant EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of 1.25 to 1.0, calculated for the trailing four quarters (as determined under our senior secured credit facility), commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007. This covenant “steps up” over time to a minimum ratio of Covenant EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of 1.75 to 1.0 as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2011. For test periods commencing between October 1, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the minimum ratio is 1.60 to 1.0 and after October 1, 2012 the minimum ratio is 1.50 to 1.0. Failure to comply with either of these covenants would result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facility unless waived by our senior credit lenders. An event of default under our senior credit facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, which in turn would result in an event of default and possible acceleration of indebtedness under the agreements governing our debt securities as well. As our failure to comply with the covenants described above can cause us to go into default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, management believes that our senior secured credit facility and these covenants are material to us. As of March 31, 2007, had the covenants described above applied to us at that time, we would have been in compliance with them.

We also measure the ratio of Secured Net Debt to Covenant EBITDA because Nielsen’s senior secured credit facility contains a provision which will result in a decrease of the applicable interest rate by 0.25% when this ratio is less than 4.25 times.

Covenant earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Covenant EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP measure used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in our senior secured credit facilities. Covenant EBITDA is defined in our senior secured credit facility as net income (loss) from continuing operations, as adjusted for the items summarized in the table below. Covenant EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the term Covenant EBITDA varies from others in our industry due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation and differences due to items subject to interpretation. Covenant EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net earnings (loss), operating income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or cash flows as measures of liquidity. Covenant EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, Covenant EBITDA:

 

   

excludes income tax payments;

 

89


Table of Contents
   

does not reflect any cash capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

   

includes estimated cost savings and operating synergies;

 

   

does not include one-time transition expenditures that we anticipate we will need to incur to realize cost savings;

 

   

does not reflect management fees that are payable to the Sponsors;

 

   

does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we and the lenders under our new senior secured credit facility may consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations.

In particular, our definition of Covenant EBITDA allows us to add back certain non-cash and non-recurring charges that are deducted in determining net income. However, these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict. They can represent the effect of long-term strategies as opposed to short-term results. In addition, certain of these expenses can represent the reduction of cash that could be used for other corporate purposes.

Because of these limitations we rely primarily on our GAAP results. However, we believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Covenant EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our financing covenants effective September 30, 2007.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of our loss from continuing operations, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, (combined operations from April 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 in the Predecessor period and May 24, 2006 to March 31, 2007, Successor period), to Covenant EBITDA as defined above per our senior secured credit facility:

 

      

Unaudited Covenant
EBITDA for the
Twelve Months

Ended

March 31, 2007

 
     (in millions)  

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (366 )

Interest expense, net

     524  

Benefit for taxes

     (92 )

Depreciation and amortization

     415  
        

EBITDA

     481  

Non-cash charges (1)

     41  

Unusual or non-recurring items (2)

     321  

Restructuring charges and business optimization costs (3)

     110  

Transaction costs (4)

     43  

Cost savings (5)

     125  

Sponsor monitoring fees (6)

     8  

Other (7)

     (11 )

EBITDA of non-covenant parties (8)

     3  
        

Covenant EBITDA

   $ 1,121  
        

Credit Statistics:

  

Current portion of long term debt, capital lease obligation and other short-term borrowings

   $ 236  

Long term debt and capital lease obligations

     7,515  
        

Total Debt

     7,751  

Less: Debt of unrestricted subsidiaries

     (8 )
        

Total Debt excluding debt of unrestricted subsidiaries

     7,743  
        

Cash and cash equivalents

     617  

Less: Cash of unrestricted subsidiaries

     (63 )

Less: Additional deduction per credit agreement

     (10 )
        

Cash and Cash equivalents excluding cash of unrestricted subsidiaries/deduction

     544  
        

Net Debt, including Nielsen net debt (9)

     7,199  

Less: Unsecured debenture loans

     (2,476 )

Less: Other unsecured debt

     (83 )

Plus: Cash in non-covenant parties and other

     2  
        

Net Secured debt (11)

   $ 4,642  
        

Total debt, excluding unrestricted subsidiaries and Senior Discount note ($287 million at March 31, 2007)

     7,456  

Net debt, excluding $285 million (at March 31, 2007) of Nielsen net debt (10)

     6,914  

Net secured debt (11)

     4,642  

Ratio of secured net debt to Covenant EBITDA

     4.1  

Ratio of net debt (excluding Nielsen net debt) to Covenant EBITDA (12)

     6.2  

Consolidated Interest Expense, including Nielsen interest expense (13)

     468  

Ratio of Covenant EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense, including Nielsen interest
expense

     2.4  

 

91


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of non-cash items that are permitted adjustments in calculating covenant compliance under the senior secured credit facility, primarily stock-based compensation expense.

 

(2) Unusual or non-recurring items include (amounts in millions):

 

Deferred Revenue Purchase Price Adjustment (a)

   $ 90  

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other gains (losses) (b)

     77  

Loss of Early Extinguishment of Debt

     65  

Compensation arrangements (c)

     61  

Duplicative running costs of European data factory (d)

     17  

U.S. GAAP/Consulting Fees Costs

     10  

Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments

     (12 )

Other Financial Gain (Loss)

     7  

Other (e)

     6  
        

Total

   $ 321  
        

 

  (a) Purchase Price Adjustment to Deferred Revenue resulting from the purchase accounting for the Valcon Acquisition which reduces Successor revenue in 2006.

 

  (b) Represents foreign exchange gains or losses on revaluation of intercompany loans and external debt.

 

  (c) Represents one-time payments incurred in connection with compensation arrangements for certain corporate executives.

 

  (d) Represents the costs incurred in Europe as a result of the parallel running of duplicative data factory systems, which are expected to be eliminated during 2008.

 

  (e) Includes other unusual or non recurring items that are required or permitted adjustments in calculating covenant compliance under the senior secured credit facility.

 

(3) Restructuring charges and business optimization costs include costs associated with Transformation Initiative, Corporate Headquarters, Consumer Services Europe, and Project Atlas, executive severance payments and certain costs incurred in our European operations.

 

(4) Represents expenses recorded in the quarter period ending June 30, 2006 in connection with the Valcon Acquisition.

 

(5) Represents the amount of run rate cost savings related to the Transformation Initiative projected by Nielsen in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions, which is a permitted adjustment in calculating covenant compliance under the senior secured credit facility. See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for discussion of the Transformation Initiative.

In addition, Covenant EBITDA does not take into account the approximately $175 million in additional implementation costs to be incurred in connection with achieving an annual run rate cost savings of $125 million.

We may not realize the anticipated cost savings related to Transformation Initiative pursuant to the anticipated timetable or at all. We also cannot assure you that we will not exceed one time restructuring costs associated with implementing the anticipated cost savings.

 

(6) Represents the Sponsor monitoring fee as of the acquisition date. The annual amount is $10 million, increasing by 5% on an annual basis after 2006.

 

(7) These adjustments include the EBITDA impact of significant businesses that were acquired in 2006, gain on sale of fixed assets, subsidiaries and affiliates, dividends received from affiliates; equity in net income of affiliates, and the exclusion of Covenant EBITDA attributable to unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

(8) Non-Covenant parties include The Nielsen Company B.V. and VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.

 

92


Table of Contents
(9) Net debt, including Nielsen net debt, is not a defined term under GAAP. Net debt is calculated as total debt, less cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2007, excluding $8 million of debt and $63 million of cash and cash equivalents held by the unrestricted subsidiaries Nielsen//NetRatings and Nielsen BuzzMetrics and excluding a contractual $10 million threshold.

 

(10) Net debt, as defined above, excluding $285 million of Nielsen net debt, is not a defined term under GAAP. The $285 million of Nielsen debt consists of the €215 million ($287 million) of Nielsen Senior Discount Notes minus $2 million of cash and cash equivalents. Nielsen and our unrestricted subsidiaries are not subject to the restrictive covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility, and Nielsen’s Senior Discount Notes are not considered obligations of any of Nielsen’s subsidiaries. Therefore, these notes will not be taken into account when calculating the ratios under the senior secured credit facility.

 

(11) The net secured debt is the consolidated total net debt that is secured by a lien on any assets or property of a loan party or a restricted subsidiary. This amount represents the amounts borrowed under our senior secured credit facilities.

 

(12) For the reasons discussed in footnote (10) above, the ratio of net debt (excluding the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes) to Covenant EBITDA presented above does not include in net debt $285 million ($287 million debt, net of $2 million cash) of Nielsen indebtedness and $7 million of indebtedness at Nielsen BuzzMetrics.

 

(13) Consolidated interest expense is not a defined term under GAAP. Consolidated interest expense for any period is defined in our senior secured credit facility as the sum of (i) the cash interest expense of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V and its subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding indebtedness, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance and net costs under swap contracts, net of cash interest income, and (ii) any cash payments in respect of the accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities during such period related to borrowed money (with a maturity of more than one year) that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, excluding, in each case, however, among other things, the amortization of deferred financing costs and any other amounts of non-cash interest, the accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities during such period, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges incurred in connection with certain permitted receivables financing and all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations and financing fees. Consolidated interest expense, including Nielsen interest expense, is not a defined term under GAAP. Consolidated interest expense, including Nielsen interest expense, is calculated as total consolidated interest expense on a pro forma basis for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ending on March 31, 2007, including $36 million of interest expense of Nielsen as follows:

 

Pro Forma Interest Income

   $ 14  

Pro Forma Interest Expense

     (654 )
        

Net Pro Forma Interest Expense

     (640 )

Minus: non cash Interest Discount Notes

     109  

Minus: amortization of deferred financing costs

     14  

Minus: other non cash interest

     4  
        

Pro Forma Cash Interest Expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006

     (513 )

Minus: Pro Forma Impact for the divestiture of Business Media Europe

     20  

Other

     25  
        

Pro Forma Cash Interest Expense for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007

   $ (468 )
        

See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further information on our indebtedness and covenants.

 

93


Table of Contents

Transactions with Sponsors

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition and related debt financing, Nielsen’s parent paid the Sponsors $131 million in fees and expenses for financial and structural advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations. These costs were allocated as debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price of the Valcon Acquisition based on the specific nature of the services performed.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, two of Nielsen’s subsidiaries and the Sponsors entered into advisory agreements, which provide for an annual management fee, in connection with planning, strategy, oversight and support to management, payable quarterly and in advance to each Sponsor, on a pro rata basis, for the eight year duration of the agreement, as well as reimbursements for each Sponsor’s respective out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the management services provided under the agreement. Annual management fees are $10 million in the first year starting on May 22, 2006, the effective date of the Valcon Acquisition then increasing by 5% annually thereafter.

Upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or an initial public offering in excess of $200 million, each of the Sponsors will receive, in lieu of quarterly payments of the annual management fee, a fee equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual management fee that would have been payable to the Sponsors during the remainder of the term of the advisory agreements (assuming an eight year term from the date of the original fee agreement), calculated using the treasury rate having a final maturity date that is closest to the eighth anniversary of the date of the original fee agreement date.

The advisory agreements also provide that Nielsen will indemnify the Sponsors against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising in connection with the management services provided by the Sponsors under the fee agreement.

For the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded $6 million in selling general and administrative expenses related to these management fees and an additional $1 million was accrued for Sponsor travel and consulting.

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded $3 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to Sponsor management fees, travel and consulting.

At March 31, 2007, amounts payable to Valcon Acquisition Holding bv, the direct parent of Valcon are included in the balance sheet as follows: a $50 million loan in long-term debt, $33 million included in short-term debt and accrued interest of $1 million. For the Successor period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007 the Company recorded $1 million in interest expense related to these loans.

Short-term debt includes a $20 million loan payable to Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., the direct parent of Valcon.

 

94


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

Contractual Obligations . Our contractual obligations include capital lease obligations, facility leases, leases of certain computer and other equipment, agreements to purchase data and telecommunication services, the payment of principal on debt and pension fund obligations. At December 31, 2006, the minimum annual payment under these agreements and other contracts that had initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as listed in the following table:

 

    

Payments due by period

(amounts in millions)

     TOTAL    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011   

AFTER

2011

Capital lease obligations and other debt (a)

   $ 379    $ 148    $ 16    $ 16    $ 15    $ 14    $ 170

Operating leases (b)

     647      122      100      88      76      67      194

Other contractual obligations (c)

     353      151      88      55      43      13      3

Short term and long term debt

     7,694      73      53      60      611      87      6,810

Interest (d)

     4,200      488      467      464      459      463      1,859

Pension fund obligations (e)

     29      29      —        —        —        —        —  
                                                

Total

   $ 13,302    $ 1,011    $ 724    $ 683    $ 1,204    $ 644    $ 9,036
                                                

 

(a) Our capital lease obligations are described in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements.”

 

(b) Our operating lease obligations are described in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements “Commitments and Contingencies.”

 

(c) Other contractual obligations represent obligations under agreement, which are not unilaterally cancelable by us, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices. We generally require purchase orders for vendor and third party spending. The amounts presented above represent the minimum future annual services covered by purchase obligations including data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing.

 

(d) Interest payments consist of interest on both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt. Variable-rate debt consists primarily of the unhedged portion of the $4,175 million term loan facility (8.13% at December 31, 2006) and the Euro denominated portion of the term loan facility (€800 million ($958 million) at 6.08% at December 31, 2006). See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements.”

 

(e) Our contribution to pension and other post-retirement defined benefits plans for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $19 million; for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $9 million; for 2005, $57 million; and $47 million in 2004. Future pension and other post-retirement benefits contributions are not determinable for time periods after 2007.

Guarantees and other contingent commitments . In addition to contractual obligations and commercial commitments given, we have entered into various guarantees or other specific agreements.

At December 31, 2006, we were committed under the following guarantee arrangements:

Sub-lease guarantees

Nielsen provides sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which Nielsen guarantees all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, we have not been required to perform under such arrangements, we do not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and no amounts have been recorded.

Letters of credit

Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $3 million.

 

95


Table of Contents

Indemnification agreements

In connection with the sale of Directories in 2004, Nielsen has an exposure under a tax indemnity guarantee with the acquirer, pursuant to which Nielsen has agreed to pay any tax obligations relating to periods prior to the sale. Nielsen has accrued $32 million at December 31, 2006.

Contingent consideration

Nielsen is obligated to provide additional consideration in a business combination to the seller if contractually specified conditions related to the acquired entity are achieved. At December 31, 2006, Nielsen had total maximum exposure for future estimated payments of $24 million, of which $4 million is based on continued employment and being expensed over the respective period. An amount of $1 million was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

Nielsen has no material liabilities for other guarantees arising in the normal course of business at December 31, 2006.

Legal Matters

D&B Legacy Tax Matters . In November 1996, D&B, then known as the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation (“Donnelley”) and spun-off the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”) (the “D&B Spin”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s”) and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Current D&B”) (the “Moody’s spin”). In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability rising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters after IMS Health paid the first $0.1 million of such liability.

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999, a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently, the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes it has adequately provided for any remaining liability related to these matters.

Effective February 16, 2006, Nielsen entered into a settlement agreement of the 1996 antitrust litigation brought by IRI. The settlement resulted in a complete dismissal of all claims against Nielsen. Under the settlement agreement, Nielsen agreed to a payment of $55 million which, after tax, resulted in a $35 million charge to 2005 earnings, since this settlement provided evidence of conditions that existed at the 2005 balance sheet date.

World Directories . In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment. The sales price is subject to adjustment based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. On August 31, 2006, a notice of disagreement was filed by World Directories Acquisition Corp. (“WDA”) against Nielsen and certain of our subsidiaries pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement ( “SPA”) between the parties dated

 

96


Table of Contents

September 26, 2004 under which or World Directories business was sold. The claim arises in connection with certain post-closing matters under the SPA related to the submission of the completion accounts related to the business. WDA asserts a claim for approximately €44 million and we, in opposition to WDA’s claim, have claimed approximately €8 million. The matter has been submitted to arbitration pursuant to the SPA.

erinMedia. erinMedia, llc (“erinMedia”) filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida on June 16, 2005. The suit alleges that Nielsen Media Research Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate NMR’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted NMR’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia.

On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against NMR alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed this action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. Although it is too early to predict the outcome of the original case, Nielsen believes the action is without merit.

Except as described above, there are no other pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting Nielsen which, if determined adversely to Nielsen, would in its view, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on Nielsen’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations and prospects.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments”. This statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, and clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. Nielsen is evaluating the potential impact of SFAS No. 155 on its financial results.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”. FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN No. 48 will be adopted by Nielsen on January 1, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 and its impact on its financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal

 

97


Table of Contents

years. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, which permits companies to choose to measure certain items at fair value and to report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected in earnings. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159 on its financial statements.

In December 2006, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 00-19-2, “Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements” (“FSP 00-19-2”). Registration payment arrangements, as defined in the FSP, will include most registration rights agreements in security issuances and certain “contingent interest” features in debt instruments. The FSP specifies that the contingent obligation to make future payments or otherwise transfer consideration under a registration payment arrangement, whether issued as a separate agreement or included as a provision of a financial instrument or other agreement, should be separately recognized and measured in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” The FSP further clarifies that a financial instrument subject to a registration payment arrangement should be accounted for in accordance with other applicable GAAP without regard to the contingent obligation to transfer consideration pursuant to the registration payment arrangement. The adoption of this FSP will not have a material impact on Nielsen’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as it is generally consistent with Nielsen’s current policy.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and market prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the market value of equity instruments. We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign exchange and interest rates. We actively monitor these exposures. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, historically, we entered into a variety of derivative financial instruments, mainly interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and forward rate agreements. Our objective is to reduce, where it is deemed appropriate to do so, fluctuations in earnings, cash flows and the value of their net investments in subsidiaries resulting from changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates. In principle, we only employ basic contracts, that is, without options, embedded or otherwise. It is our policy not to trade in financial instruments.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We operate globally, deriving approximately 59% of revenues for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and 61% for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 in U.S. dollars. We generate revenue and expenses in local currencies. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into our reporting currency, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to transaction exposure.

Foreign currency translation risk is the risk that exchange rate gains or losses arise from translating foreign entities’ statements of earnings and balance sheets from functional currency to our reporting currency (the U.S. Dollar) for consolidation purposes. Translation risk exposure is managed by creating “natural hedges” in our financing or by using derivative financial instruments aimed at offsetting certain exposures in the statement of earnings or the balance sheet. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

98


Table of Contents

The table below details the percentage of revenues and expenses by currency for the Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006:

Successor period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006

 

     U.S. Dollars     Euro     Other currencies  

Revenues

   59 %   12 %   29 %

Operating costs

   58 %   14 %   28 %

Predecessor period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006

 

     U.S. Dollars     Euro     Other currencies  

Revenues

   61 %   12 %   27 %

Operating costs

   53 %   20 %   27 %

Based on the combined Successor and Predecessor periods, a one cent change in the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate will impact revenues by approximately $5 million, with an immaterial impact on operating income.

Interest Rate Risk

At March 31, 2007, we had $5,014 million nominal amount of debt under our new senior secured credit facilities which are based on a floating rate index and our EMTN floating rate notes. One percent point increase in these floating rates would increase annual interest expense by approximately $50 million. Given our increased exposure to volatility in floating rates after the Valcon Acquisition and the subsequent refinancing, we evaluated hedging opportunities and entered into hedging transactions in November, 2006. After giving effect to these interest rate swap agreements, a one percentage point increase in interest rates would increase annual interest expense by $19 million.

Equity Price Risk

We are not exposed to material equity risk which is limited to outstanding share-based liability awards exercisable into shares of our consolidated subsidiary.

 

99


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading global information and media company providing essential marketing and media measurement information, analytics and industry expertise to customers across the world. Our Nielsen brands, including ACNielsen , Nielsen Media Research , Nielsen Entertainment , and Nielsen//NetRatings , are recognized worldwide as leaders in marketing information and analysis, television ratings, entertainment measurement and Internet advertising measurement, respectively. In addition, our trade shows, online media assets and publications occupy leading positions in a number of their targeted end markets. Through our broad portfolio of products and services, we track sales of consumer products each year, report on television viewing habits in countries representing more than 60% of the world’s population, measure Internet audiences in 18 countries, produce more than 100 trade shows worldwide, operate approximately 100 websites and publish more than 100 print publications and online newsletters. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, we generated pro forma revenue of $4,243 million and Covenant EBITDA of $1,121 million.

We have traditionally operated in three segments: Consumer Services, Media and Business Media. On December 18, 2006, we announced a corporate strategy and related restructuring to integrate our various service offerings historically conducted in separate businesses into a single organization focused on four major areas: sales, product development and product management, global business services combining all of our information technology systems, facilities and operations and corporate functions including finance, human resources, legal and communications. As part of this plan, the traditional business unit structure of many of our services will be eliminated. The restructuring calls for the combination of product innovation, research and development and marketing into a single organization to identify new product opportunities and accelerate their development and commercialization. We will also transition to a unified global client service organization to simplify client interactions and more easily access internal expertise to offer integrated solutions. In addition, we intend to centralize operational and IT functions into a new global business services organization. We expect to continue to report on our business in the traditional segments which we have used, namely Media, Consumer Services and Business Media. As part of our transformation to this new operating model, we announced the formation of a new business unit, NielsenConnect. This new unit will draw on media and marketing data and resources across Nielsen (including purchase information, store data, modeling assets, geo-demographic data, television data, outdoor advertising ratings and movie, book, video and radio data) and report on and analyze consumer patterns and usage.

Our Consumer Services segment provides critical consumer behavior information and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. ACNielsen , our leading brand within Consumer Services, is a global leader in retail measurement services and consumer household panel data. Consumer Services’ extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with advanced analytical capabilities, yields valuable strategic insights and information that influence our customers’ critical business decisions such as enhancing brand management strategies, developing and launching new products, identifying new marketing opportunities and improving marketing return on investment. Our Media segment provides measurement information of multiple media platforms, including broadcast and cable television, motion pictures, music, print, the Internet and outdoor advertising. Our leading brand within Media, Nielsen Media Research , is the industry leader in U.S. television audience measurement, and our measurement data is widely accepted as the "currency" in determining the value of television advertising. Our Business Media segment is a leading market-focused provider of integrated information and sales and marketing solutions. Through a multi-channel approach consisting of trade shows, online media assets and publications, Business Media offers attendees, exhibitors, readers and advertisers the insights and connections that assist them in gaining a competitive edge in their respective markets.

Our business generates a stable and predictable revenue stream and is characterized by long-term customer relationships, multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates related to marketing and media measurement services. Advertising across our segments represented only 4% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006. We serve

 

100


Table of Contents

a global customer base across multiple end markets including consumer packaged goods, retail, broadcast and cable television, music and online media. The average length of relationship with our top ten customers including The Procter & Gamble Company, the Unilever Group, Nestlé S.A. and The Coca-Cola Company is 30 years.

Our revenue is highly diversified by business segment, geography and customer. In 2006, 57% of our pro forma revenues were generated from our Consumer Services segment, 32% from our Media segment and the remaining 11% from our Business Media segment. We conduct our business activities in more than 100 countries, with 58% of our pro forma revenues generated in the U.S., 9% in North and South America excluding the U.S., 24% in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and the remaining 9% in Asia Pacific. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006.

Our Strengths

Global Leadership Positions. We hold industry-leading positions in marketing information services, media measurement services, trade shows and business publications. We have achieved leading positions and strong brands within each of our business segments, primarily as a result of our ability to offer customers comprehensive and integrated marketing communications products and services that are essential for our customers to successfully operate their businesses. As demand for market analysis from a single global source continues to grow, ACNielsen is well positioned to benefit. In Media, our Nielsen brands related to audience measurement have leading market positions across multiple media platforms and geographies. For example, Nielsen Media Research’s measurement information is trusted as the “currency” in determining the value of U.S. television advertising. Our Business Media segment is one of the largest global providers of business-to-business information and, through its trade shows, online media assets and publications, provides customers with leading coverage of its industry verticals. We believe our size, scale and leading market positions will continue to contribute to our consistent growth and strong operating margins.

Extensive Portfolio of Successful Well-Recognized Brands. We believe the Nielsen family of brands is one of the most widely recognized marketing information and media measurement research providers in the world. For over 80 years, ACNielsen has provided trusted service to the world’s top consumer packaged goods and merchandising customers. ACNielsen ScanTrack, ACNielsen Homescan and BASES are leading brands in point-of-sale retail measurement, consumer household purchase panels and new product concept testing, respectively. For over 50 years, Nielsen Media Research has been recognized as a trusted source of television audience measurement by virtually all of the leading broadcast and cable networks, syndicators and national advertisers in the U.S. Nielsen EDI, Nielsen SoundScan and Nielsen//NetRatings are leading brands providing box office results, music sales and Internet audience measurement, respectively. In Business Media, we publish some of the most recognizable business-to-business magazine titles across various segments including Billboard and The Hollywood Reporter . We believe that our successful, well-recognized brands along with the quality of service we provide will continue to enable us to attract new business and retain existing business resulting in both revenue and cash flow growth.

Strong Customer Relationships and High Revenue Visibility. Our long-standing customer relationships and multi-year contracts contribute to a stable and predictable revenue stream. We have cultivated strong long-standing customer relationships with many of the world’s leading consumer packaged goods, media and entertainment companies. In Consumer Services, our customers include the largest consumer packaged goods and merchandising companies in the world. The average length of our relationships with Consumer Services’ top ten customers in 2006 was 30 years. In many cases, our sales and service staff are located on-site at our customers’ offices and customize the analysis related to specific client issues and needs. Given our essential products and strong customer service, our business in Consumer Services is characterized by multi-year agreements, with more than 50% of each year’s revenues under agreement by the beginning of the fiscal year. Within Media, our customer base includes leading media companies to whom we have been providing audience

measurement information for over 50 years. Our Media customers typically enter into multi-year contracts and

 

101


Table of Contents

have high renewal rates (over 95% in Nielsen Media Research ). The average length of our relationships with Media’s top ten customers in 2006 was 32 years. We expect our strong customer relationships to contribute to our ongoing success and growth.

Diversified Global Business Mix. Our Consumer Services, Media and Business Media segments contributed 57%, 32% and 11% of our revenue in 2006, respectively. Our broad portfolio of product offerings, large customer base, multiple end markets and wide geographic presence provide us with a diverse revenue stream, with advertising across our segments representing only 4% of our total pro forma revenue in 2006. We believe our global presence will continue to expand as we grow our business in rapidly developing markets and our business mix will continue to broaden as we invest in new products and services.

Highly Resilient Business Model with Consistent Cash Flow Generation. Our customers’ continuous need for information related to key marketing and business development decisions as well as for media measurement has historically provided us with strong constant currency revenue growth, high revenue visibility and consistent cash flow generation. In 2005 and, on a pro forma basis, 2006, we achieved constant currency revenue growth of 4.7% and 5.2%, respectively (excluding the $90 million deferred revenue adjustment in 2006). For purposes of calculating revenue growth on a constant currency basis, we have removed the exchange rate impact of 1.7% and (0.1)% respectively, for revenue growth in 2005 and 2006. Both Consumer Services and Media have multi-year customer agreements and high contract renewal rates. In addition, Business Media benefits from advance payments related to bookings for trade shows. We have a disciplined approach to capital expenditures based on new product growth and return on invested capital analysis. We believe that the largely resilient nature of our revenue base along with our disciplined approach to spending will enable us to convert a significant portion of our revenue to cash available for debt service.

Attractive Industry Outlook. We operate in two distinct industries: (i) the global marketing and media research industry (representing our Consumer Services and Media segments), and (ii) the business information industry (representing our Business Media segment. Consumer packaged goods companies use our Consumer Services segment’s marketing information to monitor brand performance and stay competitive. Growth in our Consumer Services segment is expected to be driven by continued globalization and geographic expansion of consumer packaged goods companies, increased demand for higher value-added information and related services, as well as the need to improve brand performance, develop and launch new products and increase marketing return on investment. Growth of our Media business is related in part to television and other media advertising spending. The 2006 VSS Industry Forecast projects U.S. television advertising growth of 6.8% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2006 to 2010. In addition, according to the 2006 VSS Industry Forecast, film entertainment and Internet advertising are expected to grow at CAGRs of 3.8% and 20.2%, respectively, from 2006 through 2010. We also participate in the global business information sector through our Business Media segment by offering trade shows, online media assets and print publications. According to the 2006 VSS Industry Forecast, the size of the U.S. market for business-to-business magazines, e-media and trade shows is estimated to grow at a CAGR of approximately 6.2% from 2006 through 2010. We believe that continued strength in these industries will enhance our growth potential.

Experienced Management Team. We have a strong and committed management team that has substantial relevant industry knowledge and a proven track record of operations success. We believe that our management team positions us well to successfully implement our growth strategy and cost reduction initiatives.

Our Strategy

Our goals are to continue to increase the value we deliver to our customers, streamline our operations and grow our business. Our strategy involves a company restructuring to phase out over time our Consumer Services and Media group structures and integrate Nielsen with consolidated global business services and functions. We intend to execute our goals through the following business strategies:

NielsenConnect. The formation of NielsenConnect in November 2006 recognizes the need for various parts of Nielsen to work more closely together and connect and optimize its data and analytical resources across the

 

102


Table of Contents

markets it serves. This newly-formed unit will provide integrated solutions to the issues faced by our media, marketing and other clients by combining valuable assets throughout Nielsen and creating new products and services.

Capitalize on Core Brands. On January 18, 2007, we announced a change of our name to The Nielsen Company to emphasize our best-known brand name and our commitment to create an integrated, streamlined global organization. We will continue to maintain our focus on our leading brands to drive growth in each of our businesses. Our Nielsen family of brands has positioned us well in the market for retail measurement and audience measurement services. We expect to build on these brands by continuing to improve the quality of our products and enhance our services. We will continue to improve the measurement of media audiences through increased granularity of our demographic market data, and of retail information through increased store coverage and worldwide expansion of ACNielsen Homescan , our consumer household panel. In addition, we expect to leverage our brand recognition to grow our revenues in areas such as value-added services, analytics and new measurement opportunities through Nielsen Advisory Services, Nielsen//NetRatings, Nielsen BuzzMetrics and Nielsen Outdoor , among others. We believe that building on our leading brands will drive continued demand for our existing and new products, leading to strong revenue generation.

Continue to Lead Innovation of Measurement Services. We continue to develop new solutions and technologies to improve the measurement of consumer trends and measure audiences across the latest media platforms. In the global market for consumer packaged goods, we have a partnership with Yahoo! to determine the impact of online advertising on offline purchasing behavior, and we have launched our immediate consumables panels where panelists scan purchases of single serve items using a key chain scanner. In media and entertainment, Nielsen Media Research continues to deploy advanced metering technology (such as People Meters and Active/Passive Meters) and expand its measurement of television viewing habits through initiatives capturing digital video recording and video on demand. In addition, we continue to invest in high growth products and services such as integrated television and Internet measurement, and the measurement of media consumption on personal electronic devices, such as downloads for iPods. For example, we recently announced our Anytime Anywhere Media Measurement, (“A2/M2”) initiative to deliver integrated ratings for all forms of video viewing, regardless of the consumption medium. These initiatives along with our expanded consumer analysis capabilities have created significant revenue opportunities and broadened our product offerings. We will continue to focus on developing innovative solutions to provide our clients with increasingly relevant and precise measurement information.

Continue to Expand Globally. We intend to extend our already strong global reach and increase our global leadership. Global reach is increasingly important given our customers’ growth into new markets, and we are well positioned to increase our global presence in each of our operating segments. Our substantial presence in rapidly developing markets such as Brazil, Russia, India and China illustrates our success with this strategy. In 2006, our AGB Nielsen Media Research television audience measurement (“TAM”) joint venture, covering 28 countries, continued its expansion in China, where People Meters are being introduced in 14 provinces, including all major metropolitan areas. Media also has other TAM joint ventures and investments covering an additional 15 countries including in Latin America with IBOPE , and separate ventures in Finland and India.

Optimize our Portfolio of Product Offerings. We will continue to evaluate our products and services to determine the optimal offering given current and forecasted customer demand. We will look to develop businesses that best serve our customers while maintaining a focus on profitability, thereby maximizing our return on invested capital. We will also consider select acquisitions of complementary businesses that would enhance our product portfolio. In addition, we will consider opportunistically divesting operations that we believe to be non-core to our operations. As marketing activities continue to shift from mass to targeted audiences, we believe the optimization of our product portfolio will offer more focused solutions to our clients.

Pursue Transformation Savings and Continue to Reduce Costs. While we have successfully implemented certain initiatives such as the consolidation of certain data processing facilities and off-shoring, we had never

 

103


Table of Contents

undergone a comprehensive company-wide cost savings and integration plan. In November 2005 and in December 2006, we announced our intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of our operations worldwide. The Company further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation initiative (previously referred to as Project Forward). This transformation initiative is designed to make the Company a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, the Company is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions as well as purchasing, real estate consolidation and expanding the outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes. These initiatives are expected to be implemented by the end of 2008 and will lead to a reduction in workforce of approximately 4,000 positions. We estimate that our cost savings initiatives will result in a targeted run-rate savings of approximately $125 million. We estimate that we will incur approximately $175 million in restructuring costs and capital expenditures over the corresponding time period in connection with these savings. In addition, we intend to continue to pursue opportunities to improve our cost structure beyond the scope of our transformation savings initiatives.

Our Business Segments

Consumer Services

Our Consumer Services segment provides essential market research and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our Consumer Services segment provides an array of services including retail measurement services ( ACNielsen ScanTrack ), household consumer panels ( ACNielsen Homescan ), new product testing ( BASES ), consumer segmentation and targeting ( Spectra ) and marketing optimization ( ACNielsen Analytical Consulting ). We believe these products and services give our customers a competitive advantage in making informed decisions in today’s fast-moving and complex marketplace. Our Consumer Services segment operates in more than 100 countries. We believe one of our primary strengths is our global presence, which is increasingly important in today’s environment as our largest customers operate globally and continue to expand and invest in developing markets.

Consumer Services’ customer base is comprised of the world’s leading consumer packaged goods companies including the Colgate-Palmolive Company, Nestlé S.A., The Procter & Gamble Company and the Unilever Group as well as leading retail chains such as Carrefour, Kroger, Safeway, Tesco and Walgreens. With a broad global customer base and long-standing customer relationships, Consumer Services’ revenues are stable, predictable and highly diversified. In 2006, the average length of our relationships with Consumer Services’ top ten customers was 30 years. These long-term relationships are strengthened by our ability to integrate products and services into customers’ workflow and provide a wide range of comparable and consistent data and analyses. This comparability of information over time enhances our customers ability to use our information in their decision-making and management processes. In addition, our customer service professionals are often located on-site at our customers’ offices, where they assist in analyzing information by providing industry context for better decision-making and in developing strategic and tactical recommendations. Consumer Services’ strength of customer relationships is exemplified by average customer renewal rates in excess of 90% in the U.S. and Europe from 2003 to 2006, which results in high revenue visibility. At the beginning of each fiscal year, more than 50% of the segment’s revenue base for the upcoming year is typically committed under existing agreements. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Consumer Services generated approximately 57% of our pro forma revenue.

Our Consumer Services segment is comprised of two divisions, ACNielsen and Nielsen Advisory Services . These divisions provide the following services on a global basis: Retail Measurement Services, Consumer Panel Services, Customized Research Services and various other advisory services including new product launch services and consumer targeting and segmentation. While each of these products and services provides significant value on a stand alone basis, they can be combined to provide clients with more enhanced and in-depth analyses.

 

104


Table of Contents

Retail Measurement Services (“RMS”)

RMS provides customers with information and analytics across 98 countries on competitive sales volumes, market shares, distribution, pricing, merchandising and promotional activities. By combining this detailed information with our in-house expertise and professional assistance we enable our customers to improve their key marketing decisions. We offer these services under our ACNielsen ScanTrack and ACNielsen Market Audit brands.

RMS collects retail sales information from stores using electronic point-of-sale technology and teams of local field auditors. These stores include grocery, drug and discount retailers who, through various cooperation arrangements, share their sales data with us. The method of collection depends upon the sophistication of the retailers’ systems. RMS downloads electronic retail sales information collected by stores through checkout scanners to our servers on a regular basis. Where electronic retail sales information is unavailable, such as in certain developing markets, we collect retail sales information through in-store inventory and price checks conducted by field auditors. Across all of our markets, field auditors collect data regarding product placement in stores, including the facing and positioning on store shelves as well as other information.

RMS quality control systems validate, confirm and correct the collected data. It is then processed into databases and reports by product, brand and category. Customers access RMS databases using proprietary software such as NITRO and WorkstationPlus which allow them to query the databases, conduct customized analysis and generate customized reports and alerts. For example, clients can view and analyze information by specific product categories, geography or retail channel. Information can be accessed through ACNielsen i-Sights which can provide a suite of reports linked to the key business issues of the user. Information can also be accessed online through an extranet web portal, ACNielsen Answers .

Consumer Panel Services (“CPS”)

CPS provides clients with consumer purchasing information, including demographics, based upon individual household consumption. Clients use this information to more precisely target and better segment their consumers. In addition, we are able to use CPS information to augment our retail measurement information in circumstances where we do not collect retail data from certain retailers. CPS primarily offers its services through our ACNielsen Homescan and ACNielsen Homepanel brands.

CPS collects data from household panelists who use in-home scanners to record purchases from each shopping trip. In the U.S., over 100,000 selected households, constituting a demographically balanced sample of U.S. households, participate in the household panel. Data received from CPS household panels undergoes a quality control process, including UPC verification and validation before it is processed into databases and reports. CPS clients may access these databases and perform analysis using our Panelfact proprietary software. In addition, CPS provides clients with templated alerts, dashboards and reports which can be accessed over the Internet or through a desktop application.

Customized Research Services (“CRS”)

CRS provides clients with a suite of customized research services as well as consumer and industry studies. CRS clients are able to use these services and studies to derive information and insights into consumer attitudes and purchasing behavior, to evaluate and understand why marketing campaigns succeed or fail, and to address issues such as promotions, pricing, consumer targeting and marketing mix. CRS is offered through brands such as Winning Brands and ShopperTrends .

CRS collects information through surveys, personal interviews, focus groups, online evaluations, from panels maintained by CRS and third party panel providers. Once information is collected, it is subject to CRS quality control standards and is then processed into databases and reports. CRS provides customized research services and consumer and industry studies to clients through presentations and reports.

 

105


Table of Contents

New Product Launch Services (BASES)

BASES provides sales forecasts for new products and product restages across a number of industries, particularly in the consumer packaged goods field. Clients use this information to evaluate the sales potential of new products, identify potential customers, forecast sales volume and refine concept design and communication.

BASES maintains panels in several countries and uses third party panel providers to survey consumers. Panelists are exposed to new product ideas and prototypes in order to gauge their interest. BASES quality control systems organize and validate the information it collects. Using this information BASES delivers marketing recommendations and additional diagnostics to help customers refine the product, price and/or their marketing plan.

Consumer Targeting and Segmentation (Spectra)

Spectra provides customers in the consumer packaged goods industry with consumer targeting and segmentation analytics, integrating information about households, geographies and retail shopping locations. Customers use Spectra services, including its proprietary consumer segmentation grid (the Spectra Grid ), for category management and media and marketing planning. Spectra uses multiple database sources, including those from ACNielsen , Scarborough and third parties, to develop the Spectra Grid . The Spectra Grid is typically accessed through an extranet web portal, InfiNet .

Analytical Consulting Services (ACNielsen Analytic Consulting or “AAC”)

AAC provides software tools and analysis to help clients make decisions with respect to marketing, marketing investment and pricing and promotion. AAC’s proprietary Decisionsmart software tool enables clients to develop trade planning and promotion schedules and forecasts, interpret outputs of applications and provide recommendations to better drive trade planning and promotions. In addition, AAC consultants with industry expertise assist clients with their marketing decisions.

Site Selection and Consumer Targeting (Claritas)

Claritas provides recommendations on site selection for new retail stores and information for consumer targeting for direct mail campaigns, in each case primarily outside of the consumer packaged goods industry. Clients use Claritas to determine certain characteristics of their potential and existing customers such as where they live and shop, what they buy and how to best reach them. This information contributes to customers’ strategies regarding direct mailing activities at household and individual levels, as well as mass-marketing activities.

Media

Our Media segment is a leading provider of media and entertainment measurement information. The segment measures audiences for U.S. television ( Nielsen Media Research ), international television (50% ownership of AGB Nielsen Media Research ), motion pictures ( Nielsen EDI ), the Internet ( Nielson BuzzMetrics and approximately 60% ownership of Nielsen//NetRatings (NASDAQ: NTRT)), outdoor ( Nielsen Outdoor ) and other media, and tracks sales of music ( Nielsen SoundScan ) and provides competitive advertising information ( Nielsen Monitor-Plus ). Using our critical measurement information, media owners, advertising agencies, advertisers and retailers plan and optimize their marketing strategies. Media is particularly strong in the U.S. television audience measurement market where our Nielsen ratings are widely accepted as the "currency" for both buyers and sellers of U.S. television advertising, an industry that had over $64 billion of annual expenditures in 2006 according to the PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Entertainment & Media Outlook. Nielsen Media Research measures television usage both nationally and across all the 210 local television markets in the U.S. Our leading market position in measuring the U.S. television audience has been achieved as a result of continued investment and over 50 years of experience providing customers with accurate measurement.

 

106


Table of Contents

Media has a diversified customer base, consisting of over 25,000 individual customers including leading broadcast and cable companies such as CBS, Comcast, Disney/ABC, NBC/Universal, News Corp., Time Warner and Univision; leading advertising agencies such as IPG, Omnicom and WPP; leading film studios such as 20th Century Fox, Disney, Paramount and Warner Bros.; and other leading media companies. Media’s business model allows for both high revenue visibility and consistent, predictable growth as a result of multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates (over 95% in Nielsen Media Research ). The average length of Media’s relationships with its top ten customers in 2006 was 32 years. Our customers value the high quality service offerings and technology, which we maintain and improve through continuous innovation and protect via over 100 existing and pending patents in the U.S. alone. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Media generated approximately 32% of our pro forma revenue.

Our Media segment is comprised of three divisions, Media, Internet Measurement and Entertainment. These divisions provide many different services including television audience measurement, Internet usage measurement and movie box office measurement.

Media

Nielsen Media Research and AGB Nielsen Media Research collectively measure the size and demographic composition of television audiences in 42 countries worldwide. Advertisers use this information to plan television advertising campaigns, evaluate the effectiveness of their commercial messages and negotiate advertising rates. Television broadcasters and cable networks use this information as a tool to establish the value of their airtime and more effectively schedule and promote their programming.

Nielsen Media Research in the U.S. and AGB Nielsen Media Research in countries outside the U.S. collect audience data from demographically balanced samples of randomly selected households. In the U.S., Nielsen Media Research provides three principal ratings services: Measurement of national television audiences (“National Ratings Services”), measurement of local television audiences in each of the 210 designated television markets (“Local Ratings Services”), and measurement of national and local television audiences among Hispanic households (“Hispanic Ratings Services”).

Both Nielsen Media Research and AGB Nielsen Media Research use various methods to collect the data from households including electronic meters and written diaries. Our electronic meters include our standard Set Meter, and Active/Passive Meters. A Set Meter is connected to a television and captures household-level viewing data by monitoring the channel to which the television is tuned. A People Meter is an attachment to a Set Meter which adds functionality to the Set Meter by not only collecting television set tuning data (which channel the set is tuned to) but also the demographics of the audience (who in the household is watching). In 2005, we introduced into our U.S. samples electronic meters based on our next-generation Active/Passive metering technology, which is designed to measure television tuning in a digital environment and has enabled us to reflect time-shifted viewing on digital video recorders in our ratings.

Our National Ratings Services is based on a sample of approximately 12,800 households using People Meters. Approximately 50% of such households are measured using Active/Passive Meters. Our Local Ratings Services use People Meters in the top ten local television markets, a combination of Set Meters and written diaries in the next 46 local television markets, and only written diaries in the remaining 154 local television markets. Three markets will be converted from a combination of Set Meters and written diaries to People Meters in the fourth quarter of 2007. The local television markets in the U.S. where Nielsen uses electronic meters represent approximately 70% of the television households in the U.S.

Information is downloaded from the electronic meters to our servers where it is subject to quality control including digital coding. We then process the information into databases and reports which is then distributed overnight to customers. In addition, our customers can license Nielsen Media Research software which enables them to access, manipulate and customize varying levels of information directly from the Nielsen Media Research database.

 

107


Table of Contents

In response to the transformation of the television industry into a multi-platform business, in June of 2006, Nielsen Media Research announced the launching of its Anytime Anywhere Media Measurement research and testing program, known as “A2/M2.” This program will develop and deploy technology to measure new ways consumers are watching television, such as on the Internet, outside the home and via cell phones, iPods and other personal mobile devices. Nielsen will continue its focus on providing the most accurate measurement of in-home television viewing through its Active/Passive Meters, but through the A2/M2 initiative will also pursue the measurement of online streaming video and Internet measurement in Nielsen’s People Meter samples, the addition of out-of-home measurement in Nielsen’s People Meter samples, the introduction of electronic measurement in local markets, the development of new meters to measure video viewed on portable media devices and the creation of new methods for measuring viewer “engagement” in television programming.

Advertising Information Services (“AIS”). AIS provides commercial occurrence data and tracks the proportion of all advertising within a product category attributable to a particular brand or advertiser. We measure advertising expenditures, placements and creative content in 22 countries by company, by brand, and by product category across monitored media. Such media include print, outdoor advertising, radio and freestanding inserts as well as television. Customers use this service to manage their media spend by benchmarking their own performance against that of their competitors. We provide Advertising Information Services in the U.S. under our Monitor-Plus brand.

Other Media Services. Our media division also provides a number of other products and services. Standard Rate & Data Service (“SRDS”) collects information on media advertising rates, publishing dates and contact data on media outlets in the U.S. Interactive Market Systems (“IMS”) provides media planning and analysis software to analyze both industry and proprietary research data. The software is used by advertising agencies, advertisers, publishers, broadcasters, other media owners and researchers. IMS software can be used for television, press, radio, outdoor and Internet planning. Nielsen Outdoor measures both consumer exposure to outdoor advertising and outdoor advertising audience demographics. It uses a randomly selected demographically balanced panel of individuals. Using GPS technology, Nielsen Outdoor measures the frequency with which panelists have the opportunity to view certain billboards and other forms of outdoor advertising. Scarborough Research, a joint venture between Nielsen and Arbitron, Inc. (“Arbitron”), measures the lifestyle and shopping patterns, media behaviors, and demographics of consumers in the U.S. A total of 80 local markets are measured at regular intervals through telephone surveys, product booklets and diaries.

Ventures. Nielsen Ventures provides measurement and analysis of sports sponsorship data, product placement and consumer generated word-of-mouth. Nielsen Ventures introduced “ Fanlinks ” in 2005, a service developed with ACNielsen to link consumers’ sports media consumption to product purchasing. ACNielsen Homescan panelists are surveyed to identify sports fans and their degree of sports entertainment consumption. Survey results are cross-tabulated against purchasing behavior to provide a view of today’s sports fan and how consumption of sports entertainment translates to purchasing behavior. Nielsen Ventures also continues to develop and expand sales of services such as “ Placeviews ,” which is a software product that enables clients to measure the impact of product placement on television and in movies by identifying which brands are featured, what type of placement is used, when and where the placement occurred and the audience exposure at the time of the placement.

Internet Measurement

Nielsen//NetRatings. On February 5, 2007, Nielsen Media Research, Inc. entered into a merger agreement with NetRatings, Inc. by which Nielsen Media Research will acquire all the NetRatings, Inc.’s shares of common stock not currently owned by it. NetRatings, Inc. (NASDAQ:NTRT) gathers data and tracks global online activity. Nielsen//NetRatings’ customers use this data to make informed business decisions regarding their Internet marketing strategies. Nielsen//NetRatings’ services include: Internet audience measurement services ( NetView , SiteCensus and Market Intelligence) ; advertisement measurement services ( AdRelevance ,

Adintelligence and WebRF ); and Internet market research services (Homescan Online , which provides integrated views of consumers’ online behavior and offline purchasing patterns, Webintercept and MegaPanel) .

 

108


Table of Contents

Nielsen//NetRatings collects information through panels in locations around the world to measure both at-home and at-work activity. Panelists are recruited through a variety of methods, including random digit dialing and online surveys, as well as through partnerships with local market research providers. Our Megapanel service, for example, tracks Internet usage and buying behavior among more than a million people in countries including the U.S., the United Kingdom, France and Germany. The information Nielsen//NetRatings gathers is used to produce syndicated and custom reports and is made available to clients on a weekly or monthly basis.

Nielsen BuzzMetrics . Recognizing the growing importance of online dialogue and word-of-mouth behavior in consumer decision-making, we acquired 58% of the shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc. in early 2006. On June 4, 2007, we acquired the remaining outstanding shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc. This company tracks, measures and analyzes consumer-generated media on the Internet, including opinions, advice, consumer-to-consumer discussions, reviews, shared personal experiences, photos, images, videos and podcasts, to provide market intelligence to its customers. Internet sources include online forums, boards, blogs and Usenet newsgroups. Consumer-generated media plays an influential role in driving consumer perceptions, awareness and purchase behavior. Consumers often encounter consumer-generated media while researching products during the buying cycle which can help build brand loyalty or, if negative, can lead to brand deterioration.

Nielsen BuzzMetrics offers a BrandPulse solution that helps track, analyze and measure the volume of consumer-generated media about a particular company or brand. BrandPulse Insight focuses on specialized, issue-specific reports that monitor and highlight consumer trends, issues, opinion shifts, predictions and other marketplace-shaping forces.

Entertainment

Nielsen EDI. Nielsen EDI captures box-office results from more than 50,000 movie screens across 14 countries, including, among others, the U.S., Canada and Mexico. Clients use this information in deciding where and for how long a movie will play, as well as the allocation of advertising and promotional dollars. Nielsen EDI tracks movie theater box-office receipts provided by major cinema chains in the U.S. such as AMC, Regal Entertainment Group and National Amusements.

Nielsen SoundScan, Nielsen BookScan and Nielsen VideoScan. Through these brands, we track and report in-store and online retail sales of audio products, books and video entertainment products. Clients use these services to monitor their market share. Each of these businesses compiles point-of-sale data from retailers on a weekly basis and prepares reports which are delivered to clients regularly through an Internet portal.

Nielsen National Research Group (“NRG”). NRG tests movie promotional materials, predicts the gross box office receipts of upcoming and recently released movies and compiles film awareness studies in the U.S. Clients use NRG’s research to develop, or make changes to, their marketing plans. NRG’s clients include major film studios in the U.S. We also offer similar services in Europe, Australia and Japan.

Nielsen Broadcast Data Systems (“BDS”). BDS monitors radio airplay on a continuous basis from 1,600 radio stations in the U.S. This data is used by music labels, radio stations and performing rights organizations to adjust station playlists and to determine marketing spend for various titles. Using patented computer technology, BDS provides daily reporting, and in certain cases real-time reporting, to its client base through the Internet. In certain countries in Europe, Nielsen Music Control provides similar radio airplay monitoring services.

Business Media

Our Business Media segment is one of the largest providers of integrated business-to-business information in the world. The segment has more than 100 trade shows, approximately 100 websites and over 100 print publications and online newsletters, each targeted to specific industry groups. Through 2006, our Business Media segment was comprised of two divisions: Nielsen Business Media U.S. and Nielsen Business Media Europe (“BME”), each with its own trade shows, online media assets and publications. On February 8, 2007, we

 

109


Table of Contents

completed the sale of BME to 3i, a European private equity and venture capital firm. The Company’s financial statements reflect BME’s business as a discontinued operation.

Our Business Media segment is anchored by the U.S. trade show business, which is characterized by high margins, diversified end markets and strong free cash flow. The trade show business operates leading trade shows across a wide range of industries, such as jewelry, general merchandise and kitchen & bath design. In addition, our publications, such as Billboard and The Hollywood Reporter, benefit from leading brand name recognition and established audiences. Customers include professionals and advertisers from a variety of industries including marketing, media, advertising, entertainment, informational technology, career management and finance. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Business Media generated approximately 11% of our pro forma revenue.

Trade Shows. Each year, we produce approximately 60 trade shows in the U.S., with a total audience of approximately 475,000 and a total booth space of over six million square feet for attendees principally comprised of retailers, distributors and business professionals. Industry leaders use these events to sell existing products and to promote the launch of new products in order to reach decision-makers in their respective industries. Our U.S. trade shows were ranked first in terms of show square footage and first in number of top 200 shows, respectively, in the annual Tradeshow Week rankings of the top 200 U.S. trade shows for 2006. Our portfolio is diversified across a large number of end markets. Leading events include the Hospitality Design Conference and Expo, the Kitchen/Bath Industry Show and Conference, Associated Surplus Dealers/Associated Merchandise Dealers shows, the Interbike International Bike Show and Expo and the JA International Jewelry Summer and Winter Shows.

Online Media & Publications. In the U.S., we publish trade publications and maintain related online sites across various segments including marketing and media, retail trade, construction, real estate, travel, entertainment, health, jewelry and gifts, among others. These publications are distributed to approximately 1.2 million readers. Titles include Billboard, The Hollywood Reporter, Adweek, Brandweek, Film Journal International, Commercial Property News and National Jeweler . Billboard covers leading music artists and the marketing plans for their upcoming releases, including music videos. The Hollywood Reporter is a leading film and entertainment magazine which keeps industry professionals abreast of films that are in production and development. Brandweek and Adweek are leading sources for the latest brand management strategies and tools. The websites related to these titles provide further information on their respective industry groups and developments. Our online media offerings and publications attract brand managers who we then help to build an integrated, business-to-business marketing campaign that reaches retailers through many of the same online and print media.

Trade Show Joint Ventures Outside U.S. We organize over 50 trade shows in the Netherlands and elsewhere in Europe as well as in China and elsewhere in Asia through our joint venture with Jaarbeurs.

Sales and Marketing

Our Consumer Services and Media services typically comprise information, the software tools to access the information and a Client Service team to help interpret the information and ensure that the client derives maximum value. The Client Service team is often located at the client site, and can also be available on an "as needed" basis, either in person or by phone. Client Service is responsible for both managing the client relationship and developing new sales opportunities with the client. The majority of services are usually provided on an ongoing or continuous basis, and therefore typically agreed for multiple years.

Large customers typically subscribe to a market measurement service from Nielsen or one of its competitors, so an important role of Client Service is to focus on client retention and to win business held by competitors. Another key Client Service responsibility within our Consumer Services business, is to sell additional products and services beyond the core measurement services. These additional services include targeting and segmentation ( ACNielsen Homescan , Spectra ), new product testing ( BASES ) and other advisory services.

 

110


Table of Contents

Our large customers often need to monitor their business on a regional or global basis. To meet this need, Nielsen will sometimes assign a senior Client Service professional to be the regional or global account manager. This person may be based at the client’s headquarters building, where he or she can develop relationships with the customer’s senior executives, further enhancing our client relationship. At the same time, many smaller target companies do not subscribe to a continuous measurement service so we also employ a specialist Client Service team to target this market opportunity with offerings tailored to fit the needs of smaller companies.

Marketing activities are focused on strategic marketing, product management, new product development and ensuring that Client Service is well-equipped with information and support materials on Nielsen’s product and service offerings. Marketing strategy is set globally, while marketing activities are managed on a regional basis. Nielsen’s investment in Client Service means that we have personal contact with our clients on a daily basis. Therefore, marketing communications efforts are focused on supporting Client Service with brochures, fact sheets, client advisory boards, websites and, in larger markets, annual conferences and newsletters. Spending on advertising and public relations is not considered key to our business success and is therefore limited.

Competition

Consumer Services

ACNielsen has numerous competitors in its various lines of business throughout the world. Competition includes companies specializing in marketing research, the in-house research departments of manufacturers and advertising agencies, retailers that sell information directly or through brokers, information management and software companies, and consulting and accounting firms. In retail measurement services, ACNielsen’s principal competitor in the U.S. is Information Resources, Inc. Information Resources, Inc. is also active in Europe and, through partial ownership of MEMRB, in Eastern Europe and other geographies. Our consumer panel services, custom research services, and other data and advisory services business have direct and/or indirect competitors, including Taylor Nelson Sofres plc and GFK AG, in many markets in which they operate. Principal competitive factors include innovation, quality, timeliness, reliability and comprehensiveness of data and analytical services, flexibility in tailoring services to client needs, price, and geographic and market coverage.

Media

Nielsen Media Research has maintained a strong leadership position in the television ratings measurement industry in the U.S. There are a number of firms that do qualitative research. Taylor Nelson Sofres plc has taken initial steps toward doing quantitative viewership estimates. Nielsen Media Research ’s ratings have been criticized on occasion by various participants in the television industry. This criticism, in part, may increase the likelihood of additional competition in the media research business. Outside of the U.S. AGB Nielsen Media Research faces competition from various competitors in several of the jurisdictions in which it operates. Our other Media businesses also face direct and indirect competition in most markets in which they operate. Principal competitive factors include innovation, quality, timeliness, reliability and comprehensiveness of data and analytical services, flexibility in tailoring services to client needs, price, and geographic and market coverage.

Business Media

The Business Media group faces competition in each of its principal product markets. Typically, there are several competitors that target the same industry sector. Furthermore, trade publications are subject to competition for advertising revenues from other media including the Internet and trade shows. In the U.S., our trade publications face competition principally from Reed Elsevier. The competition for trade shows is highly fragmented, both by product offering and geography. Because of the availability of alternative venues and dates and the ability to define events for particular industry segments, the range of competition for exhibitor spending, sponsorships and attendees is extensive. The trade show business in the Netherlands faces competition from RAI International Communications Group. Trade associations, with strong industry ties, also provide significant competition. The principal competitive factors in Business Media include the quality of information, quality and breadth of services, as well as level of customer support, level of technical expertise and price.

 

111


Table of Contents

Regulation

Data Protection

Our operations are subject to and affected by data protection laws in many countries. The number of countries in key business jurisdictions with data protection laws has been slowly increasing. Compliance with these laws can impose administrative and operational burdens and other costs, and these are more significant where the data is considered to be sensitive. The consequences of a compliance failure can include civil and criminal sanctions, negative publicity, data being blocked from use, and liability under contractual warranties of compliance.

Data protection laws constrain whether and how personal data may be collected, how it may be used, how it must be stored, and whether and to whom and where it may be transferred. While the laws on personal data vary from country to country, certain basic principles are common to most data protection laws, regardless of region or subject matter. For example, the data subject should receive notice of certain details of what information is being collected, and of its planned use, storage and transfer. Data protection laws usually contemplate some degree of choice on the part of the data subject over the collection and use of personal data. Future uses of personal data generally must conform to the disclosures in the notice that was the basis for consent. Personal data should be maintained in accurate form, and the data subject should have some level of access to the information to ensure accuracy. Finally, these laws generally require sufficient security around the personal data.

In many countries, “personal data” means information relating to an identifiable individual. Data protection laws do not apply to anonymous data, and usually do not apply to information about corporations. Personal data may be characterized as “sensitive” when it reveals information about a person’s health, religion and/or philosophy, politics, race and/or ethnicity, sexual preferences and/or practices, union membership, criminal records, finances, or location. All personal data may be subject to the data protection laws, but “sensitive” personal data typically is more highly regulated than non-sensitive data. Generally this means that for sensitive data the data subject’s consent should be more explicit and more fully informed, and that security measures should be more rigorous.

Our products and services incorporate both non-sensitive and sensitive personal data. Sensitive personal data may be revealed by certain demographic data that is collected and by several of the consumption preferences that are tracked. These preferences include those concerning such items as books, magazines, music, videos, healthcare products and services, religious products and services such as kosher or vegetarian items, Internet activity, and cable/satellite television.

The greater constraints that apply to the collection and use of highly regulated data can have several consequences for us. For example, for panel management the more rigorous consent measures may significantly depress cooperation from panel recruits and increase the administrative and operational burden and costs of panel recruitment and management. That and the more rigorous security measures required can significantly increase costs as compared to those for non-sensitive data. Also affected are products that incorporate data from or enhance the databases of third parties, especially such highly regulated entities as financial, telecommunications, and healthcare institutions. Regulation of data from these sources can either eliminate their availability or increase the cost of using them due to the larger administrative and operational burden and expense associated with the required compliance measures. There also is a greater enforcement focus on highly regulated personal data as compared to non-sensitive data. In the event of a compliance failure there is a relatively higher risk of sanctions, civil and criminal liability, and negative publicity.

In certain cases, regulation of third-party sources of data may offer us a competitive advantage where we are not covered by the regulation. For example, the value of our data on subjects such as video and cable or satellite viewing in the U.S. may be higher due to the fact that U.S. law prohibits the suppliers of those services from disclosing such personal data.

 

112


Table of Contents

Certain means of data collection are more highly regulated than others. There is a greater regulatory focus on data collection methods that may not always be obvious to the data subject or that otherwise present a higher risk of abuse. Examples include: collecting data online, especially by means of cookies or similar technologies, or directly from children; collecting information by means of radio frequency identification tags; and tracking location, for example by using global positioning satellites or RFID tags. The increased compliance costs associated with these means of data collection may reduce their cost-effectiveness or other advantages. Our product development plans contemplate certain of these data collection methods.

Transfer of data outside the country where it is collected is constrained by many data protection laws, and most significantly by the European Union. This has an impact on how data can be most efficiently managed. For example, these constraints have a bearing on centralized database management, because multinational access to a central database may constitute a transfer of data to the point of access. Cross-border transfers are not flatly prohibited, but the compliance measures that must be implemented before such transfers are permitted impose significant operational burdens and costs. Most of the available compliance measures also increase our exposure to liability in the event of a compliance failure.

Employees

On December 31, 2006, we had approximately 41,000 full and part-time employees worldwide with approximately 13,000 of those being located in the U.S. Of our worldwide employees, approximately 31,000 full and part-time employees were in Consumer Services, approximately 9,000 in Media and over 1,000 in Business Media. Outside of the U.S. a number of our employees are members of Workers Councils or other similar organizations. We believe that our success depends partly on our continuing ability to retain and attract highly qualified technical, sales and management personnel. Although qualified personnel are in high demand and competition exists for their services, we believe that we have been able to retain and attract highly qualified personnel. We believe our relationships with our employees are good. See “Risk Factors—If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate employees, we will not be able to compete effectively and will not be able to expand our business.”

Intellectual Property

We own registered marks for “Nielsen ,” “ACNielsen ” and several other Nielsen brands and own or have applied for trademark registrations in the U.S. and in several jurisdictions outside the U.S. for many of our services and software products. We also have numerous trade secrets relating to data processing that are of material importance to our business. We have a number of registrations of our copyrights and a number of patents and patent applications pending including patents relating to audience measurement systems, broadcast encoding Internet content monitor systems, and automated data collection.

To protect our proprietary services and software, we rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and patent, copyright, trademark, service mark and trade secret laws. We also have established policies requiring our personnel and representatives to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary property. We will continue to apply for software and business method patents on a case-by-case basis and will continue to monitor ongoing developments in the evolving software and business method patent field. See “Risk Factors—Our success will depend upon our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.”

Technology and Operations

Our businesses are supported by an infrastructure that features advanced data processing technologies and services. We use leading technologies to support our proprietary data collection and warehousing systems. Examples include, in-home point-of-sale scanning solutions, Internet-enabled retailer point-of-sale uploads, mobile handheld devices for our retail store auditing teams, proprietary in-home television monitoring capabilities (Set Meter, People Meter, Active/Passive Meter) and Internet-based survey delivery and data capture.

 

113


Table of Contents

Scalable, networked, midrange and mainframe processors manage, manipulate and store this information in highly structured databases. Our delivery and data analysis software platforms enable access to our information products, as well as the ability to download information to the customer’s desktop for use in common spreadsheet and presentation software. We provide these capabilities to our customers and other businesses via consistent, secure and convenient access through Internet-based or dedicated telecommunication links. These technologies and services are supported by data center networks including the Nielsen Media Research Global Technology and Information Center (“GTIC”) in Oldsmar, Florida. The GTIC campus includes our data center and network operations facility. This facility is designed for high-availability, high-performance delivery of information products to our customers and other businesses on a 365 day per year, 24 hour per day, continuous schedule. The GTIC is also designed for high-capacity database operations and is equipped with full Internet backbone networking capability for connectivity to our customers and our other business locations.

Properties and Facilities

We lease property in more than 570 locations worldwide. We also own six properties worldwide, including ACNielsen’s offices in Oxford, United Kingdom, Mexico City, Mexico and Sao Paulo, Brazil. Our leased property includes offices in New York, New York, Oldsmar, Florida, and Markham, Canada. Nielsen Media Research leases property in Oldsmar, Florida which we use as our GTIC. The obligations of Nielsen Media Research under this lease are guaranteed by The Nielsen Company B.V. In addition, Nielsen is subject to certain covenants including the requirement that it meet certain conditions in the event it merges into or conveys, leases, transfers or sells its properties or assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any person or persons, in one or a series of transactions.

Legal Proceedings

In addition to the legal proceedings described below, we are presently a party to certain lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that none of our current legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

On June 16, 2005, erinMedia, LLC filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida. The lawsuit alleges that Nielsen Media Research violated federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate Nielsen Media Research’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted Nielsen Media Research’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia. On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against Nielsen alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed the action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. We believe the original action is without merit.

On April 12, 2006, Wrapsidy, LLC filed a lawsuit in California Superior Court in Santa Clara County. The lawsuit asserts claims against Nielsen Media Research for violation of the California Franchise Investment Act, misappropriation of trade secrets, unfair competition and business practices, anticipatory breach of contract and other claims arising out of certain contracts between the parties. Wrapsidy also alleges harm arising out of certain contractual and pricing practices of Nielsen Media Research. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought and seeks declaratory and equitable relief. The case is now in discovery. We believe this action is without merit.

On August 31, 2006 a notice of disagreement was filed by World Directories Acquisition Corp. (“WDA”) against us and certain of our subsidiaries pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) between the parties dated September 26, 2004 under which our World Directories business was sold. The claim arises in connection with certain post-closing matters under the SPA related to the submission of the completion accounts

 

114


Table of Contents

related to the business. WDA asserts a claim for approximately €44 million and we, in opposition to WDA’s claim, have claimed approximately €8.0 million. The matter has been submitted to arbitration pursuant to the SPA.

D&B Legacy Tax Matters

In November 1996, D&B, then known as the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation and spun-off the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation. In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability arising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters.

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999 a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes its provision of $13 million is adequate to cover any remaining liability related to these matters.

 

115


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The Executive Officers set forth below are responsible for achieving Nielsen’s and each of the Issuers goals, strategy, policies and results. The supervision of Nielsen’s management and its Executive Board and the general course of its affairs and business operations is entrusted to the Supervisory Board, which currently consists of thirteen members. The Supervisory Board is a separate body and fully independent from the Executive Board. The officers and directors of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC, are as follows:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

David L. Calhoun

   50    Chairman, Executive Board of Nielsen, Chief Executive Officer Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC

Susan Whiting

   50    Executive Vice President, Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC

Mitchell Habib

   46    Executive Vice President, Global Business Services, Nielsen; Executive Vice President, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC

Brian J. West

   37    Chief Financial Officer, Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC

James W. Cuminale

   54    Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer, Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC

Roberto Llamas

   60    Chief Human Resources Officer, Nielsen; Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Communication, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC

David E. Berger

   50    Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller, Nielsen; Vice President (Finance), Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC

Robert A. Ruijter

   56    Executive Advisor to the Supervisory Board of Nielsen; Member, Executive Board of Nielsen

Board Members 1

     

Iain Leigh

   50    Director

James A. Quella

   57    Director

Michael S. Chae

   38    Director

Allan M. Holt

   55    Director

James M. Kilts

   59    Director

James A. Attwood, Jr.

   48    Director

Patrick Healy

   40    Director

Lord Clive Hollick

   61    Director

Alexander Navab

   41    Director

Scott A. Schoen

   48    Director

Richard J. Bressler

   49    Director

Dudley G. Eustace

   71    Director

Gerald S. Hobbs

   66    Director

( 1)

All of the directors listed here are members of the Supervisory Board of Nielsen and serve as directors of Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC except for Messrs. Kilts, Eustace and Hobbs who serve only on the Supervisory Board of Nielsen.

 

116


Table of Contents

David L. Calhoun. Mr. Calhoun serves as Chairman of the Executive Board of Nielsen and Chief Executive Officer of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC, positions he has held since September 2006. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Calhoun was a Vice Chairman the of General Electric Company and President and CEO of GE Infrastructure, the largest of GE’s six business segments and comprised of Aviation, Energy, Oil & Gas, Transportation, and Water & Process Technologies, as well as GE’s Commercial Aviation Services and Energy Financial Services businesses. From 2003 until becoming a Vice Chairman of GE and President and CEO of GE Infrastructure in 2005, Mr. Calhoun served as President and CEO of GE Transportation, which is made up of GE’s Aircraft Engines and Rail businesses. Prior to joining Aircraft Engines in July 2000, Mr. Calhoun served as president and CEO of Employers Reinsurance Corporation from 1999 to 2000; president and CEO of GE Lighting from 1997 to 1999; and president and CEO of GE Transportation Systems from 1995 to 1997. From 1994 to 1995, he served as President of GE Plastics for the Pacific region. Mr. Calhoun joined GE upon graduation from Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1979.

Susan Whiting . Ms. Whiting serves as Executive Vice President of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC and Chairman of Nielsen Media Research, positions she has held since January 2007. Ms. Whiting has overall responsibility for global marketing and product leadership across the Company as well as overall strategic responsibility for all Nielsen Media businesses worldwide. Ms. Whiting joined Nielsen Media Research in 1978 as part of its management training program. Since then she has worked in every aspect of the business. In 1997 she was appointed General Manager of National Services and Emerging Markets. In 2001, she was named President and Chief Operating Officer, and nine months later was named CEO. Ms. Whiting serves on the Board of Directors of NetRatings, Inc. (approximately 60% owned by Nielsen) and Wilmington Trust Corporation. She graduated from Denison University with a Bachelor of Arts degree (cum laude) in Economics.

Mitchell Habib. Mr. Habib serves as Executive Vice President, Global Business Services of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC, positions he has held since March 2007. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Habib was employed by Citigroup as the Chief Information Officer of its North America Consumer Business from September 2005 and prior to that it’s North America Credit Cards Division from June 2004. Before joining Citigroup, Mr. Habib served as Chief Information Officer for several major divisions of the General Electric Company over a period of seven years.

Brian J. West. Mr. West serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC, positions he has held since February 2007. Prior to joining Nielsen, he was employed by the General Electric Company as the Chief Financial Officer of its GE Aviation division from June 2005. Prior to that, Mr. West held several senior financial management positions within the GE organization, including Chief Financial Officer of its GE Engine Services division, from March 2004, Chief Financial Officer of GE Plastics Lexan, from November 2002, and Chief Financial Officer of its NBC TV Stations division. Mr. West is a veteran of GE’s financial management program and spent more than 16 years with GE.

James W. Cuminale. Mr. Cuminale serves as the Chief Legal Officer of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC, positions he has held since November 2006. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Cuminale served for over ten years as the Executive Vice President—Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary of PanAmSat Corporation and PanAmSat Holding Corporation. In this role, Mr. Cuminale managed PanAmSat’s legal and regulatory affairs and its ongoing acquisitions and divestitures.

Roberto Llamas. Mr. Llamas serves as Chief Human Resources Officer of Nielsen, a position he has held since June, 2007. In this role he is responsible for all aspects of human resources worldwide. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Llamas was the Chief Administrative Officer for The Cleveland Clinic and prior to that position he maintained a consulting business and was a Managing Partner and the Chief Human Resources Officer at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Llamas holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Marketing Management from California Polytechnic State University and a Masters of Science in Organizational Development from Pepperdine University.

 

117


Table of Contents

David E. Berger. Mr. Berger serves as Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller of Nielsen, a position he has held since August 2005, and Vice President (Finance) of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. In this role he is responsible for accounting, financial reporting, planning and analysis, budgeting and financial systems. Prior to this role, from January 2001, he served as Chief Financial Officer of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. with responsibility for overseeing the U.S. arm of corporate controlling in addition to being responsible for global purchasing, real estate and financial systems. Prior to joining Nielsen in 2001 he had been employed for almost ten years at Simon and Schuster in varying senior management capacities leaving as Senior Vice President, Finance and Development. Prior to his tenure at Simon & Schuster, Mr. Berger worked at American National Can Company where he was Chief Financial Officer of one of its largest divisions. Mr. Berger started his professional career with the public accounting firm of Touche Ross and Company. Mr. Berger holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

Robert A. Ruijter . Mr. Ruijter serves as an Executive Advisor to the Supervisory Board and a member of the Executive Board of Nielsen. In this role he is responsible for advising the Supervisory Board on matters impacting Nielsen. Mr. Ruijter served as the Chief Financial Officer of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC until February 23, 2007. Mr. Ruijter joined Nielsen in 2004 as Chief Financial Officer and as a member of the Executive Board. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Ruijter held a number of positions at various multinationals. In 2001 Mr. Ruijter became CFO and Managing Director of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. In 2000, he was named Executive Vice President & CFO of Baan Company N.V. after spending seven years with Philips as Director of Finance and Executive Vice President & CFO of Philips Lighting. Before Philips, Mr. Ruijter worked at British Petroleum, PLC in a variety of roles including Managing Director & CEO of BP Sweden. He began his career as a public accountant with Ernst & Young Accountants, and is a Dutch (RA) Chartered Accountant, a U.S. CPA and is a member of the Association of Corporate Treasurers in the United Kingdom.

Iain Leigh . Mr. Leigh has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 5, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since May 24, 2006. Mr. Leigh is a Managing Partner and Head of the U.S. office of AlpInvest Partners. Prior to joining AlpInvest Partners in 2000, Mr. Leigh was Managing Investment Partner of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson Private Equity and a member of the Executive Committee of the firm’s global private equity business. Prior to that, he led the Restructuring Department within Kleinwort Benson’s Investment Banking division focusing on U.S. leveraged buy-outs and venture capital investments. Before moving to the U.S., Mr. Leigh held a number of senior operating positions in Kleinwort Benson in Western Europe and Asia. Mr. Leigh is a Fellow of the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants, U.K., and holds a Master’s degree in Business Administration from Brunel University, England.

James A. Quella . Mr. Quella has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 28, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since July 28, 2006. Mr. Quella is a Senior Managing Director and Senior Operating Partner of the Private Equity Group of The Blackstone Group. Prior to joining The Blackstone Group, Mr. Quella was a Managing Director and Senior Operating Partner with DLJ Merchant Banking Partners—CSFB Private Equity. Prior to that, Mr. Quella was Vice Chairman of Mercer Management Consulting and Strategic Planning Associates, its predecessor firm. Mr. Quella is currently a director of Allied Waste, Celanese, Graham Packaging, Michael’s Stores and Houghton Mifflin. Mr. Quella received a B.A. from the University of Chicago/University of Wisconsin Madison and an M.B.A. with Dean’s Honors from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

Michael S. Chae . Mr. Chae has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 5, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since May 24, 2006. Mr. Chae is a Senior Managing Director of the Private Equity Group of The Blackstone Group. Prior to joining The Blackstone Group in 1997, Mr. Chae worked as an Associate at The Carlyle Group and prior to that he was with Dillon, Read & Co. Mr. Chae is currently a director of Extended Stay

 

118


Table of Contents

America, Michael’s Stores and Universal Orlando and a member of the Board of Trustees of the Lawrenceville School. Mr. Chae graduated magna cum laude from Harvard College, received an M.Phil from Cambridge University and received a J.D. from Yale Law School.

Allan M. Holt. Mr. Holt has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since April 5, 2007 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since April 5, 2007. Mr. Holt is a Managing Director and Co-head of the U.S. Buyout group of The Carlyle Group. Mr. Holt has extensive private equity investment experience, having most recently led Carlyle’s Global Aerospace, Defense, Technology and Business/Government Services team. Mr. Holt joined Carlyle in 1991. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Holt spent three and a half years with Avenir Group, Inc., an investment and advisory group. Mr. Holt was also previously with MCI Communications Corporation, where, as Director of Planning and Budgets, he managed a group responsible for the development, review and analysis of MCI’s multibillion-dollar financial operating and capital plans. Before joining MCI, he was with Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Holt is a graduate of Rutgers University and received his M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Holt is a member of the Boards of Directors of Fairchild Imaging, Inc., Landmark Aviation, MedPointe, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., Standard Aero, Ltd. and Vought Aircraft Industries, Inc.

James M. Kilts. Mr. Kilts has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006. Mr. Kilts is a founding partner of Centerview Partners. Prior to joining Centerview Partners, Mr. Kilts was Vice Chairman of the Board, The Procter & Gamble Company. Mr. Kilts was formerly Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of The Gillette Company before the company’s merger with Procter & Gamble in October 2005. Prior to Gillette, Mr. Kilts had served at different times as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nabisco, Executive Vice President of the Worldwide Food group of Philip Morris, President of Kraft USA and Oscar Mayer, President of Kraft Limited in Canada, and Senior Vice President of Kraft International. A graduate of Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, Mr. Kilts earned a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago. Mr. Kilts is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Met Life, The New York Times, and MeadWestvaco as well as a member of Citigroup’s International Advisory Board. Mr. Kilts also serves on the Board of Trustees of Knox College and the University of Chicago and as Chairman of the Advisory Council of the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

James A. Attwood, Jr. Mr. Attwood has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 28, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since July 28, 2006. Mr. Attwood is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group and Head of the Global Telecommunications and Media group. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Attwood was with Verizon Communications, Inc. and GTE Corporation. Prior to GTE, he was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Attwood serves as a member of the Boards of Directors of Hawaiian Telcom, Insight Communications and WILLCOM, Inc. Mr. Attwood graduated summa cum laude from Yale University with a B.A. in applied mathematics and an M.A. in statistics and received both J.D. and M.B.A. degrees from Harvard University.

Patrick Healy . Mr. Healy has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 5, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since May 24, 2006. Mr. Healy is a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman and leads the firm’s London office. Mr. Healy’s primary areas of focus are the media, financial and professional services industries and the firm’s European activities. Prior to joining Hellman & Friedman in 1994, Mr. Healy was with James D. Wolfensohn Incorporated and Consolidated Press Holdings in Australia. Mr. Healy is currently a director of DoubleClick, Inc., Mondrian Investment Partners, The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., entities affiliated with Gartmore Investment Management plc, the Nielsen Companies and oversees the firm’s investment in Axel Springer AG.

Lord Clive Hollick . Lord Hollick has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 28, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since July 28, 2006. Lord Hollick is a Member at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., where he heads the Media industry team in Europe. Prior to joining Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. in 2005, Lord Hollick was CEO

 

119


Table of Contents

of United Business Media. Lord Hollick is currently the Chairman of SBS Broadcasting, a senior director of Diageo plc and a director of Honeywell Inc. Lord Hollick received a B.A. from Nottingham University.

Alexander Navab . Mr. Navab has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 5, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since May 24, 2006. Mr. Navab is a Member at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., where he heads the Media and Communications industry team. Prior to joining Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. in 1993, Mr. Navab was with James D. Wolfensohn Incorporated and prior to that he was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Navab is currently a director of Visant. Mr. Navab received a B.A. with Honors, Phi Beta Kappa, from Columbia College and an M.B.A. with High Distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

Scott A. Schoen . Mr. Schoen has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 5, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since May 24, 2006. Mr. Schoen is a Co-President of Thomas H. Lee Partners. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners in 1986, Mr. Schoen was with the Private Finance Department of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Schoen is currently a director of Simmons Company and Spectrum Brands, Inc. He is a member of the Board of Trustees of Spaulding Rehabilitation Hospital Network. He is also a member of the Board of Advisors of the Yale School of Management and a member of the Yale Development Board. Mr. Schoen received a B.A. in History from Yale University, a J.D. from the Harvard Law School and an M.B.A. from Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. Mr. Schoen is a member of the New York Bar.

Richard J. Bressler . Mr. Bressler has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006, a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance Co. since July 28, 2006 and a member of the Board of Nielsen Finance LLC since July 28, 2006. Mr. Bressler joined Thomas H. Lee Partners as a Managing Director in 2006. From May 2001 through 2005, Mr. Bressler was the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Viacom Inc. Before joining Viacom, Mr. Bressler was Executive Vice President of AOL Time Warner Inc. and Chief Executive Officer of AOL Time Warner Investments. Prior to that, Mr. Bressler served in various capacities with Time Warner Inc., including as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner Digital Media, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Time Warner Inc. Before joining Time Inc., Mr. Bressler was a partner with Ernst & Young. Mr. Bressler serves on the Boards of Warner Music Group, Gartner, Inc. and American Media, Inc. In addition, he serves as Chairman for the Center for Communication Board, the Duke University Fuqua School of Business’s Board of Visitors, New School University’s Board of Trustees, the J.P. Morgan Chase National Advisory Board and the Columbia University School of the Arts Deans’ Council. Mr. Bressler holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from Adelphia University.

Dudley G. Eustace . Mr. Eustace has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006. Mr. Eustace currently serves as the chairman of the supervisory board of Smith & Nephew Plc., the vice chairman of the supervisory board and chairman of the audit committee of Royal KPN N.V., the chairman of the supervisory board and chairman of the nominating committee of Aegon N.V., the vice chairman of the supervisory board and chairman of the audit committee of Hagemeyer N.V., a member of the European Advisory Council of NM Rothschild & Sons, a member of the supervisory board of Stork N.V., a member of the board of Charterhouse Vermorgensbehler B.V. and a member of the board of Providence Capital N.V.

Gerald S. Hobbs . Mr. Hobbs has been a member of Nielsen’s Supervisory Board since January 2004. Mr. Hobbs was formerly a Vice Chairman of Nielsen’s Executive Board from 1999 until 2003. Mr. Hobbs is a Managing Director at Boston Ventures, Inc., which he joined in January 2005 as a partner. In addition, Mr. Hobbs is currently a director of The Bureau of National Affairs, Inc., Medley Global Advisors, LLC, New Track Media and the Advertising Council.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Supervisory Board established and maintains three committees through which it has authorized designated members of the Board to act: the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee and the Compensation

 

120


Table of Contents

Committee. The Executive Committee, consisting of Messrs. Navab (as Chairman), Attwood, Chae, Healy and Schoen, is authorized to act for the Supervisory Board between its regular meetings, subject to Board notification requirements.

In general, the Audit Committee, consisting of Messrs. Bressler (as Chairman), Healy, Hobbs and Quella, recommends the appointment of an external auditor and oversees the work of the external and internal audit functions, provides compliance oversight, establishes auditing policies, reviews and assesses the financial results relating to Nielsen’s transformation initiative, discusses the results of the annual audit, critical accounting policies, significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements and related matters with the external auditor and reviews earnings press releases and financial information provided to analysts and ratings agencies.

The Compensation Committee, consisting of Messrs. Schoen (as Chairman), Attwood, Chae, Navab and Healy, is responsible for setting, reviewing and evaluating the our compensation, and related performance and objectives, of the our senior management team.

Code of Ethics

We have a code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions. These standards are designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This section contains a discussion of the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our chief executive officer, our former chief executive officer (who resigned from office on June 13, 2006), our principal financial officer, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers in 2006. These individuals are referred to as the “Named Officers.”

Our executive compensation programs are determined and approved by our Compensation Committee. None of the Named Officers are members of the Compensation Committee or otherwise had any role in determining the compensation of other Named Officers, with the exception of our Chief Executive Officer David Calhoun, who has a role in determining the compensation of Susan Whiting, an executive vice president.

Executive Compensation Program Objectives and Overview

The Compensation Committee reviews Nielsen’s executive compensation program to ensure that:

 

   

The program adequately rewards performance which is tied to creating stockholder value; and

 

   

The program is designed to achieve Nielsen’s goals of promoting financial and operational success by attracting, motivating and facilitating the retention of key employees with outstanding talent and ability.

Nielsen’s executive compensation is based on three components, which are designed to be consistent with the Company’s compensation philosophy: (1) base salary; (2) annual incentive bonuses; and (3) long-term stock awards, including stock options and occasional awards of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), that are subject to performance-based and time-based vesting requirements. Senior management is asked to invest in the Company to ensure alignment with other owners, and stock options and RSUs are granted when an investment is made. Nielsen also provides certain perquisites to Named Officers. Severance benefits are provided to Named Officers whose employment terminates under certain circumstances. These benefits are described in further detail below in the section entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination.”

In structuring executive compensation packages, the Committee considers how each component promotes retention and/or motivates performance by the executive. Base salaries, perquisites, severance and other termination benefits are all primarily intended to attract and retain qualified executives. These are the elements of our executive compensation program where the value of the benefit in any given year is not dependent on

 

121


Table of Contents

performance (although base salary amounts and benefits determined with reference to base salary may increase from year to year depending on performance, among other things). We believe that to attract and retain senior executives, we must provide them with predictable benefit amounts that reward their continued service. Some of the elements, such as base salaries and perquisites, are generally paid out on a short-term or current basis. Other elements, such as benefits provided upon retirement or other terminations of employment, are generally paid out on a longer-term basis. We believe that this mix of short-term and long-term elements allows us to achieve our goals of attracting and retaining senior executives.

Our annual bonus opportunity is primarily intended to motivate Named Officers’ performance to achieve specific strategies and operating objectives, although we also believe it helps us attract and retain senior executives. Our long-term equity incentives are primarily intended to align Named Officers’ long-term interests with stockholders’ long-term interests, and we believe they help motivate performance and help us attract and retain senior executives. These are the elements of our executive compensation program that are designed to reward performance and the creation of stockholder value. Annual bonuses are paid out on an annual basis and are designed to reward performance for that year. Equity incentives are designed to reward performance on a long-term basis.

The Committee believes that performance-based compensation such as annual bonuses and long-term equity incentives play a significant role in aligning management’s interests with those of Nielsen’s stockholders. For this reason, these components of compensation constitute a substantial portion of compensation for our senior executives. Our compensation packages are designed to promote teamwork, initiative and resourcefulness by key employees whose performance and responsibilities directly affect the Company’s results of operations.

We generally do not adhere to rigid formulas or necessarily react to short-term changes in business performance in determining the amount and mix of compensation elements. We consider competitive market compensation paid by other companies, such as client companies and those in our specific industries, but we do not attempt to maintain a certain target percentile. Historically, the Company has considered the following companies as peers for purposes of benchmarking certain executive compensation practices: GfK, IMS Healh, McGraw-Hill, Pearson, Primedia, Reed Elsevier, WPP, Taylor Nelson Sofres and Wolters Kluwer. However, reference to these companies’ compensation practices is not systematic and we do not focus on any one particular component of compensation when reviewing their practices. These companies were selected because they are either direct competitors of ours or are engaged in related businesses. We incorporate flexibility into our compensation programs to respond to and adjust for changing business conditions. We believe that our short-term and long-term incentives provide the appropriate alignment between the interests of our owners and management.

Current Executive Compensation Program Elements

Base Salaries

We view base salary as a factor in our compensation package specifically related to retaining and attracting talented employees. In determining the amount of base salary that each Named Officer receives, we look to the rate of pay that the executive has received in the past, whether the executive’s position or responsibilities associated with his or her position have changed, if the complexity or scope of his or her responsibilities has increased, and how his or her position relates to other executives and their rate of base salary. Base salaries are reviewed annually or at some other appropriate time by the Compensation Committee and may be increased from time to time pursuant to such review. In determining base salary levels, the Committee considers Mr. Calhoun’s recommendations with respect to salary levels for Named Officers other than himself. The Committee believes that the base salary levels of the Company’s senior executives are reasonable in view of competitive practices, Nielsen’s performance and the contribution and expected contribution of those executives to the Company’s performance. As described below under “Employment Agreement with Mr. David Calhoun,” Nielsen has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Calhoun that sets his level of base salary. Ms. Whiting’s salary was increased in November 2006 to reflect her new responsibilities as an Executive Vice President of the Company.

Annual Bonuses

Historically, annual incentive bonuses have been awarded to senior executives based upon multiple performance criteria, including evaluations of personal job performance and performance measured against

 

122


Table of Contents

objective business criteria. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the following factors were considered in determining annual bonuses for our senior executives: profit as represented by EBITDA, revenue performance, cost savings, and an assessment of the executive’s job performance for 2006. The factors were weighted in the following amounts in determination of the Named Officers’ annual bonus for 2006: 60% on the achievement of EBITDA targets, 30% on the achievement of cost savings goals, and 10% on the achievement of revenue performance metrics, with the Compensation Committee’s discretion to either increase or decrease the bonus based on its assessment of the executive’s job performance. We believe that focusing on bottom-line operating performance will result in a high-performing company over the long-term. Focusing on revenue performance will help ensure that Nielsen continues to grow and continues to be a leader in the markets we serve. We believe that focusing on cost efficiencies will allow us to free up resources to be invested in future, profitable growth. For 2007, we anticipate that the factors that will be considered in determining annual bonuses for our senior executives will include profit as represented by EBITDA, revenue performance and an assessment of the executive’s job performance for 2007 and additional factors that may be considered as determined by the Compensation Committee. Based on currently available information, it is anticipated that the target annual performance levels for fiscal year 2007 are reasonably obtainable by the Named Officers.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Calhoun’s annual bonus ranges from 0% to 200% of his base salary with a target bonus of 100%. For 2006, he was guaranteed a prorated bonus payment no less than his target bonus multiplied by the percentage of the year he was employed. His actual bonus for a given year is determined by the Committee based on his performance and the performance of the Company for that year as described above.

Signing Bonuses

In certain circumstances, the Compensation Committee may grant signing bonuses to new executives in order to attract talented employees for key positions. The amount of the signing bonuses are determined on the facts and circumstances applicable to the new hire. During 2006, Mr. Calhoun joined us as Chief Executive Officer. In connection with attracting Mr. Calhoun to join our Company, the Compensation Committee granted him a signing bonus in the amount of $10,613,699, payable in approximately equal installments annually through 2011, which payments are generally contingent on his being employed on each such payment date. In determining the amount of the signing bonus, the Compensation Committee evaluated his experience and the leadership and responsibilities that are associated with his position at the Company.

Special One-Time Bonus Awards

In recognition of the efforts of certain Named Officers in connection with the additional workload and responsibilities surrounding the Merger, we granted each of Mr. Ruijter, Mr. Schmidt and Ms. Whiting a special one-time award. The amounts of these special one-time awards were determined by the Compensation Committee and were based on the Committee’s determination of the individual’s contributions to and impact on the Company in connection with consummation the Merger. The various amounts are set forth in footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table below.

Long-Term Incentive Equity Awards

Nielsen’s policy is that the long-term compensation of its senior executives should be directly linked to the value provided to stockholders. Therefore, Nielsen historically made annual grants of stock options and, in some cases, RSUs to provide incentives to our executives to increase the value of our common stock. Since the Company was in serious negotiations to be purchased by the Sponsors, the Company decided not to make stock option grants in March 2006, as was its normal practice. According to the terms of the merger protocol, all ‘in-the-money’ stock options were cancelled and a cash payment was made to the option-holders in an amount equal to the excess of the purchase price per share over the exercise price of each option grant multiplied by the number of options granted.

Mr. Ruijter was a participant in the 2005-2007 Executive Board Long-Term Incentive Plan. This plan provided for an initial grant of RSUs which was increased to reflect the Company’s outperformance of the

 

123


Table of Contents

applicable EBITDA, total shareholder return and individual targets. The final value of the RSUs was based on the tender offer price of €29.50 which was determined to be the fair value of our common stock per the terms of the acquisition.

As described more fully below under “2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan”, equity awards are currently provided through common stock, stock options and, in limited circumstances, RSUs. Executives selected to participate in the plan are asked to invest in the Company by purchasing common stock. The amount initially requested is based upon the executive’s position in the organization, their impact on the organization and projected future impact. Once the executive purchases common stock at the fair market value as determined by the Compensation Committee, a designated number of stock options are granted to the executive. The large majority of these options are granted at an exercise price equal to the ‘fair market value’ as determined by the Committee, while a smaller amount are granted at an exercise price equal to 2 times the ‘fair market value’. These stock options are 50% time-vested while the remaining 50% are performance-vested. For the time-vested options, 5% are vested on the grant date and 19% are vested on December 31 of each of the five anniversaries of December 31, 2006. For the performance-vested options, 5% are vested on the grant date, and 19% are vested on December 31 of each of the five anniversaries of December 31, 2006 should the Company meet or exceed its targeted EBITDA performance in that year. If the EBITDA target is not met, that portion of the performance-vested options can vest in a future year if the multi-year cumulative EBITDA targets are met in the future year.

Executive Equity Participation Plan

Prior to the Transactions, the Company maintained an equity participation plan under which designated executives were permitted to defer a portion of their annual bonus and, instead, receive RSUs. Each RSU represented the right to one common share of the Company, to be transferred to the employee three years from the grant date. The Company matched each deferred bonus RSU with an additional RSU. The bonus RSUs were fully vested when received and the matching RSUs were to vest three years after the award of the initial bonus. As a result of the link with the annual bonuses, the granting of RSUs under the plan was conditional on the attainment of certain performance criteria in the year prior to the grant. Upon the acquisition of the Company, all outstanding RSUs were vested, the plan was terminated and cash was distributed to the holders of outstanding RSUs based on the tender offer price of €29.50.

2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan

On December 7, 2006, Valcon adopted the 2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and its subsidiaries (the “2006 Equity Plan”). The 2006 Equity Plan permits the grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, purchase stock, restricted stock, dividend equivalent rights, and other stock-based awards to designated employees of Valcon and its affiliates. A maximum of 26,100,000 shares of common stock of Valcon may be subject to awards under the 2006 Equity Plan. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the 2006 Equity Plan (or pursuant to outstanding awards) is subject to adjustment on account of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, stock dividends and other dilutive changes in the common stock. Shares of common stock covered by awards that terminate or lapse and shares delivered by a participant or withheld to pay the minimum statutory withholding rate, in each case, will again be available for grant under the 2006 Equity Plan. Shares of common stock that are acquired pursuant to the 2006 Equity Plan will be subject to the Management Stockholder’s Agreement. With the exception of Mr. Calhoun who purchased shares and was granted stock options pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, none of the Named Officers purchased stock or were granted options under the plan in 2006.

Perquisites

We provide our Named Officers with perquisites, reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table and described in the footnotes thereto. We believe that these are reasonable, competitive and consistent with our overall compensation program. The cost of these benefits is a small percentage of the overall compensation package but allow the executives to work more efficiently. We provide financial and tax preparation services, executive physicals and car allowances. Where necessary for business purposes, we also provide reimbursement for private club membership.

 

124


Table of Contents

Severance and Other Benefits Upon Termination of Employment

Nielsen believes that severance protections play a valuable role in attracting and retaining key executive officers. Accordingly, Nielsen provides these protections to its senior executives. Beginning in 2007, these protections are offered in conjunction with participation in the company’s 2006 Equity Plan. In the case of Mr. Calhoun, however, these benefits are provided under his employment agreement which is described in further detail below under the section ‘Employment Agreement with Mr. David L. Calhoun’. The Compensation Committee considers these severance protections an important part of an executive’s compensation.

Termination Protection Agreements

Prior to the Transactions, we entered into termination protection agreements with each of our Named Officers (except Mr. Calhoun) and with certain of our current and former executive officers. Under each of the termination protection agreements, upon a change of control (including the Transactions), any time periods, conditions or contingencies relating to the exercise or realization of, or lapse of restrictions under, any outstanding equity incentive award was automatically accelerated or waived. In addition, if the officer’s employment was terminated by us without “cause” or by the officer for “good reason,” as those terms are defined in the agreement, within two years following a change of control, the officer will be entitled to receive severance benefits including a lump sum amount equal to (a) the sum of two times, or, in certain cases, three times, (1) the officer’s annual base salary at the rate in effect for the year of termination (or, if higher, the rate in effect immediately prior to the change of control) and (2) his or her average annual bonus earned for the two calendar years prior to the year in which the termination date occurs (or, if higher, the year in which the change of control occurred) and (b) the officer’s target annual bonus and any outstanding long term incentive awards (at target), in each case prorated for the portion of the performance period elapsed through the date of termination.

Each agreement also contains a tax gross-up provision; if the officer incurs any excise tax by reason of his or her receipt of any payment that constitutes an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the officer will receive a gross-up payment in an amount that would place the officer in the same after-tax position that he or she would have been in if no excise tax had applied. However, under certain conditions, rather than receive a gross-up payment, the payments payable to the officer will be reduced so that no excise tax is imposed. As a condition to receiving any payments or benefits under the agreements, the officers must execute a general release of claims in respect of their employment with us.

As noted below, due to the departure of certain of the officers named in our compensation table, the compensation and benefits under the termination protection agreements were triggered and became or will become payable.

On October 25, 2006, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Earl Doppelt, Nielsen’s former Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer, who resigned effective November 10, 2006. Under the terms of the separation agreement, Mr. Doppelt received: (i) an amount of $3,502,500 in a lump sum cash payment equal to three times his base salary and two-year average bonus, a pro-rata portion of his 2006 targeted annual bonus ($430,137), and a pro-rata portion of the payments from Nielsen’s 2005—2006 and 2006—2007 long-term incentive plans ($680,136); and (ii) continued medical benefits coverage for up to 3 years.

On March 5, 2007, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Steve Schmidt, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Nielsen’s Consumer Services segment, who resigned effective March 31, 2007. On April 20, 2007, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Robert Ruijter, the former Chief Financial Officer of Nielsen and current Executive Board member and advisor to the Supervisory Board, who will resign effective September 30, 2007.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our Compensation Committee has served as one of our officers or employees at any time. No member of the Compensation Committee has had any relationship with us requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. None of our executive officers has served as a director or member of the compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other organization, one of whose executive officers served as a member of our Board or Compensation Committee.

 

125


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding compensation of our principal executive officer, our former chief executive officer who resigned in 2006, our principal financial officer, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers during 2006. These individuals are referred to as “Named Officers”. Previously, Nielsen was not a reporting company subject to Regulation S-K, therefore Nielsen has applied the rule prospectively, beginning in 2006.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and
Principal Position
(a)

  Year
(b)
  Salary ($)
(c)
  Bonus ($)
(d)
  Stock
Awards ($)
(e)
 

Option

Awards

($)(1)
(f)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(2)
(g)

  Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonquali-
fied
Deferred
Compensa-
tion
Earnings ($)
(h)
 

All Other
Compen-
sation

($)(3)(4)

(5)(7)(8)(9)
(i)

  Total ($)
(j)

David Calhoun

Chief Executive Officer

  2006   $ 415,385   $ 600,000   $     —     $ 5,507,468   $ —     $ —     $ 19,574,188   $ 26,097,041

Rob Ruijter

Chief Financial Officer

  2006   $ 582,592   $ 732,745   $     —     $ —     $ —     $ 314,098   $ 2,652,445   $ 4,281,880

Earl Doppelt (5)

Former Chief Legal Officer

  2006   $ 461,712   $ 430,137   $     —     $ —     $ 680,136   $ 22,792   $ 6,745,848   $ 8,340,625

Steven Schmidt (6)

President and CEO, Consumer Services Group

  2006   $ 542,769   $ 549,500   $     —     $ —     $ 1,200,000   $ 181,575   $ 2,506,897   $ 4,980,741

Susan Whiting

Executive Vice President

  2006   $ 575,577   $ 702,063   $     —     $ —     $ 432,000   $ 31,846   $ 2,612,655   $ 4,354,141

Rob van den Bergh (7)

Former Chief Executive Officer

  2006   $ 411,807   $ 349,792   $     —     $ —     $ 879,108   $ 162,204   $ 7,673,935   $ 9,476,846

(1) Mr. Calhoun’s amount represents the fair market value of options awarded in November 2006, calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to value the awards reported in column (f), please see the discussion of option awards contained in Note 13 “Shared-Based Compensation” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, included as part of this Registration Statement.

 

(2) Represents cash-based long-term incentive plans for each executive; Mr. Doppelt includes amounts from a 2005-2006 plan and a prorated amount for 2006-2007 plan; Mr. Schmidt includes amount for 2004-2006; Ms. Whiting includes amount for 2005-2006; Mr. van den Bergh includes prorated amount for 2005-2007 plan.

 

(3) Includes special incentives paid in relation to the sale of Nielsen plus executive benefits including automobile allowances, financial/tax planning, executive medical and club dues, except for Mr. Calhoun. Mr. Calhoun’s amount includes the one-time award granted to make up for forgone equity benefits at his former employer and executive benefits, including attorney’s fees in negotiating his employment agreement. All executives, excluding Mr. Calhoun, include amounts relating to the cash-outs of restricted stock units (RSUs) under the former Nielsen Equity Participation Plan and the cash-outs of ‘in the money’ stock options under the former Nielsen Share Option Plan. Mr. van den Bergh’s amount includes payments described in footnote (7).

 

(4)

Mr. Calhoun received the following perquisites: legal/financial planning ($75,000) and tax gross-up ($57,287). Mr. Calhoun also received a one-time special award of $18,840,627. Mr. Calhoun also received the 2006 portion of his signing bonus in the amount of $593,504. As described below in “—Employment Agreement with David L. Calhoun,” Mr. Calhoun received a signing bonus of $10,613,699 payable in annual installments through 2011. Mr. Ruijter received the following perquisites: automobile ($13,074), apartment/parking ($331,971), US charges for Dutch pension ($220,447) and income tax gross-up ($381,524). Mr. Ruijter also received a one-time special award ($750,000). Mr. Doppelt received the

 

126


Table of Contents
 

following perquisites: club dues ($27,369), financial planning ($15,000), car expense ($64,122) and income tax gross-up ($73,704). Mr. Doppelt also received a one-time special award ($625,000). Mr. Schmidt received the following perquisites: club dues ($17,268), legal/ financial planning ($40,363), car expense ($16,966), apartment/relocation ($115,377) and income tax gross-up ($48,249). Mr. Schmidt also received a one-time special award ($150,000). Ms. Whiting received the following perquisites: apartment ($60,412) and income tax gross-up ($54,596). Ms. Whiting also received a one-time special award ($150,000) and a distribution from the non-qualified deferred compensation plan ($445,353). Mr. van den Bergh received the following perquisites: driver ($27,593), education allowance ($68,472), family travel ($29,649), US charges for Dutch pension ($127,038) and income tax gross-up ($171,767). The value of the perquisites is based on the total cost the Company incurred in providing the perquisites.

 

(5) As part of his separation agreement, Mr. Doppelt received a lump sum payment of 3 times his salary plus 2-year average bonus ($3,502,500). This is reflected in column (i).

 

(6) The change in the pension value amount for Mr. Schmidt includes an increase attributable to his frozen ACNielsen SERP of $164,689.

 

(7) As part of his separation agreement, Mr. van den Bergh received 6 months pay ($389,250), a lump sum separation payment ($3,989,833), a pre-pension award ($871,297), a new reimbursement relating to home purchase costs ($176,400), all of which are reflected in column (i). Mr. van den Bergh’s separation was effective June 13, 2006.
(8) Included within other compensation for Mr. Ruijter, Mr. Doppelt, Mr. Schmidt, Ms. Whiting and Mr. van den Bergh is the value realized on exercise of option awards of $389,642, $979,760, $1,240,828, $1,077,171 and $769,608 respectively (as reflected in the “Option Exercises and Stock Vested” table).

 

(9) Included within other compensation for Mr. Ruijter, Mr. Doppelt, Mr. Schmidt, Ms. Whiting and Mr. van den Bergh is the value realized on vesting of stock awards of $554,554, $1,446,482, $868,392, $805,451 and $1,033,363 respectively (as reflected in the “Option Exercises and Stock Vested” table).

Notes:

Salary and bonus amounts for Messrs. Van den Bergh and Ruijter are partially paid in Euros.

Principal positions of the Named Officers are those as of December 31, 2006.

Compensation of Named Officers

The Summary Compensation Table above quantifies the value of the different forms of compensation earned by or awarded to our Named Officers in 2006. The primary elements of each Named Officer’s total compensation reported in the table are base salary, an annual bonus, and a long-term cash incentive earned as well as the value of restricted stock units and stock options which were ‘cashed-out’ in conjunction with the Transactions. In the case of Mr. Calhoun, the stock and options award columns reflect his awards in the equity of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V, the direct parent of Valcon.

The Summary Compensation Table should be read in conjunction with the tables and narrative descriptions that follow.

Employment Agreement with Mr. David L. Calhoun

On August 22, 2006 we entered into an employment agreement, which was amended effective as of September 8, 2006, with Mr. David L. Calhoun, our Chief Executive Officer.

The employment agreement has an employment term which commenced as of September 14, 2006 and, unless earlier terminated, will continue until December 31, 2011. On each December 31 thereafter, the employment agreement will be automatically extended for successive additional one-year periods unless either party provides the other 90 days’ prior written notice that the employment term will not be so extended. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Calhoun will be entitled to a base salary of $1,500,000, subject to such increases, if any, as may be determined by the Board. He is eligible to earn a target annual bonus equal to 100%

 

127


Table of Contents

of base salary upon the achievement of performance goals at target levels established by the Board and is entitled to a greater or lesser annual bonus based on actual attainment of applicable performance goals. To the extent that he is subject to the golden parachute tax as a result of a change in control of Nielsen, the employment agreement entitles him to an additional amount to place him in the same after tax position he would have occupied had he not been subject to such excise tax. Mr. Calhoun is restricted, for a period of two years following termination of employment with us, from soliciting or hiring our employees, competing with us, or soliciting our clients. He is also subject to a nondisparagement provision.

In connection with entering into the employment agreement Mr. Calhoun became entitled to a signing bonus of $10,613,699, which is to be paid in installments annually through 2011. To make him whole for previous awards of stock and options forfeited upon leaving his prior employer, the employment agreement entitles Mr. Calhoun to a cash lump sum payment of $20,000,000, less the amount of any payments made by the prior employer in connection with his termination of employment. The lump sum amount paid to Mr. Calhoun pursuant to this make whole arrangement was $18,890,627. Additionally, in 2012 he is entitled to receive a lump sum supplemental retirement benefit from us in the amount of $14,500,000 plus annual interest through such payment date, less any similar retirement benefits he receives from previous employment. Mr. Calhoun is also a participant in the 2006 Equity Plan.

Pursuant to Mr. Calhoun’s employment agreement, he received an option grant to purchase 7,000,000 shares of Company common stock. The amount of his option grant was determined by the Compensation Committee in connection with Mr. Calhoun’s $20,000,000 investment in the Company. One-half of the option will be time vested options and the other one-half will be performance vested options. The portion of the option grant subject to time-based vesting became vested and exercisable as to 5% of the shares of common stock subject thereto on December 31, 2006 and 19% will vest and become exercisable on the last day of each of the next five calendar years. The portion of the option grant subject to performance based vesting became vested and exercisable as to 5% of the shares of common stock subject thereto on December 31, 2006 and 19% will vest and become exercisable on the last day of each of the next five calendar years based on the achievement of EBITDA targets.

Under the employment agreement, Mr. Calhoun is entitled to the following payments and benefits in the event of a termination by us without “cause,” a non-extension of his employment term by us, or by Mr. Calhoun for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the agreement) during the employment term: (i) subject to his compliance with certain restrictive covenants, an amount equal to two times the sum of his annual base salary and $2,000,000, provided that such payment is in lieu of any other severance benefits to which Mr. Calhoun might otherwise be entitled; (ii) a pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination based on attainment of performance goals; and (iii) continued health and welfare benefits at our cost, provided that if such coverage is not available for any portion of such period under our medical plans, we must provide him with an economically equivalent benefit or payment determined on an after-tax basis.

Written Employment Arrangement with Ms. Susan Whiting

On December 4, 2006 we entered into a written employment arrangement with Ms. Susan D. Whiting (Executive Vice President of The Nielsen Company B.V., Chairman of Nielsen Media Research, and advisor to the Supervisory Board).

Under the written employment arrangement, Ms. Whiting will be entitled to a base salary of $850,000 effective November 13, 2006, subject to increase, if any, as may be determined by the Supervisory Board. Ms. Whiting is eligible to earn a target annual bonus equal to 100% of base salary upon the achievement of performance goals based upon EBITDA to be determined in good faith in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer. In connection with entering into the written employment arrangement, Ms. Whiting became entitled to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. for fair market value at date of purchase as provided under the 2006 Equity Plan. This purchase was subsequently made in February 2007. In addition, Ms. Whiting was to receive a stock option grant of 1,050,000 shares subject to her subsequent purchase of the common stock and a grant of 100,000 restricted stock units scheduled to vest over 5 years, commencing on January 15, 2007.

 

128


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2006

The following table presents information regarding the grant of equity awards to our Named Officers in 2006.

 

        Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
 

All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)

(i)

 

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)

(j)

 

Exercise or
Base

price of
Option
Awards

($/sh)

(k)

 

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards

(l)

Name

 

Grant
Date

(b)

 

Threshold

($)

(c)

 

Target

($)

(d)

 

Maximum

($)

(e)

 

Threshold

($)

(f)

 

Target

($)

(g)

 

Maximum

($)

(h)

       

David Calhoun (1)

  9/14/2006
9/14/2006
  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

  $
$

 
  6,000,000
1,000,000
  $
$
10
20
  $
$
30,900,000
3,280,000

(1) Mr. Calhoun was granted options in conjunction with his employment contract (see Description of Employment Agreements). The grant date for accounting purposes was September 14, 2006 and the fair value of the options is calculated in accordance with (SFAS) No. 123(R). The stock options were received on November 22, 2006, the date the stock purchase was made pursuant to the terms of the employment contract.

Description of Plan-Based Awards

Pursuant to his employment agreement, upon his purchase of 2,000,000 ($20,000,000) shares of common stock, Mr. Calhoun received 6,000,000 stock options at an exercise price of $10/share and 1,000,000 stock options at an exercise price of $20/share. One-half of the options are time vested which became 5% vested on December 31, 2006 with the remaining time options vesting 19% a year on the last day of each of the calendar years 2007 through 2011. One-half of the options are performance vested which became 5% vested on December 31, 2006 with the remaining performance options vesting 19% on the last day of each of the calendar years 2007 through 2001, if and only if the Company’s performance equals or exceeds the applicable annual EBITDA targets. The achievement of the annual EBITDA targets on a cumulative basis for any current year and all prior years will cause ‘catch-up’ vesting of any prior year’s installments which were not vested because of a failure to achieve the applicable annual EBITDA target for any such prior year.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

(a)

  

Number of Shares

Acquired on Exercise

(#)

(b)

  

Value Realized
on Exercise
($)

(c)

  

Number of Shares

Acquired on Vesting

(#)

(d)

  

Value Realized
on Vesting
($)

(e)

David Calhoun

   —        —      —        —  

Rob Ruijter

   40,000    $ 389,642    14,628    $ 554,554

Earl Doppelt

   120,000    $ 979,760    38,155    $ 1,446,482

Steven Schmidt

   145,000    $ 1,240,828    22,906    $ 868,392

Susan Whiting

   130,000    $ 1,077,171    21,246    $ 805,451

Rob van den Bergh

   100,000    $ 769,608    27,802    $ 1,033,363

Upon the acquisition of the Company, all outstanding ‘in the money’ stock options and all RSUs were cashed out instead of receiving shares. The above table reflects those amounts. No other stock option exercises or RSU vesting occurred.

 

129


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table presents information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each of our Named Officers as of December 31, 2006.

 

    Option Awards (1)   Stock Awards

Name
(a)

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)

Exercisable
(b)

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)

Unexercisable
(c)

  Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#) (d)
 

Option
Exercise
Price

($) (e)

  Option
Expiration
Date (f)
 

Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not
Vested

(#) (g)

 

Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested

($) (h)

 

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested

(#) (i)

 

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested

($) (j)

David Calhoun

  150,000
25,000
  5,850,000
975,000
  5,700,000
950,000
  $
$
10
20
  11/22/2016
11/22/2016
  $   $   $   $

(1) The terms of each option award reported in the table above are described above under “Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Options.” Mr. Calhoun is the only Named Officer who received stock options in 2006. His option award is subject to a vesting schedule, with 5% of the options vesting December 31, 2006, and 19% on each of the five anniversaries of the initial vesting. The exercisable options shown in Column (b) above are currently vested. The unexercisable options shown in Column (c) above are unvested. As described above, options are subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a change in control of Nielsen and, in the case of Mr. Calhoun, certain terminations of his employment with Nielsen. The options at $20/share exercise price represent options granted at 2 times fair market value.

Pension Benefits

 

Name

(a)

  

Plan Name

(b)

  

Number of
Years Credited
Service
(#)

(c)

  

Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
($)

(d)

  

Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
($)

(e)

David Calhoun

     —      —        —        —  

Rob van den Bergh (1)

   Dutch Pension Plan    30.67    $ 6,043,768    $       —  

Rob Ruijter (2)

   Dutch Pension Plan    25.75    $ 4,000,093    $ —  

Earl Doppelt

   Qualified Plan    11.17    $ 62,891    $ —  
   Excess Plan    11.17    $ 243,086    $ —  

Steven Schmidt (3)

   Qualified Plan    9.67    $ 54,291    $ —  
   Excess Plan    9.67    $ 135,395    $ —  
   SERP    7.83    $ 3,246,226    $ —  

Susan Whiting

   Qualified Plan    26.67    $ 200,286    $ —  
   Excess Plan    26.67    $ 218,829    $ —  

(1) The present value of Mr. van den Bergh’s Netherlands pension is €4,581,041 as of December 31, 2006. He is also eligible to receive a pre-pension benefit at any time between ages 60 and 65. This benefit has a present value at December 31, 2006 of €1,083,785 or $1,429,838.

 

(2) The present value of Mr. Ruijter’s Netherlands pension is €3,031,981. He is also eligible to receive a pre-pension benefit at any time between ages 61 and 65. This benefit has a present value at December 31, 2006 of €257,819, or $340,141.

 

(3) The value of Mr. Schmidt’s SERP benefit is attributable to a supplemental executive retirement plan under which benefits ceased to accrue effective July 1, 2003. As part of his separation agreement, he will be paid $3,441,000 in January 2008. He participated in a new SERP commencing July 1, 2003 but because Mr. Schmidt will terminate prior to becoming vested in this benefit he will receive a payment in lieu of this benefit as part of his separation agreement. This payment is reflected in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table. Nielsen provided an accrual of $351,000 for Mr. Schmidt in 2006 to cover obligations under the SERP.

 

130


Table of Contents

Assumptions for present value of accumulated benefit

Present values at December 31, 2006 were calculated using an interest rate of 6.00%, an interest credit rate of 4.75% and the RP 2000 mortality table (projected to 2006). These assumptions are consistent with those used for the financial statements of the Nielsen Company’s retirement plans.

U.S. Retirement Plans

Effective August 31, 2006, the Company froze its U.S. qualified and non-qualified retirement plans. No participants may be added and no further benefits may accrue after this date. The retirement plans, as in existence immediately prior to the freeze, are described below.

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, a cash-balance pension plan that covers eligible U.S. employees who have completed at least one year of service. Prior to the freeze, we added monthly basic and investment credits to each participant’s account. The basic credit equals 3% of a participant’s eligible monthly compensation. Participants became fully vested in their accrued benefits after the earlier of five years of service or when the participant reached normal retirement age (which is the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the date the participant first became eligible to participate in the plan). Unmarried participants receive retirement benefits as a single-life annuity, and married participants receive retirement benefits as a qualified joint-and-survivor annuity. Participants can elect an alternate form of payment such as a straight-life annuity, a joint-and-survivor annuity, years certain-and-life income annuity or a level income annuity option. Lump sum payment of accrued benefits is only available if the benefits do not exceed $5,000. Payment of benefits begins at the later of the participant’s termination of employment with us or reaching age 40.

We also maintain a non-qualified retirement plan (the “Excess Plan”) for certain of our management and highly compensated employees. Prior to the freeze, the Excess Plan provided supplemental benefits to individuals whose benefits under the Cash Balance Plan are limited by the provisions of Section 415 and/or Section 401(a) (17) of the Code. The benefit payable to a participant under the Excess Plan is equal to the difference between the benefit actually paid under the Cash Balance Plan and the amount that would have been payable had the applicable Code limitations not applied. Although the Excess Plan is considered an unfunded plan and there is no current trust agreement for the plan, assets have been set aside in a “rabbi trust” fund. It is intended that benefits due under the Excess Plan will be paid from this rabbi trust or from the general assets of the Nielsen entity that employs the participants.

Pension Plans in the Netherlands

We maintain a defined benefit pension scheme in the Netherlands. Benefits under the pension scheme are based on a participant’s years of service and pensionable salary. The pensionable salary is the annual base salary including fixed allowances and holiday allowance less a threshold of approximately €16,500 over which no pension is accrued. The final pension amounts are determined based upon an annual pension accrual of: 1.75% of the pensionable salary up to €54,500 (amounts as per 1 July 2003); 1.5% of the pensionable salary between €54,500 and €109,000; and 1.25% of the pensionable salary exceeding €109,000. Matching employee contributions of 6%, 5.1% and 4.3% respectively are also required. The minimum age for participation in the pension scheme is 25 and the retirement age is 65.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Discussion

The Company offers a voluntary nonqualified deferred compensation plan in the United States which allows selected executives the opportunity to defer a significant portion of their base salary and incentive payments to a future date. Earnings on deferred amounts are determined with reference to designated mutual funds. There is no above market rate of return given to executives as defined by the SEC.

 

Name

(a)

  

Executive
Contributions
in Last FY

($)

(b)

  

Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY

($)

(c)

  

Aggregate
Earnings in Last
FY

($)

(d)

  

Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)

(e)

   

Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE
($)

(f)

Steven Schmidt

   $ —      $       —      $ 8,635    $ —       $ 212,784

Susan Whiting

   $ 116,453    $ —      $      39,193    $ (445,353 )   $ 340,725

 

131


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination

Severance Benefits—Termination of Employment

In the event Mr. Calhoun’s employment is terminated during the employment term due to death, disability, by Nielsen without cause, by Mr. Calhoun for good reason or due to the Company’s non-extension of the Term (as those terms are defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Calhoun will be entitled to severance pay that includes (1) payment equal to two times the sum of (a) Mr. Calhoun’s base salary, plus (b) $2,000,000, paid in equal installments for the severance period; (2) a pro-rata portion of Mr. Calhoun’s bonus for the year of the termination; and (3) continued health and welfare benefits for Mr. Calhoun and his family members for the term of the severance. If Mr. Calhoun’s employment had been terminated without cause by the Company or for good reason by the executive on December 31, 2006, he would have received a total of $5,447,945 plus continued health and welfare benefits coverage for Mr. Calhoun and his family members for up to 2 years, in an amount estimated to be $12,600 for the two year period.

In the event Ms. Whiting’s employment is terminated by Nielsen without cause or by Ms. Whiting for good reason, Ms. Whiting will be entitled to severance pay that includes (1) payment equal to 2 times the sum of Ms. Whiting’s base salary plus (2) a pro-rata portion of Ms. Whiting’s bonus for the year of termination and (3) continued health and welfare benefits for Ms. Whiting and her family members for the term of the severance. If Ms. Whiting’s employment had been terminated without cause by the Company or for good reason by the executive on December 31, 2006, she would have received a total of $2,550,000 plus continued health and welfare benefits coverage for Ms. Whiting and her family members for up to 2 years, in an amount estimated to be $12,600 for the two year period.

On April 20, 2007, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Robert Ruijter, the former Chief Financial Officer of Nielsen and current Executive Board member and advisor to the Supervisory Board, who will resign effective September 30, 2007. The separation agreement includes the following payments, which are all denominated in Euros: a lump sum separation payment of €1,895,300 (of which €445,772 has already been paid) prorated annual incentive plan award of €312,904, prorated 2005-2007 long-term incentive of €2,237,405, pension payment distribution of €1,258,589 in the United States which will be grossed up at the appropriate marginal tax rate and €419,530 in the Netherlands, which will not be grossed up.

In connection with his separation from the Company, Nielsen entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Steve Schmidt, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Nielsen’s Consumer Services segment, who resigned effective March 31, 2007. Pursuant to his separation agreement, Mr. Schmidt received the following payments: severance in the amount of $3,180,750 (equal to three times his base salary in effect on the date of his separation plus two times his average bonus payment for the preceding two years), a prorated 2007 annual incentive payment in the amount of $125,500, a prorated 2006-2007 long term incentive payment in the amount of $312,500, a deferred cash award in the amount of $100,500, a payment in lieu of his unvested SERP benefits in the amount of $428,000, benefit continuation for three years in an amount estimated to be $18,900 for the three year period and tax and financial planning services in the amount of $10,000.

Restrictive Covenants

Pursuant to Mr. Calhoun’s employment agreement, he has agreed not to disclose any Company confidential information at any time during or after his employment with Nielsen. In addition, Mr. Calhoun has agreed that, for a period of two years following a termination of his employment with Nielsen, he will not solicit Nielsen’s employees or customers or materially interfere with any of Nielsen’s business relationships.

Pursuant to Ms. Whiting’s severance agreement, she has agreed not to disclose any Company confidential information at any time during or after her employment with Nielsen. In addition, Ms. Whiting has agreed that, for a period of two years following a termination of her employment with Nielsen, she will not solicit Nielsen’s employees or customers or materially interfere with any of Nielsen’s business relationships.

 

132


Table of Contents

Termination Payments in 2006.

In 2006, Messrs. van den Bergh and Doppelt separated from the Company. Mr. van den Bergh was covered under agreements provided on March 17, 2000 and December 14, 2001. Under Mr. van den Bergh’s agreement, he received payments for notice representing 6 months of salary ($389,250), lump sum separation payment ($3,898,833), a prorated annual incentive plan award ($349,792), a prorated long-term incentive plan award ($879,108) and reimbursement for home purchase costs ($176,400). Mr. Doppelt received payments as provided for under his Termination Protection Agreement dated November 1, 2005 including a lump sum separation payment ($3,502,500), prorated annual incentive plan award ($430,137), prorated 2005-2006 long-term incentive ($465,068) and prorated 2006-2007 long-term incentive ($215,068). Both gentlemen received cash-out payments from their stock option and restricted stock unit awards under the same terms as other executives and employees discussed above in the narrative accompanying the table “Option Exercises and Stock Vested.”

Director Compensation

Prior to the acquisition, the Company’s supervisory board was composed of seven members. It maintained an audit committee and a remuneration and nomination committee. In 2006, prior to the acquisition, annual compensation of the supervisory board was as follows:

 

Chairman of Supervisory Board

   €  50,000

Vice-Chairman of Supervisory Board

   €  45,000

Member of Supervisory Board

   €  40,000

Chairman of Audit Committee

   €  10,000

Member of Audit Committee

   €    8,000

Member of Remuneration and Nomination Committee

   €    5,000

In 2006, no stock options or shares were granted to supervisory board members and none of the members of the supervisory board accrued pension benefits.

Following the acquisition, a new supervisory board, currently consisting of 13 members, was elected. Ten of the 13 members are representatives of the Sponsors and receive no compensation for their services as board members. The other three members receive annual compensation as follows:

 

Chairman of Supervisory Board

     60,000

Member of the Supervisory Board

     40,000

Member of the Audit Committee

       8,000

 

133


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the compensation paid or accrued during 2006 to members of our supervisory board.

 

Name

 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash as a
Member of
Supervisory
Board

(€)

 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash as a
Member
of the
Audit
Committee

(€)

 

Fees Earned

or Paid in

Cash as a
Member
of the
Remuneration
and
Nomination
Committee

(€)

  Stock
Awards
(€)
  Option
Awards
(€)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(€)
  Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
  All Other
Compensation
(€)
 

Total

(€)

Aad G. Jacobs 1

  25,000   4,000   —     —     —     —     —     —     29,000

Frank L.V. Meysman 2

    22,500     —     5,000   —     —     —     —     —       27,500

Joep L. Brentjens 3

    20,000     4,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       24,000

Rene Dahan 4

    20,000     —     5,000   —     —     —     —     —       25,000

Peter A.F.W. Elverding 5

    20,000     5,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       25,000

Anton van Rossum 6

    20,000     —     —     —     —     —     —         20,000

Gerald S. Hobbs 7

    40,000     4,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       44,000

Simon Brown 8

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Robert Reid 9

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Michael J. Connelly 10

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Eliot P.S. Merrill 11

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

George R. Taylor 12

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Dudley G. Eustace 13

    30,000     —     —     —     —     —     —     —       30,000

Michael S. Chae 14

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Patrick Healy 15

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Iain Leigh 16

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Alexander Navab 17

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Scott Schoen 18

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

James A. Attwood 19

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Richard J. Bressler 20

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Clive Hollick 21

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

James A. Quella 22

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Daniel F. Akerson 23

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

James Kilts 24

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

Allan Holt 25

    —       —     —     —     —     —     —     —       —  

(1)   Former Chairman of the Supervisory Board and member of the Audit and Remuneration and Nomination Committees; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(2)   Former Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board and Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

134


Table of Contents
(3)   Former member of the Supervisory Board and member of the Audit Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(4)   Former member of the Supervisory Board and member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(5)   Former member of the Supervisory Board and Chairman of the Audit Committee; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(6)   Former member of the Supervisory Board; resigned effective June 13, 2006.

 

(7)   Current member of the Supervisory Board and member of the Audit Committee.

 

(8)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(9)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(10)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(11)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(12)   Member of the Supervisory Board from June 13, 2006 to July 28, 2006.

 

(13)   Chairman of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(14)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(15)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(16)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(17)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(18)   Member of the Supervisory Board since June 13, 2006.

 

(19)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(20)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(21)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(22)   Member of the Supervisory Board since July 28, 2006.

 

(23)   Member of the Supervisory Board from July 28, 2006 to November 23, 2006.

 

(24)   Member of the Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006.

 

(25)   Member of the Supervisory Board since November 23, 2006.

 

135


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of Nielsen’s capital stock as of March 31, 2007 with respect to:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by Nielsen to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of its capital stock, together with their addresses;

 

   

each of Nielsen’s directors;

 

   

each of Nielsen’s Named Officers; and

 

   

all directors and nominees and executive officers as a group.

As of March 31, 2007, Valcon owned approximately 99.4% of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding share capital. Following the consummation of the statutory squeeze-out which is expected to be completed by the end of 2007, all of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding share capital will be held by Valcon. Investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors own shares of Nielsen indirectly through their holdings in Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“Luxco”). Luxco indirectly owns shares of Nielsen through its holdings in Valcon Acquisition Holdings B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (“Dutch Holdco”). Valcon, Nielsen’s parent, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dutch Holdco. The information set forth in the table below with respect to the number and the percentage of shares beneficially owned by the investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and the Co-Investors reflects the number of shares held by each such entity, respectively, in Luxco. The Named Officers own shares of Nielsen indirectly through their holdings in Dutch Holdco. The information set forth in the table below with respect to the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned by the Named Officers reflects the number of shares held by each such person, respectively, in Dutch Holdco.

 

    

Number and

Percent of Shares
Beneficially Owned

 
     Number     Percent  

AlpInvest Partners (1)

   (1 )   6.93 %

The Blackstone Group (2)

   (2 )   20.35 %

The Carlyle Group (3)

   (3 )   20.35 %

Hellman & Friedman (4)

   (4 )   9.80 %

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (5)

   (5 )   20.66 %

Thomas H. Lee Partners (6)

   (6 )   20.66 %

Iain Leigh

   —       —    

James A. Quella

   —       —    

Michael S. Chae

   —       —    

Allan M. Holt

   —       —    

James M. Kilts

   —       —    

James A. Attwood, Jr.

   —       —    

Patrick Healy

   —       —    

Lord Clive Hollick

   —       —    

Alexander Navab

   —       —    

Scott A. Schoen

   —       —    

Richard J. Bressler

   —       —    

Dudley G. Eustace

   —       —    

Gerald S. Hobbs

   —       —    

David L. Calhoun (7)

   2,350,000     *    

Susan Whiting (8)

   172,520     *    

Robert A. Ruijter

   —       —    

Rob van den Bergh

   —       —    

Earl Doppelt

   —       —    

Steven Schmidt

   —       —    

All Directors and Named Officers as a Group (18 persons)

   2,502,520     *    

* less than 1%

 

(1)

Alpinvest Partners CS Investments 2006 C.V. (“Investments 2006”) beneficially owns 27,805 ordinary shares of Luxco (“Ordinary Shares”), 1,404,451 Convertible Preferred Equity Certificates of Luxco

 

136


Table of Contents
 

(”CPECs”), and 7,159,876 Yield Free Convertible Preferred Equity Certificates of Luxco (“ YCPECs”). The CPECs and the YCPECs are convertible into ordinary shares of Luxco at any time at the option of Luxco or at the option of the holders thereof. The general partner of Investments 2006 is AlpInvest Partners 2006 B.V., whose managing director is AlpInvest Partners N.V. (“AlpInvest NV”). AlpInvest NV, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to have voting or investment control with respect to the shares held by Investments 2006. AlpInvest NV disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments IIA C.V. (“LS IIA CV) beneficially owns 280 Ordinary Shares and 50,666 YFCPECs. AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments Custodian IIA B.V. (“LS IIA BV”) holds the shares as a custodian for LS IIA CV. The general partner of LS IIA CV is AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments Management IIA B.V., whose managing director is AlpInvest NV. AlpInvest NV, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to have voting or investment control with respect to the shares held by LS IIA BV. AlpInvest NV disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote is Jachthavenweg 118, 1081 KJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

 

   Volkert Doeksen, Paul de Klerk, Wim Borgdorff and Erik Thyssen, in their capacities as managing directors of AlpInvest NV, effectively have the power to exercise voting and investment control over the shares held by Investments 2006 and LS IIA BV when two of them act jointly. Each of Messrs. Doeksen, De Klerk, Borgdorff and Thyssen disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

 

(2)

Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V L.P. (“BCP V”) beneficially owns 78,195 Ordinary Shares, 3,909,484 CPECs, and 20,071,555 YFCPECs. Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V L.P. (“BFIP V”) beneficially owns 3,645 Ordinary Shares, 182,058 CPECs and 934,700 YFCPECs. Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V-A L.P. (“BFIP V-A”) beneficially owns 345 Ordinary Shares, 17,599 CPECs and 90,359 YFCPECs. Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V L.P. (“BPPV” and, collectively with BCP V, BFIP V and BFIP V-A, the “Blackstone Funds”), beneficially owns 245 Ordinary Shares, 12,613 CPECs and 64,751 YFCPECs. Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V, L.P. (“BMA”) is the general partner of each of the Blackstone Funds. Blackstone LR Associates (Cayman) V Ltd. (“BLRA”) is the general partner of BMA and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco. Messrs. Peter G. Peterson and Stephen A. Schwarzman are directors and controlling persons of BLRA and as such may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco controlled by BLRA. Each of BLRA and Messrs. Peterson and Schwarzman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the Blackstone Funds, BMA and BLRA is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, P.O. Box 908 GT, George Town, Grand Cayman. The address of each of Messrs. Peterson and Schwarzman is c/o The Blackstone Group, 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154.

 

(3)

Carlyle Partners IV Cayman, L.P. (“CP IV”) beneficially owns 64,970 Ordinary Shares, 3,248,636 CPECs and 16,678,721 YFCPECs. CP IV’s general partner is TC Group IV Cayman, L.P., whose general partner is CP IV GP, Ltd., which is wholly owned by TC Group Cayman, L.P. CPIV Coinvestment Cayman, L.P (“CPIV”) beneficially owns 2,620 Ordinary Shares; 131,202 CPECs and 673,599 YFCPECs. CPIV’s general partner is TC Group IV Cayman, L.P., whose general partner is CP IV GP, Ltd., which is wholly owned by TC Group Cayman, L.P. CEP II Participations Sarl SICAR (“CEP II P”) beneficially owns 14,840 Ordinary Shares; 741,916 CPECs and 3,809,044 YFCPECs. CEP II P is directly or indirectly owned by Carlyle Europe Partners II, L.P., whose general partner is CEP II GP, L.P., whose general partner is CEP II Limited, which is wholly owned by TC Group Cayman, L.P. The general partner of TC Group Cayman, L.P. is TCG Holdings Cayman, L.P. The general partner of TCG Holdings Cayman, L.P. is Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company. Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited has ultimate investment and voting power over the shares held by the Carlyle entities. Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited has 13 members with no member controlling more than 7.7% of the vote. The members of Carlyle Offshore Partners II Limited are William E. Conway, Jr., Daniel A. D’Aniello, David M. Rubenstein, Richard G. Darman, Peter J. Clare, Robert E. Grady, Allan M. Holt, Jean Pierre Millet, Bruce E. Rosenblum, Glenn A. Youngkin, John F. Harris, Adam Palmer and Daniel Akerson, each of whom

 

137


Table of Contents
 

disclaims beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs. The address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote is c/o The Carlyle Group, L.P., 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

 

(4) The Luxco shares shown as owned by Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. are owned of record by (i) Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman), L.P., which owns 34,801 Ordinary Shares, 1,744,020 CPECs and 8,953,928 YFCPECs, (ii) Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman Parallel), L.P., which owns 4,874 Ordinary Shares, 239,535 CPECs and 1,229,794 YFCPECs, and (iii) Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V (Cayman), L.P., which owns 10 Ordinary Shares, 992 CPECs and 5,086 YFCPECs. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. is the sole general partner of Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V (Cayman), L.P. and Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), L.P. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), L.P., in turn, is the sole general partner of each of Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman), L.P. and Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman Parallel), L.P. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. is owned and controlled by 11 shareholders, many of whom are individual Managing Directors of Hellman & Friedman LLC and none of whom own more than 9.9% of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. has formed a five-member investment committee (the “Investment Committee”) that serves at the discretion of the company’s Board of Directors and makes recommendations with respect to matters presented to it. Voting and investment control over the shares shown as owned by Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. is effectively exercised at the direction of the Investment Committee. Members of the Investment Committee are F. Warren Hellman, Brian M. Powers, Philip U. Hammarskjold, Patrick J. Healy and Thomas F. Steyer. Each of the members of the Investment Committee and the shareholders of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. disclaim beneficial ownership of any Luxco shares beneficially owned by Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Healy serves as a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman LLC, an affiliate of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd., is a 9.9% shareholder of Hellman & Friedman Investors V (Cayman), Ltd. and is a member of the Investment Committee. The address of Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Cayman), Ltd. is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, Walker House, P.O. Box 908GT, Mary Street, Georgetown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

 

(5) KKR VNU Equity Investors, L.P. beneficially owns 13,655 Ordinary Shares, 681,777 CPECs and 3,580,147 YFCPECs and is controlled by its general partner, KKR VNU GP Limited. KKR VNU GP Limited is wholly-owned by KKR VNU (Millennium) Limited (“KKR VNU Limited”).

 

     KKR VNU Limited beneficially owns 69,946 Ordinary Shares, 3,501,771 CPECs and 17,906,688 YFCPECs. Voting and investment control over the securities beneficially owned by KKR VNU Limited is exercised by its board of directors consisting of Messrs. Alexander Navab, Simon E. Brown and William J. Janetschek, who may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by KKR VNU Limited but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

    

KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership (the “Millennium Fund”) beneficially owns 84 Ordinary Shares and is controlled by its general partner, KKR Associates Millennium (Overseas), Limited Partnership, which, in turn, is controlled by its general partner, KKR Millennium Limited. Voting and investment control over the securities beneficially owned by the Millennium Fund is exercised by the board of directors of KKR Millennium Limited consisting of Messrs. Henry R. Kravis, George R. Roberts, James H. Greene, Jr., Paul E. Raether, Michael W. Michelson, Perry Golkin, Johannes P. Huth, Todd A. Fisher, Alexander Navab, Marc Lipschultz, Jacques Garaialde, Reinhard Gorenflos, Michael M. Calbert and Scott C. Nuttall, who may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by the Millennium Fund but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57 th Street, New York, New York, 10019.

 

(6)

The Luxco shares shown as owned by Thomas H. Lee Partners are owned of record by (i) THL Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., THL Parallel Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., and THL DT Fund VI (Alternative) Corp.,

 

138


Table of Contents
 

(ii) THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU), L.P., THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) II, L.P., THL Equity Fund VI (VNU) III, L.P. and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC., (iii) THL Fund V (Alternative) Corp., THL Parallel Fund V (Alternative) Corp., THL Cayman Fund (Alternative). and [THL (Alternative) Fund V, LP], and (iv) THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Investors, Limited Partnership, Putnam Investments Holdings, LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC, and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC.

THL Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 25,526 Ordinary Shares, 1,281,111 CPECS and 6,503,301 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund VI, L.P. (“Alternative Fund VI”). THL Parallel Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 15,655 Ordinary Shares, 782,789 CPECs and 4,019,456 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Parallel Fund VI, L.P. (“Alternative Parallel VI”). THL DT Fund VI (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 4,060 Ordinary Shares, 203,106 CPECs and 1,042,906 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. (“Alternative DT VI”). THL Advisors (Alternative) VI, L.P. (“Advisors VI”) is the general partner of each of Alternative Fund VI, Alternative Parallel VI and Alternative DT VI. THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU), L.P. beneficially owns 12,415 Ordinary Shares, 619,983 CPECs and 3,254,705 YFCPECs, THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) II, L.P. beneficially owns 180 Ordinary Shares, 8,854 CPECs and 46,483 YFCPECs, THL Equity Fund VI (VNU) III, L.P. beneficially owns 265 Ordinary Shares, 13,018 CPECs and 68,342 YFCPECs and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC beneficially owns 915 Ordinary Shares, 15, 658 CPECs and 239,811 YFCPECs. Advisors VI is the general partner of each of THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU), L.P., THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) II, L.P. and THL Equity Fund VI (VNU) III, L.P. and is the managing member of THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC. Thomas H. Lee Advisors (Alternative) VI, Ltd. (Advisors VI Ltd”) is the general partner of Advisors VI and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco held by each of these entities. The address of each of these entities is c/o Walkers, Walker House, Mary Street, GeorgeTown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, other than THL Equity Fund VI Investors (VNU) IV, LLC whose address is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

THL Fund V (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 17,695 Ordinary Shares, 898,125 CPECs and 4,611,685 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund V, L.P. (“Alternative Fund V”). THL Parallel Fund V (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 4,660 Ordinary Shares, 233,025 CPECs and 1,196,535 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Parallel Fund V, L.P. (“Aternative Parallel V”). THL Cayman Fund (Alternative) Corp., which beneficially owns 250 Ordinary Shares, 12,376 CPECs and 63,546 YFCPECs, is wholly owned by Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Cayman Fund V, L.P. (“Aternative Cayman VI”). THL Advisors (Alternative) V, L.P. (“Advisors V”) is the general partner of each of Alternative Fund V, Alternative Parallel V and Alternative Cayman V. Thomas H. Lee Advisors (Alternative) V Limited LDC (“LDC”) is the general partner of Advisors V and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs of Luxco. The address of each of these entities is c/o Walkers, Walker House, Mary Street, GeorgeTown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

Advisors VI Limited and the LDC each have in excess of 15 stockholders or members, respectively, with no such stockholder or member controlling more than 8% of the vote. The controlling stockholders or members (the “Managing Directors”) are Anthony J. DiNovi, Scott A. Schoen, Scott M. Sperling, Seth W. Lawry, Thomas M. Hagerty, Kent R. Weldon, Todd M. Abbrecht, Charles A. Brizius, Scott L. Jaeckel and Soren L. Oberg, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs. The address of each of the Managing Directors is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. beneficially owns 240 Ordinary Shares, 12,003 CPECs and 61,635 YFCPECs. Thomas H. Lee Investors, Limited Partnership beneficially owns 350 Ordinary Shares, 17,407 CPECs and 89,378 YFCPECs. Each of THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Investors,

 

139


Table of Contents

Limited Partnership are indirectly controlled by the Managing Directors, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs. The address of each of THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Investors, Limited Partnership is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Putnam Investments Holdings, LLC beneficially owns 655 Ordinary Shares, 32,968 CPECs and 169,285 YFCPECs, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC beneficially owns 120 Ordinary Shares, 6,105 CPECs and 31, 345 YFCPECs, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC beneficially owns 110 Ordinary Shares, 5,450 CPECs and 27,981 YFCPECs and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC beneficially owns 235 Ordinary Shares, 11,771 CPECs and 60,442 YFCPECs. Each of these entities is contractually obligated to coinvest alongside either Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund VI, L.P. or Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund V, L.P. Therefore, Advisors VI and LDC may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the Ordinary Shares, CPECs and YFCPECs held by these entities. The address for each of these entities is One Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

(7) The address for Mr. Calhoun is c/o The Nielsen Company B.V., 770 Broadway, New York, NY 10003.

 

(8) The address for Ms. Whiting is c/o The Nielsen Company B.V., 770 Broadway, New York, NY 10003.

 

140


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Shareholders’ Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors acquired, indirectly, shares of Nielsen. On December 21, 2006, investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) Sarl and Valcon entered into a shareholders’ agreement. The shareholders’ agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other matters, the election of the members of Nielsen’s supervisory board, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of securities (including tag-along rights, drag-along rights and public offering rights) and other special corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions and control committee composition). The shareholders agreement also provides for customary registration rights.

Investment Agreement

On November 6, 2006, Centerview Partners Holdings L.L.C. (“Centerview”), the investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) Sarl and Valcon entered into an investment agreement. The investment agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other matters, the purchase by Centerview of approximately $50 million of new or existing securities issued by Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) Sarl, the exercise of voting rights associated with the securities, the election of the members of the supervisory boards of Nielsen, Nielsen Finance Co. and Nielsen Finance LLC, restrictions on the transfer of securities and rights in connection with the sale or issuance of securities (including tag-along rights, drag-along rights and public offering rights).

Advisory Agreements

The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. is party to an advisory agreement with Valcon pursuant to which affiliates of the Sponsors provide management services on behalf of Valcon, including to support and assist management with respect to analyzing and negotiating acquisitions and divestitures, preparing financial projections, analyzing and negotiating financing alternatives, monitoring of compliance with financing agreements and searching and hiring executives. Pursuant to such agreement Valcon receives a quarterly management fee equal to (i) $1.625 million per fiscal quarter for our fiscal year 2006 and (ii) for each fiscal year after 2006, an amount per fiscal quarter equal to 105% of the quarterly fee for the immediately preceding fiscal year, and reimbursement for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the provision of services under the advisory agreement. The advisory agreement also provides that Valcon may be entitled to receive fees in connection with certain financing, acquisition, disposition and change in control transactions based on terms and conditions customary for transactions of similar size and scope. The advisory agreement includes exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors. The advisory services referred to in the advisory agreement are provided by affiliates of the Sponsors and accordingly the fees received by Valcon that are described above are paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors under the terms of a similar advisory agreement among the affiliates of the Sponsors and Valcon.

ACN Holdings, Inc. is party to an advisory agreement with Valcon pursuant to which the affiliates of the Sponsors provide management services on behalf of Valcon. Pursuant to such agreement Valcon receives a quarterly management fee equal to (i) $0.875 million per fiscal quarter for our fiscal year 2006 and (ii) for each fiscal year after 2006, an amount per fiscal quarter equal to 105% of the quarterly fee for the immediately preceding fiscal year, and reimbursement for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the provision of services under the advisory agreement. The advisory agreement also provides that Valcon may be entitled to receive fees in connection with certain financing, acquisition, disposition and change in control transactions based on terms and conditions customary for transactions of similar size and scope. The advisory agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Valcon and the affiliates of the Sponsors. The advisory services referred to in the advisory agreement are provided by the Sponsors and accordingly the fees received by Valcon

 

141


Table of Contents

that are described above are paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors under the terms of a similar advisory agreement among the affiliates of the Sponsors and Valcon.

For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded $6 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to these management fees and $1 million related to Sponsor travel and consulting.

Transaction fees

In connection with the Transactions, Valcon paid the Sponsors $131 million in fees and expenses for financial and structuring advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations. These costs were allocated as debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price of Nielsen based on the specific nature of the services performed.

Scarborough Research

We and Scarborough Research, a joint venture with Arbitron, entered into various related party transactions in the ordinary course of business. We and our subsidiaries provide various services to Scarborough Research, including data collection, accounting, insurance administration, and the rental of real estate. We pay royalties to Scarborough Research for the right to include Scarborough Research data in our products sold directly to our customers. Additionally, we sell various Scarborough Research products directly to our clients, for which we receive a commission from Scarborough Research. The net cash payments from Scarborough Research to us as a result of these transactions were $12 million, $9 million, $11 million and $14 million for the periods ended May 24 to December 31, 2006 and January 1 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Obligations between us and Scarborough Research are net settled in cash on a monthly basis in the ordinary course of business; at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the related amounts outstanding were not significant.

AGB Nielsen Media Research

Nielsen and its subsidiaries have entered into various related party transactions with AGB Nielsen Media Research, covering services to and from AGB Nielsen Media Research, including the licensing of the Nielsen trademark, software and databases, and certain administrative services. These related party transactions resulted in a net receivable of $12 million and $5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Loan to Former Chairman of the Executive Board

In March 2002, with the relocation to the United States of the former Chairman of the Executive Board and his family, the former Chairman of the Executive Board received a home mortgage loan from Nielsen in the amount of $4 million. The loan, which is denominated in U.S. Dollars, accrues interest at the rate of 6.0% per year and is collateralized by the home. Interest is due at the time that the loan is repaid, which can be no later than July 1, 2007. If at that time the value of the home is not sufficient to cover the amount of this loan plus accrued interest, Nielsen will absorb the difference plus any required income taxes that would be payable by the former Chairman. The carrying value of the loan receivable and accrued interest is $5 million, included in other current assets, and $5 million, included in non-current assets, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Certain Transactions with Related Persons

We have a written code of conduct, applicable to directors, officers and employees, that prohibits any action, investment or other interest that might interfere, or be thought to interfere, with the exercise of their judgment in our best interests. The types of transactions that are covered by the code include financial and other transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we or any of our subsidiaries are a participant and in which any related person, including directors, officers and employees, have an interest.

 

142


Table of Contents

Where a related party transaction could result in a conflict of interest, it will be reviewed and approved by our legal and human resources department and, where appropriate and material in nature, our Audit Committee.

Only those related party transactions that are not inconsistent with our best interests will be approved. In making this determination, all available and relevant facts and circumstance will be considered, including the benefits to us, the impact of the transaction on the related party’s independence, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, the terms of the transaction and the terms available from unrelated third parties.

In addition, we have established and maintain a Disclosure Committee through which we identify, among other things, potential and existing transactions between us and related persons that are required to be disclosed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

143


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities

General

Our new senior secured credit facilities provide for senior secured financing of up to $5,908 million, consisting of:

 

   

a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $5,220 million and (the “Term Facility”) with a maturity of seven years, most of which is denominated in U.S. Dollars, with the balance denominated in Euros; and

 

   

a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $688 million (the “Revolving Facility”) with a maturity of six years, including both a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.

In addition, we may request one or more incremental term loan facilities and/or increase commitments under our Revolving Facility in an aggregate amount of up to $688 million, subject to certain conditions and receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions or institutional lenders.

All borrowings under our Revolving Facility following the date the Term Facility is initially drawn are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and the accuracy of representations and warranties. Loans under our Revolving Facility are available in multiple currencies and to multiple borrowers.

Proceeds of the term loans and, if applicable, the revolving loans, together with other sources of funds described under “Use of Proceeds,” were used to repay existing debt and finance the Transactions. Proceeds of the revolving loans borrowed after the closing date of the Transactions, swingline loans and letters of credit are or will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Interest and Fees

The interest rates per annum applicable to loans denominated in U.S. Dollars or Euros, other than swingline loans, under our new senior secured credit facilities are, at our option, equal to either an alternate base rate (in the case of U.S. Dollar loans) or an adjusted EURIBOR rate for a one-, two-, three or six-month interest period, or a nine- or twelve-month period, if agreed to by our lenders, in each case, plus an applicable margin. The alternate base rate is determined by reference to the greater of (1) Citigroup’s Prime Rate and (2) the overnight Federal Funds as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 0.5%. The Adjusted EURIBOR rate is determined by reference to settlement rates established for deposits in the applicable currencies in the London interbank market for a period equal to the interest period of the loan and the maximum reserve percentages established by banking regulations to which our lenders are subject. Interest rates on loans denominated in other currencies is based on rates common for such currencies plus an applicable margin.

Swingline loans denominated in U.S. Dollars bear interest at the interest rate applicable to alternate base rate revolving loans. Swingline loans denominated in Euros bear interest at a EURIBOR rate plus an applicable margin.

In addition, on the last day of each calendar quarter we are required to pay each lender (i) a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the Revolving Facility and (ii) a letter of credit fee in respect of the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Facility.

 

144


Table of Contents

Prepayments

Subject to exceptions, our new senior secured credit facilities require mandatory prepayments of term loans in amounts equal to:

 

   

50% (as may be reduced based on our ratio of consolidated total net debt to consolidated EBITDA) of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement governing our new senior secured credit facilities);

 

   

except as set forth below, 100% (as may be reduced based on our ratio of consolidated total net debt to consolidated EBITDA) of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions;

 

   

(x) 100% of the net cash proceeds of the sale, in whole or in part from time to time, of BME that, when applied to repay term loans, would not change our ratio of consolidated total net debt to consolidated EBITDA and (y) 50% of any remaining amount of such net cash proceeds from such sale of BME; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds from certain incurrences of debt.

Amortization of Principal

Our new senior secured credit facilities require scheduled quarterly payments on the term loans each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans for the first six years and three quarters, with the balance paid at maturity.

Collateral and Guarantors

Our new senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Nielsen, VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU International B.V., VNU Holdings B.V., ACN Holdings, Inc., VNU Services B.V. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc., and certain of their material existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly owned subsidiaries (other than non U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. or other U.S. subsidiaries), and is secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets (other than cash) of our U.S. subsidiaries and by a pledge of the capital stock of the guarantors specified above, the capital stock of our U.S. subsidiaries and the guarantors and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of our non U.S. subsidiaries.

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters

Our new senior secured credit facilities require that we, after an initial grace period, comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated leverage ratio test and minimum interest coverage ratio test. In addition, our new senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants, subject to significant exceptions, restricting or limiting our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

   

incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

make certain loans and investments;

 

   

declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;

 

   

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, including the notes;

 

   

amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, including the notes;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

145


Table of Contents
   

transact with affiliates;

 

   

enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions; and

 

   

alter the business that we conduct.

Nielsen is not bound by any financial or negative covenants contained in the credit agreement.

The new senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Nielsen Senior Discount Notes due 2016

In connection with the Transactions, Nielsen issued €343 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016. No interest shall be payable on the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes until August 1, 2011. After August 1, 2011 interest shall be payable on the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes at a rate of 11  1 / 8 % per annum. The Nielsen Senior Discount Notes contain a covenant that generally restricts the creation of security over indebtedness with a principal amount greater than €15 million, a maturity greater than twelve months and which are in the form of securities that are or are intended to be listed on a stock market. The Nielsen Senior Discount Notes contain customary events of default, including non payment of principal, interest or fees and cross default to other indebtedness of Nielsen or certain material subsidiaries, insolvency or bankruptcy of Nielsen or certain material subsidiaries.

Euro Medium Term Note Program

We have a Euro Medium Term Note (“EMTN”) program in place. All debenture loans and most private placements are quoted on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, amounts with carrying values of $704 million and $706 million, respectively, of the program amount were issued under the EMTN program. There are no additional amounts available for borrowing under this program as of December 31, 2006. Upon consummation of the Transactions, €518 million ($685 million) remained outstanding under this program. The securities issued under the program contain covenants which generally restrict the creation of security over indebtedness with a principal amount greater than €15 million, a maturity greater than twelve months and which are in the form of securities that are or are intended to be listed on a stock market. As of March 31, 2007 the following are the amounts of the medium term notes that remain outstanding under the EMTN program:

 

Outstanding Nielsen Euro Medium Term Note Program Securities

Amount

   Interest
Rate
    Maturity

¥4,000,000,000

   2.50 %   2011

€30,000,000

   6.75 %   2012

€25,000,000

   Floating     2012

€25,000,000

   Floating     2012

€50,000,000

   Floating     2010

£250,000,000

   5.625 %   2010/2017

In 2003, a £250 million debenture loan was issued under the EMTN program. After seven years, the interest rate on the debenture loan will be reset for the remaining seven years to 5.50% plus the then applicable market credit spread for us. As a feature of the loan, after the seven years, we had a right to acquire the debentures from the holders at par. At the issuance date of the loan, we have assigned this right to two investment banks. If the acquisition right is exercised, the interest rate will be reset as aforementioned. If the acquisition right is not exercised, we will redeem the debenture loan at par.

 

146


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the term “ Issuers ” refers to Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and (ii) the terms “ we ,” “ our ” and “ us ” each refer to the Covenant Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries.

The Issuers issued the old notes under an indenture dated August 9, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Except as set forth herein, the terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical and include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Senior Dollar Notes and the Senior Euro Notes are separate series of notes but will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture, except as otherwise stated herein. As a result, among other things, holders of each series of exchange notes will not have separate and independent rights to give notice of a Default or to direct the Trustee to exercise remedies in the event of a Default or otherwise.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those agreements, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement because those agreements, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the exchange notes. You may request copies of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement at our address set forth under the heading “Prospectus Summary.”

Brief Description of Senior Notes

The old notes are, and the exchange notes will be:

 

   

unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers;

 

   

pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities) of the Issuers;

 

   

effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuers (including the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

   

senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes) of the Issuers; and

 

   

initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Foreign Parents and Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, will initially jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under the Indenture, the old notes and the exchange notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the Senior Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

The Foreign Parents and Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities guarantee the notes. Each of the Guarantees of the notes will be a general unsecured obligation of each Guarantor, will be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such entity, and will be

 

147


Table of Contents

effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes) of each such entity. The notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties that do not Guarantee the notes.

Not all of the Restricted Subsidiaries Guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor. None of (a) the Foreign Subsidiaries of Domestic Subsidiaries, (b) non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties or any Receivables Subsidiary and (c) certain other Foreign Subsidiaries not required to guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities guarantee the Senior Notes. The non-guarantor Subsidiaries, accounted for approximately $699 million, or 43%, of our total revenue and approximately $16 million, or 28%, of our operating income for the Predecessor period (January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006) and accounted for approximately $1,142 million, or 45%, of our total revenue and approximately $75 million, or 69%, of our operating income, and approximately $6,710 million or 42% of our total assets for the Successor period (May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006).

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees is be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee is be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payment on the notes.”

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1)(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (other than NHF) (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or a Subsidiary of a Guarantor or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor (other than NHF) which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner not in violation of the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor (other than NHF) of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (other than NHF) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(d) the Issuers exercising their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

148


Table of Contents

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and the payment of any Guarantee will rank pari passu in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuers and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities.

The notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of each Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. As of March 31, 2007, the Issuers and the Guarantors had $5,185 million of Secured Indebtedness (of which $4,883 million was secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities). In addition, as of March 31, 2007, the non-Guarantor Subsidiaries had $1,018 million of liabilities that were structurally senior to the notes.

Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuers and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Senior Notes

The Issuers will maintain one or more paying agents for the notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, in respect of the Senior Dollar Notes, and in Luxembourg in respect of the Senior Euro Notes. The initial paying agent for the Senior Dollar Notes will be Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. The principal paying agent for the Senior Euro Notes will be Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and the paying agent and transfer agent in Luxembourg will be Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, S.A.

The Issuers will also maintain a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York in respect of the Senior Dollar Notes, and shall maintain co registrars in London, United Kingdom and in Luxembourg in respect of the Senior Euro Notes. If the issuers fail to appoint a registrar the Trustee will act as such. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of notes on behalf of the Issuers.

The Issuers may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers, a Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Notes to be redeemed.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuers will issue $650,000,000 in an aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Notes and €150,000,000 in an aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Notes in this exchange offer. The Senior Notes will mature on August 1, 2014. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuers may issue additional Senior Dollar Notes and additional Senior Euro Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“Additional Senior Notes”). Each of (i) the Senior Dollar Notes offered by the Issuers and any Additional Senior Dollar Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture and (ii) the Senior

 

149


Table of Contents

Euro Notes offered by the Issuers and any Additional Senior Euro Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Senior Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of Senior Notes” include any Additional Senior Notes that are actually issued.

Interest will accrue on the notes at the rate per annum shown on the front cover of this prospectus from the Issue Date, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2007.

Additional Interest

Additional Interest may accrue on the notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be payable, with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York and with respect to the Senior Euro Notes, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within Luxembourg or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee and with respect to the Senior Euro Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by Euroclear or Clearstream or their nominee, in each case will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York and Luxembourg will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuers will not be entitled to redeem the notes at its option prior to August 1, 2010.

At any time prior to August 1, 2010 the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Senior Dollar Notes and/or Senior Euro Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to the registered address of each Holder, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after August 1, 2010 the Issuers may redeem the Senior Dollar Notes and/or Senior Euro Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable

 

150


Table of Contents

Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

  

Senior Dollar Notes

Percentage

   

Senior Euro Notes

Percentage

 

2010

   105.000 %   104.500 %

2011

   102.500 %   102.250 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %   100.000 %

In addition, until August 1, 2009, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Notes and/or Senior Euro Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 110.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof in the case of Senior Dollar Notes and 109.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof in the case of Senior Euro Notes, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of (a) one or more Equity Offerings and /or (b) one or more sales of a business unit of Nielsen, in each case to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Covenant Party; provided that at least 50% of (i) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Dollar Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date and (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Euro Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering or sale.

Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

The Trustee shall select the notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The notes will provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

151


Table of Contents

(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the notes, the principal amount of notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered notes and its election to have such notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the notes, the Holders of the remaining notes will be issued new notes and such new notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or €2,000, as applicable, or an integral multiple of $1,000 or €1,000, as applicable, in each case in principal amount; and

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

The Senior Credit Facilities and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Covenant Parties become a party may provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Covenant Parties would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound-down.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

 

152


Table of Contents

The Change of Control purchase feature of the notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of notes may require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase the notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture will provide that the Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on such Covenant Party’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Covenant Parties and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

153


Table of Contents

(b) any securities received by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 15 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(a) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(b) Obligations under the Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(c) Obligations under (i) notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of notes to purchase their notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of notes that would otherwise be prepaid,

(d) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary, or

(e) Obligations under Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Asset Sale Prepayment Amount; or

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in a Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties, (c) capital expenditures or (d) acquisitions of other assets that, in the case of each of (a), (b), (c) and (d) are either (x) used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Covenant Party, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any

 

154


Table of Contents

Net Proceeds from the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of ACN and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under the Indenture, will be applied in accordance with this paragraph within 12 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds, and the proviso to the previous sentence with respect to Acceptable Commitments and Second Commitments will not be applicable to the application of such Net Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of the notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or €2,000, as applicable, or an integral multiple of $1,000 or €1,000, as applicable (in each case in aggregate principal amount), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the Senior Dollar Notes and /or Senior Euro Notes at any time, the Trustee will select the notes of such series to be redeemed (a) if such series of notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such series of notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of notes at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Senior Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Senior Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

 

155


Table of Contents

The Issuers will issue a new Senior Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Senior Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants that will be contained in the Indenture. Beginning on the day of a Covenant Suspension Event and ending on a Reversion Date (such period a “ Suspension Period ”) with respect to the notes, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in the “Description of Senior Notes” will not be applicable to the notes:

(1) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”;

(5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(6) “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

(7) “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.”

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” below or one of the clauses set forth in the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” below (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to the first or second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” As described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period.

For purposes of the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

In addition, during any period of time that: (i) the notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (the “ Suspended Covenant ”). In the event that the

 

156


Table of Contents

Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture

for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (a) withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuers or any of their Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

There can be no assurance that the notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of any Covenant Parties’ or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) dividends or distributions by a Covenant Party (other than NHF) or a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Covenant Party (other than NHF) or such Restricted Subsidiary, a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of NHF or any direct or indirect parent of NHF, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, or make any interest or principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Parent Intercompany Debt, other than:

(a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuers could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

157


Table of Contents

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) the EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the period beginning July 1, 2006, to the end of the Issuers’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, less the product of 1.4 times the Consolidated Interest Expense of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the same period ; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (11)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

(i)(A) Equity Interests of NHF, or a direct or indirect parent company of NHF, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of Nielsen, the Covenant Parties, Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of NHF, after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of NHF’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

(ii) debt securities of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of NHF, or a direct or indirect parent company of NHF;

provided, however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to a Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions ; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of a Covenant Party following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (11)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) (other than by another Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Excluded Contributions) ; plus

 

158


Table of Contents

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuers in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $150.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (i) Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor or the Parent Intercompany Debt or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of NHF, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of NHF, or any direct or indirect parent company of NHF to the extent contributed to a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph and not made pursuant to clause (2)(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of NHF) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus

 

159


Table of Contents

the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of NHF or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of a Covenant Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $100.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the NHF and, to the extent contributed to a Covenant Party, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of NHF, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Covenant Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph ; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date ; plus

(c) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of a Covenant Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; less

(d) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of Nielsen, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Nielsen or any of Nielsen’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

160


Table of Contents

(6)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;

(b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided, however, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.75 to 1.00;

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 1.25% of Total Assets, in each case, at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on a Covenant Party’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to a Covenant Party in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed 2.00% of Total Assets at the time made;

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value or (b) with the proceeds of Asset Sales in an amount not to exceed the Asset Sale Prepayment Amount;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents, or the making of any payment of interest or principal on, or redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value

 

161


Table of Contents

of, the Parent Intercompany Debt in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(b) federal, foreign, state and local income taxes provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state and local tax rate for such fiscal year;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(f) interest payable on Holdings Debt;

(g) amounts payable to Valcon Acquisition, B.V. by Nielsen pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreements; and

(h) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuers related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity;

(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(17) any Restricted Payment used to fund the redemption of Nielsen’s 7% preferred shares as in effect on the Issue Date;

(18) any Restricted Payment of the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred to refinance the Sterling Notes or the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes and to pay accrued and unpaid interest, premium, fees and expenses related thereto;

(19) the forgiveness, cancellation, termination or disposition of the Transactions Intercompany Obligations; and

(20) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”; provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuers shall have made a Change of Control Offer and that all notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11), (16) and (18), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties will be Restricted Subsidiaries, except for NetRatings, Inc. and BuzzMetrics, Inc., each of which will initially be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

162


Table of Contents

The Issuers will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently, or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.75 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $6,000 million outstanding at any one time;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuers and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (a) the notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Senior Notes) and (b) the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes (including any guarantee thereof);

(3) Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in

 

163


Table of Contents

connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that

(a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Issue Date) of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

(b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by an Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(10) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11)(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of NHF or any direct or indirect parent entity of NHF (which proceeds are contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) or cash contributed to the capital of a Covenant Party (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, any Covenant Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other

 

164


Table of Contents

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (11)(b));

(12) the incurrence by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance:

(a) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3) and (11)(a) above, this clause (12) and clause (13) below, or

(b) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above,

including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Senior Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(C) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclause (A) of this clause (12) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of Indebtedness under a Credit Facility;

(13) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that either

(i) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock:

(a) is not Secured Indebtedness and is subordinated to the notes on terms no less favorable to the holders thereof than the subordination terms set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

165


Table of Contents

(b) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom; and

(c) matures and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity or the notes (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Indenture); or

(ii) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(a) the Issuers would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or

(b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(15) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(16)(a) any guarantee by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Covenant Party that is not an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuers; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(17) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (17) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (17) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (17) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (17));

(18) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $200.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (18) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

(19) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(21) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary not in excess of $25.0 million at any time outstanding.

 

166


Table of Contents

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuers, in their sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuers will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Indenture will provide that the Issuers will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

167


Table of Contents

(2) in all other cases, the notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

The foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the notes and the related Guarantees, (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.75 to 1.0.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

Neither Issuer nor NHF may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Person is the surviving corporation), and NHF may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) such Issuer or NHF, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer or NHF, as applicable) or the Person to whom such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(2) the Successor Company, if other than such Issuer or NHF, as applicable, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the notes or NHF under its Guarantee, as applicable, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “ —Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or

(b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than such Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for such Issuer or NHF, as applicable, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

 

168


Table of Contents

(1) any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor; and

(2) an Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of such Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing such Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Restricted Guarantor will, and the Covenant Parties will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1)(a) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(d) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(2) in the case of any Restricted Guarantor other than NHF, the transaction does not violate the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

In the case of clause (1) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or an Issuer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for purposes of this covenant, the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of ACN and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries shall not constitute a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, so long as, at the time of such transaction, (a) the EBITDA of ACN and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four most recently ended fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available represented less than 45% of the EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the same four-quarter period and (b) the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Transactions with Affiliates

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or

 

169


Table of Contents

assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuers (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the relevant Covenant Party or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis; and

(2) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuers approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses to Valcon Acquisition, B.V., in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreements;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, Officers, directors, employees or consultants of Covenant Parties, any of their direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to such Covenant Party or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis;

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in this prospectus;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuers or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

170


Table of Contents

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of NHF to its direct or indirect parent or to any Permitted Holder or the contribution to the common equity of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(12) payments by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuers in good faith;

(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Covenant Parties, any of their direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuers in good faith; and

(14) Investments by the Investors, a Foreign Parent or any direct or indirect parent of a Foreign Parent in securities of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)   (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the related indenture;

(b) the Indenture and the notes;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) a Covenant Party or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into

 

171


Table of Contents

for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

(k) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuers, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuers are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Covenant Parties will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary of a Domestic Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor:

(a) if the notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

172


Table of Contents

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Covenant Parties may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require NHF to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

(1) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

(2) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer, for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

(4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuers would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that NHF shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event NHF will make available such information to prospective purchasers of notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Senior Note, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuers would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, further, that, with respect to (i) the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and (ii) the quarter with respect to which the Issuers notify the Trustee in writing that Nielsen intends to switch the currency in which its financial statements are reported, NHF shall not be required to make available such information to prospective purchasers of notes or provide such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the notes until 90 days after the end of such quarter. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Covenant Parties will agree that, for so long as any notes are outstanding, they will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Covenant Parties shall not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement.

If any direct or indirect parent company of NHF is a Guarantor of the notes, the Indenture will permit the Covenant Parties to satisfy their obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Covenant Parties by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the

 

173


Table of Contents

exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture will provide that each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the notes;

(3) failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less 30% in principal amount of the notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by any Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by any Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the notes, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by a Covenant Party or any Significant Party to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuers or any Significant Party; or

(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities.

 

174


Table of Contents

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the notes.

The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Senior Note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such, Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Senior Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Senior Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture will provide that the Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

 

175


Table of Contents

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the notes. The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their obligations discharged with respect to the notes and have the Issuers’ and each Guarantor’s Obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of such notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuers) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the notes:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, in the case of the Senior Dollar Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, and in the case of the Senior Euro Notes, Euro or non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s, in each case in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such notes and the Issuers must specify whether such notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

176


Table of Contents

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the indenture pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes, when either:

(1) all notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2)   (a) all notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and an Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, in the case of the Senior Dollar Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, and in the case of the Senior Euro Notes, Euro or non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s, in each case in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Indenture or the notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such

 

177


Table of Contents

deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(d) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes, other than notes beneficially owned by an Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the notes).

The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each affected Holder of notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Senior Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Senior Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s notes;

(9) make any change to the ranking of the notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the notes.

 

178


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or notes without the consent of any Holder;

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

(4) to provide the assumption of an Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon an Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(10) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the notes to any provision of this “Description of Senior Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Senior Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or notes; or

(12) making any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of an Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under

 

179


Table of Contents

no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-denominated Restrictions

The Euro is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuers under or in connection with the Senior Euro Notes including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than Euro, whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuers or otherwise, by any Holder of a Senior Euro Note or by the Trustee in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuers will only constitute a discharge of the Issuers to the extent of the Euro amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered that other ordinary currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

If that Euro amount is less than the Euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Senior Euro Note or the Trustee, the Issuers will indemnify them against any loss sustained by such recipient as a result. In any event, the Issuers will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this currency indemnity provision, it will be sufficient for the Holder or the Trustee to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating the sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of Euro been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of Euro on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuers’ other obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect to any sum due under any Senior Euro Note or to the Trustee.

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any Euro-denominated restriction herein, the Euro-equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-Euro currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-Euro amount is incurred or made, as the case may be.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service

In relation to any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with the Indenture and the notes, each of the Guarantors that is not a U.S. Person will in the Indenture irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the notes and any Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any

 

180


Table of Contents

Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

“ACN” means ACN Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Applicable Premium” means,

(1) with respect to any Senior Dollar Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Senior Dollar Note on such Redemption Date; and

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Senior Dollar Note at August 1, 2010 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Senior Dollar Note through August 1, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Senior Dollar Note; and

(2) with respect to any Senior Euro Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Senior Euro Note on such Redemption Date; and

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Senior Euro Note at August 1, 2010 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Senior Euro Note through August 1, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Senior Euro Note.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

181


Table of Contents

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary or a Covenant Party to another Covenant Party or by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of NHF;

(j) foreclosures on assets;

(k) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(l) any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the Transactions Intercompany Obligations; and

(m) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture.

“Asset Sale Prepayment Amount” means:

(1) at any time after the Issue Date and prior to the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of at least $150.0 million of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales, $0;

(2) at any time after the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of at least $150.0 million (but less than $650.0 million) of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and $100.0 million (but less than $200.0 million) aggregate principal amount of notes with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales, $50.0 million less the amount of Net Proceeds, if any, previously applied to the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (2);

(3) at any time after the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of at least $650.0 million of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and $200.0 million aggregate

 

182


Table of Contents

principal amount of notes with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales, $100.0 million less, without duplication, the amount of Net Proceeds, if any, previously applied to the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2) above and/or this clause (3).

“Bund Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bunds or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such financial statistics are no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2010; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of German adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenants Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and such Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2)(a) Euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 (b) in the case of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, any member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

183


Table of Contents

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA—(or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Issuers become aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of a majority or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of an Issuer.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (2) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

184


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to the notes, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility) ; plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued ; plus

(3) Restricted Payments made by such Person of the type permitted to be made by clause (15)(f) of the second paragraph of the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; less

(4) interest income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuers to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than, for purposes of calculating EBITDA only, Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and other operational changes that a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and

 

185


Table of Contents

other operational changes (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuers may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuers as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Prospectus Summary” in this prospectus to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the aggregate amount of projected operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies included in any such pro forma calculation shall not exceed $125.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph).

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), duplicative running costs associated with the European Data Factory, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, including changes from international financial reporting standards to United States financial reporting standards,

 

186


Table of Contents

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Covenant Parties will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in

 

187


Table of Contents

each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than, for purposes of calculating EBITDA only, Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and other operational changes that a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such

 

188


Table of Contents

period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuers may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuers as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions); and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Prospectus Summary” in this prospectus to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the aggregate amount of projected operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies included in any such pro forma calculation shall not exceed $125.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph).

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

“Covenant Parties” means each of NHF, VNU International, B.V., and the Issuers.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated

 

189


Table of Contents

Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of an Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by a Covenant Party or any their respective Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuers, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the notes or the date the notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Covenant Parties or their respective Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(b) Fixed Charges (other than clause (3) of the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense, except to the extent that such amount has been deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income) of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the Credit Facilities, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (iii) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to the

 

190


Table of Contents

Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility ; plus

(e) the amount of any business optimization expense and restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs and excess pension charges ; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) ; plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” ; plus

(i) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility ; plus

(j) any costs or expense incurred by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) solely for the purpose of calculating EBITDA on a cumulative basis for purposes of clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph under the heading “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” the amount of cost savings set forth in the adjustments used in connection with the calculation of “Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Prospectus Summary” in this prospectus; and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations ; plus or minus, as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

191


Table of Contents

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of a NHF or of a direct or indirect parent of a NHF (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to a Covenant Party or any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“Euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to a Covenant Party from,

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of a Covenant Party or a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of NHF or any direct or indirect parent of NHF,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period ; plus

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period ; plus

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

“Foreign Parent” means The Nielsen Company B.V., VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. and any other direct or indirect parent organization of a Covenant Party that is a subsidiary of The Nielsen Company B.V.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

 

192


Table of Contents

“Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Indenture.

“Guarantor” means, each Person that Guarantees the notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

“Holdings Debt” means Indebtedness of Nielsen outstanding on the Issue Date (after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions) as reflected in Nielsen’s balance sheet and refinancings thereof that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof, except to the extent of additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

193


Table of Contents

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, (c) any intercompany indebtedness (including intercompany indebtedness to a Foreign Parent) having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (d) the Parent Intercompany Debt.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuers, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Purchasers” means, with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated and ING Bank N.V. and with respect to the Senior Euro Notes, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., ABN AMRO Incorporated and ING Bank N.V.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuers and the Subsidiaries of any Covenant Party;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

194


Table of Contents

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the applicable Covenant Party’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuers or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Covenant Party’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Covenant Party’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuers.

“Investors” means AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Thomas H. Lee Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

“Issue Date” means August 9, 2006, the date on which the notes were originally issued.

“Issuers” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Nielsen Senior Discount Notes” means the 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016 issued by Nielsen on the Issue Date.

 

195


Table of Contents

“NHF” means Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V.

“Obligations” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuers.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer of the Issuers, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuers, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

“Parent Intercompany Debt” means the intercompany loan of Nielsen to NHF, as in effect on the Issue Date after giving effect to the Transactions.

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant.

“Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors and members of management of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the foregoing who are holders of Equity Interests of Nielsen or its direct or indirect parent organizations on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Nielsen or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

196


Table of Contents

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) any Investment acquired by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by such Covenant Party or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of a Covenant Party or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in causes (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

(12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuers are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuers or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; and

(17) Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate.

 

197


Table of Contents

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (11)(b), (17) or (18) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) are solely on acquired property or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

198


Table of Contents

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or

 

199


Table of Contents

sweep accounts of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuers in good faith.

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuers which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to the Covenant Parties, except for such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture and that is secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents.

“Restricted Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

200


Table of Contents

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of each Covenant Party (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not an Issuer or that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).

“Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuers or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any related Guarantee; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

 

201


Table of Contents

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Covenant Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (c);

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

“Senior Subordinated Discount Notes” means the Issuers’ 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 issued on the Issue Date.

“Significant Party” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

“Sponsor Management Agreements” means the advisory agreements between each of ACN Holdings, Inc. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. and Valcon, in each case as in effect on the date hereof and giving effect to amendments thereto that, taken as a whole, are not materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the notes.

“Sterling Notes” means the £250 million 5.63% Senior Notes due 2010 of The Nielsen Company B.V.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the notes.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

202


Table of Contents

“Total Assets” means total assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date; provided that in no event shall the Transactions Intercompany Obligations constitute part of Total Assets.

“Transactions” means the transactions described under “Prospectus Summary—The Transactions.”

“Transactions Intercompany Obligations” means any intercompany loan made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Foreign Parent outstanding on the Issue Date or made for the purpose of consummating the Transactions.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2010; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) each of NetRatings, Inc. and BuzzMetrics, Inc.;

(2) any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuers, as provided below); and

(3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuers may designate any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by a Covenant Party;

(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuers may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuers could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

203


Table of Contents

(2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuers shall be notified by the Issuers to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuers or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

204


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the term “ Issuers ” refers to Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and (ii) the terms “ we ,” “ our ” and “ us ” each refer to the Covenant Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries.

The Issuers issued the old notes, and will issue the exchange notes, under an indenture dated August 9, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Except as set forth herein, the terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical and include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those agreements, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement because those agreements, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the exchange notes. You may request copies of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement at our address set forth under the heading “Prospectus Summary.”

Brief Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes

The old notes are, and the exchange notes will be:

 

   

unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Issuers;

 

   

subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes) of the Issuers;

 

   

effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuers (including the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

   

senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers; and

 

   

initially guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by each of the Foreign Parents and Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, will initially jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under the Indenture, the old notes and the exchange notes, whether for payment of principal (including any accretion) of or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

The Foreign Parents and Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities will initially guarantee the notes. Each of the Guarantees of the notes will be a general unsecured obligation of each Guarantor, will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such entity and will be effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity. The notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties that do not Guarantee the notes.

Not all of the Restricted Subsidiaries will Guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor. None of (a) the Foreign Subsidiaries of Domestic Subsidiaries, (b) non-Wholly

 

205


Table of Contents

Owned Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties or any Receivables Subsidiary and (c) certain other Foreign Subsidiaries not required to guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities will guarantee the notes. The non-guarantor Subsidiaries, accounted for approximately $699 million, or 43%, of our total revenue and approximately $16 million, or 28%, of our operating income for the Predecessor period (January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006) and accounted for approximately $1,142 million, or 45%, of our total revenue and approximately $75 million, or 69%, of our operating income, and approximately $6,710 million or 42% of our total assets for the Successor period (May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006).

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payment on the notes.”

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1)(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (other than NHF) (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or a Subsidiary of a Guarantor or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor (other than NHF) which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner not in violation of the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor (other than NHF) of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (other than NHF) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(d) the Issuers exercising their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Ranking

The payment of the principal (including any accretion) of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and the payment of any Guarantee will be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in cash in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuers and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes.

The notes will be subordinated in right of payment to all of the existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each Issuer and each Guarantor and effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of each Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such

 

206


Table of Contents

Indebtedness. As of March 31, 2007, the Issuers and the Guarantors had $6,020 million of Senior Indebtedness (of which $4,883 million was secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities). In addition, as of March 31, 2007, the non-Guarantor Subsidiaries had $1,018 million of liabilities that were structurally senior to the notes.

Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuers and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes

The Issuers will maintain one or more paying agents for the notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial paying agent for the notes will be Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

The Issuers will also maintain a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. If the Issuers fail to appoint a registrar the Trustee will act as such. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of notes on behalf of the Issuers.

The Issuers may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers, a Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Subordination of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes

Only Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the notes and the Guarantees in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The notes and Guarantees will in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers and the relevant Guarantor, respectively.

We will agree in the Indenture that the Issuers and the Guarantors will not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Indebtedness of such Person, unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the applicable Person or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Person. The Indenture will not treat (i) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (ii) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor is permitted to pay principal (including any accretion) of, premium, if any, or interest on the notes (or pay any other obligations relating to the notes, including Additional Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge” below and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any notes (collectively, “pay the notes”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “Payment Default”):

(1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

(2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, the Issuers are permitted to pay the notes if the Issuers and the Trustee receive written notice approving such

 

207


Table of Contents

payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuers are not permitted to pay the notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuers) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:

(1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuers from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

(2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or

(3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described above, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Issuers and related Guarantors are permitted to resume paying the notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

In connection with the notes, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuers upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Issuers or their property:

(1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the notes are entitled to receive any payment;

(2) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders of notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

(3) if a distribution is made to Holders of the notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the notes are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

208


Table of Contents

The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Indenture upon the failure of the Issuers to pay cash interest or principal (including any accretion) with respect to the notes when due by their terms. If payment of the notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is outstanding, neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor may pay the notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the notes only if the Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee are senior subordinated obligations of that Guarantor. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Issuers’ obligations under the notes apply equally to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee.

A Holder by its acceptance of notes agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of an Issuer or a Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the notes, and creditors who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the notes.

The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of government securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal (including any accretion) of and interest on the notes pursuant to the provisions described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Senior Subordinated Discount Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Senior Subordinated Discount Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuers will issue up to $1,070,000,000 in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of notes in this exchange offer. The notes will mature on August 1, 2016. The notes will be issued at a significant discount from their principal amount at maturity. The notes had an initial Accreted Value of $546.86 per $1,000 principal amount at maturity to generate aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $585 million. The Accreted Value of each note will increase from the date of issuance until August 1, 2011, at a rate of 12  1 / 2 % per annum, compounded semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on such date. Subject to compliance with the covenant

 

209


Table of Contents

described below under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuers may issue additional notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“Additional Senior Subordinated Discount Notes”). The notes offered by the Issuers and any Additional Senior Subordinated Discount Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Senior Subordinated Discount Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes” include any Additional Senior Subordinated Discount Notes that are actually issued.

No cash interest will accrue on the notes prior to August 1, 2011 although for U.S. federal income tax purposes a significant amount of original issue discount, taxable as ordinary income, will be recognized by a Holder as such discount accretes. See “Material United States Federal Tax Considerations” for a discussion regarding the taxation of such original issue discount. Cash interest will accrue on the notes at the rate per annum shown on the front cover of this prospectus from August 1, 2011, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2012.

Additional Interest

Additional Interest may accrue on the notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or ether amount payable on or with respect to the notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal (including any accretion) of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal (including any accretion), premium, if any, and interest with respect to the notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuers will not be entitled to redeem the notes at its option prior to August 1, 2011.

At any time prior to August 1, 2011 the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to the registered address of each Holder, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after August 1, 2011 the Issuers may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice” at the redemption prices

 

210


Table of Contents

(expressed as percentages of principal amount at maturity of the notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   106.250 %

2012

   104.167 %

2013

   102.083 %

2014 and thereafter

   100.000 %

In addition, until August 1, 2009, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 112.500% of the aggregate Accreted Value thereof, plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of (a) one or more Equity Offerings and/or (b) one or more sales of a business unit of Nielsen, in each case to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Covenant Party; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Subordinated Discount Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering or sale.

Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

The Trustee shall select the notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate Accreted Value thereof plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) that any Senior Subordinated Discount Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrete or accrue interest, as the case may be;

 

211


Table of Contents

(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrete or accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date, as the case may be;

(5) that Holders electing to have any notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the notes, the principal amount at maturity of notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered notes and its election to have such notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the notes, the Holders of the remaining notes will be issued new notes and such new notes will be equal in principal amount at maturity to the unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000, in each case in principal amount at maturity; and

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

The Senior Credit Facilities and Senior Notes will prohibit or limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Issuers become a party may prohibit or limit, the Issuers from purchasing any notes as a result of a Change of Control. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Issuers are prohibited from purchasing the notes, the Issuers could seek the consent of their lenders and the holders of the Senior Notes to permit the purchase of the notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuers do not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuers will remain prohibited from purchasing the notes. In such case, the Issuers’ failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. If, as a result thereof, a default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of notes under certain circumstances. The Senior Credit Facilities will provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuers would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we

 

212


Table of Contents

could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound-down.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of notes may require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase the notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture will provide that the Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

213


Table of Contents

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on such Covenant Party’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Covenant Parties and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

(b) any securities received by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 15 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(a) Obligations under the Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(b) Obligations under (i) notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the Accreted Value thereof) or (ii) any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the Accreted Value thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of notes to purchase their notes at 100% of the Accreted Value thereof, plus, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), without duplication, the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of notes that would otherwise be prepaid, or

(c) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in a Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties, (c) capital expenditures or (d) acquisitions of other assets that, in the case of each of (a), (b), (c) and (d) are either (x) used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Covenant Party, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied

 

214


Table of Contents

in connection therewith, such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any Net Proceeds from the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of ACN and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under the Indenture, will be applied in accordance with this paragraph within 12 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds, and the proviso to the previous sentence with respect to Acceptable Commitments and Second Commitments will not be applicable to the application of such Net Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of the notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount, as applicable, of the notes and such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 (in each case in aggregate principal amount at maturity), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Value or principal amount thereof, as applicable, plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount, as applicable, of notes and such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount, as applicable, of notes and the Senior Subordinated Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the notes and such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the Accreted Value or principal amount, as applicable, of the notes and such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

The Senior Credit Facilities and Senior Notes limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Issuers become a party may prohibit or limit, the Issuers from purchasing any notes pursuant to this Asset Sales covenant. In the event the Issuers are prohibited from purchasing the notes, the Issuers could seek the consent of their lenders and the holders of the Senior Notes to the purchase of the notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuers do not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, they will remain prohibited from purchasing the notes. In such case, the Issuers’ failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. If,

 

215


Table of Contents

as a result thereof, a default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of the notes under certain circumstances.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the notes at any time, the Trustee will select the notes to be redeemed (a) if such notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of notes at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Senior Subordinated Discount Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Senior Subordinated Discount Note shall state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuers will issue a new Senior Subordinated Discount Note in a principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Senior Subordinated Discount Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Senior Subordinated Discount Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, the Accreted Value ceases to increase and cash interest ceases to accrue, as the case may be, on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants that will be contained in the Indenture. During each Suspension Period with respect to the notes, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in the “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes” will not be applicable to the notes:

(1) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”;

(5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(6) “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(7) “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

(8) “—Limitations on Layering.”

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” below or one of the clauses set forth in the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” below (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to the first or second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and

 

216


Table of Contents

Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” As described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period.

For purposes of the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

In addition, during any period of time that: (i) the notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (the “Suspended Covenant”). In the event that the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (a) withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuers or any of their Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

There can be no assurance that the notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of any Covenant Parties’ or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) dividends or distributions by a Covenant Party (other than NHF) or a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Covenant Party (other than NHF) or such Restricted Subsidiary, a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of NHF or any direct or indirect parent of NHF, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated

 

217


Table of Contents

Indebtedness, or make any interest or principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Parent Intercompany Debt, other than:

(a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuers could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) the EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the period beginning July 1, 2006, to the end of the Issuers’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, less the product of 1.4 times the Consolidated Interest Expense of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the same period ; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (11)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

(i)(A) Equity Interests of NHF, or a direct or indirect parent company of NHF, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of Nielsen, the Covenant Parties, Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of NHF, after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of NHF’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

 

218


Table of Contents

(ii) debt securities of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of NHF, or a direct or indirect parent company of NHF;

provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to a Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions ; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of a Covenant Party following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (11)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) (other than by another Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Excluded Contributions) ; plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuers in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $150.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (i) Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor or the Parent Intercompany Debt or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of NHF, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of NHF, or any direct or indirect parent company of NHF to the extent contributed to a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior

 

219


Table of Contents

to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph and not made pursuant to clause (2)(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of NHF) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of NHF or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of a Covenant Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $100.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the NHF and, to the extent contributed to a Covenant Party, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of NHF, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Covenant Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph ; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date ; plus

 

220


Table of Contents

(c) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of a Covenant Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; less

(d) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of Nielsen, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Nielsen or any of Nielsen’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(6)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;

(b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided, however, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.75 to 1.00;

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 1.25% of Total Assets, in each case, at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on a Covenant Party’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to a Covenant Party in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

221


Table of Contents

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed 2.00% of Total Assets at the time made;

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents, or the making of any payment of interest or principal on, or redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, the Parent Intercompany Debt in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(b) federal, foreign, state and local income taxes provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state and local tax rate for such fiscal year;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(f) interest payable on Holdings Debt;

(g) amounts payable to Valcon Acquisition, B.V. by Nielsen pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreements; and

(h) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuers related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity;

(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(17) any Restricted Payment used to fund the redemption of Nielsen’s 7% preferred shares as in effect on the Issue Date;

(18) any Restricted Payment of the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred to refinance the Sterling Notes or the Nielsen Senior Discount Notes and to pay accrued and unpaid interest, premium, fees and expenses related thereto;

 

222


Table of Contents

(19) the forgiveness, cancellation, termination or disposition of the Transactions Intercompany Obligations; and

(20) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”; provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuers shall have made a Change of Control Offer and that all notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

provided, however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11), (16) and (18), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties will be Restricted Subsidiaries, except for NetRatings, Inc. and BuzzMetrics, Inc., each of which will initially be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Issuers will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently, or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.75 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $6,000 million outstanding at any one time;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuers and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (a) the notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Senior Subordinated Discount Notes) and (b) the Senior Notes (including any guarantee thereof);

 

223


Table of Contents

(3) Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that

(a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Issue Date) of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

(b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by an Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(10) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11)(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate

 

224


Table of Contents

principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of NHF or any direct or indirect parent entity of NHF (which proceeds are contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) or cash contributed to the capital of a Covenant Party (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, any Covenant Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (11)(b));

(12) the incurrence by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance:

(a) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3) and (11)(a) above, this clause (12) and clause (13) below, or

(b) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above, including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(C) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

225


Table of Contents

and provided further that subclause (A) of this clause (12) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Senior Indebtedness;

(13) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that either

(i) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock:

(a) is not Secured Indebtedness and is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness with terms no less favorable to the holders thereof than the subordination terms set forth in the Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date;

(b) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom; and

(c) matures and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity or the notes (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Indenture); or

(ii) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(a) the Issuers would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or

(b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(15) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(16)(a) any guarantee by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Covenant Party that is not an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuers; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(17) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (17) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (17) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (17) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (17));

(18) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $200.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (18) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have

 

226


Table of Contents

incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

(19) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(21) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary not in excess of $25.0 million at any time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuers, in their sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuers will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Liens

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the notes or any related Guarantee, on any asset or

 

227


Table of Contents

property of the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the notes and the related Guarantees and (b) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

Neither Issuer nor NHF may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Person is the surviving corporation), and NHF may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) such Issuer or NHF, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer or NHF, as applicable) or the Person to whom such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

(2 ) the Successor Company, if other than such Issuer or NHF, as applicable, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the notes or NHF under its Guarantee, as applicable, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or

(b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than such Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for such Issuer or NHF, as applicable, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

(1) any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor; and

(2) an Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of such Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing such Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

228


Table of Contents

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Restricted Guarantor will, and the Covenant Parties will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1)(a) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(d) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(2) in the case of any Restricted Guarantor other than NHF, the transaction does not violate the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

In the case of clause (1) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or an Issuer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for purposes of this covenant, the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of ACN and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries shall not constitute a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, so long as, at the time of such transaction, (a) the EBITDA of ACN and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four most recently ended fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available represented less than 45% of the EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the same four-quarter period and (b) the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Transactions with Affiliates

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuers (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the relevant Covenant Party or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis; and

 

229


Table of Contents

(2) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuers approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses to Valcon Acquisition, B.V., in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreements;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, Officers, directors, employees or consultants of Covenant Parties, any of their direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to such Covenant Party or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis;

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in this prospectus;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuers or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of NHF to its direct or indirect parent or to any Permitted Holder or the contribution to the common equity of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(12) payments by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment

 

230


Table of Contents

banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuers in good faith;

(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Covenant Parties, any of their direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuers in good faith; and

(14) Investments by the Investors, a Foreign Parent or any direct or indirect parent of a Foreign Parent in securities of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and the Senior Notes and the related indenture;

(b) the Indenture and the notes;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) a Covenant Party or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

231


Table of Contents

(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

(k) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuers, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuers are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Covenant Parties will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary of a Domestic Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor:

(a) if the notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Limitation on Layering

The Indenture will provide that the Issuers will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

(1) equal in right of payment with the notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the notes, as the case may be; or

 

232


Table of Contents

(2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the notes, as the case may be.

The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Covenant Parties may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require NHF to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

(1) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

(2) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer, for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

(4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuers would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that NHF shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event NHF will make available such information to prospective purchasers of notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Discount Note, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuers would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, further, that, with respect to (i) the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and (ii) the quarter with respect to which the Issuers notify the Trustee in writing that Nielsen intends to switch the currency in which its financial statements are reported, NHF shall not be required to make available such information to prospective purchasers of notes or provide such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the notes until 90 days after the end of such quarter. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Covenant Parties will agree that, for so long as any notes are outstanding, they will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Covenant Parties shall not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement.

If any direct or indirect parent company of NHF is a Guarantor of the notes, the Indenture will permit the Covenant Parties to satisfy their obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Covenant Parties by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the

 

233


Table of Contents

information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture will provide that each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal (or Accreted Value) of, or premium, if any, on the notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);

(3) failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less 30% in principal amount at maturity of the notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by any Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by any Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the notes, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by a Covenant Party or any Significant Party to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuers or any Significant Party; or

(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount at maturity of the then total outstanding notes may declare the principal (or Accreted Value), premium, if any, (without duplication) interest

 

234


Table of Contents

and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal (or Accreted Value) and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal (or Accreted Value), premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the notes.

The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal (or Accreted Value) of any Senior Subordinated Discount Note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such, Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal (or Accreted Value), premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Senior Subordinated Discount Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

 

235


Table of Contents

The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Senior Subordinated Discount Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture will provide that the Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the notes. The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their obligations discharged with respect to the notes and have the Issuers’ and each Guarantor’s Obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of notes to receive payments in respect of the principal (or Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of such notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuers) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the notes:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and, without duplication, interest due on the notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such Accreted Value, premium, if any, or interest on such notes and the Issuers must specify whether such notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

236


Table of Contents

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes or the indenture pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes, when either:

(1) all notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2)   (a) all notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the

 

237


Table of Contents

Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and an Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal (or Accreted Value), premium, if any, and, without duplication, accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Indenture or the notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the indenture governing the Senior Notes or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(d) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes, other than notes beneficially owned by an Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the notes).

The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each affected Holder of notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the Accreted Value of such notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the Accreted Value of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Senior Subordinated Discount Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior Subordinated Discount Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal (or Accreted Value) of or premium, if any, or (without duplication) interest on the notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Senior Subordinated Discount Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal (or Accreted Value) of or premium, if any, or, without duplication, interest on the notes;

 

238


Table of Contents

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal (or Accreted Value) of, or interest on such Holder’s notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s notes;

(9) make any change in the subordination provisions thereof that would adversely affect the Holders;

(10) change the method of calculating Accreted Value; or

(11) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or notes without the consent of any Holder;

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

(4) to provide the assumption of an Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon an Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(10) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the notes to any provision of this “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or notes; or

(12) making any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer notes.

However, no amendment to, or waiver of, the subordination provisions of the Indenture (or the component definitions used therein), if adverse to the interests of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and the Guarantors, may be made without the consent of a majority of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative). The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

 

239


Table of Contents

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of an Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service

In relation to any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with the Indenture and the notes, each of the Guarantors that is not a U.S. Person will in the Indenture irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the notes and any Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

 

240


Table of Contents

“Accreted Value” means, as of any date (the “Specified Date” ) the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of notes:

(a) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date” ), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date:

 

Semi-Annual Accrual Date

   Accreted Value

February 1, 2007

   $ 580.95

August 1, 2007

   $ 617.17

February 1, 2008

   $ 655.64

August 1, 2008

   $ 696.51

February 1, 2009

   $ 739.93

August 1, 2009

   $ 786.06

February 1, 2010

   $ 835.06

August 1, 2010

   $ 887.12

February 1, 2011

   $ 942.42

August 1, 2011

   $ 1,000.00

The foregoing Accreted Values shall be increased, if necessary, to reflect any accretion of Additional Interest;

(b) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the original issue (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity) price of a Senior Subordinated Discount Note and (B) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue price multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(c) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or

(d) if the Specified Date occurs on or after August 1, 2011, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000.

“ACN” means ACN Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct

 

241


Table of Contents

or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Senior Subordinated Discount Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(a) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such Senior Subordinated Discount Note on such Redemption Date; and

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of the redemption price of such Senior Subordinated Discount Note at August 1, 2011 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the Accreted Value of such Senior Subordinated Discount Note.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary or a Covenant Party to another Covenant Party or by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of NHF;

(j) foreclosures on assets;

 

242


Table of Contents

(k) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(l) any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the Transactions Intercompany Obligations; and

(m) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture.

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenants Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and such Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2)(a) Euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 (b) in the case of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, any member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

243


Table of Contents

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA—(or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Issuers become aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of a majority or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of an Issuer.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (2) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in

 

244


Table of Contents

computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to the Senior Notes, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued ; plus

(3) Restricted Payments made by such Person of the type permitted to be made by clause (15)(f) of the second paragraph of the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; less

(4) interest income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuers to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than, for purposes of calculating EBITDA only, Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date” ), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and other operational changes that a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into a Covenant

 

245


Table of Contents

Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuers may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuers as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Prospectus Summary” in this prospectus to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the aggregate amount of projected operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies included in any such pro forma calculation shall not exceed $125.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph).

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), duplicative running costs associated with the European Data Factory, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, including changes from international financial reporting standards to United States financial reporting standards,

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

246


Table of Contents

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Covenant Parties will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

 

247


Table of Contents

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Covenant Parties” means each of NHF, VNU International, B.V., and the Issuers.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of an Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by a Covenant Party or any their respective Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuers, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

“Designated Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities; and

(2) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture, the principal amount of which is $50.0 million or more and that has been designated by an Issuer as “Designated Senior Indebtedness.”

 

248


Table of Contents

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the notes or the date the notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Covenant Parties or their respective Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(b) Fixed Charges (other than clause (3) of the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense, except to the extent that such amount has been deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net income) of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the notes and the Senior Notes and the Credit Facilities, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (iii) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to the Senior Notes and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility ; plus

(e) the amount of any business optimization expense and restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs and excess pension charges ; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this

 

249


Table of Contents

proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) ; plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income ; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”; plus

(i) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility ; plus

(j) any costs or expense incurred by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) solely for the purpose of calculating EBITDA on a cumulative basis for purposes of clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph under the heading “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” the amount of cost savings set forth in the adjustments used in connection with the calculation of “Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Prospectus Summary” in this prospectus; and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations ; plus or minus, as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of a NHF or of a direct or indirect parent of a NHF (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to a Covenant Party or any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“Euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

250


Table of Contents

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to a Covenant Party from,

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of a Covenant Party or a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of NHF or any direct or indirect parent of NHF,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period ; plus

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period ; plus

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

“Foreign Parent” means The Nielsen Company B.V., VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. and any other direct or indirect parent organization of a Covenant Party that is a subsidiary of The Nielsen Company B.V.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

251


Table of Contents

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Indenture.

“Guarantor” means, each Person that Guarantees the notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Senior Subordinated Discount Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

“Holdings Debt” means Indebtedness of Nielsen outstanding on the Issue Date (after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions) as reflected in Nielsen’s balance sheet and refinancings thereof that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof, except to the extent of additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, (c) any intercompany indebtedness (including intercompany indebtedness to a Foreign Parent) having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (d) the Parent Intercompany Debt.

 

252


Table of Contents

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuers, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated and ING Bank N.V.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuers and the Subsidiaries of any Covenant Party;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the applicable Covenant Party’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuers or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Covenant Party’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Covenant Party’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuers.

“Investors” means AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Thomas H. Lee Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

“Issue Date” means August 9, 2006, the date on which the notes were originally issued.

 

253


Table of Contents

“Issuers” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Nielsen Senior Discount Notes” means the 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016 issued by Nielsen on the Issue Date.

“NHF” means Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V.

“Obligations” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuers.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer of the Issuers, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuers, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

 

254


Table of Contents

“Parent Intercompany Debt” means the intercompany loan of Nielsen to NHF, as in effect on the Issue Date after giving effect to the Transactions.

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant.

“Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors and members of management of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the foregoing who are holders of Equity Interests of Nielsen or its direct or indirect parent organizations on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Nielsen or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) any Investment acquired by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by such Covenant Party or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of

 

255


Table of Contents

Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of a Covenant Party or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in causes (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

(12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuers are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuers or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; and

(17) Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means:

(1) Equity Interests in an Issuer, any Restricted Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of a Covenant Party; or

(2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture;

provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities is treated as part of the same class as the notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer or the Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for

 

256


Table of Contents

the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (17) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

257


Table of Contents

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Covenant Parties and the

 

258


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuers in good faith.

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuers which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers.

“Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to the Covenant Parties, except for such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture and that is secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents.

 

259


Table of Contents

“Restricted Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of each Covenant Party (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not an Issuer or that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).

“Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or Senior Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuers or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any related Guarantee; and

 

260


Table of Contents

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Covenant Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (c);

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture; provided, however that such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to have been incurred in violation of the Indenture for purposes of this clause if such Indebtedness consists of Designated Senior Indebtedness, and the holder(s) of such Indebtedness of their agent or representative (a) had no actual knowledge at the time of incurrence that the incurrence of such Indebtedness violated the Indenture and (b) shall have receive a certificate from an officer of the Issuers to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of the Indenture.

“Senior Notes” means the Issuers’ 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and 9% Senior Notes due 2014 issued on the Issue Date.

“Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

(1) with respect to the Issuers, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the notes issued by the Issuers; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of notes.

“Significant Party” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

“Sponsor Management Agreements” means the advisory agreements between each of ACN Holdings, Inc. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. and Valcon, in each case as in effect on the date hereof and giving effect to amendments thereto that, taken as a whole, are not materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the notes.

“Sterling Notes” means the £250 million 5.63% Senior Notes due 2010 of The Nielsen Company B.V.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the notes.

 

261


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

“Total Assets” means total assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date; provided that in no event shall the Transactions Intercompany Obligations constitute part of Total Assets.

“Transactions” means the transactions described under “Prospectus Summary—The Transactions.”

“Transactions Intercompany Obligations” means any intercompany loan made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Foreign Parent outstanding on the Issue Date or made for the purpose of consummating the Transactions.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2011; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) each of NetRatings, Inc. and BuzzMetrics, Inc.;

(2) any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuers, as provided below); and

(3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuers may designate any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by a Covenant Party;

 

262


Table of Contents

(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuers may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuers could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuers shall be notified by the Issuers to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuers or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

263


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

To ensure compliance with treasury department circular 230, Holders are hereby notified that: (a) any discussion of federal tax issues in this prospectus supplement is not intended or written to be relied upon, and cannot be relied upon, by Holders for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on holders under the Internal Revenue Code; (b) such discussion is included herein by the issuer in connection with the promotion or marketing (within the meaning of circular 230) by the issuer of the transactions or matters addressed herein; and (c) holders should seek advice based on their particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange of old notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, but does not address any other aspects of U.S. federal income tax consequences. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Except as expressly stated otherwise, this summary is limited to the tax consequences of U.S. Holders that exchange old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer and who hold the old notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, which we refer to as “Holders.” This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to particular Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax consequences that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, expatriates, tax-exempt organizations and persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar or persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold notes as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment). This summary is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or the courts. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in this summary, and we cannot assure you that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is for general information only. Persons considering the exchange of old notes for exchange notes are urged to consult their independent tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income taxation consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

For purposes of the following summary, “U.S. Holder” is a Holder that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) a citizen or individual resident of the U.S.; (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof; (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source; or (iv) a trust, if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all its substantial decisions or if a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person is in effect with respect to such trust. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a Holder that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Exchange of an Old Note for an Exchange Note Pursuant to the Exchange Offer

The exchange by any Holder of an old note for an exchange note should not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss should be recognized by Holders that exchange old notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. For purposes of determining gain or loss upon the subsequent sale or exchange of exchange notes, a Holder’s tax basis in an exchange should be the same as such Holder’s tax basis in the old note exchanged therefore. Holders should be considered to have held the exchange notes from the time of their acquisition of the old notes.

 

264


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of exchange notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes only where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2007, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

265


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes and the enforceability of the obligations under the exchange notes to be issued will be passed upon for us by O’Melveny & Myers LLP, New York, New York, and Clifford Chance LLP, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Nielsen Company B.V. at December 31, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor, and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Nielsen Company B.V. at December 31, 2005, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 for the Predecessor, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young Accountants, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We will be required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information with the SEC after the registration statement described below is declared effective by the SEC. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our filings will also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our reports and other information that we have filed, or may in the future file, with the SEC are not incorporated by reference into and do not constitute part of this prospectus.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register with the SEC the exchange notes to be issued in exchange for the old notes. This prospectus is part of that registration statement. As allowed by the SEC’s rules, this prospectus does not contain all of the information you can find in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. You should note that where we summarize in this prospectus the material terms of any contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, the summary information provided in the prospectus is less complete than the actual contract, agreement or document. You should refer to the exhibits filed to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or document.

We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law.

 

266


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

The Nielsen Company B.V. is a is a Netherlands besloten venootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkeid , or private company with limited liability. Certain of its officers and directors may be residents of various jurisdictions outside the United States. In addition, certain of The Nielsen Company B.V.’s assets, are located outside the United States. The Nielsen Company B.V. has agreed, in accordance with the terms of the indenture under which the exchange notes will be issued, to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indenture, the notes or the security documents brought in any federal or state court located in New York City by an agent designated for such purpose, and to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in connection with such suits, actions or proceedings. However, it may be difficult for holders of the notes to effect service within the United States upon directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States or to realize or enforce in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liability under U.S. federal securities laws. We have been advised by our Dutch counsel that there is doubt as to the enforceability in the Netherlands against The Nielsen Company B.V. or against its directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States, of liabilities predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws.

 

267


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGE

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006 for the Successor

   F-2

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2007 for the Successor and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 for the Predecessor

   F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2007 for the Successor and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 for the Predecessor

   F-4

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

   F-5

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   F-24

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 for the Successor and December 31, 2005 for the Predecessor

   F-25

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 for the Predecessor

   F-26

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 for the Predecessor

   F-27

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 for the Predecessor

   F-28

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-30

 

F-1


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     Successor  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

   March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)        

Assets:

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 617     $ 631  

Marketable securities

     116       151  

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $28 and $29 in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

     744       740  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     272       247  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         545  
                

Total current assets

     1,749       2,314  

Non-current assets

    

Property, plant and equipment, net

     514       524  

Goodwill

     6,695       6,664  

Other intangible assets, net

     5,752       5,772  

Deferred tax assets

     122       106  

Other non-current assets

     717       719  
                

Total assets

   $ 15,549     $ 16,099  
                

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 910     $ 988  

Deferred revenues

     472       451  

Income tax liabilities

     101       252  

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     236       212  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         143  
                

Total current liabilities

     1,719       2,046  

Non-current liabilities

    

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     7,515       7,761  

Deferred tax liabilities

     1,891       1,901  

Other non-current liabilities

     476       372  
                

Total liabilities

     11,601       12,080  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

    

Minority interests

     105       105  

Shareholders’ equity:

    

7% preferred stock, €8.00 par value, 150,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1       1  

Common stock, €0.20 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized and 258,463,857 shares issued at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

     58       58  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,130       4,122  

Accumulated deficit

     (387 )     (313 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

     41       46  
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,843       3,914  
                

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 15,549     $ 16,099  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

   Three months
ended
March 31,
2007
    Three months
ended
March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003  
              

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     500     480  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     386     357  

Depreciation and amortization

     111     79  

Transaction costs

     —       52  

Restructuring costs

     19     2  
              

Operating income

     56     33  
              

Interest income

     8     5  

Interest expense

     (156 )   (30 )

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

     9     (7 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (4 )   (1)  

Equity in net income of affiliates

     2     2  

Other (expense)/income, net

     (2 )   10  
              

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (87 )   12  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     13     (13 )

Minority interests

     —       —    
              

Loss from continuing operations

     (74 )   (1 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —       (1 )
              

Net loss

   $ (74 )   (2 )
              

Preferred stock dividends

     NM     (2 )
              

Net loss available to common shareholders

     NM     $       (4 )
              

Net (loss)/Income per common share, basic and diluted

      

Loss from continuing operations

     NM     $  (0.01 )

Loss from discontinued operations

     NM     —    
              

Net loss per common share

     NM     $  (0.01 )
              

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     NM     257,193,232  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   Three months
ended
March 31,
2007
    Three months
ended
March 31,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

   $ (104 )   $ 55  
                

Investing Activities

      

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     (10 )     (36 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     392       -  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     (19 )     (20 )

Additions to intangible assets

     (30 )     (13 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     (31 )     (24 )

Sale and maturities of marketable securities

     37       42  

Other investing activities

     —         9  
                

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     339       (42 )
                

Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from issuances of debt

     63       —    

Repayments of debt

     (341 )     —    

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         (9 )

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

     21       (5 )

Activity under stock plans

     —         7  

Other financing activities

     —         (2 )
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (257 )     (9 )
                

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     8       16  
                

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (14 )     20  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     631       1,019  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 617     $ 1,039  
                
 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ (14 )   $ (11 )

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

     (144 )     (7 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

The Nielsen Company bv (the “Company” or “Nielsen”) (formerly known as VNU Group bv and VNU nv) is a global information and media company with leading market positions and recognized brands. Nielsen is organized into three segments: Consumer Services (e.g., ACNielsen), Media (e.g., Nielsen Media Research) and Business Media (e.g., Billboard, The Hollywood Reporter ). Nielsen is active in more than 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Haarlem, the Netherlands and New York, USA.

On May 24, 2006, Nielsen was acquired through a tender offer to shareholders by Valcon Acquisition bv (“Valcon”), an entity formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Valcon’s cumulative purchases totaled 99.44% of Nielsen’s outstanding common shares as of March 31, 2007. Valcon acquired 100% of the preferred B shares in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 which were subsequently canceled. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen common shares through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, pursuant to Dutch legal and regulatory requirements, which is expected to be completed in 2007. The common and preferred shares were delisted from the Euronext Amsterdam on July 11, 2006.

Nielsen became a subsidiary of Valcon upon the consummation of the acquisition by Valcon (the “Valcon Acquisition”). Valcon’s cost of acquiring Nielsen has been pushed-down to establish the new accounting basis in Nielsen. Although Nielsen continues as the same legal entity after the Valcon Acquisition, the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to periods preceding and succeeding the Valcon Acquisition. These separate periods are presented to reflect the new accounting basis established for Nielsen as of the acquisition date and have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. The Successor portion of the financial statements also reflects the push-down of Valcon’s borrowings under its senior secured bridge facility, which was used to fund a portion of the Valcon Acquisition, and was repaid with funds borrowed by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries and equity contributions from the Sponsors.

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, contain all the adjustments (consisting of those of a normal recurring nature) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) applicable to interim periods. All amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g. Euros (“€”). The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. The accounting policies followed by Nielsen in the Successor period are consistent with those of the Predecessor period, except for those adjustments related to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”) as of January 1, 2007. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period amounts to conform to the March 31, 2007 presentation. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor, included in this prospectus and registration statement on Form S-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, which permits companies to choose to measure certain items at fair value and to report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected in earnings. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159 on its financial statements.

3. Business Acquisitions

Valcon Acquisition

The following summarizes the preliminary allocation of Valcon Acquisition purchase price based on estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of May 24, 2006. These preliminary fair values were determined using management’s estimates from information currently available and are subject to change.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24,
2006
 

Purchase price, net of discount of $6 million

   $ 9,911  

Estimated direct acquisition costs of Valcon

     151  
        

Aggregate purchase price

   $ 10,062  
        

Customer related intangibles

   $ 3,286  

Trade names and trademarks

     2,308  

Computer software

     372  

Other intangible assets

     52  

Property, plant and equipment

     506  

Current assets

     1,938  

Other non-current assets

     1,065  

Debt

     (2,489 )

Deferred income taxes

     (1,963 )

Other current liabilities

     (1,102 )

Other long term liabilities

     (398 )

Deferred revenue

     (380 )

Minority interest

     (102 )

Goodwill

     6,969  
        

Total purchase price assigned

   $ 10,062  
        

 

F-6


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the consolidated results of operations as if the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006, after including certain pro forma adjustments for interest expense, depreciation and amortization, sponsor fees, pension expense and related income taxes.

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   2007     2006  
     (actual)     (pro forma)  

Revenues

   $ 1,072     $ 1,003  

Loss from continuing operations

     (74 )     (68 )

The pro forma financial information has been prepared assuming the Valcon Acquisition and the related financing as of January 1, 2006 and is not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations had the Valcon Acquisition occurred at that date or the results of operations that may be obtained in the future.

Successor

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, Nielsen completed several acquisitions with an aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of $10 million and deferred consideration up to a maximum of $1 million, contingent on future performance. Had these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2007, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial.

Predecessor

Nielsen completed several acquisitions for the three months March 31, 2006, with an aggregate consideration of $47 million, net of cash acquired, of which $36 million was paid in cash and $11 million was deferred. Had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the periods, the impact on Nielsen’s (Predecessor) consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial.

4. Business Divestitures

Business Media Europe

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale of a significant portion of its Business Media Europe (BME) unit for $414 million in cash. A gain on sale of discontinued operations of $14 million relates to BME’s previously recognized currency translation adjustments from the date of the Valcon Acquisition to the date of sale. No other material gain was recognized on the sale because the sales price approximated the carrying value.

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     March 31, 2007     March 31, 2006  

(IN MILLIONS)

   BME         BME             Other            Total      

Revenues

   $ 18     $ 64     $ —      $ 64  

Operating loss

     (16 )     (1 )     —        (1 )

Loss before income taxes

     (18 )     (1 )     —        (1 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

     4       (1 )     —        (1 )
                               

Net loss

     (14 )     (2 )     —        (2 )

Gain on sale, net of tax

     14       —         1      1  
                               

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations

   $ —       $ (2 )   $ 1    $ (1 )
                               

 

F-7


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2007.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Consumer
Services
   Media    Business
Media
   Total

Successor

           

Balance, December 31, 2006

   $ 2,943    $ 2,731    $ 990    $ 6,664

Adjustments to preliminary Purchase Price Allocation

     1      1      —        2

Effect of foreign currency translation

     24      —        —        24

Additions

     2      3      —        5
                           

Balance, March 31, 2007

   $ 2,970    $ 2,735    $ 990    $ 6,695
                           

At March 31, 2007, an amount of $669 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Other Intangible Assets

 

    

Gross Amounts

Successor

  

Accumulated Amortization

Successor

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
   December 31,
2006
   March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 2,135    $ 2,123    $ —       $ —    
                              

Amortized intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 161    $ 161    $ (3 )   $ (2 )

Customer-related intangibles

     3,185      3,175      (146 )     (106 )

Covenants-not-to-compete

     28      28      (13 )     (10 )

Computer software

     455      427      (71 )     (46 )

Patents and other

     24      24      (3 )     (2 )
                              

Total

   $ 3,853    $ 3,815    $ (236 )   $ (166 )
                              

The amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 was $68 million and $52 million, respectively.

The trade names associated with Nielsen Media Research and ACNielsen are deemed indefinite-lived intangible assets, as their associated brand awareness and recognition has existed for over 50 years and Nielsen intends to continue to utilize these trade names. There are also no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that may limit their estimated useful lives. Nielsen reconsiders the remaining estimated useful life of indefinite-lived intangible assets each reporting period.

Since the allocation of the Valcon Acquisition purchase price is preliminary and subject to finalization of independent appraisals, the estimated annual amortization expense is also subject to change as the appraisals are finalized.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

6. Restructuring Activities

During 2007 and 2006, Nielsen initiated restructuring plans that primarily resulted in the involuntary termination of certain employees. A summary of the changes in the accrual balance for restructuring activities and a discussion of each of Nielsen’s restructuring plans is provided below:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Transformation

Initiative

        Other             Total      

Successor

                  

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 57     $ 6     $ 63  

Accruals

     19       —         19  

Payments

     (22 )     (1 )     (23 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     1       —         1  
                        

Balance at March 31, 2007

   $ 55     $ 5     $ 60  
                        

Transformation Initiative

In December 2006, Nielsen announced its intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of Nielsen’s operations worldwide. The Company further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation (“Transformation Initiative”). The Transformation Initiative is designed to make the Company a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, the Company is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions, leveraging global procurement, consolidating real estate, and expanding outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes.

These initiatives are expected to be implemented by the end of 2008. Nielsen incurred $9 million in severance costs for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and no severance costs for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Nielsen also incurred $10 million and $2 million in consulting fees, related to review of corporate functions and outsourcing opportunities, for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and have been recorded at the time the obligation existed. All severance and consulting fees have been or will be settled in cash.

Other

Other restructuring accruals at March 31, 2007 relate to Corporate Headquarters restructuring ($2 million), Consumer Services Europe Restructuring ($1 million) and Project Atlas ($2 million). These initiatives are expected to be completed by the end of 2007.

7. Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

The following table provides the Company’s expense associated with pension benefits that are accounted for under SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” For a complete description of the Company’s pension and post-retirement benefits, refer to Note 10 of our 2006 Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The net periodic benefit cost for other postretirement benefits were insignificant for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The components of net periodic pension cost were as follows:

 

     Net Periodic Pension Cost  

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
   

United

States

        Other             Total      

Successor

        

Three months ended March 31, 2007

        

Service cost

   $ 1     $ —       $ 4     $ 5  

Interest cost

     6       3       6       15  

Expected return on plan assets

     (8 )     (3 )     (6 )     (17 )
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (1 )   $ —       $ 4     $ 3  
                                

Predecessor

        

Three months ended March 31, 2006

        

Service cost

   $ 1     $ 3     $ 4     $ 8  

Interest cost

     6       3       5       14  

Expected return on plan assets

     (7 )     (3 )     (5 )     (15 )

Amortization of net loss

     —         2       2       4  
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ —       $ 5     $ 6     $ 11  
                                

8. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

 

               

Successor

     March 31, 2007    December 31, 2006

(IN MILLIONS)

   Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
    Maturities    Carrying
Amount
  

Carrying

Amount

Senior secured credit facilities

   7.57 %   2007 - 2013    $ 4,883    $ 5,220

Debenture loans

   10.20 %   2010 - 2016      2,476      2,447

Other loans

   4.32 %   2009 - 2017      57      7
                  

Long-term debt

          7,416      7,674

Capital lease obligations

          145      145

Short-term debt

          33      20

Bank overdrafts

          157      134
                  

Total debt and other financing arrangements

          7,751      7,973

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

          236      212
                  

Non-current portion of long-term-debt and capital lease obligations

        $ 7,515    $ 7,761
                  

Effective January 22, 2007, Nielsen agreed to a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on its U.S. Dollar and Euro senior secured term loan facilities, respectively.

On February 9, 2007, Nielsen applied $328 million of the proceeds from the sale of BME towards a mandatory pre-payment on the Euro senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, Nielsen will no longer be required to pay the scheduled quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the Euro senior secured term loan facility.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

April 1 – December 31, 2007

   $ 32

For the year ended December 31,

  

2008

     42

2009

     42

2010

     608

2011

     77

2012

     152

Thereafter

     6,463
      
   $ 7,416
      

9. Comprehensive (Loss)/Income

The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive (loss)/income, net of income tax expense:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     Successor     Predecessor  
     2007     2006  

Net loss

   $ (74 )   $ (2 )

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes

          

Unrealized gains/(losses) on:

          

Currency translation adjustments

     4       35  

Net unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale securities

     2       3  

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

     (12 )     2  

Pension liability

     1       —    
                

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (5 )     40  
                

Total comprehensive (loss)/income

   $ (79 )   $ 38  
                

10. Share-Based Compensation

Successor

Under the Company’s Equity Participation Plan, Valcon Acquisition Holding bv (“Dutch Holdco”), the direct parent of Valcon, granted 5.7 million performance and 5.7 million time-based awards to certain key employees of the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

The time-based awards become exercisable over a five-year vesting period tied to the employees’ continuing employment as follows: 5% as of grant date and 19% on the last day of each of the next five calendar years. The performance options are tied to the employees’ continued employment and become vested and exercisable based on the achievement of certain annual performance targets over a five-year vesting period. If the annual performance targets are achieved on a cumulative basis for any current year and prior years, the options become vested as to a pro-rata portion for any prior years’ installments which were not vested because of failure to achieve the applicable annual performance target. The performance and time-based options expire ten years from date of grant.

The options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2007 have exercise prices of $10.00 and $20.00 per share and average grant date fair values of $4.90 and $2.99, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, Nielsen recognized $8 million of compensation expense related to Nielsen’s share-based compensation plan.

Certain subsidiaries of the Company maintain share-based award plans. For its subsidiary Nielsen//NetRatings, Nielsen recognized $1 million in share-based compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2007. Nielsen also recognized a charge of $3 million for its subsidiary Nielsen BuzzMetrics, which included an adjustment of its liability awards to fair value as of March 31, 2007.

Predecessor

For the three months ended March 31, 2006, Nielsen recognized $6 million of share-based compensation expense, of which $1 million related to Nielsen//Netratings’ share-based compensation plans.

11. Income Taxes

Nielsen operates in more than 100 countries around the world and its earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of these countries.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (Successor) and 2006 (Predecessor) was 14.4% (benefit) and 162.5% (expense), respectively.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 is lower than the Dutch statutory rate as a result of the valuation allowance on foreign tax credits. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the low tax benefit on the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition.

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized a decrease of $5 million in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a decrease to the January 1, 2007 balance of goodwill. Due to the Valcon Acquisition on May 24, 2006, the decrease in tax benefits will be accounted for as a change to goodwill since the tax benefits relate to periods prior to the Valcon Acquisition. As of the date of adoption, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits totaled $119 million. Included in these unrecognized tax benefits are approximately $26 million of uncertain tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. However, due to the Valcon Acquisition, most of the tax benefits will not affect the annual effective income tax rate since a majority of the tax benefits relate to tax matters originating prior to the Valcon Acquisition.

Estimated interest related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. At January 1, 2007, the Company accrued $8 million for the potential payment of interest. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company accrued an additional $2 million in potential interest associated with uncertain tax positions. To the extent interest is not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision or goodwill depending on whether the interest was accrued prior to, or subsequent to, the Valcon Acquisition.

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate U.S. federal income tax returns and combined and separate returns in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for 2002 and prior periods. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 1997 through 2005.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service commenced examinations of certain of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for 2004 in the third quarter of 2006. The Company is also under corporate examination in the Netherlands for the years 2002-2004. Unrecognized tax benefits associated with the years currently under examination are $30 million as of January 1, 2007. Based on the outcome of these examinations, or as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations in specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized benefits for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns will materially change from those recorded as liabilities for uncertain tax positions at January 1, 2007. In addition, the outcome of these examinations may impact the valuation of certain deferred tax assets (such as net operating losses) in future periods. The Company anticipates that several of these audits may be finalized in the foreseeable future; however, Nielsen does not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on its statement of operations. There have been no significant changes to the status of these examinations during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

12. Related Party Transactions

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded $3 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to Sponsor management fees, travel and consulting.

At March 31, 2007, amounts payable to Dutch Holdco are included in the balance sheet as follows: a $50 million loan in long-term debt, $33 million included in short-term debt and accrued interest of $1 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded $1 million in interest expense related to these loans.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business.

D&B Legacy Tax Matters

In November 1996, D&B, then known as The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation (“Donnelley”) and spun-off The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”) (the “D&B Spin”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s”) and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Current D&B”) (the “Moody’s spin”). In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability arising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters after IMS Health paid the first $0.1 million of such liability.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999, a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes it has adequately provided for any remaining liability related to these matters.

World Directories

In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment. The sales price is subject to adjustment based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. On August 31, 2006, a notice of disagreement was filed by World Directories Acquisition Corp. (“WDA”) against Nielsen and certain of our subsidiaries pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) between the parties dated September 26, 2004 under which our World Directories business was sold. The claim arises in connection with certain post-closing matters under the SPA related to the submission of the completion accounts related to the business. WDA asserts a claim for approximately €44 million ($59 million) and we, in opposition to WDA’s claim, have claimed approximately €8 million ($11 million). The matter has been submitted to arbitration pursuant to the SPA.

 

erinMedia

erinMedia, llc (“erinMedia”) filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida on June 16, 2005. The suit alleges that Nielsen Media Research Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate NMR’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted NMR’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia.

On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against NMR alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed this action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. Although it is too early to predict the outcome of the original case, Nielsen believes the action is without merit.

Except as described above, there are no other pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting Nielsen which, if determined adversely to Nielsen, would in its view, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on Nielsen’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations and prospects.

14. Segments

Nielsen classifies its business interests into three reportable segments: Consumer Services, consisting principally of market research and analysis and marketing and sales advisory services; Media, consisting principally of television ratings, television, radio and internet audience and advertising measurement and research and analysis in various facets of the entertainment and media sectors, and Business Media, consisting principally of business publications, both in print and online, trade shows, events and conferences and information databases and websites. Corporate consists principally of unallocated, corporate items.

Information with respect to the operations of each Nielsen business segment is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered and geographic areas of operations. In the following tables “Corporate” includes the elimination of intersegment revenues.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Business Segment Information

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006
 

Revenues

      
 

Consumer Services (1)

   $ 609     $ 559  

Media

     341       316  

Business Media

     122       129  

Corporate

     —         (1 )
                

Total

   $ 1,072        $ 1,003  
                

(1) Includes retail measurement revenues of $404 million and $375 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

     Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006

Depreciation and amortization

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 41     $ 39

Media

     56       29

Business Media

     12       8

Corporate

     2       3
              

Total

   $ 111        $ 79
              
      
     Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006

Restructuring costs

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 6     $ 1

Media

     —         —  

Business Media

     2       —  

Corporate

     11       1
              

Total

   $ 19     $ 2
              

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    March 31,
2006
 

Operating income

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 24     $ 7  

Media

     43       55  

Business Media

     23       29  

Corporate

     (34 )     (58 )
                

Total

   $ 56     $ 33  
                

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Successor     Successor

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006

Total assets

          
 

Consumer Services

   $ 7,047     $ 7,014

Media

     6,314       6,327

Business Media

     1,651       2,244

Corporate (1)

     537       514
              

Total

   $ 15,549        $ 16,099
              

(1) Includes cash of $181 million and $198 million for March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.

15. Subsequent Events

As of March 31, 2007, the Company held approximately 58% of Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ shares outstanding. On April 30, 2007, the Company announced an agreement in principle to acquire the remaining Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ shares subject to the execution of a definitive agreement. On June 4, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of the remaining outstanding shares of Nielsen BuzzMetrics.

16. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information sets forth for the Company, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, all as defined in the credit agreements, the consolidating balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006. The Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unconditional basis by Nielsen and, each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, including VNU Intermediate Holding bv, Nielsen Holding and Finance bv, VNU Holdings bv, VNU International bv, VNU Services bv, ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US) Inc. and the wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and Nielsen, Inc., in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are Nielsen Company bv and the subsidiary issuers (Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary guarantors of the debt issued by Nielsen.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor) (Unaudited)

March 31, 2007

 

     Parent    Issuers     Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

               

Current assets

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2    $ —       $ 148    $ 467    $ —       $ 617

Marketable securities

     —        —         —        116      —         116

Trade and other receivables, net

     —        —         316      428      —         744

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1      15       183      73      —         272

Intercompany receivables

     323      78       344      275      (1,020 )     —  
                                           

Total current assets

     326      93       991      1,359      (1,020 )     1,749
                                           

Non-current assets

               

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —        —         351      163      —         514

Goodwill

     —        —         4,968      1,727      —         6,695

Other intangible assets, net

     —        —         4,398      1,354      —         5,752

Deferred tax assets

     4      24       41      53      —         122

Other non-current assets

     16      113       392      196      —         717

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     3,937      —         4,685      —        (8,622 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     698      6,314       545      1,741      (9,298 )     —  
                                           

Total assets

   $ 4,981    $ 6,544     $ 16,371    $ 6,593    $ (18,940 )   $ 15,549
                                           

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

               

Current liabilities

               

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 90    $ 67     $ 270    $ 483      —       $ 910

Deferred revenues

     —        —         297      175      —         472

Income tax liabilities

     11      —         89      1      —         101

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     —        42       84      110      —         236

Intercompany payables

     37      141       686      156      (1,020 )     —  
                                           

Total current liabilities

     138      250       1,426      925      (1,020 )     1,719
                                           

Non-current liabilities

               

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     991      6,326       169      29      —         7,515

Deferred tax liabilities

     —        —         1,872      19      —         1,891

Intercompany loans

     —        —         8,711      587      (9,298 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     9      10       256      201      —         476
                                           

Total liabilities

     1,138      6,586       12,434      1,761      (10,318 )     11,601
                                           

Minority interests

     —        —         —        105      —         105
                                           

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,843      (42 )     3,937      4,727      (8,622 )     3,843
                                           

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,981    $ 6,544     $ 16,371    $ 6,593    $ (18,940 )   $ 15,549
                                           

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor)

December 31, 2006

 

     Parent     Issuers     Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4     $ —       $ 211    $ 416    $ —       $ 631

Marketable securities

     —         —         14      137      —         151

Trade and other receivables, net

     (3 )     —         346      397      —         740

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —         23       167      57      —         247

Intercompany receivables

     318       123       347      334      (1,122 )     —  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        545      —         545
                                            

Total current assets

     319       146       1,085      1,886      (1,122 )     2,314
                                            

Non-current assets

              

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —         —         361      163      —         524

Goodwill

     —         —         4,976      1,688      —         6,664

Other intangible assets, net

     —         —         4,419      1,353      —         5,772

Deferred tax assets

     4       24       25      53      —         106

Other non-current assets

     17       105       438      159      —         719

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     3,995       —         4,561      —        (8,556 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     699       6,630       588      1,408      (9,325 )     —  
                                            

Total assets

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

              

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 77     $ 88     $ 348    $ 475    $ —       $ 988

Deferred revenues

     —         —         249      202      —         451

Income tax liabilities

     12       —         176      64      —         252

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     —         52       74      86      —         212

Intercompany payables

     42       155       707      218      (1,122 )     —  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        143      —         143
                                            

Total current liabilities

     131       295       1,554      1,188      (1,122 )     2,046
                                            

Non-current liabilities

              

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     982       6,629       119      31      —         7,761

Deferred tax liabilities

     —         —         1,882      19      —         1,901

Intercompany loans

     —         —         8,696      629      (9,325 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     7       —         207      158      —         372
                                            

Total liabilities

     1,120       6,924       12,458      2,025      (10,447 )     12,080
                                            

Minority interests

     —         —         —        105      —         105
                                            

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,914       (19 )     3,995      4,580      (8,556 )     3,914
                                            

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations (Successor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2007

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ 597     $ 478     $ (3 )   $ 1,072  
                                                

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         260       243       (3 )     500  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         206       180       —         386  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —         84       27       —         111  

Restructuring costs

     —         —         17       2       —         19  
                                                

Operating income

     —         —         30       26       —         56  
                                                

Interest income

     12       133       9       19       (165 )     8  

Interest expense

     (18 )     (137 )     (157 )     (9 )     165       (156 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     —         7       2       —         —         9  

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses

     (3 )     (3 )     2       —         —         (4 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —         (2 )     4       —         2  

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

     (64 )     —         19       —         45       —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (4 )     —         8       (6 )     —         (2 )
                                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (77 )     —         (89 )     34       45       (87 )

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     3       —         25       (15 )     —         13  

Minority interests

     —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                

Net (loss)/income

   $ (74 )   $ —       $ (64 )   $ 19     $ 45     $ (74 )
                                                

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 577     $ 429     $ (3 )   $ 1,003  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        254       229       (3 )     480  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     2       —        186       169       —         357  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —        51       28       —         79  

Transaction costs

     45       —        7       —         —         52  

Restructuring costs

     —         —        2       —         —         2  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (47 )     —        77       3       —         33  
                                               

Interest income

     30       —        8       10       (43 )     5  

Interest expense

     (29 )     —        (37 )     (7 )     43       (30 )

Loss on derivative instruments

     —         —        (7 )     —         —         (7 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains/(losses), net

     6       —        (7 )     —         —         (1 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        (2 )     4       —         2  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     31       —        8       —         (39 )     —    

Other income, net

     4       —        4       2       —         10  
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (5 )     —        44       12       (39 )     12  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     3       —        (13 )     (3 )     —         (13 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (2 )     —        31       9       (39 )     (1 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        —         (1 )     —         (1 )
                                               

Net (loss)/income

   $ (2 )   $ —      $ 31     $ 8     $ (39 )   $ (2 )
                                               

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Successor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2007

 

     Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

   $ 3     $ 39     $ (104 )   $ (42 )   $ (104 )
                                        

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (6 )     (4 )     (10 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —         —         392       392  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (9 )     (10 )     (19 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (26 )     (4 )     (30 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —         —         (31 )     (31 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —         —         37       37  

Other investing activities

     1       —         (4 )     3       —    
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     1       —         (45 )     383       339  
                                        

Financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuances of debt

     —         —         63       —         63  

Repayments of debt

     —         (339 )     (2 )     —         (341 )

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —           21       21  

Intercompany and other financing activities

     (6 )     300       22       (316 )     —    
                                        

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (6 )     (39 )     83       (295 )     (257 )
                                        

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         3       5       8  
                                        

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2 )     —         (63 )     51       (14 )
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     4       —         211       416       631  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 2     $ —       $ 148     $ 467     $ 617  
                                        

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor) (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006

 

     Parent     Issuers    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

   $ (10 )   $ —      $ 39     $ 26     $ 55  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (12 )     (24 )     (36 )

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (12 )     (8 )     (20 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (10 )     (3 )     (13 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (24 )     (24 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         42       42  

Other investing activities

     —         —        (1 )     10       9  
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —        (35 )     (7 )     (42 )
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        —         (9 )     (9 )

(Decrease)/increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —        (16 )     11       (5 )

Activity under stock plans

     7       —        —         —         7  

Intercompany and other financing activities

     —         —        49       (51 )     (2 )
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     7       —        33       (49 )     (9 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —        10       6       16  
                                       

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (3 )     —        47       (24 )     20  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     6       —        634       379       1,019  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 3     $ —      $ 681     $ 355     $ 1,039  
                                       

 

F-22


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Supervisory Board and Shareholders

The Nielsen Company bv

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Nielsen Company bv as of December 31, 2006 for the Successor and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 21(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Nielsen Company bv at December 31, 2006 for the Successor and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006 for the Successor and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006 for the Predecessor, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York

April 4, 2007

 

F-23


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Supervisory Board and Shareholders

The Nielsen Company bv

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Nielsen Company bv (Predecessor) as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 21(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Nielsen Company bv (Predecessor) at December 31, 2005, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG ACCOUNTANTS

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

April 4, 2007

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

 

Assets:

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 631     $ 1,019  

Marketable securities

     151       123  

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $29 and $36 in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

     740       763  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     247       436  

Assets of discontinued operations

     545       —    
                

Total current assets

     2,314       2,341  
 

Non-current assets

      

Property, plant and equipment, net

     524       504  

Goodwill

     6,664       5,023  

Other intangible assets, net

     5,772       1,964  

Derivative financial instruments

     1       260  

Deferred tax assets

     106       77  

Other non-current assets

     718       494  
                

Total assets

   $ 16,099     $ 10,663  
                

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 988     $ 827  

Deferred revenues

     451       437  

Income tax liabilities

     252       246  

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     212       731  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     143       —    
                

Total current liabilities

     2,046       2,241  
 

Non-current liabilities

      

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     7,761       2,000  

Deferred tax liabilities

     1,901       610  

Other non-current liabilities

     372       373  
                

Total liabilities

     12,080       5,224  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

      
 

Minority interests

     105       104  
 

Shareholders’ equity:

      
 

Priority stock, €8.00 par value, canceled as of December 31, 2006, 500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005

     —         —    

7% preferred stock, €8.00 par value, 150,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1       1  

Series A preferred stock, €8.00 par value, canceled as of December 31, 2006, 13,750,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding at December 31, 2005

     —         —    

Series B cumulative preferred stock, €0.20 par value, canceled as of December 31, 2006, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 7,200,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005

     —         2  

Common stock, €0.20 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized; 258,463,857 shares and 257,073,932 shares issued at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively

     58       58  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,122       2,819  

(Accumulated deficit)/retained earnings

     (313 )               3,140  

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of income taxes

     46       (685 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,914       5,335  
                

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 16,099     $ 10,663  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    January 1 –
May 23, 2006
    Year ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE
DATA)

           2005             2004      

Revenues

   $ 2,548     $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     1,202       787       1,904       1,772  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     912       554       1,464       1,321  

Depreciation and amortization

     257       126       312       297  

Goodwill impairment charges

     —         —         —         135  

Transaction costs

     —         95       —         —    

Restructuring costs

     68       7       6       36  
                                

Operating income

     109       57       373       253  
                                

Interest income

     11       8       21       16  

Interest expense

     (372 )     (48 )     (130 )     (140 )

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

     5       (9 )     13       178  

(Loss)/gain on early extinguishment of debt

     (65 )     —         (102 )     1  

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (71 )     (3 )     11       (2 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     6       6       9       7  

Other (expense)/income, net

     (7 )           14       8       5  
                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (384 )     25       203       318  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     105       (39 )     (31 )     (45 )

Minority interests

     —         —         —         5  
                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (279 )     (14 )     172       278  
 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (17 )     —         7       845  
                                

Net (loss)/income

   $ (296 )     (14 )     179       1,123  
                                
 

Preferred stock dividends

     NM       (3 )     (7 )     (7 )
                                

Net (loss)/income available to common shareholders

     NM     $ (17 )   $ 172     $ 1,116  
                                
 

Net (loss)/income per common share, basic and diluted

          

(Loss)/Income from continuing operations

     NM     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.64     $ 1.07  

Income from discontinued operations

     NM       —         0.03       3.35  
                                

Net (loss)/income per common share

     NM     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.67     $ 4.42  
                                
 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

     NM       257,462,508       255,795,495       252,272,732  

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

     NM       257,462,508       255,902,777       252,273,679  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
   

May 24 –

December 31,
2006

   

January 1 –

May 23,
2006

   

Year ended

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

          2005             2004      

Operating Activities

         

Net (loss)/income

  $ (296 )   $ (14 )   $ 179     $ 1,123  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Share-based payments expense

    14       20       23       34  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

    —         (3 )     (7 )     (756 )

(Benefit)/provision for deferred income taxes

    (193 )     33       48       (76 )

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other losses/(gains)

    78       (11 )     (19 )     (4 )

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    65       —         102       1  

Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

    (5 )     9       (13 )     (178 )

Equity in net income from affiliates, net of dividends received

    (2 )     2       2       5  

Minority interest in net income/(loss) of consolidated subsidiaries

    —         1       1       (5 )

Gain on sale of fixed assets, subsidiaries and affiliates

    —         —         (18 )     (12 )

Depreciation and amortization

    265       128       318       323  

Goodwill impairment charges

    —         —         —         135  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired and divested:

         

Trade and other receivables, net

    (38 )     31       (58 )     (70 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (3 )     2       22       (8 )

Accounts payable and other current liabilities and deferred revenues

    285       (95 )     13       34  

Other non-current liabilities

    —         (3 )     (18 )     41  

Interest receivable

    2       5       15       3  

Interest payable

    219       (4 )     (12 )     (20 )

Income taxes

    41       (22 )     (68 )     29  
                               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    432       79       510       599  
                               

Investing Activities

         

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

    (43 )     (57 )     (178 )     (103 )

Proceeds/(payments) from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

    91       (3 )     (23 )     2,598  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

    (110 )     (45 )     (163 )     (184 )

Additions to intangible assets

    (57 )     (24 )     (75 )     (85 )

Purchases of marketable securities

    (63 )     (56 )     (122 )     (164 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

    59       71       141       159  

Other investing activities

    (20 )     17       (6 )     130  
                               

Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities

    (143 )     (97 )     (426 )     2,351  
                               

Financing Activities

         

Payments to Valcon to settle certain borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition

    (5,862 )     —         —         —    

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs of $137 in the Successor period

    6,787       —         —         103  

Repayments of debt

    (1,549 )     (466 )     (1,805 )     (833 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

    6       (9 )     (14 )     20  

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

    34       (6 )     (673 )     97  

Repurchase of preference shares

    (116 )     —         —         —    

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

    (16 )     —         (99 )     (79 )

Activity under stock plans

    (91 )     40       7       —    

Settlement of derivatives and other financing activities

    308       212       70       (17 )
                               

Net cash used in financing activities

    (499 )     (229 )     (2,514 )     (709 )
                               

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    8       61       (189 )     265  
                               

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (202 )           (186 )     (2,619 )     2,506  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    833       1,019       3,638       1,132  
                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 631     $ 833     $ 1,019     $ 3,638  
                               

Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

         

Valcon transactions pushed-down to Nielsen:

         

Acquisition of Nielsen by Valcon

  $ (10,062 )   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Net borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition, net of issuance costs of $60

    5,773       —         —         —    

Investment by parent companies

    4,289       —         —         —    

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ (57 )   $ (30 )   $ (60 )   $ (133 )

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

    (167 )     (53 )     (144 )     (205 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

                        Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), Net        

(IN MILLIONS)

  Total
Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
(Deficit)/
Retained
Earnings
    Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses) on
Securities
    Net
Unrealized
Gain on
Cash Flow
Hedges
  Minimum
Pension
Liability
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Predecessor

                 

Balance, January 1, 2004

  $ 3   $ 56   $ 2,581     $ 2,196     $ (41 )   $ (1 )   $ —     $ (118 )   $ 4,676  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net income

          1,123               1,123  

Other comprehensive loss:

                 

Currency translation adjustments

            (483 )           (483 )

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              5           5  

Minimum pension liability

                  (7 )     (7 )
                       

Total other comprehensive loss

                    (485 )
                       

Total comprehensive income

                    638  

Dividend to preferred shareholders

          (7 )             (7 )

Dividend to common shareholders

      1     91       (164 )             (72 )

Share-based payments expense

        34                 34  

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        (1 )               (1 )
                                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2004

    3     57     2,705       3,148       (524 )     4       —       (125 )     5,268  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net income

          179               179  

Other comprehensive loss:

                 

Currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $89

            (63 )           (63 )

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              6           6  

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges

                3       3  

Minimum pension liability, net of tax of $5

                  14       14  
                       

Total other comprehensive loss

                    (40 )
                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    139  

Dividend to preferred shareholders

          (7 )             (7 )

Dividend to common shareholders

      1     87       (180 )             (92 )

Activity under stock plans

        7                 7  

Share-based payments expense

        23                 23  

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        (3 )               (3 )
                                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2005

  $     3   $ 58   $ 2,819     $ 3,140     $ (587 )   $ 10     $ 3   $ (111 )   $ 5,335  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income—(Continued)

 

                          Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), Net        

(IN MILLIONS)

  Total
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
(Deficit)/
Retained
Earnings
    Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses) on
Securities
    Net
Unrealized
Gain on
Cash Flow
Hedges
  Minimum
Pension
Liability
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance, December 31, 2005

  $ 3     $ 58   $ 2,819     $ 3,140     $ (587 )   $ 10     $ 3   $ (111 )   $ 5,335  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net income

          (14 )             (14 )

Other comprehensive income:

                 

Currency translation adjustments, net of
tax of $7

            106             106  

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              (4 )         (4 )

Cash flow hedges

                1       1  
                       

Total other comprehensive income

                    103  
                       

Total comprehensive income

                    89  

Activity under stock plans

        39                 39  

Share-based payments expense

        (63 )               (63 )

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        (6 )               (6 )
                                                                   

Balance, May 23, 2006

  $ 3     $ 58   $ 2,789     $ 3,126     $ (481 )   $ 6     $ 4   $ (111 )   $ 5,394  
                                                                   

Successor

                 

Valcon Equity

  $ 3     $ 58   $ 4,228     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —     $ —         4,289  

Comprehensive income/(loss):

                 

Net loss

          (296 )             (296 )

Other comprehensive income:

                 

Currency translation adjustments

            37             37  

Unrealized loss on pension liability

                  (1 )     (1 )

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

              1           1  

Cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(1)

                9       9  
                       

Total other comprehensive loss

                    46  
                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    (250 )

Repurchase of preference shares

    (2 )       (114 )               (116 )

Dividend to preferred shareholders, net of tax of $1

          (17 )             (17 )

Share-based payments expense

        7                 7  

Dilution on stock issuance of subsidiary

        1                 1  
                                                                   

Balance, December 31, 2006

  $ 1     $ 58   $ 4,122     $ (313 )   $ 37     $ 1     $ 9   $ (1 )   $ 3,914  
                                                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

The Nielsen Company bv (the “Company” or “Nielsen”) (formerly known as VNU Group bv and VNU nv) is a global information and media company with leading market positions and recognized brands. Nielsen is organized into three segments: Nielsen is organized into three segments: Consumer Services (formerly Marketing Information) (e.g., ACNielsen), Media (formerly Media Measurement & Information) (e.g., Nielsen Media Research) and Business Media (e.g., Billboard, The Hollywood Reporter ). There were no changes made to the composition of Nielsen’s reporting segments. Nielsen is active in more than 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Haarlem, the Netherlands and New York, USA. Nielsen has approximately 41,000 full-time employees.

On May 24, 2006, Nielsen was acquired through a tender offer to shareholders by Valcon Acquisition bv (“Valcon”), an entity formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Valcon’s cumulative purchases of the outstanding common shares and preferred B shares resulted in a combined 99.44% of Nielsen’s issued and outstanding shares as of December 31, 2006. Valcon intends to acquire the remaining Nielsen shares through a statutory squeeze-out procedure, pursuant to Dutch legal and regulatory requirements, which is expected to be completed in 2007. The common and preferred shares were delisted from the Euronext Amsterdam on July 11, 2006.

Nielsen became a subsidiary of Valcon upon the consummation of the acquisition by Valcon (the “Valcon Acquisition”). Valcon’s cost of acquiring Nielsen has been pushed-down to establish the new accounting basis in Nielsen. Although Nielsen continues as the same legal entity after the Valcon Acquisition, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, cash flows and statements of changes in shareholders’ equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding and succeeding the Valcon Acquisition. These separate periods are presented to reflect the new accounting basis established for Nielsen as of the acquisition date and have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. The Successor portion of the financial statements also reflects the push-down of Valcon’s borrowings under its senior secured bridge facility, which was used to fund a portion of the Valcon Acquisition, and was repaid with funds borrowed by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 11) and equity contributions from the Sponsors.

The consolidated financial statements of Nielsen have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), and all amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g. Euros (“€”).

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. The equity method of accounting is used for investments in affiliates and joint ventures where Nielsen has significant influence but not control, usually supported by a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in which Nielsen owns less than 20% are accounted for either as available-for-sale securities if the shares are publicly traded or at cost. Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation. The financial statements of certain subsidiaries outside the United States and Canada are consolidated using their statutory fiscal years ending November 30 to facilitate timely reporting of Nielsen’s financial results. There have been no significant intervening events which materially affect the consolidated financial position and results of operations of Nielsen after November 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 related to these subsidiaries. The accounting policies followed by Nielsen in the Successor period are consistent with those of the Predecessor period. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period amounts to conform to the December 31, 2006 presentation.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Subsidiary Stock Transactions

At December 31, 2006, Nielsen owned approximately 60% of NetRatings, Inc. (“Nielsen//NetRatings”), a public company that provides internet audience measurement services and 49% of Nielsen BuzzMetrics, a private company that measures consumer-generated media, in which the Company has a controlling 51% voting interest. Nielsen’s ownership percentage in Nielsen//NetRatings’ stock is impacted by Nielsen’s purchase of additional subsidiary stock, as well as subsidiary stock transactions, including the subsidiary’s stock repurchase and stock issuance. On February 5, 2007, Nielsen and Nielsen//NetRatings announced that they had entered into a merger agreement, see Note 20. Nielsen records all gains and losses related to subsidiary stock transactions in shareholders’ equity in additional paid-in capital. For details related to Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ and Nielsen//NetRatings’ stock option exercises, see Note 13. In the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen//NetRatings did not repurchase any shares, for the periods January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, respectively, Nielsen//NetRatings repurchased 0.8 million and 1.1 million shares for an average price of $12.70 and $13.40 per share in cash, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation

Nielsen has significant investments outside the United States, primarily in the Euro-zone and the United Kingdom. Therefore, changes in the value of foreign currencies affect the consolidated financial statements when translated into U.S. Dollars. The functional currency for substantially all subsidiaries outside the U.S. is the local currency. Financial statements for these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars at period-end exchange rates as to the assets and liabilities and monthly average exchange rates as to revenues, expenses and cash flows. For these countries, currency translation adjustments are recognized in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), whereas transaction gains and losses are recognized in foreign exchange transactions (losses)/gains, net.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Investments

Investments include available-for-sale securities carried at fair value, or cost if not publicly traded, investments in affiliates, and a trading asset portfolio maintained to generate returns to offset changes in certain liabilities related to deferred compensation arrangements. For the available-for-sale securities, any unrealized holding gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, are excluded from operating results and are recognized in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized. Nielsen assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other than temporary and thus the investment is impaired by considering available evidence.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

of assets may not be recoverable. Nielsen reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. The Company established reporting units based on its internal reporting structure. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, goodwill has been allocated to reporting units on a pro-rata basis to the fair values of the respective reporting units. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit, which is generally one level below Nielsen’s operating segments, are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily a discounted cash flow analysis and a market-based approach for the Nielsen Internet reporting unit. A discounted cash flow analysis requires various judgmental assumptions, including assumptions about future cash flows, growth rates and discount rates. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on Nielsen’s budget and business plans. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective reporting units. In estimating the fair values of its reporting units, Nielsen also uses market comparisons and recent comparable transactions. The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

Nielsen recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $135 million in 2004, based on the methodology described above, reducing the carrying value of goodwill in the Entertainment reporting unit within Media. The charge reflects the impact of increased competition and client consolidation in the film sector and deterioration of the music market resulting from increased piracy, including the illegal duplication of compact disks. The tests for 2005 and 2006 confirmed that the fair value of Nielsen’s reporting units and indefinite lived intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying amounts and that no impairment was required. There was no impairment of indefinite-lived intangibles for any of the years presented.

Software and Other Amortized Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with finite lives are stated at historical cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually:

 

          Weighted
Average

Trade names and trademarks (with finite lives)

   20 - 40 years    26

Customer-related intangibles

   6 - 25 years    21

Covenants-not-to-compete

   2 - 7 years    5

Computer software

   3 - 7 years    5

Patents and other

   3 - 7 years    6

Nielsen has purchased and internally developed software to facilitate its global information processing, financial reporting and access needs. These costs and related software implementation costs are capitalized in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”, and amortized over the estimated useful life.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Research and development costs

Research and development costs, which were not material for any periods presented, are expensed as incurred.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 25 to 50 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for equipment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by Nielsen, including property, plant and equipment and amortized intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. Nielsen evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

Revenue Recognition

General

Nielsen recognizes revenue for the sale of services and products under the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104, “Revenue Recognition”, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and the collectibility related to the services and products is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of Nielsen’s revenue is generated from its media and marketing services. The Company reviews all contracts to evaluate them pursuant to SAB 104 and recognizes revenue from the sale of its services and products based upon fair value as the services are performed, which is generally ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned.

Nielsen’s revenue arrangements may include multiple elements as defined in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” In these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon their fair values relative to the total contract value, to the extent that the fair values are readily determinable and the deliverables have stand-alone value to the customer (the “relative fair value method”).

A discussion of Nielsen’s revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Consumer Services

Revenue, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

The Company performs customized research projects which are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the final report has been delivered to the customer.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Media

Revenue is primarily generated from television audience and internet measurement services and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer. Software sold as part of these arrangements is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

Business Media

Single copy revenue for publications, sold via newsstands and/or dealers, is recognized in the month in which the magazine goes on sale. Revenue from printed circulation and advertisements included therein is recognized on the date it is available to the consumer. Revenue from electronic circulation and advertising is recognized over the period during which both are electronically available. The unearned portion of paid magazine subscriptions is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis with monthly amounts recognized on the magazines’ cover date.

For products, such as magazines and books, sold to customers with the right to return unsold items, revenues are recognized when the products are shipped, based on gross sales less an allowance for future estimated returns. Revenue from trade shows and certain costs are recognized upon completion of the event.

Deferred Costs

Incremental direct costs incurred related to establish an electronic metered sample/panel in a market, are deferred. Deferred metered market assets are amortized over the original contract period, generally five years, beginning when the electronic metered sample/panel is ready for its intended use.

Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred and are reflected as selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These costs include all brand advertising, telemarketing, direct mail and other sales promotion associated with Nielsen’s publications, exhibitions, and marketing/media research services and products. Advertising and marketing costs totaled $32 million, $22 million, $80 million and $72 million for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Financial Instruments

Nielsen’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments. The carrying value of Nielsen’s financial instruments approximate fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed-rate debt and certain differences relating to investments accounted for at cost and other financial instruments. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.

These financial instruments potentially subject Nielsen to concentrations of credit risk. Cash equivalents, marketable securities and derivative financial instruments (see Note 8) consist primarily of highly liquid securities held with acknowledged financial institutions and have original maturities of three months or less. Accounts receivable are not collateralized. The Consumer Services and Media segments service high quality clients dispersed across many geographic areas, and Business Media’s customer base consists of a large number of diverse customers. Nielsen maintains reserves for estimated credit losses and these losses have generally been within management’s expectations.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Derivative Financial Instruments / Hedge Accounting

Nielsen uses derivative instruments principally to manage the risk associated with movements in foreign currency exchange rates and the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the fair value or cash flows of its debt obligations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. As such documentation was not in place during 2004, no derivative instruments outstanding qualified for hedge accounting, and all changes in fair value were recognized immediately in earnings.

At the inception of transactions entered into on or after January 1, 2005, Nielsen documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions as well as the hedge effectiveness assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis.

Nielsen recognizes all derivatives at fair value either as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge or net investment hedge accounting criteria are met, Nielsen recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in other comprehensive income.

Share-Based Compensation

Nielsen adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, effective January 1, 2003, using the modified prospective method described in the statement. This standard requires the cost of all share-based payments, including stock options, to be measured at fair value on the grant date and recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations; however, no expense is recognized for options that do not ultimately vest. Nielsen recognizes the expense of its options that cliff vest using the straight-line method. For those that vest over time, an accelerated graded vesting is used. All stock options outstanding under the Predecessor stock option plans were settled or canceled by the Company in connection with the Valcon Acquisition. See Note 13 for a discussion of share-based compensation.

Income Taxes

Nielsen provides for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as an adjustment to income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Comprehensive income/(loss) is reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting shareholders’ equity that are excluded from net income.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments”. This statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, and clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. Nielsen is evaluating the potential impact of SFAS No. 155 on its financial results.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”. FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN No. 48 will be adopted by the Company on January 1, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 and its impact on its financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, which permits companies to choose to measure certain items at fair value and to report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected in earnings. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Nielsen is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159 on its financial statements.

In December 2006, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 00-19-2, “Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements”. Registration payment arrangements, as defined in the FSP, include most registration rights agreements in security issuances and certain “contingent interest” features in debt instruments. The FSP specifies that the contingent obligation to make future payments or otherwise transfer consideration under a registration payment arrangement, whether issued as a separate agreement or included as a provision of a financial instrument or other agreement, should be separately recognized and measured in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”. The FSP further clarifies that a financial instrument subject to a registration payment arrangement should be accounted for in accordance with other applicable U.S. generally accepted accounting principles without regard to the contingent obligation to transfer consideration pursuant to the registration payment arrangement. The adoption of this FSP will not have a material impact on Nielsen’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as it is generally consistent with the Company’s current policy.

3. Business Acquisitions

Valcon Acquisition

As discussed in Note 1, the Valcon Acquisition was completed on May 24, 2006. The price paid to Nielsen common shareholders was €29.50 ($37.90) per ordinary share and €21.00 ($27.00) per 7% preferred share.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Valcon Acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations”. The following summarizes the preliminary allocation of purchase price based on estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of May 24, 2006. These preliminary fair values were determined using management’s estimates from information currently available and are subject to change.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24,
2006
 

Purchase price, net of discount of $6 million

   $ 9,911  

Estimated direct acquisition costs of Valcon

     151  
        

Aggregate purchase price

   $ 10,062  
        

Customer related intangibles

   $ 3,286  

Trade names and trademarks

     2,308  

Computer software

     372  

Other intangible assets

     52  

Property, plant and equipment

     506  

Current assets

     1,938  

Other non-current assets

     1,065  

Debt

     (2,489 )

Deferred income taxes

     (1,963 )

Other current liabilities

     (1,100 )

Other long term liabilities

     (398 )

Deferred revenue

     (380 )

Minority interest

     (102 )

Goodwill

     6,967  
        

Total purchase price assigned

   $ 10,062  
        

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the consolidated results of operations as if the Valcon Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2005, after including certain pro forma adjustments for interest expense, depreciation and amortization, sponsor fees, pension expense and related income taxes.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

 

Revenues

   $ 4,174     $ 4,059  

Loss from continuing operations

     (377 )     (231 )

The pro forma financial information has been prepared assuming the Valcon Acquisition and the related financing discussed in Note 11 occurred as of January 1, 2005 and is not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations had the Valcon Acquisition occurred at that date or the results of operations that may be obtained in the future. The pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2006 has been adjusted from reported amounts for certain non-recurring charges of i) transaction costs of $95 million in connection with the Valcon Acquisition which primarily include accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs and include $45 million paid to IMS Health, and ii) the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $60 million related to the Valcon Bridge Loan that was replaced with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Successor

During the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen completed several acquisitions with an aggregate consideration, net of cash acquired, of $29 million and deferred consideration up to a maximum of $5 million, contingent on future performance. Had these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2006 and 2005, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial.

Predecessor

Nielsen completed several acquisitions during the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 with an aggregate consideration of $69 million, $170 million, and $96 million, respectively, net of cash acquired. Had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the periods, the impact on Nielsen’s (Predecessor) consolidated results of operations would have been immaterial. Acquisitions during the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 resulted in additional goodwill of $54 million, $40 million, and $88 million, respectively, and additional identifiable intangible assets of $23 million, $8 million, and $13 million, respectively.

4. Business Divestitures

Business Media Europe

In December 2006, the Company reached an agreement in principle to sell substantially all of its Business Media Europe (BME) operations, which is part of Business Media, to 3i Group plc, a private-equity and venture-capital firm. On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale. See Note 20 ‘Subsequent Events’. The cash proceeds of the sale approximated the carrying value as of December 31, 2006. The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect BME’s business as a discontinued operation.

The major asset and liability categories attributable to discontinued operations of BME are as follows:

 

       Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

Accounts receivable

   $ 68            $ 53

Inventories

     2       2

Net property, plant and equipment

     8       8

Other assets

     467       107
                

Total assets

   $ 545     $ 170
                

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

   $ 70     $ 52

Other liabilities

     73       56
                

Total liabilities

   $ 143     $ 108
                

Directories

In November 2004, Nielsen completed the sale of its Directories segment (WD) to World Directories Acquisition Corp., a legal entity owned by funds advised by Apax Partners Worldwide LLP and Cinven Limited, for $2,622 million in cash. The sale resulted in a gain of $756 million, net of income taxes, of which $534 million related to currency translation adjustments reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income; $1,594 million of the proceeds were used to repay debt in 2005 and $38 million of fees related to the disposition

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

were paid in 2005. The sales price is subject to adjustment based on final agreement on working capital and net indebtedness. In 2005, Nielsen recorded an additional gain of $8 million to reflect the continued negotiation of final settlement amounts.

In connection with the sale of WD, Nielsen indemnified the acquirer from any tax obligations relating to years prior to the divestiture (see Note 14).

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
   

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1 – May 23,

2006

    December 31,  
        2005     2004  

(IN MILLIONS)

  BME     BME     Other   Total     BME     WD   Other     Total     BME     WD     Total  

Revenues

  $ 189        $ 106     $ —     $ 106     $ 287     $ —     $ —       $ 287     $ 279     $ 505     $ 784  

Operating income

    6       1       —       1       12       —       —         12       7       162       169  

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    (7 )     (1 )     —       (1 )     9       —       —         9       4       101       105  

Income tax (provision)/benefit

    (10 )     (2 )     —       (2 )     (9 )     —       —         (9 )     (6 )     (35 )     (41 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

    —         —         —       —         —         —       —         —         —         25       25  
                                                                                   

Income/(loss)

    (17 )     (3 )     —       (3 )     —         —       —         —         (2 )     91       89  

Gain/(loss) on sale, net of tax

    —         —         3     3       —         8     (1 )     7       —         756       756  
                                                                                   

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations

  $ (17 )   $ (3 )   $ 3   $ —       $ —       $ 8   $ (1 )   $ 7     $ (2 )   $ 847     $ 845  
                                                                                   

Nielsen allocated interest to discontinued operations in accordance with EITF Issue No. 87-24, “Allocation of Interest to Discontinued Operations”. The interest charges allocated to discontinued operations were comprised of interest expense on debt that was assumed by the acquirers of Nielsen’s discontinued operations and a portion of the consolidated interest expense of Nielsen, based on the ratio of net assets sold as a proportion of consolidated net assets. For the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, interest expense of $13 million, $1 million, $3 million and $3 million, respectively, was allocated to BME.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, Nielsen allocated interest expense of $45 million to WD.

Following are the major categories of cash flows from discontinued operations, as included in Nielsen’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    January 1 –
May 23,
2006
    Year ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

           2005             2004      

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 20     $ 7     $ 11     $ 216  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5 )     (12 )     (5 )     (62 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

     (1 )     —         (1 )     1  
                                
   $ 14     $ (5 )   $ 5     $ 155  
                                

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

In addition to the divestiture of WD, during the year ended December 31, 2004, Nielsen divested several smaller businesses for an aggregate price of $19 million, resulting in a gain of $10 million, which is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

5. Marketable Securities

The following is a summary of estimated fair values of investments based on quoted market prices:

 

     Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  

December 31,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

Current marketable securities:

      

Auction rate securities

   $ 49     $ 53

Corporate notes

     28          10

Commercial paper

     10       2

Euro dollar bonds

     13       17

Floating rate bonds

     11       2

Government securities

     9       32

Mutual funds

     31       —  

Other

     —         7
              

Total current marketable securities

   $ 151     $ 123
              

Long-term investments:

      

Auction rate securities

   $ —       $ 1

Corporate notes

     9       17

Euro dollar bonds

     5       6

Government securities

     1       5

Mutual funds

     17       89

Equity securities

     24       25
              

Total long-term investments

   $ 56     $ 143
              

All auction rate securities, corporate notes, commercial paper, Euro dollar bonds, floating rate bonds, government securities and other marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2006, both the fair market value and cost of these marketable securities totaled $135 million. At December 31, 2005, the fair market value, cost and net unrealized losses of marketable securities totaled $151 million, $152 million and $1 million, respectively.

These investments are stated at fair value with any unrealized holding gains or losses, net of tax, included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized. Nielsen uses the specific identification method to determine realized gains and losses on its available-for-sale securities. For the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, realized gains and losses were immaterial.

Nielsen’s long-term equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2006, the cost and net unrealized gains of Nielsen’s long-term equity securities totaled $23 million and $1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the cost and net unrealized gains of Nielsen’s long-term equity securities totaled $14 million and $11 million, respectively.

Nielsen’s investments in mutual funds are intended to fund liabilities arising from its deferred compensation plan. These investments are classified as trading securities, and any gains or losses from changes in fair value are

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

included in other income/(expense). Net gains were $3 million, $2 million, $6 million and $6 million for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the periods January 1, 2005 to May 23, 2006 and for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Consumer
Services

    Media     Business
Media
    Total  

Predecessor

        

Balance, January 1, 2005

   $ 2,135     $ 2,174     $ 871     $ 5,180  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (106 )     (10 )     (23 )     (139 )

Additions (a)

     25       15       —         40  

Divestitures (b)

     —         (26 )     —         (26 )

Other (c)

     (4 )     (28 )     —         (32 )
                                

Balance, December 31, 2005

     2,050       2,125       848       5,023  
                                

Effect of foreign currency translation

     33       7       14       54  

Additions (a)

     22       23       9       54  

Other

     —         1       —         1  
                                

Balance, May 23, 2006

   $ 2,105     $ 2,156     $ 871     $ 5,132  
                                

Successor

        

Valcon Acquisition

   $ 2,945     $ 2,712     $ 1,310     $ 6,967  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (11 )     —         —         (11 )

Additions (a)

     9       19       —         28  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         —         (320 )     (320 )
                                

Balance, December 31, 2006

   $ 2,943     $ 2,731     $ 990     $ 6,664  
                                

(a) Refer to Note 3, ‘Business Acquisitions’.

 

(b) Refer to Note 15, ‘Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions’.

 

(c) For Media, the reversal of liabilities associated with the resolution of certain pre-acquisition contingency matters.

At December 31, 2006, an amount of $694 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

     Gross Amounts     Accumulated Amortization  
     Successor    Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31, 2006    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
               

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

               

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 2,123    $ 673     $ —       $ —    
                               

Amortized intangibles:

               

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 161    $ 11     $ (2 )   $ (4 )

Customer-related intangibles

     3,175      1,265       (106 )     (517 )

Trade shows and related publications

     —        360       —         (96 )

Covenants-not-to-compete

     28      67       (10 )     (51 )

Computer software

     427      638       (46 )     (398 )

Patents and other

     24      75          (2 )     (59 )
                               

Total

   $ 3,815    $ 2,416     $ (166 )   $ (1,125 )
                               

The amortization expense for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $166 million, $75 million, $190 million and $182 million, respectively.

The trade names associated with Nielsen Media Research and ACNielsen are deemed indefinite-lived intangible assets, as their associated brand awareness and recognition has existed for over 50 years and Nielsen intends to continue to utilize these trade names. There are also no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that may limit their estimated useful lives. Nielsen reconsiders the remaining estimated useful life of indefinite-lived intangible assets each reporting period.

Since the allocation of the Valcon Acquisition purchase price is preliminary and subject to finalization of independent appraisals, the estimated annual amortization expense is also subject to change as the appraisals are finalized.

All other intangible assets are subject to amortization. Future amortization expense is estimated to be as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

For the year ending December 31:

  

2007

   $ 263

2008

     248

2009

     237

2010

     224

2011

     209

Thereafter

     2,468
      

Total

   $ 3,649
      

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

7. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     Successor     Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Land and buildings

   $ 268     $ 395  

Information and communication equipment

     245       621  

Furniture, equipment and other

     92       209  
                

Total

     605       1,225  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (81 )     (721 )
                

Net book value

   $ 524        $ 504  
                

Depreciation expense from continuing operations was $71 million, $44 million, $109 million and $107 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively

Amortization expense on assets under capital leases was $3 million, $2 million, $8 million and $7 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The net book value of capital leases was $120 million and $140 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Capital leases are comprised primarily of buildings.

Since the allocation of the Valcon Acquisition purchase price is preliminary and subject to finalization of independent appraisals, the carrying amount and future depreciation expense is also subject to change as the appraisals are finalized.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

8. Derivative Financial Instruments

The following table shows the contract or underlying principal amounts and fair values of derivative financial instruments by type of contract at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Contract or underlying principal amounts indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet dates and do not represent amounts at risk. The fair values are determined using market prices and pricing models at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

    Contract or Underlying
Principal Amount
  Fair Value 2006     Fair Value 2005
      Successor     Predecessor   Successor     Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  December 31, 
2006
    December 31,
2005
  Positive
Value
(Assets)
  Negative
Value
(Liabilities) 
    Positive
Value
(Assets)
    Negative
Value
(Liabilities)

Interest-related instruments

                     

Fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps

  $ —       $ 690   $ —     $ —       $ 21     $ —  

Floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps

    3,131       —       2     1       —         —  
                                         

Total interest related instruments

    3,131          690     2     1          21          —  
                                         

Currency-related instruments

                     

EUR/USD cross-currency swaps

    —         1,813     —       —         393       —  

GBP/EUR cross-currency swaps

    —         249     —       —         6       —  

Forward currency exchange

    36       189     —       —         —         1
                                         

Total currency related instruments

    36       2,251     —       —         399       1
                                         

Total derivative financial instruments

  $ 3,167     $ 2,941   $ 2   $ 1     $ 420     $ 1
                                         

Current derivative financial instruments

  $ 36     $ 1,352   $ —     $ —       $ 160     $ 1

Non-current derivative financial instruments

    3,131       1,589     2     1       260       —  

Interest-Related Instruments

Successor

Cash Flow Hedges

Nielsen is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the floating-rate U.S. Dollars and Euro Term Loans, and uses floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. As of December 31, 2006, six floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges with notional amounts aggregating $3,131 million were outstanding.

The hedging strategy of Nielsen is to match, by major currency, the projected future business cash flows with the underlying debt service. When the derivative financial instrument is deemed to be highly effective in offsetting variability in the hedged item, changes in its fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized contemporaneously with the earnings effects of the hedged item.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, an amount of $9 million relating to derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges was recorded as an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, an amount of $2 million has been reclassified to earnings as a result of cash flow hedges being terminated or sold.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Other Hedges

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $316 million and no hedge designation was terminated. In the period from May 24, 2006, to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net loss of $2 million.

Nothing is expected to be transferred from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) to earnings in the next 12 months as the derivative financial instruments and their underlying hedged items expire or mature according to their original terms, along with the earnings effects of the related forecast transactions in the next 12 months. For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Predecessor

Fair value hedges

Nielsen was exposed to fair value interest rate risk on fixed-rate borrowings and has used fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. As of December 31, 2005, fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of $690 million were outstanding and designated as a fair value hedge. In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net loss of $12 million related to this interest rate swap.

Fair value hedges are hedges that eliminate the risk of changes in the fair values of assets, liabilities and certain types of firm commitments. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments designated and effective as fair value hedges are recorded in net earnings in the line item gain/(loss) on derivative instruments and are offset by corresponding changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $409 million designated as a fair value hedge matured and Nielsen recorded a net loss of $7 million on this interest rate swap.

For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Currency-Related Instruments

Successor

During 2006, the debt service obligations of Nielsen shifted from primarily Euro obligations to primarily U.S. Dollar obligations due to the 2006 financing transactions discussed in Note 11. Additionally, Nielsen transacts business globally and is subject to risks associated with changes in certain currency exchange rates, primarily of the Euro, the Pound Sterling and the Japanese Yen. Consequently, Nielsen enters into various contracts which change in value as the exchange rates of such currencies change, to preserve the value of certain assets, liabilities, commitments and anticipated transactions.

The hedging strategy of the Nielsen is to match, by major currency, the projected future business cash flows with the underlying debt service so as to minimize the Company’s overall currency exposure on its investments

At December 31, 2006, no cross-currency swaps were outstanding. In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, cross-currency swaps with notional amounts aggregating $825 million and $266 million designated as net investment in non-Euro entity hedges and cash flow hedges, respectively, were terminated.

At December 31, 2006 Nielsen had also entered into several forward currency exchange contracts with notional amounts aggregating $36 million, to hedge exposure to fluctuations in various currencies. These contracts

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

expire ratably over the subsequent year. Based on quoted market prices, for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, Nielsen recorded a net gain of $5 million in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net loss of $18 million related to these derivative financial instruments and non-Euro-currency-denominated debt in the cumulative translation adjustment. For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Predecessor

At December 31, 2005, Nielsen had entered into cross-currency swaps with notional amounts aggregating $2,062 million to hedge its net investments in non-Euro entities. Nielsen entered into forward currency exchange contracts and cross-currency swaps to hedge certain anticipated non-Euro cash flows, revenues and costs and the net investment in certain non-Euro entities.

At December 31, 2005, Nielsen had also entered into several forward currency exchange contracts with notional amounts aggregating $189 million, to hedge exposure to fluctuations in various currencies. These contracts expire ratably over the subsequent year. Based on quoted market prices, for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, Nielsen recorded net gain of $9 million in the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 to adjust forward currency exchange contracts to their fair market value. In 2005, a net gain of $18 million was recorded.

Cash flow hedges

Nielsen used cross-currency swaps to convert certain debt denominated in a non-Euro currency to Euro-denominated debt. As of December 31, 2005, Nielsen had cash flow hedges in place with maturity dates up to 2010.

In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an amount of $1 million related to derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges was recorded as an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss). For the year ended December 31, 2005, amounts related to derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges resulted in an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) of $3 million.

In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, an amount of $1 million has been reclassified to earnings as a result of cash flow hedges being terminated or sold. For the year ended December 31, 2005, no amount has been reclassified to earnings as a result of cash flow hedges being terminated or sold.

For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

Net investment hedges

Nielsen used cross-currency swaps and non-Euro-currency-denominated debt to hedge its net investments in non-Euro entities against adverse movements in currency exchange rates. Nielsen measures ineffectiveness based upon the change in spot rates in the case of floating-to-floating cross-currency swaps and forward rates in the case of fixed-to-fixed cross-currency swaps. In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, Nielsen recorded a net gain of $111 million related to these derivative financial instruments and non-Euro-currency-denominated debt in currency translation adjustments within accumulated other comprehensive income. For the year ended December 31, 2005, $197 million of net losses were included in currency translation adjustments within accumulated other comprehensive income. For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, no net gains or losses were recorded in earnings representing the amount of the hedges’ ineffectiveness.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

In the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, a cross-currency swap with a notional amount of $613 million designated as a net investment in non-Euro entity hedge matured.

In the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 all net investment hedges were settled in connection with the Valcon Acquisition. There were no net investment hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

Counterparty Risk

Nielsen manages exposure to possible defaults on derivative financial instruments by monitoring the concentration of risk that Nielsen has with any individual bank and through the use of minimum credit quality standards for all counterparties. Nielsen does not require collateral or other security in relation to derivative financial instruments. A derivative contract entered into between Nielsen or certain of its subsidiaries and a counterparty that was also a lender under Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities at the time the derivative contract was entered into is guaranteed under the senior secured credit facilities by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 11 for more information). Since it is Nielsen’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with banks of internationally acknowledged standing, Nielsen considers the counterparty risk to be remote.

It is Nielsen’s policy to have an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement established with every bank with which it has entered into any derivative contract. Under each of these ISDA Master Agreements, Nielsen agrees to settle only the net amount of the combined market values of all derivative contracts outstanding with any one counterparty should that counterparty default. As at December 31, 2006, Nielsen’s maximum economic exposure to loss due to credit risk on derivative financial instruments was $1 million, if all bank counterparties were to default

9. Restructuring Activities

During 2006, 2005 and 2004, Nielsen initiated restructuring plans that primarily resulted in the involuntary termination of certain employees. In connection with all of the restructuring actions discussed, severance benefits were computed pursuant to the terms of local statutory minimum requirements in labor contracts or similar employment agreements. One-time termination benefits that are not subject to contractual arrangements provided to employees who are involuntarily terminated are recorded when management commits to a detailed plan of termination, and actions required to complete the plan indicate that significant changes are not likely. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to earn the termination benefit, the benefits are recognized ratably over the future service period. Costs to consolidate or close facilities and relocate employees are expensed as incurred. Costs to terminate a contract without economic benefit to Nielsen are expensed at the time the contract is terminated.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

A summary of the changes in the accrual balance for restructuring activities and a discussion of each of Nielsen’s restructuring plans is provided below:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Transformation
Initiative
    Corporate
Headquarters
    Consumer
Services
Europe
    Project
Atlas
    Directories     Total  

Predecessor

            

Balance as of December 31, 2003

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 13     $ 11     $ 24  

Accruals

     —         12       14       10       —         36  

Payments

     —         —         —         (12 )     (10 )     (22 )

Sale of Directories

     —         —         —         —         (3 )     (3 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —         —         1       —         2       3  
                                                

Balance at December 31, 2004

     —         12       15     $ 11       —         38  

Accruals

     —         —         —         6       —         6  

Payments

     —         (6 )     (9 )     (11 )     —         (26 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —         (1 )     (1 )     1       —         (1 )
                                                

Balance as of December 31, 2005

     —         5       5       7       —         17  

Accruals

     6       —         —         1       —         7  

Payments

     (5 )     (1 )     (2 )     (2 )     —         (10 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                

Balance at May 23, 2006

   $ 1     $ 4     $ 3     $ 6     $ —       $ 14  
                                                

Successor

            

Preliminary purchase price allocation

   $ 1     $ 4     $ 3     $ 6     $ —       $ 14  

Accruals

     67       —         —         1       —         68  

Payments

     (12 )     (2 )     (2 )     (4 )     —         (20 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     1       —         —         —         —         1  
                                                

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 57     $ 2     $ 1     $ 3     $ —       $ 63  
                                                

Transformation Initiative (Formerly Project Forward)

In November 2005 and in December 2006, Nielsen announced its intention to expand current cost-saving programs to all areas of Nielsen’s operations worldwide. The Company further announced strategic changes as part of a major corporate transformation (“Transformation Initiative”). This Transformation Initiative is designed to make the Company a more successful and efficient enterprise. As such, the Company is in the process of reducing costs by streamlining corporate functions, centralizing certain operational and information technology functions, leveraging global procurement, consolidating real estate, and expanding outsourcing or offshoring of certain other operational and production processes.

These initiatives are expected to be implemented by the end of 2008. Nielsen incurred $67 million in severance and consulting fees during the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, and $6 million during the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 which have been or will be settled in cash. Charges for severance benefits of $48 million during the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 relate to outsourcing of operational and back office activities primarily in Europe and the United States and rationalizing corporate functions, and will result in a headcount reduction of approximately 700 employees. Charges for consulting relate to performance improvement initiatives and are expensed as incurred.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Corporate Headquarters Restructuring

In November 2004, Nielsen initiated a restructuring plan in conjunction with the transfer of a portion of Corporate Headquarters’ responsibilities from Haarlem, the Netherlands to New York. This plan resulted in a headcount reduction of approximately 40 employees in Haarlem. The 2004 charge of $12 million consisted of $11 million for severance benefits and $1 million for lease termination costs. Cash payments are expected to be $2 million in 2007.

Consumer Services Europe Restructuring

In December 2004, Nielsen initiated a restructuring plan within Consumer Services to improve the competitiveness of the European retail measurement business. The 2004 charge of $14 million was entirely for severance benefits associated with headcount reductions of 81 employees in Europe. Cash payments related to this plan are expected to be approximately $1 million in 2007.

Project Atlas

In 2003 Nielsen launched Project Atlas, a multi-year business improvement program in Consumer Services. The initial charge in 2003 of $20 million consisted of $15 million for severance benefits and $5 million for related consulting expenses incurred in 2003. Additional charges of $1 million, $1 million, $6 million and $10 million in the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were related to severance benefits. Cash payments related to this program are expected to be $3 million in 2007.

Directories Restructuring

During 2003, Directories launched an operational improvement program. The restructuring was still in progress at the time of the divestiture. The original charge in 2003 was $11 million.

10. Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Nielsen sponsors both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans for some of its employees in the Netherlands, the United States and other international locations. In the United States, the post-retirement benefit plan relates to healthcare benefits for a limited group of participants who meet the eligibility requirements. In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen applied purchase accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, and accordingly, its Successor pension liabilities were recorded at fair value.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, the benefit accruals of the U.S. defined benefit pension plans were frozen and the net impact of freezing such benefits has been included in the preliminary purchase price allocation.

In September 2006, SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” was issued, which requires recognition of an asset or liability reflecting the over or under funded status of defined benefit pension plans. Nielsen uses a measurement date of December 31 for its primary Netherlands, Canada and United States pension and post-retirement benefit plans and the fiscal year-end for other international plans. Changes in the funded status from May 24, 2006, the date of Nielsen’s adoption of SFAS No. 158, through year-end are recognized in shareholders’ equity as a part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

A summary of the activity for Nielsen’s defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans follows:

 

     Successor  
    

Pension Benefits

May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

    Other     Total  

Change in projected benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 567     $ 222     $ 491     $ 1,280  

Service cost

     4       3       9       16  

Interest cost

     15       7       14       36  

Plan participants’ contributions

     1       —         1       2  

Actuarial (gain)/loss

     (5 )     7       16       18  

Benefits paid

     (17 )     (4 )     (11 )     (32 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     17       —         15       32  
                                

Benefit obligation at end of period

     582       235       535       1,352  
                                

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

     656       168       354       1,178  

Actual return on plan assets

     18       16       30       64  

Employer contributions

     1       4       13       18  

Plan participants’ contributions

     1       —         1       2  

Benefits paid

     (18 )     (4 )     (11 )     (33 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     21       —         10       31  
                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

     679       184       397       1,260  
                                

Funded status

   $ 97     $ (51 )   $ (138 )   $ (92 )
                                

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

        

Pension assets under other non-current assets

   $ 97     $ —       $ 1     $ 98  

Current liabilities

     —         —         (3 )     (3 )

Accrued benefit liability (1)

     —         (51 )     (136 )     (187 )
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ 97     $ (51 )   $ (138 )   $ (92 )
                                

( 1)

Included in other non-current liabilities.

Unrecognized actuarial loss of $1 million is recognized within accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Predecessor  
     Pension Benefits
Year Ended December 31, 2005
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Change in projected benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 607     $ 202     $ 441     $ 1,250  

Service cost

     6       13       12       31  

Interest cost

     25       12       20       57  

Plan participants’ contributions

     2       —         2       4  

Plan amendments

     —         —         1       1  

Actuarial loss

     37       11       27       75  

Acquisitions

     2       —         —         2  

Benefits paid

     (27 )     (4 )     (19 )     (50 )

Curtailment

     (4 )     —         —         (4 )

Settlements

     2       —         (1 )     1  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (80 )     —         (44 )     (124 )
                                

Benefit obligation at end of year

     570       234       439       1,243  
                                

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     658       140       305       1,103  

Actual return on plan assets

     65       9       46       120  

Employer contributions

     7       25       25       57  

Plan participants’ contributions

     2       —         2       4  

Acquisitions

     2       —         —         2  

Benefits paid

     (27 )     (5 )     (19 )     (51 )

Settlements

     2       —         (1 )     1  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (88 )     —         (32 )     (120 )
                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     621       169       326       1,116  
                                

Funded status

        

Funded status at end of year

     51       (65 )     (113 )     (127 )

Unrecognized prior service (credit)/cost

     (1 )     (2 )     6       3  

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     1       92       144       237  
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ 51     $ 25     $ 37     $ 113  
                                

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

        

Pension assets under other non-current assets

   $ 43     $ —       $ 20     $ 63  

Prepaid pension assets under other current assets

     8       —         5       13  

Accrued benefit liability (1)

     —         (53 )     (69 )     (122 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         78       81       159  
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ 51     $ 25     $ 37     $ 113  
                                

 


(1) Included in other non-current liabilities.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The total accumulated benefit obligation and minimum liability changes for all defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

   Year Ended
December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

            2005             2004    
               

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 1,274     $ 1,170    $ 1,160     $ 1,169

(Decrease)/increase to other comprehensive income for minimum pension liability:

               

—before income taxes

     —         —        (7 )     3

—after income taxes

     —         —        (2 )     3
     Successor
     Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2006

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ —       $ 235    $ 444     $ 679

Accumulated benefit obligation

     —         235      400       635

Fair value of plan assets

     —         184      315       499
     Successor
     Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2006

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 48     $ 235    $ 526     $ 809

Accumulated benefit obligation

     44       235      464       743

Fair value of plan assets

     46       184      388       618
     Predecessor
     Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2005

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ —       $ 234    $ 356     $ 590

Accumulated benefit obligation

     —         220      323       543

Fair value of plan assets

     —         169      254       423
     Predecessor
     Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligation in
Excess of Plan Assets at December 31, 2005

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

   Other     Total

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 47     $ 234    $ 432     $ 713

Accumulated benefit obligation

     39       220      382       641

Fair value of plan assets

     40       169      318       527

 

F-52


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Net Periodic Pension Cost  

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

    Other     Total  

Successor

        

May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006

        

Service cost

   $ 4     $ 3     $ 9     $ 16  

Interest cost

     15       7       15       37  

Expected return on plan assets

     (20 )     (7 )     (15 )     (42 )
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (1 )   $ 3     $ 9     $ 11  
                                

Predecessor

        

January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006

        

Service cost

   $ 2     $ 5     $ 6     $ 13  

Interest cost

     10       5       8       23  

Expected return on plan assets

     (12 )     (5 )     (8 )     (25 )

Amortization of net loss

     —         2       4       6  
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ —       $ 7     $ 10     $ 17  
                                

Year ended December 31, 2005

        

Service cost

   $ 6     $ 12     $ 13     $ 31  

Interest cost

     25       13       20       58  

Expected return on plan assets

     (29 )     (13 )     (22 )     (64 )

Amortization of net loss

     1       6       9       16  

Curtailment gain

     (4 )     —         —         (4 )
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (1 )   $ 18     $ 20     $ 37  
                                

Year ended December 31, 2004

        

Service cost

   $ 9     $ 12     $ 15     $ 36  

Interest cost

     31       11       22       64  

Expected return on plan assets

     (33 )     (12 )     (23 )     (68 )

Amortization of net loss

     —         5       5       10  
                                

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 7     $ 16     $ 19     $ 42  
                                

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over 2007 are not material.

The weighted average assumptions underlying the pension computations were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
    

May 24, 2006 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1,
2006 –

May 23, 2006

    Year ended
December 31,
 
             2005             2004      

Pension benefit obligation:

          

—discount rate

   4.9 %   5.1 %   4.6 %   4.9 %

—rate of compensation increase

   3.2     3.2     3.2     3.2  
 

Net periodic pension costs:

          

—discount rate

   5.1     4.6     4.9     5.4  

—rate of compensation increase

   3.2     3.2     3.2     3.0  

—expected long-term return on plan assets

   6.3     5.9     6.1     6.0  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Nielsen’s pension plans’ weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

     The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Successor

        

At December 31, 2006

        

Equity securities

   26 %   67 %   63 %   44 %

Fixed income securities

   73     33     35     55  

Other

   1     —       2     1  
                        

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                        

Predecessor

        

At December 31, 2005

        

Equity securities

   25 %   70 %   62 %   43 %

Fixed income securities

   74     30     36     56  

Other

   1     —       2     1  
                        

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                        

No Nielsen shares are held by the pension plans.

The overall target asset allocation among all plans for 2006 was 43% equity securities and 57% long-term interest-earning investments (debt or fixed income securities).

The assumptions for the expected return on plan assets for pension plans were based on a review of the historical returns of the asset classes in which the assets of the pension plans are invested. The historical returns on these asset classes were weighted based on the expected long-term allocation of the assets of the pension plans.

Nielsen’s primary objective with regard to the investment of pension plan assets is to ensure that in each individual plan, sufficient funds are available to satisfy future benefit obligations. For this purpose, asset and liability management studies are made periodically at each pension fund. For each of the pension plans, an appropriate mix is determined on the basis of the outcome of these studies, taking into account the national rules and regulations.

Contributions to the pension plans in 2007 are expected to be approximately $8 million for the Dutch plan and $20 million for other plans. No contributions are expected in 2007 for the U.S. plans.

Estimated future benefits payments are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
   United
States
   Other    Total

For the years ending December 31,

           

2007

   $ 29    $ 5    $ 21    $ 55

2008

     29      7      21      57

2009

     30      7      21      58

2010

     30      7      22      59

2011

     32      8      24      64

2012-2016

     169      49      140      358

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Prior to December 31, 2005, in the United States and in the Netherlands, Nielsen provided other post-retirement benefits, primarily retiree healthcare benefits. As a result of changes in health care laws in the Netherlands in 2005, Nielsen ceased to provide retiree health care benefits to certain of its Dutch retirees. This plan change was recognized as a negative plan amendment that reduced the December 31, 2005 benefit obligation by $9 million.

The components of other post-retirement benefit cost for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, were as follows:

 

     Successor  
    

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

    May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006    

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

The

Netherlands

   

United

States

    Total  

Change in benefit obligation

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 1     $ 14     $ 15  

Interest cost

     —         —         —    

Actuarial (gain)/loss

     —         1       1  

Benefits paid

     —         —         —    
                        

Benefit obligation at end of period

     1       15       16  
                        

Change in plan assets

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

     —         —         —    

Employer contributions

     —         1       1  

Benefits paid

     —         (1 )     (1 )
                        

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

     —         —         —    
                        

Funded status

      

Funded status and amount recognized at end of period

   $ (1 )   $ (15 )   $ (16 )
                        

 

F-55


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Predecessor  
    

Other Post-retirement Benefits

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Total  

Change in benefit obligation

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 12     $ 16     $ 28  

Interest cost

     —         2       2  

Negative plan amendment

     (9 )     —         (9 )

Benefits paid

     (1 )     (1 )     (2 )

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (1 )     —         (1 )
                        

Benefit obligation at end of year

     1       17       18  
                        

Change in plan assets

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     —         —         —    

Employer contributions

     1       1       2  

Benefits paid

     (1 )     (1 )     (2 )
                        

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     —         —         —    
                        

Funded status

      

Funded status at end of year

     (1 )     (17 )     (18 )

Unrecognized prior service cost

     (9 )     (2 )     (11 )

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     2       —         2  
                        

Net amount recognized

   $ (8 )   $ (19 )   $ (27 )
                        

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over 2007 are not material.

The net periodic benefit cost for other post-retirement benefits were insignificant for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

The weighted average assumptions for post-retirement benefits were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
  

May 24  –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1  –
May 23,

2006

    Year ended December 31,  
           2005             2004      

Discount rate for net periodic other post-retirement benefit costs

   6.3   5.6 %   5.3 %   5.8 %

Discount rate for other post-retirement benefit obligations at December 31

   5.9 %   6.3 %   5.6 %   5.3 %
 

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates at December 31:

          

—healthcare cost trend assumed for next year

   9.0 %   9.0 %   11.0 %   7.6 %

—rate to which the cost trend is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

   5.0 %   5.0 %   5.0 %   3.8 %

—year in which rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2011     2011     2011     2011  

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

A one percentage point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   1%
Increase
   1%
Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest costs

   $  —      $  —    

Effect on other post-retirement benefit obligation

     1      (1 )

Contributions to post-retirement benefit plans are expected to be $1 million annually for the Company’s U.S. plans.

Defined Contribution Plans

Nielsen also offers defined contribution plans to certain participants, primarily in the United States. Nielsen’s expense related to these plans was $15 million, $10 million, $24 million and $22 million for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In the United States, Nielsen contributes cash to each employee’s account in an amount up to 3% of compensation (subject to IRS limitations); this contribution was increased to 4% upon the freeze of the U.S. defined benefit pension plan. No contributions are made in shares of Nielsen.

11. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

 

       Successor
    Predecessor
       December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005

(IN MILLIONS)

   Weighted
Average
Interest Rate  (1)
    Maturities   

Carrying

Amount

   

Fair

Value

   

Carrying

Amount

   

Fair

Value

Senior secured credit facilities

   7.90 %   2007 – 2013    $ 5,220     $ 5,263     $ —       $ —  

Debenture loans

   10.16 %   2007 – 2016      2,447       2,653       1,919       1,989

Convertible debenture loan

   —            —         —         402       391

Private loan

   —            —         —         161       166

Other loans

   6.44 %   2009      7       6       —         —  
                                     

Long-term debt

          7,674       7,922        2,482       2,546

Capital lease obligations

          145         155    

Short-term debt

          20         —      

Bank overdrafts

          134         94    
                           

Total debt and other financing arrangements

          7,973         2,731    

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

          212         731    
                           

Non-current portion of long-term-debt and capital lease obligations

        $ 7,761       $ 2,000    
                           

Weighted average contractual interest rate on long-term debt (2)

          8.52 %       5.95 %  

Weighted average contractual interest rate on current portion of long-term debt

          7.76 %       2.53 %  

(1) Average of effective interest rates at December 31, 2006, weighted by carrying amounts.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

(2) The average of the contractual interest rates at December 31, 2006 on Nielsen’s long-term debt, weighted by principal amounts was 8.52%. Nielsen has entered into a number of interest rate swap transactions to hedge the interest rate risk on a part of its floating-rated debt. Taking into account the effect of these interest rate swaps, the weighted average of the contractual interest rates at December 31, 2006 on Nielsen’s long-term debt was 8.40%.

The carrying amounts of Nielsen’s long-term debt are denominated in the following currencies:

 

       Successor    Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
   December 31,
2005

U.S. Dollars

   $ 5,438    $ 150

Euro

     1,709      1,864

British Pound (“GBP”)

     492      434

Japanese Yen

     35      34
             
   $ 7,674    $ 2,482
             

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

For the year ended December 31,

  

2007

   $ 53

2008

     53

2009

     60

2010

     611

2011

     87

Thereafter

     6,810
      
   $ 7,674
      

See Note 8 for a discussion of Nielsen’s policies with respect to foreign currency exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

Senior secured credit facilities

In August 2006, Nielsen entered into senior secured credit facilities, consisting of seven-year $4,175 million and €800 million senior secured term loan facilities and the full amounts under these facilities were borrowed with an aggregate carrying amount of $5,220 million at December 31, 2006. In August 2006, Nielsen also entered into a six-year $688 million senior secured revolving credit facility under which no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2006. The senior secured revolving credit facility can be used for revolving loans, letters of credit and for swingline loans, and is available in U.S. Dollars, Euros and certain other currencies.

Nielsen is required to repay installments on the borrowings under the senior secured term loan facilities in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of their original principal amount commencing December 2006, with the remaining amount payable on the maturity date of the term loan facilities. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at Nielsen’s option, various base rates. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility may be reduced subject to Nielsen attaining certain leverage ratios. Nielsen pays a quarterly commitment fee of 0.5% on unused commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility. The applicable commitment fee rate may be reduced subject to Nielsen attaining certain leverage ratios.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Nielsen, and certain of its existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned subsidiaries and are secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets (other than cash) of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and by a pledge of the capital stock of the guarantors discussed in Note 21, the capital stock of Nielsen’s U.S. subsidiaries and the guarantors and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of Nielsen’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under a separate security agreement, substantially all of the assets of Nielsen are pledged as collateral for amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities.

The senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Nielsen and most of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business that Nielsen conducts. In addition, after an initial grace period, Nielsen is required, beginning with the twelve month period ending September 30, 2007, to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Debenture loans

In August 2006, Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (together “Nielsen Finance”), wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, issued $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% senior notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”) with carrying values of $650 million and $198 million at December 31, 2006, respectively. Interest is payable semi-annually commencing in February 2007. The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of Nielsen Finance’s existing and future senior indebtedness.

In August 2006, Nielsen Finance also issued $1,070 million 12.5% senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 (“Senior Subordinated Discount Notes”) with a carrying amount of $616 million at December 31, 2006. Interest accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012. The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all Nielsen Finance’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Senior Notes and the senior secured credit facilities.

The indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes limit the majority of Nielsen’s subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, Nielsen Finance is required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by Nielsen (See Note 21 for further description of the related guarantees).

In August 2006, Nielsen issued €343 million 11.125% senior discount notes due 2016 (“Senior Discount Notes”), with a carrying value $277 million at December 31, 2006. Interest accretes through 2011 and is payable semi-annually commencing February 2012. The Senior Discount Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of Nielsen’s existing and future senior indebtedness. The notes are effectively subordinated to Nielsen’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of Nielsen’s subsidiaries.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

If Nielsen has not exchanged the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and Senior Discount Notes for registered notes with substantially the same terms or a shelf registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC for the exchange by August 18, 2007 the interest rate on each series of the respective notes will increase by 0.25% annually and an additional 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period the notes are not registered up to a maximum of 1.0% per year.

Nielsen has a Euro Medium Term Note program (“EMTN”) program in place under which debenture loans and private placements can be issued up to the program amount of €2,500 million ($3,308 million) at December 31, 2006, both on a long-term and short-term basis. All debenture loans and most private placements are quoted on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, amounts with a carrying value of $706 million and $854 million, respectively, were outstanding under the EMTN program.

Outstanding under the EMTN program above is a GBP 250 million 5.625% EMTN debenture loan issued in 2003 and due in 2010 or 2017 with a carrying amount of $492 million at December 31, 2006. In 2010, the interest rate on the GBP 250 million debenture loan will be adjusted to 5.50% plus the then applicable Nielsen market credit spread or the debentures will be paid at par under a re-acquisition right exercisable in 2010 and held by two investment banks.

In January 2005, Nielsen settled a nominal amount of €551 million ($721 million) of the €600 million 6.75% EMTN debenture loan due 2008 and paid cash of €625 million ($818 million), excluding accrued interest, resulting in a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $103 million.

In August 2006, Nielsen redeemed at par and canceled other debenture loans due 2006 through 2009 with a combined carrying value of $1,297 million at December 31, 2005, of which $232 million was issued under the EMTN program.

Convertible debenture loan

A nominal amount of €550 million and €267 million of the €1,150 million 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 was repurchased in various open market transactions and subsequently canceled, resulting in a gain of $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. The remaining principal amount of €333 million was settled at maturity in 2006 at par.

Private loan

During the period January 1 to May 23, 2006 Nielsen prepaid a nominal amount of $55 million of the NLG 500 million 5.55% subordinated private placement loan originally due in 2007 and 2008. Following the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen prepaid the remaining $112 million nominal amount during the period May 24 to December 31, 2006.

Senior secured bridge facility

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Valcon entered into a senior secured bridge facility, under which Valcon had borrowed $6,164 million as of August 2006. The debt and related interest expense have been recorded in the accounts of Nielsen in connection with the push-down of the consideration paid by Valcon further discussed in Note 1. The bridge loan was settled in August 2006 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, Senior Notes and borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities resulting in a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $60 million related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs of the bridge loan.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs are $135 million and $4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Related party lenders

A portion of the borrowings amounting to $409 million under the senior secured credit facility were sold to certain of the Sponsors as of December 31, 2006 at terms consistent with third party borrowers. Interest expense on amounts held by the Sponsors was $15 million during the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

Termination of credit facility

Nielsen’s committed revolving credit facility from a syndicate of banks of €1,000 million was canceled in May 2006 following the Valcon Acquisition.

Capital Lease Obligations

Nielsen leases certain computer equipment, buildings and automobiles under capital leases. These arrangements do not include terms of renewal, purchase options, or escalation clauses.

Assets under capital lease are recorded within property, plant and equipment (Note 7).

Future minimum capital lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases at December 31, 2006 are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

    

2007

   $ 17

2008

     16

2009

     16

2010

     15

2011

     14

Thereafter

     167
      

Total

     245

Amount representing interest

     100
      

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 145
      

Current portion

   $ 4

Total non-current portion

     141
      

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 145
      

Capital leases have effective interest rates ranging from 4% to 7%. Interest expense recorded related to capital leases during the periods ended May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $5 million, $4 million, $9 million and $9 million, respectively.

12. Shareholders’ Equity

Each share of common stock has the right to one vote and a dividend determined at the general meeting of shareholders. Nielsen declared dividends of €0.12 and €0.55 per share of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No dividends were declared or paid on the common stock in 2006.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Common stock activity is as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

   

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

  

Year ended

December 31,

        2005    2004

(Actual number of shares)

            

Beginning of year or period

   258,443,857     257,073,932    253,757,620    250,323,801

Common share dividend

   —       —      3,088,567    3,433,819

Conversion priority shares into common shares

   20,000     —      —      —  

Exercise of management and personnel options

   —       1,369,925    227,745    —  
                    

End of year or period

   258,463,857     258,443,857    257,073,932    253,757,620
                    

In the event of an issuance of common stock, each holder of common stock has the first opportunity to purchase newly issued Nielsen common stock proportionate to the percentage of shares already held by the respective holder (“pre-emptive right”). However, such holder does not have any pre-emptive right to (i) stock issued against contribution other than in cash, and (ii) common stock issued to employees of Nielsen or of a group company of Nielsen.

Each share of 7% preferred stock had the right to 40 votes, non-cumulative dividend of €0.64 per share and a liquidation preference equal to the original issuance price of the 7% preferred stock, any capital contributions of the shareholder and any unpaid dividends, increased annually by 7% through the date of dissolution. Nielsen declared and paid dividends of €0.64 per share on 7% preferred stock for the financial years December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No dividend was declared or paid on the 7% preferred stock for the financial year 2006.

The issued and outstanding common shares and 7% preferred shares of Nielsen were listed on the stock exchange of Euronext Amsterdam until delisting as of July 11, 2006 (See Note 1).

Each share of priority stock had the right to 40 votes, dividends of €0.45 per share and a liquidation preference. Nielsen declared and paid dividends of €0.45 and per share on priority stock for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. On March 31, 2006 Nielsen acquired the priority shares which were subsequently converted into 20,000 common shares on June 13, 2006.

Each share of series B cumulative preferred stock had the right to one vote, a cumulative dividend of 6.22% calculated at issuance based on various factors, and a liquidation preference. Nielsen declared dividends of €1.76, €0.78 and €0.78 per share on series B preferred stock in the period May 24 to December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No dividends were declared on series B preferred stock during the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006. As of December 31, 2006 all declared dividends were paid.

On August 9, 2006, Nielsen completed a cash redemption of all outstanding series B preferred stock, priority stock and series A preferred stock, which were owned by Valcon. All shares of series B preferred stock, priority stock and series A preferred stock have subsequently been canceled.

13. Share-Based Compensation

Successor

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Valcon Acquisition Holding bv (“Dutch Holdco”), a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and the direct parent of Valcon,

 

F-62


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

implemented an equity-based, management compensation plan (“Equity Participation Plan” or “EPP”) to align compensation for certain key executives with the performance of the Company. Under this plan, certain executives of Dutch Holdco and its subsidiaries may be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and dividend equivalent rights in the shares of Dutch Holdco or purchase shares of Dutch Holdco.

Dutch Holdco granted 3,500,000 time-based and 3,500,000 performance based stock options to purchase shares in the capital of Dutch Holdco during the period. The time-based awards become exercisable over a five-year vesting period tied to the executives’ continuing employment as follows: 5% as of December 31, 2006 and 19% on the last day of each of the next five calendar years. The performance options are tied to the executives’ continuing employment and become vested and exercisable based on the achievement of certain annual EBITDA targets over a five-year vesting period. If the annual EBITDA targets are achieved on a cumulative basis for any current year and prior years, the options become vested as to a pro-rata portion for any prior year’s installments which were not vested because of failure to achieve the applicable annual EBITDA target. Both option tranches expire ten years from date of grant. Upon a change in control, any then-unvested time options will fully vest and any then-unvested performance options can vest, subject to certain conditions.

Time-based and performance-based options have exercise prices of $10.00 and $20.00 per share, respectively. The fair values of the time-based and performance-based awards were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected term to exercise of five years, expected volatility of 56.10%, risk-free interest rate of 4.63% and no dividend yield. Expected volatility is based primarily on a combination of the Company’s historical volatility adjusted for its new leverage and estimates of implied volatility of the Company’s peer group.

For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, the Company recorded the Dutch Holdco stock compensation expense on a push down basis of $6 million. The tax benefit related to these charges was $2 million.

At December 31, 2006, there is approximately $29 million of unearned stock-based compensation which the Company expects to record as expense over the next five years. The compensation expense related to the time-based awards is amortized over the term of the award using the graded vesting method. The compensation expense related to the performance-based awards was recorded on a graded vesting method as of December 31, 2006, since the Company believes that the achievement of the financial performance goals is probable.

The weighted-average exercise price of the 7,000,000 options outstanding and 175,000 options exercisable was $11.43 as of December 31, 2006. The weighted-average remaining contractual term for the options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2006 was 9.71 years.

As of December 31, 2006, the weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted was $4.88, and the aggregate fair value of options vested was $1 million.

There were no option exercises for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was zero.

Predecessor

Concurrent with the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen canceled all vested and unvested stock options and restricted stock units ("RSUs") and paid to each holder of options cash equal to the excess of the offer price of

 

F-63


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

€29.50 over the exercise price, and paid €29.50 for each RSU outstanding, paying a total of $91 million for the settlement of all outstanding share-based awards and accelerating the recognition of the expense related to the unvested portion of all awards.

During the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, Nielsen recognized $20 million of compensation expense related to all outstanding vested and unvested Nielsen share-based compensation plans, of which $2 million related to Nielsen’s subsidiary plans. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, Nielsen recorded $23 million and $34 million compensation expense. Tax benefits related to the charges were $1 million, $4 million and $7 million for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

For the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, $1 million, $1 million and $5 million of the share-based compensation expense is included in discontinued operations.

Nielsen had other equity incentive plans, whereby restricted shares or options to purchase common stock were granted to executives. For the restricted shares, Nielsen matched the executives’ deferred bonus with an additional RSU. The cost of matching RSUs totaled $1 million, $1 million and $0.4 million for the period ended January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. During the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 the Company granted 135,716 RSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value of €27.07 and paid €29.50 for 252,846 RSUs at the Valcon Acquisition.

For Nielsen’s predecessor share option plans, the activity is summarized below:

 

    

Number

of Options

   

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price

Predecessor

    

Outstanding at January 1, 2004

   12,141,542     35.11

Granted

   4,284,976       22.47

Exercised

   —         —  

Expired

   (736,197 )     36.61

Forfeited

   (570,600 )     31.29
            

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   15,119,721       31.62

Granted

   3,903,842       22.12

Exercised

   (227,745 )     24.99

Expired

   (934,506 )     62.04

Forfeited

   (1,698,275 )     32.48
            

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   16,163,037       27.57

Granted

   —         —  

Exercised

   (1,369,925 )     23.78

Expired

   (1,673,350 )     39.08

Forfeited

   (14,722 )     27.36

Canceled

   (3,061,600 )     37.18

Paid at Valcon Acquisition

   (10,043,440 )     23.18
            

Outstanding at May 23, 2006

   —         —  
            

 

F-64


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Subsidiary Share-Based Compensation

Nielsen//NetRatings

Nielsen//NetRatings, a consolidated subsidiary of Nielsen with publicly traded shares, has share based awards that provide for the grant of stock options exercisable into Nielsen//NetRatings’ common stock or provide for the grant of restricted shares to eligible employees and non-employee directors of Nielsen//NetRatings. Under the Nielsen//NetRatings’ plans, options generally vest over a four-year period and have a maximum term of ten years, whereas the restricted shares vest ratably in equal annual installments over two years for members of the Board of Directors and over three years for non-executive employees.

Nielsen recorded share-based payment expense for Nielsen//NetRatings’ compensation arrangements of $3 million for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $2 million for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, $3 million in 2005, and $2 million in 2004. There is no book tax benefit related to the compensation expense as Nielsen//NetRatings has a full tax valuation allowance due to accumulated losses.

As of December 31, 2006, there was $6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to equity compensation awards granted under the Nielsen//NetRatings’ stock plan and employee stock purchase plan. The total expense is expected to be recognized over a period of two years. Nielsen estimated the fair value of Nielsen//NetRatings’ option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following valuation assumptions:

 

     Predecessor  
    

Year ended

December 31,
2005

   

Year ended

December 31,
2004

 

Expected life (years)

   2.38     2.32  

Expected volatility

   60.00 %   60.00 %

Expected dividend yield

   0.00 %   0.00 %

Risk-free interest rate

   3.38 %   2.77 %

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Information with respect to Nielsen//NetRatings’ plan activity is summarized as follows:

 

           Restricted Stock Outstanding    Stock Options Outstanding
     Available
for Grant
    Number of
Restricted
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   Number of
Stock Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Predecessor

           

Outstanding at January 1, 2004

   1,398,000     —         —      5,033,000     $ 10.00

Granted

   (1,208,000 )   —         —      1,208,000       11.29

Exercised/released

   —       —         —      (1,649,000 )     9.63

Restricted stock withheld for taxes (1)

   —       —         —      —         —  

Canceled

   481,000     —         —      (481,000 )     10.81
                               

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   671,000     —         —      4,111,000       10.43

Granted

   (647,000 )   545,000     $ 14.96    102,000       18.25

Exercised/released

   —       —         —      (581,000 )     8.73

Released from restriction

   —       (7,000 )     15.01    —         —  

Canceled

   575,000     (53,000 )     15.02    (522,000 )     12.66
                               

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   599,000     485,000       14.96    3,110,000       10.64

Granted

   (478,000 )   478,000       12.63    —         —  

Exercised/released

   —       (143,000 )     14.96    (298,000 )     9.05

Restricted stock withheld for taxes (1)

   30,000     —         —      —         —  

Canceled

   250,000     (57,000 )     14.84    (193,000 )     12.59
                               

Outstanding at May 23, 2006

   401,000     763,000       13.51    2,619,000       10.67

Successor

           

Granted

   (70,000 )   70,000       15.95    —         —  

Exercised/released

   —       (23,000 )     14.39    (346,000 )     9.68

Restricted stock withheld for taxes (1)

   4,000     —         —      —         —  

Canceled

   84,000     (36,000 )     12.02    (48,000 )     13.93
                               

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   419,000     774,000       13.77    2,225,000       10.76

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

          1,971,000       10.83

(1) Upon the release of certain shares of restricted stock, the Company withheld shares to satisfy certain tax obligations of the holder based on the market value of the shares on the date the shares of restricted stock were released.

During the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate intrinsic value for options exercised was $2 million, $1 million, $3 million and $11 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises for the periods May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $3 million, $3 million, $6 million, and $17 million, respectively.

The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $2 million and $3 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, from January 1 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding was 5.66 years and 5.40 years for options exercisable.

The aggregate fair value of options vested for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $6 million.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Nielsen BuzzMetrics

The 2004 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Incentive Plan of Nielsen BuzzMetrics provides for share-based awards exercisable into shares of Nielsen BuzzMetrics common stock, which are not publicly traded. Nielsen BuzzMetrics options generally vest over a two to four year-period and have a stated exercise period of ten years. Each restricted stock award represents the right to a certain amount of Nielsen BuzzMetrics common stock which is determined by the Board of Directors. However, as of December 31, 2006, no restricted stock awards have been issued. Nielsen BuzzMetrics has reserved 2,032,478 shares of its common stock for issuance at December 31, 2006.

All Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ equity awards were modified to liability awards in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) due to the existence of a put feature on the underlying shares which permits the option holders to avoid the risk and rewards normally associated with equity ownership. On November 30, 2006, it became probable that the put right would become operable when Nielsen committed to acquiring an additional interest in Nielsen BuzzMetrics in 2007. The modification of awards resulted in an additional expense of $4 million based on the fair value of the vested portion of the respective awards on November 30, 2006. The unvested portion of the options will be adjusted to fair value at each balance sheet date thereafter until the awards are settled with the adjustment recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For purposes of Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements, Nielsen recorded share-based payment expense from Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ options of $5 million (including the modification charge of $4 million) for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and $0.2 million for the period from February 14, 2006 to May 23, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, there was $1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost which will vest over a period of four years.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used to determine the fair value. The weighted average assumptions used were a peer group volatility of 50.04%, expected term of 5.63 years, and a market risk-free interest rate of 4.44%.

A summary of Nielsen BuzzMetrics’ option activity is as follows:

 

     Number of Options    

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price

  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Term

(in years)

Predecessor

       

Outstanding at February 14, 2006 (1)

   1,459,581     $ 1.69   

Granted

   848,600       3.36   

Exercised

   (132,546 )     0.11   

Forfeited

   (36,440 )     2.57   
               

Outstanding at May 23, 2006

   2,139,195       2.44   

Successor

       

Granted

   79,000       4.91   

Exercised

   (149,415 )     0.32   

Forfeited

   (117,916 )     2.99   
               

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   1,950,864       2.67    8.30

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   747,403       1.73    7.28

(1) Nielsen consolidated Nielsen BuzzMetrics starting on February 14, 2006 upon obtaining control.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and from February 14, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $2.68 and $1.81, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as December 31, 2006 was $5 million.

The aggregate fair value of options vested for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was $1 million and from February 14, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was $2 million.

14. Income Taxes

The components of income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests, were:

 

     Successor      Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

    Year ended
December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

            2005             2004    

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

   $ (384 )    $ 25     $ 203     $ 318

Less: Equity in net income of affiliates

     6         6       9       7
                               

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests

   $ (390 )    $ 19     $ 194     $ 311
                               

Dutch

   $ (72 )    $ (84 )   $ (101 )   $ 162

Non-Dutch

     (318 )      103       295       149
                               

Total

   $ (390 )    $ 19     $ 194     $ 311
                               

The above amounts for Dutch and non-Dutch activities were determined based on the location of the taxing authorities.

The provision/(benefit) for income taxes attributable to income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests consisted of:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
    

May 24 –
December 31

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23

2006

   

Year ended

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

            2005             2004      

Current:

           

Dutch

   $ 20      $ (8 )   $ (77 )   $ 41  

Non-Dutch

     68        14       60       80  
                                 
     88         6       (17 )     121  
                                 

Deferred:

           

Dutch

     (3 )      1       0       (65 )

Non-Dutch

     (190 )      32       48       (11 )
                                 
     (193 )      33       48       (76 )
                                 

Total

   $ (105 )    $ 39     $ 31     $ 45  
                                 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes for the periods May 24 to December 31, 2006 and January 1 to May 23, 2006 and years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was different from the amount computed by applying the statutory Dutch federal income tax rates to income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests as a result of the following:

 

     % of Earnings Before Income Taxes  
     Successor     Predecessor  
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    January 1 –
May 23,
2006
    Year ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

           2005             2004      

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in net income of affiliates and minority interests

   $ (390 )   $ 19     $ 194     $ 311  
                                

Dutch statutory tax rate

     29.6 %     29.6 %     31.5 %     34.5 %
                                

Provision/(benefit) for income taxes at the Dutch statutory rate

   $ (115 )   $ 6     $ 61     $ 107  

Effect of subpart F income

     17        —         5       14  

Effect of operations in non-Dutch jurisdictions

     (34 )     5       9       (6 )

U.S. state and local taxation

     (9 )     7       17       19  

Effect of Dutch inter-company finance activities

     (22 )     16       15       (52 )

Change of estimates for contingent tax matters

     26       (3 )     (81 )     (4 )

Change of estimates for other tax positions

     —         (6 )     (27 )     —    

Change for valuation allowances

     —         13       22       (32 )

Non-deductible interest expense

     28       —         —         —    

Other, net

     4       1       10       (1 )
                                

Total provision/(benefit) for income taxes

   $ (105 )   $ 39     $ 31     $ 45  
                                

Effective tax rate

     (26.9 )%     205.3 %     16.0 %     14.5 %
                                

In the Netherlands, the Company is taxed under a favorable tax regime which results in certain current earnings being taxed at an effective rate of approximately 10%. Future changes to the Company’s operations and financing activities, including those related to the Valcon Acquisition, may result in changes to the favorable Dutch tax regime arrangements.

The total effective tax rate for the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was lower than the Dutch statutory rate primarily due to the lack of income tax benefit on the one-time interest expense related to the Valcon senior secured bridge facility. The rate in the 2006 Successor period was also influenced by changes in estimates related to global tax contingencies.

The total effective tax rate for the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 was higher than the Dutch statutory tax rate primarily due to the low tax benefit under the favorable tax regime in the Netherlands on certain of the transaction costs related to the Valcon Acquisition and payments to IMS Health (see Note 16). The effective tax rate in the period from January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is also influenced by losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit was recognized due to increases in valuation allowances.

The 2005 total effective tax rate was impacted by the release of provisions for certain income tax exposures as a result of the completion of a tax audit in the Netherlands resulting in a settlement of certain items affecting the years 2000 through 2006. These issues were primarily related to the Dutch taxation of the Company’s

 

F-69


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

financing activities. Furthermore, the Company reduced the provision for other income tax exposures related to transfer-pricing issues based on the expiration of various jurisdictional statutes of limitation and the successful defense of the inter-company charges in tax audits in several jurisdictions. The effective tax rate was also influenced by releases of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, as several jurisdictions were able to demonstrate the ability to realize these assets, and by other favorable adjustments related to the finalization of the Dutch income tax returns. Finally, the 2005 rate was adversely impacted by the lower tax benefit related to the favorable Dutch tax regime on the loss on the repurchase of debt in 2005.

The lower total effective tax rate in 2004 is primarily due to a change in the mix of Dutch vs. non-Dutch earnings and to reversals of certain valuation allowances that were no longer required.

The components of current and non-current deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) were:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005
 

Deferred tax assets (on balance):

       

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 331       $ 192  

Interest expense limitation

     17        73  

Deferred compensation

     33        30  

Deferred revenues / costs

     36        41  

Fixed asset depreciation

     —          12  

Employee benefits

     71        60  

Tax credit carryforwards

     38        24  

Other assets

     60        28  
                 
     586        460  

Valuation allowances

     (179 )      (215 )
                 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances

     407        245  
                 

Deferred tax liabilities (on balance):

       

Intangible assets

     (2,108 )      (635 )

Computer software

     (75 )      (71 )
                 
     (2,183 )      (706 )
                 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (1,776 )    $ (461 )
                 

Recognized as:

       

Deferred income taxes, current

   $ 19      $ 72  

Deferred income taxes, non-current

     (1,795 )      (533 )
                 

Total

   $ (1,776 )    $ (461 )
                 

Deferred tax assets—current and non-current

   $ 125      $ 151  

Deferred tax liabilities—current and non-current

     (1,901 )      (612 )
                 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (1,776 )    $ (461 )
                 

In connection with the purchase accounting for the Valcon Acquisition, the acquired assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities were recorded at fair market value. Differences between the fair market values and income tax basis for certain of the acquired assets, primarily identifiable intangible assets, resulted in an increase in the Company’s deferred income tax liability balance.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $928 million and $868 million, respectively, that will begin to expire in 2009, of which approximately $660 million relates to the U.S. In addition, the Company had tax credit carryforwards of approximately $39 million and $24 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2014. Due to the uncertainty of achieving sufficient profits to utilize certain of these operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, the Company currently believes it is more likely than not that a portion of these losses will not be realized. Therefore, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $172 million and $134 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. In addition, the Company has established valuation allowances of $7 million and $82 million, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, on deferred tax assets related to other temporary differences, which the Company currently believes will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2006, the portion of the valuation allowance relating to deferred tax assets and net operating losses, for which subsequently recognized tax benefits will generally be allocated to reduce goodwill is $82 million.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had approximately, $716 million of undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries of certain of the Company’s U.S. operations. Income taxes were not provided for the effect of distributing these earnings, as the Company had invested or expected to invest these undistributed earnings indefinitely. As a result of the Valcon Acquisition, as of December 31, 2006, Nielsen management’s intent is to repatriate all undistributed earnings in excess of the reasonable working capital needs of these non-U.S. subsidiaries, if practicable and within the limitations that may be imposed under the local laws that govern the subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2006, the Company determined, based on the above principles, that approximately $466 million of the accumulated earnings of these subsidiaries is not deemed to be permanently reinvested abroad. Accordingly, the Company has provided approximately $20 million in withholding taxes that would be imposed on the repatriation of these earnings. No additional U.S. income taxes would be due based on currently available net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. As discussed in Note 3, the allocation of the purchase price in connection with the Valcon Acquisition is preliminary, and, accordingly, any changes thereto may result in changes to current and deferred income taxes.

Under its existing accounting policies, the Company establishes liabilities for possible assessments by taxing authorities resulting from known income tax exposures including, but not limited to, inter-company transfer pricing, and various other income tax matters. Such amounts represent a reasonable provision for income taxes ultimately expected to be paid. The amounts recognized for these income tax uncertainties may be adjusted as more information becomes available in future periods.

15. Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions

On October 13, 2006, Nielsen completed the sale of its 34.3% interest in Solucient LLC to the Thomson Corporation. Proceeds from the sale were comprised of $77 million in cash and $11 million payable over the eighteen month period from closing, at the rate of one-third every six months, plus interest. No gain or loss was recognized on the sale because the sale price approximated the carrying value of the investment.

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, Nielsen had investments in affiliates of $177 million and $181 million, respectively.

Nielsen’s significant investments in affiliates and its percentage of ownership as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were comprised of the 51% non-controlling ownership interest in Scarborough Research (“Scarborough”), a 50% ownership interest in VNU Exhibitions Europe bv and a 50% ownership interest in AGB Nielsen Media Research bv.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

AGB Nielsen Media Research bv was formed in March 2005 by merging Nielsen’s wholly owned international television audience measurement business with the Kantar Media Research owned AGB Group operations. Nielsen’s investment comprised of $67 million of cash and an in kind contribution of Nielsen’s international television audience measurement companies, with a carrying value of approximately $34 million. As of March 1, 2005, Nielsen deconsolidated its international television audience measurement companies, and began accounting for its investment in this joint venture under the equity method.

During 2004, Nielsen divested its interest in World Directories. Income from these investments are recorded as a component of discontinued operations in 2005 and 2004. Investments in affiliates held by World Directories as of January 1, 2004 in Portugal, South Africa and Puerto Rico were divested in 2004.

Related Party Transactions with Affiliates

Nielsen and Scarborough enter into various related party transactions in the ordinary course of business, including Nielsen’s providing certain general and administrative services to Scarborough. Nielsen pays royalties to Scarborough for the right to include Scarborough data in Nielsen products sold directly to Nielsen customers. Additionally, Nielsen sells various Scarborough products directly to its clients, for which it receives a commission from Scarborough. As a result of these transactions Scarborough made payments to Nielsen of $12 million, $9 million, $11 million and $14 million for the periods ended May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Obligations between Nielsen and Scarborough are settled in cash, on a monthly basis in the ordinary course of business and amounts outstanding were not material at December 31, 2006 or 2005.

Nielsen and its subsidiaries have entered into various related party transactions with AGB Nielsen Media Research, covering services to and from AGB Nielsen Media Research, including the licensing of the Nielsen trademark, software and databases, and certain administrative services. These related party transactions resulted in a net receivable of $12 million and $5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Other Related Party Transactions

In March 2002, with the relocation to the United States of the former Chairman of the Executive Board and his family, the former Chairman of the Executive Board received a home mortgage loan from Nielsen in the amount of $4 million. The loan, which is denominated in U.S. Dollars, accrues interest at the rate of 6.0% per year and is collateralized by the home. Interest is due at the time that the loan is repaid, which can be no later than July 1, 2007. If at that time the value of the home is not sufficient to cover the amount of this loan plus accrued interest, Nielsen will absorb the difference plus any required income taxes that would be payable by the former Chairman. The carrying value of the loan receivable and accrued interest is $5 million, included in other current assets, and $5 million, included in non-current assets, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Transactions with Sponsors

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition and related debt financing, Valcon paid the Sponsors $131 million in fees and expenses for financial and structuring advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations. These costs were allocated as debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price of the Valcon Acquisition based on the specific nature of the services performed.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, two of Nielsen’s subsidiaries and the Sponsors entered into Advisory Agreements, which provide for an annual management fee, in connection with planning, strategy, oversight and support to management, and are payable quarterly and in advance to each Sponsor, on a pro rata

 

F-72


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

basis, for the eight year duration of the agreements, as well as reimbursements for each Sponsor’s respective out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the management services provided under the agreement. Annual management fees are $10 million in the first year starting on the effective date of the Valcon Acquisition, and increases by 5% annually thereafter.

The Advisory Agreements provide that upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or an initial public offering in excess of $200 million, each of the Sponsors will receive, in lieu of quarterly payments of the annual management fee, a fee equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual management fee that would have been payable to the Sponsors during the remainder of the term of the agreements (assuming an eight year term of the agreements), calculated using the treasury rate having a final maturity date that is closest to the eighth anniversary of the date of the agreements.

The Advisory Agreements also provide that Nielsen will indemnify the Sponsors against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising in connection with the management services provided by the Sponsors under the fee agreement.

For the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, the Company recorded $6 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to these management fees and $1 million related to Sponsor travel and consulting.

Short-term debt includes a $20 million loan payable to Valcon Acquisition Holding bv, the direct parent of Valcon.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases and Other Contractual Arrangements

Nielsen has entered into operating leases and other contractual obligations to secure real estate facilities, agreements to purchase data processing services and leases of computers and other equipment used in the ordinary course of business and various outsourcing contracts. These agreements are not unilaterally cancelable by Nielsen, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices.

At December 31, 2006, the minimum annual payments under these agreements that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are listed in the following table:

 

     For the Years Ending December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

   2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total

Operating leases

   $ 122    $ 100    $ 88    $ 76    $ 67    $ 194    $ 647

Other contractual obligations

     151      88      55      43      13      3      353
                                                

Total

   $ 273    $ 188    $ 143    $ 119    $ 80    $ 197    $ 1,000
                                                

The amounts presented above represent the minimum future annual services covered by purchase obligations including data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing.

Total expenses incurred under operating leases were $81 million, $51 million, $140 million and $141 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Nielsen recognized rental income received under

 

F-73


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

subleases of $8 million, $5 million, $14 million and $14 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At December 31, 2006, Nielsen had aggregate future minimum rental income to be received under non-cancelable subleases of $95 million.

Nielsen also had minimum commitments under non-cancelable capital leases (see Note 11).

Guarantees and Other Contingent Commitments

At December 31, 2006, Nielsen was committed under the following guarantee arrangements:

Sub-lease guarantees

Nielsen provides sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which Nielsen guarantees all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, the Company has not been required to perform under such arrangements, does not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and, accordingly, no amounts have been recorded.

Letters of credit

Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $3 million.

Indemnification agreements

In connection with the sale of Directories in 2004, Nielsen has an exposure under a tax indemnity guarantee with the acquirer, pursuant to which Nielsen has agreed to pay any tax obligations relating to periods prior to the sale. Nielsen has accrued $32 million relating to this indemnity at December 31, 2006.

Contingent consideration

Nielsen is obligated to provide additional consideration in a business combination to the seller if contractually specified conditions related to the acquired entity are achieved. At December 31, 2006, Nielsen had total maximum exposure for future estimated payments of $24 million, of which $4 million is based on continued employment and being expensed over the respective periods. An amount of $1 million was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses in the period from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

Nielsen has no material liabilities for other guarantees arising in the normal course of business at December 31, 2006.

Termination Agreement Nielsen—IMS Health

On November 17, 2005, Nielsen and IMS Health Inc. (“IMS Health”) announced their agreement to terminate the planned merger of the two companies. Under the terms of the termination agreement, among other things, Nielsen agreed to pay an amount of $45 million to IMS Health should Nielsen be acquired pursuant to any agreement entered into within the 12 months following the termination. For its part, IMS Health agreed to pay Nielsen $15 million should IMS Health be acquired pursuant to any agreement entered into within the 12 months following the termination. On May 24, 2006, due to the consummation of the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen made the $45 million payment to IMS Health.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business.

D&B Legacy Tax Matters

In November 1996, D&B, then known as The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Old D&B”) separated into three public companies by spinning off the ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Spin-Off”).

In June 1998, Old D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation (“Donnelley”) and spun-off The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“New D&B”) (the “D&B Spin”), and Cognizant changed its name to Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”), now part of Nielsen, and spun-off IMS Health (the “Cognizant Spin”). In September 2000, New D&B changed its name to Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s”) and spun-off a company now called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“Current D&B”) (the “Moody’s spin”). In November 1999, Nielsen acquired NMR and in 2001 Nielsen acquired ACNielsen.

Pursuant to the agreements affecting the 1996 Spin-Off, among other things, certain liabilities, including certain contingent liabilities and tax liabilities arising out of certain prior business transactions (the “D&B Legacy Tax Matters”), were allocated among Old D&B, ACNielsen and Cognizant. The agreements provide that any disputes regarding these matters are subject to resolution by arbitration.

As a result of the Cognizant Spin, IMS Health and NMR agreed they would share equally Cognizant’s share of liability arising out of the D&B Legacy Tax Matters after IMS Health paid the first $0.1 million of such liability.

In connection with the acquisition of NMR, Nielsen recorded in 1999, a liability for NMR’s aggregate liability for payments related to the D&B Legacy Tax Matters. Currently the parties are in arbitration over one tax related dispute. Nielsen believes it has adequately provided for any remaining liability related to these matters.

Effective February 16, 2006, Nielsen entered into a settlement agreement of the 1996 antitrust litigation brought by Information Resources, Inc. The settlement resulted in a complete dismissal of all claims against the Company. Under the settlement agreement, Nielsen agreed to a payment of $55 million which, after tax, resulted in a $35 million charge to 2005 earnings, since this settlement provided evidence of conditions that existed at the 2005 balance sheet date.

erinMedia

erinMedia, llc (“erinMedia”) filed a lawsuit in federal district court in Tampa, Florida on June 16, 2005. The suit alleges that Nielsen Media Research Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen, violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly in the market for producing national television audience measurement data. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but does request that the court terminate NMR’s contracts with the four major national broadcast television networks. On November 17, 2005, the court granted NMR’s motion to dismiss in part, and dismissed erinMedia’s affiliated company, ReacTV, and its claims. The case is now in discovery on the remaining claims by erinMedia.

On January 11, 2006, erinMedia filed a related action against NMR alleging violations of federal and state false advertising and unfair competition law. By order dated January 24, 2007, the court dismissed this action, without prejudice, upon stipulation of the parties. Although it is too early to predict the outcome of the original case, Nielsen believes the action is without merit.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Except as described above, there are no other pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting Nielsen which, if determined adversely to Nielsen, would in its view, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on Nielsen’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations and prospects.

17. Segments

Nielsen classifies its business interests into three reportable segments: Consumer Services, consisting principally of market research and analysis and marketing and sales advisory services; Media, consisting principally of television ratings, television, radio and internet audience and advertising measurement and research and analysis in various facets of the entertainment and media sectors, and Business Media, consisting principally of business publications, both in print and online, trade shows, events and conferences and information databases and websites. Corporate consists principally of unallocated, corporate items. Prior to its sale, Nielsen considered Directories a reportable segment.

Information with respect to the operations of each Nielsen business segment is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered and geographic areas of operations. The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described in Note 1. In the following tables “Corporate” includes the elimination of intersegment revenues.

Business Segment Information

 

     Successor      Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
   

Year ended

December 31,

 
            2005             2004      

Revenues

           
 

Consumer Services (1)

   $ 1,465      $ 905     $ 2,359     $ 2,224  

Media

     819         507       1,213       1,112  

Business Media

     266        216       490       479  

Corporate

     (2 )      (2 )     (3 )     (1 )
                                 

Total

   $ 2,548      $ 1,626     $ 4,059     $ 3,814  
                                 

(1) Includes retail measurement revenues of $1,004 million, $604 million, $1,544 million and $1,474 million for the periods from May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
  

Year ended

December 31,

             2005            2004    

Depreciation and amortization

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 121       $ 61    $ 160    $ 150

Media

     102        47      106      99

Business Media

     25        12      30      31

Corporate

     9        6      16      17
                             

Total

   $ 257      $ 126    $ 312    $ 297
                             

 

F-76


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Successor      Predecessor
     May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
  

Year ended

December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

             2005            2004    

Restructuring costs

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 43       $ 1    $ 6    $ 25

Media

     —          —        —        —  

Business Media

     6        —        —        —  

Corporate

     19        6      —        11
                             

Total

   $ 68      $ 7    $ 6    $ 36
                             

 

     Successor      Predecessor  

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
   

Year ended

December 31,

 
        2005     2004  

Operating income

           
 

Consumer Services

   $ 46      $ 28     $ 182     $ 155  

Media (1)

     145        95       228       45  

Business Media

     26        51       89       76  

Corporate

     (108 )      (117 )     (126 )     (23 )
                                 

Total

   $ 109      $ 57     $ 373     $ 253  
                                 

(1) Includes goodwill impairment of $135 million in the Entertainment reporting unit in 2004. See Note 1.

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

  

May 24 –

December 31,
2006

     January 1 –
May 23,
2006
  

Year Ended

December 31,

             2005            2004    

Interest income

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 5       $ 4    $ 8    $ 8

Media

     5        2      5      4

Business Media

     —          —        1      —  

Corporate

     1        2      7      4
                             

Total

   $ 11      $ 8    $ 21    $ 16
                             
 
     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   May 24 –
December 31,
2006
    

January 1 –

May 23,
2006

   Year Ended
December 31,
             2005            2004    

Interest expense

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 6       $ 1    $ 4    $ 4

Media

     8        8      18      16

Business Media

     —          —        —        —  

Corporate

     358        39      108      120
                             

Total

   $ 372      $ 48    $ 130    $ 140
                             

 

F-77


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

   Year ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

         2005     2004  

Equity in net income of affiliates

            
 

Consumer Services

   $ —        $ —      $ (3 )   $ (5 )

Media

     6        2      8       10  

Business Media

     —          4      4       2  

Corporate

     —          —        —         —    
                                

Total

   $ 6      $ 6    $ 9     $ 7  
                                

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Total assets

       
 

Consumer Services

   $ 7,014       $ 4,121

Media

     6,327        3,827

Business Media

     2,244        1,383

Corporate (1)

     514        1,332
               

Total

   $ 16,099      $ 10,663
               

(1) Includes cash of $198 million and $642 million and derivative instruments of $1 million and $421 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Total liabilities

       
 

Consumer Services

   $ 1,881       $ 1,387

Media

     990        792

Business Media

     358        305

Corporate (1)

     8,851        2,740
               

Total

   $ 12,080      $ 5,224
               

(1) Includes debt of $7,684 million and $2,331 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

     Successor      Predecessor
    

May 24 –
December 31,

2006

    

January 1 –
May 23,

2006

   Year ended
December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

         2005    2004

Capital expenditures

             
 

Consumer Services

   $ 79      $ 32    $ 109    $ 101

Media

     78        32      118      145

Business Media

     4        2      4      4

Corporate and other

     6        3      7      19
                             

Total

   $ 167      $ 69    $ 238    $ 269
                             

 

F-78


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Geographic Segment Information

Successor

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

May 24, 2006 through December 31, 2006

       

United States

   $ 1,468    $ 11     $ 9,679

Other Americas

     237      43       957

The Netherlands

     22      33       10

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     580      (13 )     2,056

Asia Pacific

     241      35       258
                     

Total

   $ 2,548    $ 109     $ 12,960
                     

Predecessor

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

January 1, 2006 through May 23, 2006

       

United States

   $ 962    $ 105     $ 5,508

Other Americas

     145      31       427

The Netherlands

     12      (97 )     107

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     364      11       1,179

Asia Pacific

     143      7       368
                     

Total

   $ 1,626    $ 57     $ 7,589
                     

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

2005

       

United States

   $ 2,343    $ 278     $ 5,514

Other Americas

     329      71       419

The Netherlands

     33      (46 )     93

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     978      38       1,093

Asia Pacific

     376      32       372
                     

Total

   $ 4,059    $ 373     $ 7,491
                     

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)   

Operating

Income/(Loss)

   

Long-lived

Assets (2)

2004

       

United States

   $ 2,190    $ 178     $ 5,667

Other Americas

     278      48       373

The Netherlands

     63      (46 )     117

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     921      51       1,225

Asia Pacific

     362      22       403
                     

Total

   $ 3,814    $ 253     $ 7,785
                     

(1) Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers.
(2) Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

18. Additional Financial Information

Other non-current assets

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Deferred financing fees

   $ 116      $ 4

Other deferred costs

     228        66

Equity securities

     24        25

Mutual funds

     17        89

Equity method investments

     177        181

Other

     156        129
               

Total other non-current assets

   $ 718      $ 494
               

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

     Successor      Predecessor

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Trade payables

   $ 107       $ 119

Personnel costs

     342        285

Outside services

     102        96

Cooperation payments

     58        47

Payroll taxes and social benefits

     78        76

Interest payable

     113        43

Other current liabilities

     188        161
               

Total accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 988      $ 827
               

Other non-current liabilities

 

     Successor      Predecessor
    

December 31,

2006

    

December 31,

2005

     

(IN MILLIONS)

           

Pension and other benefit obligations

   $ 204       $ 148

Deferred compensation

     49        103

Other

     119        122
               

Total other non-current liabilities

   $ 372      $ 373
               

 

F-80


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

19. Net (Loss)/Income Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net (loss)/income per common share were calculated using the following common share data:

 

       Predecessor  
       January 1-
May 23, 2006
    Year ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

     2005     2004  

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

   $ (14 )   $ 172     $ 278  

Less: Preferred stock dividend, net of tax

     (3 )     (7 )     (7 )
                        

(Loss)/income available to common shareholders from continuing operations, basic and diluted

     (17 )     165       271  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (3 )     —         89  

Gain on sale discontinued operations, net of tax

     3       7       756  
                        

Net (loss)/income available to common shareholders, basic and diluted

   $ (17 )   $ 172     $ 1,116  
                        

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic

     257,462,508       255,795,495       252,272,732  

Dilutive effect of stock options outstanding

     —         107,282       947  
                        

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted

     257,462,508       255,902,777       252,273,679  
                        

Net (loss)/income per common share, basic and diluted:

      

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.64     $ 1.07  

Income from discontinued operations

     —         0.03       3.35  
                        

Net (loss)/income per common share

   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.67     $ 4.42  
                        

For the Successor period Mary 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006, no publicly traded common shares were outstanding.

In the computation of diluted net loss per common share from both continuing operations and on a net income basis for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006, the assumed conversion of the EUR 1,150 million, 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 (Note 11) and all stock options (Note 13) were excluded since they were anti-dilutive.

In the computation of diluted net income per common share from both continuing operations and on a net income basis for the year ended December 31, 2005, the assumed conversion of the EUR 1,150 million, 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 (Note 11) and 15,815,653 stock options (Note 13) were excluded since they were anti-dilutive.

In the computation of diluted net income per common share from both continuing operations and on a net income basis for the year ended December 31, 2004, the assumed conversion of the EUR 265 million, 1.75% subordinated convertible debenture loan due 2004, EUR 1,150 million, 1.75% convertible debenture loan due 2006 (Note 11) and 15,093,295 stock options (Note 13) were excluded since they were anti-dilutive.

20. Subsequent Events

Nielsen//NetRatings Merger Agreement

On February 5, 2007, Nielsen and Nielsen//NetRatings announced they had entered into a merger agreement by which Nielsen, which already owns approximately 60% of Nielsen//NetRatings, would acquire the Nielsen//

 

F-81


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

NetRatings shares it does not currently own at a price of $21.00 per share in cash, for a total purchase price of approximately $327 million. The merger is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2007, and is subject to customary conditions and approvals. The transaction is subject to the approval of the Nielsen//NetRatings shareholders, but Nielsen has agreed to vote all its shares in favor of the merger, thereby assuring shareholder approval of the merger.

Sale of Business Media Europe and Mandatory Debt Repayment

On February 8, 2007, Nielsen announced it had completed the sale of its Business Media Europe (BME) unit for $414 million. The Company’s stake in VNU Exhibitions Europe bv, a joint venture that produces trade shows mainly in the Netherlands and China, was not included in the sale.

On February 9, 2007, Nielsen applied $328 million of the proceeds from the sale of BME towards a mandatory pre-payment on the Euro senior secured term loan facility. By making this pre-payment, Nielsen will no longer be required to pay the scheduled quarterly installments for the remainder of the term of the Euro senior secured term loan facility.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities

Effective January 22, 2007, Nielsen has agreed a 50 and 25 basis point reduction of the applicable margin on its U.S. Dollar and Euro senior secured term loan facilities, respectively.

Event (Unaudited) Subsequent to the Date of the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

On April 30, 2007, the Company announced an agreement in principle to acquire the remaining BuzzMetrics’ shares subject to the execution of a definitive agreement.

21. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information sets forth on for the Company, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, all as defined in the credit agreements, the consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the period May 24, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the period January 1, 2006 to May 23, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. This supplemental guarantor financial information included herein complies with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X concerning the form and content of the consolidating financial statements. The Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unconditional basis by Nielsen and, each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, including VNU Intermediate Holding bv, VNU Holding and Finance bv, VNU Holdings bv, VNU International bv, VNU Services bv, ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (US) Inc. and the wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and Nielsen, Inc., in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are Nielsen Company bv and the subsidiary issuers (Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary guarantors of the debt issued by Nielsen.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor)

December 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4     $ —       $ 211    $ 416    $ —       $ 631

Marketable securities

     —         —         14      137      —         151

Trade and other receivables, net

     (3 )     —         346      397      —         740

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —         23       167      57      —         247

Intercompany receivables

     318       123       347      334      (1,122 )     —  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        545      —         545
                                            

Total current assets

     319       146       1,085      1,886      (1,122 )     2,314
                                            

Non-current assets

              

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —         —         361      163      —         524

Goodwill

     —         —         4,976      1,688      —         6,664

Other intangible assets, net

     —         —         4,419      1,353      —         5,772

Derivative financial instruments

     —         1       —        —        —         1

Deferred tax assets

     4       24       25      53      —         106

Other non-current assets

     17       104       438      159      —         718

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     3,995       —         4,561      —        (8,556 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     699       6,630       588      1,408      (9,325 )     —  
                                            

Total assets

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

              

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 77     $ 88     $ 348    $ 475    $ —       $ 988

Deferred revenues

     —         —         249      202      —         451

Income tax liabilities

     12       —         176      64      —         252

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     —         52       74      86      —         212

Intercompany payables

     42       155       707      218      (1,122 )     —  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         —         —        143      —         143
                                            

Total current liabilities

     131       295       1,554      1,188      (1,122 )     2,046
                                            

Non-current liabilities

              

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     982       6,629       119      31      —         7,761

Deferred tax liabilities

     —         —         1,882      19      —         1,901

Intercompany loans

     —         —         8,696      629      (9,325 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     7       —         207      158      —         372
                                            

Total liabilities

     1,120       6,924       12,458      2,025      (10,447 )     12,080
                                            

Minority interests

     —         —         —        105      —         105
                                            

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,914       (19 )     3,995      4,580      (8,556 )     3,914
                                            

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,034     $ 6,905     $ 16,453    $ 6,710    $ (19,003 )   $ 16,099
                                            

 

F-83


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Predecessor)

December 31, 2005

 

         Parent            Issuers        Guarantor    Non-Guarantor    Elimination     Consolidated

Assets:

                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6    $ —      $ 634    $ 379    $ —       $ 1,019

Marketable securities

     —        —        —        123      —         123

Trade and other receivables, net

     —        —        333      430      —         763

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1      —        365      70      —         436

Intercompany receivables

     41      —        146      248      (435 )     —  
                                          

Total current assets

     48      —        1,478      1,250      (435 )     2,341
                                          

Non-current assets

                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1      —        339      164      —         504

Goodwill

     —        —        3,590      1,433      —         5,023

Other intangible assets, net

     —        —        1,452      512      —         1,964

Derivative financial instruments

     —        —        260      —        —         260

Deferred tax assets

     7      —        23      47      —         77

Other non-current assets

     107      —        230      157      —         494

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     5,269      —        2,946      —        (8,215 )     —  

Intercompany loans

     2,342      —        546      1,176      (4,064 )     —  
                                          

Total assets

   $ 7,774    $ —      $ 10,864    $ 4,739    $ (12,714 )   $ 10,663
                                          

Liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity:

                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 51    $ —      $ 323    $ 453    $ —       $ 827

Deferred revenues

     —        —        266      171      —         437

Income tax liabilities

     55      —        113      78      —         246

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and other short-term borrowings

     631      —        37      63      —         731

Intercompany payables

     1      —        239      195      (435 )     —  
                                          

Total current liabilities

     738      —        978      960      (435 )     2,241
                                          

Non-current liabilities

                

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     1,701      —        273      26      —         2,000

Deferred tax liabilities

     —        —        586      24      —         610

Intercompany loans

     —        —        3,485      579      (4,064 )     —  

Other non-current liabilities

     —        —        273      100      —         373
                                          

Total liabilities

     2,439      —        5,595      1,689      (4,499 )     5,224
                                          

Minority interests

     —        —        —        104      —         104
                                          

Total shareholders’ equity

     5,335      —        5,269      2,946      (8,215 )     5,335
                                          

Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity

   $ 7,774    $ —      $ 10,864    $ 4,739    $ (12,714 )   $ 10,663
                                          

 

F-84


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Successor)

For the period from May 24 to December 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ 1,417     $ 1,142     $ (11 )   $ 2,548  
                                                

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         634       579       (11 )     1,202  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     23       —         511       378       —         912  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —         184       73       —         257  

Restructuring costs

     —         —         31       37       —         68  
                                                

Operating (loss)/income

     (23 )     —         57       75       —         109  
                                                

Interest income

     47       226       21       36       (319 )     11  

Interest expense

     (131 )     (230 )     (306 )     (24 )     319       (372 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     —         —         5       —         —         5  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (63 )     —         (2 )     —         —         (65 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses

     (1 )     (36 )     (32 )     (2 )     —         (71 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —         6       —         —         6  

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

     (152 )     —         (24 )     —         176       —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (4 )     —         30       (33 )     —         (7 )
                                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (327 )     (40 )     (245 )     52       176       (384 )

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     31       16       93       (35 )     —         105  

Minority interests

     —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (296 )     (24 )     (152 )     17       176       (279 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —         —         (17 )     —         (17 )
                                                

Net (loss)/income

   $ (296 )   $ (24 )   $ (152 )   $ —       $ 176     $ (296 )
                                                

 

F-85


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor)

For the period from January 1 to May 23, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 932     $ 699     $ (5 )   $ 1,626  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        410       382       (5 )     787  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     2       —        295       257       —         554  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —        82       44       —         126  

Transaction costs

     82       —        13       —         —         95  

Restructuring costs

     —         —        7       —         —         7  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (84 )     —        125       16       —         57  
                                               

Interest income

     47       —        12       19       (70 )     8  

Interest expense

     (49 )     —        (55 )     (14 )     70       (48 )

Loss on derivative instruments

     —         —        (9 )     —         —         (9 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains/(losses), net

     5       —        (8 )     —         —         (3 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        1       5       —         6  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     64       —        —         —         (64 )     —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (5 )     —        24       (5 )     —         14  
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     (22 )     —        90       21       (64 )     25  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     8       —        (26 )     (21 )     —         (39 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

     (14 )     —        64       —         (64 )     (14 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

Net (loss)/income

   $ (14 )   $ —      $ 64     $ —       $ (64 )   $ (14 )
                                               

 

F-86


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2005

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 2,284     $ 1,788     $ (13 )   $ 4,059  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        1,003       914       (13 )     1,904  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     30       —        758       676       —         1,464  

Depreciation and amortization

     1       —        192       119       —         312  

Restructuring costs

     —         —        6       —         —         6  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (31 )     —        325       79       —         373  
                                               

Interest income

     221       —        11       63       (274 )     21  

Interest expense

     (141 )     —        (223 )     (40 )     274       (130 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     13       —        —         —         —         13  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (102 )     —        —         —         —         (102 )

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (7 )     —        18       —         —         11  

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        5       4       —         9  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     251       —        35       —         (286 )     —    

Other (expense)/income, net

     (33 )     —        32       9       —         8  
                                               

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     171       —        203       115       (286 )     203  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     8       —        40       (79 )     —         (31 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         —         —         —    
                                               

Income from continuing operations

     179       —        243       36       (286 )     172  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        8       (1 )     —         7  
                                               

Net income

   $ 179     $ —      $ 251     $ 35     $ (286 )   $ 179  
                                               

 

F-87


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Operations (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2004

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —      $ 2,110     $ 1,716     $ (12 )   $ 3,814  
                                               

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —        935       849       (12 )     1,772  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     (1 )     —        676       646       —         1,321  

Depreciation and amortization

     1       —        176       120       —         297  

Goodwill impairment charges

     —         —        135       —         —         135  

Restructuring costs

     11       —        13       12       —         36  
                                               

Operating (loss)/income

     (11 )     —        175       89       —         253  
                                               

Interest income

     189       —        124       339       (636 )     16  

Interest expense

     (126 )     —        (353 )     (297 )     636       (140 )

Gain on derivative instruments

     178       —        —         —         —         178  

Gain on early extinguishment of debt

     1       —        —         —         —         1  

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (3 )     —        1       —         —         (2 )

Equity in net income of affiliates

     —         —        2       5       —         7  

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     869       —        111       —         (980 )     —    

Other income/(expense), net

     3       —        58       (56 )     —         5  
                                               

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     1,100       —        118       80       (980 )     318  

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

     23       —        (5 )     (63 )     —         (45 )

Minority interests

     —         —        —         5       —         5  
                                               

Income from continuing operations

     1,123       —        113       22       (980 )     278  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —        756       89       —         845  
                                               

Net income

   $ 1,123     $ —      $ 869     $ 111     $ (980 )   $ 1,123  
                                               

 

F-88


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Successor)

For the period from May 24 to December 31, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 23     $ 12     $ 159     $ 238     $ 432  
                                        

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (37 )     (6 )     (43 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —         91       —         91  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (75 )     (35 )     (110 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (38 )     (19 )     (57 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —         —         (63 )     (63 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —         —         59       59  

Other investing activities

     (10 )     —         (10 )     —         (20 )
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10 )     —         (69 )     (64 )     (143 )
                                        

Financing activities:

          

Payments to Valcon to settle certain borrowings for the Valcon Acquisition

     (5,862 )     —         —         —         (5,862 )

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance cost

     274       6,493       20       —         6,787  

Repayments of debt

     (1,381 )     (13 )     (155 )     —         (1,549 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —         (2 )     8       6  

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —         17       17       34  

Repurchase of preference shares

     (116 )     —         —         —         (116 )

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

     (16 )     —         —         —         (16 )

Activity under stock plans

     (86 )     —         (5 )     —         (91 )

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     7,151       (6,492 )     (295 )     (56 )     308  
                                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (36 )     (12 )     (420 )     (31 )     (499 )
                                        

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         6       2       8  
                                        

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (23 )     —         (324 )     145       (202 )
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     27       —         535       271       833  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 4     $ —       $ 211     $ 416     $ 631  
                                        

 

F-89


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the period from January 1 to May 23, 2006

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

   $ (81 )   $ —      $ 127     $ 33     $ 79  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (12 )     (45 )     (57 )

Payments from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —        —         (3 )     (3 )

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (29 )     (16 )     (45 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (19 )     (5 )     (24 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (56 )     (56 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         71       71  

Other investing activities

     —         —        —         17       17  
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —        (60 )     (37 )     (97 )
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Repayments of debt

     (466 )     —        —         —         (466 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        —         (9 )     (9 )

(Decrease)/increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —        (13 )     7       (6 )

Activity under stock plans

     40       —        —         —         40  

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     527       —        (202 )     (113 )     212  
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     101       —        (215 )     (115 )     (229 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     1       —        49       11       61  
                                       

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     21       —        (99 )     (108 )     (186 )
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     6       —        634       379       1,019  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 27     $ —      $ 535     $ 271     $ 833  
                                       

 

F-90


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2005

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 26     $ —      $ 286     $ 198     $ 510  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (148 )     (30 )     (178 )

Proceeds/(payments) from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —        15       (38 )     (23 )

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (96 )     (67 )     (163 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (57 )     (18 )     (75 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (122 )     (122 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         141       141  

Other investing activities

     5       —        (2 )     (9 )     (6 )
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     5       —        (288 )     (143 )     (426 )
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Repayments of debt

     (1,805 )     —        —         —         (1,805 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        —         (14 )     (14 )

(Decrease)/increase in other short-term borrowings

     (718 )     —        63       (18 )     (673 )

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

     (99 )     —        —         —         (99 )

Activity under stock plans

     7       —        —         —         7  

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     193       —        472       (595 )     70  
                                       

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (2,422 )     —        535       (627 )     (2,514 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (65 )     —        (54 )     (70 )     (189 )
                                       

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,456 )     —        479       (642 )     (2,619 )
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     2,462       —        155       1,021       3,638  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 6     $ —      $ 634     $ 379     $ 1,019  
                                       

 

F-91


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company bv

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The Nielsen Company bv

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the year ended December 31, 2004

 

       Parent         Issuers      Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 41     $ —      $ 257     $ 301     $ 599  
                                       

Investing activities:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —        (82 )     (21 )     (103 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     5       —        2,579       14       2,598  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —        (100 )     (84 )     (184 )

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —        (55 )     (30 )     (85 )

Purchases of marketable securities

     —         —        —         (164 )     (164 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     —         —        —         159       159  

Other investing activities

     148       —        (24 )     6       130  
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     153       —        2,318       (120 )     2,351  
                                       

Financing activities:

           

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

     103       —        —         —         103  

Repayments of debt

     (833 )     —        —         —         (833 )

Stock activity of subsidiaries, net

     —         —        2       18       20  

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

     101       —        (1 )     (3 )     97  

Cash dividends paid to shareholders

     (79 )     —        —         —         (79 )

Intercompany and other financing activities

     2,755       —        (2,592 )     (180 )     (17 )
                                       

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     2,047       —        (2,591 )     (165 )     (709 )
                                       

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     185       —        11       69       265  
                                       

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,426       —        (5 )     85       2,506  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     36       —        160       936       1,132  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 2,462     $ —      $ 155     $ 1,021     $ 3,638  
                                       

 

F-92


Table of Contents

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, we indemnify our directors and officers acting in their capacity on behalf of us against reasonable costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit, proceeding or action instituted by a third party unless it is determined that such amounts were incurred as a result of their willful misconduct or gross negligence.

Registrants Incorporated in Delaware

With respect to the registrants incorporated in Delaware, Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:

 

   

to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith;

 

   

the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; and

 

   

the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

As used in this Item 20, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of Registrant, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise.

Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and directors of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware under certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware may, in their discretion, similarly indemnify their employees and agents. The Bylaws of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware will indemnify any and all of its officers, directors, employees and agents. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware relieves its directors from monetary damages to it or its stockholders for breach of such director’s fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a corporation may relieve its directors from personal liability to such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or negligent violations of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemptions and dividends, or (v) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Insurance

Each of the Registrants currently maintains an insurance policy which, within the limits and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, covers certain expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by directors and officers in connection with proceedings that may be brought against them as a result of an act or omission committed or suffered while acting as a director or officer of this Registrant.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are attached hereto:

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

2.1(a)**   Merger Protocol, made as of March 8, 2006, between Valcon Acquisition B.V. and VNU N.V.
2.1(b)**   First Amendment to the Merger Protocol, made as of May 4, 2006, between Valcon Acquisition B.V. and VNU N.V.
3.1**   Articles of Association of The Nielsen Company B.V.
3.2**   Certificate of Formation of Nielsen Finance LLC
3.3**   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Nielsen Finance LLC
3.4**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Finance Co.
3.5**   Bylaws of Nielsen Finance Co.
3.6**   Certificate of Incorporation of A.C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.
3.7**   Bylaws of A.C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.
3.8**   Certificate of Incorporation of A.C. Nielsen Company
3.9**   Bylaws of A.C. Nielsen Company
3.10**   Certificate of Incorporation of AC Nielsen (US), Inc.
3.11**   Bylaws of AC Nielsen (US), Inc.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

3.12**   Certificate of Formation of AC Nielsen HCI, LLC
3.13**   Operating Agreement of AC Nielsen HCI, LLC
3.14**   Certificate of Incorporation of ACN Holdings, Inc.
3.15**   Bylaws of ACN Holdings, Inc.
3.16**   Certificate of Incorporation of ACNielsen Corporation
3.17**   Bylaws of ACNielsen Corporation
3.18   Articles of Incorporation of ACNielsen EDI II, Inc.
3.19   Bylaws of ACNielsen EDI II, Inc.
3.20   Certificate of Formation of ART Holding, L.L.C.
3.21**   Certificate of Incorporation of Athenian Leasing Corporation
3.22**   Bylaws of Athenian Leasing Corporation
3.23**   Certificate of Formation of BDS (Canada), LLC
3.24**   Operating Agreement of BDS (Canada), LLC
3.25**   Certificate of Incorporation of Billboard Cafes, Inc.
3.26**   Bylaws of Billboard Cafes, Inc.
3.27**   Certificate of Formation of Broadcast Data Systems, LLC
3.28**   Operating Agreement of Broadcast Data Systems, LLC
3.29**   Certificate of Incorporation of Claritas Inc.
3.30**   Bylaws of Claritas Inc.
3.31**   Certificate of Incorporation of Consumer Research Services, Inc.
3.32**   Bylaws of Consumer Research Services, Inc.
3.33   Certificate of Formation of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.
3.34   Limited Liability Company Agreement of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.
3.35   Articles of Incorporation of Decisions Made Easy, Inc.
3.36   Bylaws of Decisions Made Easy, Inc.
3.37**   Certificate of Formation of EMIS (Canada), LLC
3.38**   Operating Agreement of EMIS (Canada), LLC
3.39   Articles of Incorporation of Foremost Exhibits, Inc.
3.40**   Certificate of Formation of Global Media USA, LLC
3.41**   Operating Agreement of Global Media USA, LLC
3.42   Certificate of Incorporation of Interactive Market Systems, Inc.
3.43   Bylaws of Interactive Market Systems, Inc.
3.44**   Certificate of Incorporation of MFI Holdings, Inc.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

3.45   Certificate of Formation of Neslein Holding, L.L.C.
3.46**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Business Media, Inc.
3.47**   Bylaws of Nielsen Business Media, Inc.
3.48   Certificate of Incorporation of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.
3.49   Bylaws of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.
3.50   Articles of Incorporation of Nielsen EDI, LLC
3.51   Bylaws of Nielsen EDI, LLC
3.52**   Certificate of Formation of Nielsen Entertainment, LLC
3.53**   Operating Agreement of Nielsen Entertainment, LLC
3.54**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Holdings, Inc.
3.55**   Bylaws of Nielsen Holdings, Inc.
3.56**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Leasing Corporation
3.57**   Bylaws of Nielsen Leasing Corporation
3.58**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Media Research, Inc.
3.59**   Bylaws of Nielsen Media Research, Inc.
3.60   Articles of Incorporation of Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.
3.61   Bylaws of Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.
3.62**   Certificate of Incorporation of NMR Investing I, Inc.
3.63**   Bylaws of NMR Investing I, Inc.
3.64**   Certificate of Limited Partnership of NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.
3.65**   Agreement of Limited Partnership of NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.
3.66**   Certificate of Incorporation of Panel International S.A.
3.67**   Bylaws of Panel International S.A.
3.68**   Certificate of Formation of PERQ/HCI, LLC
3.69**   Operating Agreement of PERQ/HCI, LLC
3.70   Articles of Incorporation of Radio and Records, Inc.
3.71   Bylaws of Radio and Records, Inc.
3.72**   Certificate of Incorporation of Spectra Marketing Systems, Inc.
3.73**   Bylaws of Spectra Marketing Systems, Inc.
3.74**   Certificate of Incorporation of SRDS, Inc.
3.75**   Bylaws of SRDS, Inc.
3.76**   Certificate of Incorporation of Trade Dimensions International, Inc.
3.77**   Bylaws of Trade Dimensions International, Inc.
3.78**   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU Marketing Information, Inc.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

3.79**   Bylaws of VNU Marketing Information, Inc.
3.80**   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU Media Measurement & Information, Inc.
3.81**   Bylaws of VNU Media Measurement & Information, Inc.
3.82**   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU/SRDS Management Co., Inc.
3.83**   Bylaws of VNU/SRDS Management Co., Inc.
3.84   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU USA Property Management, Inc.
3.85   Bylaws of VNU USA Property Management, Inc.
3.86   Articles of Association of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.87   Articles of Association of VNU Holdings B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.88   Deed of Incorporation of VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.89   Articles of Association of VNU International B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.90   Articles of Association of VNU Services B.V. (unofficial English translation)
4.1(a)**   Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, as a U.S. Borrower, VNU, Inc., as a U.S. Borrower, VNU Holding and Finance B.V., as Dutch Borrower, the Guarantors thereto from time to time, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Swing Line Lender, the other Lenders party thereto from time to time, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and ING Bank N.V., as Co-Documentation Agents
4.1(b)**   Security Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, the other Grantors named therein and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent
4.1(c)**   Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, the other Grantors named therein and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent
4.2**   Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2006, between VNU Group B.V. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016
4.3**   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, between VNU Group B.V. and the Initial Purchasers named therein, for the 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016
4.4(a)**   Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the U.S. Dollar denominated 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and the Euro denominated 9% Senior Notes due 2014
4.4(b)**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2006, among Radio and Records, Inc., an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the U.S. Dollar denominated 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and the Euro denominated 9% Senior Notes due 2014
4.5**   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, between Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co. and the Initial Purchasers named therein, for the U.S. Dollar denominated 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and the Euro denominated 9% Senior Notes due 2014
4.6(a)**   Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016

 

II-5


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

  4.6(b)**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2006, among Radio and Records, Inc., an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
  4.7**   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, between Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co. and the Initial Purchasers named therein, for the 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
  4.8(a)   Trust Deed, dated October 29, 2002, by and between VNU N.V. and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited
  4.8(b)   Supplemental Trust Deed, dated October 27, 2003, by and between VNU N.V. and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited
  5.1   Form of opinion of O’Melveny & Myers
  5.2*   Opinion of Clifford Chance LLP
10.1†   Shareholders’ Agreement regarding VNU Group B.V., made as of December 21, 2006, among each of the AlpInvest Funds, each of the Blackstone Funds, each of the Carlyle Funds, each of the Hellman & Friedman Funds, each of the KKR Funds, each of the Thomas H. Lee Funds (all as listed on Schedule 1 thereto), Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L., Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Valcon Acquisition B.V.
10.2†   Investment Agreement regarding Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L., made as of November 6, 2006, among each of the AlpInvest Funds, each of the Blackstone Funds, each of the Carlyle Funds, each of the Hellman & Friedman Funds, each of the KKR Funds, each of the Thomas H. Lee Funds (all as listed on Schedule 1 thereto), Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L. and Centerview Partners Holdings L.L.C.
10.3**   Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among ACN Holdings Inc. and Valcon Acquisition B.V.
10.4**   Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among VNU Inc. and Valcon Acquisition B.V.
10.5(a)**  

Employment Agreement, as amended, dated as of August 22, 2006, by and among David L. Calhoun, Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. and VNU, Inc.

10.5(b)**  

Side Letter to the Employment Agreement of David L. Calhoun, dated as of August 22, 2006

10.6   Employment Arrangement, dated December 4, 2006, between VNU Group B.V. and Susan D. Whiting
10.7   Separation Letter Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, by and between The Nielsen Company B.V. and Robert A. Ruijter
10.8   Separation Letter Agreement, dated October 25, 2006, by and between VNU Group B.V. and Earl H. Doppelt
10.9   Separation Letter Agreement, dated March 5, 2007, by and between The Nielsen Company B.V. and Steve Schmidt
10.10(a)**  

2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and its Subsidiaries (as amended and restated)

10.10(b)   Form of Severance Agreement
10.10(c)   Severance Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, by and between VNU Group B.V., VNU, Inc. and Susan D. Whiting
10.10(d)   Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Susan D. Whiting

 

II-6


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

10.10(e)   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Susan D. Whiting
10.10(f)   Sale Participation Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Susan D. Whiting
10.10(g)   Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l. and Susan D. Whiting
10.11   Form of Termination Protection Agreement
10.12(a)   VNU Excess Plan, dated April 1, 2002
10.12(b)   Amendment to the VNU Excess Plan, dated August 31, 2006
10.12(c)   Second Amendment to the VNU Excess Plan, dated January 23, 2007
10.13(a)   VNU Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 1, 2003
10.13(b)   Amendment to VNU, ACNielsen Corporation and VNU USA, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated May 10, 2006
12.1   Statement regarding Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21   List of subsidiaries of The Nielsen Company B.V.
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3   Consent of O’Melveny & Myers LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4*   Consent of Clifford Chance LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
24.1**   Powers of Attorney of the Directors and Officers of the Registrant’s (attached to signature pages)
25.1   Form T-1 (Law Debenture Trust Company of New York)

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
The schedules and exhibits to these agreements are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC, upon request, a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedule

THE NIELSEN COMPANY B.V.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Description

  Balance at
beginning
of period
  Additions
charged to
expense
  Acquisitions
and
divestitures
    Deductions (1)     Effect of
foreign
currency
translation
    Balance
at end of
period
(IN MILLIONS)                              

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns:

           

Predecessor

           

For the year ended December 31, 2004

  $ 46   27   (17 )   (17 )   2     $ 41

For the year ended December 31, 2005

  $ 41   12   —       (14 )   (3 )   $ 36

For the period ended May 23, 2006

  $ 36   7   —       (4 )   1     $ 40

Successor

           

For the period ended December 31, 2006

  $ 39   3   (6 )   (7 )   —       $ 29

(1) The charge-off of uncollectible accounts and issuance of credits for which a reserve was provided in prior periods.

 

Description

  

Balance at

beginning

of period

  

Movements

charged to

expense

   

Charged to

other

accounts

   

Acquisitions

and

divestitures

   

Effect of

foreign

currency

translation

   

Balance

at end of

period

(IN MILLIONS)                                  

Allowance for deferred taxes:

             

Predecessor

             

For the year ended December 31, 2004

   $ 273    (32 )   (21 )   (19 )   3     $ 204

For the year ended December 31, 2005

   $ 204    22     (6 )   —       (5 )   $ 215

For the period ended May 23, 2006

   $ 215    13     (28 )   —       (1 )   $ 199

Successor

             

For the period ended December 31, 2006

   $ 199    —       (10 )   (10 )   —       $ 179

Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually of in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

(i) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of the registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

THE NIELSEN COMPANY B.V.
By:    

*

  Name:  

David L. Calhoun

 

Title:

  Chairman of the Executive Board, Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

David L. Calhoun

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Brian J. West

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

David Berger

  

Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Iain Leigh

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

James A. Quella

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Michael S. Chae

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Allan M. Holt

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James M. Kilts

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

James A. Attwood, Jr.

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Patrick Healy

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Lord Clive Hollick

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Alexander Navab

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Scott A. Schoen

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Richard J. Bressler

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Dudley G. Eustace

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Gerald S. Hobbs

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC
By:    

*

  Name:  

David L. Calhoun

  Title:  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

David L. Calhoun

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Rob A. Ruijter

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

David E. Berger

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Iain Leigh

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

James A. Quella

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Michael S. Chae

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Allan M. Holt

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

 

II-12


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James A. Attwood, Jr.

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Patrick Healy

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Lord Clive Hollick

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Alexander Navab

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Scott A. Schoen

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Richard J. Bressler

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

By:    

*

  Name:  

David L. Calhoun

  Title:  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

David L. Calhoun

   Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 21, 2007

*

Rob A. Ruijter

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

David E. Berger

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Iain Leigh

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

James A. Quella

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Michael S. Chae

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Allan M. Holt

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

 

II-14


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James A. Attwood, Jr.

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Patrick Healy

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Lord Clive Hollick

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Alexander Navab

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Scott A. Schoen

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

*

Richard J. Bressler

  

Director

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

A.C. NIELSEN (ARGENTINA) S.A.
By:     *
  Name:   R. Ford Dallmeyer
  Title:   Chairman of the Board and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

R. Ford Dallmeyer

  

Chairman of the Board and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Vice President, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

A.C. NIELSEN COMPANY
By:     *
  Name:   R. Ford Dallmeyer
  Title:   Chairman of the Board and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

R. Ford Dallmeyer

  

Chairman of the Board and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Vice President, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

AC NIELSEN (US), INC.
By:     *
  Name:   John J. Lewis
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

   Date

*

John J. Lewis

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

Carlo Fava

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Vice President, Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

R. Ford Dallmeyer

   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Director    June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

AC NIELSEN HCI, LLC
By:    

PERQ/HCI, LLC,

its sole member

  By:    

*

    Name:     James A. Ross
    Title:   Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

   Date

*

Tom Drouillard

  

President and Manager

(Principal Executive Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer and Manager

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

James A. Ross

   Secretary and Manager    June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

ACN HOLDINGS, INC.
By:     *
  Name:   Thomas A. Mastrelli
  Title:   President and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Thomas A. Mastrelli

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

David E. Berger

  

Vice President

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Vice President, Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-20


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

ACNIELSEN CORPORATION
By:     *
  Name:   Michael E. Elias
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Michael E. Elias

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Vice President, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Thomas A. Mastrelli

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

ACNIELSEN EDI II, INC.
By:     *
  Name:   Michael E. Elias
  Title:   President and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Michael E. Elias

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

ATHENIAN LEASING CORPORATION
By:     *
  Name:   James M. O’Hara
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James M. O’Hara

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Michael T. Boland

  

Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

   Chairman of the Board   June 21, 2007

*

James A. Ross

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Frederick A. Steinmann

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

ART HOLDING, L.L.C.
By:  

  A. C. Nielsen Company,

  its sole member

 
By:   / S /    R. F ORD D ALLMEYER        
  Name:  R. Ford Dallmeyer
  Title:    Chairman of the Board and President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris Black his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

President

( Principal Executive Officer , Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer )

  June 21, 2007
A. C. Nielsen Company    Sole Member   June 21, 2007

B Y :  / S / R. F ORD D ALLMEYER

Name:  R. Ford Dallmeyer

Title:    Chairman of the Board and President

    

 

II-24


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

BDS (CANADA), LLC
By:     Broadcast Data Systems, LLC,
its sole member
  By:    

*

    Name:     James A. Ross
    Title:   Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Rob Sisco

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007
BROADCAST DATA SYSTEMS, LLC    Sole Member   June 21, 2007
By:     / S / J AMES A. R OSS     
 

Name:James A. Ross

Title:   Secretary

    

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

BILLBOARD CAFES, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:     James W. Cuminale
  Title:   President and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-26


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

BROADCAST DATA SYSTEMS, LLC
By:     Nielsen Entertainment, LLC,
its sole member
  By:    

/ S / H ARRIS B LACK

    Name:     Harris Black
    Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Rob Sisco

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007
NIELSEN ENTERTAINMENT, LLC    Sole Member   June 21, 2007
By:    

/ S / H ARRIS B LACK

  Name:     Harris Black
  Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

CLARITAS INC.
By:     *
  Name:   James W. Cuminale
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Frederick A. Steinmann

   Vice President and Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-28


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

CONSUMER RESEARCH SERVICES, INC.
By:     *
  Name:   Thomas A. Mastrelli
  Title:   President and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Thomas A. Mastrelli

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer, Principal
Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-29


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.
By:     / S / M ICHAEL E. E LIAS
  Name:   Michael E. Elias
  Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S / M ICHAEL E. E LIAS         

Michael E. Elias

  

President

( Principal Executive Officer , Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer )

  June 21, 2007

A.C. Nielsen Company

        

B Y :

 

/ S / R. F ORD D ALLMEYER

Name:  R. Ford Dallmeyer

Title:    Chairman of the Board and President

  

Member

  June 21, 2007
Nielsen Media Research, Inc.         

B Y :

 

/ S / S USAN W HITING

Name:  Susan Whiting

Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

  

Member

  June 21, 2007

 

II-30


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

DECISIONS MADE EASY, INC.
By:     *
  Name:   Carlo Fava
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Carlo Fava

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer, Vice President and Director

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James A. Ross

   Secretary, Vice President and Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-31


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

EMIS (CANADA), LLC
By:     Nielsen Entertainment, LLC,
its sole member
  By:    

/ S / H ARRIS B LACK

    Name:     Harris Black
    Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

*

Joel R. Sisco

 

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

 

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007
NIELSEN ENTERTAINMENT, LLC   Sole Member   June 21, 2007
By:     / S / H ARRIS B LACK    
 

Name:  Harris Black

Title:    Vice President and Assistant Secretary

   

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-32


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

FOREMOST EXHIBITS, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:     Greg Farrar
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Greg Farrar

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Michael Marchesano

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-33


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

GLOBAL MEDIA USA, LLC
By:     The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.,
its sole member
  By:    

/ S / H ARRIS B LACK

    Name:     Harris Black
    Title:   Vice President and Deputy General Counsel

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Steve Jones

  

President and Operating Manager

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Richard Fitzgerald

  

Vice President and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007
THE NIELSEN COMPANY (US), INC.    Sole Member   June 21, 2007
By:     / S / H ARRIS B LACK     
 

Name:  Harris Black

Title:   Vice President and Deputy General Counsel

    

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:     George Wishart
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

George Wishart

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Glen Markowski

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James O’Hara

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Frederick Steinmann

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-35


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

MFI HOLDINGS, INC.
By:     *
  Name:   Greg Farrar
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Greg Farrar

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Derek Irwin

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Michael Marchesano

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-36


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NESLEIN HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
By:  

ACN IELSEN C ORPORATION ,

its sole member

  By:  

/ S / M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

    Name:   Michael E. Elias
    Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris Black his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S / M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

  

President

( Principal Executive Officer , Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer )

  June 21, 2007
ACNIELSEN COMPANY    Sole Member   June 21, 2007
By:     / S / M ICHAEL E. E LIAS     
 

Name:  Michael E. Elias

Title:    President

    

 

II-37


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN BUSINESS MEDIA, INC.
By:     *
  Name:   Greg Farrar
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Greg Farrar

  

Chief Operating Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Kirk Miller

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Thomas A. Mastrelli

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-38


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

THE NIELSEN COMPANY (US), INC.
By:  

*

  Name:   David L. Calhoun
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

David L. Calhoun

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

David E. Berger

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James W. Cuminale

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Thomas A. Mastrelli

   Director  

June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-39


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN EDI, INC.
By:     *
  Name:  

Michael J. Duffy

  Title:   President and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

*

Michael J. Duffy

 

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Glen Markowski

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

 

Vice President and Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-40


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN ENTERTAINMENT, LLC
By:     VNU Marketing Information, Inc.,
its sole member
  By:    

*

    Name:     James A. Ross
    Title:   Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

*

Michael Marchesano

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Glen Markowski

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

 

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007
VNU MARKETING INFORMATION, INC.   Sole Member   June 21, 2007
By:     / S / J AMES A. R OSS    
 

Name:  James A. Ross

Title:   Secretary

   

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-41


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Haarlem, in the country of The Netherlands, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN HOLDING AND FINANCE B.V.
By:     *
  Name:   M.J. Borkink
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

*

  Name:   F.W.H. Voskens
  Title:   Proxy Holder

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

M.J. Borkink

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

M.A.J. de Haas

  

Managing Director

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-42


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN HOLDINGS, INC.

NIELSEN LEASING CORPORATION

PANEL INTERNATIONAL S.A.

By:    

*

  Name:   R. Ford Dallmeyer
  Title:   Chairman of the Board and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

R. Ford Dallmeyer

  

Chairman of the Board and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Vice President, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-43


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Susan Whiting
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Susan Whiting

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

*

James M. O’Hara

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer—MMI Global and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

*

James W. Cuminale

   Director  

June 21, 2007

*

David Berger

   Director  

June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-44


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NIELSEN NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Kevin Yoder
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Kevin Yoder

  

Chief Operating Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

*

James O’Hara

  

Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-45


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NMR INVESTING I, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   James M. O’Hara
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James M. O’Hara

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

*

Michael T. Boland

  

Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

   Chairman of the Board and Executive Vice President  

June 21, 2007

*

James A. Ross

  

Director

 

June 21, 2007

*

Frederick A. Steinmann

  

Director

 

June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-46


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

NMR LICENSING ASSOCIATES, L.P.
By:     NMR Investing I, Inc.,
its general partner
  By:    

*

    Name:     James M. O’Hara
    Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James M. O’Hara

  

Responsible Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Michael T. Boland

  

Responsible Officer and Director of the general partner, NMR Investing I, Inc.

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Responsible Officer and Chairman of the Board of the general partner, NMR Investing I, Inc.

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James A. Ross

   Director of the general partner, NMR Investing I, Inc.   June 21, 2007

*

Frederick A. Steinmann

   Director of the general partner, NMR Investing I, Inc.   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-47


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

PERQ/HCI, LLC
By:    

VNU Marketing Information, Inc.,

its sole member

  By:    

*

    Name:     James A. Ross
    Title:   Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Tom Drouillard

  

President and Manager

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer and Manager

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007
VNU MARKETING INFORMATION, INC.    Sole Member   June 21, 2007
By:     / S / J AMES A. R OSS     
 

Name: James A. Ross

Title:   Secretary

    

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-48


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

RADIO AND RECORDS, INC.

By:    

*

  Name:   Erica Farber
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

*

Erica Farber

 

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Chuck Cunningham

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

 

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James W. Cuminale

  Director   June 21, 2007

*

James O’Hara

  Director   June 21, 2007

*

Harris Black

  Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-49


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

SPECTRA MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Tim Kregor
  Title:   President and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Tim Kregor

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James Franke

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James W. Cuminale

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-50


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

SRDS, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Tom Drouillard
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Tom Drouillard

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Susan Whiting

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

James M. O’Hara

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-51


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

TRADE DIMENSIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Tim Kregor
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Tim Kregor

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James Franke

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Thomas A. Mastrelli

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Matthew O’Laughlin

   Director   June 21, 2007

*

Frederick A. Steinmann

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-52


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

VNU MARKETING INFORMATION, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   James W. Cuminale
  Title:   Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

James W. Cuminale

  

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-53


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

VNU MEDIA MEASUREMENT &
INFORMATION, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Susan Whiting
  Title:   Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Susan Whiting

  

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Jane Rode

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

James M. O’Hara

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Director

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-54


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

 

VNU/SRDS MANAGEMENT CO., INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Tom Drouillard
  Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Tom Drouillard

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Glen Markowski

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 21, 2007

*

Frederick A. Steinmann

   Director   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-55


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 21, 2007.

VNU USA PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:    

*

  Name:   Rob A. Ruijter
  Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

Rob A. Ruijter

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

(Principal Executive Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

David E. Berger

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

Peter K. Gersky

  

Treasurer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

Thomas A. Mastrelli

   Chief Operating Officer and Director    June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-56


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Haarlem, in the country of The Netherlands, on June 21, 2007.

 

VNU HOLDINGS B.V.
By:    

*

  Name:   F.W.H. Voskens
  Title:   Proxy Holder

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

M.J. Borkink

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

M.A.J. de Haas

  

Managing Director

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-57


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Haarlem, in the country of The Netherlands, on June 21, 2007.

 

VNU INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V.
By:    

*

  Name:   M.J. Borkink
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

*

  Name:   F.W.H. Voskens
  Title:   Proxy Holder

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

M.J. Borkink

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

M.A.J. de Haas

  

Managing Director

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-58


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Haarlem, in the country of The Netherlands, on June 21, 2007.

 

VNU INTERNATIONAL B.V.
By:    

*

  Name:   F.W.H. Voskens
  Title:   Proxy Holder

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

M.J. Borkink

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

M.A.J. de Haas

  

Managing Director

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-59


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Haarlem, in the country of The Netherlands, on June 21, 2007.

 

VNU SERVICES B.V.
By:    

*

  Name:   F.W.H. Voskens
  Title:   Proxy Holder

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

M.J. Borkink

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

   June 21, 2007

*

M.A.J. de Haas

  

Managing Director

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   June 21, 2007

 

*By:   / S / H ARRIS B LACK
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-60


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

2.1(a)**   Merger Protocol, made as of March 8, 2006, between Valcon Acquisition B.V. and VNU N.V.
2.1(b)**   First Amendment to the Merger Protocol, made as of May 4, 2006, between Valcon Acquisition B.V. and VNU N.V.
3.1**   Articles of Association of The Nielsen Company B.V.
3.2**   Certificate of Formation of Nielsen Finance LLC
3.3**   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Nielsen Finance LLC
3.4**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Finance Co.
3.5**   Bylaws of Nielsen Finance Co.
3.6**   Certificate of Incorporation of A.C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.
3.7**   Bylaws of A.C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.
3.8**   Certificate of Incorporation of A.C. Nielsen Company
3.9**   Bylaws of A.C. Nielsen Company
3.10**   Certificate of Incorporation of AC Nielsen (US), Inc.
3.11**   Bylaws of AC Nielsen (US), Inc.
3.12**   Certificate of Formation of AC Nielsen HCI, LLC
3.13**   Operating Agreement of AC Nielsen HCI, LLC
3.14**   Certificate of Incorporation of ACN Holdings, Inc.
3.15**   Bylaws of ACN Holdings, Inc.
3.16**   Certificate of Incorporation of ACNielsen Corporation
3.17**   Bylaws of ACNielsen Corporation
3.18   Articles of Incorporation of ACNielsen EDI II, Inc.
3.19   Bylaws of ACNielsen EDI II, Inc.
3.20   Certificate of Formation of ART Holding, L.L.C.
3.21**   Certificate of Incorporation of Athenian Leasing Corporation
3.22**   Bylaws of Athenian Leasing Corporation
3.23**   Certificate of Formation of BDS (Canada), LLC
3.24**   Operating Agreement of BDS (Canada), LLC
3.25**   Certificate of Incorporation of Billboard Cafes, Inc.
3.26**   Bylaws of Billboard Cafes, Inc.
3.27**   Certificate of Formation of Broadcast Data Systems, LLC
3.28**   Operating Agreement of Broadcast Data Systems, LLC
3.29**   Certificate of Incorporation of Claritas Inc.
3.30**   Bylaws of Claritas Inc.

 

1


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

3.31**   Certificate of Incorporation of Consumer Research Services, Inc.
3.32**   Bylaws of Consumer Research Services, Inc.
3.33   Certificate of Formation of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.
3.34   Limited Liability Company Agreement of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.
3.35   Articles of Incorporation of Decisions Made Easy, Inc.
3.36   Bylaws of Decisions Made Easy, Inc.
3.37**   Certificate of Formation of EMIS (Canada), LLC
3.38**   Operating Agreement of EMIS (Canada), LLC
3.39   Articles of Incorporation of Foremost Exhibits, Inc.
3.40**   Certificate of Formation of Global Media USA, LLC
3.41**   Operating Agreement of Global Media USA, LLC
3.42   Certificate of Incorporation of Interactive Market Systems, Inc.
3.43   Bylaws of Interactive Market Systems, Inc.
3.44**   Certificate of Incorporation of MFI Holdings, Inc.
3.45   Certificate of Formation of Neslein Holding, L.L.C.
3.46**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Business Media, Inc.
3.47**   Bylaws of Nielsen Business Media, Inc.
3.48   Certificate of Incorporation of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.
3.49   Bylaws of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.
3.50   Articles of Incorporation of Nielsen EDI, LLC
3.51   Bylaws of Nielsen EDI, LLC
3.52**   Certificate of Formation of Nielsen Entertainment, LLC
3.53**   Operating Agreement of Nielsen Entertainment, LLC
3.54**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Holdings, Inc.
3.55**   Bylaws of Nielsen Holdings, Inc.
3.56**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Leasing Corporation
3.57**   Bylaws of Nielsen Leasing Corporation
3.58**   Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Media Research, Inc.
3.59**   Bylaws of Nielsen Media Research, Inc.
3.60   Articles of Incorporation of Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.
3.61   Bylaws of Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.
3.62**   Certificate of Incorporation of NMR Investing I, Inc.
3.63**   Bylaws of NMR Investing I, Inc.

 

2


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

3.64**   Certificate of Limited Partnership of NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.
3.65**   Agreement of Limited Partnership of NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.
3.66**   Certificate of Incorporation of Panel International S.A.
3.67**   Bylaws of Panel International S.A.
3.68**   Certificate of Formation of PERQ/HCI, LLC
3.69**   Operating Agreement of PERQ/HCI, LLC
3.70   Articles of Incorporation of Radio and Records, Inc.
3.71   Bylaws of Radio and Records, Inc.
3.72**   Certificate of Incorporation of Spectra Marketing Systems, Inc.
3.73**   Bylaws of Spectra Marketing Systems, Inc.
3.74**   Certificate of Incorporation of SRDS, Inc.
3.75**   Bylaws of SRDS, Inc.
3.76**   Certificate of Incorporation of Trade Dimensions International, Inc.
3.77**   Bylaws of Trade Dimensions International, Inc.
3.78**   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU Marketing Information, Inc.
3.79**   Bylaws of VNU Marketing Information, Inc.
3.80**   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU Media Measurement & Information, Inc.
3.81**   Bylaws of VNU Media Measurement & Information, Inc.
3.82**   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU/SRDS Management Co., Inc.
3.83**   Bylaws of VNU/SRDS Management Co., Inc.
3.84   Certificate of Incorporation of VNU USA Property Management, Inc.
3.85   Bylaws of VNU USA Property Management, Inc.
3.86   Articles of Association of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.87   Articles of Association of VNU Holdings B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.88   Deed of Incorporation of VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.89   Articles of Association of VNU International B.V. (unofficial English translation)
3.90   Articles of Association of VNU Services B.V. (unofficial English translation)
4.1(a)**   Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, as a U.S. Borrower, VNU, Inc., as a U.S. Borrower, VNU Holding and Finance B.V., as Dutch Borrower, the Guarantors thereto from time to time, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Swing Line Lender, the other Lenders party thereto from time to time, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and ING Bank N.V., as Co-Documentation Agents
4.1(b)**   Security Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, the other Grantors named therein and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent
4.1(c)**   Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, the other Grantors named therein and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent

 

3


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

  4.2**   Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2006, between VNU Group B.V. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016
  4.3**   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, between VNU Group B.V. and the Initial Purchasers named therein, for the 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016
  4.4(a)**   Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the U.S. Dollar denominated 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and the Euro denominated 9% Senior Notes due 2014
  4.4(b)**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2006, among Radio and Records, Inc., an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the U.S. Dollar denominated 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and the Euro denominated 9% Senior Notes due 2014
  4.5**   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, between Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co. and the Initial Purchasers named therein, for the U.S. Dollar denominated 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and the Euro denominated 9% Senior Notes due 2014
  4.6(a)**   Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016
  4.6(b)**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2006, among Radio and Records, Inc., an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, for the 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
  4.7**   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, between Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co. and the Initial Purchasers named therein, for the 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
  4.8(a)   Trust Deed, dated October 29, 2002, by and between VNU N.V. and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited
  4.8(b)   Supplemental Trust Deed, dated October 27, 2003, by and between VNU N.V. and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited
  5.1   Form of opinion of O’Melveny & Myers
  5.2*   Opinion of Clifford Chance LLP
10.1†   Shareholders’ Agreement regarding VNU Group B.V., made as of December 21, 2006, among each of the AlpInvest Funds, each of the Blackstone Funds, each of the Carlyle Funds, each of the Hellman & Friedman Funds, each of the KKR Funds, each of the Thomas H. Lee Funds (all as listed on Schedule 1 thereto), Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L., Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Valcon Acquisition B.V.
10.2†   Investment Agreement regarding Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L., made as of November 6, 2006, among each of the AlpInvest Funds, each of the Blackstone Funds, each of the Carlyle Funds, each of the Hellman & Friedman Funds, each of the KKR Funds, each of the Thomas H. Lee Funds (all as listed on Schedule 1 thereto), Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L. and Centerview Partners Holdings L.L.C.
10.3**   Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among ACN Holdings Inc. and Valcon Acquisition B.V.
10.4**   Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among VNU Inc. and Valcon Acquisition B.V.
10.5(a)**  

Employment Agreement, as amended, dated as of August 22, 2006, by and among David L. Calhoun, Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. and VNU, Inc.

 

4


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
 

DESCRIPTION

10.5(b)**  

Side Letter to the Employment Agreement of David L. Calhoun, dated as of August 22, 2006

10.6   Employment Arrangement, dated December 4, 2006, between VNU Group B.V. and Susan D. Whiting
10.7   Separation Letter Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, by and between The Nielsen Company B.V. and Robert A. Ruijter
10.8   Separation Letter Agreement, dated October 25, 2006, by and between VNU Group B.V. and Earl H. Doppelt
10.9   Separation Letter Agreement, dated March 5, 2007, by and between The Nielsen Company B.V. and Steve Schmidt
10.10(a)**  

2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and its Subsidiaries (as amended and restated)

10.10(b)   Form of Severance Agreement
10.10(c)   Severance Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, by and between VNU Group B.V., VNU, Inc. and Susan D. Whiting
10.10(d)   Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Susan D. Whiting
10.10(e)   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Susan D. Whiting
10.10(f)   Sale Participation Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and Susan D. Whiting
10.10(g)   Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2007, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l. and Susan D. Whiting
10.11   Form of Termination Protection Agreement
10.12(a)   VNU Excess Plan, dated April 1, 2002
10.12(b)   Amendment to the VNU Excess Plan, dated August 31, 2006
10.12(c)   Second Amendment to the VNU Excess Plan, dated January 23, 2007
10.13(a)   VNU Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 1, 2003
10.13(b)   Amendment to VNU, ACNielsen Corporation and VNU USA, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated May 10, 2006
12.1   Statement regarding Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21   List of subsidiaries of The Nielsen Company B.V.
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3   Consent of O’Melveny & Myers LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4*   Consent of Clifford Chance LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
24.1**   Powers of Attorney of the Directors and Officers of the Registrant’s (attached to signature pages)
25.1   Form T-1 (Law Debenture Trust Company of New York)

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
The schedules and exhibits to these agreements are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC, upon request, a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit.

 

5

Exhibit 3.18

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. 2

FIRST ; The name of this corporation is

Entertainment Data, Inc. 2

SECOND : The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

THIRD : The name and address in this State of this corporation’s initial agent for service of process is:

Marcy Z. Polier

8350 Wilshire Boulevard Blvd., Suite 210

Beverly Hills, California 90211

FOURTH : This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, which shall be common stock; and the total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue shall be One Thousand (1,000) of a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share.

FIFTH : The liability of the directors of this corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

SIXTH : This corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.

 

/s/ Andrea Mitchell
ANDREA MITCHELL, Incorporator


LOGO

March 19, 1993

Secretary of State

107 S. Broadway

Los Angeles, CA 90012

 

RE: Entertainment Data, Inc. 2

Gentlemen:

This will serve to authorize the use of the name: “Entertainment Data, Inc. 2” in connection with the formation of a California corporation by the law firm of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp.

Sincerely,

 

ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC.
By:   /s/ Marcy Z. Polier
  Marcy Z. Polier
  President

8350 W ILSHIRE B LVD • S UITE 210 • B EVERLY H ILLS , CA 90211 • P HONE : (213) 658-8300 • F AX : (213) 658-6650

L OS A NGELES • N EW Y ORK • D ALLAS • C HICAGO • A TLANTA • T ORONTO • L ONDON


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. 2

We, Harris Black the Vice President and Ellenore O’Hanrahan the Secretary of ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. 2, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of State of California, do hereby certify:

 

1. That they are the Vice President and the Secretary, respectively, of ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. 2, a California corporation

 

2. That an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation has been approved by the Board of Directors.

 

3. The amendment so approved by the Board of Directors is as follows:

Article First of the Articles of Incorporation of said corporation be amended to read in full as follows:

“The name of the corporation is ACNIELSEN EDI II, INC.”

 

4. That the shareholders have adopted said amendment by written consent. That the wording of said amendment as approved by written consent of the shareholders is the same as that set forth above. That said written consent was signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of required votes of shareholders necessary to approve said amendment in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporation Code.

 

5. The designation and total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment and the minimum percentage vote required of each class or series entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment for approval thereof are as follows:

 

Designation

  

Number of shares

outstanding entitled to vote

or give written consent

  

Minimum percentage vote

required to approve

Common

   1,000    More than 50%

 

1


6. That the number of shares of the each class of stock which gave written consent in favor of said amendment exceeded the minimum percentage vote required of each class entitled to vote.

Each of the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the statements contained in the foregoing certificate are true of their own knowledge.

Executed at Stamford, Connecticut on March 9, 1998.

 

/s/ Harris Black
Harris Black, Vice President
/s/ Ellenore O’Hanrahan
Ellenore O’Hanrahan, Secretary

 

2


LOGO

Mary A. Dresdow

Secretary

March 16, 1998

 

Re: ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. 2, a California corporation

Proposed Name change to ACNIELSEN EDI II, INC.

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

A. C. Nielsen Company, a Delaware corporation, holding a Certificate of Authority to transact business in the State of California, Corporation No. CO363397, hereby grants permission to ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. 2 to use A.C. Nielsen in its name in the State of California.

 

A. C. NIELSEN COMPANY
By   /s/ Mary A. Dresdow
  Mary A. Dresdow
  Secretary

LOGO

150 North Martingale Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-2076 • Phone: 847-605-5093 • Fax: 847-605-2548

http://acnlelsen.com

Exhibit 3.19

BYLAWS

OF

ACNIELSEN EDI II, INC.

(FORMERLY ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. 2)

(AMENDED THROUGH APRIL 20, 2005)

Article I

Offices

Section 1 . PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE . The principal executive office for the transaction of the business of the corporation shall be located at such place within or without the State of California as shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, and if no place is fixed by the board of directors, such place as shall be fixed by the president.

Section 2 . OTHER OFFICES . Branch offices may at any time be established by the board of directors at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

Article II

Number of Directors

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be one (1) until changed by an amendment to these bylaws duly adopted in accordance with these bylaws.

Article III

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1 . PLACE OF MEETINGS . All annual meetings of shareholders and all other meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or without the State of California which may be designated by the board of directors, or by the written consent of all persons entitled to vote thereat, given either before or after the meeting and filed with the secretary of the corporation. Absent such designation or written consent, meetings shall be held at the principal executive office.

Section 2 . ANNUAL MEETINGS . The annual meeting of shareholders of this corporation shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors. At the annual meeting directors shall be elected, and any other business may be transacted which is within the power of the shareholders and allowed by law, provided, however, that unless the notice of meeting, or the waiver of notice of such meeting, sets forth the general nature of any proposal to (i) approve or ratify a contract or transaction with a director or with a corporation, firm or association in which a director has an interest; (ii) amend the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation; (iii) approve a reorganization or merger involving this corporation; (iv) elect to wind up and dissolve this corporation; or (v) effect a plan of distribution upon liquidation otherwise than in accordance with liquidation preferences of outstanding shares with liquidation preferences, no such proposal may be approved at an annual meeting.

Section 3 . SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose whatsoever, may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, if any, by the president, by the board of directors, by any two (2) directors, or by one or more shareholders holding not less than one-tenth (1/10) of the voting power of the corporation. Upon request in


writing specifying the general purpose of such meeting, to the chairman of the board (if any), president, vice president or secretary, by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders (other than the board of directors), the officer receiving such notice forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons requesting a meeting, which date shall be not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt by such officer of the request. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting unless its general nature shall have been specified in the notice of such meeting; provided, however, that any business may be validly transacted if the requirements for such validity, as provided in Section 11 of this Article, are met.

Section 4 . NOTICE OF MEETINGS. ANNUAL OR SPECIAL . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of all meetings of shareholders shall have be given in writing to shareholders entitled to vote at the meetings by the secretary, or assistant secretary, or transfer agent (if so authorized by the board of directors) or in the case of the neglect or refusal or other failure so to do by such persons by any director. A notice may be given to any shareholder either personally or by mail, or by other means of written communication (including cable, telegram or telex), charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If a shareholder gives no address, constructive notice may be given to such shareholder as provided by the California Corporations Code. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be sent to each shareholder entitled thereto not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting. The notice shall be deemed given at the time when delivered personally or when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication. Such notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, (ii) in the case of an annual meeting, those matters which the corporation’s board of directors intends, at the time of the giving of the first of such notices, to present to the shareholders for action, and (iii) in the case of a meeting at which directors are to be elected, the names of nominees which the board of directors, at the time of the giving of the first of such notices, intends to present to the shareholders for election. Proof that notice was given shall be made by affidavit of the secretary, assistant secretary, transfer agent, or director, or of the person acting under the direction of any of the foregoing, who gives such notice, and such proof of notice shall be made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Such affidavit shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice. Attendance at and presence of a shareholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice if such objection is especially made at the meeting. If any shareholder shall, in person, by attorney thereunto duly authorized, or by a written communication, waive notice of any meeting of shareholders, notice of such meeting need not be given such shareholder. It shall not be necessary to state in a notice of any meeting of shareholders as a purpose thereof any matter relating to the procedural aspects of the conduct of such meeting.

Section 5 . PERSONS ENTITLED TO VOTE . Except as otherwise provided by law, and except when a record date has been fixed, only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the corporation at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, shall be entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting, or to vote at such meeting. In the event notice is waived, only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the corporation at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, shall be entitled to vote.

 

2


Section 6 . RECORD DATE . The board of directors may fix a time in the future as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of shareholders or entitled to receive any dividend or distribution, or to any change, conversion, or exchange of shares. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the meeting or event for the purposes for which it is fixed. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of record on that date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date. In the event any meeting of shareholders is adjourned for more than forty-five (45) days, the board shall fix a new record date for purposes of giving notice of, and determining the holders of shares entitled to vote at, such adjourned meeting.

Section 7 . PRESIDING OFFICER . Unless the board of directors shall otherwise provide in advance of any shareholders meeting, at each meeting of the shareholders, the chairman of the board shall preside, or if none, or if absent or unable to act, the president shall preside, or in the case of the absence of inability to act of the chairman of the board and of the president, a vice president shall preside, or in the case of the absence of inability to act of the chairman of the board, president and a vice president, a director or shareholder, appointed by the shareholders at the meeting, shall preside.

Section 8 . QUORUM . The presence at a meeting in person or by proxy of the persons entitled to vote a majority of the voting shares constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number of shareholders so as to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken, other than adjournment, is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, or in the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present, shall be the act of the shareholders.

Section 9 . ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF . Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by a vote of the majority of the shares present, in person or by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, or if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed by the board of directors, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to such shareholders of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, as in the case of any original meeting. When a meeting is adjourned for less than forth-five (45) days, and a new record date is not fixed by the board of directors, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided that only business which might have been transacted at the original meeting may be conducted at such adjourned meeting.

Section 10 . VOTING . Unless otherwise provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation, each shareholder entitled to vote is entitled to one vote for each share except that at any election for directors each shareholder may, subject to the satisfaction of all statutory conditions precedent to the exercise of such rights, cumulate such shareholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such shareholder’s shares are entitled, or distribute such votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such shareholder thinks fit. Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of such shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal. If a shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares which such shareholder is entitled to vote.

 

3


Section 11 . CONSENT OF ABSENTEES . The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents, or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 12 . ACTION WITHOUT MEETING . Any action which, under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the Corporations Code of the State of California, may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted; provided, however, that unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing, if any action is approved by written consent of less than all shareholders entitled to vote, prompt notice shall be given (in the same manner as notice of meetings is to be given), and within the time limits prescribed by law, of such action to all shareholders entitled to vote who did not consent in writing to such action; and provided further, that directors may be elected by written consent only if such consent is unanimously given by all shareholders entitled to vote, except that action taken by shareholders to fill one or more vacancies on the board other than a vacancy created by removal of a director, may be taken by written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

Section 13 . PROXIES . Every person entitled to vote or execute consents may do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy executed by the person or such person’s duly authorized agent and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy is not valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless the person executing it specifies therein the length of time for which it is to continue in force. Except as set forth below, any proxy duly executed is not revoked, and continues in full force and effect, until an instrument revoking it, or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date, executed by the person executing the prior proxy and presented to the meeting is filed with the secretary of the corporation, or unless the person giving the proxy attends the meeting and votes in person. A proxy which states on its face that it is irrevocable will be irrevocable for the period of time specified in the proxy, if held by a person (or nominee of a person) specified by law to have a sufficient interest to make such proxy irrevocable and only so long as he shall have such interest. If proxies are distributed to ten (10) or more shareholders and this corporation at the time has 100 or more shareholders of records, as determined in accordance with the California General Corporation Law, the form of such proxy shall conform to the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State of California unless the Corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or has a class of securities exempt therefrom by virtue of Section 12(g)(2) of said Act.

Article IV

Directors and Management

Section 1 . POWERS OF DIRECTORS . Subject to limitations of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation and of the General Corporations Law of the State of California as to action which shall be authorized or approved by the shareholders, or approved by the outstanding shares, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of this corporation shall be controlled by, the board of directors.

 

4


Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is hereby expressly declared that the directors shall have the power and, to the extent required by law, the duty:

(a) To appoint and remove at pleasure all officers, managers, management companies, agents and employees of the corporation, prescribe their duties in addition to those prescribed in these bylaws, supervise them, fix their compensation and require from them security for faithful service. Such compensation may be increased or diminished at the pleasure of the directors.

(b) To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the corporation; to make rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation or California law or these bylaws; to make all lawful orders on behalf of the corporation and to prescribe the manner of executing the same.

(c) To designate from time to time the person or persons who may sign or endorse checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of, or payable to, the corporation, and to prescribe the manner of collecting and depositing funds of the corporation, and the manner of drawing checks thereon.

(d) To appoint by resolution of a majority of the authorized number of directors an executive committee and other committees and to delegate to the executive committee any of the powers and authorities of the board in the management of the business and the affairs of the corporation, except the power to (i) fill vacancies on the board or any committee, (ii) fix compensation of directors; (iii) adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws; (iv) amend or repeal resolutions of the board which are expressly nonamendable or repealable, (v) declare a dividend or distribution to shareholders or authorize the repurchase of the corporation’s shares except at a rate, in a periodic amount or within a range, determined by the board; (vi) establish other committees of the board; or (vii) approve any action which in addition to board approval requires shareholder approval. The executive committee shall be composed of two (2) or more of the directors. The provisions of these bylaws regarding notice and meetings of directors shall apply to all committees.

(e) To authorize the issuance of stock of the corporation, from time to time, upon such terms as may be lawful.

(f) To prepare an annual report to be sent to the shareholders after the close of the fiscal or calendar year of this corporation, which report shall comply with the requirements of law. To the extent permitted by law, the requirements that an annual report be sent to shareholders and the time limits for sending such reports are hereby waived, the directors, nevertheless, having the authority to cause such report to be prepared and sent to shareholders.

Section 2. TERM OF OFFICE . Directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Section 3 . VACANCIES . A vacancy in the board of directors exists in case of the happening of any of the following events:

(a) The death, resignation, or removal of any director.

(b) The authorized number of directors is increased.

 

5


(c) At any annual, regular, or special meeting of shareholders at which any director is elected, the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

(d) The board of directors declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of the court or convicted of a felony, or otherwise in a manner provided by law.

All vacancies (other than vacancies created by removal of a director) may be filled by the majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected at an annual, regular, or special meeting of the shareholders. The shareholders may, by vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in election of directors, elect a director at any time to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. If the board of directors accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the board or the shareholders may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective. A reduction of the authorized number of directors does not remove any director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

Section 4 . MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS .

(a) There shall be no regular meetings of the board of directors unless the board of directors shall establish such regular meetings by duly adopted resolution and each meeting of the board of directors shall be a special meeting.

(b) All meetings of the board of directors shall be called by the chairman of the board (if any), or the president, or if both are absent or unable or refuse to act, by any vice president, the secretary or by any two (2) directors.

(c) Written or oral notice of the time and place of special meetings of the board of directors shall be given or delivered personally to each director, or sent to each director by mail or by other form of written or telephonic communication (including cable, telegram, telex and telephone), at least forty-eight (48) hours before the meeting if personal delivery is made, or if the telephone, telegraph, cable or telex is used, and at least four (4) days before the meeting if mail is used. If the address of a director is not shown on the records and is not readily ascertainable, notice shall be addressed to such director at the place and city in which the meetings of the directors are regularly held. Proof that notice was given shall be by affidavit of the chairman of the board, president, vice president, secretary or two (2) directors, or of the person acting under the direction of any of the foregoing, who gives such notice and such proof of notice shall be made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting shall be given to absent directors if the time fixed at the meeting which was adjourned for the adjourned meeting is more than twenty-four (24) hours after adjournment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, sufficient notice of a meeting of the board of directors to be held immediately following a shareholders meeting at which one or more directors is elected, may be given by announcement thereof at such shareholders’ meeting.

(d) At the meeting of the board of directors next following each annual meeting of the shareholders, the board shall elect officers.

(e) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without

 

6


protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents, or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

(f) Meetings of the directors may be held at any place within or without the State of California designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, designated by resolution of the board.

(g) A majority of the authorized number of directors constitutes a quorum of the board for the transaction of business. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the board of directors, unless the law or Articles require a greater number. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the directors who constitute a quorum for such meeting.

(h) A quorum of the directors may adjourn any directors ’ meeting to meet again at a stated time and place. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present my adjourn from time to time.

(i) Meetings of the board may be held through the use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another.

Section 5 . ACTION WITHOUT MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors of this corporation under the General Corporations Law of the Corporations Code of the State of California may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such directors.

Section 6 . FEES AND COMPENSATION . One or more of the directors may, by resolution of the board of directors, receive a stated salary for services as director and may be allowed a fixed fee, with or without expenses, for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed or preclude any director from serving the corporation in any capacity as in an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 7 . REQUIRED OFFICERS . This corporation shall have a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer, each of whom shall be chosen by and hold office at the pleasure of the board of directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Officers may be, but need not necessarily be, selected from the members of the board of directors or from the shareholders.

Section 8 . PERMITTED OFFICERS . The board of directors may from time to time choose such other officers, including but not limited to a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents or assistant vice presidents, a treasurer, and one or more assistant secretaries, as may be deemed expedient, to hold office at the pleasure of the board of directors, with such authority as may be specifically delegated to such officers by the board of directors.

Section 9 . CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD . Should the board of directors elect a chairman of the board, he shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have such supervision, direction and control of the business and other officers of the corporation as the

 

7


board of directors may delegate to such officer from time to time. Absent such specific delegation, and unless provided otherwise by resolution of the board of directors, the chairman of the board shall have the duties and authority of a chief executive officer. The chairman of the board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders, and, if a director, at all meetings of the board of directors.

Section 10 . PRESIDENT . The president shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have such supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation as the board of directors may delegate to such officer from time to time. Absent such specific delegation, and in the absence of the existence of the office of chairman of the board, the president shall have the duties and authority of a chief executive officer, and shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, if a director, at all meetings of the board of directors. Should the office of chairman of the board exist, the president shall have such duties and authority as may be granted to such officer by the board of directors or as may be delegated to such officer by the chairman of the board.

Section 11 . SECRETARY . The secretary shall be the custodian of the seal of the corporation and of the books and records and files thereof, and shall affix the seal of the corporation to all certificates of stock, papers and instruments requiring the same. The secretary shall, in the manner provided by law, keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office, or such other place as the board of directors may order, a minute book of all meetings of directors and shareholders. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of the shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

Section 12 . CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The chief financial officer (who, in the absence of any designation of another officer to hold such office, shall be the treasurer if such office is created) shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its asserts, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, surplus and shares. The chief financial officer shall render to the president or the board of directors, whenever such officer or board so requests, an account of the financial condition of the corporation.

Article V

Stock

Section 1 . CERTIFICATES OF SHARES . Every owner of shares in this corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form, not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation or any law, as shall be prescribed by the board of directors, certifying the number of shares, and class or series, owned by such shareholder in the corporation. Every certificate for shares shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, president or a vice-president and the secretary or an assistant secretary. Subject to the restrictions provided by law, signatures may be facsimile and shall be effective irrespective of whether any person whose signature appears on the certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before the certificate is delivered by the corporation. Each certificate issued shall bear all statements or legends required by law to be affixed thereto.

Section 2 . TRANSFER OF SHARES . Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation by the registered holder thereof or by such other person as may under law be authorized to endorse such shares for transfer, or by such shareholder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with

 

8


the secretary or with the transfer agent or transfer clerk. Except as otherwise provided by law, upon surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent or transfer clerk of a certificate for shares duly endorsed and accompanied by all applicable taxes thereon, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction upon its books. The secretary or transfer agent may require that all signatures shall be guaranteed. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, such facts shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate or certificates shall be presented to the corporation for transfer, both the transferor and transferee request the corporation so to do.

Section 3 . LOST, STOLEN, DESTROYED OR MUTILATED CERTIFICATES . The holder of any shares of the corporation shall immediately notify the corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor. The board of directors shall direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or upon the surrender of any mutilated certificate, if the corporation shall not theretofore have received notice that the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser thereof, and the board of directors may, at its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or such owner’s legal representatives to give the corporation a bond in such sum, limited or unlimited, in such form and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall, in its uncontrolled discretion, determine, to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate of the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4 . REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS . Except as otherwise provided by law, the corporation shall be entitled to recognize as the exclusive owner of shares or other securities of the corporation for all purposes as regards the corporation, the person in whose name the shares or other securities stand registered on its books as the owner and such person exclusively shall be entitled to receive dividends and to vote as such owner. To the extent permissible under law, the corporation shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of the shares or other securities, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares or other securities on the part of any person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

Section 5 . REGULATIONS . The board of directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law or with the Articles of Incorporation as may be deemed expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation, and may appoint transfer agents, transfer clerks and registrars thereof.

Article VI

Corporate Records—Inspection

Section 1 . RECORDS . The corporation shall maintain adequate and correct accounts, books and records of its business and properties. All such books, records and accounts shall be kept at this corporation’s principal executive office, as fixed by the board of directors from time to time.

Section 2 . INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS . All books and records of the corporation shall, to the extent provided by law, be open to inspection of directors, shareholders, and voting trust certificate holders, in the manner provided by law.

 

9


Section 3 . CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS . This corporation shall keep in its principal executive office in California, or, if its principal executive office is not within the State of California, at its principal business office in California, the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended or otherwise altered to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of this corporation is outside this state and the corporation has no principal business office in this State, it shall upon the written request of any shareholder furnish to such shareholder a copy of these bylaws as amended to date.

Article VII

Amendments

Section 1 . AMENDMENTS . Bylaws of this corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of either (i) the board of directors or (ii) the shareholders entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power of the corporation; provided, however:

(a) that any bylaw amendment which reduces the number of directors or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) may not be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption are equal to more than 16-2/3% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; and

(b) after the issuance of any shares in this corporation, a bylaw specifying or changing a fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a fixed to a variable board of vice versa may not be adopted by the board of directors.

Section 2 . RECORDATION . If any bylaw is adopted, amended or repealed, such action shall be recorded in the bylaw section of the minute book in the appropriate place.

Article VIII

Corporate Seal

The corporate seal shall be circular in form, and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the date of its incorporation, and the word “California.”

 

10


APPENDIX TO BYLAWS

 

BYLAWS

  

RELATED CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE

(COMMERCIAL CODE WHERE INDICATED)

SECTION NUMBER

ARTICLE

  

SECTION

  

1

   1   

No Reference

   2   

No Reference

II

   1   

212

III

   1   

600(a)

   2   

600(b), 601(f)

   3   

600(d), 601(a), 601(c)

   4   

601(a), (b), (c), (e)

   5   

701(b)

   6   

701(a), (c)

   7   

No Reference

   8   

602(a), (b)

   9   

602(c) 601(d)

   10   

700, 708

   11   

601(e)

   12   

603

   13   

604, 705

IV

   1 (Preamble)   

300(a)

   1(a)   

212(b)(6)

   1 (b) & (c)   

212(b)(1)

   1(d)   

311

   1(e)   

400, 409

   1(f)   

1501

   2   

301

   3   

302-305

   4   

307

   5   

307(b)

   6   

No Reference

   7, 8, 9, 10   

312(a)

   11   

312(a), 1500

   12   

312(a)

V

   1   

416(a)

   2   

UCC 8401

   3   

419, UCC 8405

   4   

420, UCC 8207

   5   

No Reference

VI

   1   

1500

   2   

1600-1602, 213

   3   

213

VII

   1   

211, 212

   2   

213

VIII

   1   

207(a)

NOTE: Although not part of the Bylaws of this corporation, this Appendix is added to show which California Corporations Code sections most closely relate to the respective Bylaws sections.

 

11

Exhibit 3.20

 

  

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 09:00 AM 12/10/1997

971421048 – 2831064

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ART HOLDING, L.L.C.

1. The name of the limited liability company is

ART HOLDING, L.L.C.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The Certificate of formation shall be effective upon filing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of ART HOLDING, L.L.C. this 8th day of December, 1997.

 

A. C. NIELSEN COMPANY
/s/ Ellenore O’Hanrahan
Ellenore O’Hanrahan
Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.33

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 12:00 PM 10/23/1996

960308066 - 2676224

  

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

CZT/ACN TRADEMARKS, L.L.C.

1. The name of the limited liability company is CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

In Witness Whereof , the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Formation of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C. this 23rd day of October, 1996.

 

COGNIZANT CORPORATION
Authorized Person
/s/ Leslye G. Katz
Leslye G. Katz
Vice President and Treasurer

Exhibit 3.34

 


CZT/ACN TRADEMARKS, L.L.C.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Dated as of October 28, 1996

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I   
Definitions    1

SECTION 1.1

  Definitions    1

SECTION 1.2

  Terms Generally    3
ARTICLE II   
General Provisions    4

SECTION 2.1

  Formation    4

SECTION 2.2

  Members    4

SECTION 2.3

  Name    4

SECTION 2.4

  Term    4

SECTION 2.5

  Purpose; Powers    4

SECTION 2.6

  Place of Business    6
ARTICLE III   
Management and Operation of the Company    6

SECTION 3.1

  Management    6

SECTION 3.2

  Certain Duties and Obligations of the Members    7

SECTION 3.3

  Certain Duties and Obligations of the Company    8
ARTICLE IV   
Licenses from the Company to Members    10

SECTION 4.1

  Grant of Licenses by Company    10

SECTION 4.2

  Reservation of Rights    11

SECTION 4.3

  Other Licensees    11

SECTION 4.4

  Form of Use    12
ARTICLE V   
Income and Expenses    12

SECTION 5.1

  Income    12

SECTION 5.2

  Expenses    12

SECTION 5.3

  Allocation of Expenses    12
ARTICLE VI   
Dissolution    13

SECTION 6.1

  Dissolution    13

 

- i -


         Page
ARTICLE VII   
Transfer of Member’s Interests; Rights of First Refusal    13

SECTION 7.1

  Restrictions on Transfer of Company Interests    13

SECTION 7.2

  Other Transfer Provisions    13
ARTICLE VIII   
Miscellaneous    14

SECTION 8.1

  Other Activities Permitted    14

SECTION 8.1

     14

SECTION 8.3

  Dispute Resolution    14

SECTION 8.4

  Equitable Relief    14

SECTION 8.5

  Officers; Initial Member Consent    15

SECTION 8.6

  Governing Law    15

SECTION 8.7

  Successors and Assigns    15

SECTION 8.8

  Access; Confidentiality    15

SECTION 8.9

  Notices    16

SECTION 8.10

  Counterparts    16

SECTION 8.11

  Entire Agreement    16

SECTION 8.12

  Amendments    16

SECTION 8.13

  Section Titles    16

SECTION 8.14

  Representations and Warranties    16

 

Schedule A

   Associated Marks Countries

Schedule B

   Common Heritage Trademarks

Schedule C

   Addresses of Members

Exhibit A

   Form of Master Trademark Agreement I (Cognizant)

Exhibit B

   Form of Master Trademark Agreement II (ACNielsen)

 

- ii -


CZT/ACN TRADEMARKS, L.L.C.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated as of October 28, 1996, between COGNIZANT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Cognizant ”) and ACNIELSEN CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ ACNielsen ”).

Preliminary Statement

The parties hereto are executing this Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) for the purpose of forming CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the provisions of the LLC Act (as defined below).

Agreement

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.1 Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:

Affiliate ” with respect to any person means (i) any other person who controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person, (ii) any director, officer, partner or employee of such person or any person specified in clause (i) above or (iii) any immediate family member of any person specified in clause (i) or (ii) above.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time.

Associated Marks Countries ” means each of the countries or authorities listed on Schedule A hereto, and any country or authority so designated in the future and appended to Schedule A, where, in the opinion of counsel for the Company with expertise in the law prevailing in the relevant jurisdiction, the pertinent laws, rules and/or regulations either (a) would not permit the ownership of multiple trademarks or service marks containing, referring to, incorporating or derived from the “NIELSEN” name or “split-N” symbol by unrelated entities without substantial jeopardy to their validity or enforceability, or (b) would be substantially likely to decline to register such


trademarks or service marks in the future if applications for concurrent registration of such trademarks or service marks for similar goods or services or for goods or services in the same class were to be made by unrelated entities, for so long as either of conditions (a) or (b) shall, in the opinion of counsel for the Company with expertise in the law prevailing in the relevant jurisdiction, continue to exist.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute. Any reference herein to a particular provision of the Code shall mean, where appropriate, the corresponding provision in any successor statute.

Common Heritage Trademarks ” means all right, title and interest in, to and under the trademarks and service marks listed on Schedule B; all trademarks or service marks consisting of the “NIELSEN” name or “split-N” symbol, standing alone; and all now existing or hereafter created trademarks or service marks incorporating, referring to or derived from the “NIELSEN” name or “split-N” symbol in the Associated Marks Countries, including all registrations, applications and common-law rights related thereto, all goodwill of any business appertaining thereto, and all other rights and privileges associated therewith including the right to apply to renew registrations or other legal protections, and the right to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof.

Company Assets ” means all right, title and interest of the Company in and to all or any portion of the assets of the Company, including, but not limited to, the Common Heritage Trademarks and any property (real or personal) or estate acquired in exchange therefor or in connection therewith.

Dissolution Event ” means any event which would cause a dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 18-801 of the LLC Act.

Distribution Agreement ” means the Distribution Agreement dated as of October 28, 1996, among the Members and the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation.

Distribution Date ” has the meaning ascribed in the Distribution Agreement.

Fiscal Period ” means each fiscal quarter or such other period as may be established by the Members acting pursuant to a Member Consent.

 

2


IP Agreement ” means the Intellectual Property Agreement dated as of October 28, 1996, among the Members and the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, and to which this Agreement is appended as Schedule I.

License ” means a license granted by the Company for the use of one or more Common Heritage Trademarks pursuant to a license agreement substantially in the form of Master Trademark Agreement I (for Cognizant) or Master Trademark Agreement II (for ACNielsen), which are appended to this Agreement as Exhibits A and B, respectively.

LLC Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq. , as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Member ” means each of Cognizant and ACNielsen.

Member Consent ” means the approval of a matter by Members holding in the aggregate not less than 100% of the Interests in the Company.

New Country ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Organizational Expenses ” means all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses pertaining to the organization of the Company and the registration, qualification or exemption of the Company under any applicable federal, state or foreign laws, including fees of counsel to the Company and the Members.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

TAM Master Agreement ” means the TAM Master Agreement dated as of October 28, 1996, between the Members.

Transfer ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.1.

Transferee ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.1.

SECTION 1.2 Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.1 shall, apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The term “person” includes individuals, partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, trusts, governments (or agencies or political subdivisions thereof) and other associations and entities. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

3


ARTICLE II

General Provisions

SECTION 2.1 Formation . The Company is formed under the provisions of the LLC Act. The Company and each Member hereby ratifies the execution, delivery and filing of the certificate of formation of the Company and authorizes the execution, delivery and filing of any amendments and/or restatements thereof (collectively, the “ Certificate ”) and any other certificates necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. The execution by one Member of any of the foregoing certificates and (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) shall be sufficient.

SECTION 2.2 Members . Schedule C hereto contains the address of each Member as of the date of this Agreement. Schedule C shall be revised by a duly authorized officer of the Company from time to time to reflect the admission or withdrawal of a Member, the transfer or assignment of interests in the Company and other modifications to or changes in the information set forth therein, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.3 Name . The Company shall conduct its activities under the name of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C. One or more Members acting pursuant, to a Member Consent shall have the power at any time to change the name of the Company; provided , that the name shall always contain the words “Limited Liability Company” or the letters “L.L.C.” or “LLC” and shall not contain the word “Nielsen” or the “split-N” symbol or any word derived from or incorporating such word. Such Members shall give prompt notice o£ any such change to each Member.

SECTION 2.4 Term . The term of the Company shall commence on the date of filing the certificate of formation of the Company in accordance with, the Act and shall continue perpetually unless sooner dissolved, wound up and terminated in accordance with Article VI.

SECTION 2.5 Purpose; Powers . The fundamental purpose of the Company is to assist the Members in achieving their legitimate business purposes to the greatest extent possible while also preserving the integrity and validity of the Common Heritage Trademarks and registrations and applications therefor owned by the Company, and minimizing the risk of confusion to any relevant group of consumers for any product or service associated with any Common Heritage Trademark.

(a) In furtherance of its purposes, the Company shall have the power: (i) to own exclusively, to preserve and to maintain each Common Heritage Trademark; (ii) to grant Licenses to each of Cognizant and ACNielsen, and to grant Licenses and

 

4


permit each Member to sub-license such rights to use the Common Heritage Trademarks as have been or will be contributed by them to the Company, in each case in a manner consistent with this Agreement, Section 2.5 of the TAM Master Agreement (and any agreements entered into pursuant to such Section) and the IP Agreement; (iii) to apply for and own all future registrations and/or other legal protections for the Common Heritage Trademarks; (iv) to own and maintain the existing “nielsen.com” Internet domain name, and to provide and maintain an Internet or Web site using that domain name for the purpose of providing and maintaining “hyperlinks” to the principal Internet or Web sites maintained by each Member; (v) to engage in any other lawful business permitted by the LLC Act or the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company may do business, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the IP Agreement; and (vi) to do all things necessary or incidental to any of the foregoing.

(b) In furtherance of its purposes, the Company shall have all powers necessary, suitable or convenient for the accomplishment of its purposes, alone or with others, including the following:

(i) to invest and reinvest the cash assets of the Company in money-market or other short-term investments;

(ii) to have and maintain one or more offices within or without the State of Delaware, and, in connection therewith, to rent or acquire office space, engage personnel and compensate them and do such other acts and things as may be advisable or necessary in connection with the maintenance of such office or offices;

(iii) to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks and other orders for the payment of moneys;

(iv) to engage employees (with such titles and delegated responsibilities as may be determined), accountants, consultants, auditors, custodians, investment advisers, attorneys and any and all other agents and assistants, both professional and nonprofessional, and to compensate them as may be necessary or advisable;

(v) to form or cause to be formed and to own the stock of one or more corporations, whether foreign or domestic, and to form or cause to be formed and to participate in partnerships, limited liability companies and joint ventures, whether foreign or domestic;

(vi) to enter into, make and perform all contracts, agreements and other undertakings as may be necessary or advisable or incident to carrying out its purposes;

 

5


(vii) to make and prosecute all filings and/or applications for registration or other legal protections with or before all appropriate governmental or regulatory-authorities, and to pay any applicable fees or taxes or other charges necessary to make, perfect, preserve or maintain all such filings, applications and/or registrations, as may be necessary or appropriate or incident to carrying out its purposes;

(viii) to sue, prosecute, settle or compromise all claims against third parties, to compromise, settle or accept judgment of claims against the Company, and to execute all documents and make all representations, admissions and waivers in connection therewith;

(ix) to distribute, subject to the terms of this Agreement, at any time and from time to time to Members cash or investments or other property of the Company, or any combination thereof; and

(x) to borrow money, whether secured or unsecured, and to make, issue, accept, endorse and execute promissory notes, drafts, bills, of exchange and other instruments and evidences of indebtedness, all without limit as to amount, and to secure the payment thereof by mortgage, pledge, or assignment of, or security interest in, the assets then owned or thereafter acquired by the Company; and

(xi) to take such other actions necessary or incidental thereto as may be permitted under applicable law.

SECTION 2.6 Place of Business . The Company shall maintain a registered office at The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, or such other office within the State of Delaware as is approved by a Member Consent. The Company shall maintain an office and principal place of business at such place as may from time to time be determined as its principal place of business as is approved by a Member Consent. The name and address of the Company’s registered agent as of the date of this Agreement is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801,

ARTICLE III

Management and Operation of the Company

SECTION 3.1 Management . (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, the management, control and operation of the Company and the formulation and execution of business and investment policy shall be vested exclusively in the Members, and the Members shall exercise all powers necessary and convenient for the purposes of the Company, including those enumerated in Section 2.5, on behalf and in the name of the Company.

 

6


(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any action to be taken by the Company shall require a Member Consent before any Member shall have the power to so act for or bind the Company. Except as expressly provided in the relevant Member Consent, any action approved by a Member Consent may be taken by any Member on behalf of the Company.

(c) A Member shall not be obligated to abstain from voting on any matter or vote in any particular manner because of any interest or conflict of interest of such Member or any Affiliate thereof in such matter.

(d) Each Member agrees that, except as otherwise expressly provided herein and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the approval of any proposed action of or relating to the Company by a Member Consent as provided herein shall bind each Member and shall have the same legal effect as the approval of each Member of such action.

SECTION 3.2 Certain Duties and Obligations of the Members . (a) No Member shall take any action or cause the Company to take any action, including the grant of any License or the grant of any assignment, sub-license, right or consent to use of any right pursuant to a License, that would conflict with the Member’s obligations under the IP Agreement or TAM Master Agreement or with the Company’s duties and obligations under this Agreement. Any Member Consent with respect to any application for registration or other legal protection for one or more Common Heritage Trademarks shall only be made upon notice, pursuant to Section 8.8, to all other Members. Any assignment, sub-license or grant by a Member of any right in a Common Heritage Trademark received by it pursuant to a License from the Company shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Article IV, Section 2.5 of the TAM Master Agreement (and any agreements entered into pursuant to such Section) and the provisions of the IP Agreement, including Section 3.14 thereof with respect to any such assignment, sub-license or grant to a person not a party to the IP Agreement.

(b) No Member shall take any action so as to cause the Company to be classified for Federal income tax purposes as an association taxable as a corporation.

(c) No Member shall take, or cause to be taken, any action that would result in any Member having any personal liability for the obligations of the Company. The Members shall be under a duty as described herein to conduct the affairs of the Company in the best interests of the Company and of the Members including the safekeeping and use of all Company funds and assets and the use thereof for the exclusive benefit of the Company.

 

7


(d) The attached Schedule B indicates those now existing Common Heritage Trademarks that each Member currently owns or possesses rights to use, all of which have been or will be contributed by the Members (s) as indicated on Schedule B (with respect to each such Common Heritage Trademark) to the Company substantially contemporaneously with its formation, including those Common Heritage Trademarks in respect of which ACNielsen shall hold the application for registration in escrow for the benefit of the Company (the “Formation Trademarks”). Each Member shall take, or cause to be taken, all such actions that it or any other Member shall deem to be necessary, desirable or appropriate to achieve the complete and effective transfer to the Company of all right, title and interest in and to the Formation Trademarks, including the transfer to the Company by ACNielsen of any registration of a Common Heritage Trademark resulting from the applications to be held in escrow by it for the benefit of the Company, and shall cooperate fully with the Company in achieving such complete and effective transfer.

(e) As soon after the Distribution Date as is reasonably practicable, and in all events no later than six months after the Distribution Date, ACNielsen shall transfer ownership of the existing “nielsen.com” Internet domain name to the Company, and shall provide such technical assistance to the Company as may be necessary to permit the Company to provide and maintain an Internet or Web site, through computer systems maintained by ACNielsen or by a third party as the Members may determine, for the purpose of providing and maintaining “hyperlinks” to the principal Internet or Web sites maintained by each Member. Each Member shall provide to the Company all information and technical assistance concerning that Member’s principal Internet or Web site necessary to permit the Company to provide and maintain such “hyperlinks.”

SECTION 3.3 Certain Duties and Obligations of the Company . (a) The Company shall take all actions that are necessary and appropriate to preserve and maintain all of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Common Heritage Trademarks, and to preserve and maintain the quality of the Common Heritage Trademarks in a manner consistent with the high standards and reputation for quality associated with the “NIELSEN” name. The Company shall pay all expenses, including filing fees, maintenance fees and attorney’s fees, associated with the preservation of the Formation Trademarks. Expenses associated with Common Heritage Trademarks that are not Formation Trademarks shall be paid in accordance with the terms of Section 3.3(c) and (d) below.

(b) The Company shall preserve and maintain the existing “nielsen.com” Internet domain name, and shall provide and maintain an Internet or Web site for the purpose of providing “hyperlinks” to the principal Internet or Web sites maintained by each Member. The Company shall pay all expenses, including domain name registration maintenance fees, Web site maintenance expenses, computer system and administrative expenses, associated therewith.

 

8


(c) The Company shall apply for, prosecute and otherwise seek to obtain, and shall be the recipient and exclusive owner of, all registrations and other legal protections that are necessary, desirable or appropriate to obtain all right, title and interest in, to and under any Common Heritage Trademark that is not a Formation Trademark that any Member shall in future use and/or register or seek to use and/or register in an Associated Marks Country identified on Schedule A, provided that such use or registration is permitted by and consistent with all other terms of this Agreement and the IP Agreement. The Member initiating the filing of any such application by the Company shall be deemed to have contributed any such Common Heritage Trademark to the Company and shall pay all expenses, including filing fees, maintenance fees and attorney’s fees, associated therewith.

(d) In the event that any Member desires to use or to apply to register any new trademark or service mark incorporating, referring to or derived from the “NIELSEN” name or “split-N” symbol in a country or with an authority where no such trademark or service mark has previously been used, registered, or applied for (a “New Country”), and if Member Consent is obtained with regard to such use (which Member Consent shall not be withheld if such use is permissible under the terms of this Agreement and the IP Agreement), the Company shall obtain an opinion from counsel with expertise in the law prevailing in the relevant “jurisdiction as to whether the New Country should be considered an Associated Marks Country. If counsel determines that the New Country should be considered an Associated Marks Country, such New Country shall be appended to Schedule A; any such trademark or service mark that a Member desires to use or register in the New Country shall be deemed a Common Heritage Trademark (subject to Section 3.3 (f)) ; and the Company shall apply for, prosecute and otherwise seek to obtain the contemplated registration as a Common Heritage Trademark to be owned exclusively by the Company. The Member desiring to use or apply for registration of such trademark or service mark in a New Country shall pay the fees of counsel rendering the necessary opinion to the Company, and if the New Country is determined to be an Associated Marks Country, shall be deemed to have contributed those Common Heritage Trademark(s) that Member desires to use or register to the Company and shall pay all expenses, including filing fees, maintenance fees and attorney’s fees associated therewith. Any subsequent use or registration of any other Common Heritage Trademark in such New Country shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.3(c) above.

(e) The Company shall bring an Action (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) at the request of any Member (not subject to Member Consent) against a third party for any Infringement (as defined in the IP Agreement) of the Common Heritage Trademarks. The Member initiating the Company’s commencement of such an Action shall pay all expenses associated therewith, including filing fees, costs of suit and attorney’s

 

9


fees. The Members agree to cooperate with each other and with the Company, at their own expense, as may be necessary or as they may deem it appropriate to do so in the prosecution or defense of such an Action. The Company shall not, without Member Consent, settle, compromise, abandon, release or withdraw its claims in such Action in any manner that would tend to diminish the value or impair the enforceability of any Common Heritage Trademark in any country.

(f) Upon written request by a Member, the Company shall assign and distribute to each Member such rights in and to use each Common Heritage Trademark as have been or may in the future be contributed by each Member to the Company in each Associated Marks Country designated in such request, except any Common Heritage Trademark consisting of the “NIELSEN” name standing alone or “split-N” symbol standing alone, provided that the provisions of Section 3.08 of the IP Agreement with respect, to any such assignment and distribution are satisfied. Unless otherwise agreed, the Member requesting such assignment or distribution shall pay all expenses, including filing fees, transfer taxes and attorney’s fees (including the fees of counsel rendering the necessary opinion to the Company), associated therewith.

ARTICLE IV

Licenses from the Company to Members

SECTION 4.1 Grant of Licenses by Company .

(a) Transitional License to Members . The Company hereby grants to each Member a nonexclusive, royalty-free license (without right to sub-license to any person not a party to the IP Agreement) to use the “NIELSEN” name standing alone and “split-N” symbol standing alone in any usage for which such Member is currently using such name or symbol, including usage of such name as part of electronic mail or messaging addresses for its employees using existing systems, for a period of six months subsequent to the Distribution Date (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) or under the circumstances specified in Section 2.14 (b) (iii) of the Distribution Agreement.

(b) Limitations on Licensed Property . The Company shall not license to any non-Member any right to use the “NIELSEN” name standing alone or the “split-N” symbol standing alone, in any manner or for any purpose, including use as an Internet domain name or the equivalent or as the name or logo for a business, corporation, or other legal entity.

(c) Obligation to License Common Heritage Trademarks . The Company shall grant a License to each Member to use such rights in each Common Heritage Trademark as have been or will in the future be contributed by that Member to the Company,

 

10


including any new Common Heritage Trademark contributed by that Member pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent permitted by and in a form consistent with all other terms of this Agreement and the IP Agreement. The Licenses to each Member pertaining to Formation Trademarks shall be executed within thirty calendar days after the Distribution Date. To the extent that the Company, Cognizant or ACNielsen does not execute any License within such period, such License shall be deemed to have been executed on the Effective Date by each of the Company and Cognizant or ACNielsen, as the case may be, in the form attached hereto, and shall be enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms. Each Member shall prepare, execute, and file with any relevant authority (if necessary) as soon as is reasonably practicable all sub-licenses between such Member and any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of such Member or such other written instruments as may be necessary to ensure that any use made by any such Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Common Heritage Trademark, including the Formation Trademarks, in any particular jurisdiction is a licensed use, conforming to the terms of the License between the Company and that Member, and will not diminish the value or impair the enforceability of any Common Heritage Trademark in that jurisdiction. Each Member’s right to sub-license to any person not a Subsidiary or Affiliate of that Member pursuant to such License are set forth in Section 4.3 below.

SECTION 4.2 Reservation of Rights . All rights not expressly granted by the Company pursuant to Section 4.1 or a License are reserved to the Company. Cognizant and ACNielsen disclaim any right to use any Common Heritage Trademark except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement and the IP Agreement.

SECTION 4.3 Other Licensees . During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall not grant a license to use any Common Heritage Trademark to any non-Member, except to a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of a Member or to a joint venture in which a Member has an equity interest, at that Member’s request and if that Member is itself entitled to such a license pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Licenses to be granted by the Company to each Member shall provide that no Member may grant any sub-license or right to use any Common Heritage Trademark outside the jurisdiction in which it has been registered or an application has been filed. The Licenses to be granted by the Company to the Members shall otherwise allow each Member to grant to any person or entity (whether or not related to such Member), sub-licenses or rights to use those rights in such Common Heritage Trademarks as have been or will in the future be contributed by that Member to the Company, subject to the provisions of Section 2.5 of the TAM Master Agreement (and any agreement entered into pursuant to such Section) and subject to all pertinent provisions of this Agreement and the IP Agreement, including Section 3.14 thereof.

 

11


SECTION 4.4 Form of Use . (a) Each Member agrees to use the Common Heritage Trademarks only pursuant to a License and in good faith and in a dignified manner, consistent with the high standards of, and reputation for quality associated with the “NIELSEN” name, and in accordance with good trademark practice in every country in which these marks are used.

(b) Except as may be required by law or as may otherwise be permitted, by this Agreement or the IP Agreement, each Member agrees not to adopt or use any variation of any Common Heritage Trademark in any jurisdiction that may be perceived in such jurisdiction, as similar to or confusing with such Common Heritage Trademark.

(c) Each Member agrees to include on all displays to third parties of the Common Heritage Trademarks all notices and legends required by applicable law or regulations, including without limitation those relating to preservation of trademarks and those reasonably requested by the Company.

(d) Each Member agrees to comply fully with all of the terms and conditions set forth in any License to which it is a party.

ARTICLE V

Income and Expenses

SECTION 5.1 Income . If any income is paid to, or imputed from, a Member to the Company the gross amount of such income shall be allocated to such Member.

SECTION 5.2 Expenses . Each Member shall pay one-half (50%) of Organizational Expenses, expenses incurred in accordance with Section 3.3 (a) and Section 3.3 (b) and all other expenses of the Company incurred in accordance with this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3.3 (c) through (f) inclusive.

SECTION 5.3 Allocation of Expenses . All such expenditures that are paid, or otherwise reimbursed, by a Member out of its own funds, shall be allocated entirely to such Member. If the amount of any such expenditures must be capitalized (rather than expensed and deducted) for United States federal income tax purposes, the amount of any amortization deductions attributable to an increase in the tax basis of a Common Heritage Trademark that results from the capitalization of such expenditures shall be allocated entirely to the Member that paid, or otherwise reimbursed, such expenditures out of its own funds.

 

12


ARTICLE VI

Dissolution

SECTION 6.1 Dissolution . (a) The Company shall exist perpetually, except in the event of unanimous agreement of the Members to dissolve and subsequently terminate the Company.

(b) The Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, including the bankruptcy of a Member, that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company if (i) after the occurrence of such event there are at least two Members of the Company, or (ii) within 90 days after the occurrence of such event, the remaining Member or Members agree in writing to continue the business of the Company and to the appointment, effective as of the date of such event, of one or more additional Members of the Company.

(c) No Member shall take any action that would result in the dissolution of the Company unless prior thereto such Member has given notice to the remaining Members and the remaining Members have entered into binding arrangements that will, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, result in the continued existence of the Company notwithstanding the taking of such action.

ARTICLE VII

Transfer of Member’s Interests; Rights of First Refusal

SECTION 7.1 Restrictions on Transfer of Company Interests . No Member may, directly or indirectly, assign, sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its interest in the Company (a “ Transfer ”) to any person, except in the event of a change of control of such Member or in connection with a sale by such Member of assets to which the Common Heritage Trademarks relate.

SECTION 7.2 Other Transfer Provisions . (a) Any purported Transfer by a Member of all or any part of its interest in the Company in violation of this Article VII shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

(b) Except as provided in this Article VII, no Member shall have the right to withdraw from the Company prior to its termination and no additional Member may be admitted to the Company unless approved by a written Member Consent.

(c) Concurrently with the admission of any substitute or additional Member, the Members shall forthwith cause any necessary papers to be filed and recorded and notice to be given wherever and to the extent required showing the substitution of a

 

13


Transferee as a substitute Member in place of the Member Transferring its interest, or the admission of an additional Member, all at the expense, including payment of any professional and filing fees incurred, of such substituted or additional Member. The admission of any person as a substitute or additional Member shall be conditioned upon such person’s written acceptance and adoption of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.1 Other Activities Permitted . Except as expressly provided hereunder, this Agreement shall not be construed in any manner to preclude any Member or any of its Affiliates from engaging in any activity whatsoever permitted by applicable law, whether or not such activity might compete, or constitute a conflict of interest, with the Company.

SECTION 8.2 Article III of the Distribution Agreement shall govern the rights of the Members and the Company with respect to indemnification in connection with this Agreement. The term “ Cognizant Liabilities ” in that Article shall be read to include all Liabilities assumed by Cognizant pursuant to this Agreement. The term “ ACNielsen Liabilities ” in that Article shall be read to include all Liabilities assumed by ACNielsen pursuant to this Agreement. The term “D&B Indemnitees” in such Article shall be deemed to have been deleted and the Company substituted in lieu thereof. The term “Ancillary Agreements” used in connection with such Article shall be read to include this Agreement and all agreements into which the Company enters in connection with this Agreement.

SECTION 8.3 Dispute Resolution . Article VI of the Distribution Agreement shall govern the rights of the Members with respect to dispute resolution. The term “Agreement Dispute” in that Article shall be read to include all disputes arising out of or otherwise concerning this Agreement, the governance or management of the Company, and each Member’s duties and obligations arising thereunder or relating thereto.

SECTION 8.4 Equitable Relief . The Members hereby confirm that damages at law may be an inadequate remedy for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement and agree that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision hereof, the respective rights and obligations hereunder shall be enforceable by specific performance, injunction or other equitable remedy, but, nothing herein contained is intended to, nor shall it, limit or affect any right or rights at law or by statute or otherwise of a Member aggrieved as against the other for a breach or threatened breach of any provision hereof, it being the intention by this Section 8.3 to make clear the

 

14


agreement of the Members that the respective rights and obligations of the Members hereunder shall be enforceable in equity as well as at law or otherwise and that the mention herein of any particular remedy shall not preclude a Member from any other remedy it or he might have, either in law or in equity.

SECTION 8.5 Officers; Initial Member Consent . The Company and the Members on behalf of the Company and pursuant to a Member Consent, acting singly or jointly, may employ and retain persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business (subject to the supervision and control of the Members), including employees and agents who may be designated as officers with titles, including, hut not limited to, “chairman,” “chief executive officer,” “president,” “vice president,” “treasurer,” “secretary,” “director” and “chief financial officer,” as and to the extent authorized by the Members.

SECTION 8.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. In particular, the Company is formed pursuant to the LLC Act, and the rights and liabilities of the Members shall be as provided therein, except as herein otherwise expressly provided.

SECTION 8.7 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 8.8 Access; Confidentiality . Neither the Company nor any Member shall use or permit the use of (without the prior written consent of the other) and shall keep, and shall cause its consultants and advisors to keep, confidential all information concerning the other parties in its possession, its custody or under its control (except to the extent that (A) such information has been in the public domain through no fault of such party or (B) such information has been later lawfully acquired from other sources by such party or (C) this Agreement or any agreement entered into pursuant hereto permits the use or disclosure of such information) to the extent such information (w) relates to or was acquired during the period up to the Distribution Date, (x) relates to any of this Agreement, the Distribution Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby or thereby, (y) is obtained in the course of performing services for the other party pursuant to any such agreement, or (z) is based upon or is derived from information described in the preceding clauses (w), (x) or (y), and no party shall not (without the prior written consent of the other) otherwise release or disclose such information to any other person, except such party’s auditors and attorneys, unless compelled to disclose such information by judicial or administrative process or unless such disclosure is required by law and such party has used commercially reasonable efforts to consult with the other affected party or parties prior to such disclosure.

 

15


SECTION 8.9 Notices . Whenever notice is required or permitted by this Agreement to be given, such notice may be in writing (including facsimile) and if in writing shall be given to any Member at its address or facsimile number shown in the Company’s books and records (including Schedule C hereto).

SECTION 8.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.

SECTION 8.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter hereof.

SECTION 8.12 Amendments . Any amendment to this Agreement shall be effective only if such amendment is evidenced by a written instrument duly executed and delivered by each of the Members.

SECTION 8.13 Section Titles . Section titles are for descriptive purposes only and shall not control or alter the meaning of this Agreement as set forth in the text hereof.

SECTION 8.14 Representations and Warranties . Each Member represents, warrants and covenants to each other Member and to the Company that:

(a) such Member, if not a natural person, is duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with full power and authority to conduct its business to the extent contemplated in this Agreement; and

(b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Member and constitutes the valid and legally binding agreement of such Member enforceable in accordance with its terms against such Member except as enforceability hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

SECTION 8.15 Affiliates . Neither Member nor any Affiliate thereof shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any other Member or any Affiliate thereof solely by reason of the Member’s ownership interest in the Company or the provisions of this Agreement.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

MEMBERS:
COGNIZANT CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Illegible
  Name:
  Title:

 

ACNIELSEN CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Illegible
  Name:
  Title:

 

17

Exhibit 3.35

SOS Online Filing System - Articles of Incorporation

 

The undersigned acting as incorporators of a corporation under the Arkansas Business Corporation Act (Act 958 of 1987), adopt the following Articles of Incorporation of such Corporation:   

Arkansas Secretary of State

Document No.: 196170002

Date Filed: 03-06-2003 07:39 AM

Total Pages: 2

 

First:    The name of the Corporation is:
   Decisions Made Easy, Inc.
   Must contain the words “Corporation”, Incorporated”, “Company”, “Limited”, or the abbreviation “Corp.”, “Inc.”, “Co.,” or “Ltd.” or words or abbreviations of like import in another language.
Second:    The number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is:
*   
   2,000 share(s).
   The par value of each share is $ 1.00

The designation of each class, the number of shares of each class, or a statement that the shares of any class are without par value are as follows:

 

No. of
Shares

   Class    Series
(if any)
   Par Value Per Share Or Statement
That Shares Are Without Par Value
2,000    common       $ 1.00

 

Third:

   The street address of the initial registered office of this Corporation shall be located at:

 

Street Address or

P.O. Box Number

   19 East Mountain Street      
City:    Fayetteville, AR      
State:    AR    ZIP:    72701-

and the name of the initial registered agent of this Corporation at that address is:

William Jackson Butt, II

 

Fourth:    The name and address of each Incorporator is as follows:

 

Name 1

 

Address 1

 

Name 2

Address 2

Name 3

Address 3

  

William Jackson Butt, II

 

19 East Mountain Street,

Fayetteville, AR 72701

 

1


SOS Online Filing System - Articles of Incorporation

 

Fifth:    The nature of the business of the Corporation and the object or purposes proposed to be transacted, promoted or carried on by it, are as follows:
(a)    The primary purpose of the Corporation shall be:
   the development, updating, and management of retail and wholesale sales data and information systems to manage such data.
(b)    To conduct any business enterprise not contrary to law.
(c)    To exercise all of the powers enumerated in Section 4-27-302 of the Arkansas Business Corporation Act.
Sixth:    Executed this 5th day of March, 2003
Signature:    William Jackson Butt, II
Title:    Incorporator
   (Pres., other officer, Chairman of the Board or by Incorporator pending elections of corporate officers)


SOS Online Filing System - Articles of Incorporation

Certificate of Amendment

The undersigned pursuant to the Arkansas Business Corporation Act of 1987, (Act 958 of 1987), sets forth the following:

 

  1. The name of the corporation is

Decisions Made Easy, Inc.

and is duly organized, created and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Arkansas.

 

  2. The amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was adopted on

01 day of, April, 2003.

 

  3. The Articles of Incorporation are amended as follows:

Article Second of the Articles of Incorporation is amended to restate it in its entirety as follows:

The Corporation is authorized to issue 16,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, comprised of the following classes:

Class A, 2,000 shares, each share having one vote, dividends as determined by Board of Directors, shares participate proportionately in liquidating distributions;

Class B, 2,000 shares, each share having one vote, dividends as determined by the Board of Directors, shares do not participate in any liquidating distributions;

Class C, 2,000 shares, having no voting rights, dividends as determined by Board of Directors, shares do not participate in any liquidating distributions;

Class D, 10,000 shares, each share having one vote, no dividend rights except for right of shares to participate proportionately in liquidating distributions.

 

  4. If an amendment provides for an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares and such provisions are not contained in the amendment itself, state the provisions for the implementation.


SOS Online Filing System - Articles of Incorporation

 

  5a. X The Amendment was adopted by the incorporators or board of directors of the corporation, no action by the shareholders was required to adopt the amendment.

OR

 

  5b. The amendment was approved by the shareholders.

(number of shares)

shares of are outstanding.

(number) Votes are entitled to be cast

by each voting group entitled to vote separately on the amendment. The number of votes of each voting group indisputably represented

at the meeting was .

(number) of the voting group in favor

of the amendment and of the voting group voted against the amendment.

OR

 

  5c. undisputed votes were cast for the

amendment by each voting group. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment was sufficient to adopt the amendment.

 

Signature
William Jackson Butt, II
Title (Chairman of the Board, President, or other officer or incorporator if directors have not been selected.)
Incorporator


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

DECISIONS MADE EASY, INC.

The undersigned, pursuant to the Arkansas Business Corporation (Act 958 of 1987), sets forth the following:

1. The name of the corporation is Decisions Made Easy, Inc. (“Corporation”), and it is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Arkansas.

2. Article Second of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended by Articles of Amendment filed on April 1, 2003, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

The number of shares the Corporation is authorized to issue is 16,000 shares of common stock, and each share will have a par value of $1.00.

3. The amendment will be implemented by each shareholder receiving one share of common stock for each share of outstanding stock owned by the shareholder on the date these Articles of Amendment are filed with the Secretary of State.

4. The amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on December 1, 2005.

5. At the time of the adoption of the amendment, the Corporation had Two Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-six (2,676) shares of Class A voting common stock, Seven Hundred Thirty-five (735) shares of Class B voting common stock, and One Thousand Nine Hundred Forty (1,940) shares of Class D voting common stock issued and outstanding. All shares were represented at the meeting held for the purpose of considering the amendment.

6. All Two Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-six (2,676) shares of Class A voting common stock, Seven Hundred Thirty-five (735) shares of Class B voting common stock, and One Thousand Nine Hundred Forty (1,940) shares of Class D voting common stock were cast for the amendment. The number of votes cast for the amendment by each voting group was sufficient approval by that voting group.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate name to be subscribed by its President on this 1st day of December 2005.

 

Decisions Made Easy, Inc.
By:   /s/ Carlo Fava
  Carlo Fava, President

Exhibit 3.36

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

DECISIONS MADE EASY, INC.

The initial Bylaws of Decisions Made Easy were first adopted April 1, 2003 at its first meeting of the Board of Directors. Pursuant to Article VIII thereof, the Bylaws are herewith amended, to restate them in their entirety, by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation. The terms amended herewith are these:

1. Article II, Section 1 is amended to provide that the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year at a time, place and date directed by the president of the Corporation which shall be during the month of December.

2. Article III, Section 4 is amended to provide that the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be at a time, place and date as directed by the president, which shall be in December of each year.

3. Article II pertaining to stockholders is amended to provide for consent action without meetings consistent with Arkansas Code Annotated § 4-27-704.

4. Article IV is amended to provide for consent action without meetings by directors per Arkansas Code Annotated § 4-27-821.

5. Article II, Section 3, and Article III, Section 3, are amended to provide that participation by stockholders and directors at respective meetings thereof may be via telephone.

The Bylaws as amended and restated are as follows:

ARTICLE I – STOCK

SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK shall be issued in numerical order as to each class from the stock certificate books of each class, signed by the President and Secretary and sealed by the corporate seal. A record of each certificate shall be kept on the stub thereof.

 

1


SECTION 2. TRANSFERS OF STOCK shall be made only upon the books of the company and before a new certificate is issued, the old certificate must be surrendered for cancellation.

The stock books of the company shall be closed for transfers twenty days before elections of Directors and ten days before dividend payment days.

ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. THE ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS of the Corporation shall be in December of each year at a time, place and date directed by the president of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Notice of the time, place and purpose of the annual meeting of stockholders shall be given to each stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting by mailing to such stockholder, not fewer than ten, nor more than sixty, days before such meeting, a written notice thereof, postage prepaid, addressed to his last known home address. If the action to be taken is regarding a proposal to increase the authorized capital stock or bond indebtedness to the Corporation, such notice shall be no fewer than sixty nor more than seventy-five days before the meeting date. Any stockholder may waive notice of said meeting either before, at or after the meeting. Said written notice may be signed by either the President, a Vice-President or the Secretary.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS shall be called by the Board of Directors or by the President, to be held at the general office of the Corporation. Notice of such special meetings shall be given in the same manner as is provided in the case of annual meetings.

SECTION 3. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING to increase the capital stock or bond indebtedness of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting of shareholders if one or more written consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders of the Corporation. Any other action required or permitted to be taken by shareholders at a meeting thereof may be taken without a meeting if one or more written consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum

 

2


number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. A quorum at any meeting of the stockholders shall include all stockholders participating through telephonic conference call.

SECTION 4. ORDER OF BUSINESS: The order of business at the annual meeting, and as far as possible at all other meetings of the stockholders, shall be:

 

  (1) Calling of roll

 

  (2) Proof of notice of meeting

 

  (3) Reading and disposal of any unapproved minutes

 

  (4) Annual reports of officers and committees

 

  (5) Election of Directors

 

  (6) Unfinished business

 

  (7) New business

 

  (8) Adjournment

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS AND DIRECTORS MEETINGS

SECTION 1. THE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL of the business shall be vested in a Board of Directors which shall consist of the number of Directors elected at the organizational meeting of the incorporators, which number may be revised by the Board of Directors by majority vote. The Board of Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualify. The Board of Directors may employ such agents or representatives as it deems advisable. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. ANY VACANCIES IN THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS caused by resignation, death or otherwise, may be filled by the remaining Directors at a special meeting called for that purpose, or by the stockholders at any regular or special meeting held prior to the filling of such vacancy by the Board as above provided. The person so chosen as Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders, or until his successor is elected and qualifies.

 

3


SECTION 3. QUORUM: A quorum at any meeting shall consist of a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors. A majority of such quorum shall decide any proper question that may come before the meeting. Action required or permitted to be taken at a Board of Directors meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by each director, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken. Action taken under this section is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consents specifies a different effective date. A quorum at any meeting shall include any directors participating through telephonic conference call.

SECTION 4. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS shall be held in December of each year at a time, date, and place directed by the president of the Corporation. Notice of the date, time and place of such meeting shall be provided by at least two days to the directors by any method which contacts them or is reasonably expected to contact them within five days prior to the meeting.

SECTION 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS may be called at any time by the President, or in his absence, by the Vice-President, or by any two Directors, to be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place or places as the Directors may from time to time designate. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director by five days service of the same by telegram, letter or personally. Notice of special meetings may be waived by any Director not receiving such notice in any written form.

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

SECTION 1. THE OFFICERS OF THE CORPORATION shall consist of a President, a Vice-President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and an Executive Office, each of whom shall be elected for one year by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after the annual meeting of stockholders and who shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualify. The office of Secretary, Treasurer and Vice-President may be held by the same person. Any vacancies in

 

4


office arising from death, resignation or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. The duties of the officers shall be such as are usually imposed upon such officials of Corporations and as are required by law, and such may be assigned to them, respectively, by the Board of Directors from time to time.

ARTICLE V - FISCAL YEAR

SECTION 1. THE FISCAL YEAR of this Corporation shall begin on May 1 and terminate on the 30 th of April following, but the fiscal year may be changed by resolution to that effect adopted by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI - DIVIDENDS AND FINANCES

SECTION 1. DIVIDENDS SHALL BE DECLARED only from the surplus profits at such times as the Board of Directors shall direct, and no dividend shall be declared that will impair the capital of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. THE MONEYS OF THE CORPORATION shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such bank or trust company as the Board of Directors may designate and may be withdrawn by check signed by the President or Secretary of said company or such other persons as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII - CORPORATE SEAL

SECTION I. THE DIRECTORS SHALL PROVIDE A SUITABLE CORPORATE SEAL which shall be in the charge of the Secretary and shall be used as authorized by the Directors.

ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

SECTION I. THESE BY-LAWS MAY BE AMENDED or repealed or any by-laws may be made or adopted at any annual or special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose by the vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation or by the vote of a majority of the full membership of the Board of Directors at a regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, or by a written consent resolution by either the shareholders holding a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, or a majority of the full membership of the Board of Directors then serving in the Corporation.

 

5


Adopted this 1 st day of January, 2004, by a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors.

 

/s/ Wayne Rigney
Wayne Rigney, Director
/s/ Chris Rigney
Chris Rigney, Director
/s/ Julia Samek
Julia Samek, Director

 

6


MINUTES OF SPECIAL MEETING

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

DECISIONS MADE EASY, INC.

A special meeting of the Board of Directors of Decisions Made Easy, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Arkansas, for the purpose of amending the Bylaws of the corporation, was held at the offices of the corporation on December 6, 2004, pursuant to waiver of notice and consent of the directors.

All of the Directors were present. Chris Rigney acted as chairman and Wayne Rigney, Secretary of the corporation, recorded these minutes.

The following amendment to the Bylaws of the corporation was presented:

Article VII, Section 1, of the Bylaws of this corporation is hereby amended to read as follows:

“SECTION 1. THE DIRECTORS MAY PROVIDE A SUITABLE CORPORATE SEAL which shall be in the charge of the Secretary and shall be used as authorized by the Directors.”

Upon motion duly made and seconded, the following resolution was unanimously adopted:

“RESOLVED, that the amendment to Bylaws presented to this meeting is hereby approved, adopted and ordered to be inserted in the minute book of the corporation.”

 

DIRECTORS:
/s/ Chris Rigney
Chris Rigney
/s/ Wayne Rigney
Wayne Rigney
/s/ Julia Samek
Julia Samek

Exhibit 3.39

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOREMOST EXHIBITS, INC.

We, the undersigned, Walter Fletcher as President and Warren A. Ambrose as Secretary of Foremost Exhibits, Inc. do hereby certify that on May 18, 1995, the Board of Directors of said corporation, by their unanimous written consent, adopted a resolution to amend the Restated Articles of Incorporation filed the 14th day of December, 1995, in their entirety as herein set forth:

ARTICLE I

The name of this Corporation is Foremost Exhibits, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the general laws of the State of Nevada as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE III

(a) Registered Agent . The registered agent of the corporation who was previously Gary L. Hayes, Suite 870, 2300 West Sahara Avenue, Box 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89102, shall hereinafter be Capitol Document Services, Inc., 400 West King Street, Suite 404, Carson City, Nevada 89703.

(b) Registered Office . The street address of the corporation in the State of Nevada shall be 400 West King Street, Suite 404, Carson City, Nevada 89703.

(c) Other Offices . The corporation may also maintain offices for the transaction of any business at such other places within or without the State of Nevada as it may from time to time determine. Corporate business of every kind and nature may be conducted, and meetings of the directors and stockholders held, outside the State of Nevada with the same effect as if conducted or held in the State of Nevada.

 

-1-


ARTICLE III

(a) The total number of shares which this corporation was previously authorized to issue was 2,500 shares of no par value Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the corporation shall be authorized to issue shall be 2,500 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share.

(b) When shares are issued upon payment of the consideration fixed by the Board of Directors, such shares shall be taken to be fully paid stock and shall be nonassessable. The Articles shall not be amended in this particular.

ARTICLE IV

The name and street address of the corporation’s original incorporator is:

 

Name

  

Address

Walter Fletcher

  

2525 Ocean Park Boulevard

Santa Monica, California 90405

ARTICLE V

The following individuals shall be the directors of the corporation to serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified:

Walter Fletcher

Warren A. Ambrose

H Verne Packer

The address of each of the above-named individuals is 2525 Ocean Park Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90405.

ARTICLE VI

(a) Without limiting the application of the foregoing, the Board of Directors may adopt Bylaws from time to time with respect to indemnification, to provide at all times the fullest indemnification permitted by the laws of the State of Nevada, and may cause the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as its representative in a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred in any such capacity or arising out of such status, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person.

 

-2-


(b) The indemnification provided in this Article IV shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

ARTICLE VII

The number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is 1,000. The amendment and restatement to Articles of Incorporation set forth herein was unanimously approved by the corporation’s stockholders entitled to vote thereon an by the corporation’s directors on May 18, 1995.

 

/s/ Walter Fletcher
Walter Fletcher, President
/s/ Warren A. Ambrose
Warren A. Ambrose, Secretary

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA   )
  ) ss.
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES   )

On this 18 day of May, 1995, before me, Corinne L. Lloyd, a Notary Public, personally appeared WALTER FLETCHER, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Corinne L. Lloyd
Notary Public

 

-3-


STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES    )

On this 18th day of May, 1995, before me, Corinne L. Lloyd, a Notary Public, personally appeared WARREN A. AMBROSE, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Corinne L. Lloyd
Notary Public

 

-4-

Exhibit 3.42

RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.

(Under Section 807 of the Business Corporation Law)

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by the virtue of the laws of the State of New York (the “Corporation”) does hereby certify:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC. and the Corporation was originally incorporated under the name EMARK, INC.

SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by the New York Department of State on November 4, 1983.

THIRD: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended such that the address of the Corporation at which the Secretary of State shall deliver any papers served upon the Secretary on behalf of the corporation is changed and such that the appointment of a registered agent other than the Secretary of State acting on behalf of the Corporation is deleted. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as Restated hereby, shall read in its entirety as follows:

“l. The name of the corporation shall be “INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.” (hereinafter sometimes called the “Corporation”).

2. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, provided that the Corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained.

3. The office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be located in the City of New York, County of New York, State of New York.

4. The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares, each having a par value of $0.1.

5. The Secretary of State of New York is hereby designated as the agent of the Corporation upon whom any process may in any action or proceeding against it be served. The post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process in any action or proceeding against the Corporation which may be served upon him is:

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.

c/o VNU Business Information Services, Inc.

201 North Union Street

Alexandria, Virginia 22314

6. The By-Laws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by a vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation at which a quorum is present.”

FOURTH: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was authorized in accordance with Section 803(a) of the New York Business Corporation Law by the written consent of the Corporation’s sole director followed by the written consent of the Corporation’s sole stockholder.


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

IMS SUB, INC.

INTO

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.

Under Section 904 of the Business Corporation Law

The undersigned, Charles E. Leonard, III and Erich R. Eiselt, being, respectively, the Chairman and Secretary of INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC., a domestic corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of New York and Charles E. Leonard, III and Erich R. Eiselt being, respectively, the Chairman and Secretary of IMS SUB, INC., a domestic corporation duly organized and existing hereby certify and set forth:

1. The name of such constituent corporation is as follows:

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC., a New York corporation

IMS SUB, INC., a New York corporation

2. The name of the surviving corporation is INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.

3. The designation and number of outstanding shares of each class and series of INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC. are as follows:

 

Class of Securities

   Number of Shares Outstanding

Common Stock (par value $.01)

   500

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote and to vote as a class.

4. The designation and number of outstanding shares of IMS SUB, INC. are as follows:

 

Class of Securities

   Number of Shares Outstanding

Common Stock (par value $1.00)

   100

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote and to vote as a class.


5. There are no amendments or changes to be made in the certificate of incorporation of INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.

6. The certificate of incorporation of INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC. was filed by the Department of State on the 4th day of November, 1983 under the name EMARK, INC.

7. The certificate of incorporation of IMS SUB, INC. was filed by the Department of State on the 30th day of July, 1981 under the name IMS/ADSERVE INCORPORATED.

8. The merger of INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC. and IMS SUB, INC. (the “Merger”) was authorized with respect to both such corporations by adoption and approval of a Plan of Merger by the unanimous written consent of their respective Boards of Directors in accordance with Section 708 of the Business Corporation Law in the written consent of their respective sole stockholders in accordance with Section 615 of the Business Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and signed this certificate this 30th day of December, 1991 and affirm the statements contained herein as true under penalties of per jury.

 

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/ Charles E. Leonard
  Name:   Charles E. Leonard, III
  Title:   Chairman
By:   /s/ Erich R. Eiselt
  Name:   Erich R. Eiselt
  Title:   Secretary
IMS SUB, INC.
By:   /s/ Charles E. Leonard
  Name:   Charles E. Leonard, III
  Title:   Chairman
By:   /s/ Erich R. Eiselt
  Name:   Erich R. Eiselt
  Title:   Secretary

 

– 2 –


CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE

OF

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.

UNDER SECTION 805-A OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Interactive Market Systems, Inc.

SECOND: The Certificate if Incorporation of said corporation was filed by the Department of State on November 4, 1983 under the name Emark, Inc.

THIRD: The following was authorized by the Board of Directors.

To change the post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of process in any action or proceeding against the corporation which may be served on him from c/o VNU Business Information Services, Inc. 201 North Union Street, Alexandria Virginia 22314 to Interactive Market Systems, Inc., c/o VNU, Inc., 770 Broadway, New York, New York 10003.

To revoke the authority of the registered agent.

 

/s/ Frederick A. Steinmann
Frederick A. Steinmann
Vice President

Exhibit 3.43

BY–LAWS

OF

EMARK, INC.

Under the Business Corporation Law

of the State of New York

ARTICLE I

Shareholders

Section 1.01 . Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may come before it shall be held on such date in each calendar year, not later than the one hundred twentieth day after the close of the Corporation’s preceding fiscal year, and at such place, within or without the State of New York, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors (or by any officer so designated by the Board) and stated in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

Section 1.02 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time by resolution of the Board of Directors (or by any officer designated by the Board) and shall be so called when requested by the holders of not


less than 50% of all shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Special meetings of shareholders shall be held at such place, within or without the State of New York, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors (or such designated officer) and stated in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting. At any such special meeting only such business may be transacted which is related to the purpose or purposes set forth in the notice required by the next Section 1.03.

A special meeting, other than one called at the request of the holders of not less than 50% of all shares entitled to vote at such meeting, may be cancelled by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 1.03 . Notice of Meetings of Shareholders . Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice thereof shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, unless it is the annual meeting, shall indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or officer designated by the Board to call the meeting). A notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given either personally, by telegraph or by mail, not less than ten

 

2


nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, with postage thereon prepaid, directed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the record of shareholders, or, if he shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other address.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; however, if after the adjournment the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice under the next preceding paragraph.

Section 1.04 . Waivers of Notice . Notice of meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, in person or by proxy, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him.

 

3


Section 1.05 . Quorum . The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders for the transaction of any business, provided that when a specified item of business is required to be voted on by a class or series, voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such specified item of business.

When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

The shareholders present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum and at any such adjourned meeting at which the requisite holders of shares shall be present, in person or by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

4


Section 1.06 . Fixing Record Date . For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than fifty days prior to any other action.

Section 1.07 . List of Shareholders at Meetings . A list of shareholders as of the record date, certified by the corporate officer responsible for its preparation or by a transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting of shareholders upon the request thereat or prior thereto of any shareholder. If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the inspectors of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such list of shareholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meeting, and all persons who appear from such list to be shareholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at such meeting.

 

5


Section 1.08 . Proxies . Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it except as otherwise provided in Section 609 of the Business Corporation Law.

Section 1.09 . Selection and Duties of Inspectors . The Board may appoint in advance of any shareholders’ meeting one or more inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at a shareholders’ meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder entitled to vote thereat shall appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

 

6


The inspectors shall determine the number of shares outstanding, and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting or any shareholder entitled to vote thereat, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them. Any report or certificate made by them shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and of the vote as certified by them.

Unless appointed by the Board or the person presiding at the meeting, as above provided in this section, inspectors shall be dispensed with at all meetings of shareholders.

 

7


Section 1.10 . Qualification of Voters . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, every shareholder shall be entitled at every meeting of shareholders to one vote for every share standing in his name on the record of shareholders.

Treasury shares and shares of the Corporation held by any majority-owned domestic or foreign subsidiary of the Corporation shall not be shares entitled to vote or to be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares.

Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, committee, or other fiduciary, except a trustee, may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into his name. Shares held by a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, only after the shares have been transferred into his name as trustee or into the name of his nominee.

Section 1.11 . Vote of Shareholders . Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Whenever any corporate action, other than the election of directors, is to be taken by vote of the shareholders, it shall, except as otherwise required by the Business Corporation Law or by the Certificate

 

8


of Incorporation of the Corporation in conformity with the Business Corporation Law, be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.

The vote upon any question at any shareholders’ meeting need not be by ballot.

Section 1.12 . Action Without a Meeting . Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of all issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. This paragraph shall not be construed to alter or modify the provisions of any section of the Business Corporation Law or any provision in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation not inconsistent with the Business Corporation Law under which the written consent of the holders of less than all outstanding shares is sufficient for corporate action.

Written consent thus given by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of shareholders.

 

9


ARTICLE II

Directors

Section 2.01 . Management of Business; Qualifications of Directors . The business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. Each director shall be at least eighteen years of age but need not be a shareholder.

The Board, in addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon it herein, by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and otherwise, is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers as may be exercised by the Corporation, except as expressly provided otherwise by the statutes of the State of New York, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and by these By-Laws.

Section 2.02 . Number . The number of directors which shall constitute the entire Board shall be such number as shall be fixed by action of a majority of the entire Board from time to time, but no decrease in number shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall not be less than three, except that if there are less than three shareholders, the number of directors may be less than three but not less than the number of shareholders.

 

10


Section 2.03 . Election and Term . At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which he is elected and until his successor has been elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal.

Section 2.04 . Resignation . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, if any, or if no time is specified therein, then upon receipt of such notice by the addressee; and, unless otherwise provided therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 2.05 . Removal . Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.

Section 2.06 . Vacancies . Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and vacancies occurring in the Board for any reason except the removal of directors without cause may be filled by vote of a majority of directors then in office although less than a quorum.

 

11


A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

Section 2.07 . Quorum of Directors . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the entire Board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall be the act of the Board except as expressly provided otherwise by the laws of the State of New York and except as provided in Sections 2.06, 2.11 and 2.14 hereof.

A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting of the directors to another time and place. Notice of such adjournment need not be given if such time and place are announced at the meeting.

Section 2.08 . Annual Meetings . The newly elected Board shall meet immediately following the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders in each year at the same place and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary.

 

12


Section 2.09 . Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such time and at such place, within or without the State of New York, as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board and no notice thereof shall be necessary.

Section 2.10 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called at any time by the President or any Vice-president or by any two directors or by resolution of the entire Board, at such place within or without the State of New York as shall be fixed by the person or persons calling the meeting.

Notice of each special meeting, stating the time and place of the meeting, shall be given by the President or the Secretary to each director by delivered letter, by telegram or by personal communication either over the telephone or otherwise, in each such case not later than forty-eight (48) hours prior to the meeting, or by mailed letter deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid not later than the fifth day prior to the meeting, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling the meeting may deem necessary or appropriate under the circumstances.

 

13


Notice of a special meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him. Notices of special meetings of the Board and waivers thereof need not state the purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Section 2.11 . Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the Board consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the Board shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.

Section 2.12 . Action By Means of Conference Telephone . Any one or more members of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 2.13 . Compensation . Directors shall receive such compensation for their services in any capacity as may be determined from time to time by the Board. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

14


Section 2.14 . Committees . The Board, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, may designate from among its members an Executive Committee and other committees, each consisting of three or more directors, and each of which, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have all the authority of the Board, except that no such committee shall have authority as to the following matters:

 

  (a) The submission to shareholders of any action that needs shareholders’ authorization under the Business Corporation Law.

 

  (b) The filling of vacancies in the Board or in any committee.

 

  (c) The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or on any committee.

 

  (d) The amendment or repeal of the By-Laws, or the adoption of new By-Laws.

 

  (e) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable.

The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may replace any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee.

 

15


Section 2.15 . Action of Committees Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by any committee as provided in Section 2.14 hereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

Section 2.16 . Action of Committees by Means of Conference Telephone . Any one or more members of any committee may participate in a meeting of the committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 2.17 . Interested Directors . No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, firm, association or other entity in which one or more of the Corporation’s directors are directors or officers, or have a substantial financial interest, shall be either void or voidable by

 

16


reason alone of such interest or by reason alone, that such director or directors are present at the meeting of the Board, or of a committee thereof, which approves such contract or transaction, or that his or their votes are counted for such purpose so long as:

 

  (a) The material facts as to such director’s interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed in good faith or known to the Board or committee, and the Board or committee approves such contract or transaction by a vote sufficient for such purpose without counting the vote or votes of such interested director or directors; or

 

  (b) The material facts as to such director’s interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and such con tract or transaction is approved by vote of the shareholders; or

 

  (c) The contract or transaction is fair and reasonable as to the Corporation at the time it is approved by the Board, a committee or the shareholders.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which approves such contract or transaction.

 

17


Section 2.18 . Loans to Directors . A loan shall not be made by the Corporation to any director unless it is authorized by vote of the shareholders. For this purpose, the shares of the director who would be the borrower shall not be shares entitled to vote. A loan made in violation of this section shall be a violation of the duty to the Corporation of the directors approving it, but the obligation of the borrower with respect to the loan shall not be affected thereby.

ARTICLE III

Officers

Section 3.01 . Election or Appointment; Number . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and such number of Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers, as the Board may from time to time determine. Any person may hold two or more offices at the same time, except (subject to the next sentence) the offices of President and Secretary or, additionally, if there be a Chairman of the Board, the offices of Chairman of the Board and Secretary. When all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation is owned by one person, such person may hold all or any combination of offices. The officers of the Corporation may, but need not, be shareholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

18


Section 3.02 . Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.03 hereof, all officers shall be elected or appointed to hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board, and each officer shall hold office for the term for which he is elected or appointed and until his successor has been elected or appointed and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

The Board may require any officer to give security for the faithful performance of his duties.

Section 3.03 . Removal . Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board with or without cause. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any; however, the election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 3.04 . General Authority . The officers shall have such authority, duties and powers as may be assigned to them from time to time by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the President and, to the extent consistent therewith and with other

 

19


provisions of these By-Laws, shall have the authority, perform the duties and exercise the powers in the management of the Corporation usually incident to the offices held by them.

Section 3.05 . Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, the President or any Vice-President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

20


Section 3.06 . Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.07 . President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that

 

21


the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.08 . Vice-Presidents . At the request of the President or in his absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice-President or the Vice-Presidents if there is moire than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no

 

22


Vice-President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President, or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 3.09 . Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given.

 

23


The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 3.10 . Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

24


Section 3.11 . Assistant Secretaries . Except as may be otherwise provided in these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 3.12 . Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer.

 

25


Section 3.13 . Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

Section 4.01 . Stock Certificates . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates signed by the President or a Vice-President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee. If any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.

Each certificate representing shares shall also set forth such additional material as is required by subdivisions (b) and (c) of Section 508 of the Business Corporation Law.

Section 4.02 . Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of New York and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate or certificates shall be issued.

Section 4.03 . Registered Holders . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat and shall be protected in treating the persons in whose names shares or any warrants, rights or options stand on the record of shareholders, warrant holders, rights holders or option holders, as the case may be, as the owners thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, any such share, warrant, right or option on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided otherwise by these By-Laws and the laws of the State of New York.

 

26


Section 4.04 . New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient (in the judgment of the directors) to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the directors, it is proper so to do.

Section 4.05 . Dividends . The Corporation may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions in cash or its bonds or its property, including the shares or bonds of other corporations, on its outstanding shares, except when currently the Corporation is insolvent or would thereby be made insolvent, or when the declaration, payment or distribution would be contrary to any restrictions contained in the Certificate of

 

27


Incorporation of the Corporation. Dividends may be declared or paid and other distributions may be made out of surplus only, so that the net assets of the Corporation remaining after such declaration, payment or distribution shall at least equal the amount of its stated capital. When any dividend is paid or any other distribution is made, in whole or in part, from sources other than earned surplus, it shall be accompanied by a written notice (a) disclosing the amounts by which such dividend or distribution affects stated capital, capital surplus and earned surplus, or (b) if such amounts are not determinable at the time of such notice, disclosing the approximate effect of such dividend or distribution upon stated capital, capital surplus and earned surplus and stating that such amounts are not yet determinable.

ARTICLE V

Financial Notices to Shareholders

Section 5.01 . Cancellation of Reacquired Shares . When reacquired shares other than converted shares are cancelled, the stated capital of the Corporation shall be reduced by the amount of stated capital then represented by such shares plus any stated capital not theretofore allocated to any designated class or series which is thereupon allocated to the shares

 

28


cancelled. The amount by which stated capital has been reduced by cancellation of reacquired shares during a stated period of time shall be disclosed in the next financial statement covering such period that is furnished by the Corporation to all its shareholders or, if practicable, in the first notice of dividend or share distribution that is furnished to the holders of each class or series of its shares between the end of the period and the next such financial statement, and in any event to all its shareholders within six months of the date of the reduction of capital.

Section 5.02 . Reduction of Stated Capital . When a reduction of stated capital has been effected under Section 516 of the Business Corporation Law, the amount of such reduction shall be disclosed in the next financial statement covering the period in which such reduction is made that is furnished by the Corporation to all its shareholders or, if practicable, in the first notice of dividend or share distribution that is furnished to the holders of each class or series of its shares between the date of such reduction and the next such financial statement, and in any event to all its shareholders within six months of the date of such reduction.

 

29


ARTICLE VI

Duties of Directors and Officers; Indemnification

Section 6.01 . Duties of Directors . A director shall perform his duties as a director, including his duties as a member of any committee of the Board upon which he may serve, in good faith and with that degree of care which an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In performing his duties, a director shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by:

(1) one or more officers or employees (i) of the Corporation or (ii) of any other corporation of which at least fifty percentum of the outstanding shares of stock entitling the holders thereof to vote for the election of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or (iii) of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such director has served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, whom the director believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, or

 

30


(2) counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters which the director believes to be within such person’s professional or expert competence, or

(3) a committee of the Board upon which he does not serve, duly designated in accordance with a provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws, as to matters within its designated authority, which committee the director believes to merit confidence.

so long as in so relying he shall be acting in good faith and with such degree of care, but he shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted. A person who so performs his duties shall have no liability by reason of being or having been a director of the Corporation.

 

31


Section 6.02 . Duties of Officers . An officer shall perform his duties as an officer in good faith and with that degree of care which an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In performing his duties, an officer shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by:

(1) one or more other officers or employees (i) of the Corporation or (ii) of any other corporation of which at least fifty percentum of the outstanding shares of stock entitling the holders thereof to vote for the election of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or (iii) of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such officer has served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, whom the officer believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, or

(2) counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters which the officer believes to be within such person’s professional or expert competence, so long as in so relying he shall be acting in good faith and with such degree of care, but he shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted. A person who so performs his duties shall have no liability by reason of being or having been an officer of the Corporation.

 

32


Section 6.03. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents in Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation.

(a) Subject to Section 6.05, the Corporation shall indemnify any person, made a party to an action by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the defense of such action, or in connection with an appeal therein, except in relation to matters as to which a director or officer is adjudged to have breached his duty to the Corporation under Section 6.01 or under Section 6.02, as the case may be, or in which an employee or agent is adjudged to have breached his duty to the Corporation, as that duty may from time to time be defined.

(b) The indemnification authorized under paragraph (a) shall in no case include:

(1) amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened action, or a pending action with or without court approval, or

 

33


(2) expenses incurred in defending a threatened action, or a pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval.

Section 6.04 . Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents in Other Actions or Proceedings.

(a) Subject to Section 6.05, the Corporation shall indemnify any person, made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding other than one by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, whether civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type or Kind, domestic or foreign, of any partnership, joint Venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any

 

34


capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein, if such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation acted, in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The termination of any such civil or criminal action or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere , or its equivalent, shall not in itself create a presumption that any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation did not act, in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation or that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

35


(c) For the purpose of this Section, the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be considered fines; and action taken or omitted by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such person’s duties for a purpose reasonably believed by such person to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

Section 6.05 . Payment of Indemnification Other than by Court Award .

(a) A person who has been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding of the character described in Section 6.03 or 6.04 shall be entitled to indemnification as authorized in such sections.

 

36


(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a), any indemnification under Section 6.03 or 6.04, unless ordered by a court under Section 725 of the Business Corporation Law of New York, shall be made by the Corporation, only if authorized in the specific case:

(1) by the Board acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding upon a finding that the director, officer, employee or agent has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.03 or 6.04, as the case may be, or,

(2) if a quorum under subparagraph (1) is not obtainable with due diligence:

(A) by the Board upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections has been met by such director, officer, employee or agent, or

(B) by the shareholders upon a finding that the director, officer, employee or agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections.

 

37


It is the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 6.03 and 6.04 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(c) Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding if authorized under paragraph (b).

Section 6.06 . Other Provisions Affecting Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees [and Agents] .

(a) All expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding which are advanced by the Corporation under paragraph (c) of Section 6.05 or allowed by a court shall be repaid in case the person receiving such advancement or allowance is ultimately found, under the procedure set forth in this Article VI or in Section 725 of the New York Business Corporation Law, not to be entitled to indemnification or, where indemnification is granted, to the extent the expenses so advanced by the Corporation or allowed by the court exceed the indemnification to which he is entitled.

 

38


(b) No indemnification, advancement or allowance shall be made under this Article VI in any circumstance where it appears:

(1) that the indemnification would be inconsistent with a provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, a By-Law, a resolution of the Board or of the shareholders, an agreement or other proper corporate action, in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the threatened or pending action or proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(2) if there has been a settlement approved by the court, that the indemnification would be inconsistent with any condition with respect to indemnification expressly imposed by the court in approving the settlement.

(c) If, under this Article VI, any expenses or other amounts are paid by way of indemnification, otherwise than by court order or action by the shareholders, the Corporation shall, not later than the next annual meeting of shareholders unless such meeting is held within three months from the date of such payment, and, in

 

39


any event, within fifteen months from the date of such payment, mail to its shareholders of record at the time entitled to vote for the election of directors a statement specifying the persons paid, the amounts paid, and the nature and status at the time of such payment of the litigation or threatened litigation.

Section 6.07 . Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification . The provisions of this Article VI shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 6.03 or 6.04 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of New York, or otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person. The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which employees or agents (other than officers or directors) of the Corporation seeking indemnification may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to actions in their official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while serving the Corporation.

 

40


Section 6.08 . Insurance for Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents .

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance:

(1) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents under the provisions of this Article VI, and

(2) to indemnify directors, officers, employees and agents in instances in which they may be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article VI, and

(3) to indemnify directors, officers and employees and agents in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article VI provided the contract of insurance covering such directors, officers employees and agents provides, in a manner acceptable to the superintendent of insurance, for a retention amount and for co-insurance.

 

41


(b) No insurance under paragraph (a) may provide for any payment, other than cost of defense, to or on behalf of any director, officer or employee or agent:

(1) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the insured director, officer, employee or agent establishes that his acts of active and deliberate dishonesty were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled, or

(2) in relation to any risk the insurance of which is prohibited under the insurance law of the State of New York.

(c) Insurance under any or all subparagraphs of paragraph (a) may be included in a single contract or supplement thereto. Retrospective rated contracts are prohibited.

(d) The Corporation shall, within the time and to the persons provided in paragraph (c) of Section 6.06, mail a statement in respect of any insurance it has purchased or renewed under this Section, specifiying the insurance carrier, date of the contract, cost of the insurance, corporate positions insured, and a statement explaining all sums, not previously reported in a statement to shareholders, paid under any indemnification insurance contract.

 

42


Section 6.09 . Meaning of “Corporation” for Purposes of Article VI .

For purposes of this Article VI, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

43


ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

Section 7.01 . Offices . The principal office of the Corporation shall be in the City of New York, County of New York, State of New York or such other place within the State of New York as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may also have offices at other places within or without the State of New York.

Section 7.02 . Seal . The Corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal New York.”

Section 7.03 . Checks . All checks or demands for money shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 7.04 . Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders, Board of Directors and Executive Committee, if any, and shall keep at the office of the Corporation in New York State or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar in New York State, a record containing the names and addresses of all shareholders, the number and

 

44


class of shares held by each and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof. Any of the foregoing books, minutes or records may be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

Section 7.05 . When Notice of Lapse of Time Unnecessary; Notices Dispensed With When Delivery is Prohibited.

Whenever, under the Business Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws or by the terms of any agreement or instrument, the Corporation or the Board of Directors or any committee thereof is authorized to take any action after notice to any person or persons or after the lapse of a prescribed period of time, such action may be taken without notice and without the lapse of such period of time, if at any time before or after such action is completed the person or persons entitled to such notice or entitled to participate in the action to be taken or, in the case of a shareholder, by his attorney-in-fact, submit a signed waiver of notice of such requirements.

 

45


Whenever any notice or communication is required to be given to any person by the Business Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, or by the terms of any agreement or instrument, or as a condition precedent to taking any corporate action and communication with such person is then unlawful under any statute of the State of New York or of the United States or any regulation, proclamation or order issued under said statutes, then the giving of such notice or communication to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply for license or other permission to do so. Any affidavit, certificate or other instrument which is required to be made or filed as proof of the giving of any notice or communication required under the Business Corporation Law shall, if such notice or communication to any person is dispensed with under this paragraph, include a statement that such notice or communication was not given to any person with whom communication is unlawful. Such affidavit, certificate or other instrument shall be as effective for all purposes as though such notice or communication had been personally given to such person.

Section 7.06 . Entire Board . As used in these By-Laws, the term “entire Board” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

46


Section 7.07 . Amendment of By-Laws . These By-Laws may be amended or repealed and new By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors or by vote of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to vote in the election of any directors, except that any action by the Board changing the number of directors shall require the vote of a majority of the entire Board and except that any By-Laws adopted by the Board may be amended or repealed by the shareholders entitled to vote thereon as provided in the Business Corporation Law.

If any By-Law regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors the By-Laws so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a concise statement of the changes made.

Section 7.08 . Section Headings . The headings of the Articles and Sections of these By-Laws have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of these By-Laws.

 

47

Exhibit 3.45

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 03:00 PM 12/18/1997

971437375 – 2835348

  

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

NESLEIN HOLDING, L.L.C.

1. The name of the limited liability company is

NESLEIN HOLDING, L.L.C.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The Certificate of formation shall be effective upon filing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of NESLEIN HOLDING, L.L.C. this 18th day of December, 1997.

 

ACNIELSEN CORPORATION
/s/ Mary A. Dresdow
Mary A. Dresdow
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.48

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

under

Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law

of the

STATE OF NEW YORK

HUGHES HUBBARD & REED

ONE WALL STREET

NEW YORK

WHITEHALL S-6500


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

under

Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law

of the

State of New York

 


The undersigned, a natural person at least eighteen years of age, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

SECOND: The purposes for which the corporation is formed are:

1. To print, bind, publish, circulate, distribute, buy, sell and deal in, artworks, books, pamphlets, circulars, posters, newspapers, magazines, literature, music, pictures, tickets, cards, advertisements, letters and bill heads, envelopes, legal, commercial and financial forms and blanks of every kind. To acquire, by purchase or otherwise, turn to account, license the use of assign and deal with, copyrights and intellectual properties of every kind. To carry on a general printing, engraving, lithographing, electrotyping and publishing business in all the branches thereof.

 

2


2. To conduct a publishing business in all its phases, including, without-limiting the generality of the foregoing, printing, bookbinding, engraving, photo-engraving, lithographing, duplicating, offsetting, facsimile and image, color, line, word, shadow and other reproduction and dealing in paper and stationery, and editing, preparing, creating, publishing, printing, binding, buying, selling, copyrighting, licensing the use of, importing, exporting, franchising, marketing, syndicating, distributing, making, manufacturing and generally dealing in or with respect to, any and all kinds of written or oral matter (whether or not printed or reproduced), including, without limitation, books, magazines, pamphlets, publications, stories, articles, features, columns and other items of interest to men, women and children, and in any and all equipment, machinery, plants, facilities and properties (whether real, personal or mixed, improved or unimproved), and materials and supplies in connection with the foregoing.

3. To act as correspondent, agent or representative of domestic or foreign corporations, associations, partnerships, combinations, firms trusts, syndicates, organizations, entities and individuals, and as such, to develop, improve and extend the property, trade and business interests thereof and to aid any lawful enterprise in connection therewith.

4. To furnish to any corporation, association, partnership, combination, firm, trust, syndicate, organization, entity or individual, domestic or foreign, any business consultation, public relation, promotion, negotiation, managerial, supervision, construction, purchasing, marketing, secretarial, statistical, advertising, publicity, research or any other information or data; to construct, extend, improve, maintain or repair the facilities, or any part thereof, of any corporation, association, partnership, combination, firm, trust, syndicate, organization, entity of individual, domestic or foreign, or to supervise any and all such acts; to supervise, direct, or control all or any part of the business and property of any corporation, association, partnership, combination, firm, trust, syndicate, organization, entity of individual, domestic or

 

3


foreign, through stock ownership, by contract or otherwise, to promote or assist, in any way, in the business of any corporation, association, partnership, combination, firm, trust, syndicate, organization, entity or individual, domestic or foreign; to receive fixed or contingent compensation for any of the foregoing or to receive compensation therefor by commission, management fees, shares in gross or net receipts or profits, or in any other manner, or upon any other terms whatsoever, or so to act without direct compensation.

5. To engage in any other commercial, mercantile, industrial, manufacturing, marine, exploration, mining, agricultural, research, licensing, servicing, agency, securities or brokerage business not prohibited by law, and any, some or all of the foregoing.

6. To acquire, hold, create interests in, or dispose of real or personal property, tangible or intangible, of any kind in any manner.

THIRD: The office of the corporation in the state of New York is to be located in the City of New York, County of New York.

FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is two thousand (2,000) shares of the par value of one dollar ($1.00) per share.

FIFTH: The Secretary of State of the State of New York is hereby designated as the agent of the corporation upon whom process against it may be served, and the post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the corporation which may be Served upon him is c/o President, Arete Publishing Company, Inc., 300 East 40th Street, Suite 27K, New York, New York 10016.

 

4


SIXTH: The corporation intends to establish the period commencing on the date of incorporation and ending on December 31, 1977 as its first fiscal year for reporting the franchise tax on business corporations imposed by Article 9-A of the Tax Law of the State of New York.

SEVENTH: The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment hereof in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights of the shareholders are subject to this reservation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have made, signed and subscribed this Certificate of Incorporation this 28th day of February, 1977 and I affirm the statements contained herein are true under the penalties of perjury.

 

/s/ J. Andrew Rahl

J. Andrew Rahl, Jr.

Incorporator

One Wall Street

New York, New York 10005

 

5


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

COMPUTING PUBLICATIONS, INC.

INTO

ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

UNDER

SECTION 904 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

OF THE

STATE OF NEW YORK

The undersigned, Francis Koot and Michael de Lara, President and Secretary, respectively, of Computing Publications, Inc., and Francis Koot and Jean-Pierre DuBois, President and Secretary, respectively, of Arete Publishing Company, Inc., do hereby certify that:

FIRST: The name of each of the constituent corporations of the merger, which is the name under which each corporation was formed, is Computing Publications, Inc. and Arete Publishing Company, Inc.

SECOND: The name of the surviving corporation of the merger is Arete Publishing Company, Inc.

THIRD: Computing Publications, Inc. has 1,000 shares of common stock, par value one dollar per share, issued and outstanding, and such shares were entitled to vote on the merger. Arete Publishing Company, Inc. has 2,000 shares of

 

6


stock, par value one dollar per share, issued and outstanding, and such shares were entitled to vote on the merger.

FOURTH: The effective date of the merger shall be on January 1, 1989.

FIFTH: The merger was authorized by the unanimous written consent of the directors and the shareholder of Arete Publishing Company, Inc. The merger is permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, the jurisdiction of incorporation of Computing Publications, Inc., and is in compliance therewith.

SIXTH: The Certificate of Incorporation of Computing Publications, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 12, 1981. Computing Publications, Inc. is not authorized to do business in New York. The Certificate of Incorporation of Arete Publishing Company, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of New York on March 1, 1977.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have signed this Certificate on the 27th day of December, 1988, and we affirm the statements therein as true under penalty of perjury.

 

ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.     COMPUTING PUBLICATIONS, INC.
/s/ Francis Koot     /s/ Francis Koot
Francis Koot     Francis Koot
President     President
   
/s/ Jean-Pierre DuBois     /s/ Michael de Lara
Jean-Pierre DuBois     Michael de Lara
Secretary     Secretary

 

7


CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE

OF

VNU USA INC.

UNDER SECTION 805-A OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

THE UNDERSIGNED, James A. Ross, the Secretary of VNU USA INC., hereby certifies:

FIRST : The name of the corporation is VNU USA INC.

SECOND : The Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation was filed by the Department of State on March 1, 1977 under the name of ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

THIRD: The following was authorized by the Board of Directors:

To change the post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of process in any action or proceeding against the corporation which may be served on him from c/o President. The Corporation, 300 East 40 th Street, Suite 27K, New York, New York 10016 to VNU USA, Inc., 1515 Broadway, 15 th Floor, New York, New York 10036. Attention: Legal Department.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have signed this certificate on the 9th day of August, 1999 and affirm the statements contained therein as true under penalties of perjury.

 

/s/ JAMES A. ROSS
James A. Ross, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

VNU USA, INC.

under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law

VNU USA, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York (the “ Corporation ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is VNU USA, INC., and the Corporation was formed under the name ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by the department of state on March 1, 1977.

THIRD: The Certificate of Incorporation is amended to increase the number of shares from the presently authorized & issued two thousand (2,000) $1.00 par value each, all of one class, to four thousand shares (4,000) of which two thousand (2,000) shall be preferred shares at a par value of $1.00 each, and two thousand (2,000) shall be common shares at a par value of $1.00, which will remain issued and outstanding; and to set forth the relative features of the shares.

Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation which refers to the authorized shares is amended to read as follows:

“FOURTH: The total number of shares of authorized capital stock which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue is 4,000, of which (i) 2,000 shall be shares of Common Stock having par value of $1.00 per share, and (ii) 2,000 shall be shares of Preferred Stock having a par value of $1.00.

The relative rights, preferences and limitations of each class of capital stock of the Corporation are as follows:

1. Dividends . (a) The holder(s) of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of funds legally available therefore, annual dividends which are computed by multiplying the Liquidation Preference (as defined below) times the Dividend Rate. The term “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean an annual rate equal to eight and twenty five hundredths percent (8.25%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of one or both of the events set forth in Section l(b) hereof, the annual Dividend Rate shall be re-set to the rate(s) set forth and more fully described in such Section l(b).

 

1


Dividends shall be declared and payable in preference and priority to any payment of any cash dividend on Common Stock. The first declaration date shall be January 2, 2002 (or, if said date is a non-business day in New York City, the first business day thereafter), reflecting dividends accrued from the date of issuance of the Preferred Stock through December 31, 2001. Said dividend shall be paid no later than March 31, 2002. Thereafter, dividends shall be declared on the first business day of each year, e.g., January 2, 2003, January 2, 2004 (each of the foregoing dates referred to individually as a “ Dividend Declaration Date ” and collectively as the “ Dividend Declaration Dates ”) and paid no later than March 31 of the same year e.g.,March 31, 2003, March 31, 2004 (each of the foregoing dates referred to individually as a “ Dividend Payment Date ” and collectively as the “ Dividend Payment Dates ”) for dividends accrued through December 31 of the year immediately preceding the Dividend Payment Date in question.

(b) On the first business date of any calendar year (i) beginning on or after January 1, 2004 and (ii) immediately following a period of two (2) consecutive years of non-payment of all accrued dividends on the Preferred Stock, the annual Dividend Rate shall be reset to a floating rate equal to the twelve (12) month LIBOR Rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) on such date, plus 200 basis points. Such floating Dividend Rate shall be reset annually on the first business day of each subsequent calendar year, based upon the twelve (12) month LIBOR Rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) on such date, plus 200 basis points. For example, if all accrued dividends on Preferred Stock are not paid by March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2003 respectively, the Dividend Rate shall be re-set on the first business day of the year 2004 and again on the first business day of 2005, etc., in the manner provided for above.

In addition to the foregoing, and in any event, on the thirty-third (33 rd ) anniversary of the issuance of the Preferred Stock, the annual Dividend Rate payable to the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock shall be reset to a rate that would enable the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock to sell said Preferred Stock at its original issue price based on Dutch market conditions on such date and on the first business day of each year thereafter. In the event that the Dividend Rate is reset, the Corporation shall notify the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock promptly of the new Dividend Rate for the Preferred Stock showing its method of calculation thereof.

(c) Any cumulative dividends shall accrue and be deemed to accrue from day to day whether or not earned or declared. Until all dividends on the outstanding Preferred Stock to the end of the last preceding annual dividend period shall have been paid, declared, or set apart for payment, the Corporation shall not (i) set aside for or apply any sum to the purchase or other acquisition of shares of Preferred Stock, (ii) pay or declare and set apart for payment any dividend on, or make any other distribution in respect of, any shares of Common Stock, or (iii) purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire any shares of Common Stock.

(d) Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may declare and pay dividends, on the Common Stock out of earnings or assets of the Corporation legally available for the payment thereof.

 

2


2. Liquidation or Sale of Assets . (a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for dissolution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to (i) $1,000,000 per share, (the “ Liquidation Preference ”) plus (II) any dividends accumulated but not declared and paid through the year ending before the date of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. The liquidation Preference shall be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock the full amount to which it shall be entitled, the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any dissolution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by it upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such share were paid in full.

(b) After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

3. Merger or Consolidation . In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation or other entity (except if the Corporation is the surviving entity or if the ownership of the surviving or resulting entity, but not necessarily the proportion of such ownership or the rights of such owners, is substantially the same as the ownership of the Corporation prior to the merger or consolidation), the holder(s) of the Preferred Stocks shall be entitled to receive, in exchange for such Preferred Stock, preferred stock of the surviving entity having substantially the same rights, preferences and limitations as specified in this Article Fourth relative to the shares of the surviving entity, mutatis mutandis . The Corporation shall not enter into any agreement or plan of merger or consolidation that does not provide for the issue of new stock to the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock as specified in the immediately preceding sentence.

4. Redemption . The Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation.

5. Voting . On all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation, the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast ten percent (10%) of the total votes cast. On all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to cast ninety percent (90%) of the total votes cast. Except as otherwise provided by law, the holder(s) of the Preferred Stock and the holders of the shares of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation.

 

3


FOURTH: That such amendment has, in accordance with the provisions of Section 803(a) of the Business Corporation Code, been duly authorized by vote of the board of the Corporation, followed by the approval of all shareholders entitled to vote thereon at a meeting of shareholders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Vice President and the Secretary have executed this Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation this 26th day of January, 2000.

 

By:   /s/ Gerald S. Hobbs
Name:   Gerald S. Hobbs
Title:   President

 

By:   /s/ J. A. Ross
Name:   J. A. Ross
Title:   Secretary

The undersigned, one of the signers of the foregoing Certificate of Amendment, affirms that the statements contained in the Certificate of Amendment are true, under penalty of perjury.

Dated: January 28, 2000

New York, New York

 

/s/ James A. Ross
Name: James A. Ross
            Secretary

 

4


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VNU USA INC.

UNDER SECTION 805 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

 

1. The name of the corporation is VNU USA INC. The name under which the corporation was formed is ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

 

2.

The Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation was filed by the Department of State on the 1 st day of March, 1977.

 

3. (a) The Certificate of Incorporation is being amended to change the name of the corporation. To effect the Article “First” relating to the name shall read as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation” shall be VNU, Inc.

(b) The Certificate of Incorporation is further amended to change the address for service of process. To effect the foregoing, Article “Fifth” relating to the process address is amended to read as follows:

“The Secretary of State of the New York is hereby designated as the agent of the corporation upon whom process against it may be served and the post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of process against the corporation which is served upon him is: VNU, Inc., 770 Broadway, New York, NY 10003, Attn: Legal Department.”

 

4. The amendment was authorized by the unanimous written consent of the board of directors followed by the unanimous written consent of all the shareholder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate on the 13 th day of June, 2000 and I affirm the statements contained herein as true under penalty of perjury.

 

/s/ James A. Ross

James A. Ross

Secretary

Exhibit 3.49

ARETE PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

BY-LAWS

 


ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Office of the Corporation .

The office of the Corporation shall be located in the City of New York, County of New York, State of New York.

Section 2. Additional Offices .

The Corporation may also have offices and places of business, and the books and records of the Corporation may be kept (except as otherwise provided by law) at such other places, within or without the State of New York, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require; provided, however, that a record shall be maintained at the Corporation’s office in the State of New York containing the names and addresses of all shareholders, the number of shares held by each shareholder and the dates when they became the respective owners of record thereof.


ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meeting .

The annual meeting of shareholders, for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may come before it, shall be held at such time and on such date as may be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 2. Special Meetings .

Special meetings of shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, and whenever the holders of at least twenty-five per cent or more of the outstanding shares which are entitled to vote at such meeting shall file with the Secretary a written application for such meeting stating the purposes thereof.

Section 3. Time and Place of Meetings .

Meetings of shareholders shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of New York, as shall be stated in the notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

2


Section 4. Notice of Meetings .

Written notice of shareholders’ meetings shall be given stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of a special meeting shall indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling or requesting the meeting.

A copy of the notice of each meeting shall be given, personally or by first class mail, not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, with postage thereon prepaid, directed to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address as it appears on the record of shareholders, or at such other address as the shareholder shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, and at the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

Section 5. Waiver of Notice .

Notice of meetings need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, in person or by proxy, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by such shareholder.

 

3


Section 6. Quorum .

Except as otherwise provided by law or in the certificate of incorporation, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders for the transaction of any business.

Section 7. Organization .

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or in his absence the President, or in their absence any Vice President, shall call to order meetings of shareholders and shall act as chairman of such meetings. The Board of Directors or the shareholders may appoint any shareholder or any director or officer of the Corporation to act as chairman of any meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President and all of the Vice Presidents.

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of shareholders, but in the absence of the Secretary the presiding officer may appoint any shareholder or any director or officer to act as secretary of any meeting.

 

4


Section 8. Voting .

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, every shareholder of record shall be entitled to one vote for every share standing in the name of such shareholder on the record of shareholders as of the record date. At any meeting of shareholders, each shareholder having the right to vote thereat may vote in person or by proxy. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Any other corporate action shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation.

Section 9. List of Shareholders at Meetings .

A list of shareholders as of the record date, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or by a transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting of shareholders upon the request of any shareholder made at or prior to the meeting.

Section 10. Fixing Record Date .

For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of

 

5


Directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than fifty days prior to any other action. When a determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 11. Shareholder Action Without a Meeting .

Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Power of Board and Qualification of Directors .

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors. Each Director shall be at least eighteen years of age.

 

6


Section 2. Number of Directors .

The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be the number, not less than the lesser of three or the number of shareholders of the Corporation, fixed from time to time by a majority of the entire Board or by the shareholders; provided, however, that no decrease shall shorten the term of an incumbent director. The Board of Directors shall consist of three members until such number is changed as herein provided.

Section 3. Election and Term of Directors .

At each annual meeting of shareholders, each director shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting and until such director’s successor has been elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier displacement by resignation, removal or otherwise.

Section 4. Meetings of the Board .

An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held in each year following the annual meeting of shareholders. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as may be fixed by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be held at any time upon the call of the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or any director.

 

7


Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such places, within or without the State of New York, as may be fixed by the Board for annual and regular meetings and in the notice of meetings, or duly executed waivers of notice thereof, for special meetings.

Section 5. Notice of Meetings .

No notice need be given of annual or regular meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given to each director either by first class mail or by telegram, telex, cable, written message or orally confirmed in writing, unless waived, at least two days before the meeting. Notices are deemed to have been given: by mail, when deposited in the United States mail with postage prepaid; by telegram, telex or cable, at the time of sending; and by messenger, at the time of delivery. Notices by mail, telegram, telex, cable or messenger shall be sent to each director at the address designated by him for that purpose, or, if none has been so designated, at his last known residence or business address.

Notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice.

A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the purpose of any meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

8


A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

Section 6. Quorum and Vote of Directors and Organization of Meetings .

A majority of the entire Board of Directors or any committee thereof shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and, except where otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the vote of a majority of the directors or committee members present at a meeting at the time of such vote, if a quorum is then present, shall be the act of the Board or the committee. Meetings shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or in his absence by the President, or in their absence by any Vice President, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President and all Vice Presidents, by such other person as may be selected by a majority of directors then present.

Section 7. Resignations of Directors .

Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if such time is not specified therein, then upon receipt thereof; and unless otherwise specified there in, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

9


Section 8. Removal of Directors .

Any one or more of the directors may be removed for cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any or all of the directors may be removed with or without cause at any time by the shareholders.

Section 9. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies .

Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors for any reason may be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum exists. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until such director’s successor has been elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier displacement by resignation, removal or otherwise.

Section 10. Committees .

The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, may designate from among its members an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of three or more directors, and each of which, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have all the authority of the Board except that no such committee shall have authority as to the following matters:

 

10


(a) the submission to shareholders of any action as to which shareholders , authorization or approval is required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws;

(b) the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or in any committee;

(c) the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or on any committee;

(d) the amendment or repeal of these by-laws, or the adoption of new by-laws; and

(e) the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors which by its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable.

The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee who may replace any absent member at any meeting of such committee.

Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of and be responsible to the Board. It shall keep minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board and shall observe such other procedures as are prescribed herein or by the Board.

Section 11. Compensation of Directors .

The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix compensation of directors for services in any capacity.

 

11


Section 12. Action of Directors or Committees Without a Meeting .

Whenever the Board of Directors or any committee thereof is required or permitted to take any action, such action may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written consents by the members of the Board or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings thereof.

Section 13. Telephonic Meetings .

Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Officers .

The executive officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may elect or appoint one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries and such other officers and agents as it may deem necessary or desirable, each of whom shall have such authority, shall perform such duties and shall

 

12


hold office for such term as may be prescribed in these by-laws or, to the extent not so prescribed, by the Board of Directors, from time to time. Any person may hold at one time two or more offices; provided, however, that no person shall hold at one time the offices of President and Secretary unless at such time all the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation is owned by one person, in which case such person may hold all or any combination of offices.

Section 2. Term of Office, Resignation and Removal .

Each officer shall hold office for the term for which he is elected or appointed, and until his successor has been elected or appointed and qualified. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing or appointing an officer, his term of office shall extend until the meeting of the Board following the next annual meeting of shareholders.

Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if such time is not specified therein, then upon receipt thereof; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

13


Any officer may be removed by the Board, with or without cause, at any time. Removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any, and the election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 3. Chairman of the Board of Directors .

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders and shall have such powers, and perform such duties, as may be delegated by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. President .

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and, subject to the provisions of these by-laws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be responsible for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all other duties and enjoy all other powers commonly incident to the office, or which are or may at any time be authorized or required by law.

Section 5. Vice Presidents .

Each of the Vice Presidents shall have such powers, and perform such duties, as may be delegated by the Board of Directors or the President. In the case of the absence or inability to act of the President, any Vice President designated by the President may act temporarily in the President’s place.

 

14


Section 6. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .

The Treasurer, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall have the care and custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall have charge of corporate finances. When necessary or proper, the Treasurer shall endorse on behalf of the Corporation, for collection, checks, notes and other obligations, and shall deposit all funds of the Corporation in such banks or other depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall perform all other duties and enjoy all other powers commonly incident to the office.

In the case of the absence or inability to act of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer designated by the Treasurer may act temporarily in the Treasurer’s place.

Section 7. Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and the documents evidencing their action by written consent, and shall be responsible for the custody of all such minutes and consents. Subject to the-direction of the Board of Directors, the Secretary

 

15


shall have custody of the list of shareholders and documents of the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal and shall affix and attest such seal to any instrument whose execution under seal shall have been duly authorized. The Secretary shall give notice of meetings and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall perform all other duties and enjoy all other powers commonly incident to the office.

In the case of the absence or inability to act of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary designated by the Secretary may act temporarily in the Secretary’s place.

Section 8. Compensation .

Compensation of officers, agents and employees of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by, or under the authority of, the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES

Section 1. Form of Certificates .

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates which shall be in such form as is prescribed by law and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

16


Section 2. Transfer of Shares .

Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be registered on its records maintained for such purpose upon surrender to the Corporation or a transfer agent of a certificate or certificates representing the shares requested to be transferred, with proper endorsement on the certificate or certificates or on a separate accompanying document, together with such evidence of the payment of transfer taxes and compliance with other provisions of law as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.

Section 3. Registered Shareholders .

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and other distributions, and to vote as such owner, and to hold such person liable for calls and assessments, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person.

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Share Certificates .

No certificate for shares of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, except, if and to the extent required by the Board of Directors, upon:

(a) production of evidence of loss, destruction or wrongful taking;

 

17


(b) delivery of a bond indemnifying the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, destruction or wrongful taking of the replaced certificate or the issuance of the new certificate;

(c) payment of the expenses of the Corporation and its agents incurred in connection with the issuance of the new certificate; and

(d) compliance with such other reasonable requirements as may be imposed.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Corporate Seal .

The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal, alter such seal at its pleasure, and authorize it to be used by causing it or a’ facsimile to be affixed or impressed or reproduced in any other manner.

Section 2. Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year or such other period as may be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

18


Section 3. Indemnification .

Any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to any action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or serves or served any other corporation in any capacity at the request of the Corporation shall be indemnified by the Corporation, and the Corporation may advance his related expenses, to the full extent permitted by law.

Section 4. Indemnification Insurance .

The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance to indemnify (a) itself for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors and officers in the manner provided by law and (b) directors and officers in all instances, regardless of whether such indemnification is permitted by law; provided, however, that such insurance must satisfy the requirements imposed by law.

Section 5. Amendments .

By-laws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by vote of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to vote in the election of any directors. By-laws may also be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, but any by-law adopted by the Board may be amended or repealed by the shareholders entitled to vote thereon as hereinabove provided.

 

19


If any by-law regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors the by-law so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a concise statement of the changes made.

 

20

Exhibit 3.50

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

NATIONAL GROSS SERVICE, INC.

I

NAME

The name of the corporation is NATIONAL GROSS SERVICE, INC.

II

PURPOSE

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business, or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

III

INITIAL DIRECTORS

The names and addresses of the persons appointed to act as the initial directors are:

 

MARCY Z. POLIER  

9200 Sunset Blvd.

Suite 1004

Los Angeles, Calif. 90069

DANIEL MICHAEL POLIER, JR.  

9200 Sunset Blvd.

Suite 1004

Los Angeles, Calif. 90069

 

1


IV

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

The name and address in this state of the corporation’s initial agent for service of process is:

AGAPAY & LEVYN

A Professional Corporation

V

STOCK

The Corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares having a total number of 50,000 shares.

VI

NO PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES, RESTRICTIONS

No distinction shall exist between the shares of the corporation or the holders thereof.

EXECUTION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, who are the incorporators and the above named initial directors of this corporation, have executed these Articles of Incorporation on March 26, 1982.

 

/s/ Marcy Z. Polier
MARCY Z. POLIER
Incorporator

 

/s/ Daniel Michael Polier, Jr.

DANIEL MICHAEL POLIER, JR.

Incorporator

 

2


We Declare that we are the persons who executed the above Articles of Incorporation, and such instrument is our act and deed.

 

/s/ Marcy Z. Polier     /s/ Daniel Michael Polier, Jr.
MARCY Z. POLIER     DANIEL MICHAEL POLIER, JR.

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

Marcy Z. Polier and Daniel M. Polier certify that:

1. They are the President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Entertainment Data, Inc., a California corporation (the “Corporation”).

2. The Articles of Incorporation are amended by adding a new Article VII and a new Article VIII which shall read as follows:

ARTICLE VII

DIRECTOR LIABILITY

The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

The corporation may indemnify the officers, directors, and agents of the corporation by bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholder or otherwise to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of California which may be in excess of that expressly allowed by California law; provided, however, that such indemnification is not expressly prohibited by California law.

3. The foregoing amendment of the Articles of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors.

4. The foregoing amendment of the Articles of Incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporations Code. The total number of

 

4


outstanding shares of the Corporation is 1,000 shares of common stock, which is the only class of stock issued by the Corporation. The number of shares of common stock voting in favor of the amendment exceeded the vote requirement, which is the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of such class.

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true of our own knowledge.

Dated: December 11, 1987

 

/s/ Marcy Z. Polier

Marcy Z. Polier,

President

/s/ Daniel M. Polier

Daniel M. Polier,

Assistant Secretary

 

2


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC.

We, Harris Black the Vice President and Ellenore O’Hanrahan the Secretary of ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of State of California, do hereby certify:

 

1. That they are the Vice President and the Secretary, respectively, of ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC., a California corporation.

 

2. That an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation has been approved by the Board of Directors.

 

3. The amendment so approved by the Board of Directors is as follows:

Article I of the Articles of Incorporation of said corporation be amended to read in full as follows:

“The name of the corporation is ACNIELSEN EDI, INC.”

 

4. That the shareholders have adopted said amendment by written consent. That the wording of said amendment as approved by written consent of the shareholders is the same as that set forth above. That said written consent was signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of required votes of shareholders necessary to approve said amendment in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporation Code.

 

5. The designation and total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment and the minimum percentage vote required of each class or series entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment for approval thereof are as follows:

 

Designation

   Number of shares
outstanding entitled to vote
or give written consent
   Minimum percentage vote
required to approve

Common

   50,000    More than 50%

 

1


6. That the number of shares of the each class of stock which gave written consent in favor of said amendment exceeded the minimum percentage vote required of each class entitled to vote.

Each of the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the statements contained in the foregoing certificate are true of their own knowledge.

Executed at Stamford, Connecticut on March 9, 1998.

 

/s/ Harris Black
Harris Black, Vice President
/s/ Ellenore O’Hanrahan
Ellenore O’Hanrahan, Secretary

 

2


LOGO

Mary A. Dresdow

Secretary

March 16, 1998

 

Re: ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC., a California corporation

Proposed Name change to ACNIELSEN EDI, INC.

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

A. C. Nielsen Company, a Delaware corporation, holding a Certificate of Authority to transact business in the State of California, Corporation No. CO363397, hereby grants permission to ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC. to use A.C. Nielsen in its name in the State of California.

 

A. C. NIELSEN COMPANY
By   /s/ Mary A. Dresdow
  Mary A. Dresdow, Secretary

150 North Martingale Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-2076 * Phone: 847-605-5093 • Fax: 847-605-2548

http://acnielsen.com


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ACNIELSEN EDI, INC.

We, Earl H. Doppelt the Vice President and James A. Ross the Assistant Secretary of ACNIELESEN EDI, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of State of California, do hereby certify:

That they are the Vice President and the Assistant Secretary, respectively, of ACNIELSEN EDI , INC., a California corporation.

That an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation has been approved by the Board of Directors.

The amendment so approved by the Board of Directors is as follows:

Article I of the Articles of Incorporation of said corporation is amended to read as follows:

“The name of the corporation is NIELSEN EDI, INC.”

That the shareholders have adopted said amendment by written consent. That the wording of said amendment as approved by written consent of me shareholders is the same as that set forth above. That said written consent was signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of required votes of shareholders necessary to approve said amendment in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporation Code.

That the designation and total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment and the minimum percentage vote required of each class or series entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment for approval thereof are as follow:

 

Designation

  

Number of shares

outstanding entitled to vote

or give written consent

  

Minimum percentage vote

required to approve

Common

   800    More than 50%

 

1


6. That the number of shares of each class of stock which gave written consent in favor of said amendment exceeded the minimum percentage vote required of each class entitled to vote, as set forth above.

Each of the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the state of California that the statement contained in the foregoing certificate are true of their own knowledge.

Executed at New York, New York on June 28, 2002.

 

/s/ Earl H. Doppelt
Earl H. Doppelt, Vice President

 

/s/ James A. Ross
James A. Ross, Assistant Secretary

LOGO

 

2

Exhibit 3.51

BYLAWS

OF

NIELSEN EDI, INC.

(FORMERLY ACNIELSEN EDI, INC. and ENTERTAINMENT DATA, INC.)

ADOPTED OCTOBER 23, 1987 AND AMENDED THROUGH APRIL 20, 2005

Article I

Offices

Section 1 . PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE . The principal executive office for the transaction of the business of the corporation shall be located at such place within or without the State of California as shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, and if no place is fixed by the board of directors, such place as shall be fixed by the president.

Section 2 . OTHER OFFICES . Branch offices may at any time be established by the board of directors at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

Article II

Number of Directors

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be one (1) until changed by an amendment to these bylaws duly adopted in accordance with these bylaws.

[Amended by Board of Directors resolution dated April 20, 2005.]

Article III

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1 . PLACE OF MEETINGS . The 1987 Annual Meeting of Shareholders shall be held at 2121 Avenue of the Stars, 19th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067, at the office of Oberstein, Doniger & Fetter. All other annual meetings of shareholders and all other meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or without the State of California which may be designated by the board of directors, or by the written consent of all persons entitled to vote thereat, given either before or after the meeting and filed with the secretary of the corporation. Absent such designation or written consent, meetings shall be held at the principal executive office.

Section 2 . ANNUAL MEETINGS . The annual meeting of shareholders of this corporation shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors. At the annual meeting directors shall be elected, and any other business may be transacted which is within the power of the shareholders and allowed by law, provided, however, that unless a notice of meeting, or the waiver of notice of such meeting, sets forth the general nature of any proposal to (i) approve or ratify a contract or transaction with a director or with a corporation, firm or association in which a director has an interest; (ii) amend the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation; (iii) approve a reorganization or merger involving this corporation; (iv) elect to wind up and dissolve this corporation; or (v) effect a plan of distribution upon liquidation otherwise than in accordance with liquidation preferences of outstanding shares with liquidation preferences, no such proposal may be approved at an annual meeting.

[Amended by Board of Directors resolution dated October 31, 1988.]


Section 3 . SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose whatsoever, may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, if any, by the president, by the board of directors, by any two (2) directors, or by one or more shareholders holding not less than one-tenth (1/10) of the voting power of the corporation. Upon request in writing specifying the general purpose of such meeting, to the chairman of the board (if any), president, vice president or secretary, by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders (other than the board of directors), the officer receiving such notice forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons requesting a meeting, which date shall be not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt by such officer of the request. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting unless its general nature shall have been specified in the notice of such meeting; provided, however, that any business may be validly transacted if the requirements for such validity, as provided in Section 11 of this Article, are met.

Section 4 . NOTICE OF MEETINGS, ANNUAL OR SPECIAL . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of all meetings of shareholders shall have be given in writing to shareholders entitled to vote at the meetings by the secretary, or assistant secretary, or transfer agent (if so authorized by the board of directors) or in the case of the neglect or refusal or other failure so to do by such persons by any director. A notice may be given to any shareholder either personally or by mail, or by other means of written communication (including cable, telegram or telex), charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If a shareholder gives no address, constructive notice may be given to such shareholder as provided by the California Corporations Code. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be sent to each shareholder entitled thereto not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting. The notice shall be deemed given at the time when delivered personally or when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication. Such notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, (ii) in the case of an annual meeting, those matters which the corporation’s board of directors intends, at the time of the giving of the first of such notices, to present to the shareholders for action, and (iii) in the case of a meeting at which directors are to be elected, the names of nominees which the board of directors, at the time of the giving of the first of such notices, intends to present to the shareholders for election. Proof that notice was given shall be made by affidavit of the secretary, assistant secretary, transfer agent, or director, or of the person acting under the direction of any of the foregoing, who gives such notice, and such proof of notice shall be made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Such affidavit shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice. Attendance at and presence of a shareholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice if such objection is especially made at the meeting. If any shareholder shall, in person, by attorney thereunto duly authorized, or by a written communication, waive notice of any meeting of shareholders, notice of such meeting need not be given such shareholder. It shall not be necessary to state in a notice of any meeting of shareholders as a purpose thereof any matter relating to the procedural aspects of the conduct of such meeting.

Section 5 . PERSONS ENTITLED TO VOTE . Except as otherwise provided by law, and except when a record date has been fixed, only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the corporation at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, shall be entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting, or to vote at such meeting. In the event notice is waived, only persons

 

2


in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the corporation at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, shall be entitled to vote.

Section 6 . RECORD DATE . The board of directors may fix a time in the future as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of shareholders or entitled to receive any dividend or distribution, or to any change, conversion, or exchange of shares. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the meeting or event for the purposes for which it is fixed. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of record on that date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date. In the event any meeting of shareholders is adjourned for more than forty-five (45) days, the board shall fix a new record date for purposes of giving notice of, and determining the holders of shares entitled to vote at, such adjourned meeting.

Section 7 . PRESIDING OFFICER . Unless the board of directors shall otherwise provide in advance of any shareholders meeting, at each meeting of the shareholders, the chairman of the board shall preside, or if none, or if absent or unable to act, the president shall preside, or in the case of the absence of inability to act of the chairman of the board and of the president, a vice president shall preside, or in the case of the absence of inability to act of the chairman of the board, president and a vice president, a director or shareholder, appointed by the shareholders at the meeting, shall preside.

Section 8 . QUORUM . The presence at a meeting in person or by proxy of the persons entitled to vote a majority of the voting shares constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number of shareholders so as to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken, other than adjournment, is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, or in the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present, shall be the act of the shareholders.

Section 9 . ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF . Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by a vote of the majority of the shares present, in person or by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, or if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed by the board of directors, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to such shareholders of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, as in the case of any original meeting. When a meeting is adjourned for less than forth-five (45) days, and a new record date is not fixed by the board of directors, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided that only business which might have been transacted at the original meeting may be conducted at such adjourned meeting.

Section 10 . VOTING . Unless otherwise provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation, each shareholder entitled to vote is entitled to one vote for each share except that at any election for directors each shareholder may, subject to the satisfaction of all statutory conditions precedent to the exercise of such rights, cumulate such shareholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such shareholder’s shares are entitled, or distribute such votes on the

 

3


same principle among as many candidates as such shareholder thinks fit. Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of such shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal. If a shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares which such shareholder is entitled to vote.

Section 11 . CONSENT OF ABSENTEES . The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents, or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 12 . ACTION WITHOUT MEETING . Any action which, under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the Corporations Code of the State of California, may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted; provided, however, that unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing, if any action is approved by written consent of less than all shareholders entitled to vote, prompt notice shall be given (in the same manner as notice of meetings is to be given), and within the time limits prescribed by law, of such action to all shareholders entitled to vote who did not consent in writing to such action; and provided further, that directors may be elected by written consent only if such consent is unanimously given by all shareholders entitled to vote, except that action taken by shareholders to fill one or more vacancies on the board, may be taken by written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in such election.

Section 13 . PROXIES . Every person entitled to vote or execute consents may do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy executed by the person or such person’s duly authorized agent and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy is not valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless the person executing it specifies therein the length of time for which it is to continue in force. Except as set forth below, any proxy duly executed is not revoked, and continues in full force and effect, until an instrument revoking it, or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date, executed by the person executing the prior proxy and presented to the meeting is filed with the secretary of the corporation, or unless the person giving the proxy attends the meeting and votes in person. A proxy which states on its face that it is irrevocable will be irrevocable for the period of time specified in the proxy, if held by a person (or nominee of a person) specified by law to have a sufficient interest to make such proxy irrevocable and only so long as he shall have such interest. If proxies are distributed to ten (10) or more shareholders and this corporation at the time has 100 or more shareholders of records, as determined in accordance with the California General Corporation Law, the form of such proxy shall conform to the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State of California unless the Corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or has a class of securities exempt therefrom by virtue of Section 12(g)(2) of said Act.

 

4


Article IV

Directors and Management

Section 1 . POWERS OF DIRECTORS . Subject to limitations of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation and of the General Corporations Law of the State of California as to action which shall be authorized or approved by the shareholders, or approved by the outstanding shares, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of this corporation shall be controlled by, the board of directors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is hereby expressly declared that the directors shall have the power and, to the extent required by law, the duty:

(a) To appoint and remove at pleasure all officers, managers, management companies, agents and employees of the corporation, prescribe their duties in addition to those prescribed in these bylaws, supervise them, fix their compensation and require from them security for faithful service. Such compensation may be increased or diminished at the pleasure of the directors.

(b) To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the corporation; to make rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation or California law or these bylaws; to make all lawful orders on behalf of the corporation and to prescribe the manner of executing the same.

(c) To designate from time to time the person or persons who may sign or endorse checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of, or payable to, the corporation, and to prescribe the manner of collecting and depositing funds of the corporation, and the manner of drawing checks thereon.

(d) To appoint by resolution of a majority of the authorized number of directors an executive committee and other committees and to delegate to the executive committee any of the powers and authorities of the board in the management of the business and the affairs of the corporation, except the power to (i) fill vacancies on the board or any committee, (ii) fix compensation of directors; (iii) adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws; (iv) amend or repeal resolutions of the board which are expressly nonamendable or repealable, (v) declare a dividend or distribution to shareholders or authorize the repurchase of the corporation’s shares except at a rate, in a periodic amount or within a range, determined by the board; (vi) establish other committees of the board; or (vii) approve any action which in addition to board approval requires shareholder approval. The executive committee shall be composed of two (2) or more of the directors. The provisions of these bylaws regarding notice and meetings of directors shall apply to all committees.

(e) To authorize the issuance of stock of the corporation, from time to time, upon such terms as may be lawful.

(f) To prepare an annual report to be sent to the shareholders after the close of the fiscal or calendar year of this corporation, which report shall comply with the requirements of law. To the extent permitted by law, the requirements that an annual report be sent to shareholders and the time limits for sending such reports are hereby waived, the directors, nevertheless, having the authority to cause such report to be prepared and sent to shareholders.

 

5


Section 2 . TERM OF OFFICE . Directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Section 3 . VACANCIES . A vacancy in the board of directors exists in case of the happening of any of the following events:

(a) The death, resignation, or removal of any director.

(b) The authorized number of directors is increased.

(c) At any annual, regular, or special meeting of shareholders at which any director is elected, the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

(d) The board of directors declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of the court or convicted of a felony, or otherwise in a manner provided by law.

All vacancies (other than vacancies created by removal of a director) may be filled by the majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected at an annual, regular, or special meeting of the shareholders. The shareholders may, by vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in election of directors, elect a director at any time to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. If the board of directors accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the board or the shareholders may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective. A reduction of the authorized number of directors does not remove any director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

Section 4 . MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS .

(a) There shall be no regular meetings of the board of directors unless the board of directors shall establish such regular meetings by duly adopted resolution and each meeting of the board of directors shall be a special meeting.

(b) All meetings of the board of directors shall be called by the chairman of the board (if any), or the president, or if both are absent or unable or refuse to act, by any vice president, the secretary or by any two (2) directors.

(c) Written or oral notice of the time and place of special meetings of the board of directors shall be given or delivered personally to each director, or sent to each director by mail or by other form of written or telephonic communication (including cable, telegram, telex and telephone), at least forty-eight (48) hours before the meeting if personal delivery is made, or if the telephone, telegraph, cable or telex is used and at least four (4) days before the meeting if mail is used. If the address of a director is not shown on the records and is not readily ascertainable, notice shall be addressed to such director at the place and city in which the meetings of the directors are regularly held. Proof that notice was given shall be by affidavit of the chairman of the board, president, vice president, secretary or two (2) directors, or of the person acting under the direction of any of the foregoing, who gives such notice and such proof of notice shall be made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting shall be given to absent directors if the time fixed at the meeting which was adjourned for the adjourned meeting is more than twenty-four (24) hours after adjournment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, sufficient notice of a meeting of the board

 

6


of directors to be held immediately following a shareholders meeting at which one or more directors is elected, may be given by announcement thereof at such shareholders’ meeting.

(d) At the meeting of the board of directors next following each annual meeting of the shareholders, the board shall elect officers.

(e) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents, or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Meetings of the directors may be held at any place within or without the State of California designated from time to time by a resolution of the board or by written consent of all members of the board, and in the absence of such designation shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

(f) A majority of the authorized number of directors constitutes a quorum of the board for the transaction of business. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the board of directors, unless the law or Articles require a greater number. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the directors who constitute a quorum for such meeting.

(g) A quorum of the directors may adjourn any directors’ meeting to meet again at a stated time and place. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present my adjourn from time to time.

(h) Meetings of the board may be held through the use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another.

Section 5 . ACTION WITHOUT MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors of this corporation under the General Corporations Law of the Corporations Code of the State of California may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such directors.

Section 6 . FEES AND COMPENSATION . One or more of the directors may, by resolution of the board of directors, receive a stated salary for services as director and may be allowed a fixed fee, with or without expenses, for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed or preclude any director from serving the corporation in any capacity as in an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 7 . REQUIRED OFFICERS . This corporation shall have a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer, each of whom shall be chosen by and hold office at the pleasure of the board of directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Officers may be, but need not necessarily be, selected from the members of the board of directors or from the shareholders.

 

7


Section 8 . PERMITTED OFFICERS . The board of directors may from time to time choose such other officers, including but not limited to a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents or assistant vice presidents, a treasurer, and one or more assistant secretaries, as may be deemed expedient, to hold office at the pleasure of the board of directors, with such authority as may be specifically delegated to such officers by the board of directors.

Section 9 . CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD . Should the board of directors elect a chairman of the board, he shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have such supervision, direction and control of the business and other officers of the corporation as the board of directors may delegate to such officer from time to time. Absent such specific delegation, and unless provided otherwise by resolution of the board of directors, the chairman of the board shall have the duties and authority of a chief executive officer. The chairman of the board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders, and, if a director, at all meetings of the board of directors.

Section 10 . PRESIDENT . The president shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have such supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation as the board of directors may delegate to such officer from time to time. Absent such specific delegation, and in the absence of the existence of the office of chairman of the board, the president shall have the duties and authority of a chief executive officer, and shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, if a director, at all meetings of the board of directors. Should the office of chairman of the board exist, the president shall have such duties and authority as may be granted to such officer by the board of directors or as may be delegated to such officer by the chairman of the board.

Section 11 . SECRETARY . The secretary shall be the custodian of the seal of the corporation and of the books and records and files thereof, and shall affix the seal of the corporation to all certificates of stock, papers and instruments required the same. The secretary shall, in the manner provided by law, keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office, or such other place as the board of directors may order, a minute book of all meetings of directors and shareholders. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of the shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

Section 12 . CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The chief financial officer (who, in the absence of any designation of another officer to hold such office, shall be the treasurer if such office is created) shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its asserts, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, surplus and shares. The chief financial officer shall render to the president or the board of directors, whenever such officer or board so requests, an account of the financial condition of the corporation.

Article V

Stock

Section 1 . CERTIFICATES OF SHARES . Every owner of shares in this corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form, not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation or any law, as shall be prescribed by the board of directors, certifying the number of shares, and class or series, owned by such shareholder in the corporation. Every certificate for shares shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, president or a vice-

 

8


president and the secretary or an assistant secretary. Subject to the restrictions provided by law, signatures may be facsimile and shall be effective irrespective of whether any person whose signature appears on the certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before the certificate is delivered by the corporation. Each certificate issued shall bear all statements or legends required by law to be affixed thereto.

Section 2 . TRANSFER OF SHARES . Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation by the registered holder thereof or by such other person as may under law be authorized to endorse such shares for transfer, or by such shareholder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary or with the transfer agent or transfer clerk. Except as otherwise provided by law, upon surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent or transfer clerk of a certificate for shares duly endorsed and accompanied by all applicable taxes thereon, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction upon its books. The secretary or transfer agent may require that all signatures shall be guaranteed. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, such facts shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate or certificates shall be presented to the corporation for transfer, both the transferor and transferee request the corporation so to do.

Section 3 . LOST, STOLEN, DESTROYED OR MUTILATED CERTIFICATES . The holder of any shares of the corporation shall immediately notify the corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor. The board of directors shall direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or upon the surrender of any mutilated certificate, if the corporation shall not theretofore have received notice that the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser thereof, and the board of directors may, at its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or such owner’s legal representatives to give the corporation a bond in such sum, limited or unlimited, in such form and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall, in its uncontrolled discretion, determine, to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate of the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4 . REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS . Except as otherwise provided by law, the corporation shall be entitled to recognize as the exclusive owner of shares or other securities of the corporation for all purposes as regards the corporation, the person in whose name the shares or other securities stand registered on its books as the owner and such person exclusively shall be entitled to receive dividends and to vote as such owner. To the extent permissible under law, the corporation shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of the shares or other securities, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares or other securities on the part of any person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

Section 5 . REGULATIONS . The board of directors shall have power and authority to made all such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law or with the Articles of Incorporation as may be deemed expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation, and may appoint transfer agents, transfer clerks and registrars thereof.

 

9


Article VI

Corporate Records—Inspection

Section 1 . RECORDS . The corporation shall maintain adequate and correct accounts, books and records of its business and properties.

Section 2 . INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS . All books and records of the corporation shall, to the extent provided by law, be open to inspection of directors, shareholders, and voting trust certificate holders, in the manner provided by law.

Article VII

Amendments

Section 1 . AMENDMENTS . Bylaws of this corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of either (i) the board of directors or (ii) the shareholders entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power of the corporation; provided, however:

(a) that any bylaw amendment which reduces the number of directors or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) may not be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption are equal to more than 16-2/3% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; and

(b) after the issuance of any shares in this corporation, a bylaw specifying or changing a fixed number of directors of the maximum or minimum number or changing from a fixed to a variable board of vice versa may not be adopted by the board of directors.

Section 2 . RECORDATION . If any bylaw is adopted, amended or repealed, such action shall be recorded in the bylaw section of the minute book in the appropriate place.

Article VIII

Corporate Seal

The corporate seal shall be circular in form, and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the date of its incorporation, and the word “California.”

Article IX

Indemnification

The corporation shall indemnify the present officers and directors and the officers and directors hereafter appointed or elected to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of California as in effect at the time of adoption of this Article IX or as such laws may be amended from time to time.

[Added by Board of Directors resolution dated December 11,1987.]

 

10


APPENDIX TO BYLAWS

 

BYLAWS   

RELATED CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE

(COMMERCIAL CODE WHERE INDICATED)

SECTION NUMBER

ARTICLE   

SECTION

    
I    1    No Reference
   2    No Reference
II    1    212
III    1    600(a)
   2    600(b), 601(f)
   3    600(d), 601(a), 601(c)
   4    601(a), (b),(c),(e)
   5    701(b)
   6    701(a), (c)
   7    No Reference
   8    602(a), (b)
   9    602(c) 601(d)
   10    700, 708
   11    601(e)
   12    603
   13    604, 705
IV    1 (Preamble)    300(a)
   1 (a)    212(b)(6)
   1 (b), (c), (d)    No Reference
   1 (e)    311, 307
   1 (f)    400, 409, 25000
   1 (g)    1501
   2    301
   3    302-305
   4    307
   5    307(b)
   6    No Reference
   7, 8, 9, 10    312(a)
   11    312(a), 1500
   12    312(a)
V    1    416(a)
   2    UCC 8401
   3    419, UCC 8405
   4    420, UCC 8207
   5    No Reference
VI    1    1500
   2    1600-1602, 213
   3    213
VII    1    211, 212
   2    213
VIII    1    207(a)

NOTE: Although not part of the Bylaws of this corporation, this Appendix is added to show which California Corporations Code sections most closely relate to the respective Bylaws sections.

 

11

Exhibit 3.60

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

THE NATIONAL CENTER FOR SURVEY RESEARCH, INC.

1. The name of this corporation is

THE NATIONAL CENTER FOR SURVEY RESEARCH, INC.

2. The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be crganized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

3. The name and address in this State of the corporation’s initial agent for service of process is

JOSEPH FARRELL, 2353 Hermits Glen,

Los Angeles, California 90046.

4. This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock and the total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is 100,000.

DATED December 8, 1977.

 

/s/ JOSEPH FARRELL
JOSEPH FARRELL, Incorporator

I declare that I am the person who executed the above Articles of Incorporation and such instrument is my act and deed.

 

/s/ JOSEPH FARRELL
JOSEPH FARRELL


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

THE NATIONAL CENTER FOR SURVEY RESEARCH, INC.

A California Corporation

JOSEPH FARRELL certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President and Secretary of said corporation;

2. The Articles, of Incorporation are amended in full to read as set forth in Exhibit “A” attached hereto, which is incorporated herein by this reference;

3. The foregoing amendment has been approved by the Board of Directors of said corporation;

4. The foregoing amendment was approved by the required vote of the shareholders of said corporation in accordance with Section 902 of the California General Corporation Law; the total number of outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote with respect to the foregoing amendment was 1,000 common shares; and the number of shares voting in favor of the foregoing amendment equalled or exceeded the vote required, such required vote being a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on March 12, 1979.

 

/s/ JOSEPH FARRELL
JOSEPH FARRELL, President
/s/ JOSEPH FARRELL
JOSEPH FARRELL, Secretary


STATE OF CALIFORNIA

   )
   ) SS

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES

   )

JOSEPH FARRELL declares:

I am the President and Secretary of the NATIONAL CENTER FOR SURVEY RESEARCH, INC. I have read the foregoing Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of the NATIONAL CENTER FOR SURVEY RESEARCH, INC., and know the contents thereof; and I certify that; the same is true of my own knowledge.

I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

EXECUTED this 18th day of April, 1979, at Los Angeles, California.

 

/s/ JOSEPH FARRELL
JOSEPH FARRELL


ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

THE NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.

1. The name of this corporation is THE NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.

2. The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

3. The name and address in this State of the corporation’s initial agent for service of process is

JOSEPH FARRELL, 2353 Hermits Glen

Los Angeles, California 90046.

4. This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock and the total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is 100,000.

DATED: March 12, 1979.

 

/s/ JOSEPH FARRELL
JOSEPH FARRELL, Incorporator

I, declare that I am the person who executed the above Articles of Incorporation and such instrument, is my act and deed.

 

/s/ JOSEPH FARRELL
JOSEPH FARRELL

EXHIBIT “A”


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF THE NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.

Catherine Paura certifies that:

1. She is the president and the secretary of The National Research Group, Inc., a California corporation.

2. An Article designated 5 is added to the articles of incorporation to read:

5. To the extent permitted by law, dividends may be declared by a vote or consent of the all of the shareholders of the Corporation. The following actions of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, shall require the approval by the vote or consent of the all of the shareholders of the Corporation: (i) the issuance or sale of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or stock options, warrants or obligations convertible into such stock or securities; (ii) the sale or other disposition of a substantial part of the Corporation’s assets; (iii) the opening or closing of an office or agency; (iv) entering into any business other than the market research business; (v) amendment of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation; (vi) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or the reorganization, recapitalization or liquidation of the Corporation; (vii) the purchase of any capital stock or other equity or ownership or proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, association, trust, joint venture, or other entity; and (viii) any transaction, including any capital expenditure or commitment therefor, involving an amount in excess of $25,000, except transactions in the ordinary course of business (it being understood that changes in personnel are considered to be in the ordinary course of business).


3. The amendment herein set forth has been duly approved by the board of directors.

4. The amendment herein set forth has been duly approved by the required vote of the shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the Corporations Code. The corporation has only one class of shares and the number of outstanding shares is 1,000. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equalled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required for the approval of the amendment herein set forth was more than 50%.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Catherine Paura, President of The National Research Group, Inc., and Catherine Paura, Secretary of The National Research Group, Inc., declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in the certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge. Executed at Los Angeles, California.

 

Dated: April 29, 1988     /s/ Catherine Paura
    Catherine Paura, President
      /s/ Catherine Paura
    Catherine Paura, Secretary

 

-2-


AGREEMENT OF MERGER

OF

WINDSOR ACQUISITION SUB, INC.

AND

THE NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.

AGREEMENT OF MERGER entered into on August 28, 1989 by Windsor Acquisition Sub, Inc. and The National Research Group, Inc. as approved by the Board of Directors of each of said corporations:

1. Windsor Acquisition Sub, Inc., which is a corporation incorporated in the State of Delaware, and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “disappearing corporation”, shall be merged with and into The National Research Group, Inc., which is a corporation incorporated in the State of California, and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “surviving corporation”. The laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the disappearing corporation permit the merger of a business corporation of said jurisdiction with and into a business corporation of another jurisdiction.

2. The separate existence of the disappearing corporation shall cease upon the effective date of the merger in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of said corporation.

3. The surviving corporation shall continue its existence under its present name pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of California.

4. The Articles of Incorporation of the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger in the State of California shall be the Articles of Incorporation of said surviving corporation and shall continue in full force and effect until amended and changed in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of California.


5. The bylaws of the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger in the State of California shall be the bylaws of said surviving corporation and shall continue in full force and effect until changed, altered or amended as therein provided and in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of California.

6. The directors and officers in office of the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger in the State of California shall continue to be the members of the Board of Directors and the officers of the surviving corporation, all of whom shall hold their directorships and offices until the election, choice, and qualification of their respective successors or until their tenure is otherwise terminated in accordance with the bylaws of the surviving corporation.

7. Each issued share of the disappearing corporation shall, upon the complete effective date of the merger, be cancelled and in exchange therefore there shall be distributed to said sole shareholder all of the shares of the common stock of The National Research Group, Inc. which are now held by Windsor Acquisition Sub, Inc. As a result of said exchange, the sole shareholder of Windsor Acquisition Sub, Inc. shall become the sole shareholder of The National Research Group, Inc. holding the same number of shares and classes of stock as were held by Windsor Acquisition Sub, Inc. immediately prior to the merger.

8. In the event that the merger herein provided for shall have been fully authorized in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the disappearing corporation and in accordance, with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of California, the disappearing corporation and the surviving corporation hereby agree that they will cause to be executed and filed and/or recorded any document or documents prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and of the State of California, and that they will cause to be performed all necessary acts therein and elsewhere to effectuate the merger.

9. The Board of Directors and the proper officers of the disappearing corporation and of the surviving corporation, respectively, are hereby authorized, empowered and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file and/or record any and all instruments, papers and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Agreement of Merger or of the Merger herein provided for.

 

-2-


10. The merger herein provided for shall become effective as of the close of business on September 30, 1989.

Signed on August 31, 1989.

 

WINDSOR ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
By:   /s/ Jonathan Hirst
  Jonathan Hirst, President
By:   /s/ Nina Werner
  Nina Werner, Secretary

Signed on August 30, 1989.

 

THE NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ Catherine Paura
  Catherine Paura, President
  /s/ Catherine Paura
  Catherine Paura, Secretary

 

-3-


CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER

Jonathan Hirst and Nina Werner certify that:

1. They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of Windsor Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2. The agreement of merger in the form attached was duly approved by the board of directors and sole shareholder of the corporation.

3 . The shareholder approval was by the holder of all of the outstanding shares of the corporation.

4. There is only one class of shares and the number of outstanding shares is 100.

Signed on August 31, 1989.

 

/s/ Jonathan Hirst
Jonathan Hirst, President
/s/ Nina Werner
Nina Werner, Secretary

On this 31st day of August, 1989, in the City of New York in the State of New York, each of the undersigned does hereby declare under the penalty of perjury that he signed the foregoing certificate in the official capacity set forth beneath his signature, and that the statements set forth in said certificate are true of his own knowledge.

 

/s/ Jonathan Hirst
Jonathan Hirst, President
/s/ Nina Werner
Nina Werner, Secretary

 

-4-


CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER

Catherine Paura and Catherine Paura certify that:

1. They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of The National Research Group, Inc., a California corporation.

2. The agreement of merger in the form attached was duly approved by the board of directors and sole shareholder of the corporation.

3. The shareholder approval was by the holder of all of the outstanding shares of the corporation.

4. There is only one class of shares and the number of outstanding shares is 1,000.

Signed on August 30, 1989.

 

/s/ Catherine Paura
President
/s/ Catherine Paura
Secretary

On this 30th day of August, 1989, in the City of Los Angeles in the State of California, each of the undersigned does hereby declare under the penalty of perjury that he signed the foregoing certificate in the official capacity set forth beneath his signature, and that the statements set forth in said certificate are true of his knowledge.

 

/s/ Catherine Paura
President
/s/ Catherine Paura
Secretary

 

-5-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

The undersigned certify that:

 

  1. They are the Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, respectively of The National Research Group, Inc., a California corporation.

 

  2. Article 1. of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation is amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.”

 

  3. The board of directors has duly approved the foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation.

 

  4. The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902, California Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation 1,000. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was 100%

We further declare under penalty of perjury under laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

 

Date: April 10,2003
/s/ Andrew Wing
Andrew Wing
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ James A. Ross
James A. Ross
Secretary

LOGO

Exhibit 3.61

EXHIBIT B

AS ADOPTED IN

DECEMBER 1990

AND AMENDED ON

NOV. 25, 1991

 


BY-LAWS

OF

THE NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.

   THE SHAREHOLDERS   

Section 1.

   Place of Meetings    1

Section 2.

   Annual Meeting    1

Section 3.

   Special Meetings    1

Section 4.

   Notice of Meetings    2

Section 5.

   Manner of Giving Notice    3

Section 6.

   Adjourned Meetings    3

Section 7.

   Notice of Adjourned Meetings    4

Section 8.

   Determination of Shareholders of Record    4

Section 9.

   Voting    5

Section 10.

   Voting for Directors    5

Section 11.

   Proxies    6

Section 12.

   Quorum    6

Section 13.

   Votes Per Share    7

Section 14.

   Inspectors of Election    7

Section 15.

   Absentee’s Consent to Meetings    8

Section 16.

   Action Without a Meeting    8

ARTICLE II.

   DIRECTORS   

Section 1.

   Powers    9

Section 2.

   Number    9

Section 3.

   Annual Election and Qualifications    9

Section 4.

   Term of office    10

Section 5.

   Vacancies    10

Section 6.

   Removal    11

Section 7.

   Regular Meetings    11

Section 8.

   Special Meetings    11

Section 9.

   Notice of Meetings    11

Section 10.

   Manner of Giving Notice    12

Section 11.

   Place of Meetings and Telephonic Meetings    12

Section 12.

   Waiver of Notice    12

Section 13.

   Quorum    12

Section 14.

   Adjournment    13

Section 15.

   Committees    13

Section 16.

   Action by Unanimous Written Consent    14

Section 17.

   Fees and Compensation of Directors    14

 

-i-


ARTICLE III.

   OFFICERS   

Section 1.

   Enumeration and Qualifications    14

Section 2.

   Election, Removal and Resignation    15

Section 3.

   Chairman of the Board    15

Section 4.

   The President    15

Section 5.

   The Secretary    15

Section 6.

   The Chief Financial Officer    16

Section 7.

   Vice Presidents    16

Section 8.

   Assistants and Subordinates    16

ARTICLE IV.

   CORPORATE RECORDS   

Section 1.

   Types of Records    17

Section 2.

   Annual Reports    17

Section 3.

   Financial Report on Request    17

Section 4.

   Shareholders’ Right of Inspection of Record of Shareholders    18

Section 5.

   Shareholders’ Right of Inspection of Accounting Books, Records and Minutes    19

Section 6.

   Directors’ Right of Inspection    19

Section 7.

   Fiscal Year    19

ARTICLE V.

   OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS   

Section 1.

   Execution of Contracts    19

Section 2.

   Representation of Shares of Other Corporations    19

Section 3.

   Dividends    20

ARTICLE VI.

   CORPORATE SEAL AND CORPORATE OFFICES   

Section 1.

   Corporate Seal    20

Section 2.

   Corporate Offices    20

ARTICLE VII.

   STOCK CERTIFICATES   

Section 1.

   Execution of Certificates    20

Section 2.

   Replacement Certificates    21

Section 3.

   Required Share Replacement    21

Section 4.

   Transfer Agents and Registrars    21

 

-ii-


ARTICLE VIII.

   BY-LAWS   

Section 1.

   General Scope of the By-laws    22

Section 2.

   By-laws to Be Kept at Office    22

Section 3.

   Amendment of By-laws    22

ARTICLE IX.

   INDEMNIFICATION   

Section 1.

   Definitions    23

Section 2.

   Actions Other Than by the Corporation    23

Section 3.

   Actions by the Corporation    24

Section 4.

   Indemnification of Executives Against Expense-Successful Defense on the Merits    24

Section 5.

   Indemnification Prohibited    24

Section 6.

   Advances    25

Section 7.

   Insurance    25

 

-iii-


BY-LAWS

OF

THE NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.

ARTICLE I.

THE SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of shareholders shall be held in any place within or without the State of California which may be designated either by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or by written consent of all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting (other than those who consent by attending the meeting without obligation) given either before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. In the absence of any such designation or consent, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting directors shall be elected, and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the shareholders.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes whatsoever may be called at any time by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President of the Corporation or the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting. Upon request in writing to the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President or Secretary by any person (other than the Board) entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the officer forthwith, shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I, that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting not less than thirty-five nor more than sixty days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, the persons entitled to call the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this Section 3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board may be held.


Section 4. Notice of Meetings.

(a) Whenever the shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to the record owner of each share entitled to vote at the meeting. Such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and;

(1) In the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted; or

(2) In the case of an annual meeting, those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders.

The notice of any meeting, at which directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees which, at the time of the notice, management intends to present for election.

(b) If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of:

(1) a contract or other transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Corporations Code of California (the “Code”);

(2) an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation pursuant to Section 902 of the Code;

(3) a reorganization of the Corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code;

(4) a voluntary dissolution of the Corporation, pursuant to Section 1900 of the Code; or

(5) a plan of distribution in dissolution which is not in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code; then, the notice shall also state the general nature of such proposal.

 

-2-


Section 5. Manner of Giving Notice . Notice of a shareholders’ meeting or any report shall be given either personally or by mail or other means of written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by the shareholder to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the Corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located. The notice or report shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

If any notice or report addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the Corporation is returned to the Corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice or report to the shareholder at such address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the Corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice or report to all other shareholders.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving notice of any shareholders’ meeting shall be executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any transfer agent of the Corporation giving such notice, and shall be filed and maintained in the minute book of the Corporation.

Section 6. Adjourned Meetings . Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares, the holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat, but in the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at such meeting (except as provided in Section 13 of this Article I).

 

-3-


Section 7. Notice of Adjourned Meetings . When any shareholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days, or, if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. At any adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 8. Determination of Shareholders of Record.

(a) The Board may fix a time in the future as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than sixty days prior to such action without a meeting. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of record at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise their rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the California General Corporation Law.

(b) If no record date is fixed by the Board, then:

(1) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(2) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.

 

-4-


(3) The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later.

Section 9. Voting . Shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of this Article I, subject to the provisions of Sections 702 to 704, inclusive, of the Code (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation or in joint ownership). Shareholders may vote by voice or by ballot; provided, however, elections for directors must be by ballot if a shareholder so demands at the meeting and before the voting begins. Any shareholder entitled to vote on any matter (other than the election of directors) may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal. If the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares such shareholder is entitled to vote. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and voting on any matter (other than the election of directors), provided that the shares voting affirmatively must also constitute a majority of the required quorum, shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the California General Corporation Law or the Articles of Incorporation of this Corporation.

Section 10. Voting for Directors . Every shareholder entitled to vote at any election of directors may cumulate such shareholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shareholder’s shares are entitled, or may distribute the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit if:

(a) Such candidate or candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to the voting; and

 

-5-


(b) Any shareholder has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the shareholder’s intention to cumulate votes.

In any election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes of shares entitled to be voted for them up to the number of directors to be elected by such shares are elected.

Section 11. Proxies .

(a) Every person entitled to vote shares shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney-in-fact.

(b) No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every validly executed proxy shall continue in full force and effect until revoked by the person executing it prior to the vote pursuant thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Section. Such revocation may be effected by a writing delivered to the Corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by the person executing the prior proxy and presented to the meeting, or as to any meeting by attendance at such meeting and voting in person by the person executing the proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed.

(c) A proxy is not revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless, before the vote is counted, written notice of such death or incapacity is received by the Corporation.

(d) A proxy shall be irrevocable only as specified in Sections 705(e) and (f) of the Code.

Section 12. Quorum . A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, at any meeting of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may

 

-6-


continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

Section 13. Votes Per Share . Except as otherwise provided in Article I, Section 10, and except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of this Corporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of shareholders.

Section 14. Inspectors of Election .

(a) In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board may appoint persons other than nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, or if any persons so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, the Chairman of any meeting of shareholders may, and on the request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting.

(b) The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the person acting as Chairman.

(c) The inspectors of election shall: (i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; (ii) receive votes, ballots or consents; (iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote; (iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents; (v) determine the result and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. If there are three inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects to the decision, act or certificate of all.

 

-7-


Section 15. Absentee ’s Consent to Meetings . The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed and wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy (and those who, although present, either object at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened or expressly object at the meeting to the consideration of matters not included in the notice which are legally required to be included therein), signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice if such objection is expressly made at the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, except as otherwise provided in Article I, Section 4(b) of these By-laws.

Section 16. Action Without a Meeting .

(a) Directors may not be elected by written consent except by unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors and except as provided in Article II, Section 5(c).

(b) If a consent in writing, setting forth the action taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and

(1) the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing, then any action so taken does not require either a meeting of shareholders or prior notice.

 

-8-


(2) the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, then any action so taken by less than unanimous consent shall become effective only after ten days’ written notice of such action has been given pursuant to Article I, Section 5 of these By-laws to each record owner of shares entitled to vote who has not consented in writing to such action.

(c) Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxyholders, or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Corporation prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Powers . Except as limited by the California General Corporation Law, the Articles of Incorporation and these By-laws, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of this Corporation shall be controlled by, its Board. The Board may delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business to a management company or other person provided that the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board.

Section 2. Number . The number of directors which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be three or more, except that where all of the shares of the Corporation are owned beneficially and of record by less than three shareholders, the number of directors may be less than three but not less than the number of shareholders. Such number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or the shareholders. Where the Board of Directors elects to change the number of directors, such action shall require the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors (i.e., a majority of the number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors).”

Section 3. Annual Election and Qualifications . At each annual meeting of the shareholders, directors shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting but, if any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat, the directors may be elected at any subsequent special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. Directors need not be shareholders in the Corporation.

 

-9-


Section 4. Term of Office . Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which such director was elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 5. Vacancies .

(a) A vacancy on the Board shall be deemed to exist whenever any authorized position of director is not filled by a duly elected director, whether caused by death, resignation, removal, change in the authorized number of directors (by the Board or the shareholders) or otherwise.

(b) Vacancies on the Board, including vacancies resulting from the removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(c) The shareholders at any time may elect a director to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. Any such election by written consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal shall require the consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

(d) If, after the filling of any vacancy by the directors, the directors then in office who have been elected by the shareholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors may call a special meeting of shareholders to be held to elect the entire board. The term of office of any director shall terminate upon such election of a successor.

(e) Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the Board accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the Board or the shareholders may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

 

-10-


Section 6. Removal .

(a) The Board of Directors may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

(b) The entire Board or any individual director may be removed from office without cause by a vote of shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at an election of directors. However, unless the entire Board is removed, an individual director shall not be removed if the number of shares voted against removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect such director if voted cumulatively at any election at which the same total number of votes was cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized, at the time of the director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Whenever a class or series of shares is entitled to elect one or more directors under authority granted by the Articles of Incorporation, the provisions of this Section shall apply to the vote of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.

(c) No reduction in the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

Section 7. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such time as shall be from time to time fixed by the Board. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual shareholders’ meeting. Call and notice of such regular and annual meetings is hereby dispensed with.

Section 8. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President or any Vice President or the Secretary or any two directors.

Section 9. Notice of Meetings . Except in the case of meetings for which notice has been dispensed with in Section 7 of this Article II, notice of the time and place of the meetings of the Board shall be communicated to each director, if by mail, at least four days before the meeting, and if delivered personally or by telephone or telegraph, at least forty-eight hours prior to the time of the meeting.

 

-11-


No notice need specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board nor the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.

Section 10. Manner of Giving Notice . Written notice shall be deemed given when personally delivered to the director or at the time it is deposited in the United States mails, first-class postage prepaid, or at the time it is delivered to a common carrier for transmission, addressed to the director at his address as it is shown upon the records of the Corporation. Notice by telegraph shall be deemed given when it is actually transmitted by the telegraph company. Oral notice shall be deemed given when it is communicated in person or by telephone to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director.

Section 11. Place of Meetings and Telephonic Meetings . Meetings of the Board shall be held at any place within or without the State of California which has been designated in the notice of such meeting or which has been designated from time to time by resolution of the Board. In the absence of such designation meetings shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation. Meetings of the Board may be held through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another at the time of such meeting. Participation in such a meeting constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

Section 12. Waiver of Notice . Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. No waiver of notice need specify the purpose of the meeting.

Section 13. Quorum . A majority of the authorized number of directors constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 14 of this Article II. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board, unless the California General Corporation Law,

 

-12-


the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws require a greater number. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

Section 14. Adjournment . A majority of the directors present at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting, in the manner specified in Sections 9 and 10 of this Article II, to each director who was not present at the time of the adjournment.

Section 15. Committees .

(a) The Board may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board, and may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent, provided in the resolution of the Board or in these By-laws, shall have all the authority of the Board, except with respect to:

(1) The approval of any action for which the California General Corporation Law also requires shareholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares;

(2) The filling of vacancies on the Board or on any committee;

(3) The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or on any committee;

(4) The amendment or repeal of By-laws or the adoption of new By-laws;

(5) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

 

-13-


(6) A distribution to the shareholders of the Corporation except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the Board; and

(7) The appointment of other committees of the Board or the members thereof.

(b) The provisions of Sections 7 through 14 (inclusive) and Section 16 of this Article II shall apply to meetings of each committee, substituting the word “committee” wherever the word “Board” appears, unless the context requires otherwise. Subject to the foregoing, the procedures for notice and conduct of meetings of each committee shall be as prescribed by the Board, or, in the absence of prescription by the Board, as prescribed by the committee.

Section 16. Action by Unanimous Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such directors.

Section 17. Fees and Compensation of Directors . Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement of expenses, as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and receiving compensation for such services.

ARTICLE III.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration and Qualifications . The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, Secretary, and a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such titles and duties as shall be determined in the discretion of the Board including, but not limited to, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Any one person may hold two or more offices.

 

-14-


Section 2. Election, Removal and Resignation . Officers shall be chosen by the Board and shall serve and shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the rights, if any, of any officer under contract of employment with the Corporation. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board or prescribed by the By-laws. Whenever there is no President of the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board shall have the powers and duties of the President.

Section 4. The President . Subject to the supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the general manager and chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall, subject to the control of the Board and committees appointed by the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. He shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board or the committees appointed by the Board.

Section 5. The Secretary . The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, in books provided for the purpose, the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and the Board; shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law; shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board or by the President.

 

-15-


Section 6. The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the financial officer of the Corporation; shall have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all funds of the Corporation and deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board; shall receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; and in general perform all the duties incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board and the President. The chief Financial Officer shall render to the President and the Board whenever the same shall be required, an account of all his transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. He shall, if required by the Board, give the Corporation a bond in such amount and with such surety or sureties as may be ordered by the Board for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 7. Vice Presidents . In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or, if not ranked, a Vice President designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them by the Board, or the By-laws or the President or Chairman of the Board if there is no President.

Section 8. Assistants and Subordinates . The Board may appoint, and may empower the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in the By-laws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

-16-


ARTICLE IV.

CORPORATE RECORDS

Section 1. Types of Records . This Corporation shall keep adequate and correct books and records of account, and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, Board and committees of the Board, which minutes shall be kept in written form, and shall keep at its principal executive office, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each. Books and records, other than minutes of proceedings, shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.

Section 2. Annual Reports . So long as this Corporation has less than 100 holders of record of its shares it shall not be necessary for the Board to send an Annual Report to the stockholders of the Corporation. If this Corporation has 100 or more holders of record of its shares, the Board shall cause an Annual Report to be sent to each of the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law.

Section 3. Financial Report on Request . If any shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the Corporation makes a written request for an income statement of the Corporation for the 3-month, 6-month, or 9-month period of the current fiscal year ended more than 30 days prior to the date of the request and a balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of such period, the Chief Financial Officer shall cause such statement to be prepared, if not already prepared, and shall deliver personally or mail such statement or statements to the person making the request within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such request. In addition, if the Corporation has not sent its annual report for the last fiscal year to the shareholders, a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year shall likewise be delivered or mailed to any such shareholder or shareholders requesting the same within thirty (30) days following such request. A copy of the statements shall be kept on file in the principal office of the Corporation for 12 months and they shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of them or a copy shall be mailed to such shareholder.

 

-17-


Upon request by any shareholder, the Corporation shall mail to such shareholder a copy of the last annual, semiannual or quarterly income statement which it has prepared and a balance sheet as of the end of such period.

The financial statements referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Corporation or the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that such financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.

Section 4. Shareholders Right of Inspection of Record of Shareholders . Any shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation shall have an absolute right to do either or both of the following:

(a) Inspect and copy the records of shareholders’ names and addresses and shareholdings, during usual business hours, upon five business days’ prior written demand upon the Corporation, or

(b) Obtain from the transfer agent of the Corporation, upon five days’ prior written demand and upon the tender of its usual charges for such a list, a list of the shareholders’ names and addresses, who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of the date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The Corporation shall at all times be responsible for causing its transfer agent to comply with the preceding.

In addition, the record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection and copying by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any time during usual business hours upon written demand on the Corporation, for a purpose reasonably relating to such holder’s interest as a shareholder or holder of the voting trust certificate.

Any inspection or copying may be made either in person, or by agent or attorney.

 

-18-


Section 5. shareholders’ Right of Inspection of Accounting Books, Records and Minutes . The accounting books, records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board and committees of the Board shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interest as a shareholder or as the holder of such voting trust certificate. This right of inspection shall extend to the records of the subsidiaries, if any, of the Corporation. Such inspection may be made in person, or by agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

Section 6. Directors Right of Inspection . Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the Corporation and/or its subsidiary corporations. Such inspection may be made in person or by agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

Section 7. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time by the Board in a resolution.

ARTICLE V.

OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS

Section 1. Execution of Contracts . The Board, except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, may authorize any officer or officers or agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general, or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit, or to render it liable for any purpose or in any amount.

Section 2. Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . All shares of any other corporation standing in the name of this Corporation shall be voted, represented, and all rights incidental thereto exercised by such person

 

-19-


as is designated by the Board. In absence of such designation such shares shall be voted, represented, and all rights incidental hereto exercised by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President, or any other person authorized to do so by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President.

Section 3. Dividends . The Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and on the terms and conditions provided by law and the Articles of Incorporation, subject to any contractual restrictions to which the Corporation is then subject.

ARTICLE VI.

CORPORATE SEAL AND CORPORATE OFFICES

Section 1. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be circular in form, and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the date of its incorporation, and the word “CALIFORNIA.”

Section 2. Corporate Offices . The principal executive office of the Corporation shall be at such place within or without the State of California as the Board shall designate. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place, or places, as the Board may from time to time designate.

ARTICLE VII.

STOCK CERTIFICATES

Section 1. Execution of Certificates . A certificate or certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when any such shares are fully paid, and the Board may authorize the issuance of certificates for shares as partly paid provided that such certificates shall state the amount of consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or

 

-20-


all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 2. Replacement Certificates . Except as hereinafter provided in this section no new certificates for shares of the Corporation shall be issued in lieu of an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new share certificate or a new certificate for any other security in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner’s legal representative to give the Corporation a bond (or other adequate security) sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it (including any expense or liability) on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate.

Section 3. Required Share Replacement . When the Articles of Incorporation are amended in any way affecting the statements contained in the certificates for outstanding shares, or it becomes desirable for any reason, in the discretion of the Board, to cancel any outstanding certificate for shares and issue a new certificate therefor conforming to the rights of the holder, the Board may order any holders of outstanding certificates for shares to surrender and exchange them for new certificates within a reasonable time to be fixed by the Board. The order may provide that a holder of any certificates so ordered to be surrendered is not entitled to vote or to receive dividends or exercise any of the other rights of shareholders until the holder has complied with the order, but such order operates to suspend such rights only after notice and until compliance.

Section 4. Transfer Agents and Registrars . The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars, each of whom shall be an incorporated bank or trust company, either domestic or foreign, which may be appointed at such times and places as the requirements of the Corporation may necessitate and the Board may designate.

 

-21-


ARTICLE VIII.

BY-LAWS

Section 1. General Scope of the By-laws . The particular powers and provisions enumerated in these By-laws are not intended to be, or to be construed to be, to the exclusion of or a limitation upon the exercise of any right, privilege or power which the Corporation may lawfully regulate, or delegate in or by its By-laws, and as to any matter which may hereafter arise and which is not specifically provided for by these By-laws, the directors shall have the right to act as the majority of them may determine, provided such action is not contrary to the laws of the State of California governing corporations.

Section 2. By-laws to Be Kept at Office . The Corporation shall keep at its principal executive office in this state, or if its principal executive office is not in this state, at its principal business office in this state, the original or a copy of its By-laws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the Corporation is outside this state and the Corporation has no principal business office in this state, it shall upon the written request of any shareholder furnish to such shareholder a copy of the By-laws as amended to date.

Section 3. Amendment of By-laws .

(a) By Shareholders . By-laws may be adopted; amended or repealed by approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided , however , that a By-law reducing the fixed number or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting or the shares not consenting in the case of action by written consent are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds (16- 2/3) percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

(b) By Directors . Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided in Section 3 (a) above, by-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by approval of the Board except that, after the issuance of shares, a By-law specifying or changing the authorized number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a fixed to a variable board or vice versa, may only be adopted by approval of a majority of the outstanding shares.

 

-22-


ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article IX:

(a) Agent . “agent” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation;

(b) Proceeding . “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative;

(c) Expenses . “expenses” includes without limitation attorneys’ fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Article IX;

Section 2. Actions Other Than by the Corporation . The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that the person is or was an agent of the Corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the proceeding if that person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of the person was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

-23-


Section 3. Actions by the Corporation . The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was an agent of the Corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action if the person acted in good faith in a manner the person believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders.

Section 4. Indemnification of Executives Against Expense – Successful Defense on the Merits . The Corporation may indemnify an executive against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a successful defense on the merits of any proceeding referred to in Section 2 or 3 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

Section 5. Indemnification Prohibited . (a) No indemnification shall be made under this Article IX for any of the following:

(1) In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation in the performance of person’s duty to the Corporation and its shareholders, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine.

(2) Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending action without court approval.

(3) Of expenses incurred in defending a pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval.

(b) No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article IX, except as provided in Section 4 unless the Corporation authorizes it in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the agent is

 

-24-


proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3, by any of the following:

(1) A majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such proceeding;

(2) If such a quorum of directors is not obtainable, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion;

(3) Approval by a majority vote of the shareholders entitled to vote, with the shares owned by the person to be indemnified not being entitled to vote thereon; or

(4) The court in which the proceeding is or was pending upon application made by the Corporation or the agent or the attorney or other person rendering services in connection with the defense whether or not the application by the agent, attorney or other person is opposed by the Corporation.

(c) No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article IX, except as provided in Section 4 or Section 5(b) (4), in any circumstance where it appears that it would be inconsistent with: (1) a provision of the Articles of Incorporation, these By-laws, a resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or (2) any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

Section 6. Advances . The Corporation may advance expenses incurred in defending any proceeding prior to the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the executive to repay that amount if it shall be determined ultimately that the executive is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Article IX.

Section 7. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of the Corporation, including executives, against any liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in that capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would otherwise be authorized to indemnify the agent against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX.

 

-25-

Exhibit 3.70

 

LOGO    State of California
   OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE
   1883838

I, TONY MILLER , Acting Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed transcript has been compared with the record of file in this office, of which it purports to be a copy, and that same is full, true and correct.

 

LOGO   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,

I execute this certificate and

affix the Great Seal of the

State of California                         MAR 15 1994

   LOGO
   Acting Secretary of State


1883838

 

  

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

PERRY MEDIA CORP.

 

*  *  *  *  *

  

ENDORSED

FILED

In the office of the Secretary of State

of the State of California

 

MAR 11 1994

 

TONY MILLER

Acting Secretary of State

FIRST: That the name of the corporation is Perry Media Corp.

SECOND: The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

THIRD: The name of this corporation’s initial agent for service of process in the State of California is C T Corporation System.

FOURTH: The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is 100,000 shares of common stock, each share having a par value of one penny ($.01).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles this 9th day of March, 1994.

 

/s/ Deborah Arcuri

Sole Incorporator

Deborah Arcuri


LOGO   

State of California

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

 

A444684

I, TONY MILLER , Acting Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed transcript has been compared with the record of file in this office, of which it purports to be a copy, and that same is full, true and correct.

 

LOGO   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,

I execute this certificate and

affix the Great Seal of the

State of California

 

APR - 1 1994

 

LOGO

Acting Secretary of State


A444684

 

  

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

PERRY MEDIA CORP.

 

* * * * * * * * * *

  

ENDORSED

FILED

in the office of the Secretary of State

of the State of Calilornia

 

MAR 31 1994

 

TONY MILLER

Acting Secretary of State

We, Richard Perry, the President, and John Muldoon, the Secretary of Perry Media Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of California, do hereby certify:

1. That they are the President and the Secretary, respectively, of Perry Media Corp., a California corporation.

2. That an amendment to the articles of incorporation of this corporation has been approved by the board of directors.

3. The amendment so approved by the board of directors is as follows:

Article FIRST of the articles of incorporation of this corporation is amended to read as follows:

FIRST: That the name of the corporation is Radio & Records, Inc.

4. That the shareholders have adopted said amendment by written consent. That the wording of said amendment as approved by written consent of the shareholders is the same as that set forth above. That said written consent was signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of required votes of shareholders necessary to approve said amendment in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporations Code.


5. That the designation and total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment and the minimum percentage vote required of each class or series entitled to vote on or give written consent to said amendment for approval thereof are as follows:

 

Designation

   Number of Shares
outstanding entitled
to vote or give
written consent
  

Minimum percentage
vote required

to approve

Common

   37,000    More than 50 percent

6. That the number of shares of each class which gave written consent in favor of said amendment equaled or exceeded the minimum percentage vote required of each class entitled to vote, as set forth above.

Each of the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the statements contained in the foregoing certificate are true of their own knowledge. Executed at New York, New York on March 30, 1994.

 

/s/ Richard Perry

Richard Perry

President

/s/ John Muldoon

John Muldoon

Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.71

RADIO & RECORDS, INC.

* * * * *

BYLAWS

* * * *

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The principal executive office shall be located at 1930 Century Park West, 5th Floor, in the City of Los Angeles, California 90067.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of California as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. All meetings of shareholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either


within or without the State of California as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of shareholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of California, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. If no other place is stated or fixed, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. Annual meetings of shareholders, commencing with the year 1994, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Written or printed notice of the annual meeting stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat not less than 10 (or, if sent by third-class mail, 30) nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. Notice may be sent by third-class mail only if the outstanding shares of the corporation are held of record by 500 or more persons (determined as provided in section 605 of the California General Corporation Law) on the record date for the shareholders’ meeting.


ARTICLE III

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose other than the election of directors may be held at such time and place within or without the State of California as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the president, the board of directors, or the holders of not less than 10 percent of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting and if the corporation has a chairman of the board of directors, special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the chairman.

Section 3. Written or printed notice of a special meeting of shareholders, stating the time, place and purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat not less than 10 (or, if sent by third-class mail, 30) nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for the


meeting. Notice may be sent by third-class mail only if the outstanding shares of the corporation are held of record by 500 or more persons (determined as provided in section 605 of the California General Corporation Law) on the record date for the shareholders’ meeting.

Section 4. The business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

ARTICLE IV

QUORUM AND VOTING OF STOCK

Section 1. The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the articles of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.


Section 2. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock represented and voting at the meeting (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum), shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the articles of incorporation.

Section 3. Each outstanding share of stock, having voting power, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

In all elections for directors, every shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares of stock owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected, or, upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth in Section 708(b) of the California General Corporation Law, to cumulate the vote of said shares, and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shareholder’s shares are normally


entitled, or to distribute the votes on the same principle among as many candidates as he may see fit. Section 708(b) of the California General Corporation Law provides that no shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes for any candidate for the office of director unless such candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and at least one shareholder has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of his intention to cumulate his votes.

Section 4. Unless otherwise provided in the articles, any action, except election of directors, which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Except to fill a vacancy in the board of directors not filled by the directors, directors may not be elected by written consent except by unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. Any election of a director to fill a vacancy (other than a vacancy created by removal) not filled by the directors requires the written consent of a majority of the shares entitled to vote.


ARTICLE V

DIRECTORS

Section 1 . The number of directors shall be five. Directors need not be residents of the State of California nor shareholders of the corporation. The directors, other than the first board of directors, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, and each director elected shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. The first board of directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 2. Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, vacancies, except for a vacancy created by the removal of a director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify. Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation any vacancy created


by the removal of a director shall be filled by the shareholders by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Any vacancies, which may be filled by directors and are not filled by the directors, may be filled by the shareholders by a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

Section 3. The business affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

Section 4. The directors may keep the books of the corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of California, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

Section 5. The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.


ARTICLE VI

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Meetings of the board of directors , regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of California.

Section 2. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the shareholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or it may convene at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

Section 3. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 4. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the president on thirty days’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telephone or by facsimile telecommunication; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the board


consists of only one director; in which case, special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 5. Attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 6. A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless a greater number is required by law or by the articles of incorporation. The act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by statute or by the articles of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.


Section 7. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE VII

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Section 1. The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the number of directors fixed by the bylaws or otherwise, may designate two or more directors to constitute an executive committee, which committee, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have and exercise all of the authority of the board of directors in the management of the corporation, except as otherwise required by law. Vacancies in the membership of the committee shall be filled by the board of directors at a regular or special meeting of the board of directors. The executive committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board when required. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of the executive committee. The executive committee shall not have authority: (1) To approve any action which will also require the shareholders’


approval; (2) To fill vacancies on the board or in any committee; (3) To fix the compensation of directors for serving on the board or on any committee; (4) To amend or repeal the bylaws or adopt new bylaws; (5) To amend or repeal any resolution of the board which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable; (6) To make a distribution to the shareholders except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the board; or (7) To appoint other committees of the board or the members thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or shareholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by facsimile telecommunication. Notice to any shareholder shall be given at the address


furnished by such shareholder for the purpose of receiving notice. If such address is not given and if no address appears on the records of the corporation for such shareholder, notice may be given to such shareholder at the place where the principal executive office of the corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which said principal executive office is located. If a notice of a shareholders’ meeting is sent by mail it shall be sent by first-class mail, or, in case the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by 500 or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the California General Corporation Law) on the record date for the shareholders’ meeting, notice may be by third-class mail.

Section 2. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.


ARTICLE IX

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the corporation, except those elected in accordance with Sec. 210 of the California General Corporation Law, shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers.

Section 2. The board of directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of shareholders, shall choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a chief financial officer, none of whom need be a member of the board.

Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.


Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

THE PRESIDENT

Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

Section 8. The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of


the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the president and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.


Section 10. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Section 11. The chief financial officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation.


Section 13. If required by the board of directors, he Shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

Section 14. The chief financial officer is, for the purpose of executing any documents requiring the signature of the “Treasurer,” deemed to be the treasurer of the corporation.

THE ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 15. The assistant treasurers, or, if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.


ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. Every holder of shares in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president and the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by him in the corporation. If the shares of the corporation are classified or if any class of shares has two or more series, there shall appear on the certificate either (1) a statement of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon each class or series of shares to be issued and upon the holders thereof; or (2) a summary of such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions with reference to the provisions of the articles and any certificates of determination establishing the same; or (3) a statement setting forth the office or agency of the corporation from which shareholders may obtain, upon request and without charge, a copy of the statement referred to in item (1) heretofore. Every certificate shall have noted thereon any information required to be set forth by the California General Corporation Law and such information shall be set forth in the manner provided by such law.


Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the board of directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require such indemnities as it deems adequate, to protect the corporation from any claim that may be made against it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.


TRANSFERS OF SHARES

Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the corporation.

CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS

Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action, the board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than 60 days prior to any other action.

A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the board shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than 45 days from the date set for the original meeting.


REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS

Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of California.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation relating thereto, if any, dividends may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to any provisions of the articles of incorporation and the California General Corporation Law.


Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.


SEAL

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the date of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal, California”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted (a) at any regular or special meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, provided notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal be contained in the notice of such meeting, or (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board.

The board of directors shall not make or alter any bylaw specifying a fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number of directors and the directors shall not change a fixed board to a variable board or vice versa in the bylaws. The board of directors shall not change a bylaw, if any, which requires a larger proportion of the vote of directors for approval than is required by the California General Corporation Law.


ARTICLE XIII

DIRECTORS’ ANNUAL REPORT

Section 1. The directors shall cause to be sent to the shareholders not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year, an annual report which shall include a balance sheet as of the closing date of the last fiscal year, and an income statement of changes in financial position for said fiscal year. Said annual report shall be accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. This annual report is hereby waived whenever the corporation shall have less than 100 shareholders as defined in Section 605 of the California General Corporation Law. Except when said waiver applies, the annual report shall be sent to the shareholder at least 15 (or if sent by third-class mail, 35) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. The annual report may be sent by third-class mail only if the corporation has outstanding shares held by 500 or more persons (as determined by the provisions of


Section 605 of the California General Corporation Law) on the record date for the shareholders’ meeting. In addition to the financial statements included in the annual report, the annual report of the corporation, if it has more than 100 shareholders as defined in Section 605 of the California General Corporation Law and if it is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or exempt from such registration by Section 12(g)(2) of said act, shall also describe briefly: (1) Any transaction (excluding compensation of officers and directors) during the previous fiscal year involving an amount in excess of forty thousand dollars ($40,000) (other than contracts let at competitive bids or services rendered at prices regulated by law) to which the corporation or its parent or subsidiary was a party and in which any director or officer of the corporation or of a subsidiary or (if known to the corporation or its parent or subsidiary) any holder of more than 10 percent of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation had a direct or indirect material interest, naming such person and stating such person’s relationship to the corporation, the nature of such person’s interest in the transaction and, where practicable, the amount of such interest; provided, that in the case of a transaction with a partnership of which such person is a partner, only the


interest of the partnership need be stated; and provided further that no such report need be made in the case of transactions approved by the shareholders under subdivision (a) of Section 310 of the California General Corporation Law. (2) The amount and circumstances of any indemnification or advances aggregating more than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) paid during the fiscal year to any officer or director of the corporation pursuant to Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law, provided, that no such report need be made in the case of indemnification approved by the shareholders under paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law.

Exhibit 3.84

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VNU USA PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.

 


Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law

The undersigned, being a natural person of at least 18 years of age and acting as the incorporator of the corporation hereby being formed under the Business Corporation Law, certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is VNU USA Property Management, Inc.

SECOND: The corporation is formed for the following purpose or purposes:

To engage in any lawful act or activity, including real estate brokerage services, for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation Law, provided that the corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency, or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained.

THIRD: The office of the corporation is to be located in the County of New York, State of New York.

FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, par value $:01 per share.

 

Page 1


FIFTH: No holder of any of the shares of any class of the corporation shall be entitled as of right to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise-acquire any shares of any class of the corporation which the corporation proposes to issue or any rights or options which the corporation proposes to grant for the purchase of shares of any class of the corporation or for the purchases of any shares, bonds, securities, or obligations of the corporation which are convertible into or exchangeable for, or which carry any rights to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire shares of any class of the corporation; and any and all of such shares, bonds, securities, or obligations of the corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized or created, may be issued, or may be reissued or transferred if the same have been reacquired and have treasury status, and any and all of such rights and options may be granted by the Board of Directors to such person, firms, corporations, and associations, and for such lawful considerations, and on such terms, as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine, without first offering the same, or any thereof, to any said holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing stated denial of any and all preemptive rights, no holder of shares of any class of the corporation shall have any preemptive rights in respect of the matters, proceedings, or transactions specified in Subparagraphs (1) to (6), inclusive, of Paragraph (e) of Section 622 of the Business Corporation Law.

SIXTH: The Secretary of State is designated as the agent of the corporation upon whom process against the corporation may be served. The post office address within the State of New York to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the corporation served upon him is: 1515 Broadway, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10036.

SEVENTH: The duration of the corporation is to be perpetual.

EIGHTH: The corporation shall, to the fullest exteat permitted by Article 7 of the Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said Article from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said Article, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any By-law, resolution, of shareholders, resolution of directors agreement, or otherwise, as permitted by said Article, as to action in any capacity in which he served at the request of the corporation.

 

Page 2


NINTH: The personal liability of the directors and officers of the corporation is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Paragraph (b) of Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed the Certificate of Incorporation and affirms that the statements contained herein are true under penalties of perjury this 27th day of January, 1998.

 

/s/ Robert P. Reichman

Robert P. Reichman, Incorporator

747 Third Aveaue

38th Floor

New York, New York 10017

 

Page 3

Exhibit 3.85

BY-LAWS

OF

VNU USA PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.

A New York corporation (the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

Section 1.1. Location . The address of the office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be in the County of New York or such other address as is designated by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Corporation may also have other offices at such places within or without the State of New York as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II - MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Annual Meeting . Each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in the State of New York, or at such other place within or without the State of New York as the Board of Directors may fix, on a date fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. If that date is a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

 

Page 1


Section 2.2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by written notice at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors, by the President, or by order of the Board of Directors pursuant to the written request of the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation. At any special meeting only such business may be transacted which is related to the purpose or purposes set forth in the notice required by Section 2.4 hereof. Special meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or such other place within or without the State of New York as shall be designated in the notice of meeting, on the date designated in the notice of meeting. If that date is a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

Section 2.3. List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote . A list of shareholders as of the record date determined pursuant to Section 5.8 hereof, certified by the corporate officer responsible for its preparation or by the Corporation’s transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting of shareholders upon the request of any shareholder thereat or prior thereto. If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the inspector of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such list of shareholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meeting, and all persons who appear from such list to be shareholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at such meeting.

Section 2.4. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice . Written notice of each annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise prescribed by law, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, indicating that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling the meeting and stating the purpose or purposes for which it is called, shall be given, personally or by first class mail, not fewer than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting; provided, however, that a copy of such notice may be given by third class mail not fewer than twenty-four nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder

 

Page 2


entitled to vote thereat. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and directed to such shareholder at his address as it appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or, if he shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notice to him be sent to some other address, then directed to him at such other address. An affidavit of the Secretary or other person giving the notice or of a transfer agent of the Corporation that notice has been given as required herein shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, in person or by proxy, whether before, at or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him.

Section 2.5. Adjourned Meeting and Notice Thereof . Any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned to another date, time or place, and the Corporation may transact at any adjourned meeting any business which might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting. Notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken unless a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting by the Board of Directors. If notice of the adjourned meeting is given, such notice shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in the manner prescribed in Section 2.4 hereof.

Section 2.6. Quorum . At any meeting of shareholders, except as otherwise expressly required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by any written agreement of all of the shareholders, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, provided that when a specified item of business is required to be voted on by a class or series, voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the

 

Page 3


shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such specified item of business. In the absence of a quorum, the shareholders present may adjourn any meeting. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, the quorum is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

Section 2.7. Voting; Proxies; Inspectors of Election . Every shareholder of record shall be entitled at every meeting of shareholders to one vote for every share standing in his name on the record of shareholders of the Corporation unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. Directors shall, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, or by any written agreement of all of the shareholders, be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon. Whenever any corporate action, other than the election of directors, is to be taken by vote of the shareholders, it shall, except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, or by any. written agreement of all of the shareholders, be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.

Each shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it, except as otherwise provided by law or by agreement of the shareholder executing it.

The Board of Directors, in advance of any shareholders’ meeting, may appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at a shareholders’ meeting may appoint one or more inspectors on the request of any shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat. In case any person appointed fails to appear or

 

Page 4


act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made in advance of the meeting by the Board of Directors or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

Section 2.8. Voting Rights of Certain Shares . Neither treasury shares nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held by the Corporation, shall be counted for quorum purposes or entitled to vote. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, committee, or other fiduciary, except a trustee, may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into his name. Shares held by a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, only after the shares have been transferred into his name as trustee or into the name of his nominee. A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee or a nominee of the pledgee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Corporation shall be protected in treating the persons in whose names shares stand on the record of shareholders as the owners thereof for all purposes.

Section 2.9. Action by Consent of Shareholders . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, whenever shareholders are required or permitted by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by these By-Laws to take any action by vote, such action may be taken without a meeting on written consent setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

Page 5


ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. General Powers . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and have such authority and do all such lawful acts and things as are permitted by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by these By-Laws.

Section 3.2. Number of Directors . The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall not be less than three, except that if all the shares of the Corporation are owned beneficially and of record by less than three shareholders the number of directors may be less than three but not less than the number of shareholders. Subject to such limitation, such number may be fixed or increased or decreased by amendment of these By-Laws or by action of the shareholders or by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, provided that no decrease shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

As used in this Article, “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors.

Section 3.3. Election . Directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting of shareholders or at a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting called for such purpose, a new Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be elected.

Section 3.4. Term . Each director shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which he is elected and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office by reason of death, resignation, removal or other reason.

 

Page 6


Section 3.5. Resignation and Removal . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors, to the President or to the Secretary. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Any director may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders or the Board of Directors. Any director may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.

Section 3.6. Vacancies . Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors (as may be prescribed in Section 3.2 hereof) or vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors for any reason except the removal of directors without cause may be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum exists.

Vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors by reason of the removal of directors without cause may be filled only by vote of the shareholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

Section 3.7. Quorum and Voting . Unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation provides otherwise, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for any transaction of business or of any specified item of business. A director interested in a contract or transaction may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors which authorizes the contract or transaction. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting until a quorum shall be present.

 

Page 7


The vote of the majority of the directors present at the time of a vote at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall require the vote of a greater number.

Section 3.8. Regulations . The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the business and management of the Corporation, not inconsistent with law or with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or with these By-Laws, as the Board of Directors may deem proper.

Section 3.9. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at any place within or without the State of New York as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 3.10. Annual Meeting of Board of Directors . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be called and held for the purpose of organization, election of officers and transaction of any other business. If such meeting is held promptly after and at the place specified for the annual meeting of shareholders, no notice of the annual meeting of the Board of Directors need be given. Otherwise, such annual meeting shall be held at such time (but not more than thirty days after the annual meeting of shareholders) and place as may be specified in a notice of the meeting.

Section 3.11. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the date, time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. After there has been such determination and notice thereof has been given to each member of the Board of Directors, no further notice shall be required for any such regular meeting. If the date of any such meeting to be held, including any adjournment thereof, is a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day. Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting.

 

Page 8


Section 3.12. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may, unless otherwise prescribed by law, be called from time to time by the President, and shall be called by the President or by the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office directed to the President or the Secretary. Except as provided below, notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the date, time and place of such special meeting, shall be given to each director. If the date of such meeting to be held, including any adjournment thereof, is a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

Section 3.13. Notice of Meeting; Waiver of Notice . Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be duly given to a director: (a) if mailed to such director, addressed to him at his address as it appears upon the books of the Corporation, or at the address last made known in writing to the Corporation by such director as the address to which such notices are to be sent, at least four days before the day on which such meeting is to be held; or (b) if sent to him at such address by telegraph, telex or facsimile transmission not later than two days before the day on which such meeting is to be held; or (c) if delivered to him personally or orally, whether by telephone or otherwise, not later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held. Each such notice shall state the date, time and place of the meeting.

Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the holding of such meeting, or who attends such meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

Section 3.14. Committees of Directors . The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an executive committee, each committee to consist of three or more of the directors of the Corporation.

 

Page 9


Vacancies in membership of any committee shall be filled by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. Members of a committee shall hold office for such period as may be fixed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, subject, however, to removal at any time by the vote of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.15. Powers and Duties of Committees . Except as otherwise provided by law, any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions creating such committee, shall have all the authority of the Board of Directors except that no such committee shall have authority as to any of the following matters: (a) the submission to shareholders of any action that needs shareholders’ approval; (b) the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or in any committee; (c) the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board of Directors or on any committee; (d) the amendment or repeal of these By-Laws, or the adoption of new By-Laws; and (e) the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors which by its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable.

Each committee may adopt its own rules of procedure and may meet at stated times or on such notice as such committee may determine. Except as otherwise permitted by these By-Laws, each committee shall keep regular minutes of all of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 3.16. Compensation of Directors . The Board of Directors may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts which shall be payable to directors and to members of any committee of the Board of Directors for attendance at the meetings of the Board of Directors or of such committee and for services rendered to the Corporation.

 

Page 10


Section 3.17. Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and written consents thereto by the members of the Board of Directors or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

Section 3.18. Participation by Telephone Conference . Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of the committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

Section 4.1. Principal Officers . The principal officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may include a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Controller and such other principal officers as the Board of Directors may deem advisable. Any two or more principal offices may be held by the same person except the offices of President and Secretary. When all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation is held by one person, however, such person may hold all or any combination of offices.

Section 4.2. Election of Principal Officers; Term of Office . The principal officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at each annual meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Page 11


If the Board of Directors shall fail to fill any principal office at an annual meeting, or if any vacancy in any principal office shall occur, or if any principal office shall be newly created, such principal office may be filled at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Each principal officer shall hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 4.3. Subordinate Officers, Agents and Employees . In addition to the principal officers, the Corporation may have one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem advisable, each of whom shall hold office for such period, shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the President, or any officer designated by the Board of Directors, may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may appoint and may remove, or may delegate to any principal officer, the power to appoint and to remove, any subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Corporation.

Section 4.4. Delegation of Duties of Officers . The Board of Directors may delegate the duties and powers of any officer of the Corporation to any other officer or to any director for a specified period of time for any reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient.

Section 4.5. Removal of Officers . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by resolution of the Board of Directors or by vote of the shareholders. An officer elected by the shareholders may be removed, with or without cause, only by vote of the shareholders, but such officer’s authority to act as an officer may be suspended by the Board of Directors for cause.

Section 4.6. Resignation . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Board of Directors, to the President or to the

 

Page 12


Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make the resignation effective.

Section 4.7. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, will preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.8. President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general supervision over the business of the Corporation. The President shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of the President except as may specifically be limited by a resolution of the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board or if the office of Chairman of the Board shall be vacant, the President will preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.9. Vice President . In the absence or disability of the President or if the office of President be vacant, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or, if no such determination has been made, in the order of their seniority, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President, subject to the right of the Board of Directors at any time to extend or confine such powers and duties or to assign them to others. Any Vice President may have such additional designation in his title as the Board of Directors may determine. The Vice Presidents shall generally assist the President in such manner as the President shall direct. Each Vice President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the President.

 

Page 13


Section 4.10. Secretary . The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present, shall record all the proceedings of all such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, shall have supervision over the giving and service of notices of the Corporation, and shall have supervision over the care and custody of the corporate records and the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal, is duly authorized, and when so affixed may attest the same. The Secretary shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of Secretary, except as may be specifically limited by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the President.

Section 4.11. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds and over the receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such bank or banks or other depository or depositories as the Board of Directors may designate. The Treasurer shall have supervision over the care and safekeeping of the securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of Treasurer, including the duties of Controller if none is elected, except as may be specifically limited by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the President.

Section 4.12. Controller . The Controller, if one is elected, shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation and shall have supervision over the maintenance and custody of the accounting operations of the Corporation, including the keeping of accurate accounts of all receipts and disbursements and all other financial transactions. The Controller shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of Controller except as may be specifically limited by a resolution of the Board

 

Page 14


of Directors. The Controller shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the President.

Section 4.13. Salaries . The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by, whether or not under authority delegated to it, the Board of Directors. No officer shall be ineligible to receive a salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 4.14. Bond . The Board of Directors shall have power, to the extent permitted by law, to require any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to give bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

ARTICLE V - CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.1. Issuance of Certificates for Stock . Each shareholder of the Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates in such form or forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation owned by such shareholder.

Section 5.2. Signatures on Stock Certificates . Certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or by a Vice President, and by the Secretary, by the Treasurer, by an Assistant Secretary or by an Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal of the Corporation or a printed or engraved facsimile thereof.

If any such certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar, other than the Corporation or one of its employees, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such

 

Page 15


officer before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such signer were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 5.3. Stock Ledger . A record of all certificates for stock issued by the Corporation shall be kept by the Secretary or any other officer, employee or agent designated by the Board of Directors. Such record shall show the name and address of such shareholder, the number and class of shares held by each and the date when each became the owner of record thereof, and, in the case of certificates which have been canceled, the dates of cancellation thereof.

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of shares of stock as shown on the stock ledger as the owner thereof and as the person entitled to receive dividends thereon, to vote such shares, to receive notice of meetings, and for all other purposes. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any share of stock represented by such certificate on the part of any other person whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof.

Section 5.4. Regulations Relating to Transfer . The Board of Directors may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with law, with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or with these By-Laws, concerning issuance, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any principal officer to appoint, one or more transfer clerks or one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates for stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

Section 5.5. Transfers; Transfer Agent and Registrar . Transfers of capital stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only upon delivery to the Corporation or to its transfer agent of: (a) a written direction of the registered holder

 

Page 16


named in the certificate or of such holder’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing; (b) the certificate for the shares of stock being transferred; and (c) a written assignment of the shares of stock evidenced thereby.

The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates for shares to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

Section 5.6. Cancellation . Each certificate for stock surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing certificate (other than pursuant to Section 5.7 ) until such existing certificate shall have been canceled.

Section 5.7. Lost, Destroyed, Stolen and Mutilated Certificates . If any certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be mutilated, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate in place of such mutilated certificate. If any such certificate shall be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated thereby with power so to act, issue a new certificate for stock in the place of any such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. The applicant for any substituted certificate or certificates shall surrender any mutilated certificate or, in the case of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, furnish satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction of such certificate and of the ownership thereof. The Board of Directors or such committee may, in its discretion, require the owner of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his representative, to furnish to the Corporation, in its sole discretion, a bond with a surety or sureties acceptable to the Corporation and in such sum as will be sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring a bond when, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, it is proper to do so.

 

Page 17


Section 5.8. Fixing of Record Dates .

(a) The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten days before the date of any meeting of shareholders, nor more than fifty days prior to any other action, for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action.

(b) If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors:

(i) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held; and

(ii) The record date for determining shareholders for any purpose other than that specified in subparagraph (i) shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(c) A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Page 18


ARTICLE VI - INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1. Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, other than one by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, whether civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the Corporation served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, was a director or officer of the Corporation, or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorney’s and paralegal’s fees and expenses actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein, if such director or officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Any indemnification by the Corporation pursuant hereto shall be made only in the manner and to the extent authorized by applicable law, and any such indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled.

Section 6.2. Indemnification Insurance . To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such.

 

Page 19


ARTICLE VII - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1. Corporate Seal . The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and the words and figures “VNU USA PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., 1998, New York” in the center. The seal may be used by causing it to be affixed or impressed, or a facsimile thereof may be reproduced or otherwise used in such manner as the Board of Directors may determine.

Section 7.2. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31st of each year, or such other twelve consecutive month period as the Board of Directors may designate.

Section 7.3. Banks. The Board of Directors shall select banks, trust companies, or other depositories in which all funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall, from time to time, be deposited to the credit of the Corporation.

Section 7.4. Execution of Instruments, Contracts, etc. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by such officer or officers or person or persons, as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors, any committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors, or any committee given authority to exercise generally the powers of the Board of Directors during the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, may authorize any officer, employee or agent, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter

 

Page 20


into or execute and deliver deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

All applications, written instruments and papers required by any department of the United States Government or by any state, county, municipal or other governmental authority, may be executed in the name of the Corporation by any principal officer or subordinate officer of the Corporation, or, to the extent designated for such purpose from time to time by the Board of Directors, by an employee or agent of the Corporation. Such designation may contain the power to substitute, in the discretion of the person named, one of more other persons.

ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENTS

Section 8.1. By Shareholders . These By-Laws may be amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at any meeting of shareholders.

Section 8.2. By Directors . These By-Laws may be amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, by the Board of Directors.

*    *    *    *

 

Page 21

Exhibit 3.86

DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

UNOFFICAL TRANSLATION

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of:

VNU Holding and Finance B.V.

with corporate seat in Haarlem

dated 1 July 2005

Name, registered office.

Article 1.

The Company shall bear the name: VNU Holding and Finance B.V.

It is incorporated and has its registered office in Haarlem, the Netherlands.

Goal.

Article 2.

The Company has as its goal, the rendering of services of whatever nature to and the financing of group companies as referred to in article 2: 246 of the Civil Code, as well as participating in, and in any other manner taking an interest in, managing other enterprises, of whatever nature, and also financing third parties; providing sureties in any manner or binding itself to fulfil obligations incurred by third parties and finally to do all that which is connected with the foregoing or which would expedite its achievement.

Capital and Shares.

Article 3.

 

3.1. The authorised capital of the Company amounts to ninety thousand euro (EUR 90,000). Divided into ninety thousand (90,000) shares, each of one euro (EUR 1).

 

3.2. The shares shall be issued under the names of their holders and shall be numbered consecutively from 1 onwards.

 

3.3. No depositary receipts shall be issued.

 

3.4. The Company may not, with a view to the taking or acquiring of its shares in its capital by others, or certificates thereof, provide sureties, a guaranteed share issue price, or in any other manner bind itself either singly or severally alongside with or for others. The Company may provides loans with a view to the taking or acquiring shares in its capital or certificates thereof for no more than the amount of the reserves it has which may be paid out. A Board resolution to provide a loan as referred to in the previous sentence shall require the approval of the general meeting of shareholders, hereinafter referred to as the general meeting.

 

3.5. If the sum of the issued capital and the other reserves which are required to be maintained pursuant to the law is lower than the most recently ratified lawful minimum capital, the Company shall be required to maintain a reserve amounting to that difference.


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

Share Issue.

Article 4.

 

4.1. The general meeting shall resolve to issue shares; the general meeting shall determine the share issue price and the further terms and conditions of share issue.

 

4.2. The issue of shares shall never be below par.

 

4.3. The issue of shares shall require the execution of a notarised deed in compliance with that determined in article 2:196 of the Civil Code.

 

4.4. Upon shares being issued, as well as when granting rights to take shares, a shareholder shall not have any preferential right unless this shall be otherwise determined upon the resolution to issue shares having been adopted.

 

4.5. The Company shall not be authorized to cooperate with the issue of share certificates.

Payment for Shares.

Article 5.

 

5.1. Shares may solely be issue against their being fully paid up.

 

5.2. Payment shall be required to be made in money, to the extent that no other contribution is agreed upon.

 

5.3. Payment in money may be made in foreign currency, if the Company consents to this.

The acquisition and alienation of shares in its own capital.

Article 6.

 

6.1. The Directors may, if authorised to do so by the general meeting, have the Company acquire a number of fully paid up shares in its own capital, under an encumbered title, which nominal amount of the shares to be acquired and those already held by the Company and its subsidiaries in its own capital, taken together shall not amount to any more than half of the issued capital and without prejudice to that determined in this connection by the law.

 

6.2. In connection with the alienation of shares acquired by the Company in its own capital, article 4, section 1 shall be accordingly applicable. A resolution to alienate such shares shall also include the approval as referred to in article 2, 195, section 4 of the Civil Code.

Register of Shareholders.

Article 7.

 

7.1. The Directors shall maintain a register of shareholders in compliance with the demands imposed in this connection by the law. The way in which the register shall be designed shall be determined by the Directors who shall have been granted prior approval from the general meeting for this. Each and every note made in the register shall be required to be signed by one Director.

 

7.2. The Directors shall lodge the register at the offices of the Company for the perusal of the shareholders.

 

7.3. Each and every shareholder shall be bound to inform the Company of his/her or its address. This address shall be noted in the register as shall the amount paid up on each and every share.

 

2


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

Notices and Letters Convening Meetings.

Article 8.

 

8.1. Letters convening meetings sent to shareholders shall be sent by registered letter, or not, to those address listed in the register of shareholders.

 

8.2. Notices sent to the Directors shall be sent by registered letter, or not, to the offices of the Company or the addresses of the Directors.

The transfer of shares, Method.

Article 9.

The transfer of shares shall require the execution of a notarised deed in compliance with the determined in article 2:196 of the Civil Code.

Blocking stipulation.

Article 10.

 

10.1. The transfer of shares in the capital of the Company, including alienation on the part of the Company of those shares it has acquired in its own capital, may solely be implemented in compliance with that determined in section 2 through to and including 7 of this article.

 

10.2. A shareholder who wishes to transfer one or more shares shall require the approval to do so from the general meeting.

 

10.3. The transfer shall be required to take place within three months after the approval in question shall have been granted, or deemed to have been granted.

 

10.4. Approval shall be deemed to have been granted if the general meeting does not notify the applicant at the same time as the refusal is notified of there being one or more candidate purchasers, who are prepared to purchase all the shares covered by the request for approval, for cash, at the price, determined in the manner as described in section 5; the Company may itself solely be designated as a candidate purchaser with the approval of the applicant.

Approval shall also be deemed to have been granted if the general meeting does not reach a decision within six weeks after the application was made for approval.

 

10.5. The applicant and the candidate purchasers the applicant shall have accepted shall determine the purchase price of the shares to be transferred, referred to in section 4, in mutual consultations. Failure to reach agreement on the price shall require an independent expert being appointed by the Directors and the applicant, in mutual consultations.

 

10.6. Should the Directors and the applicant fail to reach agreement concerning the appointment of an independent expert, this expert shall be appointed by the Chairman of the Chamber of Commerce in the jurisdiction of which the Company has its de facto establishment.

 

10.7. Once the price of the shares shall have been determined by the independent expert, the applicant shall have a period of one month after this price shall have been determined to choose freely whether he wishes to transfer his shares to the designated candidate purchasers.

The Board, Supervision of the Board of Directors.

Article 11.

 

11.1. The Company shall be managed by a Board of Directors supervised by a Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors.

 

3


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

The general meeting shall determined the number of Directors to be appointed and the number of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors to be appointed. A legal entity may be appointed to be a Director but may not be appointed to be a Supervisory or Non-Executive Director.

 

11.2. The Directors and the Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall be appointed by the general meeting. The general meeting may suspend and dismiss them at any and all times.

The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall be authorised to suspend a Director at any and all times.

 

11.3. A proposal to appoint a Supervisory or Non-Executive Director shall require the candidate to give notice of his age, his profession, the amount of the shares he holder in the capital of the Company, and the positions he holds or which he has held, to the extent this shall be relevant in connection with his performing the tasks and duties he would have as a Supervisory or Non-Executive Director. Mention shall also be made of which legal entities he is already a Supervisory or Non-Executive Director of, if these include legal entities which belong to the same group, mention need solely be made of that group of companies.

A proposal to appoint a Supervisory or Non-Executive Director shall also contain the reasons for the proposed appointment.

 

11.4. If either the general meeting or the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall have suspended a Director or should the general meeting have suspended a Supervisory or Non-Executive Director, the general meeting shall be required to reach a decision, within three months after that suspension to either dismiss that Director or to continue the suspension; in default of which the suspension shall lapse. A decision to continue the suspension may solely be taken once and the suspension may at that time solely be prolonged for no more than three months, commencing on the day on which the general meeting reached the decision to continue the suspension.

A suspended Director or a suspended Supervisory or Non-Executive Director shall be afforded an opportunity at the general meeting to defend himself and to be assisted in this by legal counsel.

 

11.5. Should one or more Directors be a absent or prevented from attending to business, the remaining Directors or the sole remaining Director shall be temporarily charged with the management of the Company. Should all the Directors be absent or prevented from attending to business, the person who the general meeting appointed for this purpose, or shall appoint for this purpose, shall be temporarily charged with the management of the Company.

Should all the Directors be absent or prevented from attending to business, the person referred to in the previous sentence shall take all necessary measures as soon as possible in order to arrive at definitive provisions for the management of the Company.

Article 12.

 

12.1. The general meeting shall determine the terms of service of the Directors.

 

12.2. The general meeting may grant one or more Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors a fixed bonus or a bonus which in whole or in part is related to and dependent on the results of the Company. Costs and expenses incurred shall be reimbursed to them.

 

4


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

Management.

Article 13.

 

13.1. Management may, in compliance with that determined in these Articles of Association, draw up rules and regulations in which matters of an internal nature are to be regulated. Moreover, Management may also, by means of rules and regulations or not, divide their tasks and duties among themselves.

 

13.2. Management shall meet as frequently as a Director shall require this shall be done. It shall reach its decisions by means of an absolute majority of votes cast.

Should votes tie, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected.

 

13.3. Management may also reach decisions outside meeting providing this shall be done in writing, telegraphically or by telex or by facsimile and providing that all the Directors shall have expressed their being in favour of the proposal under consideration.

 

13.4. The general meeting may adopt a resolution which contains a detailed description of those Management Decisions which require the approval of the general meeting and/or which require the approval of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors. The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may adopt a resolution which contains a detailed description of Management Decisions which require the approval of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors.

Representation.

Article 14.

 

14.1. Management shall be authorised to represent the Company. Should more than one Director have been appointed, the Company may also be represented by two Directors acting jointly.

 

14.2. Should a Director have concluded a private agreement with the Company or should a Director take legal action privately against the Company, the Company may be represented in such matters, in compliance with that determined in the first section, by the remaining Directors, unless the general meeting shall have appointed a person for this purpose or unless the law shall provide for such an appointment being made in another manner. Such a person may also be the Director, in respect of whom the conflict of interests prevails.

Should a Director have an interest which conflicts in some other manner than that described in the first section with the interest or interests of the Company, then, like Management, or the other Directors, in compliance with that determined in the first section, he may still be authorised to represent the Company.

Proxy-holders.

Article 15.

Management mat grant one or more persons who are employed by the Company, or not, a proxy or some other form of continuous authorisation to represent the Company. Management may also grant persons as referred to in the previous sentence as well as others persons a title, providing those persons are employed by the Company.

 

5


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors.

Article 16.

 

16.1. The supervision of the policy pursued by Management and of the general course of business of the Company and the enterprise affiliated therewith shall be undertaken and carried out by the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors. That Board shall assist Management by giving it advice. In fulfilling their tasks and duties, the Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall focus on the interests of the Company and those of the enterprise affiliated therewith. Management shall provide the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors will all the information it requires for exercising its tasks and do so in a timely manner.

 

16.2. Should there be more than one Supervisory or Non-Executive Director appointed, the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall elect a Chairman from its midst. The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall also appoint a Secretary either from its midst, or not.

Moreover, the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may also appoint from its midst, one or more delegated Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors who shall be charged with maintaining more regular communications with Management; their findings shall be reported on to the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors. The positions of Chairman of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors and of Delegated Supervisory or Non-Executive Director may be united in one person.

 

16.3. The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may draw up rules and regulations in compliance with these Articles of Association in which they divide their tasks and duties among their own members.

 

16.4. The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may determine that one or more of its members may be granted admission to all the areas used by the Company and that those persons be authorised to peruse all the books, correspondence and other documents of the Company and be made cognisant of all actions which have taken place, or exercise a part of these authorisations.

Article 17.

 

17.1. The Board of Supervisory Directors shall meet as frequently as its members request this be done. It shall reach its decisions by means of an absolute majority of votes cast. Should votes tie, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected unless there are more than two Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors who are present at the meeting; in which case the Chairman shall have the casting or decisive vote.

 

17.2. Aside from that determined in section 3, the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may no reach decisions when no majority of its members is present.

 

17.3. The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may also reach decisions outside meeting providing this shall be done in writing, telegraphically, by telex or by facsimile and providing that all Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall have expressed their approval of the resolution in question.

Any such decision reached shall be noted in the register of minutes of meetings of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors which shall be maintained by the Secretary of that Board; the documents which demonstrate that such a decision was reached or such resolution adopted shall be kept with the register of minutes of meetings.

 

6


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

17.4. The Directors shall, if invited, be bound to attend the meetings of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors and to provide information required by that Board from Management.

 

17.5. The Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may acquire advice which shall be charged to the Company which the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors considers to be desirable for the correct exercise of that Board’s tasks and duties.

 

17.6. Should only one Supervisory or Non-Executive Director have been appointed, that person shall have all the rights and obligations which are attributed by these Articles of Association to, and imposed by these Articles of Association on the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors and to the Chairman thereof.

General Meetings.

Article 18.

 

18.1. The annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the close of the Financial Year.

 

18.2. The agenda for that meeting shall in any case include the following subjects:

 

  a. dealing with the written annual report drawn up by Management concerning the course of business conducted by the Company and the management thereof;

 

  b. ratifying the Annual Accounts and, in compliance with article 25, apportioning profits;

 

  c. discharging the Directors for their management activities conducted during the last Financial Year and discharging Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors for their supervision thereof.

The aforementioned subjects do not require being included on that agenda if the time period for drawing up the Annual Accounts and submitting the Annual Report shall have been prolonged or should a proposal have been submitted to this end; the subject referred to in sub-section a. above shall also not be required to be included in the agenda if article 2: 391 of the Civil Code does not apply to the Company.

At the annual general meeting, that placed on the agenda in compliance with article 19, sections 2 and 3 shall also be dealt with.

 

18.3. A general meeting shall be convened as frequently as Management or the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall deem to be desirable.

Article 19.

 

19.1. The general meetings shall be held in the Local Authority where the Company has its registered offices.

At a general meeting held elsewhere, valid decisions may solely be reached if the entire issued capital of the Company is represented.

 

19.2. Shareholder shall be convened to attend the general meeting by Management, the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors, a Director or a Supervisory or Non-Executive Director or by a shareholder. Any letter convening a general meeting shall always refer to the subjects to be discussed and dealt with.

 

19.3. Any letter convening a general meeting shall be sent out no later than on the fifteenth day prior to the day on which the meeting is to be held. If this time period is shorter or should no letter convening the meeting have been sent, no lawful decisions may be reached, unless a resolution is adopted unanimously at a meeting at which the entire issued capital of the Company is represented.

 

7


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

In connection with subjects which were not included in the letter convening the meeting or in a supplementary letter convening a meeting, sent in compliance with the time period set for announcing and convening a general meeting, that determined in the previous sentence shall be accordingly applicable.

Article 20.

 

20.1. The general meeting shall be chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Supervisor or Non-Executive Directors who may also, if he himself is present, charge an other person to take his place as Chairman. Should the Chairman of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors be absent without having charged an other person to take his place as Chairman, those Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors who are present shall appoint the Chairman from their midst. Should all the Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors be absent, the meeting shall appoint its own Chairman. The Chairman of the meeting shall appoint the Secretary.

 

20.2. Unless the proceedings of the meeting shall be recorded by means of a notarised verbatim record, the meeting shall be minuted. The minutes shall be ratified, in token of which they shall be signed by the Chairman and the Secretary of that meeting or ratified by the subsequent meeting; in the latter case, they shall be signed in token of their having been ratified by the Chairman and the Secretary If that subsequent meeting.

 

20.3. The Chairman of the meeting, and moreover each and every Director and each and every Supervisory or Non-Executive Director may issue an assignment at any and all times to have a notarised verbatim record drawn up, the costs of which shall be charged to the Company.

Article 21.

 

21.1. At the general meeting, each share gives its holder the right to cast one vote. Blank votes and invalid votes shall be deemed not to have been cast.

 

21.2. Decisions shall be reached by means of an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

21.3. The Chairman shall determine the voting method to be used, with the proviso that should one of those enfranchised persons present require it, any voting on an appointment, suspension and dismissal of persons may be carried out using closed written and unsigned ballots.

 

21.4. Should votes tie in connection with an appointment of persons, no decision shall be reached.

Should votes tie in connection with other subjects, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected, without prejudice to that determined in article 25, section 2.

 

21.5. Shareholders may be represented at a meeting by holders of written proxies.

 

21.6. The Directors and the Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall be authorised to attend the general meetings and as such to have an advisory voice at general meetings.

Article 22.

 

22.1. Shareholders may reach all decisions outside meetings which they may reach at meetings. Directors and Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall be afforded an opportunity of issuing their advice about the proposal, unless in the given circumstances and in accordance with the principles of acting in all reasonableness and fairness this would be unacceptable.

 

8


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

A decision reached outside a meeting shall solely be valid if all the enfranchised shareholders shall have expressed their being in favour of the proposal in question by voting in writing, telegraphically, by telex or by facsimile.

Those shareholder shall issue a notice, without delay, as to a decision reached in the aforementioned manner to both the Management of the Company as well as the Chairman of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors.

 

22.2. A decision as referred to in section 1 shall be recorded by the Chairman of the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors in the minutes register of the general meeting; that note shall be read out loud at the subsequent general meeting by the Chairman of that meeting. Moreover, the documents which show that such a decisions was reached shall be retained with the minutes register of the general meetings and, once the decisions has been reached, shall be the subject of a notice sent to all the shareholders.

Financial Year, Annual Accounts.

Article 23.

 

23.1. The Financial Year shall run parallel with the calendar year.

 

23.2. Annually, within five months after the close of each and every Financial Year, aside from prolongation of this time period by no more than six months required by the general meeting on the grounds of extraordinary circumstances prevailing, Management shall draw up the Annual Accounts and shall lodge them for the perusal of the shareholders at the offices of the Company.

The Annual Accounts shall be accompanied by a declaration issued by the accountant/auditor as referred to in article 24, should the assignments referred to have been granted, for the Annual Report, unless article 2: 391 of the Civil Code shall not be applicable to the Company, and by the other information referred to in article 2: 392, section 1 of the Civil Code, to the extent that that determined therein shall be applicable to the Company.

The Annual Accounts shall be signed by all the Directors and Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors; should one or more of their signatures be missing, mention shall be made of this under cover of the reason for it.

 

23.3. The Company shall ensure that the Annual Accounts drawn up, the Annual Report and the other information referred to in section 2 shall be lodged at the offices of the Company, from the day the general meeting is convened to the day on which the general meeting is held for the purpose of their being dealt with.

Shareholders may peruse those documents there and receive copies thereof free of charge.

 

23.4. Should the Company be bound, pursuant to article 24, section 1 to issue an assignment to have the Annual Accounts audited by an accountant/auditor and the general meeting has not been able to be made cognisant of the declaration issued by that accountant/auditor, the Annual Accounts may not be ratified unless lawful grounds shall have been submitted among the other information referred to in section 2, second sentence as to why that declaration is missing.

 

9


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

23.5. Should the Annual Accounts be amended and ratified thereafter, a copy of the amended Annual Accounts shall be made available to shareholders free of charge.

Accountant/Auditor.

Article 24.

 

24.1. The Company may grant an assignment to an accountant/auditor as referred to in article 2:393 of the Civil Code to audit the Annual Accounts drawn up by Management pursuant to that determined in section 3 of that article, with the proviso that the Company shall be bound to do this should the law require it.

Should the law not require that the assignment referred to in the previous sentence be granted, the Company may grant an assignment to have the Annual Accounts audited by another expert; such an expert shall also be referred to hereinafter as the accountant/auditor.

The general meeting shall be authorised to grant the assignment. Should it not do so, the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors shall be authorised to do so, or, should temporarily there be no Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors appointed, or should the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors remain in default in this connection, Management shall be authorised to grant the assignment.

The assignment granted to the accountant/auditor may also be withdrawn at any and all time by the general meeting as well as by the person who granted the assignment; an assignment granted by Management may also be withdrawn by the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors.

The accountant/auditor shall report on his findings to the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors and to Management and shall summarise those findings in a declaration.

 

24.2. Both Management as well as the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors may grant assignments to the accountant/auditor or to another accountant/auditor, the costs of which shall be charged to the Company.

Profit and Loss.

Article 25.

 

25.1. Payments made from profits pursuant to that determined in this article shall be effected after the Annual Accounts shall have been ratified which show that such payments are admissible.

 

25.2. The profits shall be made freely available to the general meeting. Should votes tie in connection with making payments from profits or adding them to the reserves, those profits on which the proposal was made shall be added to the reserves.

 

25.3. The Company may solely made payments to shareholders and others entitled to receive payments defrayed by profits to the extent that it own equity is larger than the amount of the issued capital, increased by the reserves required to be maintained pursuant to the law.

 

25.4. The reserves may solely be deployed to defray any deficit to the extent the law permits this.

 

10


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

Article 26.

 

26.1. Dividends shall become due four weeks after having been declared unless the general meeting shall set another date for this on the strength of a proposal made to this end by Management.

 

26.2. Dividends which have not been received within five year after the commencement of the second day on which they became due shall be forfeited by the Company.

 

26.3 The general meeting may resolve that dividends shall be paid out in whole or in part in another form than in cash.

 

26.4 Without prejudice to that determined in article 25, section 3, the general meeting may resolve to make payment in whole or in part of the reserves.

 

26.5 Without prejudice to that determined in article 25, section 3, interim payments may be made if the general meeting determines that this shall be done on the strength of a proposal made to this end by Management.

Liquidation.

Article 27.

 

27.1 Should the Company be dissolve pursuant to a resolution to this end adopted by the general meeting, the Directors shall be appointed as the liquidators of the assets of the Company, supervised by the Board of Supervisory or Non-Executive Directors, if and to the extent that the general meeting shall not have appoint one or more other liquidators.

 

27.2 The general meeting shall determine the emoluments of the liquidators and of those who are charged with the supervision thereof.

 

27.3 Liquidation shall be carried out in compliance with the applicable stipulations of the law. During liquidation, these Articles of Association shall remain in force, as far as shall be possible.

 

27.4 That which remains of the assets of the Company, after settling all debts, shall be divided among the shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of their shareholdings.

 

27.5 After the Company shall cease to exist, its books, documents and other information carriers shall be lodged for a period of seven years in the custody of the person appointed to retain them by the liquidators.

Transitional stipulation.

Article 28.

The first Financial Year of the Company shall terminate on the thirty-first day of December two thousand and five. This article and its heading shall cease being applicable upon the expiry of the first Financial Year of the Company.

 

11

Exhibit 3.87

DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of:

VNU Holdings B.V.

with corporate seat in Haarlem

dated 7 August 2006

Name, Corporate seat.

Article 1.

The name of the company is: VNU Holdings B.V.

Its corporate seat is in Haarlem.

Objects.

Article 2.

The objects of the company are to cooperate with, to participate in (including the acting as a partner in a general partnership (vennootschap onder firma), partnership (maatschap) or limited partnership (commanditaire vennootschap)), take an interest in any other way in, to conduct the management of other business enterprises of whatever nature, furthermore to finance third parties, in any way to provide security or undertake the obligations of third parties and finally all activities which are incidental or may be conducive to any of the foregoing.

Share capital and shares.

Article 3.

 

3.1. The authorised share capital of the company amounts to ninety-one thousand euro (EUR 91,000). It is divided into two hundred (200) shares of four hundred and fifty-five euro (EUR 455) each.

 

3.2. The shares shall be in registered form and shall be numbered consecutively from 1 onwards.

 

3.3. No share certificates shall be issued.

 

3.4. The company may make loans with a view to a subscription for or acquisition of shares in its share capital up to the amount of its distributable reserves. A resolution by the managing board to make a loan as referred to in the preceding sentence shall be subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders, hereinafter to be referred to as: the general meeting.

The company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve equal to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in this paragraph.

Issue of shares.

Article 4.

 

4.1. Shares shall be issued pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting; the general meeting shall determine the price and further terms and conditions of the issue.

 

4.2. Shares shall never be issued at a price below par.


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

4.3. Shares shall be issued by notarial deed in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

 

4.4. Shareholders have no pre-emption rights upon issue of shares or upon a grant of rights to subscribe for shares.

 

4.5. The company is not authorised to cooperate in the issue of depositary receipts for shares.

Payment for shares.

Article 5.

 

5.1. Shares shall only be issued against payment in full.

 

5.2. Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no alternative contribution has been agreed.

 

5.3. Payment in cash may be made in a foreign currency, subject to the company’s consent.

Acquisition and disposal of shares.

Article 6.

 

6.1. Subject to authorisation by the general meeting, the managing board may cause the company to acquire for a consideration such number of fully paid up shares in its own share capital that the aggregate par value of the shares in its share capital to be acquired and already held by the company and its subsidiary companies does not exceed half of the issued share capital and without prejudice to the other relevant provisions of the law.

 

6.2. Article 4, paragraph 1, shall equally apply to the disposal of shares acquired in its share capital by the company. A resolution to dispose of such shares shall be deemed to include the approval as referred to in section 2:195, subsection 4 of the Civil Code.

Shareholders register.

Article 7.

 

7.1. The managing board shall maintain a shareholders register in accordance with the relevant statutory requirements.

 

7.2. The managing board shall make the register available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders.

 

7.3. Each shareholder, as well as each holder of a right of usufruct or holder of a right of pledge is obliged to inform the company of his address. Such address shall be recorded in the register, as well as the amount paid up on each share.

Notices of meetings and notifications.

Article 8.

 

8.1. Notices of meetings to shareholders, as well as to holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the addresses stated in the shareholders register.

 

8.2. Notifications to the managing board shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the office of the company or to the addresses of all managing directors.

Transfer of shares.

Article 9.

Any transfer of shares or of a right of usufruct on shares or the creation or release of a right of usufruct or of a right of pledge on shares shall be effected by notarial deed, in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

 

2


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

Restrictions on the transfer of shares.

Article 10.

 

10.1. A transfer of shares in the company - not including a disposal by the company of shares which it has acquired in its own share capital - may only be effected with due observance of paragraphs 2 to 7 inclusive of this article.

 

10.2. A shareholder who wishes to transfer one or more shares shall require the approval of the general meeting.

 

10.3. The transfer must be effected within three months after the approval has been granted or is deemed to have been granted.

 

10.4. The approval shall be deemed to have been granted if the general meeting, simultaneously with the refusal to grant its approval, does not provide the requesting shareholder with the names of one or more interested parties who are prepared to purchase all of the shares referred to in the request for approval against payment in cash, at the purchase price determined in accordance with paragraph 5; the company itself can only be designated as interested party with the approval of the requesting shareholder.

The approval shall likewise be deemed granted if the general meeting has not made a decision in respect of the request for approval within six weeks of its receipt.

 

10.5. The requesting shareholder and the interested parties accepted by him shall determine the purchase price referred to in paragraph 4 by mutual agreement.

Failing agreement, the purchase price shall be determined by an independent expert, to be designated by mutual agreement between the managing board and the requesting shareholder.

 

10.6. Should the managing board and the requesting shareholder fail to reach agreement on the designation of the independent expert, such designation shall be made by the President of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry which is competent to register the company in the trade register.

 

10.7. Once the purchase price of the shares has been determined by the independent expert, the requesting shareholder shall be free, for a period of one month after the determination of the purchase price, to decide whether he will transfer his shares to the designated interested parties.

Management.

Article 11.

 

11.1. The company shall be managed by a managing board, consisting of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors.

A legal entity may be appointed as a managing director.

 

11.2. Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting. The general meeting may at any time suspend and dismiss managing directors.

 

11.3. The general meeting shall determine the terms and conditions of employment of the managing directors.

 

11.4. In the event that one or more managing directors is prevented from acting or is failing, the remaining managing directors or the only remaining managing director shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

 

3


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

In the event that all managing directors are or the only managing director is prevented from acting or are / is failing, the person designated or to be designated for that purpose by the general meeting shall temporarily be in charge of the management. Failing any managing director the person referred to in the preceding sentence shall as soon as possible take the necessary measures to come to a definitive arrangement.

Resolutions by the managing board.

Article 12.

 

12.1. With due observance of these articles of association, the managing board may adopt rules governing its internal proceedings. Furthermore, the managing directors may, by rules or otherwise, divide their duties among themselves.

 

12.2. The managing board shall meet whenever a managing director so requires. The managing board shall adopt its resolutions by an absolute majority of votes cast. In a tie vote, the general meeting shall decide.

 

12.3. The managing board may also adopt resolutions without holding a meeting, provided such resolutions are adopted in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax and all managing directors have expressed themselves in favour of the proposal concerned.

 

12.4. The managing board shall adhere to the instructions of the general meeting in respect of the general financial, social, economic and personnel policies to be pursued by the company.

 

12.5. The general meeting may adopt resolutions pursuant to which clearly specified resolutions of the managing board require its approval.

Representation, Authorised signatories.

Article 13.

 

13.1. The managing board is authorised to represent the company. In the event that more than one managing director is in office, the company may also be represented by two managing directors acting jointly.

 

13.2. If a managing director, acting in his personal capacity, enters into an agreement with the company or conducts any litigation against the company, the company may, with due observance of the provisions of the first paragraph, be represented in that matter either by the other managing directors or by a supervisory director to be designated by the supervisory board, unless the general meeting designates a person for that purpose or the law provides for the designation in a different manner. Such person may also be the managing director in respect of whom there is a conflict of interest.

If a managing director has a conflict of interest with the company other than as referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, he as well as the managing board or the other managing directors shall have the power to represent the company, with due observance of the provisions of the first paragraph.

 

13.3. The managing board may grant to one or more persons, whether or not employed by the company, the power to represent the company (“procuratie”) or grant in a different manner the power to represent the company on a continuing basis. The managing board may also grant such titles as it may determine to the persons referred to in the preceding sentence as well as to other persons, but only if they are employed by the company.

 

4


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

General meetings.

Article 14.

 

14.1. The annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year.

 

14.2. The agenda for this meeting shall in any case include the adoption of the annual accounts, the allocation of profits and the discharge of managing directors from liability for their management over the last financial year, unless the period for preparation of the annual accounts has been extended.

At such general meeting the person referred to in article 11, paragraph 4, shall be designated and, furthermore, all items which have been put on the agenda in accordance with paragraphs 5 and 6 of this article shall be discussed.

 

14.3. A general meeting shall be convened whenever the managing board or a shareholder considers this appropriate.

 

14.4. General meetings shall be held in the municipality where the company has its corporate seat.

Resolutions adopted at a general meeting held elsewhere shall be valid only if the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

 

14.5. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be given notice of the general meeting by the managing board, by a managing director or by a shareholder. The notice shall specify the items to be discussed.

 

14.6. Notice shall be given not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the date of the meeting. If the notice period was shorter or if no notice was sent, no valid resolutions may be adopted unless the resolution is adopted by unanimous vote at a meeting at which the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

The provision of the preceding sentence shall equally apply to matters which have not been mentioned in the notice of the meeting or in a supplementary notice sent with due observance of the notice period.

 

14.7. The general meeting shall appoint its chairman. The chairman shall designate the secretary.

 

14.8. Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a meeting.

Voting rights of shareholders.

Article 15.

 

15.1. Each share confers the right to cast one vote. Upon the granting of a right of usufruct or a right of pledge on shares the voting rights attached to shares may be conferred on holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge on such shares.

 

15.2. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights may be represented at a meeting by a proxy authorised in writing.

 

15.3. Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

15.4.

Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights may adopt any resolutions which they could adopt at a meeting, without holding a meeting. The managing directors are given the opportunity to advise

 

5


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

 

regarding such resolution, unless in the circumstances it is unacceptable according to criteria of reasonableness and fairness to give such opportunity.

A resolution to be adopted without holding a meeting shall only be valid if all shareholders, as well as all holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights entitled to vote have cast their votes in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax in favour of the proposal concerned.

Those shareholders shall forthwith notify the managing board of the resolution so adopted.

Financial year, Annual accounts.

Article 16.

 

16.1. The financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

16.2. Annually, within five months after the end of each financial year - save where this period is extended by a maximum of six months by the general meeting on the basis of special circumstances - the managing board shall prepare annual accounts and shall make these available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights.

The annual accounts shall be accompanied by the auditor’s certificate, referred to in article 17, if the instructions referred to in that article have been given, by the annual report, unless section 2:391 of the Civil Code does not apply to the company, and by the additional information referred to in section 2:392 subsection 1 of the Civil Code, insofar as the provisions of that subsection apply to the company.

The annual accounts shall be signed by all managing directors. If the signature of one or more of them is lacking, this shall be disclosed, stating the reasons thereof.

Auditor.

Article 17.

The company may instruct an auditor, as referred to in section 2:393 of the Civil Code, to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board in accordance with subsection 3 of section 2:393, provided however that the company must give such instructions if the law so requires.

If the law does not require that the instructions mentioned in the preceding sentence be given, the company may also instruct another expert to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board; such expert shall hereinafter also be referred to as auditor. The general meeting shall be authorised to give the instructions referred to above. If the general meeting fails to give the instructions, the managing board shall be authorised to do so.

The instructions given to the auditor may be revoked at any time by the general meeting or by the managing board if it has given the instructions.

The auditor shall report on his audit to the managing board and shall issue a certificate containing the results of the audit.

Profit and loss.

Article 18.

 

18.1. Distribution of profits pursuant to this article shall take place after the adoption of the annual accounts which show that the distribution is allowed.

 

18.2. The profits shall be at the free disposal of the general meeting.

 

18.3. The company may only make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits only to the extent that its shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of its issued share capital and the reserves to be maintained by law.

 

6


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

18.4. A loss may be set off against the reserves to be maintained by law only to the extent permitted by law.

 

18.5. When dividing the amount to be distributed among shareholders, shares held by the company shall not be taken into account.

Distribution of profits.

Article 19.

 

19.1. Dividends shall be due and payable four weeks after they have been declared, unless the general meeting determines another date on the proposal of the managing board.

 

19.2. The general meeting may resolve that dividends will be distributed in whole or in part in a form other than cash.

 

19.3. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 the general meeting may resolve to distribute all or any part of the reserves.

 

19.4. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 interim distributions shall be made if the general meeting so determines on the proposal of the managing board.

Liquidation.

Article 20.

 

20.1. If the company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting, the managing directors shall become the liquidators of its property, if and to the extent that the general meeting shall not appoint one or more other liquidators. After the company has ceased to exist, its books and records shall for a period of seven years remain in the custody of the person designated for that purpose by the liquidators.

 

7

Exhibit 3.88

UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION

DEED OF INCORPORATION

VNU INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V.

On the twenty-third day of June two thousand and six appears before me, Professor Martin van Olffen, notaris (civil-law notary) practising in Amsterdam:

Reinier Hans Klelpool, kandidaat-notaris (candidate civil-law notary), employed by De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V., a limited liability company, with corporate seat in The Hague, with address at: 2596 AL The Hague, the Netherlands, Zuid-Hollandlaan 7, at the office in Amsterdam, born in Geldermalsen on the twenty-fourth day of September nineteen hundred and seventy- nine, who is acting for the purpose hereof as attorney authorised in writing of VNU N.V. , a limited liability company, with corporate seat in Haarlem, the Netherlands and address at: 2037 AA Haarlem, the Netherlands, Ceylonpoort 5, and as such representing such company.

The person appearing declares that VNU N.V. incorporates a private company with limited liability, which shall be governed by the following

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

Name. Corporate seat.

Article 1.

The name of the company is: VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. Its corporate seat is in Haarlem.

Objects.

Article 2.

The objects of the company are to participate in, take an interest in any other way in, to conduct the management of other business enterprises of whatever nature, furthermore to finance third parties, in any way to provide security or undertake the obligations of third parties and finally all activities which are incidental or may be conducive to any of the foregoing.

Share capital and shares.

Article 3.

 

3.1. The authorised share capital of the company amounts to five million euro (EUR 5,000,000). It is divided into five million (5,000,000) shares of one euro (EUR 1) each.

 

3.2. The shares shall be in registered form and shall be numbered consecutively from 1 onwards.

 

3.3. No share certificates shall be issued.


3.4. The company may make loans with a view to a subscription for or acquisition of shares in its share capital up to the amount of its distributable reserves. A resolution by the managing board to make a loan as referred to in the preceding sentence shall be subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders, hereinafter to be referred to as: the general meeting.

The company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve equal to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in this paragraph.

Issue of shares.

Article 4.

 

4.1. Shares shall be issued pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting; the general meeting shall determine the price and further terms and conditions of the issue.

 

4.2. Shares shall never be issued at a price below par.

 

4.3. Shares shall be issued by notarial deed in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

 

4.4. Shareholders have no pre-emption rights upon issue of shares or upon a grant of rights to subscribe for shares.

 

4.5. The company is not authorised to cooperate in the issue of depositary receipts for shares.

Payment for shares.

Article 5.

 

5.1. Shares shall only be issued against payment in full.

 

5.2. Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no alternative contribution has been agreed.

 

5.3. Payment in cash may be made in a foreign currency, subject to the company’s consent.

Acquisition and disposal of shares.

Article 6.

 

6.1. Subject to authorisation by the general meeting, the managing board may cause the company to acquire for a consideration such number of fully paid up shares in its own share capital that the aggregate par value of the shares in its share capital to be acquired and already held by the company and its subsidiary companies does not exceed half of the issued share capital and without prejudice to the other relevant provisions of section 2:207 of the Civil Code.

 

6.2. Article 4 paragraph 1 shall equally apply to the disposal by the company of shares acquired in its share capital. A resolution to dispose of such shares shall be deemed to include the approval as referred to in section 2:195 subsection 4 of the Civil Code.

Shareholders register.

Article 7.

 

7.1. The managing board shall maintain a shareholders register in accordance with the relevant statutory requirements.

 

7.2. The managing board shall make the register available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders.

 

2


7.3. Each shareholder, as well as each holder of a right of usufruct or holder of a right of pledge is obliged to inform the company of his address. Such address shall be recorded in the register, as well as the amount paid up on each share.

Notices of meetings and notifications.

Article 8.

 

8.1. Notices of meetings to shareholders, as well as to holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the addresses stated in the shareholders register.

 

8.2. Notifications to the managing board shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the office of the company or to the addresses of all managing directors.

Transfer of shares.

Article 9.

Any transfer of shares or of a right of usufruct on shares or the creation or release of a right of usufruct or of a right of pledge on shares shall be effected by notarial deed, in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

Restrictions on the transfer of shares.

Article 10.

 

10.1. A transfer of shares in the company - not including a disposal by the company of shares which it has acquired in its own share capital - may only be effected with due observance of paragraphs 2 to 7 inclusive of this article.

 

10.2. A shareholder who wishes to transfer one or more shares shall require the approval of the general meeting.

 

10.3. The transfer must be effected within three months after the approval has been granted or is deemed to have been granted.

 

10.4. The approval shall be deemed to have been granted if the general meeting, simultaneously with the refusal to grant its approval, does not provide the requesting shareholder with the names of one or more interested parties who are prepared to purchase all of the shares referred to in the request for approval against payment in cash, at the purchase price determined in accordance with paragraph 5; the company itself can only be designated as interested party with the approval of the requesting shareholder.

The approval shall likewise be deemed granted if the general meeting has not made a decision in respect of the request for approval within six weeks of its receipt.

 

10.5. The requesting shareholder and the interested parties accepted by him shall determine the purchase price referred to in paragraph 4 by mutual agreement.

Failing agreement, the purchase price shall be determined by an independent expert, to be designated by mutual agreement between the managing board and the requesting shareholder.

 

10.6. Should the managing board and the requesting shareholder fail to reach agreement on the designation of the independent expert, such designation shall be made by the President of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry which is competent to register the company in the trade register.

 

3


10.7. Once the purchase price of the shares has been determined by the independent expert, the requesting shareholder shall be free, for a period of one month after the determination of the purchase price, to decide whether he will transfer his shares to the designated interested parties.

Management.

Article 11.

 

11.1. The company shall be managed by a managing board, consisting of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors.

A legal entity may be appointed as a managing director.

 

11.2. Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting. The general meeting may at any time suspend and dismiss managing directors.

 

11.3. The general meeting shall determine the terms and conditions of employment of the managing directors.

 

11.4. In the event that one or more managing directors is prevented from acting or is failing, the remaining managing directors or the only remaining managing director shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

In the event that all managing directors are or the only managing director is prevented from acting or are / is failing, the person designated or to be designated for that purpose by the general meeting shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

Failing any managing director the person referred to in the preceding sentence shall as soon as possible take the necessary measures to come to a definitive arrangement.

Resolutions by the managing board.

Article 12.

 

12.1. With due observance of these articles of association, the managing board may adopt rules governing its internal proceedings. Furthermore, the managing directors may, by rules or otherwise, divide their duties among themselves.

 

12.2. The managing board shall meet whenever a managing director so requires. The managing board shall adopt its resolutions by an absolute majority of votes cast. In a tie vote, the general meeting shall decide.

 

12.3. The managing board may also adopt resolutions without holding a meeting, provided such resolutions are adopted in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax and all managing directors have expressed themselves in favour of the proposal concerned.

 

12.4. The managing board shall adhere to the instructions of the general meeting in respect of the general financial, social, economic and personnel policies to be pursued by the company.

 

12.5. The general meeting may adopt resolutions pursuant to which clearly specified resolutions of the managing board require its approval.

Representation, Authorised signatories.

Article 13.

 

13.1. The managing board is authorised to represent the company. In the event that more than one managing director is in office, the company may also be represented by two managing directors acting jointly.

 

4


13.2. If a managing director, acting in his personal capacity, enters into an agreement with the company or conducts any litigation against the company, the company may, with due observance of the provisions of the first paragraph, be represented in that matter by the other managing directors, unless the general meeting designates a person for that purpose or the law provides for the designation in a different manner. Such person may also be the managing director in respect of whom there is a conflict of interest.

If a managing director has a conflict of interest with the company other than as referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, he as well as the managing board or the other managing directors shall have the power to represent the company, with due observance of the provisions of the first paragraph.

 

13.3. The managing board may grant to one or more persons, whether or not employed by the company, the power to represent the company (“procuratie”) or grant in a different manner the power to represent the company on a continuing basis. The managing board may also grant such titles as it may determine to the persons referred to in the preceding sentence as well as to other persons, but only if they are employed by the company.

General meetings.

Article 14.

 

14.1. The annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year.

 

14.2. The agenda for this meeting shall in any case include the adoption of the annual accounts, the allocation of profits and the discharge of managing directors from liability for their management over the last financial year, unless the period for preparation of the annual accounts has been extended.

At this general meeting any other items which have been put on the agenda in accordance with paragraphs 5 and 6 of this article shall be discussed.

 

14.3. A general meeting shall be convened whenever the managing board or a shareholder considers this appropriate.

 

14.4. General meetings shall be held in the municipality where the company has its corporate seat.

Resolutions adopted at a general meeting held elsewhere shall be valid only if the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

 

14.5. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be given notice of the general meeting by the managing board, by a managing director or by a shareholder. The notice shall specify the items to be discussed.

 

14.6. Notice shall be given not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the date of the meeting. If the notice period was shorter or if no notice was sent, no valid resolutions may be adopted unless the resolution is adopted by unanimous vote at a meeting at which the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

 

5


The provision of the preceding sentence shall equally apply to matters which have not been mentioned in the notice of the meeting or in a supplementary notice sent with due observance of the notice period.

 

14.7. The general meeting shall appoint its chairman. The chairman shall designate the secretary.

 

14.8. Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a meeting.

Voting rights of shareholders.

Article 15.

 

15.1. Each share confers the right to cast one vote. Upon the granting of a right of usufruct or a right of pledge on shares the voting rights attached to shares may be conferred on holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge on such shares.

Managing directors as such have an advisory vote at the general meetings.

 

15.2. Shareholders may be represented at a meeting by a proxy authorised in writing.

 

15.3. Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

15.4. Shareholders may adopt any resolutions which they could adopt at a meeting, without holding a meeting. The managing directors are given the opportunity to advise regarding such resolution, unless in the circumstances it is unacceptable according to criteria of reasonableness and fairness to give such opportunity.

A resolution to be adopted without holding a meeting shall only be valid if all shareholders entitled to vote have cast their votes in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax in favour of the proposal concerned.

Those shareholders shall forthwith notify the managing board of the resolution so adopted.

Financial year, Annual accounts.

Article 16.

 

16.1. The financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

16.2. Annually, within five months after the end of each financial year - save where this period is extended by a maximum of six months by the general meeting on the basis of special circumstances - the managing board shall prepare annual accounts and shall make these available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights. The annual accounts shall be accompanied by the auditor’s certificate, referred to in article 17, if the instructions referred to in that article have been given, by the annual report, unless section 2:391 of the Civil Code does not apply to the company, and by the additional information referred to in section 2:392 subsection 1 of the Civil Code, insofar as the provisions of that subsection apply to the company.

The annual accounts shall be signed by all managing directors. If the signature of one or more of them is lacking, this shall be disclosed, stating the reasons thereof.

Auditor.

Article 17.

The company may instruct an auditor, as referred to in section 2:393 of the Civil Code, to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board in accordance with subsection 3 of section 2:393, provided however that the company must give such instructions if the law so requires.

 

6


If the law does not require that the instructions mentioned in the preceding sentence be given, the company may also instruct another expert to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board; such expert shall hereinafter also be referred to as auditor.

The general meeting shall be authorised to give the instructions referred to above. If the general meeting fails to give the instructions, the managing board shall be authorised to do so.

The instructions given to the auditor may be revoked at any time by the general meeting or by the managing board if it has given the instructions.

The auditor shall report on his audit to the managing board and shall issue a certificate containing the results of the audit.

Profit and loss.

Article 18.

 

18.1. Distribution of profits pursuant to this article shall take place after the adoption of the annual accounts which show that the distribution is allowed.

 

18.2. The profits shall be at the free disposal of the general meeting.

 

18.3. The company may only make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits only to the extent that its shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of its issued share capital and the reserves to be maintained by law.

 

18.4. A loss may be set off against the reserves to be maintained by law only to the extent permitted by law.

 

18.5. When dividing the amount to be distributed among shareholders, shares held by the company shall not be taken into account.

Distribution of profits.

Article 19.

 

19.1. Dividends shall be due and payable four weeks after they have been declared, unless the general meeting determines another date on the proposal of the managing board.

 

19.2. The general meeting may resolve that dividends will be distributed in whole or in part in a form other than cash.

 

19.3. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 the general meeting may resolve to distribute all or any part of the reserves.

 

19.4. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 interim distributions shall be made if the general meeting so determines on the proposal of the managing board.

Liquidation.

Article 20.

 

20.1. If the company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting, the managing directors shall become the liquidators of its property, if and to the extent that the general meeting shall not appoint one or more other liquidators.

 

20.2. After the company has ceased to exist, its books, records and other data carriers shall for a period of seven years remain in the custody of the person designated for that purpose by the liquidators.

Transitional provision.

Article 21.

The first financial year ends on the thirty-first day of December two thousand and six.

This article and its heading shall lapse after expiry of the first financial year.

 

7


Finally the person appearing declares that:

 

a. the issued share capital of the company amounts to one million euro (EUR 1,000,000);

 

b. the incorporator subscribes for one million (1,000,000) shares in the share capital of the company;

 

c. the company and the incorporator have entered into the following agreement regarding the payment for the shares to be subscribed for by the incorporator upon incorporation:

“1. As payment for its shares the incorporator shall contribute to the company eighteen thousand (18,000) shares, each with a par value of one euro (EUR 1), numbered 1 up to and including 18,000, in the share capital of the private company with limited liability: VNU Holding and Finance B.V., with corporate seat in Haarlem, the Netherlands and address at 2037 Haarlem, the Netherlands, Ceylonpoort 5-25, which shares are hereinafter referred to as: the “Contribution”.

With effect from [date incorporation and contribution] two thousand and six, hereinafter referred to as: the effective date, the Contribution shall be for the account and risk of the company.

The value of the Contribution on the effective date shall be shown in a statement of assets and liabilities to be drawn up by the incorporator as at that date.

If the description mentioned in paragraph 2 shows that the value of the Contribution is lower than the amount of the payment obligation, expressed in cash, which has to be met by the Contribution, hereinafter referred to as: the payment obligation, the incorporator shall pay the difference in cash on or before incorporation. If the value of the Contribution is higher than the payment obligation, this difference shall be entered in the company’s books as payment of share premium.

2. The incorporator shall draw up a description of the Contribution referred to in paragraph 1. If the value of the Contribution is higher or lower than the payment obligation, the description shall also show the amount of the difference.

3. The description referred to in paragraph 2 shall also mention the value attributed to the Contribution and the valuation methods used, which methods shall comply with generally accepted accounting principles, and shall refer to the condition of the Contribution on the effective date. In addition, the description shall mention the number of shares to be paid up by way of the Contribution.

4. If, through lapse of time, the description mentioned in paragraph 2 cannot at the time of the company’s incorporation be used as a description within the meaning of the law, the incorporator shall draw up a new description of the Contribution as at a date permitted by law and subject to the provisions of paragraph 2, second sentence and paragraph 3.

5. If, in drawing up the description mentioned in paragraph 4, it appears that the value of the Contribution - increased by the liabilities arising from an additional payment as referred to above in this agreement - is lower than the payment obligation, the incorporator shall pay the difference in cash on or before incorporation.

6. If, after incorporation of the company, it is irrevocably established that the incorporator must for tax purposes attribute to the Contribution as at the effective date a higher value than the value referred to in paragraph 3 in conjunction with paragraph 1, that higher value shall as between the incorporator and the company be deemed to be the value of the Contribution. The difference between the values shall be entered in the company’s books as payment of share premium.

 

8


The above provisions of this paragraph 6 shall only apply if an auditor who is qualified by law to render a certificate regarding the description of the Contribution certifies that, in applying generally accepted accounting principles, the value of the Contribution as at the date of the description referred to in paragraph 4 at least equals the payment obligation. For that purpose the value of the Contribution shall be increased by the liabilities arising from an additional payment or be reduced by the amount of the share premium payment, as referred to above in this agreement.

7. If, after incorporation of the company, it is irrevocably established that the incorporator must for tax purposes attribute to the Contribution as at the effective date a lower value than the value referred to in paragraph 3 in conjunction with paragraph 1, that lower value - to the extent that it is equal to or higher than the payment obligation - shall as between the incorporator and the company be deemed to be the value of the Contribution.

The difference between the values shall be deducted from the share premium payment referred to in paragraph 1.

8. If, after incorporation of the company, it is irrevocably established that the incorporator must for tax purposes attribute to the Contribution as at the effective date a value which is lower than the payment obligation, the amount of the payment obligation shall as between the incorporator and the company be deemed to be the value of the Contribution. In addition, after application of the provisions of paragraph 7, the incorporator shall promptly pay in cash the difference between the payment obligation and the lower tax value, plus the statutory interest to be calculated as from the effective date.

9. In all cases where this agreement requires that the incorporator make a cash payment before or on incorporation of the company, that payment shall be made into an account as referred to in section 2:203a, subsection 1 of the Civil Code.”

This agreement is now binding on the company. The description of the Contribution, as required by law, has been drawn up and signed by the incorporator. In respect of the description a qualified auditor has certified that, in applying generally accepted accounting principles, the value of the Contribution at least equals the amount of the payment obligation mentioned in the certificate, expressed in cash, which has to be met by the Contribution. The value of the Contribution has been determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 5 of the agreement. The description, to which the certificate relates, has not yet lost its statutory effect through lapse of time. The incorporator is not aware of any substantial decrease in the value of the Contribution since the date of the description. To the extent that shares are to be paid up in cash, that payment has been made in the manner set out in section 2:203a, subsection 1 of the Civil Code, and the company accepts the payment. To the extent that shares are to be paid up by a non-cash contribution, the incorporator must promptly make the Contribution;

 

d. for the time being there shall be four (4) managing directors;

for the first time the following managing directors shall be appointed:

 

  1. Markus Johannes Borkink, residing at 1422 GG Uithoorn, Van Eerbeeklaan 10, born in The Hague on the twelfth day of August nineteen hundred and forty-eight;

 

9


  2. Arnoldus Paanstra, residing at 3903 DK Veenendaal, Grootveldlaan 9, born in Veenendaal on the twenty-second day of December nineteen hundred and fifty-one;

 

  3. Marcus Antonius Johannes de Haas, residing at 2101XB Heemstede, Jan van den Bergstraat 77, born in Rotterdam on the thirteenth day of March nineteen hundred and sixty-nine; and

 

  4. Marcel Willem Anna Kerff, residing at 3331AG Zwijndrecht, Burgemeester de Bruinelaan 66, born in Venlo on the First day of May nineteen hundred seventy.

The requisite ministerial declaration of no-objection was granted on the twenty-first day of June two thousand and six, number B.V. 1.382.899.

The certificate to be attached to this deed pursuant to section 2:204a of the Civil Code and the ministerial declaration of no-objection is are attached to this deed.

Sufficient proof of the existence of the power of attorney has been given to me, notaris.

The written power of attorney to the person appearing is evidenced by a private instrument which is attached to this deed.

In witness whereof the original of this deed which will be retained by me, notaris, is executed in Amsterdam, on the date first mentioned in the head of this deed.

Having conveyed the substance of the deed and given an explanation thereto and having pointed out the consequences arising from the contents of the deed for the party and following the statement of the person appearing that he has taken note of the contents of the deed and agrees with the partial reading thereof, this deed is signed, immediately after reading those parts of the deed which the law requires to be read, by the person appearing, who is known to me, notaris, and by myself, notaris.

(signed): R.H. Kleipool, M. van Olffen.

 

10

Exhibit 3.89

DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of:

VNU International B.V.

with corporate seat in Haarlem

dated 31 May 2006

Name. Corporate seat.

Article 1.

The name of the company is: VNU International B.V.

Its corporate seat is in Haarlem.

Objects.

Article 2.

The objects of the company are:

 

a. to provide services of whatever nature to group companies as referred to in article 2:24b of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

b. to participate in, take an interest in any other way in, to conduct the management of other business enterprises that operate in de field of the publishing and distribution of periodicals, books and newspapers, the field of communication and information in general, the field of recreation and the field of other, whether or not industrial, production;

 

c. to finance third parties, in any way to provide security or undertake the obligations of third parties and finally all activities which are incidental or may be conducive to any of the foregoing.

Share capital and shares.

Article 3.

 

3.1. The authorised share capital of the company amounts to two million two hundred fifty thousand euro (EUR 2,250,000). It is divided into twenty-two thousand five hundred (22,500) shares of one hundred euro (EUR 100) each.

 

3.2. The shares shall be in registered form and shall be numbered consecutively from 1 onwards and shall be registered in the shareholders’ register in the name of the shareholder.

 

3.3. No share certificates shall be issued.

 

3.4. The company may make loans with a view to a subscription for or acquisition of shares in its share capital up to the amount of its distributable reserves. A resolution by the managing board to make a loan as referred to in the preceding sentence shall be subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders, hereinafter to be referred to as: the general meeting.

The company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve equal to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in this paragraph.


Issue of shares.

Article 4.

 

4.1. Shares shall be issued pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting; the general meeting shall determine the price and further terms and conditions of the issue.

 

4.2. Shares shall never be issued at a price below par.

 

4.3. Shares shall be issued by notarial deed in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code unless provided otherwise in the resolution to issue shares.

 

4.4. Shareholders have no pre-emption rights upon issue of shares or upon a grant of rights to subscribe for shares.

 

4.5. The company is not authorised to cooperate in the issue of depositary receipts for shares.

Payment for shares.

Article 5.

 

5.1. Shares shall only be issued against payment in full.

 

5.2. Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no alternative contribution has been agreed.

 

5.3. Payment in cash may be made in a foreign currency, subject to the company’s consent.

Acquisition and disposal of shares.

Article 6.

 

6.1. Subject to authorisation by the general meeting, the managing board may cause the company to acquire for a consideration such number of fully paid up shares in its own share capital that the aggregate par value of the shares in its share capital to be acquired and already held by the company and its subsidiary companies does not exceed half of the issued share capital and without prejudice to the other relevant provisions of the law.

 

6.2. Article 4 paragraph 1 shall equally apply to the disposal by the company of shares acquired in its share capital. A resolution to dispose of such shares shall be deemed to include the approval as referred to in section 2:195 subsection 3 of the Civil Code.

Shareholders register.

Article 7.

 

7.1. The managing board shall maintain a shareholders register in accordance with the relevant statutory requirements. The layout of the register shall be in the manner as determined by the managing board, under the prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders, hereinafter also referred to as: the general meeting. Each entry in the register shall be signed by a managing director.

 

7.2. The managing board shall make the register available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders.

 

7.3. Each shareholder, as well as each holder of a right of usufruct or holder of a right of pledge is obliged to inform the company of his address. Such address shall be recorded in the register, as well as the amount paid up on each share.


Notices of meetings and notifications.

Article 8.

 

8.1. Notices of meetings to shareholders, as well as to holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the addresses stated in the shareholders register.

 

8.2. Notifications to the managing board shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the office of the company or to the addresses of all managing directors.

Transfer of shares.

Article 9.

Any transfer of shares or of a right of usufruct on shares or the creation or release of a right of usufruct or of a right of pledge on shares shall be effected by notarial deed, in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

Restrictions on the transfer of shares.

Article 10.

 

10.1. A transfer of shares in the company - not including a disposal by the company of shares which it has acquired in its own share capital - may only be effected with due observance of paragraphs 2 to 7 inclusive of this article.

 

10.2. A shareholder who wishes to transfer one or more shares shall require the approval of the general meeting.

 

10.3. The transfer must be effected within three months after the approval has been granted or is deemed to have been granted.

 

10.4. The approval shall be deemed to have been granted if the general meeting, simultaneously with the refusal to grant its approval, does not provide the requesting shareholder with the names of one or more interested parties who are prepared to purchase all of the shares referred to in the request for approval against payment in cash, at the purchase price determined in accordance with paragraph 5; the company itself can only be designated as interested party with the approval of the requesting shareholder.

The approval shall likewise be deemed granted if the general meeting has not made a decision in respect of the request for approval within six weeks of its receipt.

 

10.5. The requesting shareholder and the interested parties accepted by him shall determine the purchase price referred to in paragraph 4 by mutual agreement.

Failing agreement, the purchase price shall be determined by an independent expert, to be designated by mutual agreement between the managing board and the requesting shareholder.

 

10.6. Should the managing board and the requesting shareholder fail to reach agreement on the designation of the independent expert, such designation shall be made by the President of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry, of the district in which the company has its corporate seat, in the trade register.

 

10.7. Once the purchase price of the shares has been determined by the independent expert, the requesting shareholder shall be free, for a period of one month after the determination of the purchase price, to decide whether he will transfer his shares to the designated interested parties.


Management.

Article 11.

 

11.1. The company shall be managed by a managing board, consisting of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors.

A legal entity may be appointed as a managing director.

 

11.2. Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting. The general meeting may at any time suspend and dismiss managing directors.

 

11.3. The general meeting shall determine the terms and conditions of employment of the managing directors.

 

11.4. In the event that one or more managing directors is prevented from acting or is failing, the remaining managing directors or the only remaining managing director shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

In the event that all managing directors are or the only managing director is prevented from acting or are / is failing, the person designated or to be designated for that purpose by the general meeting shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

Failing any managing director the person referred to in the preceding sentence shall as soon as possible take the necessary measures to come to a definitive arrangement.

Resolutions by the managing board.

Article 12.

 

12.1. With due observance of these articles of association, the managing board may adopt rules governing its internal proceedings. Furthermore, the managing directors may, by rules or otherwise, divide their duties among themselves.

 

12.2. The managing board shall meet whenever a managing director so requires. The managing board shall adopt its resolutions by an absolute majority of votes cast. In a tie vote, the general meeting shall decide.

 

12.3. The managing board may also adopt resolutions without holding a meeting, provided such resolutions are adopted in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax and all managing directors have expressed themselves in favour of the proposal concerned.

 

12.4. The managing board shall adhere to the instructions of the general meeting in respect of the general financial, social, economic and personnel policies to be pursued by the company and is bound to give a periodic account to the general meeting with respect to the above, without prejudice to the provisions of section 2:8 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

12.5. The general meeting may adopt resolutions pursuant to which clearly specified resolutions of the managing board require its approval.

Representation. Authorised signatories.

Article 13.

 

13.1. The managing board as well as each managing director individually shall have the power to represent the company.

 

13.2. If a managing director, acting in his personal capacity, enters into an agreement with the company, or if he, acting in his personal capacity, conducts any litigation against the company, the company may be represented in that matter by one of the other managing directors, unless the general meeting designates a person for that purpose or unless the law provides otherwise for such designation. Such person may also be the managing director with whom the conflict of interest exists.


If a managing director has a conflict of interest with the company other than as referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, he shall as each of the other managing directors, have the power to represent the company.

 

13.3. The managing board may grant to one or more persons, whether or not employed by the company, the power to represent the company (“procuratie”) or grant in a different manner the power to represent the company on a continuing basis. The managing board may also grant such titles as it may determine to the persons referred to in the preceding sentence as well as to other persons, but only if they are employed by company.

General meetings.

Article 14.

 

14.1. The annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year. All notices of meetings and notifications to shareholders shall be sent by regular letter to the address referred to in article 7 paragraph 3.

 

14.2. The agenda for this meeting shall in any case include the adoption of the annual accounts, the allocation of profits, unless the period for preparation of the annual accounts has been extended.

At this general meeting the person referred to in article 11 paragraph 4 shall be appointed, and any other items which have been put on the agenda in accordance with paragraphs 5 and 6 of this article shall be discussed.

 

14.3. A general meeting shall be convened whenever the managing board or a shareholder considers this appropriate.

 

14.4. General meetings shall be held in the municipality where the company has its corporate seat.

Resolutions adopted at a general meeting held elsewhere shall be valid only if the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

 

14.5. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be given notice of the general meeting by the managing board, by a managing director or by a shareholder. The notice shall specify the items to be discussed.

 

14.6. Notice shall be given not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the date of the meeting. If the notice period was shorter or if no notice was sent, no valid resolutions may be adopted unless the resolution is adopted by unanimous vote at a meeting at which the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

The provision of the preceding sentence shall equally apply to matters which have not been mentioned in the notice of the meeting or in a supplementary notice sent with due observance of the notice period.

 

14.7. The general meeting shall appoint its chairman. The chairman shall designate the secretary.

 

14.8. Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a meeting.


Voting rights of shareholders.

Article 15.

 

15.1. Each share confers the right to cast one vote. Upon the granting of a right of usufruct or a right of pledge on shares the voting rights attached to shares may be conferred on holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge on such shares.

 

15.2. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights may be represented at a meeting by a proxy authorised in writing.

 

15.3. Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

15.4. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights may adopt any resolutions which they could adopt at a meeting, without holding a meeting. The managing directors are given the opportunity to advise regarding such resolution, unless in the circumstances it is unacceptable according to criteria of reasonableness and fairness to give such opportunity.

A resolution to be adopted without holding a meeting shall only be valid if all shareholders, as well as all holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights entitled to vote have cast their votes in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax in favour of the proposal concerned.

Those shareholders shall forthwith notify the managing board of the resolution so adopted.

Financial year. Annual accounts.

Article 16.

 

16.1. The financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

16.2. Annually, within five months after the end of each financial year – save where this period is extended by a maximum of six months by the general meeting on the basis of special circumstances - the managing board shall prepare annual accounts and shall make these available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights. The annual accounts shall be accompanied by the auditor’s certificate, referred to in article 17, if the instructions referred to in that article have been given, by the annual report, unless section 2:391 of the Civil Code does not apply to the company, and by the additional information referred to in section 2:392 subsection 1 of the Civil Code, insofar as the provisions of that subsection apply to the company.

The annual accounts shall be signed by all managing directors. If the signature of one or more of them is lacking, this shall be disclosed, stating the reasons thereof.

Auditor.

Article 17.

The company may instruct an auditor, as referred to in section 2:393 of the Civil Code, to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board in accordance with subsection 3 of section 2:393, provided however that the company must give such instructions if the law so requires. If the law does not require that the instructions mentioned in the preceding sentence be given, the company may also instruct another expert to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board; such expert shall hereinafter also be referred to as auditor.

The general meeting shall be authorised to give the instructions referred to above. If the general meeting fails to give the instructions, the managing board shall be authorised to do so.

The instructions given to the auditor may be revoked at any time by the general meeting or by the managing board if it has given the instructions.


The auditor shall report on his audit to the managing board and shall issue a certificate containing the results of the audit.

Profit and loss.

Article 18.

 

18.1. Distribution of profits pursuant to this article shall take place after the adoption of the annual accounts which show that the distribution is allowed.

 

18.2. The profits shall be at the free disposal of the general meeting.

 

18.3. The company may only make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits only to the extent that its shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of its issued share capital and the reserves to be maintained by law.

 

18.4. A loss may be set off against the reserves to be maintained by law only to the extent permitted by law.

 

18.5. When dividing the amount to be distributed among shareholders, shares held by the company shall not be taken into account.

Distribution of profits.

Article 19.

 

19.1. Dividends shall be due and payable four weeks after they have been declared, unless the general meeting determines another date on the proposal of the managing board.

 

19.2. The general meeting may resolve that dividends will be distributed in whole or in part in a form other than cash.

 

19.3. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 the general meeting may resolve to distribute all or any part of the reserves.

 

19.4. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 interim distributions shall be made if the general meeting so determines on the proposal of the managing board.

Liquidation.

Article 20.

 

20.1. If the company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting, the managing directors shall become the liquidators of its property, if and to the extent that the general meeting shall not appoint one or more other liquidators.

 

20.2. After the company has ceased to exist, its books and records shall for a period of seven years remain in the custody of the person designated for that purpose by the liquidators.

Exhibit 3.90

DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of:

VNU Services B.V.

with corporate seat in Haarlem

dated 7 August 2006

Name, Corporate seat.

Article 1.

The name of the company is: VNU Services B.V .

Its corporate seat is in Haarlem.

Objects.

Article 2.

The objects of the company are to provide services to group companies as referred to in section 2:24b of the Dutch Civil Code, to participate in, take an interest in any other way in, to conduct the management of other business enterprises of whatever nature, furthermore to finance third parties, in any way to provide security or undertake the obligations of third parties and finally all activities which are incidental or may be conducive to any of the foregoing.

Share capital and shares.

Article 3.

 

3.1. The authorised share capital of the company amounts to ninety thousand euro (EUR 90,000). It is divided into nine hundred (900) shares of one hundred euro (EUR 100) each.

 

3.2. The shares shall be in registered form and shall be numbered consecutively from 1 onwards and shall be registered in the shareholders’ register in the name of the shareholder.

 

3.3. No share certificates shall be issued.

 

3.4. The company may make loans with a view to a subscription for or acquisition of shares in its share capital up to the amount of its distributable reserves. A resolution by the managing board to make a loan as referred to in the preceding sentence shall be subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders, hereinafter to be referred to as: the general meeting.

The company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve equal to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in this paragraph.

Issue of shares.

Article 4.

 

4.1. Shares shall be issued pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting; the general meeting shall determine the price and further terms and conditions of the issue.

 

4.2. Shares shall never be issued at a price below par.


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

4.3. Shares shall be issued by notarial deed in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

 

4.4. Shareholders have no pre-emption rights upon issue of shares or upon a grant of rights to subscribe for shares, unless otherwise determined in the resolution to issue shares.

 

4.5. The company is not authorised to cooperate in the issue of depositary receipts for shares.

Payment for shares.

Article 5.

 

5.1. Shares shall only be issued against payment in full.

 

5.2. Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no alternative contribution has been agreed.

 

5.3. Payment in cash may be made in a foreign currency, subject to the company’s consent.

Acquisition and disposal of shares.

Article 6.

 

6.1. Subject to authorisation by the general meeting, the managing board may cause the company to acquire for a consideration such number of fully paid up shares in its own share capital that the aggregate par value of the shares in its share capital to be acquired and already held by the company and its subsidiary companies does not exceed half of the issued share capital and without prejudice to the other relevant provisions of the law.

 

6.2. Article 4, paragraph 1, shall equally apply to the disposal of shares acquired in its share capital by the company. A resolution to dispose of such shares shall be deemed to include the approval as referred to in section 2:195, subsection 4 of the Civil Code.

Shareholders register.

Article 7.

 

7.1. The managing board shall maintain a shareholders register in accordance with the relevant statutory requirements. The layout of the register shall be determined by the managing board subject to the prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders, also hereinafter referred to as the “general meeting”. Such entry shall be signed by one managing director.

 

7.2. The managing board shall make the register available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders.

 

7.3. Each shareholder, as well as each holder of a right of usufruct or holder of a right of pledge is obliged to inform the company of his address. Such address shall be recorded in the register, as well as the amount paid up on each share.

Notices of meetings and notifications.

Article 8.

 

8.1. Notices of meetings to shareholders, as well as to holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the addresses stated in the shareholders register.

 

8.2. Notifications to the managing board shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the office of the company or to the addresses of all managing directors.

 

2


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

Transfer of shares.

Article 9.

Any transfer of shares or of a right of usufruct on shares or the creation or release of a right of usufruct or of a right of pledge on shares shall be effected by notarial deed, in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

Restrictions on the transfer of shares.

Article 10.

 

10.1. A transfer of shares in the company - not including a disposal by the company of shares which it has acquired in its own share capital - may only be effected with due observance of paragraphs 2 to 7 inclusive of this article.

 

10.2. A shareholder who wishes to transfer one or more shares shall require the approval of the general meeting.

 

10.3. The transfer must be effected within three months after the approval has been granted or is deemed to have been granted.

 

10.4. The approval shall be deemed to have been granted if the general meeting, simultaneously with the refusal to grant its approval, does not provide the requesting shareholder with the names of one or more interested parties who are prepared to purchase all of the shares referred to in the request for approval against payment in cash, at the purchase price determined in accordance with paragraph 5; the company itself can only be designated as interested party with the approval of the requesting shareholder.

The approval shall likewise be deemed granted if the general meeting has not made a decision in respect of the request for approval within six weeks of its receipt.

 

10.5. The requesting shareholder and the interested parties accepted by him shall determine the purchase price referred to in paragraph 4 by mutual agreement.

Failing agreement, the purchase price shall be determined by an independent expert, to be designated by mutual agreement between the managing board and the requesting shareholder.

 

10.6. Should the managing board and the requesting shareholder fail to reach agreement on the designation of the independent expert, such designation shall be made by the President of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry which is competent to register the company in the trade register.

 

10.7. Once the purchase price of the shares has been determined by the independent expert, the requesting shareholder shall be free, for a period of one month after the determination of the purchase price, to decide whether he will transfer his shares to the designated interested parties.

Management.

Article 11.

 

11.1. The company shall be managed by a managing board, consisting of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors.

A legal entity may be appointed as a managing director.

 

11.2. Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting. The general meeting may at any time suspend and dismiss managing directors.

 

11.3. The general meeting shall determine the terms and conditions of employment of the managing directors.

 

3


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

11.4. In the event that one or more managing directors is prevented from acting or is failing, the remaining managing directors or the only remaining managing director shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

In the event that all managing directors are or the only managing director is prevented from acting or are / is failing, the person designated or to be designated for that purpose by the general meeting shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

Failing any managing director the person referred to in the preceding sentence shall as soon as possible take the necessary measures to come to a definitive arrangement.

Resolutions by the managing board.

Article 12.

 

12.1. With due observance of these articles of association, the managing board may adopt rules governing its internal proceedings. Furthermore, the managing directors may, by rules or otherwise, divide their duties among themselves.

 

12.2. The managing board shall meet whenever a managing director so requires. The managing board shall adopt its resolutions by an absolute majority of votes cast. In a tie vote, the general meeting shall decide.

 

12.3. The managing board may also adopt resolutions without holding a meeting, provided such resolutions are adopted in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax and all managing directors have expressed themselves in favour of the proposal concerned.

 

12.4. The managing board shall adhere to the instructions of the general meeting in respect of the general financial, social, economic and personnel policies to be pursued by the company, and shall be bound to periodically give account to the general meeting with respect to those matters, without prejudice to article 2:8 Dutch Civil Code.

 

12.5. The general meeting may adopt resolutions pursuant to which clearly specified resolutions of the managing board require its approval.

Representation, Authorised signatories.

Article 13.

 

13.1. The managing board is authorised to represent the company. In the event that more than one managing director is in office, the company may also be represented by two managing directors acting jointly.

 

13.2. If a managing director, acting in his personal capacity, enters into an agreement with the company or conducts any litigation against the company, the company may, with due observance of the provisions of the first paragraph, be represented in that matter either by the other managing directors or by a supervisory director to be designated by the supervisory board, unless the general meeting designates a person for that purpose or the law provides for the designation in a different manner. Such person may also be the managing director in respect of whom there is a conflict of interest.

If a managing director has a conflict of interest with the company other than as referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, he as well as the managing board or the other managing directors shall have the power to represent the company, with due observance of the provisions of the first paragraph.

 

13.3.

The managing board may grant to one or more persons, whether or not employed by the company, the power to represent the company (“procuratie”) or grant in a different manner the power to represent the company on a continuing basis. The managing

 

4


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

 

board may also grant such titles as it may determine to the persons referred to in the preceding sentence as well as to other persons, but only if they are employed by the company.

General meetings.

Article 14.

 

14.1. The annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year. All notices of meetings and notifications to shareholders shall be given by letter sent to the addresses referred to in article 7 paragraph 3.

 

14.2. The agenda for this meeting shall in any case include the adoption of the annual accounts, the allocation of profits and the discharge of managing directors from liability for their management over the last financial year, unless the period for preparation of the annual accounts has been extended.

At such general meeting the person referred to in article 11, paragraph 4, shall be designated and, furthermore, all items which have been put on the agenda in accordance with paragraphs 5 and 6 of this article shall be discussed.

 

14.3. A general meeting shall be convened whenever the managing board or a shareholder considers this appropriate.

 

14.4. General meetings shall be held in the municipality where the company has its corporate seat.

Resolutions adopted at a general meeting held elsewhere shall be valid only if the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

 

14.5. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights shall be given notice of the general meeting by the managing board, by a managing director or by a shareholder. The notice shall specify the items to discussed.

 

14.6. Notice shall be given not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the date of the meeting. If the notice period was shorter or if no notice was sent, no valid resolutions may be adopted unless the resolution is adopted by unanimous vote at a meeting at which the entire issued share capital is represented and the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge with voting rights are present or represented.

The provision of the preceding sentence shall equally apply to matters which have not been mentioned in the notice of the meeting or in a supplementary notice sent with due observance of the notice period.

 

14.7. The general meeting shall appoint its chairman. The chairman shall designate the secretary.

 

14.8. Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a meeting.

Voting rights of shareholders.

Article 15.

 

15.1. Each share confers the right to cast one vote. Upon the granting of a right of usufruct or a right of pledge on shares the voting rights attached to shares may be conferred on holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge on such shares.

 

15.2. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights may be represented at a meeting by a proxy authorised in writing.

 

5


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

15.3. Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

15.4. Shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights may adopt any resolutions which they could adopt at a meeting, without holding a meeting. The managing directors are given the opportunity to advice regarding such resolution, unless in the circumstances it is unacceptable according to criteria of reasonableness and fairness to give such opportunity.

A resolution to be adopted without holding a meeting shall only be valid if all shareholders, as well as all holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights entitled to vote have cast their votes in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax in favour of the proposal concerned.

Those shareholders shall forthwith notify the managing board of the resolution so adopted.

Financial year. Annual accounts.

Article 16.

 

16.1. The financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

16.2. Annually, within five months after the end of each financial year—save where this period is extended by a maximum of six months by the general meeting on the basis of special circumstances—the managing board shall prepare annual accounts and shall make these available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders, as well as holders of a right of usufruct and holders of a right of pledge with voting rights. The annual accounts shall be accompanied by the auditor’s certificate, referred to in article 17, if the instructions referred to in that article have been given, by the annual report, unless section 2:391 of the Civil Code does not apply to the company, and by the additional information referred to in section 2:392 subsection 1 of the Civil Code, insofar as the provisions of that subsection apply to the company.

The annual accounts shall be signed by all managing directors. If the signature of one or more of them is lacking, this shall be disclosed, stating the reasons thereof.

Auditor.

Article 17.

The company may instruct an auditor, as referred to in section 2:393 of the Civil Code, to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board in accordance with subsection 3 of section 2:393, provided however that the company must give such instructions if the law so requires. If the law does not require that the instructions mentioned in the preceding sentence be given, the company may also instruct another expert to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board; such expert shall hereinafter also be referred to as auditor.

The general meeting shall be authorised to give the instructions referred to above. If the general meeting fails to give the instructions, the managing board shall be authorised to do so.

The instructions given to the auditor may be revoked at any time by the general meeting or by the managing board if it has given the instructions.

The auditor shall report on his audit to the managing board and shall issue a certificate containing the results of the audit.

Profit and loss.

Article 18.

 

18.1. Distribution of profits pursuant to this article shall take place after the adoption of the annual accounts which show that the distribution is allowed.

 

6


DE BRAUW

BLACKSTONE

WESTBROEK

 

18.2. The profits shall be at the free disposal of the general meeting.

 

18.3. The company may only make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits only to the extent that its shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of its issued share capital and the reserves to be maintained by law.

 

18.4. A loss may be set off against the reserves to be maintained by law only to the extent permitted by law.

 

18.5. When dividing the amount to be distributed among shareholders, shares held by the company shall not be taken into account.

Distribution of profits.

Article 19.

 

19.1. Dividends shall be due and payable four weeks after they have been declared, unless the general meeting determines another date on the proposal of the managing board.

 

19.2. The general meeting may resolve that dividends will be distributed in whole or in part in a form other than cash.

 

19.3. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 the general meeting may resolve to distribute all or any part of the reserves.

 

19.4. Without prejudice to article 18 paragraph 3 interim distributions shall be made if the general meeting so determines on the proposal of the managing board.

Liquidation.

Article 20.

 

20.1. If the company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting, the managing directors shall become the liquidators of its property, if and to the extent that the general meeting shall not appoint one or more other liquidators.

 

20.2. After the company has ceased to exist, its books, records and other data carriers shall for a period of seven years remain in the custody of the person designated for that purpose by the liquidators.

 

7

Exhibit 4.8(a)

CONFORMED COPY

Dated 29 October 2002

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in Haarlem, The Netherlands)

and

DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST DEED

relating to

VNU N.V.

€2,000,000,000

Euro Medium Term Note Programme

arranged by

MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL

LOGO

Ref: SFO/MARB/JALP/JPXR


This Trust Deed is made on 29 October 2002 between :

 

(1) VNU N.V. (a company incorporated with limited liability in the Netherlands, with its corporate seat in Haarlem, The Netherlands) (the “ Issuer ”) and

 

(2) DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED (the “ Trustee ”, which expression, where the context so admits, includes any other trustee for the time being of this Trust Deed).

 

(A) The Issuer proposes to issue from time to time euro medium term notes in an aggregate nominal amount outstanding at any one time not exceeding the Programme Limit in accordance with the Dealer Agreement (the “ Programme ”) and to be constituted under this Trust Deed.

 

(B) This Trust Deed amends and restates the trust deed dated 5 October 2001 between the Issuer, the Trustee and the Agents named therein in respect of all Notes issued pursuant to the Programme on or after the date of this Trust Deed. This Trust Deed will not be effective in respect of any Notes issued under the Programme prior to the date hereof.

 

(C) The Trustee has agreed to act as trustee of this Trust Deed on the following terms and conditions.

This deed witnesses and it is declared as follows:

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions: Capitalised terms used in this Trust Deed but not defined in this Trust Deed shall have the meanings given to them in the Conditions. In this Trust Deed:

Agency Agreement ” means the agency agreement relating to the Programme dated 5 October 2001 as amended and restated or supplemented from time to time between the Issuer, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG London as initial Issuing and Paying Agent and the other agents mentioned in it

Agents ” means the Issuing and Paying Agent, the other Paying Agents, the Calculation Agent or any of them

Auditors ” means the auditors for the time being of the Issuer, or, if they are unable or unwilling to carry out any action requested of them under this Trust Deed, such other firm of accountants as may be nominated or approved in writing by the Trustee for the purpose

Calculation Agent ” means any person named as such in the Conditions or any Successor Calculation Agent

Clearstream, Luxembourg ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme

Conditions ” means in respect of the Notes of each Series the terms and conditions applicable thereto which shall be substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 as modified, with respect to any Notes represented by a Global Note, by the provisions of such Global Note, shall incorporate any additional provisions forming part of such terms and conditions set out in the Pricing Supplement(s) relating to the Notes of that Series and shall be endorsed on the Definitive Notes subject to amendment and completion as referred to in the first paragraph of Schedule 2 Part B and any reference to a particularly numbered Condition shall be construed accordingly


Contractual Currency ” means, in relation to any payment obligation of any Note or under this Trust Deed, the currency in which that payment obligation is expressed and, in relation to Clause 9, pounds sterling or such other currency as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee from time to time

Coupons ” means the bearer coupons relating to interest bearing Notes or, as the context may require, a specific number of them and includes any replacement Coupons issued pursuant to the Conditions

Dealer Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Dealer Agreement relating to the Programme dated 29 October 2002 between the Issuer, Merrill Lynch International and the other dealers named in it

Definitive Note ” means a Note in definitive form having, where appropriate, Coupons, Receipt(s) and/or a Talon attached on issue and includes any replacement Note issued pursuant to the Conditions

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of the Euroclear System

Event of Default ” means an event described in Condition 9 that, if so required by that Condition, has been certified by the Trustee to be, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders

Extraordinary Resolution ” has the meaning set out in Schedule 3

Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note and/or, as the context may require, a permanent Global Note

holder ” in relation to a Note, Receipt, Coupon or Talon, “ Couponholder ” and “ Noteholder ” have the meanings given to them in the Conditions

Issuing and Paying Agent ” means the person named as such in the Conditions or any Successor Issuing and Paying Agent in each case at its specified office

Notes ” means the euro medium term bearer notes to be issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Dealer Agreement, constituted by this Trust Deed and for the time being outstanding or, as the context may require, a specific number of them

outstanding ” means, in relation to the Notes, all the Notes issued except (a) those that have been redeemed in accordance with the Conditions, (b) those in respect of which the date for redemption has occurred and the redemption moneys (including all interest accrued on such Notes to the date for such redemption and any interest payable after such date) have been duly paid to the Trustee or to the Issuing and Paying Agent as provided in Clause 2 and remain available for payment against presentation and surrender of Notes, Receipts and/or Coupons, as the case may be, (c) those that have become void or in respect of which claims have become prescribed, (d) those that have been purchased and cancelled as provided in the Conditions, (e) those mutilated or defaced Notes that have been surrendered in exchange for replacement Notes, (f) (for the purpose only of determining how many Notes are outstanding and without prejudice to their status for any other purpose) those Notes alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which replacement Notes have been issued, and (g) any temporary Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for a permanent Global Note and any Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, in either case pursuant to its provisions provided that for the purposes of (1) ascertaining the right to attend and vote at any meeting of the Noteholders, (2) the

 

- 2 -


determination of how many Notes are outstanding for the purposes of Conditions 9 and 10 and Schedule 3, (3) the exercise of any discretion, power or authority that the Trustee is required, expressly or impliedly, to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the Noteholders and (4) the certification (where relevant) by the Trustee as to whether a Potential Event of Default is in its opinion materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders, those Notes that are beneficially held by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries and not cancelled shall (unless no longer so held) be deemed not to remain outstanding

Paying Agents ” means the persons (including the Issuing and Paying Agent) referred to as such in the Conditions or any Successor Paying Agents in each case at their respective specified offices

permanent Global Note ” means a Global Note representing Notes of one or more Tranches of the same Series, either on issue or upon exchange of a temporary Global Note and which shall be substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 Part B

Potential Event of Default ” means an event or circumstance that could with the giving of notice, lapse of time, and/or fulfilment of any other requirement provided for in Condition 9 become an Event of Default

Pricing Supplement ” means, in relation to a Tranche, a pricing supplement, supplemental to the offering circular relating to the Programme, issued specifying the relevant issue details of such Tranche, substantially in the form of Schedule C to the Dealer Agreement

Procedures Memorandum ” means administrative procedures and guidelines relating to the settlement of issues of Notes as shall be agreed upon from time to time by the Issuer, the Trustee, the Permanent Dealers (as defined in the Dealer Agreement) and the Issuing and Paying Agent and which, at the date of this Agreement, are set out in Schedule A to the Dealer Agreement

Programme Limit ” means the maximum aggregate nominal amount of Notes that may be issued and outstanding at any time under the Programme, as such limit may be increased pursuant to the Dealer Agreement

Receipts ” means the receipts for the payment of instalments of principal in respect of Notes of which the principal is repayable in instalments or, as the context may require, a specific number of them and includes any replacement Receipts issued pursuant to the Conditions

Redemption Amount ” means the Final Redemption Amount, Early Redemption Amount or Optional Redemption Amount, as the case may be, all as defined in the Conditions

Series ” means a series of Notes comprising one or more Tranches, whether or not issued on the same date, that (except in respect of the first payment of interest and their issue price) have identical terms on issue and are expressed to have the same series number

specified office ” means, in relation to a Paying Agent, the office identified with its name at the end of the Conditions or any other office approved by the Trustee and notified to Noteholders pursuant to Clause 8.10

Successor ” means, in relation to an Agent such other or further person as may from time to time be appointed by the Issuer as such Agent with the written approval of, and on terms approved in writing by, the Trustee (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and notice of whose appointment is given to Noteholders pursuant to Clause 8.10

 

- 3 -


Talons ” mean talons for further Coupons or, as the context may require, a specific number of them and includes any replacement Talons issued pursuant to the Conditions

TARGET System ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System or any successor thereto

temporary Global Note ” means a Global Note representing Notes of one or more Tranches of the same Series on issue and which shall be substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 Part A

Tranche ” means, in relation to a Series, those Notes of that Series that are issued on the same date at the same issue price and in respect of which the first payment of interest is identical

trust corporation ” means a trust corporation (as defined in the Law of Property Act 1925) or a corporation entitled to act as a trustee pursuant to applicable foreign legislation relating to trustees.

 

1.2 Construction of Certain References: References to:

 

  1.2.1 costs, charges, remuneration or expenses include any value added, turnover or similar tax charged in respect thereof and

 

  1.2.2 an action, remedy or method of judicial proceedings for the enforcement of creditors’ rights include references to the action, remedy or method of judicial proceedings in jurisdictions other than England as shall most nearly approximate thereto and

 

  1.2.3 any provision of any statute shall be deemed also to refer to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof or any statutory instrument, order or regulation made thereunder or under such modification or re-enactment.

 

1.3 Headings: Headings shall be ignored in construing this Trust Deed.

 

1.4 Contracts: References in this Trust Deed to this Trust Deed or any other document are to this Trust Deed or those documents as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in relation to the Programme and include any document that amends, supplements or replaces them.

 

1.5 Schedules: The Schedules are part of this Trust Deed and have effect accordingly.

 

1.6 Alternative Clearing System: References in this Trust Deed to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, wherever the context so permits, be deemed to include reference to any additional or alternative clearing system approved by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Issuing and Paying Agent.

 

1.7 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999: A person who is not a party to this Trust Deed has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Trust Deed except and to the extent that this Trust Deed expressly provides for such Act to apply to any of its terms.

 

2 Issue of Notes and Covenant to pay

 

2.1

Issue of Notes: The Issuer may from time to time issue Notes in Tranches of one or more Series on a continuous basis with no minimum issue size in accordance with the Dealer Agreement. Before issuing any Tranche, the Issuer shall give written notice or procure that it is

 

- 4 -


given to the Trustee of the proposed issue of such Tranche, specifying the details to be included in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Upon the issue by the Issuer of any Notes expressed to be constituted by this Trust Deed, such Notes shall forthwith be constituted by this Trust Deed without any further formality and irrespective of whether or not the issue of such debt securities contravenes any covenant or other restriction in this Trust Deed or the Programme Limit.

 

2.2 Separate Series: The provisions of sub-Clauses 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 and of Clauses 3 to 17 and Schedule 3 (all inclusive) shall apply mutatis mutandis separately and independently to the Notes of each Series and in such Clauses and Schedule the expressions “Noteholders”, “Receipts”, “Coupons”, “Couponholders” and “Talons”, together with all other terms that relate to Notes or their Conditions, shall be construed as referring to those of the particular Series in question and not of all Series unless expressly so provided, so that each Series shall be constituted by a separate trust pursuant to sub-Clause 2.3 and that, unless expressly provided, events affecting one Series shall not affect any other.

 

2.3 Covenant to Pay: The Issuer shall on any date when any Notes become due to be redeemed, in whole or in part, unconditionally pay to or to the order of the Trustee in the Contractual Currency, in the case of any Contractual Currency other than euro, in the principal financial centre for the Contractual Currency and in the case of euro, in a city in which banks have access to the TARGET System, in same day funds the Redemption Amount of the Notes becoming due for redemption on that date together with any applicable premium and shall (subject to the Conditions) until such payment (both before and after judgment) unconditionally so pay to or to the order of the Trustee interest in respect of the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding as set out in the Conditions (subject to sub-Clause 2.6) provided that (1) payment of any sum due in respect of the Notes made to the Issuing and Paying Agent as provided in the Agency Agreement shall, to that extent, satisfy such obligation except to the extent that there is failure in its subsequent payment to the relevant Noteholders or Couponholders under the Conditions and (2) a payment made after the due date or as a result of the Note becoming repayable following an Event of Default shall be deemed to have been made when the full amount due has been received by the Issuing and Paying Agent or the Trustee and notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders (if required under Clause 8.8), except to the extent that there is failure in its subsequent payment to the relevant Noteholders or Couponholders under the Conditions. This covenant shall only have effect each time Notes are issued and outstanding, when the Trustee shall hold the benefit of this covenant on trust for the Noteholders and Couponholders of the relevant Series.

 

2.4 Discharge: Subject to sub-Clause 2.5, any payment to be made in respect of the Notes, Receipts or the Coupons by the Issuer or the Trustee may be made as provided in the Conditions and any payment so made shall (subject to sub-Clause 2.5) to that extent be a good discharge to the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

2.5 Payment after a Default: At any time after an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred the Trustee may:

 

  2.5.1 by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents require the Paying Agents, until notified by the Trustee to the contrary, so far as permitted by applicable law:

 

  (i)

to act as Agents of the Trustee under this Trust Deed and the Notes on the terms of the Agency Agreement (with consequential amendments as necessary and except that the Trustee’s liability for the indemnification, remuneration and expenses of the Agents shall be limited to the amounts for the time being held

 

- 5 -


 

by the Trustee in respect of the Notes on the terms of this Trust Deed) and thereafter to hold all Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons and all moneys, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons to the order of the Trustee or

 

  (ii) to deliver all Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons and all moneys, documents and records held by them in respect of the Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons to the Trustee or as the Trustee directs in such notice and

 

  2.5.2 by notice in writing to the Issuer require it to make all subsequent payments in respect of the Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons to or to the order of the Trustee and not to the Issuing and Paying Agent.

 

2.6 Rate of Interest After a Default: If the Notes bear interest at a floating or other variable rate and they become immediately payable under the Conditions, the rate of interest payable in respect of them shall continue to be calculated by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the Conditions (with consequential amendments as necessary) except that the rates of interest need not be published unless the Trustee otherwise requires. The first period in respect of which interest shall be so calculable shall commence on the expiry of the Interest Period during which the Notes become so repayable.

 

3 Form of the Notes

 

3.1 The Global Notes: The Notes shall initially be represented by a temporary Global Note or a permanent Global Note in the nominal amount of the Tranche being issued. Interests in temporary Global Notes shall be exchangeable for (where relevant) Definitive Notes, or interests in permanent Global Notes as set out in each temporary Global Note. Interests in permanent Global Notes shall (where relevant) be exchangeable for Definitive Notes as set out in each permanent Global Note.

 

3.2 The Definitive Notes: The Definitive Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons shall be security printed in accordance with applicable legal and stock exchange requirements substantially in the forms set out in Schedule 2. The Notes shall be endorsed with the Conditions.

 

3.3 Signature: The Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons shall be signed manually or in facsimile by a Director of the Issuer and the Notes shall be authenticated by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent. The Issuer may use the facsimile signature of a person who at the date of this Trust Deed is such a Director even if at the time of issue of any Notes, Receipts, Coupons or Talons he no longer holds that office. Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons so executed and, in the case of the Notes, authenticated shall be binding and valid obligations of the Issuer.

 

4 Stamp Duties and Taxes

 

4.1 Stamp Duties: The Issuer shall pay any stamp, issue, documentary or other taxes and duties, including interest and penalties, payable in The Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg and the United Kingdom in respect of the creation, issue and offering of the Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons and the execution or delivery of this Trust Deed. The Issuer shall also indemnify the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders from and against all stamp, issue, documentary or other taxes paid by any of them in any jurisdiction in connection with any action taken by or on behalf of the Trustee or, as the case may be, the Noteholders or the Couponholders to enforce the Issuer’s obligations under this Trust Deed or the Notes, Receipts, Coupons or Talons.

 

- 6 -


4.2 Change of Taxing Jurisdiction: If the Issuer becomes subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of a territory or a taxing authority of or in that territory with power to tax other than or in addition to The Netherlands or any such authority of or in such territory then the Issuer shall (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) give the Trustee an undertaking satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 7 with the substitution for, or (as the case may require) the addition to, the references in that Condition to The Netherlands of references to that other or additional territory or authority to whose taxing jurisdiction the Issuer has become so subject. In such event this Trust Deed and the Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons shall be read accordingly.

 

5 Application of moneys received by the Trustee

 

5.1 Declaration of Trust: All moneys received by the Trustee in respect of the Notes or amounts payable under this Trust Deed shall, despite any appropriation of all or part of them by the Issuer, be held by the Trustee on trust to apply them (subject to Clause 5.2):

first, in payment of all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities properly incurred by the Trustee (including remuneration payable to it) in carrying out its functions under this Trust Deed

secondly, in payment of any amounts owing in respect of the Notes, Receipts or Coupons pari passu and rateably and

thirdly, in payment of any balance to the Issuer for itself.

If the Trustee holds any moneys in respect of Notes, Receipts or Coupons that have become void or in respect of which claims have become prescribed, the Trustee shall hold them on these trusts.

 

5.2 Accumulation: If the amount of the moneys at any time available for payment in respect of the Notes under sub-Clause 5.1 is less than 10 per cent of the nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Trustee may, at its discretion, invest such moneys. The Trustee may retain such investments and accumulate the resulting income until the investments and the accumulations, together with any other funds for the time being under its control and available for such payment, amount to at least 10 per cent of the nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding and then such investments, accumulations and funds (after deduction of, or provision for, any applicable taxes) shall be applied as specified in sub-Clause 5.1.

 

5.3 Investment: Moneys held by the Trustee may be invested in its name or under its control in any investments or other assets anywhere whether or not they produce income or deposited in its name or under its control at such bank or other financial institution in such currency as the Trustee may, in its absolute discretion, think fit. If that bank or institution is the Trustee or a subsidiary, holding or associated company of the Trustee, it need only account for an amount of interest equal to the largest amount of interest payable by it on such a deposit to an independent customer. The Trustee may at any time vary or transpose any such investments or assets or convert any moneys so deposited into any other currency, and shall not be responsible for any resulting loss, whether by depreciation in value, change in exchange rates or otherwise.

 

5.4 Appropriation of Moneys: If, when the Trustee receives moneys under this Trust Deed, amounts are also due but unpaid under another obligation owed by the Issuer for which it is Trustee (including other Series of Notes constituted by this Trust Deed), the Trustee shall apportion such moneys rateably between this trust and such other trust or trusts unless that other obligation is subordinated to the Notes.

 

- 7 -


6 Enforcement

 

6.1 Proceedings brought by the Trustee : At any time after the Notes of any Series shall have become immediately due and repayable, the Trustee may at its discretion and without further notice take such proceedings as it may think fit against the Issuer to enforce repayment thereof together with premium (if any) and accrued interest and any other moneys payable pursuant to this Trust Deed.

 

6.2 Proof of default : Should the Trustee take legal proceedings against the Issuer to enforce any of the provisions of this Trust Deed:

 

  6.2.1 proof therein that as regards any specified Note the Issuer has made default (beyond any applicable grace period) in paying any principal, premium or interest due in respect of such Note shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the Issuer has made the like default as regards all other Notes which are then due and repayable and

 

  6.2.2 proof therein that as regards any specified Coupon the Issuer has made default (beyond any applicable grace period) in paying any interest due in respect of such Coupon shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the Issuer has made the like default as regards all other Coupons which are then due and payable.

 

6.3 Calculation of rate of interest : The rate of interest payable in respect of any Notes bearing interest at a floating rate in the event of such Notes having become immediately due and repayable shall be calculated at the same intervals as the rate of interest payable pursuant to the Conditions of such Notes, commencing on the expiry of the interest period during which such Notes become immediately due and repayable mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of Condition 4 except that no notices need be published in respect thereof.

 

7 Proceedings

 

7.1 Action taken by Trustee : The Trustee shall not be bound to take any such proceedings as are mentioned in Clause 6.1 unless respectively directed or requested to do so (i) by an Extraordinary Resolution or (ii) in writing by the holders of at least one-fifth in nominal amount of the Notes of the relevant Series then outstanding and in either case then only if it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction against all actions, proceedings, claims and demands to which it may thereby render itself liable and all costs, charges, damages and expenses which it may incur by so doing.

 

7.2 Trustee only to enforce : Only the Trustee may enforce the provisions of this Trust Deed. No holder shall be entitled to proceed directly against the Issuer to enforce the performance of any of the provisions of this Trust Deed unless the Trustee having become bound as aforesaid to take proceedings fails to do so within a reasonable period and such failure shall be continuing.

 

8 Covenants

So long as any Note is outstanding, the Issuer shall:

 

8.1

Books of Accoun t : keep, and procure that each of its subsidiaries keeps, proper books of account and, at any time after an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or

 

- 8 -


 

if the Trustee reasonably believes that such an event has occurred, so far as permitted by applicable law, allow, and procure that each such subsidiary shall allow, the Trustee and anyone appointed by it to whom the Issuer and/or the relevant subsidiary has no reasonable objection, access to its books of account at all reasonable times during normal business hours

 

8.2 Notice of Events of Default: notify the Trustee in writing immediately on becoming aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default

 

8.3 Information: so far as permitted by applicable law, give the Trustee such information as it reasonably requires to perform its functions under this Trust Deed

 

8.4 Financial Statements etc.: send to the Trustee at the time of their issue and in the case of annual financial statements in any event within 180 days of the end of each financial year 3 copies in English (and shall make available to the Trustee and the Agents as many further copies as they may reasonably request in order to satisfy requests from Noteholders for them) of every balance sheet, profit and loss account, report or other notice, statement or circular issued, or that legally or contractually should be issued, to the members or creditors (or any class of them) of the Issuer or any holding company thereof generally in their capacity as such

 

8.5 Certificate of Directors: send to the Trustee, within 14 days of its annual audited financial statements being made available to its members, and also within 14 days of any request by the Trustee a certificate of the Issuer signed by any one of its Directors that, having made all reasonable enquiries, to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the Issuer as at a date (the “ Certification Date ”) not more than 5 days before the date of the certificate no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or other breach of this Trust Deed had occurred since the Certification Date of the last such certificate or (if none) the date of this Trust Deed or, if such an event had occurred, giving details of it

 

8.6 Notices to Noteholders: send to the Trustee for its approval, (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the form of each notice to be given to Noteholders and, once given, 2 copies of each such notice

 

8.7 Further Acts: so far as permitted by applicable law, do such further things as may be necessary in the opinion of the Trustee to give effect to this Trust Deed

 

8.8 Notice of Late Paymen t : forthwith upon request by the Trustee give notice to the Noteholders of any unconditional payment to the Issuing and Paying Agent or the Trustee of any sum due in respect of the Notes, the Receipts or Coupons made after the due date for such payment

 

8.9 Listing: if the Notes are so listed, use all reasonable endeavours to maintain the listing of the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange but, if it is unable to do so, having used such endeavours, or if the maintenance of such listing is agreed by the Trustee to be unduly onerous and the Trustee is satisfied that the interests of the Noteholders would not be thereby materially prejudiced (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), instead use all reasonable endeavours to obtain and maintain a listing of the Notes on another stock exchange approved in writing by the Trustee

 

8.10 Change in Agents: give at least 14 days’ prior notice to the Noteholders of any future appointment, resignation or removal of an Agent or of any change by an Agent of its specified office and not make any such appointment or removal or change without the Trustee’s written approval

 

- 9 -


8.11 Provision of Legal Opinions: procure the delivery of legal opinions addressed to the Trustee dated the date of such delivery, in form and content acceptable to the Trustee:

 

  8.11.1 from the Issuer’s internal legal counsel as to the law of The Netherlands and in relation to those matters opined upon by the Issuer’s internal legal counsel in relation to the establishment of the Programme, from De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek as to Dutch taxation and from Linklaters as to the laws of England on each occasion when the Offering Circular is updated or amended and on the date of any amendment to this Trust Deed

 

  8.11.2 from legal advisers, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee as to such law as may reasonably be requested by the Trustee, on the issue date for the Notes in the event of a proposed issue of Notes of such a nature and having such features as might lead the Trustee to conclude that it would be prudent, having regard to such nature and features, to obtain such legal opinion(s) or in the event that the Trustee considers it prudent in view of a change (or proposed change) in (or in the interpretation or application of) any applicable law, regulation or circumstance affecting the Issuer, the Trustee, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons, the Talons, this Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement and

 

  8.11.3 on each occasion on which a legal opinion is given to any Dealer in relation to any Notes pursuant to the Programme Agreement from the legal adviser and/or Issuer’s internal counsel giving such opinion

 

8.12 Notes Held by Issuer etc.: send to the Trustee as soon as practicable after being so requested by the Trustee a certificate of the Issuer signed by any one of its Directors stating the number of Notes held at the date of such certificate by or on behalf of the Issuer or its respective subsidiaries

 

8.13 Material Subsidiaries: give to the Trustee at the same time as sending the certificate referred to in sub-Clause 8.5 or within 28 days of a request by the Trustee, a certificate by the Auditors listing those Subsidiaries of the Issuer that as at the last day of the last financial year of the Issuer or as at the date specified in such request were Material Subsidiaries (as defined in the Conditions)

 

8.14 Early Redemption: give notice to the Trustee of any proposed early redemption of Notes pursuant to Condition 5.

 

9 Remuneration and Indemnification of the Trustee

 

9.1 Normal Remuneration: So long as any Note is outstanding the Issuer shall pay the Trustee as remuneration for its services as Trustee such sum on such dates in each case as they may from time to time agree. Such remuneration shall accrue from day to day from the date of this Trust Deed. However, if any payment to a Noteholder or Couponholder of moneys due in respect of any Note, Receipts or Coupon is improperly withheld or refused, such remuneration shall again accrue as from the date of such withholding or refusal until payment to such Noteholder or Couponholder is duly made.

 

9.2

Extra Remuneration: If an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall have occurred or if the Trustee finds it expedient or necessary or is requested by the Issuer to undertake duties that they both agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the Trustee’s normal duties under this Trust Deed, the Issuer shall pay such additional remuneration as they may agree or, failing agreement as to any of the matters in this sub-Clause (or as to such sums referred to in sub-Clause 9.1), as determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert) selected by the Trustee and approved by the Issuer or, failing such

 

- 10 -


approval, nominated by the President for the time being of The Law Society of England and Wales. The expenses involved in such nomination and such investment bank’s fee shall be paid by the Issuer. The determination of such investment bank shall be conclusive and binding on the Issuer, the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders save in the case of manifest error.

 

9.3 Expenses: The Issuer shall also on demand by the Trustee pay or discharge all costs, charges, liabilities and expenses properly incurred by the Trustee in the preparation and execution of this Trust Deed and the performance of its functions under this Trust Deed including, but not limited to, legal and travelling expenses and any stamp, documentary or other taxes or duties paid by the Trustee in connection with any legal proceedings reasonably brought or contemplated by the Trustee against the Issuer to enforce any provision of this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Talons. Such costs, charges, liabilities and expenses shall:

 

  9.3.1 in the case of payments made by the Trustee before such demand, carry interest from the date of the demand at the rate of 2 per cent. per annum over the base rate of Barclays Bank PLC on the date on which the Trustee made such payments and

 

  9.3.2 in other cases, carry interest at such rate from 30 days after the date of the demand or (where the demand specifies that payment is to be made on an earlier date, not being earlier than the eighth day after the date of such demand) from such earlier date.

 

9.4 Indemnity: The Issuer will indemnify on demand the Trustee in respect of Amounts or Claims properly paid or incurred by it in acting as trustee under this Trust Deed (including (1) any Agent/Delegate Liabilities and (2) in respect of disputing or defending any Amounts or Claims made against the Trustee or any Agent/Delegate Liabilities). The Issuer will on demand by such agent or delegate indemnify it against such Agent/Delegate Liabilities. “Amounts or Claims” are losses, liabilities, costs, claims, actions, demands or expenses and “Agent/Delegate Liabilities” are Amounts or Claims which the Trustee is or would be obliged to pay or reimburse to any of its agents or delegates appointed pursuant to this Trust Deed. The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 applies to this Clause 9.4.

 

9.5 Continuing Effect: Sub-Clauses 9.3 and 9.4 shall continue in full force and effect as regards the Trustee even if it no longer is Trustee.

 

10 Provisions supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000

 

10.1 Advice: The Trustee may act on the opinion or advice of, or information obtained from, any expert, whether addressed to the Trustee or not, and shall not be responsible to anyone for any loss occasioned by so acting. Any such opinion, advice or information may be sent or obtained by letter, telex or fax and the Trustee shall not be liable to anyone for acting in good faith on any opinion, advice or information purporting to be conveyed by such means even if it contains some error or is not authentic.

 

10.2 Trustee to Assume Performance: The Trustee need not notify anyone of the execution of this Trust Deed or do anything to find out if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred. Until it has actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no such event has occurred and that the Issuer is performing all its their obligations under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons.

 

- 11 -


10.3 Resolutions of Noteholders: The Trustee shall not be responsible for having acted in good faith on a resolution purporting to have been passed at a meeting of Noteholders in respect of which minutes have been made and signed even if it is later found that there was a defect in the constitution of the meeting or the passing of the resolution or that the resolution was not valid or binding on the Noteholders or Couponholders.

 

10.4 Certificate Signed by Directors: If the Trustee, in the exercise of its functions, requires to be satisfied or to have information as to any fact or the expediency of any act, it may call for and accept as sufficient evidence of that fact or the expediency of that act a certificate signed by any 2 Directors of the Issuer as to that fact or to the effect that, in their opinion, that act is expedient and the Trustee need not call for further evidence and shall not be responsible for any loss occasioned by acting on such a certificate.

 

10.5 Deposit of Documents: The Trustee may appoint as custodian, on any terms, any bank or entity whose business includes the safe custody of documents or any lawyer or firm of lawyers believed by it to be of good repute and may deposit this Trust Deed and any other documents with such custodian and pay all sums due in respect thereof. The Trustee is not obliged to appoint a custodian of securities payable to bearer.

 

10.6 Discretion: Save as expressly otherwise provided in this Trust Deed, the Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of its functions and shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, cost, claim, action, demand, expense or inconvenience that may result from their exercise or non-exercise.

 

10.7 Agents: Whenever it considers it expedient in the interests of the Noteholders, the Trustee may, in the conduct of its trust business, instead of acting personally, employ and pay an agent selected by it, whether or not a lawyer or other professional person, to transact or conduct, or concur in transacting or conducting, any business and to do or concur in doing all acts required to be done by the Trustee (including the receipt and payment of money).

 

10.8 Delegation: Whenever it considers it expedient in the interests of the Noteholders, the Trustee may delegate to any person on any terms (including power to sub-delegate) all or any of its functions.

 

10.9 Nominees: In relation to any asset held by it under this Trust Deed, the Trustee may appoint any person to act as its nominee on any terms.

 

10.10 Forged Notes: The Trustee shall not be liable to the Issuer or any Noteholder or Couponholder by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any Note, Receipt, Coupon or Talon purporting to be such and later found to be forged or not authentic.

 

10.11 Confidentiality: Unless ordered to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Trustee shall not be required to disclose to any Noteholder or Couponholder any confidential financial or other information made available to the Trustee by the Issuer.

 

10.12 Determinations Conclusive: As between itself and the Noteholders and Couponholders, the Trustee may determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to any of the provisions of this Trust Deed. Such determinations, whether made upon such a question actually raised or implied in the acts or proceedings of the Trustee, shall be conclusive and shall bind the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

10.13

Currency Conversion: Where it is necessary or desirable to convert any sum from one currency to another, it shall (unless otherwise provided hereby or required by law) be converted at such rate or rates, in accordance with such method and as at such date as may

 

- 12 -


reasonably be specified by the Trustee after consultation with the Issuer, if in the opinion of the Trustee such consultation is practicable but having regard to current rates of exchange, if available. Any rate, method and date so specified shall be binding on the Issuer, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

10.14 Events of Default: The Trustee may determine whether or not an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default is in its opinion capable of remedy and/or materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Issuer, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

10.15 Payment for and Delivery of Notes: The Trustee shall not be responsible for the receipt or application by the Issuer of the proceeds of the issue of the Notes, any exchange of Notes or the delivery of Notes to the persons entitled to them.

 

10.16 Notes Held by the Issuer etc.: In the absence of knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee may assume without enquiry (other than requesting a certificate under Clause 8.12) that no Notes are for the time being held by or on behalf of the Issuer or its subsidiaries.

 

10.17 Legal Opinions: The Trustee shall not be responsible to any person for failing to request, require or receive any legal opinion relating to any Notes or for checking or commenting upon the content of any such legal opinion.

 

10.18 Programme Limit: The Trustee shall not be concerned, and need not enquire, as to whether or not any Notes are issued in breach of the Programme Limit.

 

10.19 Responsibility for agents etc.: If the Trustee exercises reasonable care in selecting any custodian, agent, delegate or nominee appointed under this Clause (an “ Appointee ”), it will not have any obligation to supervise the Appointee or be responsible for any loss, liability, cost, claim, action, demand or expense incurred by reason of the Appointee’s misconduct or default or the misconduct or default of any substitute appointed by the Appointee.

 

10.20 Auditor’s Certificate: Any certificate or report of the Auditors called for by or provided to the Trustee in accordance with or for the purposes of these presents, may be relied upon by the Trustee as sufficient evidence of the facts stated therein notwithstanding that such certificate or report and/or any engagement letter or other document entered into by the Trustee in connection therewith contains a monetary or other limit on the liability of the Auditors thereof and whether or not it is addressed to the Trustee.

 

10.21 Entitlement of the Trustee: In connection with the exercise by the Trustee of any of its trusts, powers, authorities and discretions under these presents (including, without limitation, any modification, waiver, authorisation, determination or substitution), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class and shall not have regard to any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation, shall not have regard to the consequences of any such exercise for individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory or any political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 7 and/or any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor under these presents.

 

- 13 -


11 Trustee liable for negligence

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to any function of the Trustee, provided that if the Trustee fails to show the degree of care and diligence required of it as trustee, having regard to the provisions of this Trust Deed conferring on him any powers, authorities or discretions, nothing in this Trust Deed or any Supplemental Trust Deed shall relieve or indemnify it from or against any liability that would otherwise attach to it in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which it may be guilty.

 

12 Waiver and proof of default

 

12.1 Waiver: The Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders and without prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach, from time to time and at any time, if in its opinion the interests of the Noteholders will not be materially prejudiced thereby, waive or authorise, on such terms as seem expedient to it, any breach or proposed breach by the Issuer of this Trust Deed or the Conditions or determine that an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall not be treated as such provided that the Trustee shall not do so in contravention of an express direction given by an Extraordinary Resolution or a request made pursuant to Condition 9. No such direction or request shall affect a previous waiver, authorisation or determination. Any such waiver, authorisation or determination shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, if the Trustee so requires, shall be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable.

 

12.2 Proof of Default: Proof that the Issuer has failed to pay a sum due to the holder of any one Note, Receipt or Coupon shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that it has made the same default as regards all other Notes, Receipts or Coupons relating to that Series that are then payable.

 

13 Trustee not precluded from entering into contracts

The Trustee and any other person, whether or not acting for itself, may acquire, hold or dispose of any Note, Receipt, Coupon, Talon or other security (or any interest therein) of the Issuer or any other person, may enter into or be interested in any contract or transaction with any such person and may act on, or as depositary or agent for, any committee or body of holders of any securities of any such person in each case with the same rights as it would have had if the Trustee were not acting as Trustee and need not account for any profit.

 

14 Modification and Substitution

 

14.1 Modification: The Trustee may agree without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders to any modification to this Trust Deed of a formal, minor or technical nature or to correct a manifest error or to comply with mandatory provisions of law. The Trustee may also so agree to any modification to this Trust Deed that is in its opinion not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders, but such power does not extend to any such modification as is mentioned in the proviso to paragraph 2 of Schedule 3.

 

14.2 Substitution:

 

  14.2.1

The Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, agree to the substitution of the Issuer’s successor in business or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or its successor in business (the “ Substituted Obligor ”) in place of the Issuer (or of any

 

- 14 -


 

previous substitute under this sub-Clause) as the principal debtor under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons provided that:

 

  (i) a deed is executed or undertaking given by the Substituted Obligor to the Trustee, in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee, agreeing to be bound by this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons (with consequential amendments as the Trustee may deem appropriate) as if the Substituted Obligor had been named in this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons as the principal debtor in place of the Issuer

 

  (ii) if the Substituted Obligor is subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of a territory or any authority of or in that territory with power to tax (the “ Substituted Territory ”) other than the territory to the taxing jurisdiction of which (or to any such authority of or in which) the Issuer is subject generally (the “ Issuer’s Territory ”), the Substituted Obligor shall (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) give to the Trustee an undertaking satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to Condition 7 with the substitution for the references in that Condition to the Issuer’s Territory of references to the Substituted Territory whereupon the Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons shall be read accordingly

 

  (iii) if any 2 Directors of the Substituted Obligor certify that it will be solvent immediately after such substitution, the Trustee need not have regard to the Substituted Obligor’s financial condition, profits or prospects or compare them with those of the Issuer

 

  (iv) the Issuer and the Substituted Obligor comply with such other requirements as the Trustee may direct in the interests of the Noteholders and

 

  (v) unless the Issuer’s successor in business is the Substituted Obligor, the obligations of the Substituted Obligor under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, and the Coupons are guaranteed by the Issuer.

 

  14.2.2 Release of Substituted Issuer: An agreement by the Trustee pursuant to sub-Clause 14.2 shall, if so expressed, release the Issuer (or a previous substitute) from any or all of its obligations under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons. Notice of the substitution shall be given to the Noteholders within 14 days of the execution of such documents and compliance with such requirements.

 

  14.2.3 Completion of Substitution: On completion of the formalities set out in sub-Clause 14.2, the Substituted Obligor shall be deemed to be named in this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons as the principal debtor in place of the Issuer (or of any previous substitute) and this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons shall be deemed to be amended as necessary to give effect to the substitution. In the case of such a substitution the Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, to a change of the law governing the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons, the Talons and/or the Trust Deed provided that such change would not in the opinion of the Trustee be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders.

 

- 15 -


15 Appointment, Retirement and Removal of the Trustee

 

15.1 Appointment: The Issuer has the power of appointing new trustees but no-one may be so appointed unless previously approved by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders. A trust corporation shall at all times be a Trustee and may be the sole Trustee. Any appointment of a new Trustee shall be notified by the Issuer to the Noteholders as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

15.2 Retirement and Removal: Any Trustee may retire at any time on giving at least 3 months’ written notice to the Issuer without giving any reason or being responsible for any costs occasioned by such retirement and the Noteholders may by Extraordinary Resolution remove any Trustee provided that the retirement or removal of a sole trust corporation shall not be effective until a trust corporation is appointed as successor Trustee. If a sole trust corporation gives notice of retirement or an Extraordinary Resolution is passed for its removal, the Issuer shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that another trust corporation be appointed as Trustee.

 

15.3 Co-Trustees: The Trustee may, despite sub-Clause 15.1, by written notice to the Issuer appoint anyone to act as an additional Trustee jointly with the Trustee:

 

  15.3.1 if the Trustee considers the appointment to be in the interests of the Noteholders and/or the Couponholders or

 

  15.3.2 to conform with a legal requirement, restriction or condition in a jurisdiction in which a particular act is to be performed or

 

  15.3.3 to obtain a judgment or to enforce a judgment or any provision of this Trust Deed in any jurisdiction.

Subject to the provisions of this Trust Deed the Trustee may confer on any person so appointed such functions as it thinks fit. The Trustee may by written notice to the Issuer and that person remove that person. At the Trustee’s request, the Issuer shall forthwith do all things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and it irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its attorney in its name and on its behalf to do so.

 

15.4 Competence of a Majority of Trustees: If there are more than 2 Trustees the majority of them shall be competent to perform the Trustee’s functions provided the majority includes a trust corporation.

 

16 Notes held in Clearing Systems and Couponholders

 

16.1 Notes Held in Clearing Systems: So long as any Global Note is held on behalf of a clearing system, in considering the interests of Noteholders, the Trustee may have regard to any information provided to it by such clearing system or its operator as to the identity (either individually or by category) of its accountholders or participants with entitlements to any such Global Note and may consider such interests on the basis that such accountholders or participants were the holder(s) thereof.

 

16.2 Couponholders: No notices need be given to Couponholders. They shall be deemed to have notice of the contents of any notice given to Noteholders. Even if it has express notice to the contrary, in exercising any of its functions by reference to the interests of the Noteholders, the Trustee shall assume that the holder of each Note is the holder of all Receipts, Coupons and Talons relating to it.

 

- 16 -


17 Currency Indemnity

 

17.1 Currency of Account and Payment: The Contractual Currency is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer under or in connection with this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts and the Coupons, including damages.

 

17.2 Extent of Discharge: An amount received or recovered in a currency other than the Contractual Currency (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise), by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer shall only discharge the Issuer to the extent of the Contractual Currency amount that the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

 

17.3 Indemnity: If that Contractual Currency amount is less than the Contractual Currency amount expressed to be due to the recipient under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts or the Coupons, the Issuer shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result. In any event, the Issuer shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase.

 

17.4 Indemnity Separate: The indemnities in this Clause 17 and in sub-Clause 9.4 constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Trust Deed, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee and/or any Noteholder or Couponholder and shall continue in full force and effect despite any judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts and/or the Coupons or any other judgment or order.

 

18 Communications

 

18.1 Method: Each communication under this Trust Deed shall be made by e-mail (provided that such e-mail is promptly followed by a fax), fax or otherwise in writing. Each communication or document to be delivered to any party under this Trust Deed shall be sent to that party at the e-mail address, fax number or address, and marked for the attention of the person (if any), from time to time designated by that party to each other party for the purpose of this Trust Deed. The initial telephone number, e-mail address, fax number, address and person so designated by the parties under this Trust Deed are set out in the Procedures Memorandum.

 

18.2 Deemed Receipt: Any communication from any party to any other under this Trust Deed shall be effective, (if by e-mail or fax) when good receipt is confirmed by the recipient following enquiry by the sender and (if in writing) when delivered, except that a communication received outside normal business hours shall be deemed to be received on the next business day in the city in which the recipient is located.

 

19 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

19.1 Governing Law: This Trust Deed is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

 

19.2

Jurisdiction: The courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes that may arise out of or in connection with this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Talons and accordingly any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this

 

- 17 -


 

Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Talons (“ Proceedings ”) may be brought in such courts. The Issuer irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and waives any objections to Proceedings in such courts on the ground of venue or on the ground that the Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum. This submission is for the benefit of each of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders and shall not limit the right of any of them to take Proceedings in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not).

 

19.3 Service of Process: The Issuer irrevocably appoints The Law Debenture Corporation plc at its registered office for the time being in London to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings in England. Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (whether or not it is forwarded to and received by the Issuer). If for any reason such process agent ceases to be able to act as such or no longer has an address in England the Issuer irrevocably agrees to appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the Trustee and shall immediately notify the Trustee of such appointment. Nothing shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

- 18 -


Schedule 1

Part A

Form of Temporary Global Note

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in Haarlem,

The Netherlands)

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

Temporary Global Note No. [•]

This temporary Global Note is issued in respect of the Notes (the “ Notes ”) of the Tranche and Series specified in the Second Schedule hereto of VNU N.V. (the “ Issuer ”).

Interpretation and Definitions

References in this temporary Global Note to the “ Conditions ” are to the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Notes (which are in the form set out in Schedule 2 Part B to the Trust Deed (as amended or supplemented as at the Issue Date, the “ Trust Deed ”) dated 29 October 2002 between the Issuer, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee, as such form is supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the provisions of this temporary Global Note (including the supplemental definitions and any modifications or additions set out in the Second Schedule hereto), which in the event of any conflict shall prevail). Other capitalised terms used in this temporary Global Note shall have the meanings given to them in the Conditions or the Trust Deed. If the Second Schedule hereto specifies that the applicable TEFRA exemption is either “C Rules” or “not applicable”, this temporary Global Note is a “C Rules Note”, otherwise this temporary Global Note is a “D Rules Note”.

Aggregate Nominal Amount

The aggregate nominal amount from time to time of this temporary Global Note shall be an amount equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes as shall be shown by the latest entry in the fourth column of the First Schedule hereto, which shall be completed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent upon (i) the issue of Notes represented hereby, (ii) the exchange of the whole or a part of this temporary Global Note for a corresponding interest in a permanent Global Note or, as the case may be, in whole for Definitive Notes, (iii) the redemption or purchase and cancellation of Notes represented hereby and/or (iv) in the case of Partly Paid Notes, the forfeiture of Notes represented hereby in accordance with the Conditions relating to such Partly Paid Notes, all as described below.

Promise to Pay

Subject as provided herein, the Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer of this temporary Global Note, upon presentation and (when no further payment is due in respect of this temporary Global Note) surrender of this temporary Global Note, on the Maturity Date (or on such earlier date as the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions in respect of the aggregate nominal amount of Notes represented by this temporary Global Note and (unless this temporary Global Note does not bear interest) to pay interest in respect of such aggregate nominal amount of Notes from the Interest Commencement Date in arrear at the rates, in the amounts and on the dates for payment provided for in the Conditions together with such other sums and additional amounts (if any) as may be payable under the Conditions, in accordance with the Conditions.

 

- 19 -


Exchange

Subject as provided in the Conditions applicable to Partly Paid Notes, on or after the first day following the expiry of 40 days after the Issue Date (the “ Exchange Date ”), this temporary Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge to the holder) in whole or (in the case of a D Rules Note only and in respect of exchange for a permanent Global Note only) from time to time in part by its presentation and, on exchange in full, surrender to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent for interests in a permanent Global Note, if so specified in the Second Schedule hereto, for Definitive Notes in an aggregate nominal amount equal to the nominal amount of this temporary Global Note submitted for exchange provided that, in the case of any part of a D Rules Note submitted for exchange for a permanent Global Note or Definitive Notes, there shall have been Certification with respect to such nominal amount submitted for such exchange dated no earlier than the Exchange Date.

Certification ” means the presentation to the Issuing and Paying Agent of a certificate or certificates with respect to one or more interests in this temporary Global Note, signed by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, substantially to the effect set out in Schedule 4 to the Agency Agreement to the effect that it has received a certificate or certificates substantially to the effect set out in Schedule 3 to the Agency Agreement with respect thereto and that no contrary advice as to the contents thereof has been received by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be.

Upon the whole or a part of this temporary Global Note being exchanged for a permanent Global Note, such permanent Global Note may be exchangeable, in accordance with its terms, for Definitive Notes.

The Definitive Notes for which this temporary Global Note or a permanent Global Note may be exchangeable shall be duly executed and authenticated, shall, in the case of Definitive Notes, have attached to them all Coupons (and, where appropriate, Talons) in respect of interest, and all Receipts in respect of Instalment Amounts, that have not already been paid on this temporary Global Note or the permanent Global Note, as the case may be, shall be security printed and shall be substantially in the form set out in the Schedules to the Trust Deed as supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the terms of the Second Schedule hereto.

On any exchange of a part of this temporary Global Note for an equivalent interest in a permanent Global Note, the portion of the nominal amount hereof so exchanged shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent in Part I of the First Schedule hereto, whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so exchanged and endorsed.

Benefit of Conditions

Except as otherwise specified herein, this temporary Global Note is subject to the Conditions and the Trust Deed and, until the whole of this temporary Global Note is exchanged for equivalent interests in a permanent Global Note or for Definitive Notes, as the case may be, the holder of this temporary Global Note shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if it were the holder of the permanent Global Note (or the relevant part of it) or the Definitive Notes, as the case may be, for which it may be exchanged as if such permanent Global Note or Definitive Notes had been issued on the Issue Date.

Payments

No person shall be entitled to receive any payment in respect of the Notes represented by this temporary Global Note that falls due on or after the Exchange Date unless, upon due presentation of this temporary Global Note for exchange, delivery of (or, in the case of a subsequent exchange, due endorsement of) a permanent Global Note or delivery of Definitive Notes is improperly withheld or refused by or on behalf of the Issuer.

 

- 20 -


Payments due in respect of a D Rules Note before the Exchange Date shall only be made in relation to such nominal amount of this temporary Global Note with respect to which there shall have been Certification dated no earlier than such due date for payment.

Any payments that are made in respect of this temporary Global Note shall be made to its holder against presentation and (if no further payment falls to be made on it) surrender of it at the specified office of the Issuing and Paying Agent or of any other Paying Agent provided for in the Conditions. If any payment in full of principal is made in respect of any Note represented by this temporary Global Note, the portion of this temporary Global Note representing such Note shall be cancelled and the amount so cancelled shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent in the First Schedule hereto (such endorsement being prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made) whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so cancelled and endorsed. If any other payments are made in respect of the Notes represented by this temporary Global Note, a record of each such payment shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent on an additional schedule hereto (such endorsement being prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made).

Cancellation

Cancellation of any Note represented by this temporary Global Note that is required by the Conditions to be cancelled (other than upon its redemption) shall be effected by reduction in the nominal amount of this temporary Global Note representing such Note on its presentation to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent for endorsement in the First Schedule hereto, whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so cancelled and endorsed.

Issuer’s Options

Any option of the Issuer provided for in the Conditions shall be exercised by the Issuer giving notice to the Noteholders within the time limits set out in and containing the information required by the Conditions, except that the notice shall not be required to contain the serial numbers of Notes drawn in the case of a partial exercise of an option and accordingly no drawing of Notes shall be required.

Notices

Notices required to be given in respect of the Notes represented by this temporary Global Note may be given by their being delivered (so long as this temporary Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system) to Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or such other clearing system, as the case may be, or otherwise to the holder of this temporary Global Note, rather than by publication as required by the Conditions, except that so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, notices shall also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ).

No provision of this temporary Global Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer to pay the principal and premium of and interest on the Notes when due in accordance with the Conditions.

This temporary Global Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

This temporary Global Note is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

In witness whereof the Issuer has caused this temporary Global Note to be duly signed on its behalf.

 

- 21 -


Dated as of the Issue Date.

VNU N.V.

By:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This temporary Global Note is authenticated by

or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:

Authorised Signatory

For the purposes of authentication only.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

- 22 -


The First Schedule

Nominal amount of Notes represented by this temporary Global Note

The following (i) issue of Notes initially represented by this temporary Global Note, (ii) exchanges of the whole or a part of this temporary Global Note for interests in a permanent Global Note or (provided the exchange is in whole), for Definitive Notes and/or (iii) cancellations or forfeitures of interests in this temporary Global Note have been made, resulting in the nominal amount of this temporary Global Note specified in the latest entry in the fourth column below:

 

Date

 

Amount of decrease in
nominal amount of this
temporary Global Note

 

Reason for decrease in
nominal amount of this
temporary Global Note
(exchange, cancellation or
forfeiture)

 

Nominal amount of this
temporary Global Note on
issue or following such
decrease

 

Notation made by or on
behalf of the Issuing and
Paying Agent

Issue Date

  not applicable   not applicable    

 

- 23 -


The Second Schedule

[Insert the provisions of the relevant Pricing Supplement that relate to the Conditions or the Global Notes as the Second Schedule]

 

- 24 -


Schedule 1

Part B

Form of Permanent Global Note

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in Haarlem, The Netherlands)

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

Permanent Global Note No. [•]

This permanent Global Note is issued in respect of the Notes (the “ Notes ”) of the Tranche(s) and Series specified in the Third Schedule hereto of VNU N.V. (the “ Issuer ”).

Interpretation and Definitions

References in this permanent Global Note to the “ Conditions ” are to the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Notes (which are in the form set out in Schedule 2 Part B to the Trust Deed (as amended or supplemented as at the Issue Date, the “ Trust Deed ”) dated 29 October 2002 between the Issuer, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee, as such form is supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the provisions of this permanent Global Note (including the supplemental definitions and any modifications or additions set out in the Third Schedule hereto), which in the event of any conflict shall prevail). Other capitalised terms used in this permanent Global Note shall have the meanings given to them in the Conditions or the Trust Deed.

Aggregate Nominal Amount

The aggregate nominal amount from time to time of this permanent Global Note shall be an amount equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes as shall be shown by the latest entry in the fourth column of the First Schedule hereto, which shall be completed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent upon (i) the exchange of the whole or a part of the temporary Global Note initially representing the Notes for a corresponding interest herein (in the case of Notes represented by a temporary Global Note upon issue), (ii) the issue of the Notes represented hereby (in the case of Notes represented by this permanent Global Note upon issue), (iii) the exchange of the whole of this permanent Global Note for Definitive Notes (iv) the redemption or purchase and cancellation of Notes represented hereby and/or (v) in the case of Partly Paid Notes, the forfeiture of Notes represented hereby in accordance with the Conditions relating to such Partly Paid Notes, all as described below.

Promise to Pay

Subject as provided herein, the Issuer, for value received, hereby promises to pay to the bearer of this permanent Global Note, upon presentation and (when no further payment is due in respect of this permanent Global Note) surrender of this permanent Global Note, on the Maturity Date (or on such earlier date as the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions in respect of the aggregate nominal amount of Notes represented by this permanent Global Note and (unless this permanent Global Note does not bear interest) to pay interest in respect of such aggregate nominal amount of Notes from the Interest Commencement Date in arrear at the rates, in the amounts and on the dates for payment provided for in the Conditions together with such other sums and additional amounts (if any) as may be payable under the Conditions, in accordance with the Conditions.

 

- 25 -


Exchange

This permanent Global Note is exchangeable (free of charge to the holder) on or after the Exchange Date in whole but not in part for the Definitive Notes represented by the Certificates described below:

 

1 by the Issuer giving notice to the Issuing and Paying Agent, the Trustee and the Noteholders of its intention to effect such exchange

 

2 otherwise, if this permanent Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system (an “ Alternative Clearing System ”) and any such clearing system is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holidays, statutory or otherwise) or announces an intention permanently to cease business or does in fact do so.

Exchange Date ” means a day falling not less than 60 days, or in the case of failure to pay principal in respect of any Note when due (where such failure is continuing beyond any applicable grace period) 30 days after that on which the notice requiring exchange is given and on which banks are open for business in the city in which the specified office of the Issuing and Paying Agent is located and, except in the case of exchange pursuant to 2 above, in the cities in which Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg or, if relevant, the Alternative Clearing System, are located.

Subject as provided in the Conditions applicable to Party Paid Notes, any such exchange may be effected on or after an Exchange Date by the holder of this permanent Global Note surrendering this permanent Global Note to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent. In exchange for this permanent Global Note, the Issuer shall deliver, or procure the delivery of, duly executed and authenticated Definitive Notes in an aggregate nominal amount equal to the nominal amount of this permanent Global Note submitted for exchange (if appropriate, having attached to them all Coupons (and, where appropriate, Talons) in respect of interest, and all Receipts in respect of Instalment Amounts, that have not already been paid on this permanent Global Note), security printed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed as supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the terms of the Third Schedule hereto.

Benefit of Conditions

Except as otherwise specified herein, this permanent Global Note is subject to the Conditions and the Trust Deed and, until the whole of this permanent Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, the holder of this permanent Global Note shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if it were the holder of the Definitive Notes for which it may be exchanged and as if such Definitive Notes had been issued on the Issue Date.

Payments

No person shall be entitled to receive any payment in respect of the Notes represented by this permanent Global Note that falls due after an Exchange Date for such Notes, unless upon due presentation of this permanent Global Note for exchange, delivery of Definitive Notes is improperly withheld or refused by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Issuer does not perform or comply with any one or more of what are expressed to be its obligations under any Definitive Notes.

Payments in respect of this permanent Global Note shall be made to its holder against presentation and (if no further payment falls to be made on it) surrender of it at the specified office of the Issuing and Paying Agent or of any other Paying Agent provided for in the Conditions. A record of each such

 

- 26 -


payment shall be endorsed on the First or Second Schedule hereto, as appropriate, by the Issuing and Paying Agent or by the relevant Paying Agent, for and on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent, which endorsement shall (until the contrary is proved) be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

Prescription

Claims in respect of principal and interest (as each is defined in the Conditions) in respect of this permanent Global Note shall become void unless it is presented for payment within a period of 10 years (in the case of principal) and 5 years (in the case of interest) from the appropriate Relevant Date.

Meetings

The holder of this permanent Global Note shall (unless this permanent Global Note represents only one Note) be treated as 2 persons for the purposes of any quorum requirements of a meeting of Noteholders and, at any such meeting, as having one vote in respect of each nominal amount of Notes equal to the minimum Specified Denomination of the Notes for which this permanent Global Note may be exchanged.

Cancellation

Cancellation of any Note represented by this permanent Global Note that is required by the Conditions to be cancelled (other than upon its redemption) shall be effected by reduction in the nominal amount of this permanent Global Note representing such Note on its presentation to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent for endorsement in the First Schedule hereto, whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so cancelled and endorsed.

Purchase

Notes may only be purchased by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries if they are purchased together with the right to receive all future payments of interest and Instalment Amounts (if any) thereon.

Issuer’s Options

Any option of the Issuer provided for in the Conditions shall be exercised by the Issuer giving notice to the Noteholders within the time limits set out in and containing the information required by the Conditions, except that the notice shall not be required to contain the serial numbers of Notes drawn in the case of a partial exercise of an option and accordingly no drawing of Notes shall be required.

Noteholders’ Options

Any option of the Noteholders provided for in the Conditions may be exercised by the holder of this permanent Global Note giving notice to the Issuing and Paying Agent within the time limits relating to the deposit of Notes with a Paying Agent set out in the Conditions substantially in the form of the notice available from any Paying Agent, except that the notice shall not be required to contain the serial numbers of the Notes in respect of which the option has been exercised, and stating the nominal amount of Notes in respect of which the option is exercised and at the same time presenting this permanent Global Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent, or to a Paying Agent acting on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent, for notation accordingly in the Fourth Schedule hereto.

Notices

Notices required to be given in respect of the Notes represented by this permanent Global Note may be given by their being delivered (so long as this permanent Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system) to Euroclear, Clearstream,

 

- 27 -


Luxembourg or such other clearing system, as the case may be, or otherwise to the holder of this permanent Global Note, rather than by publication as required by the Conditions, except that so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, notices shall also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ).

Negotiability

This permanent Global Note is a bearer document and negotiable and accordingly:

 

1 is freely transferable by delivery and such transfer shall operate to confer upon the transferee all rights and benefits appertaining hereto and to bind the transferee with all obligations appertaining hereto pursuant to the Conditions

 

2 the holder of this permanent Global Note is and shall be absolutely entitled as against all previous holders to receive all amounts by way of amounts payable upon redemption, interest or otherwise payable in respect of this permanent Global Note and the Issuer has waived against such holder and any previous holder of this permanent Global Note all rights of set-off or counterclaim that would or might otherwise be available to it in respect of the obligations evidenced by this Global Note and

 

3 payment upon due presentation of this permanent Global Note as provided herein shall operate as a good discharge against such holder and all previous holders of this permanent Global Note.

No provisions of this permanent Global Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer to pay the principal and premium of and interest on the Notes when due in accordance with the Conditions.

This permanent Global Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

This permanent Global Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

In witness whereof the Issuer has caused this permanent Global Note to be duly signed on its behalf.

Dated as of the Issue Date.

VNU N.V.

By:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This permanent Global Note is authenticated

by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:

 

- 28 -


Authorised Signatory

For the purposes of authentication only.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

- 29 -


The First Schedule

Nominal amount of Notes represented by this permanent Global Note

The following (i) issues of Notes initially represented by this permanent Global Note, (ii) exchanges of interests in a temporary Global Note for interests in this permanent Global Note, (iii) exchanges of the whole of this permanent Global Note for Definitive Notes, (iv) cancellations or forfeitures of interests in this permanent Global Note and/or (v) payments of amounts payable upon redemption in respect of this permanent Global Note have been made, resulting in the nominal amount of this permanent Global Note specified in the latest entry in the fourth column:

 

Date

 

Amount of increase/
decrease in nominal amount
of this permanent Global
Note

 

Reason for increase/decrease
in nominal amount of this
permanent Global Note
(initial issue, exchange,
cancellation, forfeiture or
payment, stating amount of
payment made)

 

Nominal amount of this
permanent Global Note
following such increase/
decrease

 

Notation made by or on
behalf of the Issuing and
Paying Agent

 

- 30 -


The Second Schedule

Payments of Interest

The following payments of interest or Interest Amount in respect of this Permanent Global Note have been made:

 

Due date of payment

 

Date of payment

 

Amount of interest

 

Notation made by or on

behalf of the Issuing and

Paying Agent

 

- 31 -


The Third Schedule

[Insert the provisions of the relevant Pricing Supplement that relate to the Conditions or the Global Notes as the Third Schedule.]

 

- 32 -


The Fourth Schedule

Exercise of Noteholders’ Option

The following exercises of the option of the Noteholders provided for in the Conditions have been made in respect of the stated nominal amount of this permanent Global Note:

 

Date of exercise

 

Nominal amount of this permanent
Global Note in respect of which
exercise is made

 

Date of which exercise of such

option is effective

 

Notation made by or on behalf of the
Issuing and Paying Agent

 

- 33 -


Schedule 2

Part A

Form of Definitive Note

On the front:

 

[Denomination]

 

[ISIN]

 

[Series]

 

[Certif. No.]

[•]

     

[Currency and denomination]

[Each transaction regarding this Note which involves physical delivery hereof shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Agreement of 2 February 1987 relating to the determination of a uniform code of conduct regarding saving certificates (the “ Agreement ”) unless (i) this Note qualifies as commercial paper or as a certificate of deposit (as referred to in the Agreement) and (ii) the transaction is between professional parties].*

 


* Insert on the definitive bearer note if the Notes are subject to the provisions of the Dutch Savings Certificates Act and are not listed on Euronext Amsterdam.

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in Haarlem, The Netherlands)

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

Series No. [•]

[Title of issue ]

This Note forms one of the Series of Notes referred to above (the “ Notes ”) of VNU N.V. (the “ Issuer ”) designated as specified in the title hereof. The Notes are subject to the Terms and Conditions (the “ Conditions ”) endorsed hereon and are issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Trust Deed referred to in the Conditions. Expressions defined in the Conditions have the same meanings in this Note.

The Issuer for value received promises to pay to the bearer of this Note, on presentation and (when no further payment is due in respect of this Note) surrender of this Note on the Maturity Date (or on such earlier date as the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions and (unless this Note does not bear interest) to pay interest from the Interest Commencement Date in arrear at the rates, in the amounts and on the dates for payment provided for in the Conditions together with such other sums and additional amounts (if any) as may be payable under the Conditions, in accordance with the Conditions.

 

- 34 -


This Note shall not become valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

In witness whereof the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed on its behalf.

Dated as of the Issue Date.

VNU N.V.

By:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Note is authenticated

by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:

Authorised Signatory

For the purposes of authentication only.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

- 35 -


On the back:

Terms and Conditions of the Notes

[The Terms and Conditions that are set out in Schedule 2 Part B to the Trust Deed as amended by and incorporating any additional provisions forming part of such Terms and Conditions and set out in the relevant Pricing Supplement shall be set out here.]

ISSUING AND PAYING AGENT

Deutsche Bank AG London

Winchester House

1 Great Winchester Street

London EC2N 2DB

England

PAYING AGENT

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

2, boulevard Konrad Adenauer

L-1115 Luxembourg

 

- 36 -


Schedule 2

Part B

Terms and Conditions of the Notes

 

- 37 -


Schedule 2

Part C

Form of Coupon

On the front:

VNU N.V.

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

Series No. [•]

[Title of issue]

Coupon for [[set out amount due, if known]/the amount] due on [the Interest Payment Date falling in]* [•], [•].

[Coupon relating to Note in the nominal amount of [•]]**

This Coupon is payable to bearer (subject to the Conditions endorsed on the Note to which this Coupon relates, which shall be binding upon the holder of this Coupon whether or not it is for the time being attached to such Note) at the specified offices of the Issuing and Paying Agent and the Paying Agents set out on the reverse hereof (or any other Issuing and Paying Agent or further or other Paying Agents or specified offices duly appointed or nominated and notified to the Noteholders).

[If the Note to which this Coupon relates shall have become due and payable before the maturity date of this Coupon, this Coupon shall become void and no payment shall be made in respect of it.]***

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

VNU N.V.

By:

 

[Cp. No.]

 

[Denomination]

 

[ISIN]

 

[Series]

 

[Certif. No.]

  [•]      

 

- 38 -


On the back:

ISSUING AND PAYING AGENT

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

PAYING AGENT

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.

[*Only necessary where Interest Payment Dates are subject to adjustment in accordance with a Business Day Convention otherwise the particular Interest Payment Date should be specified.]

[**Only required for Coupons relating to Floating Rate or Index Linked Interest Notes that are issued in more than one denomination.]

[***Delete if Coupons are not to become void upon early redemption of Note.]

 

- 39 -


Schedule 2

Part D

Form of Talon

On the front:

VNU N.V.

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

Series No. [•]

[Title of issue]

Talon for further Coupons falling due on [the Interest Payment Dates falling in]*[•] [•].

[Talon relating to Note in the nominal amount of [•]]**

After all the Coupons relating to the Note to which this Talon relates have matured, further Coupons (including if appropriate a Talon for further Coupons) shall be issued at the specified office of the Issuing and Paying Agent set out on the reverse hereof (or any other Issuing and Paying Agent or specified office duly appointed or nominated and notified to the Noteholders) upon production and surrender of this Talon.

If the Note to which this Talon relates shall have become due and payable before the original due date for exchange of this Talon, this Talon shall become void and no exchange shall be made in respect of it.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

VNU N.V.

By:

 

[Talon No.]

 

[ISIN]

 

[Series]

 

[Certif. No.]

On the back:

ISSUING AND PAYING AGENT

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

PAYING AGENT

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.

 

- 40 -


[* The maturity dates of the relevant Coupons should be set out if known, otherwise reference should be made to the months and years in which the Interest Payment Dates fall due.]

[** Only required where the Series comprises Notes of more than one denomination.]

 

- 41 -


Schedule 2

Part E

Form of Receipt

VNU N.V.

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

Series No. [•]

Receipt for the sum of [•] being the instalment of principal payable in accordance with the Terms and Conditions endorsed on the Note to which this Receipt relates (the “ Conditions ”) on [•].

This Receipt is issued subject to and in accordance with the Conditions which shall be binding upon the holder of this Receipt (whether or not it is for the time being attached to such Note) and is payable at the specified office of any of the Paying Agents set out on the reverse of the Note to which this Receipt relates (and/or any other or further Paying Agents and/or specified offices as may from time to time be duly appointed and notified to the Noteholders).

This Receipt must be presented for payment together with the Note to which it relates. If the Note to which this Receipt appertains shall have become due and payable on or before the maturity date of this Receipt, this Receipt shall become void and no payment shall be made in respect of it. The Issuer shall have no obligation in respect of this Receipt if it is presented without the Note to which it relates.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

VNU N.V.

By:

 

- 42 -


Schedule 3

Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders

Interpretation

 

1 In this Schedule:

 

1.1 references to a meeting are to a meeting of Noteholders of a single series of Notes and include, unless the context otherwise requires, any adjournment

 

1.2 references to “ Notes ” and “ Noteholders ” are only to the Notes of the Series in respect of which a meeting has been, or is to be, called, and to the holders of these Notes, respectively

 

1.3 agent ” means a holder of a voting certificate or a proxy for, or representative of, a Noteholder

 

1.4 block voting instruction ” means an instruction issued in accordance with paragraphs 8 to 14

 

1.5 Extraordinary Resolution ” means a resolution passed at a meeting duly convened and held in accordance with this Trust Deed by a majority of at least 75 per cent of the votes cast

 

1.6 voting certificate ” means a certificate issued in accordance with paragraphs 5, 6, 7 and 14 and

 

1.7 references to persons representing a proportion of the Notes are to Noteholders or agents holding or representing in the aggregate at least that proportion in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

Powers of meetings

 

2 A meeting shall, subject to the Conditions and without prejudice to any powers conferred on other persons by this Trust Deed, have power by Extraordinary Resolution:

 

2.1 to sanction any proposal by the Issuer or the Trustee for any modification, abrogation, variation or compromise of, or arrangement in respect of, the rights of the Noteholders and/or the Couponholders against the Issuer, whether or not those rights arise under this Trust Deed

 

2.2 to sanction the exchange or substitution for the Notes of, or the conversion of the Notes into, shares, bonds or other obligations or securities of the Issuer or any other entity

 

2.3 to assent to any modification of this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Talons or the Coupons proposed by the Issuer or the Trustee

 

2.4 to authorise anyone to concur in and do anything necessary to carry out and give effect to an Extraordinary Resolution

 

2.5 to give any authority, direction or sanction required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution

 

2.6 to appoint any persons (whether Noteholders or not) as a committee or committees to represent the Noteholders’ interests and to confer on them any powers or discretions which the Noteholders could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution

 

2.7 to approve a proposed new Trustee and to remove a Trustee

 

2.8 to approve the substitution of any entity for the Issuer (or any previous substitute) as principal debtor or guarantor under this Trust Deed and

 

- 43 -


2.9 to discharge or exonerate the Trustee from any liability in respect of any act or omission for which it may become responsible under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Talons or the Coupons

provided that the special quorum provisions in paragraph 18 shall apply to any Extraordinary Resolution (a “ special quorum resolution ”) for the purpose of sub-paragraph 2.2 or 2.8, any of the proposals listed in Condition 10(a) or any amendment to this proviso.

Convening a meeting

 

3 The Issuer or the Trustee may at any time convene a meeting. If it receives a written request by Noteholders holding at least 10 per cent in nominal amount of the Notes of any Series for the time being outstanding and is indemnified to its satisfaction against all costs and expenses, the Trustee shall convene a meeting of the Noteholders of that Series. Every meeting shall be held at a time and place approved by the Trustee.

 

4 At least 21 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and of the day of the meeting) shall be given to the Noteholders. A copy of the notice shall be given by the party convening the meeting to the other parties. The notice shall specify the day, time and place of meeting and, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees, the nature of the resolutions to be proposed and shall explain how Noteholders may appoint proxies or representatives, obtain voting certificates and use block voting instructions and the details of the time limits applicable.

Arrangements for voting

 

5 If a holder of a Note wishes to obtain a voting certificate in respect of it for a meeting, he must deposit it for that purpose at least 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting with a Paying Agent or to the order of a Paying Agent with a bank or other depositary nominated by the Paying Agent for the purpose. The Paying Agent shall then issue a voting certificate in respect of it.

 

6 A voting certificate shall:

 

6.1 be a document in the English language

 

6.2 be dated

 

6.3 specify the meeting concerned and the serial numbers of the Notes deposited and

 

6.4 entitle, and state that it entitles, its bearer to attend and vote at that meeting in respect of those Notes.

 

7 Once a Paying Agent has issued a voting certificate for a meeting in respect of a Note, it shall not release the Note until either:

 

7.1 the meeting has been concluded or

 

7.2 the voting certificate has been surrendered to the Paying Agent.

 

8 If a holder of a Note wishes the votes attributable to it to be included in a block voting instruction for a meeting, then, at least 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, (i) he must deposit the Note for that purpose with a Paying Agent or to the order of a Paying Agent with a bank or other depositary nominated by the Paying Agent for the purpose and (ii) he or a duly authorised person on his behalf must direct the Paying Agent how those votes are to be cast. The Paying Agent shall issue a block voting instruction in respect of the votes attributable to all Notes so deposited.

 

- 44 -


9 A block voting instruction shall:

 

9.1 be a document in the English language

 

9.2 be dated

 

9.3 specify the meeting concerned

 

9.4 list the total number and serial numbers of the Notes deposited, distinguishing with regard to each resolution between those voting for and those voting against it

 

9.5 certify that such list is in accordance with Notes deposited and directions received as provided in paragraphs 8, 11 and 14 and

 

9.6 appoint a named person (a “ proxy ”) to vote at that meeting in respect of those Notes and in accordance with that list.

A proxy need not be a Noteholder.

 

10 Once a Paying Agent has issued a block voting instruction for a meeting in respect of the votes attributable to any Notes:

 

10.1 it shall not release the Notes, except as provided in paragraph 11, until the meeting has been concluded and

 

10.2 the directions to which it gives effect may not be revoked or altered during the 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting.

 

11 If the receipt for a Note deposited with a Paying Agent in accordance with paragraph 8 is surrendered to the Paying Agent at least 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, the Paying Agent shall release the Note and exclude the votes attributable to it from the block voting instruction.

 

12 Each block voting instruction shall be deposited at least 24 hours before the time fixed for the meeting at such place as the Trustee shall designate or approve, and in default it shall not be valid unless the chairman of the meeting decides otherwise before the meeting proceeds to business. If the Trustee requires, a notarially certified copy of each block voting instruction shall be produced by the proxy at the meeting but the Trustee need not investigate or be concerned with the validity of the proxy’s appointment.

 

13 A vote cast in accordance with a block voting instruction shall be valid even if it or any of the Noteholders’ instructions pursuant to which it was executed has previously been revoked or amended, unless written intimation of such revocation or amendment is received from the relevant Paying Agent by the Issuer or the Trustee at its registered office or by the chairman of the meeting in each case at least 24 hours before the time fixed for the meeting.

 

14 No Note may be deposited with or to the order of a Paying Agent at the same time for the purposes of both paragraph 5 and paragraph 8 for the same meeting.

Chairman

 

15 The chairman of a meeting shall be such person as the Trustee may nominate in writing, but if no such nomination is made or if the person nominated is not present within 15 minutes after the time fixed for the meeting the Noteholders or agents present shall choose one of their number to be chairman, failing which the Issuer may appoint a chairman. The chairman need not be a Noteholder or agent. The chairman of an adjourned meeting need not be the same person as the chairman of the original meeting.

 

- 45 -


Attendance

 

16 The following may attend and speak at a meeting:

 

16.1 Noteholders and agents

 

16.2 the chairman

 

16.3 the Issuer and the Trustee (through their respective representatives) and their respective financial and legal advisers

 

16.4 the Dealers and their advisers.

No-one else may attend or speak.

Quorum and Adjournment

 

17 No business (except choosing a chairman) shall be transacted at a meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes from the time initially fixed for the meeting, it shall, if convened on the requisition of Noteholders or if the Issuer and the Trustee agree, be dissolved. In any other case it shall be adjourned until such date, not less than 14 nor more than 42 days later, and time and place as the chairman may decide. If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes from the time fixed for a meeting so adjourned, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

18 Two or more Noteholders or agents present in person shall be a quorum:

 

18.1 in the cases marked “No minimum proportion” in the table below, whatever the proportion of the Notes which they represent

 

18.2 in any other case, only if they represent the proportion of the Notes shown by the table below.

 

COLUMN 1

 

COLUMN 2

 

COLUMN 3

Purpose of meeting  

Any meeting except one referred to in column 3

 

______________________

 

Meeting previously adjourned through want of a quorum

 

______________________

  Required proportion   Required proportion
To pass a special quorum resolution   75 per cent   25 per cent
To pass any other Extraordinary Resolution   A clear majority   No minimum proportion
Any other purpose   10 per cent   No minimum proportion

 

- 46 -


19 The chairman may with the consent of (and shall if directed by) a meeting adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place. Only business which could have been transacted at the original meeting may be transacted at a meeting adjourned in accordance with this paragraph or paragraph 17.

 

20 At least 10 days’ notice of a meeting adjourned through want of a quorum shall be given in the same manner as for an original meeting and that notice shall state the quorum required at the adjourned meeting. No notice need, however, otherwise be given of an adjourned meeting.

Voting

 

21 Each question submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a show of hands unless a poll is (before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands) demanded by the chairman, the Issuer, the Trustee or one or more persons representing 2 per cent of the Notes.

 

22 Unless a poll is demanded a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has or has not been passed shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes cast in favour of or against it.

 

23 If a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner and (subject as provided below) either at once or after such adjournment as the chairman directs. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which it was demanded as at the date it was taken. A demand for a poll shall not prevent the meeting continuing for the transaction of business other than the question on which it has been demanded.

 

24 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken at once.

 

25 On a show of hands every person who is present in person and who produces a Note or a voting certificate or is a proxy or representative has one vote. On a poll every such person has one vote in respect of each nominal amount equal to the minimum Specified Denomination of such Series of Notes so produced or represented by the voting certificate so produced or for which he is a proxy or representative. Without prejudice to the obligations of proxies, a person entitled to more than one vote need not use them all or cast them all in the same way.

 

26 In case of equality of votes the chairman shall both on a show of hands and on a poll have a casting vote in addition to any other votes which he may have.

Effect and Publication of an Extraordinary Resolution

 

27 An Extraordinary Resolution shall be binding on all the Noteholders, whether or not present at the meeting, and on all the Couponholders and each of them shall be bound to give effect to it accordingly. The passing of such a resolution shall be conclusive evidence that the circumstances justify its being passed. The Issuer shall give notice of the passing of an Extraordinary Resolution to Noteholders within 14 days but failure to do so shall not invalidate the resolution.

Minutes

 

28 Minutes shall be made of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting and, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of that meeting or of the next succeeding meeting, shall be conclusive evidence of the matters in them. Until the contrary is proved every meeting for which minutes have been so made and signed shall be deemed to have been duly convened and held and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted at it to have been duly passed and transacted.

 

- 47 -


Trustee’s Power to Prescribe Regulations

 

29 Subject to all other provisions in this Trust Deed the Trustee may without the consent of the Noteholders prescribe such further regulations regarding the holding of meetings and attendance and voting at them as it in its sole discretion determines including (without limitation) such requirements as the Trustee thinks reasonable to satisfy itself that the persons who purport to make any requisition in accordance with this Trust Deed are entitled to do so and as to the form of voting certificates or block voting instructions so as to satisfy itself that persons who purport to attend or vote at a meeting are entitled to do so.

 

30 The holder of a Global Note shall (unless such Global Note represents only one Note) be treated as 2 persons for the purposes of any quorum requirements of a meeting of Noteholders.

 

31 The foregoing provisions of this Schedule shall have effect subject to the following provisions:

 

31.1 Meetings of Noteholders of separate Series will normally be held separately. However, the Trustee may from time to time determine that meetings of Noteholders of separate Series shall be held together

 

31.2 A resolution that in the opinion of the Trustee affects one Series alone shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a separate meeting of the Noteholders of the Series concerned

 

31.3 A resolution that in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Noteholders of more than one Series but does not give rise to a conflict of interest between the Noteholders of the different Series concerned shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a single meeting of the Noteholders of the relevant Series provided that for the purposes of determining the votes a Noteholder is entitled to cast pursuant to paragraph 25, each Noteholder shall have one vote in respect of each €1,000 nominal amount of Notes held, converted, if such Notes are not denominated in euro, in accordance with sub-Clause 10.13

 

31.4 A resolution that in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Noteholders of more than one Series and gives or may give rise to a conflict of interest between the Noteholders of the different Series concerned shall be deemed to have been duly passed only if it shall be duly passed at separate meetings of the Noteholders of the relevant Series

 

31.5 To all such meetings as aforesaid all the preceding provisions of this Schedule shall mutatis mutandis apply as though references therein to Notes and to Noteholders were references to the Notes and Noteholders of the Series concerned.

 

- 48 -


In witness whereof this Trust Deed has been executed as a deed on the date stated at the beginning.

VNU N.V.

 

By: F.J.G.M. CREMERS

THE COMMON SEAL OF DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED was affixed in the presence of:

 

SUZIE SMITH    DAVID GOODCHILD
Associate Director                    Associate Director

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

 

Contents

   Page
1    Interpretation    1
2    Issue of Notes and Covenant to pay    4
3    Form of the Notes    6
4    Stamp Duties and Taxes    6
5    Application of moneys received by the Trustee    7
6    Enforcement    8
7    Proceedings    8
8    Covenants    8
9    Remuneration and Indemnification of the Trustee    10
10    Provisions supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000    11
11    Trustee liable for negligence    14
12    Waiver and proof of default    14
13    Trustee not precluded from entering into contracts    14
14    Modification and Substitution    14
15    Appointment, Retirement and Removal of the Trustee    16
16    Notes held in Clearing Systems and Couponholders    16
17    Currency Indemnity    17
18    Communications    17
19    Governing Law and Jurisdiction    17
Schedule 1 Part A Form of Temporary Global Note    19
Schedule 1 Part B Form of Permanent Global Note    25
Schedule 2 Part A Form of Definitive Note    34
Schedule 2 Part B Terms and Conditions of the Notes    37

 

i


Schedule 2 Part C Form of Coupon    38
Schedule 2 Part D Form of Talon    40
Schedule 2 Part E Form of Receipt    42
Schedule 3 Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders    43

 

ii

Exhibit 4.8(b)

CONFORMED COPY

Dated 27 October 2003

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in

Haarlem, The Netherlands)

and

DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED

relating to

VNU N.V.

€2,500,000,000

Euro Medium Term Note Programme

arranged by

MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL

LOGO

Ref: JALP/ALZW


This Supplemental Trust Deed is made on 27 October 2003 between :

 

(1) VNU N.V. (a company incorporated with limited liability in the Netherlands, with its corporate seat in Haarlem, The Netherlands) (the “ Issuer ”) and

 

(2) DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED (the “ Trustee ”, which expression, where the context so admits, includes any other trustee for the time being of this Trust Deed).

Whereas :

 

(A) This Supplemental Trust Deed is supplemental to an amended and restated trust deed between the same parties dated 29 October 2002 (the “ Trust Deed ”) and is being entered into by the parties hereto for the purpose of amending and supplementing provisions of the Trust Deed.

 

(B) The Trustee, being of the opinion that to do so is not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders, hereby agrees in the exercise of the power conferred on it by Clause 14.1 of the Trust Deed to modify the Trust Deed in the manner set out herein.

This Supplemental Trust Deed witnesses and it is declared as follows:

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions : Capitalised terms used in this Supplemental Trust Deed but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Trust Deed.

 

1.2 Headings : Headings shall be ignored in construing this Supplemental Trust Deed.

 

1.3 Effect : The Trust Deed is hereby amended in the form of this Supplemental Trust Deed and shall henceforward in relation to Notes issued after 27 October 2003 have effect as so amended and supplemented. For the avoidance of doubt the Trust Deed without the amendments set out herein shall continue to have effect in relation to Notes issued prior to 27 October 2003.

 

2 Modifications to the Trust Deed

The following modifications to the Trust Deed will be effective from the date of this Deed:

 

2.1 The Programme has been amended so that the aggregate nominal amount of Notes outstanding will not at any time exceed €2,500,000,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies).

All references in the Trust Deed to “€2,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme” shall be deleted and replaced by “€2,500,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme”.

 

2.2 Schedule 1, Part A (Form of Temporary Global Note) of the Trust Deed will be deleted and replaced with Schedule 1, Part A to this Deed.

 

2.3 Schedule 1, Part B (Form of Permanent Global Note) of the Trust Deed will be deleted and replaced with Schedule 1, Part B to this Deed.

 

2.4 Schedule 2, Part A (Form of Definitive Note) of the Trust Deed will be deleted and replaced with Schedule 2, Part A to this Deed.

 

1


2.5 The definition of “Material Subsidiary” on page 38 in paragraph “3 Negative Pledge”, Schedule 2, Part B (Terms and Conditions of the Notes) of the Trust Deed will be amended by the deletion of the word “net” in the phrase “total net revenues”.

 

3 Incorporation of the Trust Deed

The provisions of the Trust Deed as varied and supplemented by this Supplemental Trust Deed shall, so far as the context permits and insofar as such provisions are not inconsistent herewith, apply in respect of the issue of Notes under the Programme as fully as if they had been set out herein and references in the Trust Deed to “this Trust Deed” shall be deemed to be references to the Trust Deed as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Trust Deed.

 

4 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

4.1 Governing Law: This Supplemental Trust Deed is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

 

4.2 Jurisdiction: The courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes that may arise out of or in connection with this Supplemental Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Talons and accordingly any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Supplemental Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Talons (“ Proceedings ”) may be brought in such courts. The Issuer irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and waives any objections to Proceedings in such courts on the ground of venue or on the ground that the Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum. This submission is for the benefit of each of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders and shall not limit the right of any of them to take Proceedings in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not).

 

4.3 Service of Process: The Issuer irrevocably appoints The Law Debenture Corporation plc at its registered office for the time being in London to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings in England. Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (whether or not it is forwarded to and received by the Issuer). If for any reason such process agent ceases to be able to act as such or no longer has an address in England the Issuer irrevocably agrees to appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the Trustee and shall immediately notify the Trustee of such appointment. Nothing shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

In witness whereof this Supplemental Trust Deed has been executed as a deed on the date stated at the beginning.

VNU N.V.

 

By: DR F.J.G.M. CREMERS

THEO VAN KAMPEN

 

2


THE COMMON SEAL OF DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED was affixed in the presence of:

 

 

ANGELINE GARVEY      SALLY WALLER
Associate Director      Assistant Secretary

 

3


Schedule 1

Part A

Form of Temporary Global Note

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in

Haarlem, The Netherlands)

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

Temporary Global Note No. [•]

This temporary Global Note is issued in respect of the Notes (the “ Notes ”) of the Tranche and Series specified in the Second Schedule hereto of VNU N.V. (the “ Issuer ”).

Interpretation and Definitions

References in this temporary Global Note to the “ Conditions ” are to the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Notes (which are in the form set out in Schedule 2 Part B to the Trust Deed (as amended or supplemented as at the Issue Date, the “ Trust Deed ”) dated 29 October 2002 as supplemented by a Supplemental Trust Deed dated 27 October 2003 between the Issuer, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee, as such form is supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the provisions of this temporary Global Note (including the supplemental definitions and any modifications or additions set out in the Second Schedule hereto), which in the event of any conflict shall prevail). Other capitalised terms used in this temporary Global Note shall have the meanings given to them in the Conditions or the Trust Deed. If the Second Schedule hereto specifies that the applicable TEFRA exemption is either “C Rules” or “not applicable”, this temporary Global Note is a “C Rules Note”, otherwise this temporary Global Note is a “D Rules Note”.

Aggregate Nominal Amount

The aggregate nominal amount from time to time of this temporary Global Note shall be an amount equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes as shall be shown by the latest entry in the fourth column of the First Schedule hereto, which shall be completed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent upon (i) the issue of Notes represented hereby, (ii) the exchange of the whole or a part of this temporary Global Note for a corresponding interest in a permanent Global Note or, as the case may be, in whole for Definitive Notes, (iii) the redemption or purchase and cancellation of Notes represented hereby and/or (iv) in the case of Partly Paid Notes, the forfeiture of Notes represented hereby in accordance with the Conditions relating to such Partly Paid Notes, all as described below.

Promise to Pay

Subject as provided herein, the Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer of this temporary Global Note, upon presentation and (when no further payment is due in respect of this temporary Global Note) surrender of this temporary Global Note, on the Maturity Date (or on such earlier date as the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions in respect of the aggregate nominal amount of Notes represented by this temporary Global Note and

 

4


(unless this temporary Global Note does not bear interest) to pay interest in respect of such aggregate nominal amount of Notes from the Interest Commencement Date in arrear at the rates, in the amounts and on the dates for payment provided for in the Conditions together with such other sums and additional amounts (if any) as may be payable under the Conditions, in accordance with the Conditions.

Exchange

Subject as provided in the Conditions applicable to Partly Paid Notes, on or after the first day following the expiry of 40 days after the Issue Date (the “ Exchange Date ”), this temporary Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge to the holder) in whole or (in the case of a D Rules Note only and in respect of exchange for a permanent Global Note only) from time to time in part by its presentation and, on exchange in full, surrender to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent for interests in a permanent Global Note, if so specified in the Second Schedule hereto, for Definitive Notes in an aggregate nominal amount equal to the nominal amount of this temporary Global Note submitted for exchange provided that, in the case of any part of a D Rules Note submitted for exchange for a permanent Global Note or Definitive Notes, there shall have been Certification with respect to such nominal amount submitted for such exchange dated no earlier than the Exchange Date.

Certification ” means the presentation to the Issuing and Paying Agent of a certificate or certificates with respect to one or more interests in this temporary Global Note, signed by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, substantially to the effect set out in Schedule 4 to the Agency Agreement to the effect that it has received a certificate or certificates substantially to the effect set out in Schedule 3 to the Agency Agreement with respect thereto and that no contrary advice as to the contents thereof has been received by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be.

Upon the whole or a part of this temporary Global Note being exchanged for a permanent Global Note, such permanent Global Note may be exchangeable, in accordance with its terms, for Definitive Notes.

The Definitive Notes for which this temporary Global Note or a permanent Global Note may be exchangeable shall be duly executed and authenticated, shall, in the case of Definitive Notes, have attached to them all Coupons (and, where appropriate, Talons) in respect of interest, and all Receipts in respect of Instalment Amounts, that have not already been paid on this temporary Global Note or the permanent Global Note, as the case may be, shall be security printed and shall be substantially in the form set out in the Schedules to the Trust Deed as supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the terms of the Second Schedule hereto.

On any exchange of a part of this temporary Global Note for an equivalent interest in a permanent Global Note, the portion of the nominal amount hereof so exchanged shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent in Part I of the First Schedule hereto, whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so exchanged and endorsed.

Benefit of Conditions

Except as otherwise specified herein, this temporary Global Note is subject to the Conditions and the Trust Deed and, until the whole of this temporary Global Note is exchanged for equivalent interests in a permanent Global Note or for Definitive Notes, as the case may be, the holder of this temporary Global Note shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if it were the holder of the permanent Global Note (or the relevant part of it) or the Definitive Notes, as the case may be, for which it may be exchanged as if such permanent Global Note or Definitive Notes had been issued on the Issue Date.

 

5


Payments

No person shall be entitled to receive any payment in respect of the Notes represented by this temporary Global Note that falls due on or after the Exchange Date unless, upon due presentation of this temporary Global Note for exchange, delivery of (or, in the case of a subsequent exchange, due endorsement of) a permanent Global Note or delivery of Definitive Notes is improperly withheld or refused by or on behalf of the Issuer.

Payments due in respect of a D Rules Note before the Exchange Date shall only be made in relation to such nominal amount of this temporary Global Note with respect to which there shall have been Certification dated no earlier than such due date for payment.

Any payments that are made in respect of this temporary Global Note shall be made to its holder against presentation and (if no further payment falls to be made on it) surrender of it at the specified office of the Issuing and Paying Agent or of any other Paying Agent provided for in the Conditions. If any payment in full of principal is made in respect of any Note represented by this temporary Global Note, the portion of this temporary Global Note representing such Note shall be cancelled and the amount so cancelled shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent in the First Schedule hereto (such endorsement being prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made) whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so cancelled and endorsed. If any other payments are made in respect of the Notes represented by this temporary Global Note, a record of each such payment shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent on an additional schedule hereto (such endorsement being prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made).

Cancellation

Cancellation of any Note represented by this temporary Global Note that is required by the Conditions to be cancelled (other than upon its redemption) shall be effected by reduction in the nominal amount of this temporary Global Note representing such Note on its presentation to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent for endorsement in the First Schedule hereto, whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so cancelled and endorsed.

Issuer’s Options

Any option of the Issuer provided for in the Conditions shall be exercised by the Issuer giving notice to the Noteholders within the time limits set out in and containing the information required by the Conditions, except that the notice shall not be required to contain the serial numbers of Notes drawn in the case of a partial exercise of an option and accordingly no drawing of Notes shall be required.

Notices

Notices required to be given in respect of the Notes represented by this temporary Global Note may be given by their being delivered (so long as this temporary Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system) to Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or such other clearing system, as the case may be, or otherwise to the holder of this temporary Global Note, rather than by publication as required by the Conditions, except that so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, notices shall also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ).

 

6


No provision of this temporary Global Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer to pay the principal and premium of and interest on the Notes when due in accordance with the Conditions.

This temporary Global Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

This temporary Global Note is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

In witness whereof the Issuer has caused this temporary Global Note to be duly signed on its behalf.

Dated as of the Issue Date.

VNU N.V.

By:

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This temporary Global Note is authenticated

by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:

 

Authorised Signatory

For the purposes of authentication only.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

7


The First Schedule

Nominal amount of Notes represented by this temporary Global Note

The following (i) issue of Notes initially represented by this temporary Global Note, (ii) exchanges of the whole or a part of this temporary Global Note for interests in a permanent Global Note or (provided the exchange is in whole), for Definitive Notes and/or (iii) cancellations or forfeitures of interests in this temporary Global Note have been made, resulting in the nominal amount of this temporary Global Note specified in the latest entry in the fourth column below:

 

Date

 

Amount of

decrease in

nominal amount

of this

temporary

Global Note

 

Reason for

decrease in nominal

amount of this

temporary Global

Note (exchange,

cancellation or

forfeiture)

 

Nominal amount

of this

temporary

Global Note on

issue or

following such

decrease

 

Notation made

by or on

behalf of the

Issuing and

Paying Agent

Issue Date

  not applicable   not applicable    

 

8


The Second Schedule

[Insert the provisions of the relevant Pricing Supplement that relate to the Conditions or the Global Notes as the Second Schedule]

 

9


Schedule 1

Part B

Form of Permanent Global Note

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in

Haarlem, The Netherlands)

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

Permanent Global Note No. [•]

This permanent Global Note is issued in respect of the Notes (the “ Notes ”) of the Tranche(s) and Series specified in the Third Schedule hereto of VNU N.V. (the “ Issuer ”).

Interpretation and Definitions

References in this permanent Global Note to the “ Conditions ” are to the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Notes (which are in the form set out in Schedule 2 Part B to the Trust Deed (as amended or supplemented as at the Issue Date, the “ Trust Deed ”) dated 29 October 2002 as supplemented by a Supplemental Trust Deed dated 27 October 2003 between the Issuer, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee, as such form is supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the provisions of this permanent Global Note (including the supplemental definitions and any modifications or additions set out in the Third Schedule hereto), which in the event of any conflict shall prevail). Other capitalised terms used in this permanent Global Note shall have the meanings given to them in the Conditions or the Trust Deed.

Aggregate Nominal Amount

The aggregate nominal amount from time to time of this permanent Global Note shall be an amount equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes as shall be shown by the latest entry in the fourth column of the First Schedule hereto, which shall be completed by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent upon (i) the exchange of the whole or a part of the temporary Global Note initially representing the Notes for a corresponding interest herein (in the case of Notes represented by a temporary Global Note upon issue), (ii) the issue of the Notes represented hereby (in the case of Notes represented by this permanent Global Note upon issue), (iii) the exchange of the whole of this permanent Global Note for Definitive Notes (iv) the redemption or purchase and cancellation of Notes represented hereby and/or (v) in the case of Partly Paid Notes, the forfeiture of Notes represented hereby in accordance with the Conditions relating to such Partly Paid Notes, all as described below.

Promise to Pay

Subject as provided herein, the Issuer, for value received, hereby promises to pay to the bearer of this permanent Global Note, upon presentation and (when no further payment is due in respect of this permanent Global Note) surrender of this permanent Global Note, on the Maturity Date (or on such earlier date as the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions in respect of the aggregate nominal amount of Notes represented by this permanent Global Note and (unless this permanent Global Note does not bear interest) to pay interest in

 

10


respect of such aggregate nominal amount of Notes from the Interest Commencement Date in arrear at the rates, in the amounts and on the dates for payment provided for in the Conditions together with such other sums and additional amounts (if any) as may be payable under the Conditions, in accordance with the Conditions.

Exchange

This permanent Global Note is exchangeable (free of charge to the holder) on or after the Exchange Date in whole but not in part for the Definitive Notes represented by the Certificates described below:

 

1 by the Issuer giving notice to the Issuing and Paying Agent, the Trustee and the Noteholders of its intention to effect such exchange

 

2 otherwise, if this permanent Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system (an “ Alternative Clearing System ”) and any such clearing system is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holidays, statutory or otherwise) or announces an intention permanently to cease business or does in fact do so.

Exchange Date ” means a day falling not less than 60 days, or in the case of failure to pay principal in respect of any Note when due (where such failure is continuing beyond any applicable grace period) 30 days after that on which the notice requiring exchange is given and on which banks are open for business in the city in which the specified office of the Issuing and Paying Agent is located and, except in the case of exchange pursuant to 2 above, in the cities in which Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg or, if relevant, the Alternative Clearing System, are located.

Subject as provided in the Conditions applicable to Party Paid Notes, any such exchange may be effected on or after an Exchange Date by the holder of this permanent Global Note surrendering this permanent Global Note to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent. In exchange for this permanent Global Note, the Issuer shall deliver, or procure the delivery of, duly executed and authenticated Definitive Notes in an aggregate nominal amount equal to the nominal amount of this permanent Global Note submitted for exchange (if appropriate, having attached to them all Coupons (and, where appropriate, Talons) in respect of interest, and all Receipts in respect of Instalment Amounts, that have not already been paid on this permanent Global Note), security printed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed as supplemented and/or modified and/or superseded by the terms of the Third Schedule hereto.

Benefit of Conditions

Except as otherwise specified herein, this permanent Global Note is subject to the Conditions and the Trust Deed and, until the whole of this permanent Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, the holder of this permanent Global Note shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if it were the holder of the Definitive Notes for which it may be exchanged and as if such Definitive Notes had been issued on the Issue Date.

Payments

No person shall be entitled to receive any payment in respect of the Notes represented by this permanent Global Note that falls due after an Exchange Date for such Notes, unless upon due presentation of this permanent Global Note for exchange, delivery of Definitive Notes is improperly withheld or refused by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Issuer does not perform or comply with any one or more of what are expressed to be its obligations under any Definitive Notes.

 

11


Payments in respect of this permanent Global Note shall be made to its holder against presentation and (if no further payment falls to be made on it) surrender of it at the specified office of the Issuing and Paying Agent or of any other Paying Agent provided for in the Conditions. A record of each such payment shall be endorsed on the First or Second Schedule hereto, as appropriate, by the Issuing and Paying Agent or by the relevant Paying Agent, for and on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent, which endorsement shall (until the contrary is proved) be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

Prescription

Claims in respect of principal and interest (as each is defined in the Conditions) in respect of this permanent Global Note shall become void unless it is presented for payment within a period of 10 years (in the case of principal) and 5 years (in the case of interest) from the appropriate Relevant Date.

Meetings

The holder of this permanent Global Note shall (unless this permanent Global Note represents only one Note) be treated as 2 persons for the purposes of any quorum requirements of a meeting of Noteholders and, at any such meeting, as having one vote in respect of each nominal amount of Notes equal to the minimum Specified Denomination of the Notes for which this permanent Global Note may be exchanged.

Cancellation

Cancellation of any Note represented by this permanent Global Note that is required by the Conditions to be cancelled (other than upon its redemption) shall be effected by reduction in the nominal amount of this permanent Global Note representing such Note on its presentation to or to the order of the Issuing and Paying Agent for endorsement in the First Schedule hereto, whereupon the nominal amount hereof shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so cancelled and endorsed.

Purchase

Notes may only be purchased by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries if they are purchased together with the right to receive all future payments of interest and Instalment Amounts (if any) thereon.

Issuer’s Options

Any option of the Issuer provided for in the Conditions shall be exercised by the Issuer giving notice to the Noteholders within the time limits set out in and containing the information required by the Conditions, except that the notice shall not be required to contain the serial numbers of Notes drawn in the case of a partial exercise of an option and accordingly no drawing of Notes shall be required.

Noteholders’ Options

Any option of the Noteholders provided for in the Conditions may be exercised by the holder of this permanent Global Note giving notice to the Issuing and Paying Agent within the time limits relating to the deposit of Notes with a Paying Agent set out in the Conditions substantially in the form of the notice available from any Paying Agent, except that the notice shall not be required to contain the serial numbers of the Notes in respect of which the option has been exercised, and stating the nominal amount of Notes in respect of which the option is exercised and at the same time presenting this permanent Global Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent, or to a Paying Agent acting on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent, for notation accordingly in the Fourth Schedule hereto.

 

12


Notices

Notices required to be given in respect of the Notes represented by this permanent Global Note may be given by their being delivered (so long as this permanent Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system) to Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or such other clearing system, as the case may be, or otherwise to the holder of this permanent Global Note, rather than by publication as required by the Conditions, except that so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, notices shall also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ).

Negotiability

This permanent Global Note is a bearer document and negotiable and accordingly:

 

1 is freely transferable by delivery and such transfer shall operate to confer upon the transferee all rights and benefits appertaining hereto and to bind the transferee with all obligations appertaining hereto pursuant to the Conditions

 

2 the holder of this permanent Global Note is and shall be absolutely entitled as against all previous holders to receive all amounts by way of amounts payable upon redemption, interest or otherwise payable in respect of this permanent Global Note and the Issuer has waived against such holder and any previous holder of this permanent Global Note all rights of set-off or counterclaim that would or might otherwise be available to it in respect of the obligations evidenced by this Global Note and

 

3 payment upon due presentation of this permanent Global Note as provided herein shall operate as a good discharge against such holder and all previous holders of this permanent Global Note.

No provisions of this permanent Global Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer to pay the principal and premium of and interest on the Notes when due in accordance with the Conditions.

This permanent Global Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

This permanent Global Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

In witness whereof the Issuer has caused this permanent Global Note to be duly signed on its behalf.

Dated as of the Issue Date.

VNU N.V.

By:

 

13


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This permanent Global Note is authenticated

by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:

 

Authorised Signatory

For the purposes of authentication only.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

14


The First Schedule

Nominal amount of Notes represented by this permanent Global Note

The following (i) issues of Notes initially represented by this permanent Global Note, (ii) exchanges of interests in a temporary Global Note for interests in this permanent Global Note, (iii) exchanges of the whole of this permanent Global Note for Definitive Notes, (iv) cancellations or forfeitures of interests in this permanent Global Note and/or (v) payments of amounts payable upon redemption in respect of this permanent Global Note have been made, resulting in the nominal amount of this permanent Global Note specified in the latest entry in the fourth column:

 

Date

 

Amount of

increase/decrease

in nominal amount

of this permanent

Global Note

 

Reason for

increase/decrease in

nominal amount of

this permanent

Global Note (initial

issue, exchange,

cancellation,

forfeiture or

payment, stating

amount of payment made)

 

Nominal amount

of this permanent

Global Note

following such

increase/decrease

 

Notation

made by or

on behalf of

the Issuing

and Paying

Agent

 

15


The Second Schedule

Payments of Interest

The following payments of interest or Interest Amount in respect of this Permanent Global Note have been made:

 

Due date of payment

 

Date of payment

 

Amount of interest

 

Notation made by or on

behalf of the Issuing and

Paying Agent

 

16


The Third Schedule

[Insert the provisions of the relevant Pricing Supplement that relate to the Conditions or the Global Notes as the Third Schedule.]

 

17


The Fourth Schedule

Exercise of Noteholders’ Option

The following exercises of the option of the Noteholders provided for in the Conditions have been made in respect of the stated nominal amount of this permanent Global Note:

 

Date of exercise

 

Nominal amount of

this permanent Global

Note in respect of

which exercise is

made

 

Date of which

exercise of such

option is effective

 

Notation made by or

on behalf of the

Issuing and Paying

Agent

 

18


Schedule 2

Part A

Form of Definitive Note

On the front:

 

[Denomination]

 

[ISIN]

 

[Series]

 

[Certif. No.]

[•]      

[Currency and denomination]

[Each transaction regarding this Note which involves physical delivery hereof shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Agreement of 2 February 1987 relating to the determination of a uniform code of conduct regarding saving certificates (the “ Agreement ”) unless (i) this Note qualifies as commercial paper or as a certificate of deposit (as referred to in the Agreement) and (ii) the transaction is between professional parties].*

 


* Insert on the definitive bearer note if the Notes are subject to the provisions of the Dutch Savings Certificates Act and are not listed on Euronext Amsterdam.

VNU N.V.

(a company incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands, with its corporate seat in

Haarlem, The Netherlands)

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

Series No. [•]

[Title of issue]

This Note forms one of the Series of Notes referred to above (the “ Notes ”) of VNU N.V. (the “ Issuer ”) designated as specified in the title hereof. The Notes are subject to the Terms and Conditions (the “ Conditions ”) endorsed hereon and are issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Trust Deed referred to in the Conditions. Expressions defined in the Conditions have the same meanings in this Note.

The Issuer for value received promises to pay to the bearer of this Note, on presentation and (when no further payment is due in respect of this Note) surrender of this Note on the Maturity Date (or on such earlier date as the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the amount payable upon redemption under the Conditions and (unless this Note does not bear interest) to pay interest from the Interest Commencement Date in arrear at the rates, in the amounts and on the dates for payment provided for in the Conditions together with such other sums and additional amounts (if any) as may be payable under the Conditions, in accordance with the Conditions.

This Note shall not become valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

 

19


In witness whereof the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed on its behalf.

Dated as of the Issue Date.

VNU N.V.

By:

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Note is authenticated

by or on behalf of the Issuing and Paying Agent.

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON

as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:

 

Authorised Signatory

For the purposes of authentication only.

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

[UNLESS BETWEEN INDIVIDUALS NOT ACTING IN THE CONDUCT OF A PROFESSION OR BUSINESS, EACH TRANSACTION REGARDING THIS NOTE WHICH INVOLVES THE PHYSICAL DELIVERY THEREOF WITHIN, FROM OR INTO THE NETHERLANDS MUST BE EFFECTED (AS REQUIRED BY THE NETHERLANDS SAVINGS CERTIFICATES ACT ( WET INZAKE SPAARBEWIJZEN )) THROUGH THE MEDIATION OF THE ISSUER OR A MEMBER OF EURONEXT AMSTERDAM N.V. AND, UNLESS THIS NOTE QUALIFIES AS COMMERCIAL PAPER OR AS A CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT AND THE TRANSACTION IS BETWEEN PROFESSIONAL PARTIES, MUST BE RECORDED IN A TRANSACTION NOTE WHICH INCLUDES THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH PARTY TO THE TRANSACTION, THE NATURE OF THE TRANSACTION AND THE DETAILS AND SERIAL NUMBER OF THIS NOTE.] 1

 


1

Include on zero coupon or discounted bearer Notes and other bearer Notes on which interest does not become due and payable during their term but only at maturity ( spaarbewijzen as defined in the Netherlands Savings Certificates Act) and which are (a) not listed on Euronext Amsterdam and (b) physically issued within the Netherlands or physically issued outside the Netherlands but distributed in the Netherlands immediately thereafter.

 

20

Exhibit 5.1

Form of Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP

 

June     , 2007

The Nielsen Company B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

Nielsen Finance LLC

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

Nielsen Finance Co.

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

 

  Re: Registration of Securities of The Nielsen Company B.V., Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

At your request, we have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-142546), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), of The Nielsen Company B.V., a Netherlands private company with limited liability (the “ Dutch Issuer ”), Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation, (each a “ U.S. Issuer ”, and together, the “ U.S. Issuers ”), in connection with (i) the Dutch Issuer’s offer to exchange up to €343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Dutch Issuer’s 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016 (the “ Dutch Exchange Notes ”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), for a like principal amount of the Dutch Issuer’s outstanding 11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016 (the “ Dutch Old Notes ”) and (ii) the U.S. Issuers’ offer to exchange up to (a) $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Issuers’ 10% Senior Notes Due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ Exchange Senior Dollar Notes ”), for a like principal amount of the U.S. Issuers’ outstanding 10% Senior Notes Due 2014 (the “ Old Senior Dollar Notes ”), (b) €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Issuers’ 9% Senior Notes Due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ Exchange Senior Euro Notes ”), for a like principal

 

1


The Nielsen Company B.V.

Nielsen Finance Co.

Nielsen Finance LLC

June     , 2007

Page 2

 

amount of the U.S. Issuers’ outstanding 9% Senior Notes Due 2014, (the “ Old Senior Euro Notes ”) and (c) $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Issuers’ 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ Exchange Senior Subordinated Discount Notes ” and, together with the Exchange Senior Dollar Notes and the Exchange Senior Euro Notes, the “ U.S. Exchange Notes ”), for a like principal amount of the U.S. Issuers’ 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2016 (the “ Old Senior Subordinated Discount Rate Notes ” and, together with the Old Senior Dollar Notes and the Old Senior Euro Notes, the “ U.S. Old Notes ”), with the U.S. Exchange Notes to be guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ”) by each of the parties listed on Schedule I attached hereto (each a “ Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ Guarantors ”).

We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate, limited liability company, limited partnership and other records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion.

On the basis of such examination, our reliance upon the assumptions in this opinion and our consideration of those questions of law we considered relevant, and subject to the limitations and qualifications in this opinion, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1. Assuming the due authorization by the Dutch Issuer, when issued, executed, delivered and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer and the Indenture (each as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006, among the Dutch Issuer and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein)), the Dutch Exchange Notes will be the legally valid and binding obligations of the Dutch Issuer, enforceable against the Dutch Issuer in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws) and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

  2.

When issued, executed, delivered and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer and the Indenture (each as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006, among the U.S. Issuers and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein)), the U.S. Exchange Notes will be the legally valid and binding obligations of the U.S. Issuers, enforceable against the U.S. Issuers in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally


The Nielsen Company B.V.

Nielsen Finance Co.

Nielsen Finance LLC

June     , 2007

Page 3

 

 

(including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws) and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

  3. Assuming due authorization of the Guarantees by the those Guarantors listed in Item 2 of Schedule I hereto, when the U.S. Exchange Notes have been issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer and the Indenture, the Guarantees of each Guarantor with respect to the U.S. Exchange Notes will be the legally valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws) and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

The law governed by this opinion is limited to the present federal law of the United States, the present law of the State of New York, the present Delaware General Corporation Law, the present Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, the present Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, the present California Corporations Code and the present New York Business Corporation Law. We express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction and no opinion regarding the statutes, administrative decisions, rules, regulations or requirements of any county, municipality, subdivision or local authority or any jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectuses constituting part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Respectfully submitted,

 


SCHEDULE I

 

1. Item 1 Guarantors

A. C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A., a Delaware corporation

A. C. Nielsen Company, a Delaware corporation

AC Nielsen (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation

AC Nielsen HCI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

ACN Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation

ACNielsen Corporation, a Delaware corporation

ACNielsen EDI II, Inc., a California corporation

ART Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

Athenian Leasing Corporation, a Delaware corporation

BDS (Canada), LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Billboard Cafes, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Broadcast Data Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Claritas Inc., a Delaware corporation

Consumer Research Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

EMIS (Canada), LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Global Media USA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Interactive Market Systems, Inc., a New York corporation

MFI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Neslein Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

Nielsen Business Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation

The Nielsen Company (US), Inc., a New York corporation

Nielsen EDI, Inc., a California corporation

Nielsen Entertainment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Nielsen Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nielsen Leasing Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Nielsen Media Research, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nielsen National Research Group, Inc., a California corporation

NMR Investing I, Inc., a Delaware corporation

NMR Licensing Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

Panel International S.A., a Delaware corporation

PERQ/HCI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Radio and Records, Inc., a California corporation

Spectra Marketing Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation

SRDS, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Trade Dimensions International, Inc., a Delaware corporation

VNU Marketing Information, Inc., a Delaware corporation

VNU Media Measurement & Information, Inc., a Delaware corporation

VNU/SRDS Management Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation

VNU USA Property Management, Inc., a New York corporation

 

2. Item 2 Guarantors

Decisions Made Easy, Inc., an Arkansas corporation

Foremost Exhibits, Inc., a Nevada corporation

The Nielsen Company B.V., a Netherlands public limited company

Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., a Netherlands private limited company

VNU Holdings B.V., a Netherlands private limited company

VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., a Netherlands private limited company

VNU International B.V., a Netherlands private limited company

VNU Services B.V., a Netherlands private limited company

 

4

Exhibit 10.6

LOGO

Executive Board

David L Calhoun

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

December 4, 2006

Susan Whiting

2082 North Benson Road

Fairfield, CT 06824

Dear Susan:

I am pleased to confirm our employment offer to you for the position of EVP VNU, Chairman Nielsen Media Research, and advisor to the Supervisory Board.

In connection with your increased responsibilities, your annualized base salary will be adjusted to $850,000, effective November 13, 2006 and payable in biweekly installments of $32,692.30. Your salary will be reviewed annually with other executives, and will at least remain at the new annual salary level.

Your 2006 Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) target will be adjusted to $850,000, with payment based on the achievement of annual performance targets, based upon EBITDA and to be determined by the CEO in good faith after consultation with you.

As a member of the senior management team, you have the opportunity to make a purchase of common stock having an equity value of $1,000,000 (100,000 shares with an exercise price of $10 per share). The one million dollars ($1,000,000) of the equity investment is to be provided to the Company upon implementation of the Equity Participation Program for VNU executives

As a result of this personal investment, you will receive $12,000,000 of stock option face value of the Company, comprised of 900,000 stock options at an exercise price of $10 per option and 150,000 stock options at an exercise price of $20 per option. Attached please find the material governance terms for equity participation.

You will also receive a restricted stock unit (RSU) grant of $1,000,000. Restrictions will lapse over a five (5) year time frame, with 20% of the RSUs vesting each year, commencing January 15, 2007. Terms and conditions are the same as with your stock options.

770 Broadway New York, NY 10003


You will also be covered by VNU’s Executive Severance Plan. The plan provides for separation payments of two years of salary, plus a pro-rated annual incentive, and benefits continuation for 24 months, if you are terminated from VNU without cause, including in case of a change in control.

You will be eligible for reimbursement of up to $15,000 annually for tax and financial planning fees. Additionally, you will be eligible for reimbursement for expenses relating to an annual executive physical of up to $2,500 annually. The Company paid apartment and garage expenses will continue as long as the NMR headquarters remain farther than 20 miles away from your home in Fairfield, Connecticut. Club dues will continue to be reimbursed at the current level. Finally, you are eligible for an annual car allowance of $15,600. All executive perquisites will be grossed up.

Retiree medical remains in place as per previously executed agreements.

Susan, I am very pleased that you will continue to play a key leadership role in the new VNU Company and look forward to partnering with you.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ David Calhoun

David Calhoun

Chairman & CEO, VNU

Signature:

 

/s/ Susan Whiting

  Susan Whiting

Date Accepted: 12/06/06

Exhibit 10.7

 

      LOGO
          Greg L. Anderson
          Chief Human Resources Officer

April 20, 2007

Mr. Robert Ruijter

c/o The Nielsen Company B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

Dear Rob:

This letter agreement sets forth the mutual agreement that has been reached between you and The Nielsen Company B.V. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. regarding your termination of employment from these companies and the payments with relation to your termination that will be determined as set forth in your Termination Protection Agreement dated May 23, 2006, by and between the Company (then known as VNU N.V.), as amended by letter dated May 24, 2006 (TPA). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the TPA. The Company acknowledges your right to benefits under the TPA, and this letter is intended to confirm our understanding and agreement with respect to your separation from service with The Nielsen Company B.V. and The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. and their subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as follows:

1. Transition Services, Effective Date of Separation from Service.

(a) Following the date of this letter through September 30, 2007, unless the parties shall mutually agree otherwise in writing (such period, the “Transition Period”), the Company shall continue to employ you as an employee. You shall continue to be paid at the same rate of base salary through August 31, 2007, after which no further base salary shall be paid, and you shall continue to be provided with the same employee benefits as you currently enjoy through the last day of the Transition Period. During the Transition Period, you agree to provide such services as may reasonably be requested under the circumstances by the board of directors or chief executive officer of the Company including, without limitation, assisting in the transition of your duties to the applicable successors to such duties.

 

     

The Nielsen Company

770 Broadway New York, New York 10003

[ILLEGIBLE]


LOGO

(b) This letter will confirm and serve as your letter of resignation, effective as of the last day of the Transition Period, from all positions you hold with the Company. Your employment with the Company shall terminate on the last day of the Transition Period, which date shall constitute your Termination Date upon a Change in Control Termination for all purposes of the TPA. On or before your Termination Date, you will return to the Company all Company property (other than your home computer, which you may retain), and all Company confidential information in your possession, except as otherwise mentioned in this agreement.

2. Payments and Benefits. In connection with the foregoing, you and the Company agree to the following:

(a) Effective as of August 31, 2007, you shall be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company due to you under Section 2(b) and 3 of the TPA, each of which shall be paid or provided on or before September 10, 2007, except to the extent a different date is specifically provided for herein, or to the extent that the Final Treasury Regulations under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A require that any portion of the payments described below that are from US sources be treated as “deferred compensation” for purposes of such regulations and be deferred for six months from the date of your separation from service. For the avoidance of doubt, this will confirm that, unless a different result is required by applicable law, all payments referenced under this paragraph (a) shall be sourced and paid 75% from the U.S. payroll (in $U.S.) and 25% from the Netherlands payroll (in Euros). This will further confirm that the payments referenced in clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) below will be paid as part of the August 31, 2007 U.S. payroll, to the extent sourced from the U.S. payroll, and will be paid as part of the normal September payroll, to the extent sourced from the Netherlands payroll.

(i) In respect of the payment described in Section 2(b)(v) of the TPA, an amount equal to €1,449,528, which represents a gross payment due of €1,895,300, less a payment in U.S. dollars having a value equal to €445,772 that has previously been paid (net of applicable withholding for taxes); and

(ii) In respect of the payment described in Section 2(b)(vi) of the TPA (your annual incentive), a lump sump amount equal to €312,904; and

(iii) In respect of the payment described in Section 3(a) of the TPA under the Company’s long-term incentive plan for the performance period of 2005 through 2007, an amount equal to €2,237,405.

(iv) For the avoidance of doubt, this will confirm that you shall also be entitled to receive the applicable payments and benefits, described under TPA Sections 2(b)(iii) (relating to earned and unpaid and/or vested or nonforfeitable amounts under Company plans or programs), 2(b)(iv) (relating to unreimbursed business expenses), and 4 (relating to tax gross-up, if applicable).


LOGO

(b) In addition to the foregoing, you and the Company agree to the following:

(i) You will be reimbursed for monthly lease payments for the New York apartment that you currently occupy according to current Company practice through September 30, 2007. You will also be reimbursed for lease cancellation charges presuming you provide notice to your landlord of your intent to vacate the apartment upon execution of this agreement. When you vacate the apartment, the Company will pay normal Senior Executive repatriation costs to including reasonable shipping costs to move household goods to one Netherlands-based location, according to policy.

(ii) The Company will continue to make the monthly lease payments on your current automobile through September 30, 2007. You will return the car to the Company upon your termination in good condition. The Company will pay lease termination fees.

(iii) The Company will reimburse you for up to $20,000 of tax and financial planning expenses for 2007 and 2008 for expenses that you incur in connection with the preparation of 2006 and 2007 returns.

(iv) You will receive a pension payment distributed as follows: €1,258,589 in the United States which will be grossed-up at the appropriate maximum marginal tax rate and € 419,530 in the Netherlands, which will not be grossed-up. These payments will be made to you as soon as practical after your termination date, and in no event later than January 15, 2008.

(v) As mentioned in your Termination Protection Agreement, Section 2(b)(vii), you are eligible for continued medical benefits coverage. If you are ineligible under the terms of the company’s benefit plans, the company will act as indicated under that section of the TPA. If a reimbursement is necessary, you will receive a tax gross up for this amount.

3. Full Satisfaction. You hereby acknowledge and agree that, upon the payments of the amounts described in this agreement, and legal fees and expenses incurred by you in connection with the preparation of this Agreement, or that may otherwise be due to you in accordance with Section 6(i) of the TPA, the Company shall have satisfied all obligations it may have to you in respect of your employment with the Company or separation therefrom, and you will be entitled to no other or further compensation, remuneration, payments or benefits of any kind; provided that the foregoing shall not affect or diminish in any way your continuing right to indemnification by the Company to the same extent currently available under the Company’s by-laws and any insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Company, or under applicable law for actions taken or omissions made as an employee or director of the Company.


LOGO

4. Miscellaneous. This letter is intended to confirm the specific obligations the Company has to you under the TPA, and as such constitutes a supplement to your TPA. The provisions of Section 6 of the TPA are incorporated by reference herein. All payments made hereunder will be subject to applicable tax withholding.

If this letter correctly sets forth your understanding of our agreement with respect to the foregoing matters, please so indicate by signing below on the line provided for your signature. Steve, we greatly appreciate the contributions you have made to the Company over the years, and wish you all the best for the future.

 

Very truly yours,
The Nielsen Company B.V.
The Nielsen Company(US), Inc.
By:  

/s/ Greg Anderson

Name:   Greg Anderson
Title:   Chief Human Resources Officer

 

Reviewed, approved and agreed.

/s/ Robert Ruijter

Robert Ruijter

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTION COPY

VNU Group B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

October 25, 2006

Mr, Earl Doppelt

c/o VNU Group B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

Dear Earl:

You have advised VNU Group B.V. of your desire to resign your employment with the Company for “Good Reason” as defined in that certain Termination Protection Agreement dated November 1, 2005 by and between the Company and you (the “TPA”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the TPA. The Company acknowledges your right to benefits under the TPA, and this letter is intended to confirm our understanding and agreement with respect to your separation from service with VNU N.V. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as follows:

1. Transition Services, Effective Date of Separation from Service .

(a) Following the date of this letter through November 10, 2006, unless the parties shall mutually agree otherwise (such period, the ‘Transition Period”), the Company shall continue to employ you as an employee, and as such shall continue to provide you with the same rate of base salary and employee benefits as you currently enjoy during such time. Also during the Transition Period, you agree to provide such services as may reasonably be requested under the circumstances by the board of directors and chief executive officer of the Company including, without limitation, assisting in the transition of your duties as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of the Company to the applicable successors to such duties.

(b) On the last day of the Transition Period, you hereby agree to resign from all positions you hold with the Company, and your employment with the Company shall terminate on such date. For purposes of Section 2(c) of your TPA, (i) the handwritten letter from you to Simon Brown dated September 14, 2006 shall be deemed to constitute your Notice of Termination, and (ii) the last day of the Transition Period shall constitute your Termination Date upon a Change in Control Termination.

2. Payments and Benefits . In connection with the foregoing, you and the Company agree to the following:

(a) Effective as of your Termination Date, you shall be entitled to receive all payments and benefits due to you under Section 2(b) of the TPA, which shall include, without limitation, the following cash severance payments payable on November 10, 2006 as part of your normal payroll payment, in the following amounts:

(i) The amount described in Section 2(b)(v), which shall equal $3,502,500.00;


(ii) The amount described in 2(b)(vi), which shall equal the product of (x) $500,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days you were employed by the Company from January 1, 2006 through the last day of the Transition Period, and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days beginning from January 1, 2006 and ending on December 31, 2006 (which amount shall equal $430,137 on November 10, 2006 and be paid on that date); and

(iii) The amount described in Section 3(a), which shall equal the sum of (x) in respect of the payment to which you are entitled under the Company’s long-term incentive plan for the performance period of 2005 and 2006, the product of (I) $500,000 and (II) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days you were employed by the Company from January 1, 2005 through the last day of the Transition Period, and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days beginning from January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2006 (which amount shall equal $465,068 on November 10, 2006 and be paid on that date), and (y) in respect of the payment to which you are entitled under the Company’s long-term incentive plan for the performance period of 2006 and 2007, the product of (I) $500,000 and (II) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days you were employed by the Company from January 1, 2006 through the last day of the Transition Period, and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days beginning from January 1, 2006 and ending on December 31, 2007 (which amount shall equal $215,068 on November 10, 2006 and be paid on that date).

(b) With respect to the provisions of Section 3(b) of the TPA, you have already received in full all payments related thereto. All other payments and benefits to which you shall be entitled are as set forth in the TPA.

3. Full Satisfaction . You hereby acknowledge and agree that, upon (i) the payment of the amounts described in paragraph 2(a) above, (ii) the provision of all other payments and benefits previously provided to you or to be provided to you in accordance with the relevant provisions of the TPA, and (iii) pursuant to that certain letter agreement between you and ACNielsen Corporation dated December 17, 2000, the provision of, upon your achieving age 55 (and thereafter for the remainder of your lifetime), retiree medical and life insurance benefits (including costs) that are no less favorable than those identified in the attached schedule entitled “Earl Doppelt Summary of Existing Benefit Levels as of Change in Control,” and “Summary of Post-65 Retiree Medical Plan Design,” (iv) dental benefits in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company benefit plan), (v) the payroll tax gross up of your executive benefits (club dues, financial planning, car service and medical), consistent with prior years, and (vi) the provision of payments and benefits to which you and your beneficiaries may be entitled under any other benefit plan maintained by the Company, the Company shall have satisfied all obligations it may have to you in respect of your employment with the Company or separation therefrom, and you will be entitled to no other or further compensation, remuneration, payments or benefits of any kind; provided that the foregoing shall not affect or diminish in any way your continuing right to indemnification by the Company to the same extent currently available under the Company’s by-laws and any insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Company, or under applicable law for actions taken or omissions made as an employee or director of the Company.

 

2


4. Miscellaneous . This letter is intended to confirm the specific obligations the Company has to you under the TPA, and as such constitutes a supplement to your TPA. The provisions of Section 6 of the TPA are incorporated by reference herein.

If this letter correctly sets forth your understanding of our agreement with respect to the foregoing matters, please so indicate by signing below on the line provided for your signature. Earl we greatly appreciate the contributions you have made to the Company over the years, and wish you all the best for the future.

 

Very truly yours,
VNU GROUP B.V.
By:  

/s/ David Calhoun

Name:   David Calhoun
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Reviewed, approved and agreed:

LOGO

Earl H. Doppelt

 

3


Earl H. Doppelt

Summary of Existing Benefit Levels as of Change in Control

Medical

Plan: Traditional - Participant+Family

Monthly Employee Cost: $173.50

Design Summary:

 

     In-Network    Out-of-Network

Annual Deductible (Individual/Family)

   $200/$ 400    $300/$600

Annual Out-of-Pocket Maximum (Individual/Family)

   $1,000/$ 2,000    $2,000/$4,000

Wellness (routine physicals, web baby visits)

   $ 10 copay    70%

Immunizations and Screenings

   100%    70%

Office Visits and Hospital/Surgical Coinsurance

   90%    70%

Emergency Care

   90%    70%

Retail Prescription Drugs (up to 30 day supply)

   $ 7 generic/$ 15 brand    70%

Mail Order Drugs (up to 90 day supply)

   $ 15 generic/$ 30 brand

Dental

Plan: ACNielsen Dental Plan - Participant+Family

Monthly Employee Cost: $22.54

Design Summary:

 

     In-Network    Out-of-Network**

Annual Deductible (Individual/Family)

   $50/$ 125    $50/$125

Annual Maximum

   $1,500    $1,500

Preventive/Diagnostic

   100%*    100%*

Basic Restorative

   90%    80%

Major Restorative

   60%    50%

Orthodontic

   50%*    50%*
   (separate $ 1,500 orho lifetime maximum)

__________

  

*       Before Deductible

     

**     Subject to R&C fees

     

Life Insurance

Company Provided Coverage: $50,000

Monthly Employee Cost: None

Optional Employee Paid Coverages:

 

Plan

   Coverage    Monthly Employee Cost

none

   n/a    n/a

 

RetireeMedical   

identical to medical and dental coverage described above until age 65. Dental

coverage ends at age 65. See attached for post-55 medical design summary.

Retiree Life

Company Provided Coverage: $10,000

Monthly Retiree Cost: None


Earl H. Doppelt

Summary of Post-65 Retiree Medical Plan Design

Monthly Retiree Cost: $173.50

Design Summary:

 

Annual Deductible (Individual/Family)

   $ 300/$ 600

Annual Out-of-Pocket Maximum (Individual/Family)

   $1,500/$ 3,000

Wellness (routine physicals, well baby visits)

   80%

Immunizations and Screenings

   100%

Office Visits and Hospital Surgical Coinsurance

   80%

Emergency Care

   80%

Retail Prescription Drugs (up to 30 day supply)

  

In-Network

   $ 7 generic/$ 15 brand

Out-of-Network

   80%

Mail Order Drugs (up to 90 day supply)

   $ 15 generic/$ 30 brand

Exhibit 10.9

March 5, 2007

Mr. Steve Schmidt

c/o The Nielsen Company B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

Dear Steve:

You have been advised by The Nielsen Company B.V. that your position will be eliminated as a result of the recent Change in Control of the Company as defined in that certain Termination Protection Agreement dated November 1, 2005 by and between the Company and you (the “TPA”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the TPA. The Company acknowledges your right to benefits under the TPA, and this letter is intended to confirm our understanding and agreement with respect to your separation from service with The Nielsen Company B.V. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Company ”) as follows:

1. Transition Services, Effective Date of Separation from Service .

(a) Following the date of this letter through March 31, 2007, unless the parties shall mutually agree otherwise in writing (such period, the “Transition Period”), the Company shall continue to employ you as an employee, and as such shall continue to provide you with the same rate of base salary and employee benefits as you currently enjoy during such time. Also during the Transition Period, you agree to provide such services as may reasonably be requested under the circumstances by the board of directors or chief executive officer of the Company including, without limitation, assisting in the transition of your duties to the applicable successors to such duties.

(b) On the last day of the Transition Period, you hereby agree to resign from all positions you hold with the Company, and your employment with the Company shall terminate on such date. The last day of the Transition Period shall constitute your Termination Date upon a Change in Control Termination. On or before your termination date, you will return all company property and information to VNU in your possession except as otherwise mentioned in this agreement.

2. Payments and Benefits . In connection with the foregoing, you and the Company agree to the following:

(a) Effective as of your Termination Date, you shall be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits due to you under Section 2(b) of the TPA:

(i) In respect of the payment described in Section 2(b)(v), an amount equal to $2,881,500 provided, however, that if using the actual 2006 annual incentive plan bonus (“2006 AIP Bonus”) would cause the average annual bonus taken into account in calculating the amount


due under Section 2(b)(v) of the TPA to be higher than the average annual bonus used for purposes of this letter, then such higher average annual bonus shall be used, and the amount payable under this clause shall be correspondingly adjusted, and we agree that your 2006 AIP Bonus shall be calculated by using the method described in clause 2(a)(iv) below; and

(ii) The amount described in 2(b)(vi), which shall equal the product of (x) $500,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days you were employed by the Company from January 1, 2007 through the last day of the Transition Period, and the denominator of which shall equal three-hundred sixty-five (365) (which amount shall equal $125,500 on March 31, 2007 and be paid on or near that date); and

(iii) The amount described in Section 3(a) in respect of the payment to which you are entitled under the Company’s long-term incentive plan for the performance period of 2006 through 2007, the product of (I) $500,000 and (II) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days you were employed by the Company from January 1, 2006 through the last day of the Transition Period, and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days beginning from January 1, 2006 and ending on December 31, 2007 (which amount shall equal $312,500 on March 31, 2007 and be paid on that date), provided, however, that if the achievement of long-term incentive plan performance targets for calendar year 2007 would result in a higher payment amount (as calculated under Section 3(a) of the TPA) than is provided in this Section 2(a)(iii)(x), the excess of such higher payment amount shall be paid to you no later than March 15, 2008.

(iv) In respect of the payment described in Section 2(b)(ii), with regards to your 2006 annual incentive participation, you have a target of $500,000 that will be paid to you, adjusted for performance, at the same time as the payments are made to other executives. Your 2006 AIP bonus calculation will be based on the revised bonus parameters communicated to you in August 2006 by the new owners.

(b) With respect to the provisions of Section 3(b) of the TPA, you have already received in full all payments related thereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter, you shall also be entitled to receive all other payments and benefits referenced in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii), 2(b)(iv), 2(b)(vii), 2(b)(viii) and 4 of the TPA, at such time or times as are provided therein.

(c) In addition to the foregoing, you and the Company agree to the following:

(i) You will be allowed to keep your blackberry device and computers that were loaned to you for home use as part of your responsibilities. Your office computer will remain with VNU. Within five days of your being taken off of the Nielsen email system/network, you will certify in writing that you have provided the Company with the appropriate proprietary information that is on the blackberry device and home use computer and that you have subsequently deleted all proprietary information from these. Alternatively, you will review the contents of your computer in person with a Nielsen representative. You will, however, be able to stay on the Nielsen email system/network through June 30, 2007, subject to further extensions by the company.

 

2


(ii) You will be reimbursed for monthly lease payments for the New York apartment that you currently occupy according to current Company practice as long as you remain an active employee of VNU. When you vacate the apartment, VNU will pay reasonable shipping costs to move household goods to one other US-based location, according to VNU’s relocation policy.

(iii) Nielsen will continue to reimburse you for the monthly lease payments on your current automobile as long as you remain an active employee of VNU.

(iv) Nielsen will reimburse you for up to $10,000 of tax and financial planning expenses for 2007.

(v) You will receive a payment from the deferred cash award of $100,050, payable on/about March 31, 2007.

(vi) in respect of your participation under the Company’s long-term incentive plan for the performance period of 2004 through 2006, you have a target of $1,200,000. You will be paid this amount, provided, however that if the subsequent achievement of long-term incentive plan performance would result in a higher payment amount, the excess would also be paid.

(vii) You are entitled to a benefit under the ACNielsen Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. You have elected to receive this benefit totaling $3,441,000 in the form of a lump sum payable in January 2008. This is the only payment due to you under this Plan. The amounts paid hereunder are subject to the terms of the Plan which have been amended to reflect the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance promulgated thereunder and is subject to the terms thereof.

(viii) In addition to vested benefits, you currently are a participant under an agreement to provide supplemental retirement benefits, dated September 23, 2004. This benefit is unvested and would not vest until July 1, 2008 assuming you were then still employed by Nielsen. In consideration of your signing a non-compete, non-solicit agreement, in the form as attached, we will provide you with a one-time payment of $428,000 payable on/about March 31, 2007 in lieu of any benefit under that agreement.

(ix) You are a vested participant under the Nielsen retirement plan, which includes both qualified and non-qualified balances. The final value of these balances is subject to your distribution elections. You may find further information on this plan through Fidelity.

(x) As mentioned in your Termination Protection Agreement, Section 2(b)(vii), you are eligible for continued medical benefits coverage. If you are ineligible under the terms of the company’s benefit plans, the company will act as indicated under that section of the TPA. If a reimbursement is necessary, you will receive a tax gross up for this amount.

3. Full Satisfaction . You hereby acknowledge and agree that, upon the payments of the amounts described in this agreement, and legal fees and expenses that may be due to you in accordance with Section 6(i) of the TPA, the Company shall have satisfied all obligations it may

 

3


have to you in respect of your employment with the Company or separation therefrom, and you will be entitled to no other or further compensation, remuneration, payments or benefits of any kind; provided that the foregoing shall not affect or diminish in any way your continuing right to indemnification by the Company to the same extent currently available under the Company’s by-laws and any insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Company, or under applicable law for actions taken or omissions made as an employee or director of the Company.

4. Miscellaneous . This letter is intended to confirm the specific obligations the Company has to you under the TPA, and as such constitutes a supplement to your TPA. The provisions of Section 6 of the TPA are incorporated by reference herein. All payments made hereunder will be subject to applicable tax withholding.

If this letter correctly sets forth your understanding of our agreement with respect to the foregoing matters, please so indicate by signing below on the line provided for your signature. Steve, we greatly appreciate the contributions you have made to the Company over the years, and wish you all the best for the future.

 

Very truly yours,
The Nielsen Company B.V.
By:  

 

Name:   Greg Anderson
Title:   Chief Human Resources Officer

 

Reviewed, approved and agreed:

 

 

Steve Schmidt

 

4

Exhibit 10.10(b)

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

[NAME]

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated [DATE] by and between VNU Group B.V. and VNU, Inc. (the “Company”) and [NAME] (the “Executive”).

The Company desires to induce Executive to remain in employment by providing the Executive protection in the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment in certain circumstances, and Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company and to accept such protection.

In consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term . This Agreement shall be effective for a period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on [DATE] (the “Term”); provided , however , that commencing with [DATE] and on each anniversary thereof (each an “Extension Date”), the Term shall automatically be extended for an additional twelve (12) month period, unless the Company or Executive provides the other party hereto twelve (12) month’s prior written notice before the next Extension Date that the Term shall not be so extended.

2. Termination of Employment .

a. By the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason . If, during the Term, Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive’s resignation for Good Reason (as each such term is defined in Section 3 below), subject to the Executive’s execution of a general waiver and release of claims agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the terms of Exhibit B attached hereto, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) a cash severance payment equal to [    ] times the Executive’s annual rate of base salary, as in effect prior to the date on which such termination occurs (or, if higher, as in effect prior to the occurrence identified in Section 3(c)(ii)), payable in equal installments, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company over the twelve (12) month period following the date of termination (the “Severance Period”); provided , however , that such severance payment shall be in lieu of notice or any other severance benefits to which the Executive might otherwise be entitled; and

(ii) the annual cash bonus that the Executive would have received, if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the end of the fiscal year of the Company in which such termination occurs (with the determination of the amount, if any, of such bonus based on the Company’s performance in relation to the applicable performance targets previously established by the Company for such fiscal year, as determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Supervisory Directors of VNU Group B.V.), multiplied by the Pro-Rate Factor (as defined in Section 3 below) (as applicable to the Executive’s employment with the Company) and paid at such time as the annual cash bonus would otherwise have been paid to the Executive;

 

1


(iii) continuation of the Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and welfare benefit plans and programs in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the date of termination, to the extent permitted under the terms of such plans and programs, until the earlier to occur of (i) the end of the Severance Period and (ii) the date on which the Executive receives comparable health and welfare benefits from any subsequent employer; provided that, to the extent that the Company is unable to continue such benefits because the terms of such plan or program does not so permit, or if such continuation would violate Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Company shall then provide the Executive with an economically equivalent benefit or payment determined on (to the extent health and welfare benefit plans and programs in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the date of termination were non-taxable to the Executive) an after-tax basis;

(iv) all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the date of Executive’s termination of employment (include any earned but unpaid base salary) under any compensation and benefit plans, programs, and arrangements of the Company and its affiliates in which Executive theretofore participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued; and

(v) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Company policy prior to the date of termination.

b. By the Company for Cause or by Executive without Good Reason . If, during the Term, Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive only those benefits described in Section 2(a)(iv) and (v) above.

c. Due to Executive’s Death or Disability. If, during the Term, Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated by the Company by reason of Executive’s death or Disability (as defined in Section 3 below), Executive or Executive’s estate (as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive only those payments and benefits described in Section 2(a)(ii), (iv) and (v) above.

d. Following Executive’s termination or resignation (as the case may be), except as set forth in this Section 2 and Section 5 below, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement or any other severance plan or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates, except as otherwise provided under any stock option or management stockholder’s agreement entered into by and between Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

2


3. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

a. “ Cause ” shall mean

(i) Executive’s willful misconduct with regard to the Company;

(ii) Executive’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to (under the laws of the United States or any state thereof), a felony, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or an intentional crime involving material dishonesty other than, in any case, vicarious liability;

(iii) Executive’s conduct involving the use of illegal drugs in the workplace;

(iv) Executive’s failure to attempt in good faith to follow a lawful directive of his or her supervisor within ten (10) days after written notice of such failure is delivered to Executive by the Company; and/or

(v) Executive’s material breach of the Executive’s Management Stockholders’ Agreement or the Executive’s other agreements with the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) days after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Company (to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company’s Supervisory Board, such breach can be cured by the Executive).

b. “ Disability ” shall mean the Executive’s physical or mental inability to perform substantially his or her employment duties for a period of 180 consecutive days as determined by an approved medical doctor. For this purpose, an approved medical doctor shall mean a medical doctor selected by the Company and the Executive. If the Company and the Executive cannot agree on a medical doctor, each party shall select a medical doctor and the two doctors shall select another medical doctor who shall be the sole medical doctor for this purpose.

c. “ Good Reason ” shall mean without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances:

(i) a material diminution in the nature or scope of Executive’s responsibilities, duties or authority (other than any such diminution which may occur by reason of the corporate restructuring programs in effect as of the time of the Agreement); or

(ii) a reduction in Executive’s annual base salary and/or target annual incentive under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan (“target AIP”) (excluding any reduction in Executive’s base salary and/or target AIP that is part of a plan to reduce compensation of comparably situated employees of the Company generally; provided that such reduction in Executive’s base salary and/or target AIP is not greater than ten percent (10%) of such base salary and/or target AIP);

 

3


(iii) the relocation by the Company of Executive’s primary place of employment with the Company to a location more than fifty (50) miles outside of Executive’s current principal place of employment (which shall not be deemed to occur due to a requirement that Executive travel in connection with the performance of his or her duties);

(iv) the failure by the Company to renew the Term of this Agreement;

in any case of the foregoing, that remains uncured after ten (10) business days after Executive has provided the Company written notice that Executive believes in good faith that such event giving rise to such claim of Good Reason has occurred, so long as such notice is provided within ninety (90) days after such event has first occurred.

d. “ Pro-Rate Factor ” shall mean a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the number of days that the Executive is employed by the Company during the calendar year in which the Executive’s employment terminates, and (ii) the denominator of which is the number of days in such calendar year.

4. Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of employment by the Company or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the date of termination, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision so indicated.

5. Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including equity compensation or benefits) would cause the Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code or any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder, the Company shall, after consulting with the Executive, reform such provision to comply with Section 409A of the Code; provided that the Company agrees to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

6. Restrictive Covenants . As a condition to the payment of Executive’s severance in accordance with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) of this Agreement, Executive agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

7. Miscellaneous .

a. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

4


b. Entire Agreement/Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and during the Term supersedes all prior agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

c. No Waiver; Severability . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

d. Successor; Binding Agreement . The Company shall assign this Agreement and its obligations hereunder to any successor thereof. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

e. Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

If to the Company:

VNU Group B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

If to Executive:

To the most recent address of Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Company.

f. Withholding Taxes . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

5


g. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by an compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

h. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[ Signatures on next page .]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

VNU GROUP B.V.      [NAME]
By:  

 

    

 

Title:        [NAME]

[Signature Page to Severance Agreement]

 

7


EXHIBIT A

Form of Release

[NAME](the “ Executive ”) agrees for the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and child or children (if any), the Executive’s heirs, beneficiaries, devisees, executors, administrators, attorneys, personal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby forever to release, discharge, and covenant not to sue VNU Group B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( Besloten Vennootschap met Beperkte Aansprakelijkheid ) (the “ Company ”), the Company’s past, present, or future parent, affiliated, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, agents, and attorneys, and agents and representatives of such entities, in such capacities, and employee benefit plans in which the Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his employment with the Company, and the successors of the Company or any of the foregoing entities, from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected, which the Executive has or may have had against such entities based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date of this Release (or, with respect to claims of disparagement, arising or occurring on or prior to the date this Release is executed), arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever, (a) the Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof or (b) the Executive’s status at any time as a holder of any securities of the Company, and any and all claims arising under the law of the United States, any other country, or any state, or locality relating to employment, or securities, including, without limitation, claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort, claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency, any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and similar statutes, ordinances, and regulations of the United States, any other country, or any state or locality; provided , however , notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, that this general release shall not extend to (x) amounts owed to or rights available for the Executive under that certain Severance Agreement dated March 30, 2007, by and between the Company and the Executive (the “ Severance Agreement ”) and (y) benefit claims under employee pension benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant by virtue of his employment with the Company or to benefit claims under employee welfare benefit plans for occurrences (e.g., medical care, death, or onset of disability) arising after the execution of this Release by the Executive.

The Executive understands that this Release includes a release of claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA). The Executive understands and warrants that he has been given a period of 21 days to review and consider this Release. The Executive is hereby advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing the Release. By his signature below, the Executive warrants that he has had the opportunity to do so and to be fully

 

A-1


and fairly advised by that legal counsel as to the terms of this Release. The Executive further warrants that he understands that he may use as much or all of his 21-day period as he wishes before signing, and warrants that he has done so.

The Executive further warrants that he understands that he has seven days after signing this Release to revoke the Release by notice in writing to the Chief Legal Officer of the Company. This Release shall be binding, effective, and enforceable upon both parties upon the expiration of this seven-day revocation period without such Chief Legal Officer having received such revocation, but if the Executive revokes the Release during such time, the Executive understands that the Executive will forfeit any rights he may have to any severance payments and benefits otherwise due under Section 2(a) of the Severance Agreement .

Executed this      day of                      , 20     

________________________________________________

[NAME]


EXHIBIT B

Restrictive Covenants

 

(1) Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; No-Hire

 

  (a) The Executive shall not, at any time during the Term or during the one-year period following the date of any termination of the Executive’s employment (the “ Restricted Period ”):

 

  (i)

Directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, or manage or operate (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) any of the entities (which term “entity” shall for purposes of this Exhibit B include any subsidiaries, parent entities or other affiliates thereof (measured on the date of the Executive’s commencement of activities for such entities), or any successor thereto with regard to all or substantially all of the entity’s assets) set forth in a letter to be delivered to the Executive within thirty (30) days of the date hereof (each, a “ Competitive Entity ”), which original Competitive Entity must satisfy the fifteen (15) percent threshold described below (but as applied to the Group (as defined below)); provided , however , that the Executive shall be permitted to acquire a passive stock or equity interest in any such entity provided the stock or other equity interest acquired is not more than five (5) percent of the outstanding interest in such entity; provided , further , that, at any time prior to delivery of a Notice of Termination by either party hereto, the Company shall have the discretion, acting reasonably and in good faith, to add additional Competitive Entities up to a total of ten (10), including those previously on the list, or to substitute another entity for any of the Competitive Entities; provided , further , that such addition or substitution is made prior to the giving of a Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company acquires any business in another business line (each, a “ New Business ”), then the Company shall have the discretion, acting reasonably and in good faith, to add up to five (5) competitors of the New Business to the foregoing list of the Competitive Entities, in excess of the applicable numerical limit, so long as each such added competitor derives at least fifteen (15) percent of its consolidated revenues and profits from business units that are competitive with the New Business based on the consolidated revenues and profits in the fiscal year immediately prior to the year such entity is added as a Competitive Entity; provided , further , that (x) at the time of any such acquisition, the Company shall examine the entire list of Competitive Entities and, in good faith, remove any which it reasonably believes should no longer be considered Competitive Entities, (y) the Company shall promptly remove any Competitive Entities in the event of the subsequent sale of the business of the Company with respect to which such Competitive Entity competes and (z) in no event shall the number of Competitive Entities be


 

more than seventeen (17). For purposes of this Exhibit B, the term “ Group ” shall mean shall mean Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“ Lux Holdco ”) and any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (including, without limitation, the U.S. Entity), together with any successor thereto.

 

  (ii) Directly or indirectly solicit or hire, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, the services of any individual who, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment hereunder, is (or, at any time during the previous twelve (12) months, was) a management-level employee or executive officer of the Company or, other than in the good faith performance of his duties with the Company, solicit or induce any of the Company’s then employees to terminate employment with the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not be violated if an entity with which the Executive is then associated solicits or hires any such prohibited person (other than any such person that is set forth on a list containing no more than fifty (50) individuals, to be provided by the Company to the Executive within thirty (30) days of his termination of employment hereunder), so long as the Executive does not, with knowledge of such person’s relationship with the Company , direct or approve and is not otherwise involved in such solicitation or hire of the specific person (as opposed to filling the position). The restrictions in this Section (1)(a)(ii)  shall not apply to (A) general solicitations that are not specifically directed to employees of the Company or any affiliate or (B) serving as a reference at the request of an employee. There shall be no violation of this Section (1)(a)(ii)  that may serve as a basis for Cause or a forfeiture event, unless there is an actual hire and the failure of such person hired to return to the Company’s employ (or other cure, if possible) within ten (10) days of Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company; or

 

  (iii)

Other than in the good faith performance of his duties with the Company, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment hereunder (or, at any time during the previous twelve (12) months) to terminate its arrangements with the Company, otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company, or establish any relationship with the Executive or any of his affiliates for any business purpose competitive with the business of the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not be violated (A) by actions of the Executive taken on behalf of an entity with which the Executive is then associated and which is a customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company, to the extent that such actions are taken in connection with such customer, subscriber or supplier relationship, and (B) if an entity with which the Executive is then associated solicits or induces any such prohibited person, so long as the


 

Executive does not, with knowledge of such person’s relationship with the Company, direct or approve and is not otherwise involved in such solicitation or inducement of the specific transaction (as opposed to transactions in general). The restrictions in this Section (1)(a)(iii)  shall not apply to general advertisements that are not specifically directed to customers or suppliers of the Company or any affiliate. There shall be no violation of this Section (1)(a)(iii)  that may serve as a basis for Cause or a forfeiture event, unless there is an actual termination, or an adverse change in the relationship, by a customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company and a failure by the Executive to cure within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from the Company.

 

  (b) In the event that the terms of this Section (1)  shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

 

  (c) As used in this Section (1) , the term “Company” shall only include Lux Holdco and its affiliates.

 

  (d) The provisions contained in Section (1)(a)  may be altered and/or waived with the prior written consent of the Board of Supervisory Directors of VNU Group B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) (the “ BV ”), or the Compensation Committee thereof.

 

(2) Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information

 

  (a)

Except as deemed desirable by the Executive in the good faith performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section (2)(c) , the Executive shall, during the Term and in perpetuity after the Date of Termination, maintain in confidence and shall not directly or indirectly, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company, including, without limitation, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, protocols, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment (“ Proprietary Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Proprietary Information. The Executive’s obligation to maintain and not use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his benefit or the


 

benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any Proprietary Information after the Date of Termination will continue so long as such Proprietary Information is not generally known within the relevant trade or industry or in the public domain (other than by means of the Executive’s improper direct or indirect disclosure of such Proprietary Information) or is available, or becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis, but only if the Executive has a reasonable good faith belief that such information is public, and such information is continued to be maintained as Proprietary Information by the Company. The parties hereby stipulate and agree that as between them, the Proprietary Information identified herein may be important, material and may affect the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company).

 

  (b) Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products or processes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may retain documents relating to his personal compensation and entitlements and his personal rolodex.

 

  (c) The Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the prompt written notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as reasonably possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought, and shall reasonably assist, at the Company’s expense, such counsel in resisting or otherwise responding to such process.

 

  (d) As used in this Section (2) , the term “Company” shall only include Lux Holdco and its affiliates.

 

(3) Non-Disparagement

 

  (a) Each of the parties hereto agrees that at no time during the Executive’s employment by the Company or at any time within one (1) year thereafter shall such party (and, in the case of the Company, its officers and the members of the Executive Board of Directors of the BV, and board of directors of Lux Holdco) make, or cause or assist any other person to make, with intent to damage, any public statement or other public communication which impugns or attacks, or is otherwise critical of, the reputation, business or character of the other party (including, in the case of Lux Holdco, any of its directors or officers).

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section (3)  shall prevent the Company, the Executive or any other person from (i) responding to incorrect, disparaging or derogatory public statements to the extent necessary to correct or refute such public statements, or (ii) making any truthful statement (A) to the extent necessary in connection with any litigation, arbitration or mediation


 

involving this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the enforcement of this Agreement, (B) to the extent required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction or authority to order or require such person to disclose or make accessible such information, (C) that is a normal comparative statement in the context of advertising, promotion or solicitation of customers, without reference to the Executive’s prior relationship with the Company, or (D) as the Executive deems reasonably desirable in the good faith performance of his duties with the Company.

 

(4) Injunctive Relief

It is recognized and acknowledged by the Company and the Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections (1), (2) and (3)  may cause irreparable damage to the Company and its goodwill and, with respect to Section (3) , the Executive, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, the Company and the Executive agree that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections (1), (2) and (3) , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company or the Executive, as applicable, will be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief.

Exhibit 10.10(c)

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

(Susan D. Whiting)

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated February 2, 2007 by and between VNU Group B.V. and VNU, Inc. (the “Company”) and Susan D. Whiting (the “Executive”).

The Company desires to induce Executive to remain in employment by providing the Executive protection in the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment in certain circumstances, and Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company and to accept such protection.

In consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term . This Agreement shall be effective for a period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on February 2, 2008 (the “Term”); provided , however , that commencing with February 2, 2008 and on each anniversary thereof (each an “Extension Date”), the Term shall automatically be extended for an additional twelve (12) month period, unless the Company or Executive provides the other party hereto twelve (12) month’s prior written notice before the next Extension Date that the Term shall not be so extended.

2. Termination of Employment .

a. By the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason . If, during the Term, Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive’s resignation for Good Reason (as each such term is defined in Section 3 below), subject to the Executive’s execution of a general waiver and release of claims agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , and subject to the Executive’s compliance with the terms of Exhibit B attached hereto, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) a cash severance payment equal to two (2) times the Executive’s annual rate of base salary, as in effect prior to the date on which such termination occurs (or, if higher, as in effect prior to the occurrence identified in Section 3(c)(ii)), payable in equal installments, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company over the twenty-four (24) month period following the date of termination (the “Severance Period”); provided , however , that such severance payment shall be in lieu of notice or any other severance benefits to which the Executive might otherwise be entitled; and

(ii) the annual cash bonus that the Executive would have received, if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the end of the fiscal year of the Company in which such termination occurs (with the determination of the amount, if any, of such bonus based on the Company’s performance in relation to the applicable performance targets previously established by the Company for such fiscal year, as determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Supervisory Directors of VNU Group B.V.), multiplied by the Pro-Rate Factor (as defined in Section 3 below) (as applicable to the Executive’s employment with the Company) and paid at such time as the annual cash bonus would otherwise have been paid to the Executive;

 

1


(iii) continuation of the Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and welfare benefit plans and programs in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the date of termination, to the extent permitted under the terms of such plans and programs, until the earlier to occur of (i) the end of the Severance Period and (ii) the date on which the Executive receives comparable health and welfare benefits from any subsequent employer; provided that, to the extent that the Company is unable to continue such benefits because the terms of such plan or program does not so permit, or if such continuation would violate Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Company shall then provide the Executive with an economically equivalent benefit or payment determined on (to the extent health and welfare benefit plans and programs in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the date of termination were non-taxable to the Executive) an after-tax basis;

(iv) all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the date of Executive’s termination of employment (include any earned but unpaid base salary) under any compensation and benefit plans, programs, and arrangements of the Company and its affiliates in which Executive theretofore participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued; and

(v) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Company policy prior to the date of termination.

b. By the Company for Cause or by Executive without Good Reason . If, during the Term, Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive only those benefits described in Section 2(a)(iv) and (v) above.

c. Due to Executive’s Death or Disability. If, during the Term, Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated by the Company by reason of Executive’s death or Disability (as defined in Section 3 below), Executive or Executive’s estate (as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive only those payments and benefits described in Section 2(a)(ii), (iv) and (v) above.

d. Following Executive’s termination or resignation (as the case may be), except as set forth in this Section 2 and Section 5 below, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement or any other severance plan or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates, except as otherwise provided under any stock option or management stockholder’s agreement entered into by and between Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

2


3. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

a. “ Cause ” shall mean

(i) Executive’s willful misconduct with regard to the Company;

(ii) Executive’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to (under the laws of the United States or any state thereof), a felony, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or an intentional crime involving material dishonesty other than, in any case, vicarious liability;

(iii) Executive’s conduct involving the use of illegal drugs in the workplace;

(iv) Executive’s failure to attempt in good faith to follow a lawful directive of his or her supervisor within ten (10) days after written notice of such failure is delivered to Executive by the Company; and/or

(v) Executive’s material breach of the Executive’s Management Stockholders’ Agreement or the Executive’s other agreements with the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) days after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Company (to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company’s Supervisory Board, such breach can be cured by the Executive).

b. “ Disability ” shall mean the Executive’s physical or mental inability to perform substantially his or her employment duties for a period of 180 consecutive days as determined by an approved medical doctor. For this purpose, an approved medical doctor shall mean a medical doctor selected by the Company and the Executive. If the Company and the Executive cannot agree on a medical doctor, each party shall select a medical doctor and the two doctors shall select another medical doctor who shall be the sole medical doctor for this purpose.

c. “ Good Reason ” shall mean without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances:

(i) a material diminution in the nature or scope of Executive’s responsibilities, duties or authority (other than any such diminution which may occur by reason of the corporate restructuring programs in effect as of the time of the Agreement); or

(ii) a reduction in Executive’s annual base salary and/or target annual incentive under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan (“target AIP”) (excluding any reduction in Executive’s base salary and/or target AIP that is part of a plan to reduce compensation of comparably situated employees of the Company generally; provided that such reduction in Executive’s base salary and/or target AIP is not greater than ten percent (10%) of such base salary and/or target AIP);

 

3


(iii) the relocation by the Company of Executive’s primary place of employment with the Company to a location more than fifty (50) miles outside of Executive’s current principal place of employment (which shall not be deemed to occur due to a requirement that Executive travel in connection with the performance of his or her duties);

(iv) the failure by the Company to renew the Term of this Agreement;

in any case of the foregoing, that remains uncured after ten (10) business days after Executive has provided the Company written notice that Executive believes in good faith that such event giving rise to such claim of Good Reason has occurred, so long as such notice is provided within ninety (90) days after such event has first occurred.

d. “ Pro-Rate Factor ” shall mean a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the number of days that the Executive is employed by the Company during the calendar year in which the Executive’s employment terminates, and (ii) the denominator of which is the number of days in such calendar year.

4. Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of employment by the Company or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the date of termination, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision so indicated.

5. Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including equity compensation or benefits) would cause the Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code or any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder, the Company shall, after consulting with the Executive, reform such provision to comply with Section 409A of the Code; provided that the Company agrees to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

6. Restrictive Covenants . As a condition to the payment of Executive’s severance in accordance with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) of this Agreement, Executive agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

4


7. Miscellaneous .

a. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

b. Entire Agreement/Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and during the Term supersedes all prior agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

c. No Waiver; Severability . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

d. Successor; Binding Agreement . The Company shall assign this Agreement and its obligations hereunder to any successor thereof. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

e. Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

If to the Company:

VNU Group B.V.

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

If to Executive:

To the most recent address of Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Company.

 

5


f. Withholding Taxes . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

g. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by an compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

h. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[Signatures on next page .]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

VNU GROUP B.V.     SUSAN D. WHITING
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory     /s/ Susan D. Whiting
  Title:     Susan D. Whiting

Severance Agreement Signature Page

 

7


EXHIBIT A

Form of Release

Susan D. Whiting (the “ Executive ”) agrees for the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and child or children (if any), the Executive’s heirs, beneficiaries, devisees, executors, administrators, attorneys, personal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby forever to release, discharge, and covenant not to sue VNU Group B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( Besloten Vennootschap met Beperkte Aansprakelijkheid ) (the “ Company ”), the Company’s past, present, or future parent, affiliated, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, agents, and attorneys, and agents and representatives of such entities, in such capacities, and employee benefit plans in which the Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his employment with the Company, and the successors of the Company or any of the foregoing entities, from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected, which the Executive has or may have had against such entities based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date of this Release (or, with respect to claims of disparagement, arising or occurring on or prior to the date this Release is executed), arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever, (a) the Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof or (b) the Executive’s status at any time as a holder of any securities of the Company, and any and all claims arising under the law of the United States, any other country, or any state, or locality relating to employment, or securities, including, without limitation, claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort, claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency, any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and similar statutes, ordinances, and regulations of the United States, any other country, or any state or locality; provided , however , notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, that this general release shall not extend to (x) amounts owed to or rights available for the Executive under that certain Severance Agreement dated February 2, 2007, by and between the Company and the Executive (the “ Severance Agreement ”) and (y) benefit claims under employee pension benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant by virtue of his employment with the Company or to benefit claims under employee welfare benefit plans for occurrences (e.g., medical care, death, or onset of disability) arising after the execution of this Release by the Executive.

The Executive understands that this Release includes a release of claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA). The Executive understands and warrants that he has been given a period of 21 days to review and consider this Release. The Executive is hereby advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing the Release. By his signature below, the Executive warrants that he has had the opportunity to do so and to be fully

 

A-1


and fairly advised by that legal counsel as to the terms of this Release. The Executive further warrants that he understands that he may use as much or all of his 21-day period as he wishes before signing, and warrants that he has done so.

The Executive further warrants that he understands that he has seven days after signing this Release to revoke the Release by notice in writing to the Chief Legal Officer of the Company. This Release shall be binding, effective, and enforceable upon both parties upon the expiration of this seven-day revocation period without such Chief Legal Officer having received such revocation, but if the Executive revokes the Release during such time, the Executive understands that the Executive will forfeit any rights he may have to any severance payments and benefits otherwise due under Section 2(a) of the Severance Agreement.

Executed this ___ day of _________________, 20___

 

     
Susan D. Whiting

Severance Agreement Exhibit A Signature Page


EXHIBIT B

Restrictive Covenants

 

(1) Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; No-Hire

 

  (a) The Executive shall not, at any time during the Term or during the two-year period following the date of any termination of the Executive’s employment (the “ Restricted Period ”):

 

  (i)

Directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, or manage or operate (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) any of the entities (which term “entity” shall for purposes of this Exhibit B include any subsidiaries, parent entities or other affiliates thereof (measured on the date of the Executive’s commencement of activities for such entities), or any successor thereto with regard to all or substantially all of the entity’s assets) set forth in a letter to be delivered to the Executive within thirty (30) days of the date hereof (each, a “ Competitive Entity ”), which original Competitive Entity must satisfy the fifteen (15) percent threshold described below (but as applied to the Group (as defined below)); provided , however , that the Executive shall be permitted to acquire a passive stock or equity interest in any such entity provided the stock or other equity interest acquired is not more than five (5) percent of the outstanding interest in such entity; provided , further , that, at any time prior to delivery of a Notice of Termination by either party hereto, the Company shall have the discretion, acting reasonably and in good faith, to add additional Competitive Entities up to a total of ten (10), including those previously on the list, or to substitute another entity for any of the Competitive Entities; provided , further , that such addition or substitution is made prior to the giving of a Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company acquires any business in another business line (each, a “ New Business ”), then the Company shall have the discretion, acting reasonably and in good faith, to add up to five (5) competitors of the New Business to the foregoing list of the Competitive Entities, in excess of the applicable numerical limit, so long as each such added competitor derives at least fifteen (15) percent of its consolidated revenues and profits from business units that are competitive with the New Business based on the consolidated revenues and profits in the fiscal year immediately prior to the year such entity is added as a Competitive Entity; provided , further , that (x) at the time of any such acquisition, the Company shall examine the entire list of Competitive Entities and, in good faith, remove any which it reasonably believes should no longer be considered Competitive Entities, (y) the Company shall promptly remove any Competitive Entities in the event of the subsequent sale of the business of the Company with respect to which such Competitive Entity competes and (z) in no event shall the number of Competitive Entities be


 

more than seventeen (17). For purposes of this Exhibit B, the term “ Group ” shall mean shall mean Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“ Lux Holdco ”) and any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (including, without limitation, the U.S. Entity), together with any successor thereto.

 

  (ii) Directly or indirectly solicit or hire, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, the services of any individual who, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment hereunder, is (or, at any time during the previous twelve (12) months, was) a management-level employee or executive officer of the Company or, other than in the good faith performance of his duties with the Company, solicit or induce any of the Company’s then employees to terminate employment with the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not be violated if an entity with which the Executive is then associated solicits or hires any such prohibited person (other than any such person that is set forth on a list containing no more than fifty (50) individuals, to be provided by the Company to the Executive within thirty (30) days of his termination of employment hereunder), so long as the Executive does not, with knowledge of such person’s relationship with the Company , direct or approve and is not otherwise involved in such solicitation or hire of the specific person (as opposed to filling the position). The restrictions in this Section (1)(a)(ii)  shall not apply to (A) general solicitations that are not specifically directed to employees of the Company or any affiliate or (B) serving as a reference at the request of an employee. There shall be no violation of this Section (1)(a)(ii)  that may serve as a basis for Cause or a forfeiture event, unless there is an actual hire and the failure of such person hired to return to the Company’s employ (or other cure, if possible) within ten (10) days of Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company; or

 

  (iii)

Other than in the good faith performance of his duties with the Company, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment hereunder (or, at any time during the previous twelve (12) months) to terminate its arrangements with the Company, otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company, or establish any relationship with the Executive or any of his affiliates for any business purpose competitive with the business of the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not be violated (A) by actions of the Executive taken on behalf of an entity with which the Executive is then associated and which is a customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company, to the extent that such actions are taken in connection with such customer, subscriber or supplier relationship, and (B) if an entity with which the Executive is then associated solicits or induces any such prohibited person, so long as the


 

Executive does not, with knowledge of such person’s relationship with the Company, direct or approve and is not otherwise involved in such solicitation or inducement of the specific transaction (as opposed to transactions in general). The restrictions in this Section (1)(a)(iii)  shall not apply to general advertisements that are not specifically directed to customers or suppliers of the Company or any affiliate. There shall be no violation of this Section (1)(a)(iii)  that may serve as a basis for Cause or a forfeiture event, unless there is an actual termination, or an adverse change in the relationship, by a customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company and a failure by the Executive to cure within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from the Company.

 

  (b) In the event that the terms of this Section (1)  shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

 

  (c) As used in this Section (1) , the term “Company” shall only include Lux Holdco and its affiliates.

 

  (d) The provisions contained in Section (1)(a)  may be altered and/or waived with the prior written consent of the Board of Supervisory Directors of VNU Group B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) (the “ BV ”), or the Compensation Committee thereof.

 

(2) Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information

 

  (a)

Except as deemed desirable by the Executive in the good faith performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section (2)(c) , the Executive shall, during the Term and in perpetuity after the Date of Termination, maintain in confidence and shall not directly or indirectly, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company, including, without limitation, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, protocols, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment (“ Proprietary Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Proprietary Information. The Executive’s obligation to maintain and not use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his benefit or the


 

benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any Proprietary Information after the Date of Termination will continue so long as such Proprietary Information is not generally known within the relevant trade or industry or in the public domain (other than by means of the Executive’s improper direct or indirect disclosure of such Proprietary Information) or is available, or becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis, but only if the Executive has a reasonable good faith belief that such information is public, and such information is continued to be maintained as Proprietary Information by the Company. The parties hereby stipulate and agree that as between them, the Proprietary Information identified herein may be important, material and may affect the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company).

 

  (b) Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products or processes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may retain documents relating to his personal compensation and entitlements and his personal rolodex.

 

  (c) The Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the prompt written notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as reasonably possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought, and shall reasonably assist, at the Company’s expense, such counsel in resisting or otherwise responding to such process.

 

  (d) As used in this Section (2) , the term “Company” shall only include Lux Holdco and its affiliates.

 

(3) Non-Disparagement

 

  (a) Each of the parties hereto agrees that at no time during the Executive’s employment by the Company or at any time within two (2) years thereafter shall such party (and, in the case of the Company, its officers and the members of the Executive Board of Directors of the BV, and board of directors of Lux Holdco) make, or cause or assist any other person to make, with intent to damage, any public statement or other public communication which impugns or attacks, or is otherwise critical of, the reputation, business or character of the other party (including, in the case of Lux Holdco, any of its directors or officers).

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section (3)  shall prevent the Company, the Executive or any other person from (i) responding to incorrect, disparaging or derogatory public statements to the extent necessary to correct or refute such public statements, or (ii) making any truthful statement (A) to the extent necessary in connection with any litigation, arbitration or mediation


 

involving this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the enforcement of this Agreement, (B) to the extent required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction or authority to order or require such person to disclose or make accessible such information, (C) that is a normal comparative statement in the context of advertising, promotion or solicitation of customers, without reference to the Executive’s prior relationship with the Company, or (D) as the Executive deems reasonably desirable in the good faith performance of his duties with the Company.

 

(4) Injunctive Relief

It is recognized and acknowledged by the Company and the Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections (1), (2) and (3)  may cause irreparable damage to the Company and its goodwill and, with respect to Section (3) , the Executive, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, the Company and the Executive agree that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections (1), (2) and (3) , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company or the Executive, as applicable, will be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief.

Exhibit 10.10(d)

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made, effective as of the date of January 15, 2007 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, having its registered office in Haarlem, The Netherlands (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and Susan Whiting, an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary (the “ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant the Participant restricted stock units (as provided in Section 1 below), ultimately payable in shares of Common Stock (the “ Award ”), pursuant to the 2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. and its Subsidiaries (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement (capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan);

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company to grant the restricted stock units provided for herein to the Participant as an incentive for increased efforts during the Participant’s term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to grant said Award;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of RSUs . For valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby grants 100,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to the Participant, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. Each RSU represents the unfunded, unsecured right of the Participant to receive one share of the Company’s Common Stock (each, a “Share”). The Participant will become vested in the RSUs, and take delivery of the Shares, as set forth in this Agreement.

2. Vesting and Timing of Transfer .

(a) Unless otherwise provided herein, and subject to the continued employment of the Participant by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Employer ”) through the relevant Vesting Event (as hereinafter defined), the Participant shall become vested in the RSUs granted on the Grant Date as follows (the occurrence of each such event described herein, a “ Vesting Event ”):

(i) Twenty percent (20%) of the total number of RSUs granted hereunder shall become vested on January 15, 2007 and on each of the first four anniversaries thereof (each, a “ Vesting Date” ); and

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any unvested RSUs shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested immediately prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Upon a termination of the Participant’s employment for any reason (other than for Cause by the Company or without Good Reason by the Participant but which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, due to the Participant’s death or Permanent Disability) a pro-rata portion of the installment of RSUs that would, but for such termination, be scheduled to vest on the next Vesting Date following the termination will become vested upon such termination, with such pro-rata portion determined based on the number of days the Participant was employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries since the immediately prior Vesting Date, relative to 365.

 

1


(c) Upon termination of the Participant’s employment with the Employer for any reason other than as set forth in 2(b), above, all RSUs, whether vested or unvested, shall immediately be forfeited by the Participant, without payment of any consideration therefor.

(d) The Company shall deliver to the Participant Shares underlying any non-forfeited, vested RSUs as soon as practicable after they become vested RSUs (but in no event later than 2  1 / 2 months after the last day of the calendar year in which such RSUs become so vested).

(e) In the event of the death of the Participant, the delivery of Shares under Section 2(d) shall be made in accordance with the beneficiary designation form on file with the Company; provided, however , that, in the absence of any such beneficiary designation form, the delivery of Shares under Section 2(d), as applicable, shall be made to the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under the Agreement shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(f) Upon each transfer of Shares in accordance with Section 2(d) of this Agreement, the Company shall have satisfied its obligation with respect to the number of RSUs equal to the number of Shares delivered to the Participant pursuant thereto, and the Participant shall have no further rights to claim any additional Shares in respect thereof.

3. [Dividends . Unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, from and after the Grant Date, the Participant will not be entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions with respect to Shares underlying the RSUs unless and until the RSUs become vested and the Shares that underlie the RSUs are distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 2 of the Agreement.]

4. Adjustments Upon Certain Events . The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, make certain equitable substitutions or adjustments to any Shares or RSUs subject to this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

5. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Cause ” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment, change in control or severance agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Employment Agreement”), or, if there is no such Employment Agreement or if no such term is defined therein, “Cause” shall mean: (i) the Participant’s willful misconduct with regard to the Company; (ii) the Participant is indicted for, convicted of, or pleading nolo contendere to, a felony, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or an intentional crime involving material dishonesty other than, in any case, vicarious liability; (iii) the Participant’s conduct involving the use of illegal drugs in the workplace; (iv) the Participant’s failure to attempt in good faith to follow a lawful directive of his or her supervisor within ten (10) days after written notice of such failure; and/or (v) the Participant’s breach of the Participant’s Management Stockholders’ Agreement or the Participant’s other agreements with the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) days after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Company (to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board, such breach can be cured by the Participant).

Good Reason ” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term is defined in the Employment

 

2


Agreement, or if there is no such Employment Agreement or if such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (i) a reduction in Participant’s annual base salary or target annual incentive under the Annual Incentive Plan (“target AIP”) (excluding any reduction in Participant’s base salary and/or target AIP that is part of a plan to reduce compensation of comparably situated employees of the Company generally; provided that such reduction in Participant’s base salary and/or target AIP, as applicable, is not greater than ten percent (10%) of such base salary and target AIP); (ii) a material diminution in the nature or scope of the Participant’s responsibilities, duties or authority (other than any such diminution which may occur by reason of the current corporate restructuring programs); or (iii) the relocation by the Company of the Participant’s primary place of employment with the Company to a location more than fifty (50) miles outside of the Participant’s current principal place of employment (which shall not be deemed to occur due to a requirement that the Participant travel in connection with the performance of his or her duties); in any case of the foregoing, that remains uncured after ten (10) business days after the Participant has provided the Company written notice that the Participant believes in good faith that such event giving rise to such claim of Good Reason has occurred, so long as such notice is provided within ninety (90) days after such event has first occurred.

6. No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Employer. Further, the Employer may at any time dismiss the Participant, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

7. No Acquired Rights . In participating in the Plan, the Participant acknowledges and accepts that the Board has the power to amend or terminate the Plan, to the extent permitted thereunder, at any time and that the opportunity given to the Participant to participate in the Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Committee and does not obligate the Company or any of its Affiliates to offer such participation in the future (whether on the same or different terms). The Participant further acknowledges and accepts that (a) such Participant’s participation in the Plan is not to be considered part of any normal or expected compensation, (b) the value of the RSUs or the Shares shall not be used for purposes of determining any benefits or compensation payable to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiaries or estate under any benefit arrangement of the Company, and (c) the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Employer under any circumstances whatsoever will give the Participant no claim or right of action against the Employer in respect of any loss of rights under this Agreement or the Plan that may arise as a result of such termination of employment.

8. No Rights of a Stockholder . The Participant shall not have any rights or privileges as a stockholder of the Company until the Shares underlying vested RSUs have been registered in the Company’s register of stockholders as being held by the Participant. Upon registration of such Shares, such Shares shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement (and the Sale Participation Agreement as defined therein).

9. Legend on Certificates . Any Shares issued or transferred to the Participant pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws or relevant securities laws of the jurisdiction of the domicile of the Participant, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any certificates representing such Shares or make an appropriate entry on the record books of the appropriate registered book-entry custodian, if the Shares are not certificated, to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

3


10. Transferability . RSUs may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance not permitted by this Section 10 shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate. Shares delivered to the Participant pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement shall be subject to the applicable restrictions set forth in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement (and the Sale Participation Agreement as defined therein).

11. Withholding . The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any transfer due under this Agreement or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to the Participant, applicable withholding taxes with respect to any transfer under this Agreement or under the Plan and to take such action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes, pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s employment with the Employer terminates prior to the transfer of all of the Shares under this Agreement, the payment of any applicable withholding taxes with respect to any further transfer of Shares under this Agreement or the Plan shall be made solely through the sale of Shares equal to the statutory minimum withholding liability.

12. Choice of Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW.

13. RSUs Subject to Plan . By entering into this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan. All RSUs are subject to the Plan. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

14. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

15. Section 409A of the Code . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Plan, the RSUs granted hereunder shall not be deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon the Participant. In the event it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, the transfer of Shares under this Agreement may not be made at the time contemplated hereunder without causing the Participant to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code.

[Signatures on next page.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

VALCON ACQUISITION HOLDING B.V.
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
 

[V ALCON A CQUISITION H OLDING B.V. S IGNATURE P AGE TO RSU A WARD A GREEMENT ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PARTICIPANT
By:   /s/ Susan Whiting
  Susan Whiting

[P ARTICIPANT S IGNATURE P AGE TO RSU A WARD A GREEMENT ]

 

6

Exhibit 10.10(e)

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of February 2, 2007 (the “ Grant Date ”) is made by and between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, having its registered office in Haarlem, The Netherlands (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”. Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan (as hereinafter defined).

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Committee, charged with administration of the Plan, has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified in the Plan or below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

Section 1.1. – Cause

“Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment, change in control or severance agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Employment Agreement ”), or, if there is no such Employment Agreement or if no such term is defined therein, “Cause” shall mean: (i) the Optionee’s willful misconduct with regard to the Company; (ii) the Optionee is indicted for, convicted of, or pleading nolo contendere to, a felony, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or an intentional crime involving material dishonesty other than, in any case, vicarious liability; (iii) the Optionee’s conduct involving the use of illegal drugs in the workplace; (iv) the Optionee’s failure to attempt in good faith to follow a lawful directive of his or her supervisor within ten (10) days after written notice of such failure; and/or (v) the Optionee’s breach of the Optionee’s Management Stockholders’ Agreement or the Optionee’s other agreements with the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) days after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board, such breach can be cured by the Optionee).


Section 1.2. – Fiscal Year

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each fiscal year of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, begins on January 1 and ends on December 31 of any given calendar year).

Section 1.3. – Good Reason

“Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement, or if there is no such Employment Agreement or if such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Optionee’s consent, (i) a reduction in Optionee’s annual base salary or target annual incentive under the Annual Incentive Plan (“target AIP”) (excluding any reduction in Optionee’s base salary and/or target AIP that is part of a plan to reduce compensation of comparably situated employees of the Company generally; provided that such reduction in Optionee’s base salary and/or target AIP, as applicable, is not greater than ten percent (10%) of such base salary and target AIP); (ii) a material diminution in the nature or scope of the Optionee’s responsibilities, duties or authority (other than any such diminution which may occur by reason of the current corporate restructuring programs); or (iii) the relocation by the Company of the Optionee’s primary place of employment with the Company to a location more than fifty (50) miles outside of the Optionee’s current principal place of employment (which shall not be deemed to occur due to a requirement that the Optionee travel in connection with the performance of his or her duties); in any case of the foregoing, that remains uncured after ten (10) business days after the Optionee has provided the Company written notice that the Optionee believes in good faith that such event giving rise to such claim of Good Reason has occurred, so long as such notice is provided within ninety (90) days after such event has first occurred.

Section 1.4. – Investor Return

“Investor Return” shall mean, on any given date, the aggregate amount of cash proceeds (including the receipt of any dividends or other distributions) received by the Investors and Affiliates in respect of their aggregate direct and indirect equity investment in the Company (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, debt investment).

Section 1.5. – Option

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

Section 1.6. – Permanent Disability

“Permanent Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement, or if there is no such Employment Agreement or if such term is not defined therein, “Permanent Disability” shall have occurred when the Optionee has been unable to perform his material duties because of physical or mental incapacity for a period of at least 180 consecutive days, as determined by a medical doctor mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto. Any question as to the existence of the Permanent Disability of the Optionee as to which the Optionee and the Company cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to the Optionee and the Company. If the Optionee

 

2


and the Company cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of Permanent Disability made in writing to the Company and the Optionee shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement (such inability is hereinafter referred to as “Permanent Disability” or being “Permanently Disabled”).

Section 1.7. – Performance Option

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to acquire, on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii) and (iii), 3.1(b)(ii) and 3.1(c)(ii) and (iii), all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock, as shall be evidenced by entry in the Company’s shareholder register, set forth on the signature page of this Agreement.

Section 1.8. – Time Option

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to acquire, on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.1(a)(i), 3.1(b)(i) and 3.1(c)(ii), all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock, as shall be evidenced by entry in the Company’s shareholder register, set forth on the signature page of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF OPTIONS

Section 2.1. – Grant of Options

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the date hereof the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee (i) a Time Option upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and (ii) a Performance Option upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Option shall consist of a Time Option and a Performance Option.

Section 2.2. – Exercise Price

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise prices of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Time Option and Performance Option shall be as set forth on the signature page of this Agreement.

Section 2.3. – No Guarantee of Employment

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries or offer letter provided by the Company or its Subsidiaries to the Optionee.

 

3


Section 2.4. — Adjustments to Option

The Option shall be adjusted pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of the Plan, as applicable. Any such adjustment made in good faith thereunder shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons.

ARTICLE III

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

Section 3.1. – Commencement of Exercisability

(a) So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

(i) Time Option . Subject to clause (b)(i) below, the Time Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows: (x) with respect to 5% of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Time Option, on the Grant Date; and (y) with respect to 19% of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Time Option, on each of the five anniversaries of December 31, 2006.

(ii) Performance Option . The Performance Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows: (x) with respect to 5% of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Performance Option, on the Grant Date; and (y) with respect to 19% of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Performance Options, for each of the five Fiscal Years ending after the Grant Date, starting with the 2007 Fiscal Year, on each of the five anniversaries of December 31, 2006, if and only if the Company achieves the Annual Performance Target set forth on Schedule A attached hereto for each such Fiscal Year.

(iii) In the event that the Annual Performance Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year identified on Schedule A (any such year, a “ Missed Year ”), if and only to the extent that performance of the Company in any subsequent Fiscal Year satisfies the Cumulative Performance Target (as set forth in Schedule A ) applicable to any such subsequent Fiscal Year, then the applicable percentage of the Performance Option that was scheduled to become vested and exercisable in respect of such Missed Year shall become vested and exercisable as of the end of the Fiscal Year in respect of which the Cumulative Performance Target is achieved.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through the occurrence of a Change in Control:

(i) the Time Option shall become immediately exercisable as to 100% of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Time Option immediately prior to a Change in Control (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated or become exercisable), and

 

4


(ii) the Performance Option shall become immediately exercisable as to 100% of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Performance Option immediately prior to a Change in Control (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated or become exercisable) only if, as a result of the Change in Control, the Investor Return equals or exceeds the Applicable Multiple (as set forth on Schedule B for the applicable Fiscal Year in which the Change in Control occurs) of the Base Price.

(c) Upon a termination of the Optionee’s employment for any reason (other than for Cause by the Company or without Good Reason by the Optionee but which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, due to the Optionee’s death or Permanent Disability):

(i) a pro-rata portion of the installment of the Time Option that would, but for such termination, be scheduled to vest and become exercisable on December 31 of the Fiscal Year in which the termination occurs will become vested and exercisable upon such termination, with such pro-rata portion determined based on the number of days the Optionee was employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year, relative to the number of days of such full Fiscal Year; and

(ii) occurring within the last six months of any Fiscal Year, if the Annual Performance Target for such year is achieved, then a pro rata portion of the installment of the Performance Option that would, but for such termination, be scheduled to vest and become exercisable on December 31 of the Fiscal Year in which the termination occurs will become vested and exercisable upon such December 31, with such pro-rata portion determined based on the number of days the Optionee was employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year, relative to the number of days of such full Fiscal Year (such vesting event, a “Special Termination Vesting Event”).

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event it is determined by the Company (in consultation with its auditors) that the provisions of Section 3.1(c)(ii) results in the Option (or any portion hereof) being classified as a liability as contemplated by FASB Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, including any amendments and interpretations thereto, then Section 3.1(c)(ii) shall be of no further force and effect, and instead the following provision shall apply: Upon a termination of the Optionee’s employment for any reason (other than for Cause by the Company or without Good Reason by the Optionee but which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, due to the Optionee’s death or Permanent Disability) occurring within the last six months of any Fiscal Year, a Special Termination Vesting Event shall occur if and only if the Performance Target for such Fiscal Year is met, based on the EBITDA (as such term is defined in Schedule A) achieved for the twelve month trailing period ending the month end prior to the month in which the termination event occurs.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall become exercisable as to any additional shares of Common Stock (which do not otherwise become exercisable in accordance with Section 3.1(a), (b) or (c) above) following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option, which is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment, shall be immediately cancelled without payment therefor.

 

5


Section 3.2. – Expiration of Option

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, provided that the Optionee remains employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through such date;

(b) Six months after the Optionee is terminated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries without Cause or the Optionee terminates employment with Good Reason (unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 3.2(e) below) (or, if later, and solely with respect to the installment of Performance Options, if any, that become exercisable upon a Special Termination Vesting Event, thirty (30) days after the date that such installment becomes exercisable);

(c) The first anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Permanent Disability (unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 3.2(e) below);

(d) Immediately upon the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause or by the Optionee without Good Reason (other than due to death or Permanent Disability);

(e) The date the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 4 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

(f) At the discretion of the Company, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan, the effective date of a merger, consolidation or other capital change or transaction of the Company that is a Change in Control, in which case, prior to such effective date, the Company shall provide no less than ten (10) days prior written notice to the Optionee that the Company intends to exercise its discretion and provide either (x) an opportunity for the Optionee to exercise his Options (whether or not then vested), or (y) make payment to the Optionee in respect of the termination of his Options upon such date.

ARTICLE IV

EXERCISE OF OPTION

Section 4.1. – Person Eligible to Exercise

Except as otherwise provided in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only he may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

6


Section 4.2. – Partial Exercise

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole shares of Common Stock only.

Section 4.3. – Manner of Exercise

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the General Counsel of the Company or his office all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

(a) Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

(b) (i) Full payment (in cash or by check or by a combination thereof) for the shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised or (ii) indication that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee reduced by a number of Shares having an equivalent Fair Market Value to the payment that would otherwise be made by Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (b);

(c) At any time that the Common Stock is not publicly traded on an established securities market, a bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the shares of Common Stock are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act and any other federal, provincial or state securities laws or regulations;

(d) Full payment to the Company (in cash or by check or by a combination thereof) of all amounts which, under applicable law, it is required to withhold upon exercise of the Option; and

(e) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the option.

 

7


Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act. If the Optionee is a resident of the United States, the written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (c) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

Section 4.4. – Conditions to Issuance of Stock

The shares of stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, shall not be required to be so physically issued to the Optionee. For the avoidance of doubt, shares shall be deemed to have been issued when evidenced by entry in the Company’s shareholder register. Such shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of stock acquired upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a) The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state, provincial or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable (and the Company and the Optionee shall each use reasonable efforts to obtain all such clearances and approvals as soon as reasonably practicable);

(b) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience or as may otherwise be required by applicable law; and

(c) The execution by the Optionee of a Sale Participation Agreement with Luxco (a “Sale Participation Agreement”) and a Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

Section 4.5. – Rights as Stockholder

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares he may be issued upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such shares shall have been issued as evidenced by entry in the Company’s shareholder register upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.4.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.1. – Administration

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and

 

8


binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

Section 5.2. – Option Not Transferable

Subject to applicable law to the contrary, neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution or to a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Optionee, his spouse (or ex-spouse) or his lineal descendants (including adopted children) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

Section 5.3. – Notices

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its General Counsel, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to it or him. Any notice which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3. Any notice shall have been deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one business day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery and (iii) five (5) business days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows.

Section 5.4. – Titles; Pronouns

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

Section 5.5. – Applicability of Plan and Management Stockholder’s Agreement

The Option and the shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such shares. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement

 

9


and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement or the Plan and the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement shall control.

Section 5.6. – Amendment

This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

Section 5.7. – Governing Law

The laws of the State of New York shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that the issue or transfer of Stock shall be subject to mandatory provisions of the laws of The Netherlands.

Section 5.8. – Arbitration

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York, New York. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Employment Agreement contains a similar provision relating to arbitration and/or dispute resolution, such provision in the Employment Agreement shall govern any controversy hereunder.

Section 5.9. – Code Section 409A

If any payments of money, delivery of shares of Common Stock or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments, delivery of shares or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment, delivery of shares or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, otherwise such payment, delivery of shares or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Participant, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax.

Section 5.10. – Counterparts

This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

10


VALCON ACQUISITION HOLDING B.V.
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
Its:      
OPTIONEE:
/s/ Susan D. Whiting
Susan D. Whiting
Address:
   
   

 

 

Aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which the Time Option granted hereunder is exercisable (100% of number of shares) at an exercise price per share equal to USD $10.00 (“ Base Price ”):

   450,000

Aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which the Time Option granted hereunder is exercisable (100% of number of shares) at an exercise price per share equal to USD $20.00:

   75,000

Aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which the Performance Option granted hereunder is exercisable (100% of the number of shares) at an exercise price per share equal USD $10.00:

   450,000

Aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which the Performance Option granted hereunder is exercisable (100% of number of shares) at an exercise price equal to USD $20.00:

   75,000

[SIGNATURE PAGE OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT]

Exhibit 10.10(f)

SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

February 2, 2007

To: The Person whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof

Dear Sir or Madam:

You have entered into a Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (the “ Company ”), and you (the “ Management Stockholder’s Agreement ”) relating to (i) the granting to you by the Company of Options (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement) to acquire ordinary shares of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) and (ii) the subscription by you for the Purchased Stock (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement). The undersigned, Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“ Luxco ”) and the direct parent of the Company, controlled by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. and Thomas H. Lee Partners (together with any of its affiliates, to the extent provided for in Paragraph 8 hereof, the “ Selling Investors ”), on behalf of the Selling Investors, hereby agrees with you as follows, effective upon such grant of Options:

1. In the event that at any time any Selling Investor proposes to sell for cash or any other consideration any shares of Common Stock owned by it (directly or indirectly through the sale of Units (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”) to be entered into by and among Luxco, Valcon Acquisition B.V. (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement), the Company and investors party thereto, in the form provided to the Management Stockholder on the date hereof (subject to any amendments thereto to which the Management Stockholder has agreed in writing to be bound)), in any transaction other than (i) Permitted Transfers (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement), (ii) a Public Offering (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement) or (iii) a sale to an affiliate of the Selling Investors, the Selling Investors will notify you or your Management Stockholder’s Estate or Management Stockholder’s Trust (as such terms are defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and collectively with you, the “ Management Stockholder Entities ”), as the case may be, in writing (a “ Notice ”) of such proposed sale (a “ Proposed Sale ”) and the material terms of the Proposed Sale as of the date of the Notice (the “ Material Terms ”) promptly, and in any event not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of the Proposed Sale and not more than five (5) days after the execution of the definitive agreement relating to the Proposed Sale, if any (the “ Sale Agreement ”). If, within ten (10) days after the Management Stockholder Entities’ receipt of such Notice, the Selling Investors receive from the Management Stockholder Entities a written request (a “ Request ”) to include Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities in the Proposed Sale (which Request shall be irrevocable unless (a) there shall be a material adverse change in the Material Terms or (b) otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Management Stockholder Entities and the Selling Investor(s)), the Common Stock held by you will be so included as provided herein; provided


that only one Request, which shall be executed by the Management Stockholder Entities, may be delivered with respect to any Proposed Sale for Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities. Promptly after the execution of the Sale Agreement, the Selling Investors will furnish the Management Stockholder Entities with a copy of the Sale Agreement, if any.

2. (a) The number of shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities will be permitted to include in a Proposed Sale pursuant to a Request will be the product of (i) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock then owned by the Management Stockholder Entities (and held pursuant to the Management Stockholder’s Agreement) plus all shares of Common Stock which you are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of the Options, to the extent such Options are then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale, multiplied by (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be purchased by the buyer in the Proposed Sale and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock owned, or which would be owned upon exercise of any exercisable Options (to the extent any such Options are then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale), by the Selling Investors, the Management Stockholder Entities and other holders of shares of Common Stock who have been granted the same rights granted to the Management Stockholder Entities to participate in the Proposed Sale (an “ Eligible Holder ”), as the case may be.

(b) If one or more Eligible Holders elect not to include the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which such holders would have been permitted to include in a Proposed Sale pursuant to Paragraph 2(a) (such non-included shares, the “ Eligible Shares ”), then each of the Selling Investors, the Management Stockholder Entities or the remaining Eligible Holders, or any of them, will have the right to sell in the Proposed Sale a number of additional shares of their Common Stock equal to their pro rata portion of the number of Eligible Shares, based on the relative number of shares of Common Stock then held by each such holder plus all shares of Common Stock which each such holder would then be entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of the Options, to the extent such Options are then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale, and such additional shares of Common Stock which any such holder or holders propose to sell shall not be included in any calculation made pursuant to Paragraph 2(a) for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities will be permitted to include in a Proposed Sale.

3. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, shares of Common Stock subject to a Request will be included in a Proposed Sale pursuant hereto and in any agreements with purchasers relating thereto on the same terms and subject to the same conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock which the Selling Investors propose to sell in the Proposed Sale. Such terms and conditions shall include, without limitation: the pro rata reduction of the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Investors, the Management Stockholder Entities and any Eligible Holders to be included in the Proposed Sale if required by the party proposing such Sale; the sale price; the form of consideration; the payment of fees, commissions and expenses; the provision of, and representation and warranty as to, information reasonably requested by the Selling Investors covering matters regarding the Management Stockholder Entities’ ownership of shares; and the provision of requisite indemnification; provided that any indemnification provided by the Management Stockholder Entities shall be a several and not joint obligation and pro rata in proportion with the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold.

 

2


4. Upon delivering a Request, the Management Stockholder Entities will, if requested by the Selling Investors, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Selling Investors with respect to the shares of Common Stock which are to be sold by the Management Stockholder Entities pursuant hereto (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will contain customary provisions and will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder Entities will irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder Entities’ agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Management Stockholder Entities’ behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

5. The Management Stockholder Entities’ right pursuant hereto to participate in a Proposed Sale shall be contingent on the Management Stockholder Entities’ strict compliance with each of the provisions hereof and the Management Stockholder Entities’ respective willingness to execute such documents in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by the Selling Investors.

6. (a) In the event of a Proposed Sale pursuant to Section 1 hereof, the Selling Investors may elect, by so specifying in the Notice, to require the Management Stockholder Entities to, and the Management Stockholder Entities shall, participate in such Proposed Sale to the same extent calculated pursuant to Paragraph 2(a) above, in accordance with the terms and provisions of Paragraph 3 hereof; provided , however , that in such event, the order in which the shares of Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities shall be required to be sold shall be: first, any shares of Common Stock then held by the Management Stockholder Entities that constitute Purchased Stock (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement); and second, any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of any exercisable Options.

(b) In the event of a transaction which results in a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement) but is not a Proposed Sale in which the Selling Investors have exercised their rights pursuant to Paragraph 6(a) or the Management Stockholder Entities have exercised their rights pursuant to Paragraph 1 (a “ Proposed Transaction ”), you agree on behalf of the Management Stockholder Entities, to bear, on a several and not joint basis, your pro rata share of any fees, commissions, adjustments to purchase price, expenses or indemnities borne by the Selling Investors.

(c) Your pro rata share of any amount to be paid pursuant to Paragraph 3 or Paragraph 6(b) shall be based upon the number of shares of Common Stock to be transferred by the Management Stockholder Entities plus the number of shares of Common Stock you would have the right to acquire under any unexercised portion of the Options which are then vested or would become vested as a result of the Proposed Sale or Proposed Transaction, assuming that you receive a payment in respect of such unexercised portion of the Options.

 

3


7. The obligations of the Selling Investors hereunder shall extend only to the Management Stockholder Entities, and none of the Management Stockholder Entities’ successors or assigns shall have any rights pursuant hereto.

8. If any of the Selling Investors transfer any of their interests in the Company to an affiliate of any of the Selling Investors, as a condition precedent to such transfer, such affiliate shall agree in writing to assume the obligations hereunder of the Selling Investors.

9. This Agreement may only be amended with the written consent of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) immediately after a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement) and (ii) the date on which the Selling Investors’ beneficial ownership percentage (directly or indirectly) in the Company’s Common Stock is less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the amount of such ownership percentage as of August 22, 2006.

10. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one business day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery and (iii) five (5) business days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows:

If to the Selling Investors, to them at the following address:

Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l.

59, rue de Rollingergrund

L-2440 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Attention: Wolfgang Zettel

with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: John G. Finley, Esq.

and:

VNU, Inc.

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

Attention: James W. Cuminale, Esq.

and

 

4


Clifford Chance LLP

Droogbak 1A 1013 GE Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Telefax: +31 20 711 9999

Attention: Joachim Fleury

If to the Company, to the Company at the following address:

Valcon Acquisition B.V.

Jachthavenweg 118

1081 KJ Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Tel.: +31 20 540 75 75

Fax.: +31 20 540 75 00

Attention: General Counsel

with a copies to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: John G. Finley, Esq.

and

Clifford Chance LLP

Droogbak 1A

1013 GE Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Telefax: +31 20 711 9999

Attention: Joachim Fleury

VNU, Inc.

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

Attention: James W. Cuminale, Esq.

If to you, at the address first set forth in the Stockholders Agreement;

If to your Management Stockholder’s Estate or Management Stockholder’s Trust, to the address provided to the Company by such entity;

 

5


or at such other address as any of the above shall have specified by notice in writing delivered to the others by certified mail.

11. The laws of the State of New York shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that the issue or transfer of Stock shall be subject to mandatory provisions of the laws of The Netherlands. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before an arbitrator in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Only individuals who are (a) lawyers engaged full-time in the practice of law, as in-house counsel or as a professor of law; and (b) on the AAA register of arbitrators shall be selected as an arbitrator. Within twenty (20) days of the conclusion of the arbitration hearing, the arbitrator shall prepare written findings of fact and conclusions of law. It is mutually agreed that the written decision of the arbitrator shall be valid, binding, final and non-appealable; provided however , that the parties hereto agree that the arbitrator shall not be empowered to award punitive damages against any party to such arbitration. In the event that an action is brought to enforce the provisions of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11, (x) if the arbitrator determines that the Management Stockholder Entities is the prevailing party in such action, the Company shall be required to pay the reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses of the Management Stockholder Entities in connection with such arbitration, as well as the arbitrator’s full fees and expenses and (y) if the Company prevails in such action or if, in the opinion of the court or arbitrator deciding such action, there is no prevailing party, each party shall pay his or its own attorney’s fees and expenses and the arbitrator’s fees and expenses will be borne equally by the parties thereto.

12. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

13. It is the understanding of the undersigned that you are aware that no Proposed Sale is contemplated and that such a sale may never occur.

[ Signatures on next page ]

 

6


If the foregoing accurately sets forth our agreement, please acknowledge your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose.

 

Very truly yours,
VALCON ACQUISITION HOLDING (LUXEMBOURG) S.Á.R.L.
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
  Name:
  Title: A Director
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
  Name: Scott Schoen
  Title: B Director

 

Accepted and agreed this 2nd day of February 2007.
/s/ Susan D. Whiting
Susan D. Whiting

Sale Participation Agreement Signature Page

 

7

Exhibit 10.10(g)

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

(Susan D. Whiting)

This Management Stockholder’s Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of February 2, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and having its registered office in Haarlem, The Netherlands (the “ Company ”), Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“ Luxco ”), and the undersigned person (the “ Management Stockholder ”) (the Company, Luxco and the Management Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”). All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 5(b) hereof.

WHEREAS, the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Luxco, which is controlled by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “ Investors ”);

WHEREAS, on March 8, 2006, Valcon Acquisition B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (“ Valcon Acquisition B.V. ”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a merger protocol, as amended on May 4, 2006, to acquire VNU N.V., a public company with limited liability organized under the laws of The Netherlands, and subsequently converted into VNU Group B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (“ VNU ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Stockholder has been selected by the Company to acquire ordinary shares of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) and, in connection therewith, will receive options to acquire shares of Common Stock (together with any options to acquire shares of Common Stock granted to the Management Stockholder after the Effective Date, the “ Options ”) pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the 2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. (the “ Option Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated as of the date hereof, entered into by and between the Company and the Management Stockholder (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several other agreements (“ Other Management Stockholders’ Agreements ”) which have been, or which in the future will be, entered into between the Company and other individuals who are or will be key employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Other Management Stockholders ”).


NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the grant of Options and of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Issuance of Options; Purchased Stock; Purchases of Additional Common Stock .

(a) The Management Stockholder hereby subscribes for, as of the Effective Date, and the Company shall issue to the Management Stockholder as of the Effective Date, 100,000 shares of Common Stock, at a per share price of $10.00 (the “ Base Price ”), which price is equal to the fair market value of the shares of the Company on the Effective Date as determined by the Board and supported by a valuation of the Company by an independent third party appraiser (all such shares acquired by the Management Stockholder, the “ Purchased Stock ”). The aggregate price for all shares of the Purchased Stock is $1,000,000.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and as set forth in the Option Plan, as of the Effective Date, the Company is issuing to the Management Stockholder Options to acquire shares of Common Stock at an initial Option Exercise Price equal to (i) the Base Price and (ii) the Base Price multiplied by two, and the Parties shall execute and deliver to each other copies of the Stock Option Agreement concurrently with the issuance of the Options.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation to issue any Purchased Stock or issue any Options to any person who (i) is a resident or citizen of a state or other jurisdiction in which the sale of the Common Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction or (ii) is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries on the date hereof.

2. Management Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements .

(a) In addition to agreeing to and acknowledging the restrictions on transfer of the Stock (as defined in Section 3(a) hereof) set forth in Section 3 hereof, if the Management Stockholder is a Rule 405 Affiliate, the Management Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he will not transfer any shares of the Stock unless:

(i) the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

(ii) (A) counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act and (B) if the Management Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Management Stockholder desires to effect any transfer in any such country, counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following transfers are deemed to be in compliance with the Act and this Agreement

 

2


(including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (x) a transfer permitted by or made pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 hereof, (y) a transfer upon the death or Permanent Disability of the Management Stockholder to the Management Stockholder’s Estate or a transfer to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of a person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, and (z) a transfer made after the Effective Date in compliance with applicable securities laws to a Management Stockholder’s Trust, provided that such transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) The Management Stockholder acknowledges that he has been advised that a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer. If the Management Stockholder is a Rule 405 Affiliate, the Management Stockholder also acknowledges that (1) the Stock must be held indefinitely and the Management Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Stock unless it is subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available, (2) when and if shares of the Stock may be disposed of without registration in reliance on Rule 144 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act, such disposition can be made only in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and (3) if the Rule 144 exemption is not available, public sale without registration will require compliance with some other exemption under the Act.

(c) If any shares of the Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with an applicable resale exemption or otherwise, the Management Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at, or prior to, the time of such disposition such documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

(d) The Management Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of the Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (other than registration of securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Management Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of the Stock (except pursuant to such registration statement) for the “Lock-Up Period,” unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company. The “Lock-Up Period” is the period (i) beginning on the date of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed, or imminently intends to file, such registration statement and (ii) ending one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such shorter period as may be consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters) in the case of the initial Public Offering and ninety (90) days (or such shorter period as may be consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any) in the case of any other Public Offering after the effective date of such registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last seventeen (17) days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed in this Section 2(d) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless the Company waives such extension in writing.

 

3


(e) The Management Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to the Stock, he has received and reviewed the available information relating to the Stock, including having received and reviewed the documents related thereto, certain of which documents set forth the rights, preferences and restrictions relating to the Options and the Stock underlying the Options and (ii) he has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company and the business and prospects of the Company which he deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to his investment in the Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(e), and he has relied solely on such information.

(f) The Management Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) his financial condition is such that he can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for his current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) he can afford to suffer a complete loss of his investment in the Stock, (iii) he understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the acquisition of the Stock, (iv) his knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of his acquisition of the Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) his participation in the acquisition of the Purchased Stock is voluntary.

(g) The Management Stockholder hereby grants to Luxco an irrevocable proxy coupled with an interest to vote his Stock at any meeting of stockholders of the Company, to consent to holding such meetings at short notice and to exercise the voting rights attached to the Stock by way of unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting, which proxy shall be valid and remain in effect until the earliest to occur of (i) an initial Public Offering, (ii) a Change in Control and (iii) the date on which the Investors’ beneficial ownership percentage (directly or indirectly) in the Company’s Common Stock is less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the amount of such ownership percentage as of August 22, 2006.

3. Transferability of Stock .

(a) The Management Stockholder agrees that he will not directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “ transfer ”) any shares of Purchased Stock, at the time of exercise, the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Options (“ Option Stock ”) and any other Common Stock otherwise acquired and/or held by the Management Stockholder Entities (collectively referred to as “ Stock ”) at any time from and after the Effective Date; provided , however , that the Management Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock during such time pursuant to one of the following exceptions: (i) transfers permitted by clauses (x), (y) and (z) of Section 2(a) hereof; (ii) a sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act filed by the Company (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form) pursuant to Section 7 hereof; or (iii) transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement (as defined in Section 5(b) hereof); and provided , further , that following an initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock only at the time of transfer by, and on the same terms as, the Investors and on a pro rata basis with the Investors (based on the percentage of Stock actually transferred by the Investors).

 

4


(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if, following an initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated as a result of the Management Stockholder’s death or Permanent Disability, the Management Stockholder may transfer, without limitation under this Agreement (but subject to any applicable securities laws), all or any portion of his or her Purchased Stock on and after the expiration of any Lock-Up Period that may be applicable.

(c) If, following an initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder is unable to transfer shares of Stock due to restrictions on transfer of the Stock other than as set forth in this Agreement or due to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof, then the restrictions on transfer of the Stock set forth in this Agreement shall terminate such that the Management Stockholder may (i) effect a sale of Stock to the public that the Management Stockholder would have been able to sell pursuant to Section 7 hereof or pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement at a prior time had such other restrictions on transfer of the Stock not been in effect and (ii) effect a sale of Option Stock to the public that the Management Stockholder would have been able to sell pursuant to Section 7 hereof or pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement at a prior time had the Options through which such Option Stock was acquired been exercisable at such prior time, in each case at the time of a sale by the Investors pursuant to Section 7 hereof or pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the date on which the Investors’ beneficial ownership percentage (directly or indirectly) in the Company’s Common Stock is less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the amount of such ownership percentage as of August 22, 2006.

4. The Company’s Option to Purchase Stock and Options of Management Stockholder Upon Certain Terminations of Employment .

(a) Termination for Cause by the Company . Except as otherwise provided herein, if (i) the Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated by the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) for Cause, (ii) the Management Stockholder breaches any of the provisions of Section 22(a) hereof, (iii) the beneficiaries of a Management Stockholder’s Trust shall include any person or entity other than the Management Stockholder, his spouse (or ex-spouse) or his lineal descendants (including adopted children) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary or (iv) the Management Stockholder shall otherwise effect a transfer of any of the Stock other than as permitted in this Agreement (other than as may be required by applicable law or an order of a court having competent jurisdiction) after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer (each, a “ Section 4(a) Call Event ”):

(A) With respect to the Stock, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the shares of the Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value Per

 

5


Share on the applicable repurchase date and (y) the Base Price (or, with respect to any Option Stock, the Option Exercise Price) (any such applicable repurchase price, the “ Section 4(a) Repurchase Price ”); and

(B) With respect to the Options, all such Options (whether or not then exercisable) held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities will terminate immediately without payment in respect thereof.

(b) Termination by the Management Stockholder without Good Reason . Except as otherwise provided herein, if, prior to December 31, 2011, the Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated by the Management Stockholder without Good Reason (a “ Section 4(b) Call Event ”):

(A) With respect to the Stock, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the shares of the Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to (x) the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value Per Share on the applicable repurchase date and (ii) the Base Price (or, with respect to any Option Stock, the Option Exercise Price), if the Section 4(b) Call Event is on or prior to December 31, 2009 or (y) the Fair Market Value Per Share, if the Section 4(b) Call Event is after December 31, 2009; and

(B) With respect to the Options, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the exercisable Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of (i) the lesser of (1) the Fair Market Value Per Share and (2) the Option Exercise Price if the Section 4(b) Call Event is on or prior to December 31, 2009 or (ii) the Fair Market Value Per Share, if the Section 4(b) Call Event is after December 31, 2009, over the Option Exercise Price and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment. In the event the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, all outstanding exercisable Options granted to the Management Stockholder under the Option Plan shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof. In the event that the Company does not exercise the foregoing rights, all exercisable but unexercised Options shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. All unexercisable Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities shall terminate, without payment, immediately upon termination of employment or on such later date as may otherwise be provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

(c) Termination for Death or Disability or without Cause by the Company or Termination by the Management Stockholder with Good Reason . Except as otherwise provided herein, if the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated (i) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Management Stockholder or without Cause by the Company or (ii) by the Management Stockholder with Good Reason (each a “ Section 4(c) Call Event ”):

(A) With respect to the Stock, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the shares of the Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share price equal to the Fair Market Value Per Share on the applicable repurchase date; and

 

6


(B) With respect to the Options, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the exercisable Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value Per Share over the Option Exercise Price and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment. In the event the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, all outstanding exercisable Options granted to the Management Stockholder under the Option Plan shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof. In the event that the Company does not exercise the foregoing rights, all exercisable but unexercised Options shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. All unexercisable Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities shall terminate without payment immediately upon termination of employment or on such later date as may otherwise be provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

(d) Call Notice . The Company shall have a period (the “ Call Period ”) of sixty (60) days from the date of any Call Event (or, if later, with respect to a Section 4(a) Call Event, from the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, an impermissible transfer constituting a Section 4(a) Call Event) in which to give notice in writing to the Management Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 4 (“ Call Notice ”). The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth Business Day after the giving of the Call Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price (including any payment with respect to the Options as described in this Section 4) shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Management Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of an irrevocable power of attorney enabling the Company to cause the transfer to it of the Stock so purchased and appropriate documents canceling the Options so terminated, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative.

(e) Delay of Call . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4 to the contrary and subject to Section 8(a) hereof, if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money or if a repurchase would not be permitted under, or would otherwise violate, applicable provisions of Dutch law (each such occurrence being an “ Event ”), the Company shall delay the repurchase of any of the Stock or the Options (pursuant to a Call Notice timely given in accordance with Section 4(d) hereof) from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities until the first Business Day which is ten (10) calendar days after all of the foregoing Events have ceased to exist (the “ Repurchase Eligibility Date ”); provided , however , that (i) the number of shares of Stock subject to repurchase under this Section 4 shall be that number of shares of Stock, and (ii) in the case of a repurchase pursuant to Section 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, the number of Exercisable Option Shares for purposes of calculating the Option Excess Price payable under this Section 4 shall be the number of Exercisable Option Shares, in each case held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at the time of delivery of (and as set forth in) a Call Notice in accordance with Section 4(d) hereof. All Options exercisable as of the date of a Call Notice, in the case of a repurchase pursuant to Section 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, shall continue to be

 

7


exercisable until the repurchase of such Options pursuant to such Call Notice, provided that to the extent that any Options are exercised after the date of such Call Notice, the number of Exercisable Option Shares for purposes of calculating the Option Excess Price shall be reduced accordingly.

(f) Calculation of Option Excess Price . For the avoidance of doubt, in any instance where the Company purchases Options as set forth in this Section 4, the applicable Option Excess Price shall be calculated in tranches based on the applicable Option Exercise Prices relative to the applicable Repurchase Price, and not on an aggregate net basis, such that the Option Excess Price of any Options having the same Option Exercise Price, where the Option Excess Price is greater than zero, shall not be netted against the Option Excess Price of any Options having a different Option Exercise Price, where the Option Excess Price is less than or equal to zero.

(g) Effect of Accounting Principles . Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 4 to the contrary, in the event that it is determined by the Company (in consultation with its auditors) that the provisions of this Section 4 would result in any of the Options being classified as a liability as contemplated by FASB Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, including any amendments and interpretations thereto, then the following terms shall apply in lieu of the corresponding provisions in Section 4(b) and Section 4(c) providing for the purchase by the Company of exercisable Options:

With respect to any exercisable Options, upon the occurrence of the applicable event giving rise to the Section 4 Call Event, the Management Stockholder Entities may be required to by the Company to elect, in accordance with the terms of the relevant Stock Option Agreement, to receive from the Company, on one occasion, in exchange for all of the exercisable Options then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, if any, a number of shares of Stock equal to the quotient of (x) the product of (A) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value over the Option Exercise Price and (B) the number of shares then acquirable on exercise, divided by (y) the Fair Market Value, which Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment of shares of Stock (such shares of Stock, the “ Net Settled Stock ”). (In the event the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, all outstanding exercisable Options shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof.) Upon the occurrence of such net settlement of all exercisable Options, the Call Period shall be deemed to be the period that is 30 days following the date that is six months after the receipt by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of the Net Settled Stock, during which time the Company may, on delivery of Call Notice, purchase all or any portion of the Net Settled Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, at a per share price equal to the applicable Repurchase Price for Option Stock identified in Section 4(b) or Section 4(c), as applicable.

(h) Effect of Change in Control and Reduction in Investors’ Ownership . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the date on which the Investors’ beneficial ownership percentage (directly or indirectly) in the Company’s Common Stock is less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the amount of such ownership percentage as of August 22, 2006.

 

8


5. Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions .

(a) Adjustment of Repurchase Price . In determining the applicable repurchase price of the Stock and Options, as provided for in Section 4 hereof, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Section 4 hereof.

(b) Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have such meaning as such terms are defined in the Option Plan. Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

“Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Base Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

“Board” shall mean the Supervisory Board ( raad van commissarissen ) of VNU or, if and as when there exists a Supervisory Board of the Company, the Supervisory Board of the Company.

“Business Day” shall mean a day on which banks are open for business in Amsterdam, London, New York and Luxembourg (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays in any of these cities).

“Call Events” shall mean, collectively, Section 4(a) Call Events, Section 4(b) Call Events, and Section 4(c) Call Events.

“Call Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d) hereof.

“Call Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d) hereof.

“Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment, change in control or severance agreement in effect at the time of termination between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Rule 405 Affiliates; or, if there is no such employment, change in control or severance agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) the Management Stockholder’s willful misconduct with regard to the Company; (ii) the Management Stockholder is indicted for, convicted of, or pleading nolo contendere to, a felony, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or an intentional crime involving material dishonesty other than, in any case, vicarious liability; (iii) the Management Stockholder’s conduct involving the use of illegal drugs in the workplace; (iv) the Management Stockholder’s failure to attempt in good faith to follow a lawful directive of his or her supervisor within ten (10) days after written notice of such failure; and/or (v) the Management Stockholder’s breach of this Agreement or the Management Stockholder’s other agreements with the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) days after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Management Stockholder by the Company (to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board, such breach can be cured by the Management Stockholder).

 

9


“Change in Control” shall mean: any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or sale of assets or equity interests, or any acquisition of stock in the open market or otherwise) the result of which is that any Person or “group” (as defined within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act), other than any of the Investors or their Rule 405 Affiliates, obtains (i) direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights attached to the entire issued share capital of Luxco, or any entity which is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by Luxco and which has materially the same direct or indirect ownership of all direct and indirect subsidiaries of Luxco as does Luxco, or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Luxco and its direct and indirect subsidiaries including VNU and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “ VNU Group ”) (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction or series of transactions involving the sale of only (A) the assets of the entities comprising the Business Information division of the VNU Group, in combination with (B) the assets of either (x) the entities comprising the Marketing Information division of the VNU Group or (y) the entities comprising the Media Measurement and Information division of the VNU Group, in each case as such applicable division is constituted from time to time).

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Confidential Information” shall mean all non-public information concerning trade secrets, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, technology, designs, financial data, strategic business plans or any proprietary or confidential information, documents or materials in any form or media, including any of the foregoing relating to research, operations, finances, current and proposed products and services, vendors, customers, advertising and marketing, and other non-public, proprietary, and confidential information of the Restricted Group.

“Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(f) hereof.

“Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(e) hereof.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor statute thereto).

“Exercisable Option Shares” shall mean the shares of Common Stock that, at the Repurchase Calculation Date, could be acquired by the Management Stockholder upon exercise of his outstanding and exercisable Options.

“Fair Market Value Per Share” shall mean the Market Value Per Share, or, if there has been no Qualified Public Offering, the fair market value of the Common Stock as determined in the good faith discretion of the Board.

“Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment, change in control or severance agreement in effect at the time of termination between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Rule 405 Affiliates; or, if there is no such employment, change in control or severance

 

10


agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Management Stockholder’s consent, (i) a reduction in Management Stockholder’s annual base salary or target annual incentive under the Annual Incentive Plan (“target AIP”) (excluding any reduction in Management Stockholder’s base salary and/or target AIP that is part of a plan to reduce compensation of comparably situated employees of the Company generally; provided that such reduction in Management Stockholder’s base salary and/or target AIP is not greater than ten percent (10%) of such base salary and target AIP); (ii) a material diminution in the nature or scope of the Management Stockholder’s responsibilities, duties or authority (other than any such diminution which may occur by reason of the current corporate restructuring programs); or (iii) the relocation by the Company of the Management Stockholder’s primary place of employment with the Company to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Management Stockholder’s current principal place of employment (which shall not be deemed to occur due to a requirement that the Management Stockholder travel in connection with the performance of his duties); in any case of the foregoing, that remains uncured after ten (10) Business Days after the Management Stockholder has provided the Company written notice that the Management Stockholder believes in good faith that such event giving rise to such claim of Good Reason has occurred, so long as such notice is provided within ninety (90) days after such event has first occurred.

“Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(d) hereof.

“Investors” shall have the meaning set forth in the first “whereas” paragraph.

“Lock-Up Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

“Luxco” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Management Stockholder” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Management Stockholder Entities” shall mean the Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder and the Management Stockholder’s Estate, collectively.

“Management Stockholder’s Estate” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder.

“Management Stockholder’s Trust” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Management Stockholder, his spouse (or ex-spouse) or his lineal descendants (including adopted children) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

“Market Value Per Share” shall mean, on the Repurchase Calculation Date, the price per share equal to (i) the last sale price of the Common Stock on the Repurchase Calculation Date on the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed or, (ii) if there shall have been no sales on such exchange on the Repurchase Calculation Date on any given day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on such exchange on the Repurchase Calculation Date or, (iii) if there is no such bid and asked price on the Repurchase Calculation Date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of

 

11


the Common Stock on the next preceding date when such bid and asked price occurred or, (iv) if the Common Stock shall not be so listed, the closing sales price of the Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ on the Repurchase Calculation Date in the over-the-counter market.

“Maximum Repurchase Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

“Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

“Option Excess Price” shall mean, with respect to any Option, the aggregate amount paid or payable by the Company in respect of Exercisable Option Shares pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

“Option Exercise Price” shall mean the then-current exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the applicable Option.

“Option Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

“Options” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

“Option Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

“Other Management Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

“Other Management Stockholders’ Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

“Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

“Permanent Disability” shall mean “Disability” or “Permanent Disability” (as applicable) as such term may be defined in any employment, change in control or severance agreement in effect at the time of termination between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Rule 405 Affiliates; or, if there is no such employment, change in control or severance agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Permanent Disability” shall have occurred when the Management Stockholder has been unable to perform his material duties because of physical or mental incapacity for a period of at least 180 consecutive days, as determined by a medical doctor mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto. Any question as to the existence of the Permanent Disability of the Management Stockholder as to which the Management Stockholder and the Company cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to the Management Stockholder and the Company. If the Management Stockholder and the Company cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of Permanent Disability made in writing to the Company and the Management Stockholder shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement (such inability is hereinafter referred to as “Permanent Disability” or being “Permanently Disabled”).

“Person” shall mean “person,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

12


“Piggyback Registration Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

“Proposed Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

“Public Offering” shall mean the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to a registration statement under the Act which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any other similar form).

“Purchased Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

“Qualified Public Offering” shall mean a Public Offering, which results in an active trading market of 25% or more of the Common Stock.

“Repurchase Calculation Date” shall mean the date on which the repurchase occurs.

“Repurchase Eligibility Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(e) hereof.

“Repurchase Price” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of the Stock and Options to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4(a), 4(b), or 4(c) hereof, as applicable.

“Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

“Restricted Group” shall mean, collectively, the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and their respective Rule 405 Affiliates.

“Rule 405 Affiliate” shall mean an affiliate of the Company as defined under Rule 405 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act and as interpreted in good faith by the Board.

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and Luxco on behalf of the Investors dated as of the date hereof.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Section 4(a) Call Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Section 4(a) Repurchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Section 4(b) Call Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

“Section 4(c) Call Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

“Shareholders’ Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

“Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

“Stock Option Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

13


“Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

“Valcon Acquisition B.V.” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

“VNU” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

6. The Company’s Representations and Warranties .

(a) The Company represents and warrants to the Management Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and (ii) the Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(b) If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Management Stockholder to sell shares of Stock without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 6(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Act to be available. Nothing in this Section 6(b) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on sales of Stock contained in this Agreement.

7. “Piggyback” Registration Rights . Effective upon the date of this Agreement and until the later of (i) the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering and (ii) December 31, 2011:

(a) The Management Stockholder hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms, conditions and obligations of the piggyback registration rights contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”) to be entered into by and among Luxco, Valcon Acquisition B.V., the Company and investors party thereto (the “ Piggyback Registration Rights ”), in the form provided to the Management Stockholder on the date hereof (subject to any amendments thereto to which the Management Stockholder has agreed in writing to be bound), and, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, if any one of the Investors are selling stock, shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Registration Rights (including, without limitation, the right to participate in one or more Public Offerings and any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or the Investors), in each case as if the Management Stockholder were an original party (other than Luxco, Valcon Acquisition B.V. and the Company) to the Shareholders’ Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided , however , that at no time shall the Management Stockholder have any rights to request registration under the Shareholders’ Agreement; and provided further , that the Management Stockholder shall not be bound by any amendments to the Shareholders’ Agreement unless the Management Stockholder consents in writing thereto provided that such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. All Stock, whether acquired upon the

 

14


exercise of an Option or not, acquired or held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “ Listed Shares ” as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

(b) In the event of a sale of Common Stock by the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Company will promptly notify the Management Stockholder in writing (a “ Notice ”) of any proposed registration (a “ Proposed Registration ”). If within five (5) Business Days of the receipt by the Management Stockholder of such Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities a written request (a “ Request ”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Management Stockholder and the Company), shares of Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 7; provided , however , that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, may be submitted for all Listed Shares held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities.

(c) The maximum number of shares of Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lowest of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Management Stockholder Entities, including all shares of Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under an unexercised Option to the extent then exercisable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Stock being sold by the Investors and any affiliated or unaffiliated investment partnerships and investment limited liability companies investing with the Investors and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock owned by the Investors and any investment partnerships and investment limited liability companies investing with the Investors or (ii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Company can register in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in subsections (d) and (e) of this Section 7) or (iii) the maximum number of shares which the Management Stockholder ( pro rata based upon the aggregate number of shares of Stock the Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders have requested to be registered) is permitted to register under the Piggyback Registration Rights.

(d) Subject to subsection (e) of this Section 7, if a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Stock which the selling Investors and any affiliated or unaffiliated investment partnerships and investment limited liability companies investing with the selling Investors, the Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders (together, the “ Holders ”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) ( provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

15


(e) If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration by the Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders would be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then the Company will include in the Proposed Registration, in addition to shares to be sold by the Company and the selling Investors, the number of shares of Stock requested to be sold by the Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting parties on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such party (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) ( provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such party that exceed such party’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting parties in like manner).

(f) Upon delivering a Request, the Management Stockholder will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 7 (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder will irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Management Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

(g) If the number of shares of Stock that the Management Stockholder is permitted to include in a Request pursuant to this Section 7 is limited by the fact that the Options are not exercisable at the time of such Proposed Registration, then at such time as the Options become exercisable (in whole or in part) and at any time thereafter, the Management Stockholder shall be entitled to register for public sale as part of any subsequent Proposed Registration such additional number of shares of Stock as the Management Stockholder could have registered at the time of the initial Proposed Registration.

(h) The Management Stockholder agrees that he will execute such other agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 7.

8. Pro Rata Repurchases; Dividends .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4 hereof, if at any time consummation of any purchase or payment to be made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and the Other Management Stockholders Agreements would result in an Event, then the Company shall make purchases from, and payments to, the Management Stockholder and Other Management Stockholders pro rata (on the basis of the proportion of the number of shares of Stock each such Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders have elected or are required to sell to the Company) for the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted without resulting in an Event (the “ Maximum Repurchase Amount ”). The provisions of Section 4(e) hereof shall apply in their entirety to

 

16


payments and repurchases with respect to shares of Stock which may not be made due to the limits imposed by the Maximum Repurchase Amount under this Section 8(a). Until all of such Stock is purchased and paid for by the Company, the Management Stockholder and the Other Management Stockholders whose Stock is not purchased in accordance with this Section 8(a) shall have priority, on a pro rata basis, over other purchases of Stock by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and Other Management Stockholders’ Agreements.

(b) In the event any dividends are paid with respect to the Stock, the Management Stockholder will be treated in the same manner as all other holders of Common Stock with respect to shares of Stock then owned by the Management Stockholder, and, with respect to any Options held by the Management Stockholder, in accordance, as applicable, with the Stock Option Agreement.

9. Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Stock or Options from the Management Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties hereto, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Management Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Stock or any Options under the terms of this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of the Board.

10. Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election . Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, to the extent applicable, the Management Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that he will make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to the Stock, including without limitation, the Stock to be acquired upon each exercise of the Management Stockholder’s Options; and the Management Stockholder further covenants and agrees that he will furnish the Company with copies of the forms of election the Management Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, and within thirty (30) days after each exercise of Management Stockholder’s Options and with evidence that each such election has been filed in a timely manner.

11. Notice of Change of Beneficiary . Immediately prior to any transfer of Stock to a Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Management Stockholder’s Trust and with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder’s Trust. The Management Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Management Stockholder’s Trust.

12. Recapitalizations, etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Stock or the Options, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Stock or the Options by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise.

 

17


13. Management Stockholder’s Employment by the Company . Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement entered into by the Company and the Management Stockholder contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement (subject to, and except as set forth in, the applicable provisions of any offer letter or letter of employment provided to the Management Stockholder by the Company or any employment agreement entered by and between the Management Stockholder and the Company) (i) obligates the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to employ the Management Stockholder in any capacity whatsoever or (ii) prohibits or restricts the Company (or any such subsidiary) from terminating the employment of the Management Stockholder at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and the Management Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any other person has made any representations or promises whatsoever to the Management Stockholder concerning the Management Stockholder’s employment or continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

14. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. In the case of a transferee permitted under clause (y) or (z) of Section 2(a) or Section 3 hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Management Stockholder hereunder; provided , however , that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3 hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement.

15. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the Parties hereto.

16. Closing . Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each issue or sale of shares of Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth Business Day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to acquire or dispose of such Stock hereunder.

17. Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees .

(a) The laws of the State of New York shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that the issue or transfer of Stock shall be subject to mandatory provisions of the laws of The Netherlands.

(b) In the event of any controversy among the Parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the Parties hereto, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within 50 miles of the New York City metropolitan area. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all Parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Management Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and any of their respective Rule 405 Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the covenant not to compete, covenant not to solicit and/or confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 22(a) of this Agreement.

 

18


(d) In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any employment, change in control or severance agreement in effect between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Rule 405 Affiliates contains a similar provision relating to arbitration and/or dispute resolution, such provision in such agreement shall govern any controversy hereunder.

18. Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company . The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

19. Miscellaneous .

(a) In this Agreement all references to “dollars” or “$” are to U.S. dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates

(b) If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) If any payments of money, delivery of shares of Common Stock or other benefits due to the Management Stockholder hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), such payments, delivery of shares or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment, delivery of shares or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, otherwise such payment, delivery of shares or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Management Stockholder, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax.

20. Withholding . The Company or its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities any minimum federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment.

21. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows:

(a) If to the Company, to it at the following address:

Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V.

c/o VNU, Inc.

 

19


770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopy:

with copies to:

Clifford Chance LLP

Droogbak 1A

1013 GE Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Telefax: +31 20 711 9999

Attention: Joachim Fleury

and

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: John G. Finley, Esq.

Telecopy: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Management Stockholder, to him care of the Company at the address set forth above; or at such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other.

22. Confidential Information; Covenant Not to Compete .

(a) In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Management Stockholder, the Management Stockholder hereby agrees effective as of the date of the Management Stockholder’s commencement of employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Management Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) at any time during or after the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, disclose any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company, the Investors, or any of their respective Rule 405 Affiliates (except when required to perform his or her duties to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, by law or judicial process) or disparage the Company, the Investors, or any of their respective Rule 405 Affiliates; or (ii) at any time during the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, directly or indirectly (A) act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business that directly or indirectly competes with the business of the Company, the Investors, or any of their respective Rule 405 Affiliates, (B) solicit customers or clients of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate their relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise solicit such customers or clients to compete with any business of the Company, the Investors, or any of their respective Rule 405 Affiliates or (C) solicit or offer employment to any person who has been employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the termination of the Management Stockholder’s employment; provided , however , that the foregoing clause (ii) shall not apply with respect to any Rule 405 Affiliates that are engaged in a business substantially different

 

20


than that of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. If the Management Stockholder is bound by any other agreement with the Company regarding the use or disclosure of confidential information, the provisions of this Agreement shall be read in such a way as to further restrict and not to permit any more extensive use or disclosure of confidential information.

(b) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the Parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographic area determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope or area. Because the Management Stockholder’s services are unique and because the Management Stockholder has had access to Confidential Information, the Parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

(c) In the event that the Management Stockholder breaches any of the provisions of Section 22(a) hereof, in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, such Management Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of the Options or shares of Common Stock underlying the Options held by such Management Stockholder.

(Remainder of page intentionally left blank. )

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

VALCON ACQUISITION HOLDING B.V.
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
  Name:
  Title:
VALCON ACQUISITION HOLDING (LUXEMBOURG) S.Á.R.L.
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
  Name:
  Title: Manager A
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
  Name:
  Title: Manager B
MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:
/s/ Susan D. Whiting
Susan D. Whiting

Exhibit 10.11

Form of

TERMINATION PROTECTION AGREEMENT

(Tier I Executives)

TERMINATION PROTECTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated                           , 200[  ] by and between VNU nv (the “Company”) and [                      ] (the “Executive”).

The Company desires to induce Executive to remain in employment by providing Executive protection in the event of a change in ownership or control of the Company; and

Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company and to accept such protection.

In consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term . This Agreement shall be effective for a period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on                      , 200[  ] (the “Term”); provided , however , that commencing with                      , 200[  ] and on each anniversary thereof (each an “Extension Date”), the Term shall automatically be extended for an additional twelve (12) month period, unless the Company or Executive provides the other party hereto twelve (12) month’s prior written notice before the next Extension Date that the Term shall not be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2(a)(i) below) occurs during the Term, the Term shall automatically be extended for twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control.

2. Change in Control Termination . If, during the Term, Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control (a “Change in Control Termination”) by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 2(a)(ii) below) or by Executive’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined in Section 2(a)(iii) below), the provisions of this Section 2 shall exclusively govern Executive’s rights upon such Change in Control Termination; provided that if Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates is terminated prior to a Change in Control at the request of a Person (as defined in Section 2(a)(i)(A) below) engaging in a transaction or series of transactions that would result in a Change in Control, the twenty-four (24) month period set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement will commence upon the subsequent occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s actual termination shall be deemed a Change in Control Termination, the date of such Change in Control Termination (the “Termination Date”) shall be deemed to have occurred immediately following such Change in Control, and Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 2(c) below) shall have been deemed to have been given by the Company immediately prior to Executive’s actual termination.


a. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) any “Person”, as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company), is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty (20) percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(B) during any period of twenty-four (24) months (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”), and any new director (other than (1) a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (A), (C) or (D) of this Section, (2) a director designated by any Person (including the Company) who publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions (including, but not limited to, an actual or threatened proxy contest) which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control or (3) a director designated by any Person who is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing ten (10) percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s securities) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;

(C) a merger or consolidation involving the Company occurs, other than a merger or consolidation (1) which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent, in the same proportion as immediately prior to the transaction, (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty (50) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or

 

2


such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and (2) after which no Person holds twenty (20) percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or such surviving entity; or

(D) a complete liquidation of the Company or a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets occurs.

(ii) “Cause” shall mean (A) Executive’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform Executive’s duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or disability or any failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Executive for Good Reason) which failure is demonstrably and materially damaging to the financial condition or reputation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, and which failure continues more than forty-eight (48) hours after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and the demonstrable and material damage caused thereby, (B) the willful engaging by Executive in misconduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise, or (C) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime constituting a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof.

(iii) “Good Reason” shall mean without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence after a Change in Control of any of the following circumstances unless, in the case of paragraphs (A), (E), (F), (G) or (H), such circumstances were fully corrected within thirty (30) days after Executive has given written notice to the Company of such occurrence:

(A) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with the position in the Company that Executive held immediately prior to the Change in Control, or an adverse alteration in the nature or status of Executive’s responsibilities or the conditions of Executive’s employment from those in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control;

(B) a reduction by the Company in Executive’s annual base salary and/or target bonus and/or perquisites as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time except for across-the-board perquisites reductions similarly affecting all management personnel of the Company and all management personnel of any Person in control of the Company;

(C) the relocation of the Company’s offices at which Executive is principally employed immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control to a location more than thirty-five (35)

 

3


miles from such location, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with Executive’s business travel obligations prior to the Change in Control; provided , however , that a relocation of the Company’s offices at which Executive is principally employed immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control to New York City shall not constitute “Good Reason” for purposes of this Agreement;

(D) the failure by the Company to pay to Executive any portion of Executive’s compensation or to pay to Executive any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company within seven (7) days after the date such compensation is due;

(E) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any material compensation or benefit plan in which Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in Control, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue Executive’s participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and the level of Executive’s participation relative to other participants, as existed at the time of the Change in Control;

(F) the failure by the Company to continue to provide Executive with benefits substantially similar to those enjoyed by Executive under any of the Company’s life insurance, medical, dental, accident, or disability plans or perquisites in which Executive was participating at the time of the Change in Control, the taking of any action by the Company which would directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits, or the failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which Executive is entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect at the time of the Change in Control;

(G) the failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 6 hereof; or

(H) any purported termination of Executive’s employment that is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 2(c) hereof which purported termination shall not be effective for purposes of this Agreement.

 

4


[Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination by Executive for any reason pursuant to a Notice of Termination given during the thirty (30) day period immediately following the first anniversary of the occurrence of a Change in Control shall be deemed to be a termination for Good Reason for all purposes under this Agreement.]

b. Termination Benefits . Upon a Change in Control Termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) Executive’s base salary through the Termination Date at the annual rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, payable within ten (10) business days after the Termination Date;

(ii) any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of the Termination Date for any previously completed fiscal year, payable within ten (10) business days after the Termination Date;

(iii) all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the date of Executive’s termination of employment under any compensation and benefit plans, programs, and arrangements of the Company and its affiliates in which Executive theretofore participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued;

(iv) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Company policy prior to the Termination Date;

(v) a cash lump sum amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s (A) annual rate of salary in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given or, if higher, the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and (B) average annual bonus earned by Executive for the two calendar years prior to the year in which the Termination Date occurs or, if higher, the year in which the Change in Control occurred, payable within ten (10) business days after the Termination Date;

(vi) a cash lump sum amount equal to (A) Executive’s target annual bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs or, if higher, for the year in which the Change in Control occurred, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days Executive was employed by the Company during the year in which the Termination Date occurs, and the denominator of which shall equal 365, payable within ten (10) business days after the Termination Date;

(vii) for the period beginning on the Termination Date and ending on

 

5


the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of such date or (B) the first day of Executive’s eligibility to participate in a comparable group health plan maintained by a subsequent employer, the Company shall pay for and provide Executive and Executive’s dependents with the same medical benefits coverage to which Executive would have been entitled had Executive remained continuously employed by the Company during such period. In the event that Executive is ineligible under the terms of the Company’s benefit plans to continue to be so covered, the Company shall provide Executive with substantially equivalent coverage through other sources or will provide Executive with a lump sum payment within ten (10) business days after the Termination Date in such amount that, after all income and employment taxes on that amount, shall be equal to the cost to Executive of obtaining such benefit coverage; and

(viii) three (3) years of additional credit for service and age following the Termination Date for purposes of qualifying for retiree medical coverage under the Company’s retiree medical plan.

Following Executive’s Change in Control Termination, except as set forth in this Section 2(b) and Section 3, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement.

c. Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of employment by the Company or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 6(f) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the Termination Date, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision so indicated.

3. Other Effects of a Change in Control . Upon a Change in Control occurring during the Term:

a. any long-term incentive award for an award cycle in effect on the date of a Change in Control shall vest and be payable in a cash lump sum amount based on (A) the targeted level of such award (or, if more than fifty (50) percent of the applicable performance period for such award has elapsed, the higher of (x) the targeted level of such award or (y) the actual achievement of performance criteria), multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days Executive was employed by the Company during the applicable performance period in which the Termination Date occurs, and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days in such performance period, payable within ten (10) business days after the Change in Control; and

b. any then-unvested stock options and equity or equity-based awards shall vest (and, where applicable, become exercisable) in full and, in the case of equity-based awards, be payable within ten (10) business days after the Change in Control.

 

6


4. Tax Gross-up . Should Executive receive any payments from the Company (including pursuant to any stock option or equity awards) or its affiliates that are subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the provisions of Exhibit A shall apply to such payments.

5. Section 409A . In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Company that, as a result of Section 409A (“Section 409A”) of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder), any of the payments that Executive is entitled to under the terms of this Agreement or any nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined under Section 409A) may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms hereof or thereof, as the case may be, without causing Executive to be subject to an income tax penalty and interest, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Executive incurring any tax liability under Section 409A. In addition, other provisions of this Agreement or any other plan notwithstanding, the Company shall have no right to accelerate any such payment or to make any such payment as the result of an event if such payment would, as a result, be subject to the tax imposed by Section 409A.

6. Miscellaneous .

a. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

b. Entire Agreement/Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and during the Term supersedes all prior agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

c. No Waiver . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

d. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

e. Successor; Binding Agreement . (i) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such express assumption and agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle Executive to compensation from the

 

7


Company in the same amount and on the same terms to which Executive would be entitled hereunder if Executive terminated Executive’s employment for Good Reason following a Change in Control, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

(ii) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

f. Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

If to the Company:

VNU nv

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003

Attention: General Counsel

If to Executive:

To the most recent address of Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Company.

g. Withholding Taxes . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

h. No Mitigation . Except as provided in Section 2(b)(vii) hereof, Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by an compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

 

8


i. Legal Fees and Expenses . The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Company, any of its affiliates or their respective predecessors, successors or assigns, Executive, Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, or their respective successors and assigns of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), whether or not Executive is successful in any such contest; provided, however, that no payment shall be made of such fees and expenses relating to any unsuccessful contest by Executive, which is determined to be in bad faith or frivolous by a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

j. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

VNU NV      [EXECUTIVE]
By:  

 

    

 

Title:       

 

10


EXHIBIT A

Certain Supplemental Payments by the Company

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Termination Agreement (the “Agreement”), of which this Exhibit A is a part.

1. If it shall be determined that any amount, right or benefit paid, distributed or treated as paid or distributed by the Company or any of its affiliates to or for Executive’s benefit (other than any amounts payable pursuant to this Exhibit A) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, collectively, the “Excise Tax”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount equal to the amount necessary such that after payment by Executive of all federal, state and local taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Payments exceed the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined below) and a reduction of up to 5% of the Payments would cause all remaining Payments to be equal to the Safe Harbor Amount and thereby avoid the imposition of any Excise Tax, the Payments shall be reduced to the extent necessary (up to 5%) to cause all remaining Payments to equal the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” shall mean one dollar less than 300% of the “base amount” as determined in accordance with Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code.

2. All determinations required to be made under this Exhibit A, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by                          (the “Auditor”). The Auditor shall provide detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive or the Company that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Auditor shall be paid by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Exhibit A, shall be paid by the Company to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf) within five (5) days of the receipt of the Auditor’s determination. All determinations made by the Auditor shall be binding upon the Company and Executive; provided that following any payment of a Gross-Up Payment to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf), the Company may require Executive to sue for a refund of all or any portion of the Excise Taxes paid on Executive’s behalf, in which event the provisions of paragraph (3) below shall apply. As a result of uncertainty regarding the application of Section 4999 of the Code hereunder, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may assert that Excise Taxes are due that were not included in the Auditor’s calculation of the Gross-Up Payments (an Underpayment”). In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to this Exhibit A and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Auditor shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any additional Gross-Up Payments that are due as a result thereof shall be promptly paid by the Company to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf).

 

A-1


EXHIBIT A

3. Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive receives written notification of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company) (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall: (i) give the Company all information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company and ceasing all efforts to contest such claim; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceeding relating to such claim; provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all reasonable costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expense. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Exhibit A, the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine and direct; provided , however that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

4. If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Exhibit A, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Exhibit A, a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of notice of such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.12(a)

VNU EXCESS PLAN

Effective January 1, 1997

Amended and Restated April 1, 2002


VNU EXCESS PLAN

Amendment and Restatement Effective April 1, 2002

INTRODUCTION

Effective January 1, 1997, the ACNielsen Corporation Retirement Benefit Excess Plan (the “Plan”) was established by ACNielsen Corporation to provide participating employees with retirement benefits in excess of those permitted to be paid under the ACNielsen Corporation Balance Account for Retirement Plan (the “Qualified Plan”) due to the limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). On April 1, 2002, the Nielsen Media Research, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “NMR Plan”) was merged into the Qualified Plan. On that same day, VNU, Inc. (the “Corporation”) became the successor sponsor of the Qualified Plan and renamed the Qualified Plan the VNU Retirement Plan. Any reference in the Plan to the Qualified Plan shall be a reference to the VNU Retirement Plan. Coincident with the merger of the NMR Plan into the Qualified Plan, the Nielsen Media Research, Inc. Retirement Excess Plan (the “NMR Excess Plan”) was merged into this Plan. As of that date, VNU, Inc. became the successor sponsor of the Plan and renamed it the VNU Excess Plan. For purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), this Plan is intended to be unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. After the merger of the NMR Excess Plan with this Plan, the NMR Excess Plan and this Plan prior to amendment and restatement on April 1, 2002 shall be collectively referred to as the “Prior Plans.”


Section I. Participation in the Plan

All participants in the Qualified Plan shall participate in this Plan whenever their benefits under the Qualified Plan as from time to time in effect would have exceeded the limitations on benefits imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code if such benefits were determined as though no provision were contained in the Qualified Plan incorporating such limitations.


Section II. Benefits

The Corporation shall pay to each participant in the Qualified Plan (or his or her beneficiaries designated to receive benefits from the Qualified Plan) a benefit equal to the excess of (a) over (b), where:

 

(a) equals the amount that would be payable to the participant (or his or her beneficiaries) under the Qualified Plan in the absence of any provision reducing benefits due to the benefit limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code; and

 

(b) equals the sum of (i) the actual benefits payable to the participant (or his or her beneficiaries) from the Qualified Plan, and (ii) the benefits payable to the participant (or his or her beneficiaries) from the Pension Benefit Equalization Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, as in effect on October 31, 1996 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid and whether or not such plan is actually in existence), as determined by the Corporation in accordance with the methods and assumptions specified in Appendix A of this Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no benefits shall be payable hereunder unless the participant has a nonforfeitable right to benefits under the Qualified Plan. Benefits hereunder shall be payable at the same time and in the same form as the participant’s (or his or her beneficiaries’) benefits under the Qualified Plan; provided, however, if an Election (as defined in Section IV of this Plan) has been made and becomes effective prior to the date when benefits under this Plan would otherwise be payable to the participant, the form of payment of benefits under this Plan shall be in the form so elected pursuant to such Election. If an Election becomes effective and the participant dies prior to the date when benefits would otherwise be payable hereunder, his or her beneficiaries designated to receive benefits from the Qualified Plan shall receive benefits in the form so elected pursuant to such Election. If the participant has not designated a beneficiary under the Qualified Plan, or if no such beneficiary is living at the time of the participant’s death, the amount, if any, payable hereunder upon his or her death shall be distributed to the person or persons who would otherwise be entitled to receive a distribution of the participant’s Qualified Plan benefits.

Notwithstanding any Election, if the lump sum value, determined in the same manner as provided under Section IV below, of the benefits payable to the participant or his or her beneficiaries under this Plan, after the payment of any lump sum described in this Section, is $10,000 or less at the time such benefits are payable under this Plan, such benefits shall be payable as a lump sum.

Any portion of the benefits payable under this Plan as a lump sum shall be paid at the same time as benefits payable in any other form hereunder would otherwise commence.


Section III. Unfunded Status

Participants hereunder shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Corporation and this Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Corporation to make benefit payments at the time or times required hereunder. It is the intention of the Corporation that this Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA and any trust created by the Corporation and any assets held by such trust to assist the Corporation in meeting its obligations under the Plan shall meet the requirements necessary to retain such unfunded status.


Section IV. Election of Form of Payment

A participant under this Plan may elect to receive all, none, or a specified portion, as provided below, of his benefits hereunder as a lump sum and to receive any balance of such benefits in the form of an annuity (an “Election”); provided that any such Election shall be effective for purposes of this Plan only if (i) such participant remains in the employment of the Corporation or an affiliate, as the case may be, for the full 12 calendar months immediately following the Election Date of such Election, except in the case of such participant’s death or disability as provided below and (ii) such participant complies with the administrative procedures set forth by the Corporation with respect to the making of an Election.

Any portion of the benefit payable to the participant (or his or her beneficiaries) in the form of an annuity shall be paid at the same time and in the same form as his or her benefits under the Qualified Plan. Any portion of the benefit payable to the participant (or his or her beneficiaries) in the form of a lump sum shall be paid at the same time as the benefits under the Qualified Plan commence.

A participant may elect a payment form different than the payment form previously elected by him or her by filing a revised election form; provided that any such new Election shall be effective only if the conditions in clauses (i) and (ii) of the first paragraph of this section are satisfied with respect to such new Election. Any prior Election made by a participant that has satisfied such conditions remains effective for purposes of this Plan until such participant has made a new Election satisfying such conditions.

A participant making an election under this Section IV may specify the portion of his benefits under this Plan to be received in a lump sum as follows: 0 percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent or 100 percent.

In the event a participant who has made an Election dies or becomes disabled within the meaning of the Corporation’s long-term disability plan while employed by the Corporation or an affiliate and such death or disability occurs during the 12-calendar-month period immediately following the Election Date of such Election, the condition that such participant remain employed with the Corporation or an affiliate for such 12-month period shall be deemed to be satisfied and such Election shall be effective with respect to benefits payable to such participant or participant’s beneficiaries under this Plan.

The amount of any portion of the benefits payable as a lump sum under this Section IV will equal the present value of such portion of such benefits, and the present value shall be determined (i) based on a discount rate equal to the average of 85% of the 15-year non-callable U.S. Treasury bond yields as of the close of business on the last business day of each of the three months immediately preceding the date the annuity value is determined and (ii) using the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table.

“Election Date” for purposes of this Plan means the date that a properly completed election form with respect to an Election is received by the Corporation. Any Election made under the Prior Plans shall be treated for purposes of this Plan as effective as of the date made under the Prior Plans and no new Election is required for purposes of this Plan.


Section V. Cessation of Benefits

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no benefits shall be paid or payable to a participant or his or her beneficiary if the participant has been discharged from employment with the Corporation or any affiliate for “cause.” “Cause” means (i) willful malfeasance or willful misconduct by the participant in connection with his or her employment, (ii) continuing failure to perform such duties as are requested by any employee to whom the participant reports or the board of directors of the Corporation, or (iii) the commission by a participant of (a) any felony or (b) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude.

In any case described in this Section V, the participant or beneficiary shall be given written notice that no benefits will be paid to such participant or beneficiary. Such written notice shall specify the particular act(s), or failures to act, on the basis of which the decision to not pay his or her benefits has been made.


Section VI. Miscellaneous

The Corporation shall be the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan and may delegate to any committee, employee or agent its responsibility to perform any act hereunder, including without limitation those matters involving the exercise of discretion, provided that such delegation shall be subject to revocation at any time at its discretion. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to determine all questions arising in connection with the Plan, to interpret the provisions of the Plan and construe all of its terms, to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, and generally to conduct and administer the Plan and to make all determinations in connection with the Plan as may be necessary or advisable. All such actions of the Plan Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all participants and beneficiaries.

The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, terminate, suspend or amend this Plan at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part; provided, however, that in the event of termination, the rights of participants to their accrued benefits hereunder shall become nonforfeitable. No termination, suspension or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect a participant’s or beneficiary’s benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Plan as in effect on the date immediately preceding the date of such termination, suspension or amendment.

Nothing contained herein will confer upon any participant the right to be retained in the service of the Corporation or any affiliate, nor will it interfere with the right of the Corporation or any affiliate to discharge or otherwise deal with participants with respect to matters of employment.

A participant’s right to benefit payments under the Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of such participant or his or her beneficiary.

The Corporation may withhold from any benefit under the Plan an amount sufficient to satisfy its tax withholding obligations.

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state to the extent not preempted by federal law.


Section VII. Claims Procedure

Any participant or beneficiary may apply to the Plan Administrator for payment of any benefit that may be due to him or her under the Plan. Such application shall set forth the nature of the claim and any information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably request. Upon receipt of any such application, the Plan Administrator shall determine whether or not the participant or beneficiary is entitled to the benefit hereunder.

The claimant shall be notified in writing of any adverse decision with respect to his claim within ninety (90) days after its submission. The notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include:

 

  (i) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii) Specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the applicant to perfect the claim and an explanation why such material or information is necessary;

 

  (iv) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedures and time limits; and

 

  (v) A statement of the applicant’s right to bring civil action under ERISA.

If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the initial claim, a written notice of the extension containing the reason therefore and the date a decision is expected shall be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial ninety (90) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed ninety (90) days.

If a claim for benefits is denied or the applicant has no response to such claim within ninety (90) days of its submission (in which case the claim for benefits shall be deemed denied), the claimant or his duly authorized representative, at the claimant’s sole expense, may appeal the denial to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days of the receipt of written notice of the denial or sixty (60) days from the date such claim is deemed denied. In pursuing such appeal, the applicant or his duly authorized representative may:

 

  (i) Request in writing that the Plan Administrator review the denial;

 

  (ii) Review all relevant documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim; and

 

  (iii) Submit issues and comments in writing.

The decision on review shall be made within sixty (60) days of receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days


after receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant before the end of the original sixty (60) day period which explains the reasons for the extension and the date a decision is expected. The decision on review shall be made in writing, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, and shall include the specific reason or reasons for the denial, specific references to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, a statement that applicants can receive free of charge copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim, a statement describing the applicant’s right to bring civil action under ERISA, and a description of voluntary appeals procedures, if any, offered by the Plan. If the decision on review is not furnished within the time specified above, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.


In witness whereof, the Corporation has caused this document to be executed by its officer effective April 1, 2002.

VNU, Inc.

 

By: Thomas A. Mastrelli
Its: Chief Operating Officer


APPENDIX A

The benefits payable from the Pension Benefit Equalization Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (the “PBEP”) to participants in this Plan shall be determined as amounts payable monthly in the form of a single life annuity commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date the participant attains age 65 (the “Normal Retirement Date”).

In the event a participant’s benefit from this Plan is paid in a form other than a single life annuity, however, the benefits payable from the PBEP shall be adjusted to equal the actuarial equivalent value of the single life annuity amount computed on the basis of mortality rates shown in Appendix B of this Plan and 6.75% interest. In the event a participant’s benefit from this Plan commences prior to the participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and the participant terminated employment with the Corporation on or after he or she attained age 55, the benefits payable from the PBEP commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the participant’s Normal Retirement Date shall be reduced by 3/12% for each month prior to the Normal Retirement Date that benefits commence. In the event a participant’s benefit from this Plan commences prior to the participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and the participant terminated employment with the Corporation before he or she attained age 55, the benefits payable from the PBEP as determined in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be adjusted to equal the actuarial equivalent value of such amount computed on the basis of mortality rates shown in Appendix B of this Plan and 6.75% interest.


APPENDIX B

MORTALITY RATES

 

Age

   Participant    Beneficiary

25

   .000581    .000470

26

   .000610    .000497

27

   .000644    .000526

28

   .000681    .000557

29

   .000720    .000591

30

   .000763    .000629

31

   .000811    .000669

32

   .000866    .000714

33

   .000923    .000762

34

   .000988    .000814

35

   .001059    .000873

36

   .001136    .000936

37

   .001223    .001077

38

   .001318    .001084

39

   .001423    .001168

40

   .001539    .001261

41

   .001682    .001369

42

   .001869    .001497

43

   .002097    .001647

44

   .002364    .001815

45

   .002670    .002005

46

   .003011    .002216

47

   .003388    .002449

48

   .003797    .002705

49

   .004241    .002983

50

   .004717    .003289

51

   .005216    .003594

52

   .005746    .003926

53

   .006310    .004288

54

   .006907    .004683

55

   .007538    .005112

56

   .008206    .005588

57

   .008916    .006123

58

   .009679    .006729

59

   .010510    .007415

60

   .011426    .008190

61

   .012449    .009063

62

   .013608    .010042

63

   .014928    .011131

64

   .016449    .012338

65

   .018207    .013671

66

   .020245    .015129

67

   .022388    .016662

68

   .024559    .018359

69

   .026871    .020335

70

   .029559    .022766

71

   .032952    .025919

72

   .036762    .029529

73

   .040907    .033496

74

   .045427    .037808

75

   .050298    .042428

76

   .055809    .047551

77

   .062080    .053217

78

   .069068    .059419

79

   .076746    .066152

80

   .084955    .073330

81

   .093582    .080901

82

   .102603    .088868

83

   .111984    .097236

84

   .121754    .106074

85

   .131910    .115436

86

   .142522    .125403

87

   .153693    .136075

88

   .165518    .147557

89

   .178093    .159954

90

   .191529    .173397

91

   .203702    .185997

92

   .216646    .199614

93

   .230478    .214387

94

   .245331    .230463

95

   .261353    .248008

96

   .278704    .267202

97

   .297562    .288242

98

   .318124    .311344

99

   .340598    .336741

100

   .365204    .364688

101

   .392179    .395460

102

   .421772    .429358

103

   .455805    .467222

104

   .496440    .510917

105

   .545840    .562310

106

   .606167    .623265

107

   .679585    .695646

108

   .768255    .781319

109

   .874340    .882150

110

   .999999    .999999

Exhibit 10.12(b)

AMENDMENT TO THE

VNU EXCESS PLAN

Pursuant to Section VI of the VNU Excess Plan (the “Plan”), and pursuant to duly authorized Resolutions of the VNU Administrative Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as set forth below, effective August 31, 2006.

 

  1. A new sentence shall be added at the end of the Introduction, as follows:

“Effective August 31, 2006, this Plan shall be frozen. There shall be no additional benefit accruals after August 31, 2006 and no additional participants shall be admitted after August 31, 2006.”

 

  2. A new sentence shall be added to the end of Section 1 of the Plan as follows:

“No one shall be admitted to participation in this Plan after August 31, 2006.”

Executed, as of the date indicated below opposite each name, by each Member of the VNU, Inc. Administrative Committee.

 

August 21, 2006    

/s/ David Berger

Date     David Berger
August 21, 2006    

/s/ Peter Gersky

Date     Peter Gersky
August 23, 2006    

/s/ Thomas Kucinski

Date     Tom Kucinski

Exhibit 10.12(c)

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE VNU EXCESS PLAN

The VNU Excess Plan (“Plan”) was restated April 1, 2002.

The Plan shall be amended as set forth below:

Effective January 23, 2007, the Introduction to the VNU Excess Plan is amended by:

 

  a. Renaming the Plan “The Nielsen Company Excess Plan;”

 

  b. Replacing “VNU, Inc.” with “The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.” as the Corporation and successor sponsor; and

 

  c. Replacing “VNU Retirement Plan” with “The Nielsen Company Retirement Plan” as the Qualified Plan.

Executed, as of the date indicated below opposite each name, by each Member of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. Administrative Committee.

 

April 7, 2007   

/s/ David Berger

Date    David Berger
April 5, 2007   

/s/ Thomas Kucinski

Date    Tom Kucinski
April 6, 2007   

/s/ Richard Fitzgerald

Date    Richard Fitzgerald

Exhibit 10.13(a)

VNU DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Effective April 1, 2003)

1. Purpose; Effectiveness.

(a) The purpose of the VNU Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide certain members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of VNU, Inc. (the “Company”) and its affiliates a means to defer receipt of compensation and to have such deferred amounts treated as if invested in specified investment vehicles in order to enhance the competitiveness of the Company’s executive compensation program and, therefore, its ability to attract and retain key personnel necessary for the continued success and progress of the Company.

(b) Amounts deferred under any Predecessor Plan prior to April 1, 2003 (“Previously Deferred Amounts”) shall be governed by the applicable deferral agreement and the terms of such Predecessor Plan in effect on the date of such deferral, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent the Company from depositing or transferring at any time all or any portion of such Previously Deferred Amounts into any trust or trusts established or designated by the Company to hold assets in connection with this Plan and designating as hypothetical investment vehicles for all or any portion of such Previously Deferred Amounts the mutual funds or such other investment vehicles as may be specified from time to time by the Company as hypothetical investment vehicles available under this Plan.

2. Definitions.

The following terms used in the Plan shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Administrator” shall mean the person or persons to whom the Company has delegated the authority to take any or all action under the Plan.

(b) “Beneficiary” shall mean any person (which may include trusts and is not limited to one person) designated by the Participant in his or her most recent written Beneficiary designation form filed with the Company to receive the benefits specified under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. The spouse of a married Participant shall be required to consent to the designation of a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries other than such spouse, unless such spouse cannot be located or the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines in a particular case, that it would be appropriate to waive the spousal consent requirement. If no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant’s death, then “Beneficiary” shall mean any persons(s) entitled by the Participant’s will, or in the absence thereof, the laws of descent and distribution of the Participant’s state of domicile, to receive such benefits.


(c) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, except that any action that may be taken by the Board may also be taken by a duly authorized committee of the Board or the Company or the duly authorized delegees of such duly authorized committee.

(d) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Company” shall mean VNU, Inc., a New York corporation.

(f) “Company Account” shall mean the account or subaccount established and maintained by the Company for specified notional contributions, if any, made by the Company or an affiliate with respect to a Participant, as described in Section 6. A Company Account will be maintained solely as a bookkeeping entry by the Company to evidence unfunded obligations of the Company or an affiliate.

(g) “Deferral Account” shall mean the account or subaccount established and maintained by the Company for specified deferrals by a Participant, as described in Section 6. A Deferral Account will be maintained solely as a bookkeeping entry by the Company to evidence unfunded obligations of the Company or an affiliate.

(h) “Deferral Election” shall mean the election made, in accordance with Section 5, on a form, in substance, and at the time or times satisfactory to the Company, entered into between a Participant and the Company pursuant to which the Participant elects to defer compensation in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

(i) “Effective Date” shall mean April 1, 2003.

(j) “Fair Market Value” shall mean, on a given date, (i) with respect to any mutual fund, net asset value as reported in The Wall Street Journal with respect to the date of valuation, and (ii) with respect to any alternative investment, the value, as determined in good faith by the Company, based on all relevant factors for determining the fair market value of an investment of such type and nature. In determining Fair Market Value, the Company may rely upon a valuation made by independent third party appraisers experienced in the valuation of investments similar to the investment.

(k) “Financial Hardship” shall mean an unanticipated emergency that (i) would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant if early withdrawal were not permitted and (ii) is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant or beneficiary, such as (A) a severe financial hardship to the Participant caused by a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent of the Participant (as defined in Code Section 152(a)), of (B) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, where neither (A) nor (B) is reimbursed or reimbursable through insurance, or (C) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances caused by events beyond the Participant’s control. Financial Hardship shall not include payment of college tuition or home purchases.

 

2


(l) “401(k) Returns” shall mean amounts returned or to be returned to a Participant from the VNU 401(k) Savings Plan to enable such plan to pass the discrimination tests under Code Sections 401(k) or 401(m).

(m) “Participant” shall mean any employee of the Company or any affiliate who is designated by the Company as eligible to participate in the Plan and who makes an election to participate in the Plan.

(n) “Plan” shall mean the VNU Deferred Compensation Plan.

(o) “Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year.

(p) “Predecessor Plan(s)” shall mean, depending on the context, either or both of (i) the VNU USA, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, adopted effective as of February 1, 1994 and as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 1999 (formerly known as the VNU Business Information Services, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan) or (ii) the ACNielsen Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of April 1, 2000.

(q) “Previously Deferred Amounts” shall mean amounts deferred prior to April 1, 2003 under any Predecessor Plan.

(r) “Trust” shall mean any trust or trusts established or designated by the Company to hold assets in connection with the Plan; provided, however, that the assets of such trusts shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company in the event of an insolvency of the Company or, if applicable, its affiliate. The Company or the affiliate, as the case may be, shall be considered “insolvent” for purposes of this Plan and any Trust if (i) the Company or the affiliate is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Company or the affiliate is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any trust or trusts designated to hold assets in connection with the Plan also may hold Previously Deferred Assets under any Predecessor Plan or assets previously deferred under other deferred compensation plans of the Company or the affiliate or any predecessor of either.

3. Administration.

(a) Authority . The Administrator (subject to the ability of the Company to restrict the Administrator) shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish such purpose, including the power and authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to define the terms used herein, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations, agreements, forms, and notices relating to the administration of the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any actions of the Administrator with respect to the Plan shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons interested in the Plan. The Company and Administrator may each appoint agents and delegate thereto powers and duties under the Plan, except as otherwise limited by the Plan.

 

3


(b) Limitation of Liability . Each officer of the Company and the Administrator shall be entitled, in good faith, to rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or other employee of the Company or any affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by law, no officer of the Company or the Administrator, nor any person to whom ministerial duties have been delegated, shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in good faith in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan.

(c) Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by law, officers of the Company and the Administrator shall be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any action taken or omitted in good faith in connection with the interpretation or administration of the Plan.

4. Participation.

The Company will notify each person of his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan not later than 15 days (or such lesser period as may be practicable in the circumstances) prior to any deadline for filing an election form.

5. Deferrals; Company Contributions.

(a) Deferrals .

(i) In General . To the extent authorized by the Company, a Participant may elect to defer the following cash compensation or awards to be received from the Company or an affiliate: base salary, commissions, annual incentive awards, long-term incentive awards, 401(k) Returns and other compensation as determined by the Company in writing. The Company may impose limitations on the amounts permitted to be deferred and other terms and conditions of deferrals under the Plan, including minimum and/or maximum periods of deferral. Any such limitations, and other terms and conditions of deferral, shall be set forth in the rules relating to the Plan or election forms, other forms, or instructions published by the Company.

(ii) Deferral Elections . Except as otherwise may be provided by the Company with respect to annual and long-term incentive awards that otherwise would be payable to the Participant during the first Plan Year, a Deferral Election must be made by a Participant prior to (A) the first day of the calendar year with respect to which base salary and commission are to be earned, (B) the middle of the performance period for annual and long-term incentive awards, and (C) the first day of any Plan Year with respect to any 401(k) Returns that may be received in such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the above, newly hired employees who are advised of their eligibility to participate in the Plan may submit their Deferral Elections no later than 30 days following their first day of employment and such Deferral Elections will be effective as soon as practicable after such first day of employment. Once a Deferral Election, properly completed, is received by the Administrator, the elections of the Participant thereon

 

4


shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that the Company may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to change the form or timing of distribution by filing a later election form; and provided, further , that any election to change the form or timing of distribution be made (x) only while the Participant is an active employee at the Company or an affiliate and (y) at least one full Plan Year prior to the date such amounts otherwise would be payable. Subject to the minimum deferral period set forth in Section 5(c) hereof, a Participant may elect to receive his or her payout at any time set forth on his or her Deferral Election form, and may, on such form, elect to receive his or her payout in (I) a lump sum or (II) from one to ten approximately equal annual installments.

(iii) Deferral Amounts . Participants may elect to defer (A) up to 75 percent of annual base salary and/or commissions, (B) up to 100 percent of annual incentive awards and/or long-term incentive awards, and (C) 100 percent of 401(k) Returns, if any, to be received in a particular Plan Year. With each Deferral Election made, a Participant must defer a minimum of $5,000; provided, however, that in the case of deferrals of 401(k) Returns, where the election must be for 100 percent of the amount, if any, realized during the Plan Year covered by the Deferral Election, the $5,000 minimum will not be applicable. In no event may a Participant’s Deferral Elections result in a reduction of his or her nondeferred compensation for the period to an amount below that necessary to satisfy applicable employment taxes on deferred and nondeferred compensation, benefit plan withholding amounts, and income tax withholding for nondeferred compensation.

(b) Company Notional Contributions . The Company and any affiliate may, at any time, in their sole discretion, credit notional contributions to one or more Company Accounts established on behalf of a Participant. Notional contributions need not be subject to any uniform allocation among Participants. In addition, notional contributions may include any compensation that the Company determines to designate as such, e.g. , sign on bonuses, etc. The vesting schedule and other terms and conditions for such notional Company contributions shall be established from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion.

(c) Deferral Period . At the time a Deferral Election is made, the Participant must specify the deferral period and the first payment date with respect to amounts subject to such deferral. The Company will establish the deferral period for any Company contributions. All Deferral Elections made by the Participant must be for a minimum of one Plan Year (exclusive of the Plan Year in which the deferred amounts are earned or otherwise realized), and the first payment date may be no sooner than the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the deferred amounts are earned or otherwise realized.

6. Accounts.

(a) Establishment of Accounts . One or more Deferral Accounts and one or more Company Accounts will be established for each Participant, as determined by the Company. The amount of base salary, awards and 401(k) Returns deferred with respect to each Deferral Account will be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account as of the date on which such amounts would have been paid to the Participant but for the Participant’s election to defer

 

5


receipt hereunder, unless otherwise determined by the Company. Notional Company contributions shall be credited to a Participant’s Company Account as of the date determined by the Company. Participant deferrals and notional Company contributions will be deemed to be invested in one or more of the hypothetical investments, as provided in Section 6(b) hereof, no later than five business days following the date of the deferral or credit, as the case may be. The amounts of hypothetical income and appreciation and depreciation in value of a Deferral Account or a Company Account will be credited and debited to, or otherwise reflected in, such Deferral Account or Company Account from time to time. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, amounts credited to a Deferral Account or Company Account shall be deemed invested in a hypothetical investment as of the date so credited.

(b) Hypothetical Investments . Subject to the provisions of Section 6(c), amounts credited to a Deferral Account or Company Account shall be deemed to be invested, at the Participant’s direction, in one or more of such mutual funds as may be specified from time to time by the Company, and/or such other investment vehicles as may be specified from time to time by the Company. The Company may change or discontinue any hypothetical mutual fund or other investment vehicle available under the Plan in its discretion.

(c) Reallocation of Hypothetical Investments . A Participant may reallocate amounts credited to his or her Deferral Account or Company Account among the available hypothetical investment vehicles on a basis determined by the Company. The Company may, in its discretion, restrict allocation or reallocation by specified Participants into or out of specified investment vehicles or specify minimum or maximum amounts that may be allocated or reallocated by Participants.

(d) Trusts . The Company may, in its discretion, establish one or more Trusts (including sub-accounts under such Trust(s)), and deposit therein cash or other property in amounts not exceeding the amount of the Company’s obligations with respect to a Participant’s Deferral Account or Company Account established under this Section 6.

(e) Restrictions on Participant Direction . The provisions of Sections 6(b), 6(c), and 7(c) notwithstanding, the Company may restrict or prohibit allocation or reallocation of amounts deemed invested in specified investment vehicles, and subject such amounts to a risk of forfeiture and such other restrictions, in order to conform to restrictions applicable to any award or amount deferred under the Plan and resulting in such deemed investment, to comply with any applicable law or regulation, or for such other purpose as the Company may determine is not inconsistent with the Plan.

7. Settlement of Deferral Accounts.

(a) Payout of Deferrals . Payout of deferrals and vested notional Company contributions shall be made at the time and in the form elected by the Participant on his or her Deferral Election with respect to deferrals made and as determined by the Company with respect to vested notional Company contributions (if any), or, in the absence of such an election, in accordance with Section 5(c) hereof.

 

6


(b) Payment in Cash . The Company shall settle a Participant’s Deferral Account(s) and vested Company Account(s), and discharge all of its obligations to pay deferred compensation under the Plan with respect to such Accounts, by payment of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the vested hypothetical amounts credited to the applicable Deferral Account or Company Account.

(c) Forfeitures Under Other Plans and Arrangements . To the extent that any amount or award (i) is deposited in a Trust pursuant to Section 6 in connection with (A) a deferral of such amount or award or (B) a notional Company contribution and (ii) is forfeited, the Participant shall not be entitled to the value of such award or amount, or any proceeds thereof or earnings thereon.

(d) Timing of Payments .

(i) Payments in settlement of a Deferral Account or a Company Account shall be made as soon as practicable after the date or dates (including upon the occurrence of specified events), and in such number of annual installments (not to exceed ten), as may be directed by the Participant in his or her election relating to such Deferral Account or Company Account. The Company may set a minimum amount for each distribution of deferrals and/or Company contributions. All amounts needed for a payment will be deemed withdrawn from the investment vehicle(s) as close in time as is practicable to the requested payment date. If a Participant has elected to receive installment payments, unpaid vested balances will continue to earn gains or losses based upon the performance of the investment vehicle(s) that such Participant has designated as his or her hypothetical investment(s).

(ii) In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the payment of all vested amounts remaining in his or her Deferral Accounts or Company Accounts, such amounts shall be paid to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.

(iii) Irrespective of any elections made by a Participant, the Company may provide that vested amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account or Company Account may be paid out in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s termination of employment from the Company or an affiliate (but ignoring transfers of employment between or among the Company or any of its affiliates).

(iv) Irrespective of any elections made by a Participant, the Company may provide that vested amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account or Company Account may be paid out in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following a termination of the Plan affecting the Participant.

(e) Financial Hardship and Other Emergency Payments . Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding,

 

7


(i) if, upon the written application of a Participant, the Company determines that the Participant has an unforeseeable Financial Hardship of such a substantial nature and beyond the individual’s control that payment of amounts previously deferred under the Plan is warranted, the Company may direct the immediate lump sum payment to the Participant of the applicable portion of the vested balance of such Participant’s Deferral Accounts and/or Company Accounts, not to exceed the amount necessary to meet the Financial Hardship and the amount necessary to pay the tax on such amount. If a Participant is granted such a withdrawal on account of Financial Hardship, the Participant’s right to make future deferrals under this Plan will be suspended for one Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the withdrawal occurs.

(ii) upon written application of a Participant, the Company may direct an immediate, in-service lump sum payment to the Participant of such Participant’s Deferral Accounts and/or vested Company Accounts, in such amount as the Participant requests; provided, that the Participant shall forfeit 10% of the distributed amount as a condition of receiving such accelerated distribution. If a Participant is granted such an in-service withdrawal, the Participant’s right to make future deferrals under this Plan will be suspended for one Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the withdrawal occurs.

(f) De Minimis Benefit . Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 7 to the contrary, in the event that the Administrator determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the amount of any benefit (or any balance thereof) is too small to make it administratively practical to begin or continue paying such benefit in installments, the Company may pay the benefit (or any balance thereof) in the form of a lump sum.

8. Statements.

The Company will furnish statements to each Participant reflecting the amount credited to a Participant’s Deferral Accounts and Company Accounts and transactions therein from time to time and not less frequently than once each calendar year.

9. Amendment/Termination.

The Company may, with prospective or retroactive effect, amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan at any time without the consent of Participants, stockholders, or any other person; provided, however, that, without the consent of a Participant, no such action shall materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant with respect to any rights to payment of amounts credited to such Participant’s Deferral Accounts or Company Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, terminate the Plan (in whole or in part) with respect to one or more Participants and distribute to such affected Participants the amounts credited to their Deferral Accounts and Company Accounts in a lump sum as soon as reasonably practicable following such termination.

 

8


10. General Provisions.

(a) Limits on Transfer of Awards . Other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or by appointing a Beneficiary, no right, title or interest of any kind in the Plan shall be transferable or assignable by a Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) or be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process, nor be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or engagements, or torts of any Participant or his or her Beneficiary. Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, garnish, attach or take any other action subject to legal or equitable process or encumber or dispose of any interest in the Plan shall be void.

(b) Receipt and Release . Payments (in any form) to any Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims for the awards or other compensation deferred and relating to the Deferral Account and/or Company Account to which the payments relate against the Company or any affiliate, the Administrator, or the Company, and the Company may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition to such payments, to execute a receipt and release to such effect.

(c) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded plan for deferred compensation and Participants shall rely solely on the unsecured promise of the Company for payment hereunder. With respect to any payment not yet made to a Participant under the Plan, nothing contained in the Plan shall give a Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company; provided, however, that the Company may authorize the creation of Trusts or other arrangements, including but not limited to the Trusts referred to in Section 6 hereof, to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan, which Trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan unless the Company otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant.

(d) Other Participant Rights . No provision of the Plan or transaction hereunder shall confer upon any Participant any right to be employed by the Company or an affiliate, or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or an affiliate to increase or decrease the amount of any compensation payable to such Participant, or affect the right of the Company or any affiliate to discharge any Participant. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10(a) hereof, the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

(e) Tax Withholding . The Company and any affiliate shall have the right to deduct from amounts otherwise payable in settlement of a Deferral Account or Company Account any sums that federal, state, local or foreign tax law requires to be withheld with respect to such payment.

(f) Offset . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may offset from the payment or payments

 

9


otherwise to be made to any Participant of any benefit hereunder, an amount equal to any indebtedness or liability to the Company by such Participant existing at the time of such distribution, including, without limitation, any amount arising out of conversion or wrongful misappropriation of Company property by such Participant.

(g) Incapacity of Participant or Beneficiary . If the Company determines that a Participant or Beneficiary is unable to care for his or her affairs and a legal representative has not been appointed for such person, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion (i) suspend payment to such Participant or Beneficiary until such legal representative is appointed, or (ii) direct that any benefits payable hereunder shall be paid to the spouse, child, parent or other blood relative of such Participant or Beneficiary, or (if and as recognized by the state of domicile of the Participant or Beneficiary) to the domestic partner of such Participant or Beneficiary, or to any other person or entity, so long as such payment is permitted under applicable law and discharges completely all liability of the Company under the Plan to such Participant or Beneficiary.

(h) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable provisions of federal law.

(i) Limitation . A Participant and his or her Beneficiary shall assume all risk in connection with any decrease in value of his or her Deferral Account and/or his or her Company Account, and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be liable or responsible therefor.

(j) Construction . The captions and numbers preceding the sections of the Plan are included solely as a matter of convenience of reference and are not to be taken as limiting or extending the meaning of any of the terms and provisions of the Plan. Whenever appropriate, words used in the singular shall include the plural or the plural may be read as the singular.

(k) Severability . In the event that any provision of the Plan shall be declared illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

(l) Status . The establishment and maintenance of, or allocations and credits to, the Deferral Account or Company Account of any Participant shall not vest in any Participant any right, title or interest in and to any Plan or Company assets or benefits except at the time or times and upon the terms and conditions and to the extent expressly set forth in the Plan and in accordance with the terms of any Trust.

11. Effective Date.

The Plan shall be effective as of April 1, 2003.

 

10

Exhibit 10.13(b)

Amendment to VNU, ACNielsen Corporation and VNU USA, Inc.

Deferred Compensation Plans

WHEREAS, VNU (the “ Company ”) wishes to amend the VNU Deferred Compensation Plan, the ACNielsen Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan and the VNU USA, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (collectively, the “ Deferral Plans ”) to provide participants under the Deferral Plans with an opportunity to make certain deferral election changes under the Deferral Plans, subject to such terms and conditions as the Company may establish, to the extent permitted under the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the transitional relief rules, proposed regulations and other guidance promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder (such section, along with any such rules, regulations and guidance, collectively, “Section 409A of the Code”);

WHEREAS, the Company’s Administrative Committee has been duly authorized to amend the Deferral Plans as contemplated hereby; and

WHEREAS, amounts previously deferred under the Deferral Plans may be or may become subject (in whole or in part) to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

NOW THEREFORE, each of the Deferral Plans are hereby amended to provide for the following:

(i) The Company shall be permitted to provide to all participants (whether currently or formerly employed by the Company or any of its affiliates, as applicable, and collectively, the “ Participants ”) under the Deferral Plans an opportunity to make certain deferral election changes under the Deferral Plans with respect to the timing of payments of amounts previously deferred thereunder, subject to such terms and conditions as the Company may establish, and subject to and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable; and

(ii) Without limiting the forgoing, the Company shall permit all Participants under the Deferral Plans to make an election, on or prior to December 31, 2006, to accelerate the timing of all payments that would otherwise be made under the Deferral Plans on or after January 1, 2007, such that those payments will instead be paid out in a lump sum during the first calendar quarter of 2007; provided, however , in the event that it is reasonably determined by the Company that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments under the Deferral Plans may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Deferral Plans (as amended by this Amendment) or the deferral elections thereunder, as the case may be, without causing the Participant receiving such payment to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will instead make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code. In addition, other provisions of the Deferral Plans notwithstanding, the Company shall have no right to accelerate any payment under the Deferral Plans if such payment would, as a result, be subject to the tax imposed by Section 409A of the Code.


In connection with the foregoing, the Company shall implement the provisions of this Amendment and otherwise operate and administer the Deferral Plans in a manner that gives effect to this Amendment and in a manner that the Company believes, based upon a good faith interpretation of Section 409A of the Code, will avoid the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon any participant under the Deferral Plans.

Each of the Deferral Plans, as amended by this Amendment, shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to the Deferral Plans has been adopted effective as of May 10, 2006.

 

Members of the VNU Administrative Committee

/s/ David Berger

David Berger

/s/ Peter Gersky

Peter Gersky

/s/ Thomas Kucinski

Tom Kucinski

Exhibit 12.1

The Nielsen Company bv

Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Unaudited)

 

    

Successor

          Predecessor  
    

January 1–
March 31,

2007

   

May 24–

December 31,

2006

         

January 1–

May 23,

2006

   December 31,  
(IN MILLIONS)             2005     2004     2003  

Fixed charges

                     

Interest expense

   $ 158     $ 386           $ 49    $ 133     $ 192     $ 171  

Interest capitalized

     —         —               —        1       4       5  

Portion of rental expense representative of interest

     10       27             17      47       51       46  
                                                     

Total fixed charges

   $ 168     $ 413           $ 66    $ 181     $ 247     $ 222  
                                                     

Earnings

                     

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

   $ (87 )   $ (384 )         $ 25    $ 203     $ 318     $ 530  

Fixed charges per above

     168       413             66      181       247       222  

Amortization of capitalized interest

     2       1             1      1       —         —    

Equity of net income of affiliates, net of dividends received

     2       (2 )           2      2       3       4  

Minority interest in net (income)/loss of consolidated subsidiaries

     —         —               —        —         5       6  

Interest capitalized

     —         —               —        (1 )     (4 )     (5 )
                                                     

Total earnings

   $ 85     $ 28           $ 94    $ 386     $ 569     $ 757  
 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     (a )     (a )           1.4      2.1       2.3       3.4  
                                                     

 

(a) Earnings for the Successor periods from January 1 through March 31, 2007 and May 24 through December 31, 2006 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $83 million and $385 million, respectively.

Exhibit 21

 

The Nielsen Company B.V.
List of Subsidiaries

A.C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.

A.C. Nielsen (Dublin) Limited

A.C. Nielsen (Polen) B.V.

A.C. Nielsen Chile Limitada

A.C. Nielsen Company

A.C. NIELSEN COMPANY & CO SA

A.C. NIELSEN COMPANY (BELGIUM) S.A.

A.C. NIELSEN COMPANY LIMITED

A.C. NIELSEN COMPANY, S.L.

A.C. NIELSEN DE COLOMBIA LTDA.

A.C. Nielsen de Venezuela, S.A.

A.C. Nielsen Finland Oy

A.C. Nielsen Gesellschaft m.b.H.

A.C. Nielsen GmbH

A.C. Nielsen Italia S.p.A.

A.C. NIELSEN OF IRELAND LIMITED

A.C. Nielsen P.R. Inc.

A.C. Nielsen Portugal - Estudos de Mercado S.A.

A.C. Nielsen South Africa B.V.

A.C. Nielsen South Africa Holdings B.V.

A.C. NIELSEN STORE AUDIT S.R.L.

A.C. Nielsen T.D.C. S.r.l.

A.C. Nielsen, S.A. de C.V.

A.C.Nielsen do Brasil Ltda.

AC Nielsen (US), Inc.

AC Nielsen Bases GmbH

AC NIELSEN COTE D’IVOIRE LIMITED

AC Nielsen d.o.o.

AC Nielsen El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.

AC Nielsen Lanka Pvt. Ltd.

AC Nielsen MRA (Pty) Limited

AC Nielsen Nepal Ltd.

AC NIELSEN S.A.

ACN Holdings Inc.

ACN VZ Holding Compnay, S.A.

ACNielsen Uganda Limited

ACNielsen (China) Limited

ACNielsen (Guangzhou) Ltd.

ACNielsen (Holdings) Pty Limited

ACNielsen (Israel) Ltd.

ACNielsen (Korea) Limited

ACNIELSEN (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.

ACNielsen (Nederland) B.V.

ACNielsen (NZ) Ltd.


ACNielsen (Philipines) Inc.

ACNielsen (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

ACNielsen (Taiwan) Limited

ACNielsen (Tanzania) Ltd.

ACNielsen (Thailand) Limited

ACNielsen A/S

ACNielsen AB

ACNielsen Advanced Analytics Pty Limited

ACNielsen AMER - SARL

ACNielsen Arastirma Hizmetleri A.S.

ACNielsen Australia Pty Limited

ACNielsen Azeri

ACNielsen Bangladesh Ltd

ACNielsen Bel

ACNielsen Bulgaria Ltd

ACNielsen Cameroon Sarl

ACNielsen Canada Holding Company

ACNielsen Canada Partnership

ACNielsen Cayman Islands Colombia Ltd.

ACNielsen Cayman Islands Ltd.

ACNielsen Centroamerica, S.A.

ACNielsen Company of Canada

ACNielsen Corporation

ACNielsen Corporation Japan

ACNielsen Costa Rica S.A.

ACNielsen Cyprus Limited

ACNielsen Czech Republic s.r.o.

ACNielsen d.o.o.

ACNielsen Dominicana S.A.

ACNIELSEN EDI II, Inc.

ACNielsen EDI S.A.R.L.

ACNielsen Eesti OÜ

ACNielsen eRatings.com

ACNielsen GHANA LIMITED

ACNielsen Group Limited

ACNielsen HCI, LLC

ACNielsen Holding (Canada) B.V.

ACNielsen Holdings Limited

ACNIELSEN HOLDINGS PTE LTD.

ACNielsen Holdings UK Limited

ACNIELSEN HONDURAS S.A. de C.V.

ACNielsen International Research (Hong Kong) Limited

ACNielsen Kazakhstan Ltd.

ACNIELSEN KENYA LIMITED

ACNielsen Latvia SIA

ACNielsen Management Services Limited

ACNielsen Management Services SA

ACNielsen Marketing and Media (Pty) Limited


ACNIELSEN MARKETING PROMOTIONS (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.

ACNielsen Marketing Research India Private Limited

ACNielsen Montenegro d.o.o. Podgorica

ACNielsen Nicaragua, S.A.

ACNielsen Nigeria Limited

ACNielsen Norge AS

ACNielsen ORG-MARG Private Limited

ACNielsen Pakistan (Private) Limited

ACNielsen Panama, S.A.

ACNielsen Piackutató Kft.

ACNielsen Polska Sp.z.o.o.

ACNielsen raziskovalna druzba, d.o.o.

ACNIELSEN RESEARCH (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

ACNielsen Research Pty Limited

ACNielsen Research Services Private Limited

ACNielsen Romania srl

ACNielsen S.A.

ACNielsen SA

ACNielsen Slovakia s.r.o.

ACNielsen Ukraine Limited Liability Company

ACNielsen Vietnam Ltd.

Advertising Center, Inc.

Adweek Magazines, Inc.

AIM Data (Radio) Pty. Limited

AIM Data (Television) Pty. Limited

Aircheck International Ltd.

Airplay Monitor Venture Associates

Airtrack Data Systems International B.V.

Airwaves Monitoring B.V.

AMER Research and Analysis Ltd

Amer Research Limited

AMER Tunisia Sarl

Art Holding (Brazil) c.v.

ART Holding, L.L.C.

Asee Nielsen Holding (Brazil) C.V.

ASEE Nielsen Holding (Spain) S.r.l.

ASR Europe

Athenian Leasing Corporation

Australian Independent Media Data Pty. Limited

Axense GmbH

B.V. Dagblad en Drukkerij Het Centrum

BasicNet, Inc.

BDS (Canada), LLC

Bedinet Vastgoed B.V.

Bilesim Medya A.S.

Billboard Cafes, Inc.

BM Holdings, Inc.

BPI Communications B.V.


Broadcast Data Systems (UK) Ltd.

BROADCAST DATA SYSTEMS, LLC

Burill Life Sciences Media Group, LLC

Buzzmetrics, Inc.

Buzzmetrics, Ltd.

Claritas Precision Marketing AB

Claritas, Inc.

Consumer Research Services, Inc.

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.

Decisions Made Easy Inc.

Decisions Made Easy Ltd.

Decisions Made Easy Pty. Ltd.

Ditzitel Informatiediensten B.V.

DME Inc

EMIS (Canada), LLC

EuroClix GmbH

EUROPEAN MEDIA INVESTORS S.A.

Finnpanel Oy

First Edition EDI Services Limited

Foremost Exhibits, Inc.

Global Media USA, LLC

Imark Events Limited

Inmonte, S.A.

Interactive Market Systems (UK) Limited

INTERACTIVE MARKET SYSTEMS, INC.

KADD, Inc.

Kalanka B.V.

Le Panel de Gestion S.A.S.

McNair Anderson Associates Pty Limited

Media Monitoring Services (Australia) Pty. Ltd

Menesta Investments B.V.

MFI Holdings, Inc.

MMS Market Movements Limited

N&P Holding Spain S.L.

Nandette Pty. Limited

Neslein Holding (Australia) c.v.

Neslein Holding (Brazil) c.v.

Neslein Holding (Canada) c.v.

Neslein Holding (Portugal) SGPS, Lda.

Neslein Holding (Spain) c.v.

Neslein Holding, L.L.C.

NetRatings, Inc.

Nielsen Book Services Limited

Nielsen BookData Limited

Nielsen Business Media, Inc.

Nielsen EDI GmbH

Nielsen EDI Limited

Nielsen EDI, Inc.


Nielsen EDI, S.L.

Nielsen Entertainment, LLC

Nielsen Finance, Co

Nielsen Finance, LLC

Nielsen Holdings, Inc.

Nielsen Leasing Corporation

Nielsen Media Research AS

Nielsen Media Research B.V.

Nielsen Media Research GmbH

Nielsen Media Research Limited

Nielsen Media Research Ltd.

Nielsen Media Research, Inc.

Nielsen Music Control GmbH

Nielsen Music Control Nederland B.V.

Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.

Nielsen NRG UK Limited

NMR Investing I, Inc.

NMR Licensing Associates LP

Observer Srl.

ORG-GFK Marketing Services (India) Ltd.

Panel de Gestion Portugal - Estudos de Mercado - Unipessoal, Lda.

Panel Internacional S.A.

Panel International S.A.

Panel International S.r.l.

Panel Tregovin d.o.o.

PERQ/HCI L.L.C.

POC, Inc.

PT. ACNielsen Indonesia

Radio & Records, Inc.

Sachs1, LLC

Sachs99, LLC

Scarborough Research

Shanghai ACNielsen Limited

Showeast, LLC

Spectra Marketing Limited

Spectra Marketing Systems, Inc.

SRDS, Inc.

Strategic Mapping, Inc.

Sunny Cards Studio Nederland B.V.

Survey Research Hong Kong Ltd.

Surveys Australia Research Pty Limited

Tart Research Pty Limited

Teollisuuden Tielopalvelu Industrial Intelligence Ltd. Oy

The Nielsen Company (US), Inc.

Trade Dimensions France S.A.S.

Trade Dimensions GmbH

Trade Dimensions International, Inc.

Trader Marketing Data Ltd.


UAB ACNielsen Baltics

VNU B.V.

VNU Business Media Argentina S.A.

VNU Business Media do Brasil Ltda

VNU Business Media Europe B.V.

VNU Business Media Europe Limited

VNU Business Media Hong Kong Limited

VNU Business Media SA

VNU Business Press Group B.V.

VNU Business Publications Deutschland GmbH

VNU Data & Network Services Limited

VNU Directories B.V.

VNU Entertainment Media UK Limited

VNU Holdco (UK) Limited

VNU Holding (Deutschland) GmbH

VNU Holding and Finance B.V.

VNU Holdings B.V.

VNU Insurance B.V.

VNU Interlicensing B.V.

VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.

VNU International B.V.

VNU Investment

VNU Ireland

VNU Marketing Information Europe & Asia B.V.

VNU Marketing Information, Inc.

VNU Media Measurement & Information, Inc.

VNU Nieuwe Media Groep B.V.

VNU Online Recruitment Holding B.V.

VNU Publications France S.A.

VNU Services B.V.

VNU USA Property Management, Inc.

VNU/SRDS Management Co., Inc.

VNUnet.com Limited

www.consult Pty. Ltd.

ZAO ACNielsen

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 4, 2007, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-142546) and the related Prospectus of The Nielsen Company bv for the registration of €343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 1/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2016, $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due 2014, €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9% Senior Notes due 2014, and $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York

June 18, 2007

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 4, 2007, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-142546) and the related Prospectus of The Nielsen Company bv for the registration of €343,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 1/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2016, $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due 2014, €150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9% Senior Notes due 2014, and $1,070,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG ACCOUNTANTS

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

June 18, 2007

EXHIBIT 25.1

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Form T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A

TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)  ¨

 


Law Debenture Trust Company of New York

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York   01-0622605
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization if not a U.S. national bank)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
400 Madison Avenue, 4 th Floor   10017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.

400 Madison Avenue, 4 th Floor

New York, NY 10017, (212) 750-7464

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for services)

 


THE NIELSEN COMPANY B.V.

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

The Netherlands

Delaware

Delaware

 

98-0366864

20-5172894

20-5172975

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

770 Broadway

New York, New York 10003

(646) 654-5000

(Address of principal executive offices)

11  1 / 8 % Senior Discount Notes due 2016

10% Senior Notes due 2014

Guarantees of 10% Senior Notes due 2014

9% Senior Notes due 2014

Guarantees of 9% Senior Notes due 2014

12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2016

Guarantees of 12  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2016

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



Item 1. General information.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee-

a.

Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

  

Address

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York   

2 Rector Street, New York, NY 10006,

and Albany, NY 12203

b.

Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

 

Item 2. Affiliations with the obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

Item 16. List of exhibits.

List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility.

1.

A copy of the articles of association of the trustee as now in effect. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit T.1-1 to Exhibit 25.1 (Form T-1) to the obligor’s Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2005.)

2.

A copy of the certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business, if not contained in the articles of association. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit T.1-2 to Exhibit 25.1 (Form T-1) to the obligor’s Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2005.)

3.

A copy of the existing bylaws of the trustee, or instruments corresponding thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit T.1-3 to Exhibit 25.1 (Form T-1) to the obligor’s Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2005.)

4.

The consents of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

5.

A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 the trustee, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, a trust company organized and existing under the laws of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 15 th day of May 2007.

 

LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
(Trustee)
By:   /s/ Boris Treyger
  Boris Treyger
  Vice President


Exhibit T-1.4

May 15, 2007

To Whom It May Concern:

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (“Law Debenture”) hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities pertaining to Law Debenture may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.

If you have any questions, please contact Adam Berman, Vice President, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York at (212) 750-6474.

 

LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:   /s/ Boris Treyger
  Boris Treyger
Its:   Vice President


Exhibit T-1.5

T-1 Item 16

Consolidated Report of Condition (attached as Exhibit A hereto) of

LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

of 767 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017,

a limited purpose trust company (“LDTC-NY”) and U.S. subsidiary of Law Debenture Corporation plc, London, England (“Law Debenture”), as of the close of business December 31, 2005, published with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council/Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and in accordance with Chapter 2 of the Consolidated Laws of the State of New York Banking Department license granted on May 8, 2002.

Subsequent to this Consolidated Report of Condition dated December 31, 2005, a Guarantee and Keep Well Agreement (attached as Exhibit B hereto) was executed by subsidiaries of Law Debenture, to effect capitalization of LDTC-NY in the total aggregate amount of $50,000,000, on July 12, 2002.

I, Boris Treyger, Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate the 15 th day of May 2007.

 

/s/ Boris Treyger
Boris Treyger
Vice President
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York

I, Patrick J. Healy, Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, do hereby attest that the signature set forth above is the true and genuine signature of Adam K. Berman, Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.

Attested by:

 

/s/ Patrick J. Healy
Patrick J. Healy
Its: Vice President


INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

I, Daniel R. Fisher, hereby certify that I am Senior Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, a limited purpose trust company established in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, and that as such I am authorized to execute this Incumbency Certificate on behalf of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.

I hereby certify that the following persons are duly elected and qualified incumbents in the corporate offices indicated and each such person is authorized to sign or countersign, execute, acknowledge, endorse, verify, deliver or accept on behalf of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, whether in a fiduciary capacity or otherwise, all agreements, checks, drafts, orders, indentures, notes, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, endorsements, assignments, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, guarantees, proxies and other instruments or documents.

 

Name

  

Office

 

Signature

Patrick J. Healy    Vice President   /s/ Patrick J. Healy
Adam Berman    Vice President   /s/ Adam Berman
Boris Treyger    Vice President   /s/ Boris Treyger

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate this 15 th day of May , 2007.

 

/s/ Daniel R. Fisher
By: Daniel R. Fisher
Its: Senior Vice President and Director of the Board

I, Nancy Jo Kuenstner, President and Director of the Board o f Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, do hereby attest that the signature set forth opposite the name above, is the true and genuine specimen signature of Daniel R. Fisher, Senior Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York. By my signature, I authorize the officers of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York to take such action as described above.

 

/s/ Nancy Jo Kuenstner
By: Nancy Jo Kuenstner
Its: President and Director of the Board


EXHIBIT A

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial and State-Chartered Savings Banks for December 31,2005

All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.

Schedule RC—Balance Sheet

 

Dollar Amounts In Thousands                              
          RCON    Bill    Mill    Thou     

ASSETS

                 

1.      Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):

                 

a.      Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1)

      0081          71    1.a.

b.      Interest-bearing balances(2)

      0071       3    895    1.b.

2.      Securities:

                 

a.      Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)

      1754             2.a.

b.      Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)

      1773             2.b.

3.      Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

                 

a.      Federal funds sold

      B987             3.a.

b.      Securities purchased under agreements to resell(3)

      B989             3.b.

4.      Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C):

                 

a.      Loans and leases held for sale

      5369             4.a

b.      Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   B528                4.b

c.      LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   3123                4.c.

d.      Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c)

      B529             4.d.

5.      Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D)

      3545             5.

6.      Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

      2145          14    6.

7.      Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)

      2150             7.

8.      Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule RC-M)

      2130             8.

9.      Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding

      2155             9.

10.    Intangible assets:

                 

a.      Goodwill

      3163             10.a.

b.      Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)

      0426             10.b.

11.    Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)

      2160          902    11.

12.    Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)

      2170       4    882    12.

(1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.

 

(2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.

 

(3) Includes all securities resale agreements, regardless of maturity.

 

Dollar Amounts in Thousands                           
     RCON    Bill    Mill    Thou       

LIABILITIES

              

13.    Deposits:

              

a.      In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E)

   2200             13.a.  

(1)    Noninterest-bearing(1)

   6631             13.a. (l)

(2)    Interest-bearing

   6636             13.a. (2)

b.      Not applicable

              

14.    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

              

a.      Federal funds purchased(2)

   B993             14.a.  

b.      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(3)

   B995             14.b.  

15.    Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)

   3548             15.  

16.    Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M)

   3190             16.  

17.    Not applicable

              

18.    Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding

   2920             18.  

19     Subordinated notes and debentures(4)

   3200             19.  

20.    Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)

   2930       1    460    20.  

21.    Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)

   2948       1    460    21.  

22.    Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

   3000             22.  

EQUITY CAPITAL

              

23.    Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

   3838             23.  

24.    Common stock

   3230          1    24.  

25.    Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

   3839       3    377    25.  

26.    a.       Retained earnings

   3692          44    26.a.  

b.      Accumulated other comprehensive income(5)

   B530             26.b.  

27.    Other equity capital components(6)

   A130             27.  

28.    Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)

   3210       3    422    28.  

29.    Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital (sum of items 21,22, and 28)

   3300       4    882    29.  


Memorandum

To be reported with the March Report of Condition.

 

              RCON    Number
1.      Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent external auditors as of any date during 2004    6724    M.1.
1   =    Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank      
2   =    Independent audit of the bank’s parent holding company conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding company (but not on the bank separately)      
3   =    Attestation on bank management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting by a certified public accounting firm      
4   =    Directors’ examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)      
5   =    Directors’ examination of the bank performed by other external auditors (may be required by state chartering authority)      
6   =    Review of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors      
7   =    Compilation of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors      
8   =    Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)      
9   =    No external audit work      

(1) Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings deposits.

 

(2) Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC. Item 16, “Other borrowed money.”

 

(3) Includes all securities repurchase agreements, regardless of maturity.

 

(4) Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.

 

(5) Includes net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, and minimum pension liability adjustments.

 

(6) Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares.


EXHIBIT B

GUARANTEE AND KEEP WELL AGREEMENT

This Guarantee and Keep Well Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of July 12, 2002 is entered into by and among Law Debenture Guarantee Limited (the “Guarantor”), LDC Trust Management Limited (the “Parent”), and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (the “Trust Company”).

WHEREAS, the Guarantor and the Trust Company are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Parent;

WHEREAS, in order to enable the Trust Company to conduct its corporate trust business and meet qualification requirements of documents pertaining to its acceptance of trust appointments, the Trust Company requires combined capital and surplus of U.S. $50,000,000; and

WHEREAS, the Parent and the Guarantor have determined that the execution and delivery by them of this Agreement is necessary in order for the Trust Company to conduct, promote and attain corporate trust business in the United States.

Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein and intending to be legally bound by this Agreement, each of the Guarantor, the Trust Company and the Parent hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. Stock Ownership.

During the term of this Agreement, the Parent will own, indirectly or directly, all of the capital stock of the Trust Company and the Guarantor; provided, however, that, upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to and the consent of the Trust Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Guarantor may sell, transfer or otherwise assign any such capital stock (or any interest therein) that it now owns or may hereafter acquire.

 

  2. Covenants of the Parent .

It is understood and agreed by all parties hereto that the obligations under Section 3(a) are solely those of the Guarantor and no recourse can be had in connection therewith against the Parent.

(a) The Parent agrees that during the term of this Agreement, it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Trust Company and the Guarantor, unless it has already contributed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount (as defined below), cause the Guarantor to consolidate with or merge into any other corporation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve the Guarantor (or otherwise cause the Guarantor to suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution), or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to any person, except (i) the merger or consolidation of the Guarantor and any person, provided, that the surviving corporation is the Guarantor, and (ii) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of the Guarantor’s business, provided, that such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets does not materially adversely affect the Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

(b) If, during the term of this Agreement, the Guarantor is unable or refuses to perform its obligations under section 3(a) of this Agreement, the Parent may, at its option or at the request of the Trust Company, cause such obligations to be performed. During the term of this Agreement, the Parent agrees to monitor the financial condition and management of the Guarantor and the Trust Company.

 

  3. The Guarantee

(a) The Guarantor hereby guarantees a combined capital and surplus to the Trust Company in the amount of U.S. $50 million; provided, however, that the maximum amount of capitalization shall not at any time exceed U.S. $50 million in the aggregate (the “Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount”). Under no circumstances shall the Guarantor be required to pay or contribute any amounts in excess of the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount hereunder.

(b) If, during the term of this Agreement, the Trust Company is unable to make timely payment of any debt, liability or other obligation as the same shall become due (the “Guaranteed Obligations”), the Trust Company shall request from the Guarantor, and the Guarantor promptly shall provide the Trust Company, pursuant to its obligations under (a) above, such funds (in the form of cash or liquid assets in an amount sufficient to permit the Trust Company to make timely payment in respect of such debt, liability or other obligation) as equity, provided, however, that such Guaranteed Obligations shall not in the aggregate exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount. Any request for payment pursuant to this section shall specifically identify the debt, liability or other obligation in respect of which the Trust Company is unable to make timely payment and with respect to which the Trust Company seeks funds not to exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount. Each of the Trust Company and the Guarantor hereby acknowledges that any funds provided by the Guarantor pursuant thereto shall be used solely to make payment with respect to such identified Guaranteed Obligation and not for any other purposes. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement as provided hereunder or otherwise, this Agreement shall continue in effect or be reinstated with respect to the payment of a debt, liability or an obligation which is rescinded or must otherwise be returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of the Trust Company, all as though such payment had not been made, provided, however, that such Guaranteed Obligations shall not in the aggregate exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount.


(c) Any payments made hereunder by the Guarantor to the Trust Company within 30 days after the end of a quarterly period shall be deemed to have been made as of the end of such period.

(d) This Agreement may be amended from time to time by mutual written consent of duly authorized officers of each of the Guarantor, the Parent and the Trust Company.

(e) This Agreement may be terminated only upon written notification to the Trust Company by the Guarantor and the Parent, and in no event shall termination occur earlier than ninety days following such written notification. Unless so terminated, this Agreement shall remain in effect for the duration of the Trust Company’s conducting of trust business in the United States.

(f) The Guarantor hereby waives any failure or delay on the part of the Trust Company in asserting or enforcing any of its rights or in making any claims or demands hereunder. The Trust Company may at any time, without the Guarantor’s consent, without notice to the Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the Trust Company’s rights, or impairing the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, do any of the following with respect to any obligation: (a) grant renewals and extensions of time, for payment or otherwise, (b) accept new or additional documents, instruments or agreements relating to or in substitution of said obligation, or (c) otherwise handle the enforcement of its respective rights and remedies in accordance with its business judgment.

(g) Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

(h) The covenants herein set forth shall be mutually binding upon, and inure to the mutual benefit of the Guarantor and its successors and assignees, the Trust Company and its respective successors and assignees, and to the Parent and its respective successors and assignees.

(i) The obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement are absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, suspended, discharged, terminated or otherwise affected by, any circumstance or occurrence whatsoever, including, without limitation:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other document or instrument relating hereto;

(ii) any extension or renewal for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period) or change in the time, manner, or place or payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(iii) any change in the ownership of capital stock of the Trust Company or any change in the identity or structure of the Trust Company, whether by consolidation, merger or otherwise;

(iv) any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the terms of this Agreement; or

(v) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations in respect of this Agreement.

 

  4. Representations and Warranties

(a) The Guarantor hereby represents that:

(i) the Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation; and

(ii) the Guarantor has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement.

(b) The Parent hereby represents that the Parent owns directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding voting common stock of the Trust Company and the Guarantor.

 

  5. Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction

(a) Governing Law—This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) The Parent and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably consent and hereby submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York (the “New York Court”) solely in connection with any proceeding relating hereto.

(c) The Parent and the Guarantor hereby severally represent and warrant each in respect of itself alone that it has no right to immunity from the service of process or jurisdiction or any judicial proceedings of any competent court located pursuant to section (b) above or from execution of any judgment in the United States or from the execution or enforcement therein of any arbitration decision in respect of any suit, action, proceeding or any other matter solely arising out of or relating to its obligations under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and to the extent that the Parent or the Guarantor is or becomes entitled to any such immunity with respect to the service of process or jurisdiction or any judicial proceedings of any competent court located pursuant to section (b) above, and to the extent permitted by law, it does hereby and will irrevocably and unconditionally agree not to plead or claim any such immunity solely with respect to its obligations hereunder or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantor, the Trust Company and the Parent have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of this 12 day of July 2002.

 

LAW DEBENTURE GUARANTEE LIMITED
By:   /s/ CAROLINE J. BANSZKY
Name:   Caroline J. Banszky
Title:   Director
LDC TRUST MANAGEMENT LIMITED
By:   /s/ JULIAN MASON-JEBB
Name:   Julian Mason-Jebb
Title:   Director
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:   /s/ NJ KUENSTNER
Name:   NJ Kuenstner
Title:   President